New 
Bookmarks
Year 2013 Quarter 1:  January 1 - March 31 Additions to
Bob Jensen's Bookmarks
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For 
earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 
Tidbits Directory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm 
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have 
key words to enter --- Search Site.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" 
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and 
other universities is at 
http://www.searchedu.com/. 
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm 
574 Shields 
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm 
 

Choose a 
Date Below for Additions to the Bookmarks File
March 31, 
2013  
February 
28, 2013
January 
31, 2013  
 

March 31, 2013
Bob 
Jensen's New Bookmarks March 1-31, 2013
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University 
For 
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you 
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" 
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and 
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
 
Bob Jensen's 
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
 
All 
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
FASB Accounting Standards Updates --- 
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498 
Hasselback Accounting Faculty 
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/ 
Blast from the Past With Hal 
and Rosie Wyman --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob 
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm 
 
2012 AAA 
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view 
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield 
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
2013 IFRS Blue Book 
(Not Free) --- 
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717 
Links to 
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
 
Bob 
Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
American 
Accounting Association  Past Presidents are listed at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm 
"2012 tax 
software survey:  Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by 
Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 --- 
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm
Center for Financial Services 
Innovation --- 
http://cfsinnovation.com/ 
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 --- 
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf 
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database --- 
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx 
Bob 
Jensen's taxation helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation  
Subtle Distinctions in Technical 
Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision & 
Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ --- 
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465 
Today’s FBI: Facts and Figures 2013-2014—which provides an in-depth look 
at the FBI and its operations—is now available --- 
http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/todays-fbi-facts-figures/facts-and-figures-031413.pdf/view
AICPA Fraud Resource Center ---
Click Here 
http://www.aicpa.org/INTERESTAREAS/FORENSICANDVALUATION/RESOURCES/FRAUDPREVENTIONDETECTIONRESPONSE/Pages/fraud-prevention-detection-response.aspx
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Humor Between March 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor033113
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
 
 
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012  
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112   
 
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912   
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
The Wall Street Journal increased the billing rate for me to 
$26 per month. This is reasonable considering that this thick thing is delivered 
to my mailbox six days each week. 
However, if I choose only the digital electronic version with no hard copy 
delivery, I only save $4 per month --- which is now a bummer price, especially 
for students.
However, there is a simple way to read very current articles in the WSJ 
electronically for free using Google Advanced Search using the "All the words" 
search box --- 
http://www.google.com/advanced_search .
Instructions are given at 
http://www.businessinsider.com/how-to-read-the-wsj-for-free-online-2009-6
Thank you Chris Nolan for the heads up.
Those of you who have access to your campus library electronic databases can 
probably access archived WSJ articles using database subscriptions paid for by 
your college or university.
The New York Times has a different free-access policy. I think you get 
something like 15 articles free per month. However, for me this seems to 
increase if I change Web browsers --- say from Firefox to Internet Explorer. 
Please don't ask me why this works or if it is totally ethical.
	
Students and faculty of a college might be able to able to have 
free access to NYT archives using databases subscribed toy by their college. One 
such database is IfnoTrac Newstands.
"10 Huge Brands That Committed Suicide," Business Insider, 
March 27, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessinsider.com/10-brands-that-committed-suicide-2013-3 
To these we might add the tens of thousands of failed companies and banks who 
got glowing audit reports from their auditors only slightly ahead of their death 
notices --- sort of like those corpses on a slap that had no warnings in their 
most recent complete physical examinations.
"Nate Silver Gets Real About Big Data," by Matt Asay, ReadWriteWeb, 
March 29, 2013 --- 
http://readwrite.com/2013/03/29/nate-silver-gets-real-about-big-data 
Jensen Comment
This is a message that accountics scientists don't want to hear about.
"How Non-Scientific Granulation Can 
Improve Scientific Accountics"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsGranulationCurrentDraft.pdf
By Bob Jensen
This essay takes off from the following quotation:
	A recent accountics science study suggests 
	that audit firm scandal with respect to someone else's audit may be a reason 
	for changing auditors.
	"Audit Quality and Auditor Reputation: Evidence from Japan," by Douglas J. 
	Skinner and Suraj Srinivasan, The Accounting Review, September 2012, 
	Vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 1737-1765. 
	
	Our conclusions are subject to 
	two caveats. First, we find that clients switched away from ChuoAoyama in 
	large numbers in Spring 2006, just after Japanese regulators announced the 
	two-month suspension and PwC formed Aarata. While we interpret these events 
	as being a clear and undeniable signal of audit-quality problems at 
	ChuoAoyama, we cannot know for sure what drove these switches
	(emphasis added). 
	It is possible that the suspension caused firms to switch auditors for 
	reasons unrelated to audit quality. Second, our analysis presumes that audit 
	quality is important to Japanese companies. While we believe this to be the 
	case, especially over the past two decades as Japanese capital markets have 
	evolved to be more like their Western counterparts, 
	it is possible that audit quality is, in general, less 
	important in Japan
	(emphasis added) 
	.
 
"Which Type of Returns Are You Referring To?" by Barry Ritholtz,, 
March 28, 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/real-nominal-total-aftertax/ 
Jensen Comment
Barry only a discusses a few of the many types of returns that should be 
understood by our students. For a more complete summary, go to 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm 
One of the most popular downloads at my Website compares several types of 
returns is the wtdcase2a.xls at the bottom of the list of files at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Excel/ 
Note the tab to the Answers spreadsheet.
Students can put in their own input numbers and then observe the sensitivity of 
the outcomes to things like inflation rates.
'The 12 Most Controversial Facts In Mathematics," by  Walter 
Hickey, Business Insider, March 25, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-most-controversial-math-problems-2013-3
Bob Jensen's thousands of  links to tutorials in various academic 
disciplines --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm 
The Great Challenge of Integer Programming's Travelling Salesman Problem
Back in the days I was teaching mathematical programming at the University of 
Maine, one of really big mathematical challenges of the day was to discover an 
efficient algorithm for The Travelling Salesman Problem that was poorly named 
and should have been called the shortest routing problem. Solutions to this 
interger programming challenge have wide-reaching applications in mathematics, 
management science, and operations research. As computing capacity increased, 
brute force solutions comparing all possible routing alternatives became 
feasible for smaller networks. But for large networks, the problem became more 
like mapping chess moves where no computer on earth could handle a brute force 
problem efficiently in reasonable time and cost.
"Shrinking Blob Computes (satisficing) 
Traveling Salesman Solutions:  A blob of “intelligent” goo can compute 
solutions to one of the most famous problems in mathematics and produces a route 
map as well, say computer scientists," MIT's Technology Review, March 25, 
2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.technologyreview.com/view/512821/shrinking-blob-computes-traveling-salesman-solutions/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130325
Jensen Comment
Optimization with convex space solution alternatives, like linear programming 
problems, are generally efficient to solve for very, very large problems. This 
is not the case for most integer programming problems because the solutions 
space is not convex. The above blob solution is unbelievable. Really
From the Scout Report on March 29, 2013
	Free Alternative to Camtasia for Mac Users
	Ripcorder Screen ---
	
	https://itunes.apple.com/app/ripcorder-screen/id532632386?mt=12 
	
	The Ripcorder Screen application allows users to 
	create movies from their Macs' on-screen activities. The application will 
	capture whatever is played on the display and transform it into a QuickTime 
	movie. This can be most useful for users who would like to share information 
	with colleagues or friends seeking to learn more about a particular computer 
	operation or process. This version is compatible with all operating systems 
	running Mac OS X 10.7 and newer. 
	There is also a Ricorder Audio App 
	
	Ribbet --- 
	http://www.ribbet.com/  
	Ribbet offers visitors the opportunity to edit 
	their photos on the fly online. The site gives users the ability to crop, 
	resize, and rotate their images, along with adding captions in a host of 
	different fonts. Also, there are a number of compelling special filters with 
	names like Cairo, Morocco, Los Angeles, and Fiji. This version is compatible 
	with all operating systems.
	
	New research suggests that the speed of light may not be constant
	
	Scientists examine nothing, find something
	
	http://www.csmonitor.com/Science/2013/0325/Scientists-examine-nothing-find-something
	
	Speed of light may not be fixed, scientists suggest
	
	http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2013/03/130325111154.htm
	
	Speed of Light May Not be Constant
	
	http://blogs.voanews.com/science-world/2013/03/26/speed-of-light-may-not-be-constant/
	
	Testing Einstein's E=mc2 in Outer Space
	
	http://uanews.org/story/testing-einsteins-emc2-outer-space
	
	Ole Roemer and the Speed of Light
	
	http://www.amnh.org/education/resources/rfl/web/essaybooks/cosmic/p_roemer.html
	
	American Association of Physics Teachers
	
	http://aapt.org/resources/
 
Audit and Accounting Guide for Not-for-Profit Entities
From Ernst &Young on March 28, 2013
	The American Institute of Certified Public 
	Accountants (AICPA) has issued a comprehensive revision of its Audit and 
	Accounting Guide, Not-for-Profit Entities, for the first time in 15 years. 
	Questions raised as the Guide was being updated have resulted in new 
	guidance from the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on two not-for-profit 
	topics. Our To the Point publication summarizes the guidance from the AICPA 
	and the EITF. 
	
	
	
	http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2518_NotforProfit_27March2013/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2518_NotforProfit_27March2013.pdf
	
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting and 
accountability --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting 
Is Bob Jensen a hypocrite?
I feel like a hypocrite since from the first year in my first faculty 
appointment I had at least one less course assignment than my colleagues 
--- teaching two courses per term instead of three or even four like the people 
up and down the hall were teaching. And I was the highest paid faculty member on 
the floor in each of the four universities where I had faculty appointments. 
Forty years later I was teaching the same light loads as well as during all 38 
years in between except for the various semesters I got full pay for teaching no 
courses due to sabbatical leaves and two years in a think tank at Stanford 
University.
Now I sympathize with arguments that those other faculty (and me) really 
should have been teaching more across the entire 40 years. I can hear some of 
you saying:  "That's easy for you to say now --- while you are sitting with 
a eastward view of three mountain ranges and teaching not one course."
The race to teach less has not served us well, and 
student-to-faculty ratios were driven more by U.S. News & World Report's [annual 
rankings] than by rigor," [Gene Nichol (North Carolina)] said. "Professors don't 
teach enough. The notion that [teaching more] would cripple scholarship is 
not true and we know it. ...
Tax Prof Blog, March 14, 2013 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/ 
	Law Schools are cutting expenses in expectation of 
	smaller class sizes. While most can't think of cutting tuition in this 
	environment, the actions they take during the next few years could determine 
	whether legal education moves toward a more affordable future. ... 
	
	"The race to teach less has not served us well, and 
	student-to-faculty ratios were driven more by U.S. News & World Report's 
	[annual rankings] than by rigor," [Gene Nichol (North Carolina)] said. 
	"Professors don't teach enough. The notion that [teaching more] would 
	cripple scholarship is not true and we know it." ... 
	[T]he primary problem facing most law schools is 
	what to do with all the faculty they have on staff. ... "Laying off 
	untenured [faculty] would be very destructive," [Brian Tamanaha (Washington 
	U.)] said. "They are teaching important skills and valuable classes." 
	
	Tamanaha said the better option is to offer buyouts 
	to tenured professors. "We will see schools offer separation packages -- one 
	or two year's compensation if you go now," he said. "The only people 
	interested in a buyout would be people with sufficient retirement funds or 
	professors with practices on the side." Vermont Law School and Penn State 
	University Dickinson School of Law have discussed similar steps. ... 
	
	Brian Leiter, a law professor at the University of 
	Chicago Law School who runs a blog on legal education, has predicted that as 
	many as 10 law schools will go out of business during the next decade.
	
	Rather than face closure, law schools could take 
	more drastic steps -- even overcoming tenure. When Hurricane Katrina 
	devastated New Orleans, Tulane University declared financial exigency and 
	eliminated entire departments -- terminating tenured professors. The same 
	action has happened at other universities faced with economic hardships.
	
	"If you say this is a tsunami of a different kind 
	-- the 100 year flood -- then a dean could let go of faculty," another law 
	professor said. For example, a school could choose to eliminate nonessential 
	specialties, such as a tax law program, and terminate most faculty in those 
	areas. 
	In addition to eliminating tenured positions, a 
	dean could reduce salaries out of financial necessity. "Schools under severe 
	financial pressure may be faced with an even starker option -- closing their 
	doors," Tamanaha said. ... 
	Nichol said all law schools should reconsider their 
	current salary structures, and not just schools in the worst economic 
	position. "In the same way that the market for graduates is adjusting, it 
	would not be absurd for our salaries to adjust as well," he said. "I don't 
	see why our leave packages should be more generous than other parts of the 
	campus. We will have to fix that now before we forced to." 
	Nichol said schools should consider eliminating 
	sabbaticals, trimming travel and reducing summer research grants. "Every 
	school needs to look line by line for where it can cut costs," [David Yellen 
	(Dean, Loyola-Chicago)] said. Faculty travel, conferences and other things 
	can add up to a couple of professors salaries."
Jensen Comment
And I darn well "know it." I think I do all this free academic blogging in large 
measure out of guilt. I need to give something back!
Franco Modigliani ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franco_Modigliani 
Trinity University has a program for bringing all possible former Nobel Prize 
winning economists. In an auditorium they were not to discuss technicalities of 
their work as much as they were to summarize their lives leading up to their 
high achievements. One of the most inspiring presentations I can remember was 
that of Franco Modigliani.
What I remember most is that he asserted that some of his most productive 
years of research and scholarship came during the years he was teaching five 
different courses on two different campuses.
The Academy increasingly coddled researchers with more pay, large expense 
funds, the highest salaries on campus, and lighter teaching loads. I'm not 
certain that they, me included, were not coddled far too much relative to the 
the value of the sum total of their (including my) work. I think not! The sum 
total may have been as high or higher if they were teaching four courses per 
term (maybe not five).
Bob Jensen
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
Reply from Jagdish Gangolly
	Bob, 
	You are not alone. A colleague of mine at Albany, a 
	mathematician in the Management Sciences department, who taught mathematics 
	at Brown before coming to Albany was saying the same thing. He was most 
	productive when he taught heavy loads. 
	Teaching and writing are probably the most 
	demanding of intellectual tasks (unless of course you are resigned to 
	teaching because you must). Even research nowadays is, thanks to statistical 
	packages and abundant databases, by comparison a mundane task. 
	I was not as lucky as you were; I taught the usual 
	2 courses each semester except for the sabbaticals. But one semester I 
	taught five courses, by happenstance. Two masters courses in accounting (an 
	auditing and an AIS course), two doctoral seminars in (Knowledge 
	Organization and in Statistical Natural Language Processing) Information 
	Science, all at SUNY Albany, and an MBA management accounting course at 
	Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. And, strange as it may seem, that was my 
	most productive year in research. I have never been as ready for summer in 
	my life as at the end of that semester. 
	Regards, 
	Jagdish 
"The Debt Bomb That Taxpayers Won't See Coming ," by Steven Malanga,
The Wall Street Journal, March 29, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324077704578362101467799948.html 
	Earlier this month, the Securities and Exchange 
	Commission charged Illinois officials with making misleading statements to 
	bond investors about the state's pension system. The agency detailed a long 
	list of deceptive practices including failure to tell investors that the 
	system was so underfunded that it risked bankruptcy. 
	Illinois taxpayers, as well as the holders of its 
	debt, will ultimately bear the burden of the officials' misdeeds. But there 
	is nothing unique about the Prairie State. For years, elected officials in 
	states and municipalities across the country have been imprudently piling up 
	obligations that are imposing serious strains on budgets, prompting higher 
	taxes and cutbacks in services. 
	In January, city officials in Sacramento, 
	California's capital, reported the results of a study they had commissioned 
	on all the debt that the municipality had incurred. At a City Council 
	meeting that the Sacramento Bee reported as "sobering," the city manager 
	explained that Sacramento had racked up some $2 billion in obligations 
	(mostly pensions and retiree health care). All this for a municipality of 
	477,000 residents with an annual general fund budget of just $366 million.
	
	Sacramento finances are already stretched—the city 
	has cut some 1,200 workers, or 20% of its workforce, in the past several 
	years. Servicing its debt in years to come will only add more woe, 
	especially given the intractability of public unions. The budget report 
	noted that "While reducing staff is clearly not the preferred method for 
	reducing costs, the city has a very limited ability to reduce the cost of 
	labor absent cooperation from the city's employee groups." 
	According to studies by the Pew Center on the 
	States, states and the biggest cities have made nearly three-quarters of a 
	trillion dollars in promises to pay for retiree health-care insurance. Yet 
	governments have set aside only about 5% of the money they'll need to pay 
	for these promises. 
	This year a Chicago city commission reported that 
	retiree health-care expenditures would soar from $109 million in this year's 
	budget to $541 million in a decade. After concluding that the expenditures 
	were unaffordable, one member of the commission proposed that retirees be 
	required to sign on to the Illinois Health Insurance Exchange being created 
	under President Obama's Affordable Care Act. Health insurance would be 
	cheaper if it is subsidized by the federal government. 
	A December report by the States Project, a joint 
	venture of Harvard's Institute of Politics and the University of 
	Pennsylvania's Fels Institute of Government, estimated that state and local 
	governments now owe in sum a staggering $7.3 trillion. Incredibly, the vast 
	majority of this debt has never been approved by taxpayers, who are often 
	unaware of the extent of their obligations. 
	Most state constitutions and many municipal 
	charters limit borrowing and mandate voter approval. No matter. Politicians 
	evade the limits, issuing billions of dollars in municipal offerings never 
	approved by voters, sometimes with disastrous consequences. Courts have 
	rubber-stamped many of these schemes. 
	The debt incurred by New Jersey for school projects 
	is a case in point. In 2001, legislators in Trenton hatched a scheme to 
	borrow a shocking $8.6 billion for refurbishing school buildings. The 
	reaction to their plan in the press and among taxpayer groups was so 
	negative that the politicians knew that voters would never approve it. So 
	the legislature created an independent borrowing authority. Since it, and 
	not taxpayers, would take on the debt, politicians claimed that there was no 
	need for voters' consent. 
	Taxpayer groups challenged the maneuver. The state 
	Supreme Court brushed aside their objections, arguing that there was already 
	precedent for such borrowing. 
	New Jersey's Schools Construction Corp. quickly 
	squandered half of the money on patronage and inefficient construction 
	practices, so in 2005 the state borrowed another $3.9 billion. All of the 
	debt is being repaid by taxpayers. The authority, which was dissolved 
	several years ago, had no revenues of its own. 
	Next door, in New York, a scant 5% of the Empire 
	State's $63 billion in outstanding debt has ever been authorized by voters, 
	according to the state comptroller. The rest has been engineered through 
	independent authorities such as the Transitional Finance Authority. 
	
	These authorities are designed to circumvent 
	voters. Of the seven bond offerings that have gone before New York voters in 
	the past 25 years, four have been defeated. But thanks to unsanctioned debt, 
	New Yorkers bear the second-highest per capita debt burden in the nation, 
	$3,258, according to a January report by the state comptroller. New Jersey 
	is No. 1, at $3,964. 
	To prevent the pile-up of hidden debt, taxpayers 
	need to spearhead a revolt that will narrow the ability of officials to 
	mortgage their future. Any such revolt will first of all seek an end to 
	government sponsored defined-benefit pension plans, through which 
	politicians promise benefits years hence to current employees in a manner 
	that potentially leaves taxpayers on the hook for unlimited liabilities. 
	Simpler, defined-contribution plans featuring individual retirement accounts 
	would make government pension systems less expensive and their accounting 
	more transparent.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I was wondering why my tax exempt bond fund keeps paying relatively high 
interest rates each month. Yipes! Now I know.
"Former comptroller general urges fiscally responsible reforms," by 
Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, October 6, 2012 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20126578.htm 
The sad state of governmental accounting:  It's all done with smoke 
and mirrors --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting 
"NYC Legend, Ed Koch, Pays $3M Due to Estate Planning Blunder With No 
Irrevocable Trust, Laments UltraTrust.com," PRWeb, March 31, 2013 --- 
http://www.prweb.com/releases/Ed-Koch-irrevocable-trust/estate-plannnig/prweb10549965.htm
Suggestion for his epitaph:
"I should've had an irrevocable trust."
Links forwarded by Paul Caron
	- Forbes,
	
	Ed Koch's Will: Taxes Take Big Bite Out Of Hizzoner's Nest Egg, by 
	Deborah L. Jacobs
- Wall Street Journal,
	
	The Will Of Koch: Legacy, Family 
- Wills, Trusts & Estates Prof Blog,
	
	Ed Koch's Will, by Gerry Beyer (Texas Tech)
- Wills, Trusts & Estates Prof Blog,
	
	Taxes Take a Large Portion of Koch's Estate, by Gerry Beyer (Texas Tech)
Jensen Comment
More accurately former Mayor Koch would've saved something less that $3 million 
after paying his tax attorneys and CPAs.
For me the March 2013 edition of TAR is another accountics science yawn.
One article, however, struck my eye as being worthy of debate on the AECM.
If I'm asked to criticize an analytical model TAR publication, my knee jerk 
reaction before I've even read the article is to go for the unrealistic 
underlying assumptions that are valid only in Plato's Cave. I provide what I 
consider to be a great illustration at 
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#Analytics
The following article illustrates how we can go after unrealistic 
underlying assumptions in Plato's Cave for empirical publications as well.
My bottom line conclusion is that we should evaluate empirical accountics 
science studies the same way we evaluate analytical modeling accountics science 
studies. Go after the controversial underlying assumptions before going after 
the other weak spots such as missing variables, missing data, use of students as 
surrogates for real world decision makers, failing to contact real world players 
such as auditors or financial analysts, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, 
non-normal distributions, etc.
"The Contagion Effect of Low-Quality Audits, by  Jere R. Francis 
and Paul N. Michas, The Accounting Review, March 2013 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50322 
	ABSTRACT : 
	We investigate if the existence of low-quality 
	audits in an auditor office indicates the presence of a “contagion effect” 
	on the quality of other (concurrent) audits conducted by the office. A 
	low-quality audit is defined as the presence of one or more clients with 
	overstated earnings that were subsequently corrected by a downward 
	restatement. We document that the quality of audited earnings (abnormal 
	accruals) is lower for clients in these office-years (when the misreporting 
	occurred) compared to a control sample of office-years with no restatements. 
	This effect lasts for up to five subsequent years, indicating that audit 
	firms do not immediately rectify the problems that caused contagion. We also 
	find that an office-year with client misreporting is likely to have 
	subsequent (new) client restatements over the next five fiscal years. 
	Overall, the evidence suggests that certain auditor offices have systematic 
	audit-quality problems and that these problems persist over time.
Jensen Comment
How valid is it to define a low-quality audit as "presence 
of one or more clients with overstated earnings that were subsequently corrected 
by a downward restatement/"
Firstly, we might find some even lower-quality audits that had corrected 
upward restatements of earnings.
Secondly, how justified are the authors in assuming  subsequent downward 
restatements are caused or even correlated with low-quality audits? Restatements 
are caused by many factors, only one of which might be a low quality audit. 
If there was a high correlation with only low quality audits it would seem to me 
that audit firms would be hauled into class action lawsuits most every time 
earnings numbers have to be restated downward.
A low-quality audit is a defined on the basis of many factors that the PCAOB 
is trying to get a handle in their revealing audit inspections. For example, 
some of the worst audits may not have entailed earnings restatements. The poor 
quality may simply have been what the PCAOB considers unjustified cost cutting 
in in detail testing and/or weak supervision of neophyte auditors. The fact that 
such factors did not entail downward earning revisions may be a matter of luck 
or as, yet, undetected errors in the earning numbers.
My bottom line conclusion is that we should evaluate empirical accountics 
science studies the same way we evaluate analytical modeling accountics science 
studies. Go after the controversial underlying assumptions before going after 
the other weak spots such as missing variables, missing data, use of students as 
surrogates for real world decision makers, failing to contact real world players 
such as auditors or financial analysts, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, 
non-normal distributions, etc.
"5 Dumbest Things on Wall Street This Week: March 22, 2013, The 
Street --- 
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11876599/1/5-dumbest-things-on-wall-street-this-week-march-22.html?kval=dontmiss
	1 (To Bob Jensen Cyprus is beginning to 
	sound like the mouse that roared)
	By the time you finish this sentence the nation of Cyprus may be solvent or 
	insolvent, in or out of the European Union or possibly even reborn as 
	Vladimir Putin's private island getaway. The situation is still too fluid 
	for us to predict. 
	2 (Auditors only stick with managements they 
	don't trust if the clients are too big to lose)
	Maxwell Storage, the energy storage device maker announced the resignation 
	of its public accounting firm McGladrey LLP in an SEC filing Tuesday. In its 
	farewell letter to Maxwell's audit committee, McGladrey confirmed "it could 
	no longer rely on management's representations," nor the "information 
	obtained directly from certain third parties." Maxwell added it will be 
	forced to delay the reporting of its 2012 financials while it looks for an 
	accountant to replace McGladrey. Shares of the company sank 14% to $6.40 on 
	the news. 
	3 (As Bob Jensen understands it these tights 
	are no problem doing yoga as long as you don't bend over)
	Give us some credit Dumbest fans. Did you really think we would forget about 
	the sheer madness this week at Lululemon (LULU)? The athletic-apparel 
	purveyor announced Monday it was recalling shipments of women's yoga pants 
	with an unacceptably high "level of sheerness" from its stores. And while 
	Lulu says it plans to see the problem through, the company admitted the 
	issue will indeed impact its bottom line. Shares of the company got pantsed 
	on the news, dropping 3% to $64 on Tuesday. 
	4 (How could any megabanks survive without 
	"flawed risk models?"
	Ina Drew, the former head of the "London Whale" trading unit at JPMorgan 
	Chase (JPM), blamed a "flawed" risk model and "deceptive" traders for the 
	massive $6 billion loss at the bank in her prepared testimony last Friday 
	before the Senate Permanent Subcommitee on Investigations. Drew resigned 
	from her position of chief investment officer in May 2012 as a result of the 
	scandal
	5 (Since when is overstating revenue a big 
	deal. Federal and state governments do it all the time with smoke and 
	mirrors.)
	Great Lakes Dredge & Dock revealed it overstated second-quarter revenue by 
	$3.9 million and third-quarter revenue by $4.3 million. It also said it will 
	review $5.6 million in questionable fourth-quarter sales. 
"FASB Rolls Out More XBRL Implementation Guidance," by Tammy 
Whitehouse, Compliance Week, March 22, 2013 --- 
http://www.complianceweek.com/fasb-rolls-out-more-xbrl-implementation-guidance/article/285581/ 
	The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued 
	some new guidance on XBRL intended to further refine how preparers use the 
	U.S. GAAP Financial Reporting Taxonomy to submit their financial statements 
	in the XBRL format.
	FASB added three new pieces to its upstart
	
	series of implementation guides -- one focused on 
	segment reporting and two more focused specifically on the insurance sector. 
	The 
	
	segment reporting guide 
	demonstrates the modeling that FASB has in mind for disclosures related to 
	segment reporting.
	The modeling is completed using elements in the 
	taxonomy, focusing on detail tagging only. It provides eight separate 
	examples of common segment reporting disclosures, such as significant items 
	of required segment information, reconciliation of segment revenue, and 
	reconciliation of segment profit or loss. Further examples go into greater 
	detail related to various common segment scenarios.
	As with other guides in the series, FASB says the 
	segment reporting examples are not intended to cover every possible modeling 
	configuration or to dictate the appearance or structure of a company's 
	extension taxonomy. The examples are only meant to help users of the 
	taxonomy understand how the modeling for segment reporting is structured 
	within the taxonomy, with the hope that it will drive more consistent use of 
	the taxonomy to produce more consistent, comparable financial reporting 
	data. The guide does not include elements for text blocks, policy text 
	blocks, or table blocks. 
	For the insurance sector, one guide focuses on the 
	modeling of disclosures related to
	
	concentration of credit risk, as in ceded credit 
	risk with a single credit rating, multiple credit ratings, and those that 
	appear in more the one table. Another insurance guide focuses on disclosures 
	related to
	
	reinsurance, providing a model for disclosing risk 
	management objectives and retention policies, effects of reinsurance, and 
	the supplemental schedule of reinsurance arrangements, although it does not 
	cover concentrations of credit risk resulting from reinsurance.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There's a photograph of the AECM's Louis Matherne who is spearheading XBRL for 
the FASB. Thanks much Louis for greasing the wheels of implementation.
Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm 
The top 51 undergraduate business schools according to Bloomberg 
Business Week (Slide Show) --- 
http://images.businessweek.com/slideshows/2013-03-20/best-undergraduate-business-schools-2013#slide1
Notre Dame may be Number 2 in football, but it is Number 1 in undergraduate 
business studies according to Business Week.
Note the links on the left side for such things as explanations of how the 
schools were ranked and the history of such rankings.
	
		Business Schools With the Best Teachers 
		Are Not Necessarily the Highest Ranked Domestic or International 
		Business Schools (Bloomberg Busienss Week, Business Week, MBA, Rankings, 
		Rank, Teaching, Teachers, US News, Financial Times, The Economist, 
		Economist, WSJ)
 
 
Bob Jensen's threads on ranking controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
"The Value of a Good Visual: Immediacy," by Bill Franks, Harvard 
Business Review Blog, March 21, 2013 --- 
 http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/the_value_of_a_good_visual_imm.html
Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm 
"How Deferred Tax Accounting Blunts Government-Provided Incentives to 
Invest in Renewable Energy," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, 
March 18, 2013 --- 
http://accountingonion.com/2013/03/how-deferred-tax-accounting-blunts-government-provided-incentives-to-invest.html 
Jensen Comment
Tom's arguments are pretty good on this one except that he does not tell us how 
failing to allocate tax deferrals possibly inflates early-on annual reported ROI 
to levels (say 40%) much higher than the asset is capable of generating (15%) 
the entire economic life of an asset.
The Case Where the Asset is Sold in Year 6
The essence of Tom's argument is a familiar one in deferred tax theory. 
Companies taking advantage of accelerated depreciation on tax returns without 
inter-period tax deferral allocation can have very high albeit rapidly 
declining after-tax book earnings because of reporting tax deferrals as income 
in the early years. Inter-period allocation of tax deferrals reduces early-on 
earnings but adds stability to booked earnings patterns that are low at first 
but steadily rising. In Tom's illustration the two earnings patterns cross at 
about 5.5 years for a 20-year asset. In Years 6-20 inter-period tax allocation 
book earnings are slightly higher than if there is no inter-period tax asset 
deferral. 
Tom's argument is that the after-tax book earnings pattern in Years 1-5 make 
the solar panel investment look worse than if there is inter-period tax 
allocation. If the asset is sold after Year 5 after it no longer gets tax breaks 
then perhaps being required to make inter-period allocations discourages, as Tom 
argues, investments in the asset at Time Zero. We cannot evaluate returns over 
the entire five years without knowing the sales price of the asset in Year 5.
Overstating Annual ROI in the Early Years:  The Case Where The Asset 
is Held for 20 Years
If the asset has a steady annual cash flow of 15% IRR before taxes this cash 
flow correlates highly with the steady annual book earnings after taxes with 
inter-period tax allocation. Tom instead advocates no inter-period allocation 
such that the reported after-tax book earnings are much less correlated with the 
steady annual cash flows before taxes due primarily due to reporting nearly all 
nearly all the accelerated tax depreciation breaks in the very early years 
instead of spreading them over 20 years.
The bottom line is that annual Return on Investment (ROI) based on after-tax 
earnings without inter-period deferred tax allocation looks much higher 
than ROI with inter-period allocation in the early years. This makes the company 
look much better in Years 1-5 which in theory will lower its cost of capital. 
For example if the Company reports a ROI of 40% in Year 1 when at best it can 
only generate 15% over the next 20 years, haven't we misled investors just a 
bit? 
In other words a company that is only capable of generating returns of 15% 
gets to report much higher ROI returns in the early years without inter-period 
tax allocation.
Of course my criticism must be modified by adding returns to deferred tax 
cash flows in the early years. Nether Tom nor I have added returns generated on 
the tax deferrals to the 15% IRR before taxes. 
I might also add that IRR is nearly always a controversial criterion for 
investment decisions. For example, Tom's illustration generates an before-tax 
IRR of 15% over the 20-year life of the solar array. If the cash flows coming in 
each year cannot be re-invested for 15% in other investments then the IRR is not 
really 15%. The ex-post IRR depends upon re-investment alternatives faced by 
this company over the entire 20 years. 
For example, a company having only one cash flow at the end of 20 years that 
has a 15% IRR differs greatly from one that has an annuitized 15% per year for 
20 years since the 15% IRR can be obtained only if annual cash flows are 
reinvested for 15% each and every year.
Billy Joe "Red" McCombs ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_McCombs 
McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/McCombs_School_of_Business 
David Woods --- 
The Woods tax shelter was promoted by Big Four accounting firm Ernst & Young, 
according to court documents.
"Supreme Court to weigh IRS penalties on alleged tax dodges," by 
Patrick Temple-West, Reuters, March 26, 2013 --- 
http://newsandinsight.thomsonreuters.com/Legal/News/2013/03_-_March/Supreme_Court_to_weigh_IRS_penalties_on_alleged_tax_dodges/
	
	The  Internal Revenue Service's practice of 
	slapping steep, 40 percent penalties on participants in certain alleged tax 
	shelters will soon come to trial before the Supreme Court.
	Though it rarely hears tax matters, the court has 
	decided to weigh in on a case involving Texas billionaire Billy Joe "Red" 
	McCombs, a former owner of professional sports teams.
	The court's decision, not expected until June 2014, 
	will likely have implications beyond McCombs' case, tax lawyers said.
	Oral arguments will be scheduled when the high 
	court's next term begins in October.
	The Obama administration's solicitor general is 
	arguing that "hundreds of millions of dollars" in tax penalties are hanging 
	in the balance, according to court filings. However, the decision will only 
	apply to cases brought prior to 2010.
	The case being taken up by the court involves a 
	1999 transaction undertaken by McCombs and his business partner, Gary Woods. 
	The government contends it had no purpose other than tax avoidance. The 
	transaction was known as "current options bring reward alternatives," or 
	COBRA.
	According to the government, Woods and McCombs 
	bought and sold options on foreign currencies to generate paper losses used 
	to offset gains chiefly related to McCombs's sports ventures.
	The IRS initially applied a 40-percent penalty on 
	the unpaid taxes that the agency said were owed, but the 5th U.S. Circuit 
	Court of Appeals in New Orleans ruled in 2012 that the 40-percent penalty 
	did not apply in the Woods case.
	Woods is already subject to a 20 percent tax 
	penalty on COBRA and the Supreme Court need not step in, Woods's lawyer has 
	argued in court filings.
	The lawyer representing Woods did not respond to 
	requests for comment. Calls to San Antonio-based McCombs Partners, an 
	investment management business which lists both Red McCombs and Gary Woods 
	on its website, were not returned.
	The IRS did not comment.
	The government is arguing Woods and McCombs claimed 
	more than $45 million in losses in 1999, from transactions that cost them 
	only $1.37 million.
	The COBRA strategy has drawn attention beyond the 
	Woods case. COBRA was among a number of alleged tax shelter strategies 
	subject to an IRS crackdown a decade ago.
	Congress in 2010 passed the Health Care and 
	Education Reconciliation Act, which slapped a 40-percent penalty on 
	transactions such as COBRA. The penalty was to apply to taxpayers found by 
	the IRS to have made "gross valuation misstatements" on their tax filings.
	With Congress ensuring that transactions like COBRA 
	cannot escape the 40-percent penalty, a government win in the Woods case 
	"won't have much impact on the future," said Andrew Roberson, a partner with 
	law firm McDermott Will & Emery LLP.
	For pre-2010 cases still in limbo, "it's obviously 
	important for the IRS to get a win at the highest level," he said.
	The Woods tax shelter was promoted by Big Four 
	accounting firm Ernst & Young, according to court documents. This month, 
	Ernst agreed to a $123 million settlement to resolve a federal investigation 
	into tax shelters it promoted.
	The case is United States v Woods No. 12-562 
	
	http://www.supremecourt.gov/Search.aspx?FileName=/docketfiles/12-562.htm
	
	
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Updates from the Smartest Person on the Planet:  An Algorithm for 
Everything (well almost everything)
Jensen Comment
The Wolfram Alpha computational search engine in my viewpoint is one of the top 
ten computing advances of all time --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm#WolframAlpha 
"Stephen Wolfram Says He Has An Algorithm For Everything — Literally," 
by Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, March 11, 2013 --- 
http://readwrite.com/2013/03/11/stephen-wolfram-has-an-algorithm-for-everything-literally
	Stephen Wolfram believes that we may have already 
	discovered the fundamental Unified Theory of Physics, and that he may able 
	to write it down via a language that his company,
	Wolfram Alpha,
	has developed.
	That's just the beginning for the man some believe 
	to be the smartest person on the planet. Wolfram also plans to extend the 
	power of computations to messier subjects, revolutionizing everything from 
	law to medicine.
	Best In Show At SWSW?
	At his talk Monday at the
	SXSW conference 
	in Austin, Texas (Stephen 
	Wolfram: The Computational Future,
	#wolffuture),
	Wolfram revealed that he
	
		- Is working on an augmented reality version of 
		his Wolfram Alpha "computational engine."
- Has plans to place the pioneering mathematics 
		program Mathematica in the cloud (and make it accessible via iPhones).
Wolfram plans to more closely tie Mathematica to 
	other data sources to simulate the interaction of complex machinery. The 
	idea is to be able to answer questions like: "Would an SU-48 Flanker fighter 
	jet be able to fly within the atmosphere of Mars?"
	He will do all this, he told attendees, by opening 
	up the fundamental language that his company created — one he calls, with 
	characteristic modesty, the Wolfram Language — 
	to the world at large. Eventually, he added, we'll probably use the Wolfram 
	Language to unify all of physics, too.
	Smartest Person On The Planet?
	Wolfram won the award for Speaker of the Event at 
	the 
	2012 SXSW conference, and he seems ready to 
	contend for the crown again. There's no disputing his smarts — 
	this is, after all, a guy who dropped out of Oxford at age 17 only to earn a 
	doctorate in particle physics from 
	
	Caltech three 
	years later. But at this stage in his career, Wolfram seems obsessed with 
	accumulating, picking apart and then weaving together disparate sources of 
	data, such as basic rules that can be used to achieve complex results.
	Continued in article
"Richard Feynman on the Universal Responsibility of Scientists," by 
Maria Popover, Brain Pickings, March 6, 2013 --- 
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/03/06/richard-feynman-responsibility-of-scientists/
	. . . 
	It is our responsibility as scientists, knowing the 
	great progress and great value of a satisfactory philosophy of ignorance, 
	the great progress that is the fruit of freedom of thought, to proclaim the 
	value of this freedom, to teach how doubt is not to be feared but 
	welcomed and discussed, and to demand this freedom as our duty to 
	all coming generations.
Jensen Comment
Are accountics scientists living up to their responsibilities?
  
In many ways they are living up to their responsibilities, but in some ways 
they are failing badly relative to the real scientists, especially the "welcomed 
and discussed part." 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Education: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City --- 
http://www.kansascityfed.org/education/ 
Note the Financial Fables section ---
http://www.kansascityfed.org/education/fables/index.cfm 
Bob Jensen's threads on financial literacy --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers 
Thunderbird School of Global Management ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thunderbird_School_of_Global_Management 
	. . . 
	Originally unique, Thunderbird began to encounter 
	direct competition from other international business programs in the 1980s. 
	In response the school's marketing literature emphasized the "Thunderbird 
	mystique" (referring to the school's tripartite curriculum and formidable 
	alumni network) and "a difference of degree" (the MIM over the traditional 
	MBA). By the 2000s, however, most business schools had acquired a global 
	focus. Thunderbird, surrendering to the trend, converted its flagship degree 
	into an MBA in International (later Global) Management. 
	The 1990s and 2000s brought financial upheaval as 
	MBA programs in general fell out of favor during the internet bubble, and 
	foreign student enrollment plummeted after 9-11. Faculty cuts occurred in 
	2001 and 2004; student enrollment dropped to a low of 700 in 2003, down from 
	an average of 1,500 during the 1990s. Speculation to the effect that the 
	school would close, or be taken over by another institution, was rife.[12] 
	In 2004, an unprecedented pledge of $60 million (by alumnus Sam Garvin and 
	his wife Rita) seemed to forestall these possibilities, and the name of the 
	school was accordingly changed to "the Garvin School of International 
	Management"--a change reverted when Garvin, who objected to plans to apply 
	the funds to the school's operating deficits, reneged on his donation.
	
	In 1994, the AACSB reversed a longstanding policy 
	which made "mixed" programs such as Thunderbird's ineligible for 
	accreditation. Thunderbird's was the first such program to be thus 
	accredited.
	During the 1990s, the school began publishing the
	Thunderbird International Business Review, a bimonthly academic 
	journal.[13]
	Since 2004, Thunderbird sponsored "Project 
	Artemis," aimed at developing entrepreneurial skills among Afghan women. In 
	addition, partnerships with investment bank Goldman Sachs, the InterAmerican 
	Development Bank, the U.S. Dept. of State, mining company Freeport McMoRan 
	and the Australian Government helped Thunderbird train hundreds of women 
	entrepreneurs in Pakistan, Jordan, and Latin America.
	In August 2004, Angel Cabrera, former dean of
	
	IE Business School in Madrid, Spain, became the 
	youngest (and first foreign-born) president of the School, succeeding Roy A. 
	Herberger, Jr. Under his leadership the School underwent a major operational 
	and financial restructuring and launched various new programs. However, 
	efforts to diversify revenue sources increased costs faster than revenues. 
	Cabrera stepped down in 2012, to be succeeded briefly by former U.S. 
	Ambassador Barbara Barrett (as interim president, for about six months), 
	then by Larry Edward Penley (served 2012-present), previously president of
	
	Colorado State University.
	In 2013, Thunderbird announced a partnership with
	
	Laureate Education, Inc., a commercial education 
	company that operates programs in 29 countries (including the
	
	University of Liverpool's online MBA program)
	 
Jensen Questions
When do you stop calling  Thunderbird University a not-for-profit school?
To my knowledge the AACSB has never accredited a for-profit undergraduate or 
MBA program. To what extent will the AACSB allow partnering with for-profit 
programs in the future?
"Thunderbird Joins With For-Profit to Offer New Programs," by Louis 
Lavelle, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-03-18/thunderbird-joins-with-for-profit-to-offer-new-programs
	In an unusual partnership, Thunderbird School 
	of Global Management today announced it is forming a partnership with a 
	for-profit educational provider, Laureate Education, to offer 
	
	educational programs around the world.
	Thunderbird, in Glendale, Ariz., offers graduate 
	business degrees, including its
	
	flagship global MBA, as well as online programs 
	and nondegree executive education programs. Laureate Education, in 
	Baltimore, serves more than 750,000 students through campus-based and online 
	programs in 29 countries.
	While the terms of the deal are still being 
	hammered out, Thunderbird says the two institutions will create a jointly 
	owned entity that will open instructional sites in a number of international 
	locations. Among those being considered are Madrid, Paris, Santiago, Chile, 
	and São Paulo, Brazil.
	The partnership, which is expected to be finalized 
	in June, will allow Thunderbird to expand its online and executive education 
	offering and to offer an undergraduate business program for the first time 
	in more than 50 years. Thunderbird said it will continue to operate as a 
	private, not-for-profit educational institution and retain control of its 
	curriculum, faculty, and admission standards.
	Larry Edward Penley, Thunderbird’s president, says 
	Laureate has 200,000 students studying business around the world, and 30,000 
	would qualify for admission to Thunderbird. The partnership gives 
	Thunderbird the ability to recruit those students and expand enrollment in 
	Arizona. He expects total enrollment will triple in five years, to more than 
	3,000 students. He also expects the 50/50 partnership to generate enough 
	cash flow to allow Thunderbird to expand faculty and facilities to make that 
	possible.
	“We believe there will be profits that we can 
	reinvest in Thunderbird,” Penley says. “It will allow us to hire faculty, 
	improve facilities, and start new programs.”
	Continued in article
Additional Jensen Questions
If the Thunderbird campus carries on some for-profit activities on campus such 
as admitting students for Laureate Education and providing online instructors 
will local jurisdictions continue to grant full property tax exemption?
To what extent can Thunderbird participate in for-profit courses and global 
profit sharing with Laureate and still  retain its tax-exempt status for 
state and Federal income taxes? 
In particular, if Laureate itself pays no USA income taxes, to what extent 
can Thunderbird declare shared profits are tax exempt in the USA?
"Tax Professionals Will Continue To Be 
in Great Demand for Years," by Frank Byrt, AccountingWeb, March 3, 
2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/tax-professionals-will-continue-be-great-demand-years/221256?source=education
	
	Added Jensen Comment
	An early precursor of the concept of "counterfactual reasoning" is 
	"functional fixation"
	
	Accounting History Trivia
	What accounting professors coined the phrase "functional fixation in 
	accounting" in 1966 
	and in what particular accounting context?
	Hint 1
	Two of the three authors were my Ph.D. program advisors at Stanford 
	University years ago.
	Hint 2
	Bob Ashton did some cognitive experimentation of functional fixation that 
	was published in the Journal of Accounting Research a decade later in 
	1976.
	Answer
	Y. Ijiri, R.K. Jaedicke and K.E. Knight, "The Effects of Accounting 
	Alternatives on Management Decisions," in R.K. Jaedicke, Y. Ijiri and 0. 
	Nelson (Eds.), Research in Accounting Measurement , American 
	Accounting Association, 1966, pp. 18
"Cognitive characteristics and the perceived importance of information," by 
by JD Dermer, October 1972, Library of MIT --- 
http://dspace.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/1721.1/47056/cognitivecharact00derm.pdf?sequence=1 
	Recently, several accounting studies have made use 
	of concepts and relationships from the field of cognitive psychology. For 
	example, Ijiri, Jaedicke and Knight employed the notion of functional 
	fixation to describe an individual's adaptiveness to a change in accounting 
	process. Similarly, Livingstone referred to learning sets in explaining why 
	some 2 utilities were slow in adjusting to accounting changes. In addition, 
	Revsine employed the conceptual abstractness construct to speculate on its 
	possible moderating effects in an experimental situation, and on its 
	significance with respect to information overload. Yet, despite this 
	interest in relationships between cognitive factors and information usage, 
	little empirical study has been done of the role that cognitive factors may 
	play in accounting.
Below is a recent article describing "functional fixedness."
"Rename It, Reuse It," by Amy Mayer, Everyday Einstein, March 14, 2013 --- 
http://everydayeinstein.quickanddirtytips.com/rename-it-reuse-it.aspx 
	To become more inventive, new research suggests, we 
	should start thinking about common items in terms of their component parts, 
	decoupling their names from their uses. 
	When we think of an object (a candle, say) we tend 
	to think of its name, appearance, and purpose all at once. We have 
	expectations about how the candle works and what we can do with it. 
	Psychologists call this rigid thinking "functional fixedness." 
	Tony McCaffrey, a postdoctoral researcher at the 
	University of Massachusetts Amherst, developed a two-step "generic parts 
	technique," which trains people to overcome functional fixedness. First, 
	break down the items at hand into their basic parts, then name each part in 
	a way that does not imply meaning. Using his technique, a candle becomes wax 
	and string. Seeing the wick as a string is key: calling it a "wick" implies 
	that its use is to be lit, but calling it a "string" opens up new 
	possibilities. 
	Subjects he trained in this technique readily 
	mastered it and solved 67% more problems requiring creative insight than 
	subjects who did not learn the technique, according to his study published 
	in March in Psychological Science.
	For instance, when given metal rings and a candle 
	and asked to connect the rings together, those who named the candle's 
	generic parts realized the wick could be used to tie up the rings. Another 
	problem asked subjects to build a simple circuit board with a terminal, 
	wires and a screwdriver, but the wires were too short. Those who renamed the 
	shaft of the screwdriver a "four-inch length of metal" realized it could be 
	used to bridge the gap and conduct electricity.
	Continued in article
From AccountingWeb on March 1, 2013
	How to Disable Worksheet Animation in Excel 2013
	
	Excel 2013 has arrived, and for the most part, it's much like Excel 2007 and 
	2010, but with some spiffy new features, such as Recommended Charts and 
	Pivot Tables, Flash Fill, Quick Analysis, Power View, and more. 
	
	
	http://www.accountingweb.com/article/how-disable-worksheet-animation-excel-2013/221223?source=technology
	
I thought investors were not supposed to 
lose money in gold or Apple Corporation
"Apple Stock Just Crashed To A New Low," by Henry Blodget , Business 
Insider, March 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessinsider.com/apple-stock-new-low-2013-3?op=1 
"When Pigs Fly," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, March 19, 2013 --- 
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/03/when-pigs-fly.html 
Robotics Displacing Labor Even in Higher Education
"The New Industrial Revolution," by Jeffrey R. Young, Chronicle of Higher 
Education's Chronicle Review, March  25, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/The-New-Industrial-Revolution/138015/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
	Baxter is a new type of worker, who is having no 
	trouble getting a job these days, even in a tight economy. He's a little 
	slow, but he's easy to train. And companies don't hire him, they buy him—he 
	even comes with a warranty. 
	Baxter is a robot, not a human, though human 
	workers in all kinds of industries may soon call him a colleague. His 
	plastic-and-metal body consists of two arms loaded with sensors to keep his 
	lifeless limbs from accidentally knocking over anyone nearby. And he has a 
	simulated face, displayed on a flat-panel computer monitor, so he can give a 
	frown if he's vexed or show a bored look if he's waiting to be given more to 
	do. 
	Baxter is part of a new generation of machines that 
	are changing the labor market worldwide—and raising a new round of debate 
	about the meaning of work itself. This robot comes at a price so 
	low—starting at just $22,000—that even businesses that never thought of 
	replacing people with machines may find that prospect irresistible. It's the 
	brainchild of Rodney Brooks, who also designed the Roomba robot vacuum 
	cleaner, which succeeded in bringing at least a little bit of robotics into 
	millions of homes. One computer scientist predicts that robots like Baxter 
	will soon toil in fast-food restaurants topping pizzas, at bakeries sliding 
	dough into hot ovens, and at a variety of other service-sector jobs, in 
	addition to factories.
	I wanted to meet this worker of the future and his 
	robot siblings, so I spent a day at this year's Automate trade show here, 
	where Baxter was one of hundreds of new commercial robots on display. Simply 
	by guiding his hands and pressing a few buttons, I programmed him to put 
	objects in boxes; I played blackjack against another robot that had been 
	temporarily programmed to deal cards to show off its dexterity; and I 
	watched demonstration robots play flawless games of billiards on toy-sized 
	tables. (It turns out that robots are not only better at many professional 
	jobs than humans are, but they can best us in our hobbies, too.)
	During a keynote speech to kick off the trade show, 
	Henrik Christensen, director of robotics at Georgia Tech, outlined a vision 
	of a near future when we'll see robots and autonomous devices everywhere, 
	working side by side with humans and taking on a surprisingly diverse set of 
	roles. Robots will load and unload packages from delivery trucks without 
	human assistance—as one company's system demonstrated during the event. 
	Robots will even drive the trucks and fly the cargo planes with our 
	packages, Christensen predicted, noting that Google has already demonstrated 
	its driverless car, and that the same technology that powers military drones 
	can just as well fly a FedEx jet. "We'll see coast-to-coast package delivery 
	with drones without having a pilot in the vehicle," he asserted.
	Away from the futuristic trade floor, though, a 
	public discussion is growing about whether robots like Baxter and other new 
	automation technologies are taking too many jobs. Similar concerns have 
	cropped up repeatedly for centuries: when combines first arrived on farms, 
	when the first machines hit factory assembly lines, when computers first 
	entered businesses. A folk tune from the 1950s called "The Automation Song" 
	could well be sung today: "Now you've got new machines for to take my place, 
	and you tell me it's not mine to share." Yet new jobs have always seemed to 
	emerge to fill the gaps left by positions lost to mechanization. There may 
	be few secretaries today, but there are legions of social-media managers and 
	other new professional categories created by digital technology.
	Still, what if this time is different? What if 
	we're nearing an inflection point where automation is so cheap and efficient 
	that human workers are simply outmatched? What if machines are now leading 
	to a net loss of jobs rather than a net gain? Two professors at the 
	Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Andrew McAfee and Erik Brynjolfsson, 
	raised that concern in Race Against the Machine: How the Digital 
	Revolution Is Accelerating Innovation, Driving Productivity, and 
	Irreversibly Transforming Employment and the Economy (Digital Frontier 
	Press, 2011). A 
	
	recent report on 
	60 Minutes featured the book's thesis and quoted critics concerned 
	about the potential economic crisis caused by robots, despite the cute faces 
	on their monitors.
	But robots raise an even bigger question than how 
	many jobs are left over for humans. A number of scholars are now arguing 
	that all this automation could make many goods and services so cheap that a 
	full-time jobs could become optional for most people. Baxter, then, would 
	become a liberator of the human spirit rather than an enemy of the working 
	man.
	That utopian dream would require resetting the role 
	work plays in our lives. If our destiny is to be freed from toil by robot 
	helpers, what are we supposed to do with our days?
	To begin to tackle 
	that existential question, I decided to invite along a scholar of work to 
	the Automate trade show. And that's how my guest, Burton J. Bledstein, an 
	expert on the history of professionalism and the growth of the modern middle 
	class, got into an argument with the head of a robotics company.
	It happened at the booth for Adept Technology Inc., 
	which makes a robot designed to roam the halls of hospitals and other 
	facilities making deliveries. The latest model—a foot-tall rolling platform 
	that can be customized for a variety of tasks—wandered around the booth, 
	resembling something out of a Star Wars film except that it 
	occasionally blasted techno music from its speakers. Bledstein was 
	immediately wary of the contraption. The professor, who holds an emeritus 
	position at the University of Illinois at Chicago, explained that he has an 
	artificial hip and didn't want the robot to accidentally knock him down. He 
	needn't have worried, though; the robot is designed to sense nearby objects 
	and keep a safe distance.
	The company's then-CEO, John Dulchinos, assured us 
	that on the whole, robots aren't taking jobs—they're simply making life 
	better for human employees by eliminating the most-tedious tasks. "I can 
	show you some very clear examples where this product is offloading tasks 
	from a nurse that was walking five miles a day to allow her to be able to 
	spend time with patients," he said, as the robot tirelessly circled our 
	feet. "I think you see that in a lot of the applications we're doing, where 
	the mundane task is done by a robot which has very simple capability, and it 
	frees up people to do more-elaborate and more-sophisticated tasks."
	The CEO defended the broader trend of companies' 
	embracing automation, especially in factory settings where human workers 
	have long held what he called unfulfilling jobs, like wrapping chicken all 
	day. "They look like zombies when they walk out of that factory," he said of 
	such workers. "It is a mind-numbing, mundane task. There is absolutely no 
	satisfaction from what they do."
	"That's your perception," countered Bledstein. "A 
	lot of these are unskilled people. A lot of immigrants are in these jobs. 
	They see it as work. They appreciate the paycheck. The numbness of the work 
	is not something that surprises them or disturbs them."
	"I guess we could just turn the clock back to 1900, 
	and we can all be farmers," retorted Dulchinos.
	But what about those displaced workers who can't 
	find alternatives, asked Bledstein, arguing that automation is happening not 
	just in factories but also in clerical and other middle-class professions 
	changed by computer technology. "That's kind of creating a crisis today. 
	Especially if those people are over 50, those people are having a lot of 
	trouble finding new work." The professor added that he worried about his 
	undergraduate students, too, and the tough job market they face. "It might 
	be a lost generation, it's so bad."
	Dulchinos acknowledged that some workers are 
	struggling during what he sees as a transitional period, but he argued that 
	the solution is more technology and innovation, not less, to get to 
	a new equilibrium even faster.
	This went on for a while, and it boiled down to 
	competing conceptions of what it means to have a job. In Bledstein's seminal 
	book, The Culture of Professionalism, first published in 1976, he 
	argues that Americans, in particular, have come to define their work as more 
	than just a series of tasks that could be commodified. Bledstein tracks a 
	history of how, in sector after sector, middle-class workers sought to 
	elevate the meaning of their jobs, whether they worked as athletes, 
	surgeons, or funeral directors: "The professional importance of an 
	occupation was exaggerated when the ordinary coffin became a 'casket,' the 
	sealed repository of a precious object; when a decaying corpse became a 
	'patient' prepared in an 'operating room' by an 'embalming surgeon' and 
	visited in a 'funeral home' before being laid to rest in a 'memorial park.'"
	The American dream involves more than just 
	accumulating wealth, the historian argues. It's about developing a sense of 
	personal value by connecting work to a broader social mission, rather than 
	as "a mechanical job, befitting of lowly manual laborer."
	Today, though, "there's disillusionment with 
	professions," Bledstein told me, noting that the logic of efficiency is 
	often valued more than the quality of service. "Commercialism has just taken 
	over everywhere." He complained that in their rush to reduce production 
	costs, some business leaders are forgetting that even manual laborers have 
	skills and knowledge that can be tough to simulate by machine. "They want to 
	talk about them as if these people are just drones," he said as we took a 
	break in the back of the exhibit hall, the whir of robot motors almost 
	drowning out our voices. "Don't minimize the extent of what quote-unquote 
	manual workers do—even ditch diggers."
	In Genesis, God 
	sentences Adam and Eve to hard labor as part of the punishment for the apple 
	incident. "Cursed is the ground because of you; through painful toil you 
	will eat food from it all the days of your life" was the sentence handed 
	down in the Garden of Eden. Yet Martin Luther argued, as have other 
	prominent Christian leaders since, that work is also a way to connect with 
	the divine.
	Continued in article
"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid 
(i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio 
Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116
"Rise of the Robots," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times, 
December 8, 2012 --- 
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/12/08/rise-of-the-robots/ 
	
	
	¶Catherine Rampell and Nick Wingfield write 
	about the
	
	growing evidence for “reshoring” of manufacturing 
	to the United States. They cite several reasons: rising wages in Asia; lower 
	energy costs here; higher transportation costs. In a
	
	followup piece, however, Rampell cites another 
	factor: robots.
	
		
		
		¶The most valuable part of each 
		computer, a motherboard loaded with microprocessors and memory, is 
		already largely made with robots, according to my colleague Quentin 
		Hardy. People do things like fitting in batteries and snapping on 
		screens.
		
		
		¶As more 
		robots are built, largely by other robots, “assembly can be done here as 
		well as anywhere else,” said Rob Enderle, an analyst based in San Jose, 
		Calif., who has been following the computer electronics industry for a 
		quarter-century. “That will replace most of the workers, though you will 
		need a few people to manage the robots.”
	
	
	
	¶Robots mean that labor costs don’t 
	matter much, so you might as well locate in advanced countries with 
	large markets and good infrastructure (which may soon not include us, but 
	that’s another issue). On the other hand, it’s not good news for workers!
	
	
	¶This is an 
	old concern in economics; it’s “capital-biased technological change”, which 
	tends to shift the distribution of income away from workers to the owners of 
	capital.
	
	
	¶Twenty years 
	ago, when I was writing about globalization and inequality, capital bias 
	didn’t look like a big issue; the major changes in income distribution had 
	been among workers (when you include hedge fund managers and CEOs among the 
	workers), rather than between labor and capital. So the academic literature 
	focused almost exclusively on “skill bias”, supposedly explaining the rising 
	college premium.
	
	
	
	¶But 
	the college premium hasn’t risen for a while. 
	What has happened, on the other hand, is a notable shift in income away from 
	labor:.
"Harley Goes Lean to Build Hogs," by James R. Hagerty, The Wall 
Street Journal, September 22, 2012 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443720204578004164199848452.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	If the global economy slips into a deep slump, 
	American manufacturers including motorcycle maker Harley-Davidson Inc. that 
	have embraced flexible production face less risk of veering into a ditch.
	Until recently, the company's sprawling factory 
	here had a lack of automation that made it an industrial museum. Now, 
	production that once was scattered among 41 buildings is consolidated into 
	one brightly lighted facility where robots do more heavy lifting. The number 
	of hourly workers, about 1,000, is half the level of three years ago and 
	more than 100 of those workers are "casual" employees who come and go as 
	needed. 
All the jobs are not going to Asia, They're going to Hal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2001_Space_Oddessey 
"When Machines Do Your Job: Researcher Andrew McAfee says advances in 
computing and artificial intelligence could create a more unequal society," 
by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, July 11, 2012 --- 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/428429/when-machines-do-your-job/ 
	Are American workers losing their jobs to machines?
	
	That was the question posed by 
	
	Race Against the Machine, an influential 
	e-book published last October by MIT business school researchers Erik 
	Brynjolfsson and Andrew McAfee. The pair looked at troubling U.S. employment 
	numbers—which 
	have declined since the recession of 2008-2009 even as economic output has 
	risen—and concluded that computer technology was 
	partly to blame. 
	Advances in hardware and software mean it's 
	possible to automate more white-collar jobs, and to do so more quickly than 
	in the past. Think of the airline staffers whose job checking in passengers 
	has been taken by self-service kiosks. While more productivity is a 
	positive, wealth is becoming more concentrated, and more middle-class 
	workers are getting left behind. 
	What does it mean to have "technological 
	unemployment" even amidst apparent digital plenty? Technology Review 
	spoke to McAfee at the Center for Digital Business, part of the MIT Sloan 
	School of Management, where as principal research scientist he studies
	
	
	new employment trends and definitions of the workplace.
Every symphony in the world incurs an operating 
deficit
"Financial Leadership Required to Fight Symphony Orchestra ‘Cost Disease’," 
by Stanford University's Robert J Flanagan, Stanford Graduate School of 
Business, February 8, 2012 --- 
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/symphony-financial-leadership.html
	 What if you sat down in the concert hall one 
	evening to hear Haydn’s Symphony No. 44 in E Minor and found 5 robots 
	scattered among the human musicians? To get multiple audiences in and out of 
	the concert hall faster, the human musicians and robots are playing the 
	composition in double time.
	Today’s orchestras have yet to go down this road. 
	However, their traditional ways of doing business, as economist Robert J. 
	Flanagan explains in his new book on symphony orchestra finances, locks them 
	into limited opportunities for productivity growth and ensures that costs 
	keep rising.
"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of 
Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012 
--- 
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/
	
	
	Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School,
	has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created 
	a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20 
	minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands 
	of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and 
	over 700,000 works listed for his company, 
	
	ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t
	include the private works, such as internal reports, 
	created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate 
	entity called 
	
	EdgeMaven Media.
	Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but 
	the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.
"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance, 
Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots
A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business Review 
Blog, January 27, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
Historically, graduates who could not find jobs enlisted in the military. Wars 
of the future, however, will be fought largely by drones, robots, orbiting 
orbiting satellites. This begs the question of where graduates who cannot find 
work are going to turn to when the military enlistment offices shut down and 
Amazon's warehouse robotics replace Wal-Mart in-store workers.
If given a choice, I'm not certain I would want to be born again in the 21st 
Century.
The Sad State of Economic Theory and Research --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
 
"Is it Ethical to Save Four People at the Expense of One?" by 
Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, March 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.typepad.com/ 
	Is it Ethical to Save Four People at the 
	Expense of One?
	Lessons from the Talmud 
	
	On Tuesday I posted a 
	blog that presented two ethical dilemmas based on the “Trolley Problem.” The 
	Trolley Problem is a thought experiment in ethics, first introduced by 
	Philippa Foot in 1967. Others have  also extensively analyzed the problem 
	including Judith Jarvis Thomason, Peter Unger, and Frances Kamm  as recently 
	as 1996. I have used these problems in my ethics class to challenge 
	students’ moral intuition. Here are the two dilemmas once again:
	Dilemma #1
	Imagine that you are standing on a footbridge 
	spanning some trolley tracks. You see that a runaway trolley is threatening 
	to kill five people. Standing next to you, in between the oncoming trolley 
	and the five people, is a railway worker wearing a large backpack. You 
	quickly realize that the only way to save the people is to push the man off 
	the bridge and onto the tracks below. The man will die, but his body will 
	stop the trolley from reaching the others. Legal concerns aside, would it be 
	ethical for you to save the five people by pushing this stranger to his 
	death?
	Dilemma #2
	Now assume that the runaway trolley is heading for 
	five railway workmen who will be killed if it proceeds on its present 
	course. The only way to save these people is to hit a switch that will turn 
	the trolley onto a side track where it will run over and kill one workman 
	instead of five. Ignoring legal concerns, would it be ethically acceptable 
	for you to turn the trolley by hitting the switch in order to save five 
	people at the expense of one person? 
	The choice is between saving five lives at the cost 
	of taking one life. Before I get to the “answers,” I want to explain how one 
	researcher is using MRI technology to map brain response while analyzing the 
	dilemma. Joshua Greene at Harvard University was more concerned to 
	understand why we have the intuitions, so he used functional Magnetic 
	Resonance Imaging, or fMRI, to examine what happens in people’s brains when 
	they make these moral judgments.
	Greene found that people asked to make a moral 
	judgment about “personal” violations, like pushing the stranger off the 
	footbridge, showed increased activity in areas of the brain associated with 
	the emotions. This was not the case with people asked to make judgments 
	about relatively “impersonal” violations like throwing a switch. Moreover, 
	the minority of subjects who did consider that it would be right to push the 
	stranger off the footbridge took longer to reach this judgment than those 
	who said that doing so would be wrong. Interestingly results to say the 
	least.
	I received quite a few responses to my blog and 
	selected the best one with respect to identifying the ethical issues. The 
	response comes from Michael Belk, a frequent reader of my blog. Here it is:
	
	#1: I do not believe it to be ethical to 
	intentionally end someone else's life whether it is to save others or not.  
	I do not believe it is my moral responsibility to sacrifice one life in 
	order that others may go on.  
	You hope and pray that it is not their time and 
	leave the results of their outcome to faith.  I would feel terrible, but if 
	you push someone in the way to save others, you may as well say you killed a 
	man.  I would never be able to forgive myself.
	The man has a family and people who love him, so 
	how could you explain your actions to his family.
	#2. Again I do not believe you should intentionally 
	take a life, but if your intentions were to save the other five men and you 
	were unaware of the damage it would do to the sole man, then you acted out 
	of goodwill and that is more admirable.
	Michael’s insights are right on the money. We have 
	no right to sacrifice the life of one person to save others. There is a 
	saying from the Talmud, an authoritative record of rabbinic discussions on 
	Jewish law, Jewish ethics, customs, legends and stories: “Whoever destroys a 
	soul, it is considered as if he destroyed an entire world. And whoever saves 
	a life, it is considered as if he saved an entire world.”
	We have no right to decide who lives and who dies. 
	Yes, if we can save one person without harming others we have a moral 
	obligation to do so. However, to save one life while sacrificing others is 
	an arbitrary act in many ways. What if the one sacrificed is a humanitarian, 
	well-respected and well-known person who works tirelessly for the poor and 
	others who can’t help themselves? What if those saved are criminals who 
	committed murder and escaped from prison. You see the dilemma? Who are we to 
	judge who is a good person, and be saved, and who is a bad person? We should 
	focus on leading the best possible life we can; to serve others whether 
	through medicine, the clergy, the law, a teacher, nurse, or first-responder.
Jensen Comment
I have a little difficulty with Dilemma 1 in the sense of why kill the workman 
instead of yourself. But that's not the real issue in question.
In the USA things get confounded by our lawyers. For example sometimes doing 
something for the good gets you sued to high heaven whereas doing nothing gets 
you off scott free. "See nothing, do nothing" is a motto caused by the tort 
lawyers.
From Ernst & Young:  FASB's new classification and measurement model 
- a closer look ---
Click Here 
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TechnicalLine_BB2504_ClassificationMeasurement_6March2013/%24FILE/TechnicalLine_BB2504_ClassificationMeasurement_6March2013.pdf
	What you need to know
	
		 • The FASB has proposed a single 
		classification and measurement model for all financial instruments that 
		would better converge some areas of US GAAP with IFRS 9
		. • Financial assets would be classified and 
		measured based on their contractual cash flow character istics and an 
		entity’s business model for managing them
		. • The accounting for financial liabilities 
		generally would not change, except for the measurement of nonrecourse 
		liabilities.
		 • The proposal would significantly limit 
		the use of the fair value option.
		 • T h e proposal would change the 
		presentation and disclosure of financial instruments in the financial 
		statements.
		 • Comments are due by 15 May 2013. 
		
	
	Overview 
	The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB or Board) has proposed a 
	sweeping new classification and measurement model for financial instruments. 
	1 The proposal would apply to all entities across industries, not just those 
	in financial services. The proposal would require more financial instruments 
	to be classified and measured at fair value through net in come . However, 
	it wouldn ’ t go as far as the FASB ’ s May 2010 exposure draft 2 on 
	accounting for financial instruments, which would have established fair 
	value as the primary basis for measuring financial instruments.
"Unlocking growth through mobility," Grant Thornton, March 2013 ---
http://www.grantthornton.com/staticfiles/GTCom/Advisory/IT/Mobility_article_FINAL.pdf
Thank you Jerry Trites for the heads up.
COSO to release much-awaited internal control framework in May 2013 
--- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137619.htm
Equity Method
"Accounting Lessons From Corning," Michael Fu, Seeking Alpha, 
March 6, 2013 --- 
http://seekingalpha.com/article/1252901-accounting-lessons-from-corning?source=google_news
"Helping Gen Y succeed in the workplace," by Dan Black, Ernst & Young, 
March 2013 --- 
http://www.ey.com/US/en/Careers/EY-Faculty-Connection-Issue-39---1---Helping-Gen-Y
"Ten career tips for young CPAs," by Mark Ursick, cpa2biz, 
February 25, 2013 --- 
http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/Articles_2013/CPA/Feb/BuildCareers.jsp
Jensen Comment
I especially agree with:  "Don’t limit your challenges; challenge 
your limits."
The most gung ho student I ever had studying the accounting for derivative 
financial instruments and hedging strategies never limited his challenges even 
though he was less gifted than some of my students. He just worked and worked 
and worked as a student.
His first job was with a Big Four firm in Houston and within three years he 
was the technical guy who virtually was in charge on an audit of a company that 
had over $1 billion in derivatives. He's since moved on to become a leading 
executive at Microsoft.
In contrast I had more brilliant students who got buy in my accounting theory 
course but would run like somebody yelled "Fire" if they had an opportunity to 
audit derivative financial instruments contracts. They never became executives 
in any companies.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers 
"Accountants Will Save the World," by Peter Bakker, Harvard 
Business Review Blog, March 5, 2013 ---
Click Here  
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/accountants_will_save_the_worl.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
You might also want to read the comments that follow this article.
Bob Jensen's threads on triple bottom accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#TripleBottom 
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013
	
	JOBS Act spurs some companies to deregister shares. The number of 
	public companies deciding to deregister their shares edged up 1.5% in last 
	year’s second half. The group was led by small community banks, following 
	the passage of the JOBS Act, which made it easier for them to shed their 
	reporting obligations to U.S. regulators,
	
	
	Emily Chasan reports. 
	Some 405 companies deregistered their stock last year in the eight months 
	following the signing of the JOBS Act in April, up from 399 in the eight 
	months before the law took effect. Many of the deregistered companies 
	haven’t left public markets entirely. Instead, their shares trade over the 
	counter.
 
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 14, 2013
	
	Regulators ramp up payroll audits. 
	Regulators are cracking down on small businesses and other employers who 
	misclassify workers as independent contractors to avoid paying payroll taxes 
	and other expenses, the Journal’s 
	
	Angus Loten and Emily Maltby write. 
	Some employers are turning to contractors to avoid hitting the federal 
	health-care law’s 50-employee threshold for health insurance. And the 
	crackdown is partly aimed at boosting tax revenue. The U.S. Treasury 
	estimates that forcing employers to properly classify their workers—while 
	tightening so-called “safe harbor” rules that provide them with leeway in 
	determining who is and isn’t an employee—would yield $8.71 billion in added 
	tax revenue over the next decade.
Jensen Comment
Another incentive for outsourcing certain types of work is to outsource risk 
of fines and bad publicity resulting from employing undocumented workers. A 
company, including a highly respected university, can get very bad publicity 
when the news media discloses a practice of hiring undocumented workers. For 
that reason those organizations will hire such things as building cleaning 
services from local businesses that are very small and less concerned about bad 
publicity. A friend of mine in a very respected large company in San Antonio 
said in all his years working as a security guard for that company he never met 
a janitor (male or female) who spoke one word of English.
Lenders Are Warned on Risk:  Regulators Act to Pop a Potential Bubble 
Caused by Surge in Leveraged Credits
From CFO.com on March 22, 2013
	
	Regulators are sounding the alarm on debt underwriting 
	practices. The Fed and other banking regulators said yesterday that the 
	controls and quality checks applied by lenders when extending leveraged 
	loans have deteriorated and they questioned whether some banks are doing 
	enough to gauge the risks of these practices. The regulators issued guidance 
	that lays out expectations for how banks should act. It said regulators will 
	closely monitor banks’ underwriting of the loans – generally used to finance 
	buyouts or acquisitions – and the ability of firms to manage their lending 
	and withstand loan-related losses, the
	
	WSJ’s Michael R. Crittenden and Matt Wirz report.
	
	Some Fed officials have singled out leveraged loans as 
	a potential sign of overheating. And the guidance is another example of Fed 
	Chairman Ben Bernanke’s belief that strong regulation – rather than higher 
	interest rates — has to be the main weapon against financial excesses.
	
	The guidance also highlighted the weakening of 
	covenant protections for lenders, particularly ones that force companies to 
	maintain their debt loads within prescribed limits, as cause for concern. 
	Moody’s noted this week that its index of high-yield bond covenants, which 
	measures the strength of lender protections, weakened to its lowest point 
	since the ratings service first began tracking them in January 2011. Moody’s 
	head of covenant research, Alex Dill,
	
	told CFOJ’s Vipal Monga
	in an interview that the pendulum has swung in favor 
	of corporate borrowers and management, as lenders seem willing to give up 
	structural protection in favor of getting yield from their investments.
Thanks Ben
"Cyprus Lifts the Curtain," by Peter Schiff, Townhall, March 21, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/peterschiff/2013/03/22/cyprus-lifts-the-curtain-n1545913?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
	. . . 
	Currently, the ultra-low rates provided by the 
	Federal Reserve, which provide a low cost of capital and sustain profits on 
	highly leveraged bond and mortgage portfolios, are a key 
	element keeping banks in the black. All of 
	that would be threatened in a rising rate environment. And while the tests 
	did assume that rates would rise from the current 1.9% on the 10 year 
	Treasury, there were no considerations for yields surpassing 4%. They assume 
	that interest rates will stay near historic lows, no matter how bad (or 
	good) the economy gets, how high inflation rises, or how much money the 
	government borrows.
	Continued in article
CALPERS --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CALPERS 
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013
	
	Ex-CEO of Calpers charged. The former head of Calpers was charged 
	with concocting fraudulent documents to help a friend collect millions of 
	dollars in fees from Apollo Global Management. The grand jury indictment of 
	Federico R. Buenrostro Jr., who was chief executive of the Calpers until 
	2008, and his friend, Alfred J. Villalobos, are the first criminal charges 
	in a “pay-to-play” case involving the $257 billion retirement system, 
	
	the WSJ reports. The 
	indictment alleges that Messrs. Buenrostro and Villalobos fabricated letters 
	in 2008 that duped Apollo into paying $14 million in fees to Mr. 
	Villalobos’s firm.
"Former California Public Employee System CEO and Former Placement Agent 
Indicted for Conspiracy and Fraud," FBI, March 
18, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.fbi.gov/sanfrancisco/press-releases/2013/former-california-public-employee-system-ceo-and-former-placement-agent-indicted-for-conspiracy-and-fraud
	
		SAN FRANCISCO—A federal 
		grand jury in San Francisco indicted Alfred J. Villalobos, of Reno, 
		Nevada, and Federico R. Buenrostro, Jr., aka Fred Buenrostro, of 
		Sacramento, California, on charges of conspiracy to defraud the United 
		States, engaging in a false scheme against the United States, and 
		conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud, U.S. Attorney Melinda 
		Haag announced. Mr. Buenrostro was also charged in the same indictment 
		with making a false statement to the United States and obstruction of 
		justice.According 
		to the indictment, Mr. Villalobos, 69 and Mr. Buenrostro, 64, conspired 
		to create and transmit fraudulent documents in connection with a $3 
		billion investment by the California Public Employee Retirement System (CalPERS) 
		into funds managed by Apollo Global Management, a private equity firm 
		based in New York City.
		ARVCO Capital Research 
		LLC, a financial services firm founded and managed by Mr. Villalobos, 
		allegedly acted as a placement agent in helping Apollo to secure these 
		investments by CalPERS. In each instance, Apollo required ARVCO to 
		obtain an investor disclosure letter from CalPERS prior to paying ARVCO 
		any fees for its efforts in securing CalPERS’ investments into 
		Apollo-managed funds, citing, among other reasons, Apollo’s obligations 
		under the securities laws.
		After CalPERS’ legal and 
		investment offices declined to sign a certain investor disclosure letter 
		documenting ARVCO’s legal relationship with Apollo, Mr. Villalobos and 
		Mr. Buenrostro allegedly conspired to create a series of fraudulent 
		investor disclosure letters that were transmitted to Apollo. Apollo paid 
		ARVCO a total of approximately $14 million dollars in fees after 
		receiving the fraudulent letters.
		ARVCO transmitted the 
		last fraudulent investor disclosure letter in June 2008, a few weeks 
		before Mr. Buenrostro retired from CalPERS. On July 1, 2008, Mr. 
		Villalobos hired Mr. Buenrostro to work for ARVCO. When civil and later 
		criminal investigations were opened into the operations of ARVCO and its 
		role as a placement agent in connection with CalPERS’ investments in 
		Apollo-managed funds, both defendants made false statements to and 
		concealed information from the SEC, the USPIS, and the FBI about the 
		authenticity of the investor disclosure letters in order to defeat and 
		obstruct the lawful functions of those agencies.
		Mr. Villalobos and Mr. 
		Buenrostro made their initial appearance in federal court in San 
		Francisco on March 18, 2013, and are currently out on bond. Mr. 
		Buenrostro’s next scheduled appearance is Monday, March 25, 2013, at 
		9:30 a.m. for identification of counsel and review of the terms of his 
		bond. Mr. Villalobos’ next scheduled appearance is April 9, 2013, at 
		9:30 a.m. for review of the terms of his bond. Both defendants are 
		scheduled to appear before in district court on May 8, 2013, at 2:00 
		p.m. before Judge Breyer.
		The maximum statutory 
		penalty for conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud is 20 years 
		in prison; $250,000 fine or twice the amount of gain or loss, whichever 
		is greater; three years of supervised release; and a $100 special 
		assessment. The maximum penalty for each count of conspiracy to defraud 
		the United States, false scheme against the United States, false 
		statement to the United States, and obstruction of justice is five years 
		in prison; $250,000 fine or twice the amount of gain or loss, whichever 
		is greater; three years of supervised release; and a $100 special 
		assessment. Restitution may also be ordered as to each of the five 
		counts. However, any sentence following conviction would be imposed by 
		the court after consideration of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines a the 
		federal statute governing the imposition of a sentence.
		Timothy J. Lucey is the 
		Assistant U.S. Attorney who is prosecuting the case with the assistance 
		of Laurie Worthen and Maryam Beros. The prosecution is the result of a 
		two-and-a half-year investigation by the U.S. Postal Inspection Service 
		and FBI, with substantial assistance from the Los Angeles Regional 
		Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission as well as the U.S. 
		Secret Service.
 
	 
"Check Fraud Persists; Card Fraud Growing: Finance departments say check 
fraud was the most prevalent kind of payment fraud in 2012. But attacks on 
corporate cards and electronic forms are rising, too," by Vincent Ryan, 
CFO.com, March 19, 2013 --- 
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/3/cash-management_payments-fraud-check-corporate-card-purchasing-ach-positive-pay-afp
"New Report Shows Changing Fraud Environment," by Curtis C. Verschoor,
AccountingWeb, March 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/new-report-shows-changing-fraud-environment/221374
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"Former Manager of Virginia Beach Mortgage Brokerage Firm Pleads Guilty to 
Fraud," FBI, March 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.fbi.gov/norfolk/press-releases/2013/former-manager-of-virginia-beach-mortgage-brokerage-firm-pleads-guilty-to-fraud
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Registered Nurse Pleads Guilty in Connection with Detroit ($24 Million) 
Medicare Fraud Scheme," FBI, March 22, 2013 --- 
http://www.fbi.gov/detroit/press-releases/2013/registered-nurse-pleads-guilty-in-connection-with-detroit-medicare-fraud-scheme
	A registered nurse who fabricated nursing visit 
	forms in connection with a $24 million home health care fraud conspiracy in 
	Detroit pleaded guilty today for her role in the scheme, announced Acting 
	Assistant Attorney General Mythili Raman of the Justice Department’s 
	Criminal Division; U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of Michigan 
	Barbara L. McQuade; Special Agent in Charge Robert D. Foley, III of the 
	FBI’s Detroit Field Office; and Special Agent in Charge Lamont Pugh, III of 
	the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General 
	(HHS-OIG), Chicago Regional Office. 
	Beverly Cooper, 59, of Detroit, pleaded guilty 
	before U.S. District Judge Victoria A. Roberts in the Eastern District of 
	Michigan to one count of conspiracy to commit health care fraud. 
	Cooper admitted that she and others conspired to 
	defraud Medicare through home health care companies operating in the Detroit 
	area, including Reliance Home Care LLC, First Choice Home Health Care 
	Services Inc., and Accessible Home Care Inc. According to court documents, 
	Cooper fabricated nursing visit notes and other documents to give Medicare 
	the impression that she had provided home health care services, when, in 
	fact, home health care was not needed and/or was not being provided. Cooper 
	also admitted that while at these companies, she signed nursing visit notes 
	for home visits made by other unlicensed individuals to give Medicare the 
	false impression that she had provided home health care. Court documents 
	reveal that Cooper understood that the documents she created would be used 
	by these companies to submit claims to Medicare for home health services 
	that were not medically necessary and/or not provided. 
	Court documents show that when home health 
	companies were inspected by state regulatory agencies, Cooper and her 
	co-conspirators participated in staged home health visits, posing as 
	employees of these companies and treating fake patients, all to give 
	inspectors the false impression that these companies’ operations were 
	legitimate and that home health services were in fact being provided. 
	
	Court documents allege that between 2006 and May 
	2012, Cooper’s conduct caused Reliance, First Choice, and Accessible to 
	submit claims to Medicare for services that were not medically necessary 
	and/or not provided, causing Medicare to pay these companies approximately 
	$5,403,703. 
	At sentencing, scheduled for July 23, 2013, Cooper 
	faces a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison and a $250,000 fine. 
	
	This case is being prosecuted by Trial Attorney 
	William G. Kanellis and Assistant Chief Gejaa Gobena of the Criminal 
	Division’s Fraud Section. It was investigated by the FBI and HHS-OIG, and it 
	was brought as part of the Medicare Fraud Strike Force, supervised by the 
	Criminal Division’s Fraud Section and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the 
	Eastern District of Michigan. 
	Since its inception in March 2007, the Medicare 
	Fraud Strike Force, now operating in nine cities across the country, has 
	charged more than 1,480 defendants who have collectively billed the Medicare 
	program for more than $4.8 billion. In addition, HHS’s Centers for Medicare 
	and Medicaid Services, working in conjunction with HHS-OIG, is taking steps 
	to increase accountability and decrease the presence of fraudulent 
	providers. 
	To learn more about the Health Care Fraud 
	Prevention and Enforcement Action Team (HEAT), go to 
	www.stopmedicarefraud.gov.
"How Monsanto outfoxed the Obama administration The inside story of how 
the government let one company squash biotech innovation, and dominate an entire 
industry," by Lina Khan, Salon, March 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.salon.com/2013/03/15/how_did_monsanto_outfox_the_obama_administration/ 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Question
Goodwill Impairment: What Happens When U.S. GAAP and IFRSs Clash?
From CFO.com on March 25, 2013
	Differences in the goodwill impairment standards under U.S. GAAP and 
	IFRSs may create significant disparities as to whether goodwill is viewed as 
	impaired and, if so, how much is written off in the United States and the 
	other country, or even country to country. Learn more about the challenges 
	companies, especially acquisitive ones, may face in performing goodwill 
	impairment testing both in the U.S. and around the world.
	More ---
	
	
	http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/03/25/goodwill-impairment-what-happens-when-u-s-gaap-and-ifrss-clash/
	
	
		For acquisitive companies, determining whether 
		goodwill booked in transactions has become impaired and if it has, by 
		how much, is now a fairly regular occurrence. However, the accounting 
		involved can be anything but straightforward when the acquirer is a 
		U.S.-based company and subsidiary businesses are located elsewhere or 
		vice versa.
		Differences in the goodwill impairment 
		standards under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting 
		Standards (IFRSs) may create significant disparities as to whether 
		goodwill is viewed as impaired and, if so, how much is written off in 
		the United States and the other country, or even 
		country-to-country. Other factors creating such disparities include the 
		varying application of valuation methodologies and historical cultural 
		differences in the application of impairment accounting.
		Such situations may be especially troublesome 
		for U.S. businesses because of country-to-country differences around the 
		world. For example, a U.S. company with operations in Germany, France, 
		Spain and Greece may write off goodwill entirely on a consolidated basis 
		under U.S. GAAP. However, when a corporate life event, such as a 
		spin-off or carve out, is undertaken related to the subsidiary outside 
		of the U.S. depending on how the IFRSs principles are applied, some or 
		none of its goodwill might be written off. (See: U.S. GAAP-IFRSs 
		Dilemma: A Case Study further below).
		Sorting out these differences may be a 
		challenging process for management of companies operating in numerous 
		countries across the world, when U.S. GAAP, IFRSs and potentially other 
		financial reporting frameworks need to be addressed. Relief from the 
		dilemma of distinguishing between the treatment under U.S. GAAP and 
		IFRSs does not appear to be on the way any time soon. On one hand, the 
		International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the U.S. Financial 
		Accounting Standards Board (FASB) are continuing their now decade-long 
		work to converge IFRSs and U.S. GAAP. However, converging goodwill 
		impairment accounting does not appear to be a near-term project.
		In addition, on July 13, 2012, the SEC 
		issued its final staff report on the “Work Plan for Consideration of 
		incorporating IFRSs into the Financial Reporting System for U.S. 
		Issuers” without offering a timetable for potential U.S. adoption of 
		IFRSs for domestic filers¹. This leaves companies for the foreseeable 
		future still facing difficult situations when dealing with disparities 
		such as goodwill impairment.
		The Conceptual Foundation of Impairment 
		Issues
		The differences in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs goodwill 
		impairment treatment flow largely from a fundamental difference in 
		accounting approaches. As a principles-based accounting approach, IFRSs 
		provide a conceptual basis for accountants to follow in a one-step test 
		that has both a fair value and an asset-recoverability aspect. U.S. 
		GAAP, on the other hand, dictates that goodwill is tested for impairment 
		through a two-step, fair value test with the level of impairment, if 
		present, determined in Step 2 after an extensive analysis of related 
		asset values. However, the FASB’s recent issuance of a “step zero” 
		qualitative assessment for goodwill impairment testing did introduce an 
		element of a principles-based approach under U.S. GAAP³. Principles-based 
		standards allow accountants to apply significant professional judgment 
		in assessing a transaction. This is substantially different from the 
		underlying “box-ticking” approach historically common in rules-based 
		accounting standards.
		The lack of precise guidelines in a 
		principles-based approach may create inconsistencies in the application 
		of standards across organizations and countries, particularly in a very 
		subjective area such as fair value. On the other hand, rules-based 
		standards can be viewed as insufficiently flexible to accommodate a 
		topic such as fair value, which often requires significant professional 
		judgments gained through experience, with extremely limited market data.
		However, the U.S. has gradually been embracing 
		the principles-based approach. The recently converged standards on fair 
		value measurement (IFRS 13 and ASC 820), an IASB-FASB joint effort, 
		supports this.
		Even though the SEC has not set a timetable for 
		if, when, or how the U.S. might move to IFRSs in the future, convergence 
		efforts themselves in recent years have started to influence how new 
		accounting standards are applied in practice.
		U.S. GAAP-IFRSs Dilemma: A Case Study
		The experience of a U.S.-based consolidated 
		company comprising six Reporting Units (RUs) demonstrates how 
		differences in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs may affect goodwill impairment. The 
		company was considering a spinoff of an RU located in a country 
		following IFRSs, as a standalone company through an IPO. Therefore, a 
		standalone audit of the RU was necessary under IFRSs. At the end of its 
		fiscal year, the U.S. consolidated company wrote off the goodwill in its 
		foreign-based RU and some other domestic RUs under U.S GAAP.
		Outside the U.S., meanwhile, the subsidiary—a 
		standalone RU in the U.S. and a single Cash Generating Unit (CGU) under 
		IFRSs—performed an independent goodwill impairment analysis. The 
		standalone CGU management did not believe there should be a goodwill 
		write-off under IFRSs guidelines and following typical valuation 
		procedures in that country related to goodwill impairment testing. As a 
		result, the standalone CGU reported goodwill under IFRSs but the 
		standalone RU under U.S. GAAP wrote the entire amount off, at the same 
		point in time.
		Addressing the Dilemma
		In a world where investors often react to new 
		or inconsistent financial information within seconds, it is important 
		for company management to understand environments where different 
		conclusions may be reached relative to topics such as goodwill 
		impairment.
		Sometimes differences need to be addressed and 
		initial conclusions potentially modified. In other situations 
		differences are just the result of the various financial reporting 
		frameworks and environments across the world. However, it is important 
		to be aware that situations may occur where various parties involved may 
		not agree or understand each other’s perspectives, and then be able to 
		navigate them effectively to get to supportable and reasonable 
		conclusions.
		Understanding real differences due to statutory 
		guidance—such as non-convergent accounting versus interpretations of 
		principles-based standards, or the varying application of valuation 
		methods—is extremely important.
		The Effects of Culture and Translation
		As accounting standards, IFRSs are still 
		relatively recent, with European nations as early adopters in 2005; 
		although, in some countries, IFRSs have been around longer. Numerous 
		countries around the world have been transitioning to IFRSs in recent 
		years. In many of those countries, fair value was not present in the 
		original accounting framework. Indeed, a number of the countries now 
		following IFRSs do not have fully functioning market- based economies, 
		making the complexity of arriving at supportable fair value estimates 
		even greater.
		Countries around the world have operated for 
		decades within their own accounting systems, and cultural differences 
		cause accountants in different countries to interpret and apply 
		accounting standards differently. Such differences can affect the 
		measurement and disclosure of financial information in financial reports 
		and potentially affect cross-border financial statement comparability.
		National culture is most likely to influence 
		the application of financial reporting standards where judgment is 
		required. This is of concern due to IFRSs being principles- based and 
		requiring substantial judgment on the part of the accountant and the 
		valuation specialist performing the valuation.
		The official working language of the IASB, and 
		the language in which IFRSs are published, is English. Translation of 
		IFRSs into various languages introduces an added complexity in 
		comparability of application of IFRSs across the world, as well as 
		comparability with U.S. GAAP. In some cases, words and phrases used in 
		English- language accounting standards cannot be translated into other 
		languages without some distortion of meaning. For instance, words such 
		as “probable,” “not likely,” “reasonable assurance” and “remote” can be 
		problematic during interpretation.
		In addition, many countries that have moved to 
		IFRSs may have introduced their own country’s version of IFRSs; such 
		localization of the standards has led to the creation of many slightly 
		different versions of IFRSs.
		Therefore, when analyzing and contrasting 
		financial reporting practices, such as those involving
		
		goodwill impairment testing, it is not as 
		simple as a comparison of U.S GAAP and IFRSs.
		To highlight the need for greater consistency, 
		the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) issued a Public 
		Statement on November 12, 2012, regarding European common enforcement 
		priorities for 2012 financial statements. ESMA’s reason for issuing the 
		statement was “to promote consistent application of the European 
		securities and markets legislation, and more specifically that of [IFRSs].” 
		One of the four “…financial reporting topics which they believe are 
		particularly significant for European listed companies…”⁴ was impairment 
		of non-financial assets, including goodwill.
		The Effects of Different Accounting 
		Treatments 
		Taking a goodwill impairment can be a 
		necessary, if disappointing, step for a company. For publicly traded 
		companies in particular, depending on how the company has managed market 
		expectations, the move may or may not affect the company’s market 
		pricing. Dealing with inconsistencies from market to market can be even 
		more perplexing. Whatever the situation, companies operating across the 
		global economy continue to face the challenge of differing application 
		of valuation methodologies and accounting principles under U.S. GAAP and 
		IFRSs, local country GAAP and even country-to-country under IFRSs 
		regarding goodwill impairment testing.
		 
	
"Goodwill Impairment: I Love a Charade," by Tom Selling, 
The Accounting Onion, January 15. 2010 ---
Click Here
 http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2010/01/goodwill-impairment-i-love-a-charade-reposted.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29 
Jensen Comment
Note that Tom wants all consolidation goodwill expensed in the year of 
acquisition --- something akin to taking an earnings bath up front when 
companies are merged or purchased. I disagree because of the way this distorts 
future earnings and financial performance ratios like P/E ratios and Return on 
Investment (ROI) and Return on Equity (ROE). Goodwill generally depicts the 
value in use of an acquisition above and beyond the sum of the exit values of 
the net assets acquired. This is comprised of the synergy and covariance 
components of acquisition value. This "goodwill" is paid for in an acquisition 
because it has future value. Expensing the so-called goodwill  completely 
up front, in my opinion, allows acquiring firms to overstate ROI and ROE for 
many future years. The term "goodwill" is really a misnomer and should be 
changed.
Bob Jensen's threads on goodwill and other asset impairment issues --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment 
 
"Most-Admired Companies Aren't Always Great Investments," by Mark 
Hulbert, The Wall Street Journal, March 8, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578346620047446456.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
	Amazon.com AMZN -1.09% recently emerged as the 
	company with the best reputation among the general public in the U.S., 
	according to a survey of more than 14,000 randomly selected individuals 
	conducted by Harris Interactive HPOL -5.23% . 
	Amazon investors can only hope its fate will turn 
	out better than Apple's, AAPL +1.40% which topped Harris Interactive's 
	survey last year—and has since seen its stock fall more than 20%. 
	
	Was Apple's experience a fluke? I wouldn't bet on 
	it.
	There are many reasons for Apple's falling stock 
	unrelated to consumer surveys. Yet companies that have great reputations 
	tend to be overvalued. Consider a study that appeared in 2010 in the Journal 
	of Portfolio Management titled "Stocks of Admired and Spurned Companies." 
	The authors analyzed the stocks of firms appearing in Fortune magazine's 
	annual list of "America's Most Admired Companies" between 1983 and 2007.
	
	Though that list is compiled differently from 
	Harris Interactive's, the two reflect many of the same underlying factors. 
	For example, the top three most-admired companies in the current Fortune 
	ranking are in first, second and fourth place in the Harris survey. 
	
	The researchers found the spurned companies at the 
	bottom of Fortune's survey were a better bet, on average, than the 
	most-admired ones at the top. A hypothetical portfolio constructed each year 
	out of the least-admired companies performed nearly two percentage points 
	per year better than a portfolio of the most-admired companies. 
	These results support a contrarian interpretation 
	of a company's reputation, says Meir Statman, a finance professor at Santa 
	Clara University and one of the study's authors. His research found that 
	companies tended to rank higher in the Fortune survey if their stocks had 
	performed particularly well over the previous 12 months. This increases the 
	chances the company's stock will be overvalued, he says. 
	In fact, Mr. Statman adds, it might be that one of 
	the reasons a company tends to be highly admired in the first place is that 
	its stock price has gone up. This would be one big reason why its stock is 
	so vulnerable to even a slight change in investor sentiment. 
	It certainly is plausible that a soaring stock 
	price contributed to Amazon's good reputation: Its stock hit a new all-time 
	high in January and has gained 49% over the past 12 months, versus just 13% 
	for the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index. 
	Investors are more likely to find undervalued 
	situations among the stocks of spurned companies, Mr. Statman says. He notes 
	that such a company needn't perform spectacularly in order for its stock to 
	be a good bet: All it must do is beat investors' diminished expectations.
	
	Because of these factors, he says, we "should tilt 
	our portfolios toward those at the bottom of the rankings."
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The biggest problem for many investors is that the Fed's seemingly long-term 
intention is too keep interest rates so low that customary safe investments like 
bank Certificates of Deposits pay virtually nothing. This forces investors to 
either burn savings on consumption (which is what retirees are now doing) or 
take on more financial risks in the stock market (that provides as much illusion 
as reality unless investors are smart enough to realize that much of what they 
gain in the stock market in inflationary gain that is not for real).
I sold an Iowa farm about five years ago an am not certain that I made the 
right decision. Iowa farm land has since risen to an all-time high and can ride 
out droughts due to the government's generous subsidies for crop insurance 
against drought and other disasters. And for farmers who had 2012 crop successes 
in Iowa the corn and soy bean prices are fantastically high at the moment 
because of the 2012 drought. Farm land is seemingly both an inflation hedge and 
provides annual liquidity from crop successes or crop failures (due to crop 
insurance).
But farm land is not necessarily a good investment at the moment because its 
investment prospects have already be factored into the record high prices for 
farm land in 2013. Also for distant landlords, like me before I sold the land, 
it can be frustrating to deal with rent negotiations and tenants who are always 
begging for things like new tile under wet ground.  I don't want to be a 
landlord ever again.
Farm rents are subject to high taxes, especially from the State of Iowa. I 
put the farm sale proceeds into a long-term insured municipal bond fund from 
Vanguard and have been happy ever since with relatively high tax-free cash 
returns each year. Of course this is not an especially good inflation hedge, but 
I do not expect to be alive 20 years from now --- or less. And if tax reform 
ends the advantages of my tax-free investment I will simply write a check on 
part of my Vanguard fund and pay off my home mortgage --- my only debt that I 
keep for tax advantages.
What I really hate to see are all sucker adds in the media to buy gold coins. 
First of all, if you're going to invest in gold invest in highly-reputed gold 
funds rather than gold itself which is expensive to store safely and is 
expensive to get rid of due to need for having it assayed and need to find 
buyers who do not demand gouging cash discounts when you're forced to sell. 
Investing in precious metal mutual funds in general is risky for the short term 
and not good for annual cash flows. Precious metals and some other commodities 
may be good inflation hedges over a very long haul if you don't need shorter 
term cash flows. But most of us want some annual cash returns on our 
investments.
Put simply, investors today are between a rock and hard place until the Fed 
allows interest rates on safe investments return to reasonable levels that of 
course still vary with time-to-maturity. But a 1.25% return on a five-year 
Certificate of Deposit is not reasonable.
Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers 
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 
I never give out investment or tax advice to any individuals or businesses 
--- which is extremely lucky for them.
New Billionaires in 2012
Time Magazine
March 18, 2013
Page 8
	29 China (one of the long-term Brics)
	27 United States
	12 Brazil (one of the long-term Brics)
	11 Russia (one of the long-term Brics)
	09 France
The only missing Bric is India
A BRIC nation at the moment is a nation that has vast resources and virtually 
no entitlement obligations that drag down economic growth ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BRIC 
In
economics, BRIC (typically rendered as 
"the BRICs" or "the BRIC countries") is an
acronym that refers to
the
fast-growing developing economies of
Brazil,
Russia,
India, and 
China. The acronym was first coined and 
prominently used by 
Goldman Sachs in 2001. According to a paper 
published in 2005,
Mexico and
South Korea are the only other countries 
comparable to the BRICs, but their economies were excluded initially because 
they were considered already more developed. Goldman Sachs argued that, since 
they are developing rapidly, by 2050 the combined economies of the BRICs could 
eclipse the combined economies of the current richest countries of the world. 
The four countries, combined, currently account for more than a quarter of the 
world's land area and more than 40% of the 
world's population.
	
		
			| Brazil, Russia, 
			India and China, (the BRICs) 
			sometimes lumped together as BRIC to 
			represent fast-growing developing economies, are selling off their 
			U.S. Treasury Bond holdings. Russia announced earlier this month it 
			will sell U.S. Treasury Bonds, while China and Brazil have announced 
			plans to cut the amount of U.S. Treasury Bonds in their foreign 
			currency reserves and buy bonds issued by the International Monetary 
			Fund instead. The BRICs are also soliciting public support for a 
			"super currency" capable of replacing what they see as the ailing 
			U.S. dollar. The four countries account for 22 percent of the global 
			economy, and their defection could deal a severe blow to the 
			greenback. If the BRICs sell their U.S. Treasury Bond holdings, the 
			price will drop and yields rise, and that could prompt the central 
			banks of other countries to start selling their holdings to avoid 
			losses too. A sell-off on a grand scale could trigger a collapse in 
			the value of the dollar, ending the appeal of both dollars and bonds 
			as safe-haven assets. The moves are a challenge to the power of the 
			dollar in international financial markets. Goldman Sachs economist 
			Alberto Ramos in an interview with Bloomberg News on Thursday said 
			the decision by the BRICs to buy IMF bonds should not be seen simply 
			as a desire to diversify their foreign currency portfolios but as a 
			show of muscle."BRICs Launch Assault on Dollar's Global Status," The Chosun IIbo, 
			June 14, 2009 ---
 http://english.chosun.com/site/data/html_dir/2009/06/12/2009061200855.html
 Their report, "Dreaming with BRICs: 
			The Path to 2050," predicted that within 40 years, the economies of 
			Brazil, Russia, India and China - the BRICs - would be larger than 
			the US, Germany, Japan, Britain, France and Italy combined. China 
			would overtake the US as the world's largest economy and India would 
			be third, outpacing all other industrialised nations. "Out of the shadows," Sydney Morning Herald, February 5, 2005 
			---
			
			http://www.smh.com.au/text/articles/2005/02/04/1107476799248.html
 The first economist, an early  Nobel Prize Winning economist, to 
			raise the alarm of entitlements in my head was Milton Friedman.  He 
			has written extensively about the lurking dangers of entitlements.  
			I highly recommend his fantastic "Free to Choose" series of PBS 
			videos where his "Welfare of Entitlements" warning becomes his 
			principle concern for the future of the Untied States 25 years ago 
			---
			
			http://www.ideachannel.com/FreeToChoose.htm   | 
	
 
 
An Instructional Teaching Case for Accounting Teachers
The Brooks Brothers Tangle With the SEC
The company had four independent auditors over the course of this saga
David Brooks apparently made 
threatening remarks to certain of his company's independent auditors
"Of Hurricanes and Harness Racing:  The Accounting Fraud at DHB 
Industries, by Michael C. Knapp and Carol A. Knapp, Issues in Accounting 
Education, Vol. 28, No. 1, February 2013, pp. 131-152 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/iace-50297 
	You can't make up a story like this.
	Andrew Cohen, Senior Legal 
	Analyst, CBS News
	ABSTRACT: 
	This instructional case focuses on an accounting 
	and financial reporting fraud involving DHB Industries, Inc., the nation's 
	largest manufacturer of bullet-resistant vests. Three executives of this 
	Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registrant, including its founder 
	and CEO, masterminded a large-scale fraud that grossly misrepresented DHB's 
	financial statements. The three executives colluded to conceal their 
	misdeeds from the four accounting firms that served as the company's 
	independent auditors over the course of the fraud. In late 2010, a federal 
	jury convicted DHB's former CEO and COO of multiple counts of fraud and 
	related charges. This case addresses a wide range of auditing issues raised 
	by the DHB fraud, including the identification of fraud risk factors, 
	auditing of related-party transactions, the impact of frequent auditor 
	changes on audit quality, and the internal control reporting 
	responsibilities of auditors.
	. . . 
	Circus Trial
	
		
			The criminal trial of 
			David Brooks and his co-defendant Sandra Hatfield commenced in late 
			January 2010. Brooks faced a 17-count federal indictment that 
			included allegations of corporate fraud, insider trading, 
			conspiracy, and obstruction of justice. Hatfield faced similar 
			charges in the 16-count federal indictment filed against her.
			Throughout the trial, 
			jurors were pelted with an unrelenting stream of evidence that 
			documented how Brooks had used “DHB as his personal piggy bank” (SEC 
			2007). Personal expenditures paid with corporate funds included 
			purchases of luxury automobiles, expensive art, jewelry, designer 
			clothing, and real estate. Court testimony revealed that the largest 
			benefactor of Brooks' embezzlement scheme was his beloved harness 
			racing operation. Brooks reportedly diverted nearly $15 million of 
			DHB funds through TAP to help finance his expensive hobby.
			Other testimony 
			during the long criminal trial documented how Brooks had repeatedly 
			lied to DHB's independent auditors to conceal his fraudulent scams. 
			Schlegel's testimony laid out in minute detail the extreme lengths 
			to which she, Brooks, and Hatfield had gone to mislead the auditors. 
			The most elaborate hoaxes were required to conceal the large 
			overstatements of inventory from the curious and persistent teams of 
			auditors.
			Throughout the 
			eight-month trial, the presiding federal magistrate, Judge Joanna 
			Seybert, faced the daunting task of maintaining a sense of civility 
			and decorum in her Long Island courtroom. The first drama involved 
			the revocation of David Brooks' bail. In January 2008, three months 
			after his initial arrest, Brooks' attorneys secured his release on 
			bail. Because Judge Seybert believed that Brooks posed a significant 
			flight risk, she required him to post a $400 million bail bond that 
			included cash and other collateral of nearly $50 million. The bail 
			terms also required Brooks to retain a security firm at an estimated 
			cost of $3,500 per day to monitor him around the clock. ABC News 
			(2008) reported that Brooks' bail terms were more stringent than 
			those imposed years earlier by a federal judge on the infamous 
			mobster John Gotti.
			Just as Brooks' 
			trial was beginning, Judge Seybert revoked his bail and remanded him 
			to jail because of two reports given to her by the FBI. An 
			undercover video forwarded to the FBI by Scotland Yard detectives 
			allegedly showed Jeffrey Brooks and one of his subordinates 
			transferring millions of euros to a large safety deposit box in a 
			London bank. The FBI was convinced that the funds belonged to David 
			Brooks. The FBI also informed Judge Seybert that they had discovered 
			evidence suggesting that Brooks had secretly transferred tens of 
			millions of dollars to bank accounts in the tiny European nation of 
			San Marino. Judge Seybert revoked Brooks' bail because the two 
			incidents violated the conditions of his bail agreement that 
			mandated that all of his financial assets be “frozen.”
			Midway through the 
			trial, Judge Seybert threatened to have David Brooks removed from 
			the courtroom after he was discovered attempting to smuggle 
			anxiety-suppression medication into his jail cell. The anti-anxiety 
			pills were hidden in a ballpoint pen that had been placed at Brooks' 
			desk during a break in the courtroom proceedings. Following this 
			incident, Judge Seybert barred Jeffrey Brooks and one of David 
			Brooks' close friends from the courtroom. Brooks' personal 
			psychiatrist subsequently testified that the psychiatrist at the 
			correctional facility where Brooks was being held had prescribed him 
			an insufficient dosage of the anti-anxiety medication. Brooks 
			reportedly needed larger than normal dosages of that medication to 
			ward off the panic attacks that he frequently experienced.
			Later in the trial, 
			federal prosecutors revealed that several months earlier, David 
			Brooks had allegedly asked a veterinarian who worked in his harness 
			racing operation to obtain a medication administered to horses. If 
			taken by a human, this medication would supposedly wipe out his or 
			her memory. According to the veterinarian, Brooks hoped to somehow 
			administer the medication to Dawn Schlegel, the prosecution's 
			principal witness, prior to the beginning of his criminal trial. 
			This revelation and Brooks' other antics during the trial caused 
			Comedy Central's Stephen Colbert to name Brooks his “Alpha Dog of 
			the Week” during the August 2, 2010, airing of the popular 
			television program The Colbert Report.
			Andrew Cohen, a 
			senior legal analyst for CBS News who monitored Brooks' trial, 
			observed that many of its details were so salacious that major 
			publications, such as The New York Times, would not report 
			them (Cohen 2010). One veteran reporter summarized some of the more 
			outrageous events and testimony that took place during the trial:
			
				
				It's not an 
				everyday federal trial in which an FBI agent walks into the 
				courtroom in the middle of a trial and seizes the contents of a 
				defendant's wastebasket as part of a still ongoing investigation 
				into whether Brooks tampered with the jury. Or in which the 
				defense asserts that the payment of company money to prostitutes 
				might be an acceptable technique to motivate employees. Or in 
				which a defendant says he is entitled to have his company pay 
				for the grave of his mother, camp tuition for his children, a 
				$60,000 sculpture of a Wall Street bull, family trips to St. 
				Barts and St. Tropez, or allegedly drains millions of dollars 
				off through a shell company to pay for the upkeep of harness 
				stables. (Cohen 2010)
 
			After 
			spending two months studying the massive amount of evidence that 
			prosecutors had presented to prove their allegations, a federal jury 
			convicted Brooks on all 17 counts that had been filed against him. 
			Sandra Hatfield, Brooks' former colleague and co-defendant, was 
			found guilty on 14 of the 16 counts included in her federal 
			indictment.
 
		
			
			Epilogue 
			In April 2010, near 
			the midpoint of David Brooks' criminal trial, Point Blank Solutions, 
			the successor to DHB Industries, Inc., filed for protection from its 
			creditors in U.S. Bankruptcy Court. To date, a reorganization plan 
			for the company has not been approved by the federal judge presiding 
			over the company's bankruptcy filing. Point Blank remains an 
			operating entity and continues to claim that it is the world's 
			leading manufacturer of body armor.
			Following the 
			completion of Brooks' trial, his attorneys immediately appealed his 
			conviction. Among other arguments, the attorneys maintained that 
			Brooks was incompetent and unable to contribute to his defense 
			during much of the trial because of the anti-anxiety medication that 
			he was taking. With his appeal still pending, Brooks has yet to be 
			sentenced. Shortly after his criminal trial ended, Brooks pled 
			guilty to tax evasion charges that had been pending against him for 
			several years. Brooks is yet to stand trial on contempt charges 
			filed against him as a result of his behavior during his criminal 
			trial.
			In 
			February 2011, the SEC filed a civil complaint against three former 
			members of DHB's audit committee. The federal agency charged the 
			three individuals with being “willfully blind to numerous red flags 
			signaling accounting fraud, reporting violations, and 
			misappropriation at DHB” (SEC 2011). The civil complaint went on to 
			allege that the three former audit committee members “merely 
			rubber-stamped the decisions of DHB's senior management while making 
			substantial sums from sales of DHB's securities” (SEC 2011).
 
	 
	
		
		
 
		
			- Exhibits 1 and 4 
			present DHB's original 2003–2004 balance sheets and income 
			statements and the restated balance sheets and income statements for 
			those two years, respectively. Review the original and restated 
			financial statements for 2004 and identify the “material” 
			differences between them. (Note: You are not required to identify 
			the sources of these differences.) Defend your choices.
- Identify the fraud 
			risk factors posed by DHB for its independent auditors. Which of 
			these factors, in your opinion, should have been of primary concern 
			to those auditors?
- During the 2004 DHB 
			audit, the company's independent auditors had considerable 
			difficulty obtaining reliable audit evidence regarding the $7 
			million of obsolete vest components that allegedly had been 
			destroyed by a hurricane. What responsibility do auditors have when 
			the client cannot provide the evidence they need to complete one or 
			more audit tests or procedures?
- What 
			responsibility, if any, do auditors have to search for related-party 
			transactions? If auditors discover that a client has engaged in 
			related-party transactions, what audit procedures should be applied 
			to them?
- Compare and 
			contrast the internal control reporting responsibilities of the 
			management and independent auditors of public companies.
- What potential 
			consequences do frequent changes in auditors have for the quality of 
			a given entity's independent audits? Identify professional standards 
			or other rules and regulations that are intended to discourage 
			auditor changes or provide disclosure of the circumstances 
			surrounding them.
- David Brooks 
			apparently made threatening remarks to certain of his company's 
			independent auditors. What actions should auditors take when they 
			are the target of hostile statements or actions by client executives 
			or employees?
- Does the SEC have a 
			responsibility to protect the investing public from self-interested 
			corporate executives? Do professional auditing standards or other 
			rules or regulations impose such a responsibility on independent 
			auditors?
- The audit committee 
			of DHB Industries was criticized for failing to carry out its 
			oversight responsibilities. What are the primary responsibilities of 
			a public company's audit committee?
 
 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
An Instructional Teaching Case for Accounting Instructors
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 8, 2013
	
	
	Public-University Costs Soar
	by: 
	Ruth Simon
	Mar 06, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	
	Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
 
	
	TOPICS: Financial Ratios, Governmental Accounting
	
	SUMMARY: The article describes the current state of affairs at 
	public institutions of higher education with respect to funding from the 
	state, tuition increases, and some university options to solve the issues 
	that they face. These concerns will be of interest to students generally. 
	The accounting focus in best presented in the related video: return on 
	investment in education.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any accounting 
	class introducing return on investment. It also may be used in a class 
	covering topics in governmental or not-for-profit entities to discuss the 
	current economic status of public universities. By definition, the state 
	universities that are the focus of the article will use governmental 
	accounting requirements.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) Summarize the points in the article about factors 
	currently affecting the revenues to state universities.
	
	2. (Introductory) How are the current issues facing state 
	universities affecting their students and prospective students?
	
	3. (Advanced) Define the term ROI (return on investment) and state 
	how it is calculated.
	
	4. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the related video, how is 
	the concept of ROI applied to assess a student's investment in college 
	tuition and other costs?
	
	5. (Advanced) What return measure is proposed in the video for 
	assessing a student' return on investment in his/her higher education? What 
	are some weaknesses of that measure? Can you propose any other measure that 
	would address those weaknesses?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
	 
"Public-University Costs Soar," by Ruth Simon, The Wall Street Journal, 
March 6, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324539404578342750480773548.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid 
	Tuition at public colleges jumped last year by a 
	record amount as state governments slashed school funding, the latest sign 
	of strain in the U.S. higher-education sector. 
	The average amount that students at public colleges 
	paid in tuition, after state and institutional grants and scholarships, 
	climbed 8.3% last year, the biggest jump on record, according to a report 
	based on data from all public institutions in all 50 states to be released 
	Wednesday by the State Higher Education Executive Officers Association. 
	Median tuition rose 4.5%.
	The average state funding per student, meanwhile, 
	fell by more than 9%, the steepest drop since the group began collecting the 
	data in 1980. Median funding fell 10%. During the recession, states began 
	cutting support for higher education, and the trend accelerated last year.
	
	Rising tuition costs are "another example of the 
	bind that public institutions are in," said Sandy Baum, a senior fellow at 
	the George Washington University Graduate School of Education and Human 
	Development. "Unless we make public funding a higher priority, the funds are 
	going to have to come from parents and students." 
	To be sure, last year's decline in state funding 
	nationwide was driven heavily by cutbacks in California, which has the 
	largest state system and lashed funding per student by 14.3% last year. Not 
	including California, per-student funding fell 8% and tuition rose 6.3%.
	
	Paul Lingenfelter, president of the 
	higher-education association, noted that 31 states increased higher 
	education funding in 2012-13, and a number have proposed an increase for the 
	coming year as well. 
	Kaylen Hendrick, a senior at Florida State 
	University in Tallahassee majoring in environmental studies, is graduating 
	in three years rather than four in order to keep costs and borrowing down.
	"Growing up, I thought if I made good enough 
	grades, that college would not be a problem," said Ms. Hendrick, 20 years 
	old, who has taken out about $15,000 in student loans and works 20 hours a 
	week to pay for college. 
	State funding for the State University System of 
	Florida has declined by more than $1 billion over the last six years, even 
	as enrollment has grown by more than 35,000 students, a spokeswoman for the 
	system said. 
	Nationally, average tuition, after institutional 
	grants and scholarships, increased to $5,189 in 2011-12 from $4,793 a year 
	earlier, according to the report, which is based on the 2011-12 academic 
	year and adjusted its figures for inflation. Tuition revenue accounted for a 
	record 47% of educational funding at public colleges last year. 
	The price increases at state schools come at a time 
	when many private colleges are reining in price increases and awarding 
	generous scholarships to attract families worried about rising debt loads 
	and a still shaky job market. In some cases, state tuition has risen so much 
	that costs approach what students might pay at a private college. 
	
	At Pennsylvania State University's main campus, 
	in-state undergraduate students receiving financial aid paid an average of 
	$21,342 after grants and scholarships in 2010-11, according to the U.S. 
	Department of Education, up 12% since 2008-09. State funding now accounts 
	for less than 14% of the school's educational budget, down from as much as 
	62% in 1970-71. "When the appropriation is cut, tuition rises," a Penn State 
	spokeswoman said. 
	In addition to raising tuition, many states have 
	pared spending. The California State University System declined to take the 
	vast majority of transfer students this spring and has turned away about 
	20,000 students who qualified for admission during each of the past three 
	years, a spokesman said. 
	In Kentucky, higher tuition prices make up for just 
	half of the loss in state funding, said Robert King, president of the 
	Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education, which oversees the state's 
	system.
	Continued in article
 
"One-Third of Colleges Are on Financially 
'Unsustainable' Path, Bain Study Finds," by Goldie Blumenstyk, The 
Chronicle of Higher Education, July 23, 2012 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/One-Third-of-Colleges-Are-on/133095/ 
 
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
LIBOR (including a fraud bigger than Enron)  ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libor 
"Freddie Mac Sues Multiple Banks Over Libor Manipulation," by Tom 
Schoenberg & Andrew Zajac, Bloomberg, March 20, 2013 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-19/freddie-mac-sues-multiple-banks-over-libor-manipulation.html
Jensen Comment
Makes you wonder what PwC knew --- Probably nothing since the PCAOB accuses PwC 
of poor quality controls in auditing. Now Barclays at the heart of the LIBOR 
scandal is considering dropping PwC as its auditor.
Jensen Comment
Makes you wonder what PwC knew --- Probably nothing since the PCAOB accuses PwC 
of poor quality controls in auditi
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Bad News and Bad News for PwC
First the Bad News
"Barclays (of massive LIBOR fraud fame) Considers Auditor Change After a 
Century With PwC," Bloomberg, March 8, 2013 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-08/barclays-considers-auditor-change-after-a-century-with-pwc.html
Now more Bad News News
"At Least PwC Doesn't Have to Worry About Improving the Supervision of Its 
Auditors Anymore," by Caleb Newquist, Going Concern, March 11, 2013 
--- 
http://goingconcern.com/post/least-pwc-doesnt-have-worry-about-improving-supervision-its-auditors-anymore
"Is FASB Killing the Auditing 
Profession?," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, 
March 15, 2013 --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/3/15/is-fasb-killing-the-auditing-profession
	
		
			
				
					
					Well, the 
					auditing profession appears to have finally hit the “bottom 
					of the barrel.”  The demise of the respected Arthur Andersen 
					firm in the wake of the Enron scandal was a huge 
					disappointment.  And now PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has 
					failed us by not living up to the high standards set by its 
					legacy firm.  For those of you too young to remember, Price 
					Waterhouse & Co. was the Brooks Brothers of the 
					accounting and auditing profession at one time.  As Mark 
					Stevens in
					
					The Big Eight noted in 1981 (yes, 
					over 30 years ago), Price worked hard “to retain its image 
					as the gilt-edge CPA firm.”  My how times have changed!
					So 
					what happened?  On
					
					March 7, 2013, the Public Company 
					Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB ) reported that the PwC 
					had failed to address certain audit related quality control 
					criticisms levied at the firm in previous PCAOB inspection 
					reports, not once but twice, first in
					
					March 25, 2009 and then again in
					
					August 12, 2010.  What makes this 
					so interesting is that the issues raised in those previously 
					issued reports would have remained “private” had PwC simply 
					corrected the problems within 12 months of the reports’ 
					issuance.  While this is not the first time that one of the 
					Big Four has thumbed their noses at the PCAOB (Deloitte felt 
					the PCAOB’s wrath in October 2011), it is surprising that “a 
					leader in the profession” (and yes, those are PwC’s own 
					words) has done so. You may recall that the Grumpies were 
					not wild about this behavior 
					the first time it happened.
					Well, Lynn 
					Turner, a former Chief Accountant of the U.S. Securities and 
					Exchange Commission (SEC), in a recent email (March 7th) to 
					his distribution list, has asked the million dollar 
					question:
					
						What 
						kind of leaders are running the firms, what type of 
						governance do they have, that provides that type of 
						response to the regulator?
					 
					Just look at 
					PwC’s response to the PCAOB in its March 7, 2013, Release 
					No. 104-2013-054:
					
						The 
						Part II comments relate to some of the most complex, 
						judgmental and evolving areas of auditing. Our actions 
						relating to those areas, during the 12 months following 
						issuance of the  comments and thereafter, have included 
						providing our audit professionals with enhanced audit 
						tools, training and additional technical guidance to 
						promote more consistent audit execution. We believe that 
						these efforts have been important positive contributors 
						to audit quality at our firm. We are proud of our focus 
						on continuous improvement and of the dedication and high 
						quality audit work performed by our partners and other 
						professionals.
				 
			 
		 
	 
	
		
			
				
					
					Wow!  This 
					hints at an admission by PwC that its highly paid auditors 
					were not properly trained to audit publicly traded firms. 
					 If this is indeed the case, we surely can’t overlook the 
					ethical implications of a firm contracting to do work for 
					which it was not qualified. This never would have happened 
					at Price Waterhouse & Co. What really bothers this grumpy 
					old accountant is that PwC just doesn’t get it. The old 
					“we’ll try harder” language is just not acceptable.
 
			 
		 
	 
	 
	
	Continued in article
 
"PCAOB Criticizes Quality At PwC; Nothing Happens," by Francine 
McKenna, Forbes, March 11, 2013 --- 
http://www.forbes.com/sites/francinemckenna/2013/03/11/pcaob-criticizes-quality-at-pwc-nothing-happens/
	Big news last week in the breathless world of 
	audits and auditors. The audit regulator, the Public Company Accounting and 
	Oversight Board – even the word “oversight” should get you excited – 
	published its private criticisms of PricewaterhouseCoopers poor quality 
	audit work for not one but two audit years, 2007 and 2008. If those years 
	sound familiar, they should be. 
	That’s when the financial crisis started 
	unraveling! 
	PricewaterhouseCoopers is, and still is, the 
	financial, statutory auditor - with the duty to give an opinion on financial 
	statement verity - of some of the biggest players in the financial crisis. 
	When you watch the Andrew Ross Sorkin HBO movie, Too Big To Fail, try to 
	imagine current PwC Audit Practice Global Leader Tim Ryan standing behind 
	AIG or current Citi Vice Chairman and former PwC Global Chairman Sam Di 
	Piazza standing two steps behind JPMorgan’s Jamie Dimon, or former PwC 
	Chairman Jim Schiro now Goldman Sachs Audit Committee and Board Chairman 
	whispering in Lloyd Blankfein‘s ear.
	PwC also still audits Barclays, Bank of America, 
	and Freddie Mac. After the TARP plan was initiated PwC got the job, along 
	with Ernst & Young, of preparing the internal controls infrastructure at the 
	Treasury to make sure money went out quickly and to the right banks. That 
	open-ended procurement blank check is still in effect. 
	So, what will happen to PwC as a result of these 
	very dramatic criticisms of the quality of their audits, perhaps audits of 
	some crucial financial services companies? The experience of Deloitte, the 
	first Big Four firm to suffer the ignominy of having the PCAOB air its dirty 
	audit laundry in public may be instructive. 
	Pretty much nothing. 
	PwC was the consulting firm with the most clients 
	for the recent failed OCC/Fed foreclosure reviews. The firm billed more than 
	$1 billion and will now be able to continue servicing those banks they don’t 
	audit with more “governance, risk, and compliance” advisory services without 
	worrying about any scrutiny. 
	PwC is not worried about the PCAOB. They are 
	laughing all the way to the banks. All of them.
	Continued in article
"GT and BDO told to buck up professional scepticism," by Richard 
Crump, AccountancyAge, March 22, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2256866/gt-and-bdo-told-to-buck-up-professional-scepticism?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=GT+and+BDO+told+to+buck+up+professional+scepticism 
Bob Jensen's threads on Grant Thornton (GT) and BDO accounting firms are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Question
Ever since the early formation of FAS 133 and IAS 39, what has been the main 
objection to allowing hedge accounting on macro (portfolio) hedges?
Answer
Actually there's been no objection as long as the items in a portfolio are 
homogeneous. The controversy arises with heterogeneity such that more than 
one type of risk is being hedged in a mixed-risk portfolio. For example, 
consider a portfolio of real estate mortgages having different interest rates 
and different maturity dates. It's impossible to hedge all of these different 
risks with a single derivative financial instrument having one hedged interest 
rate or one hedging instrument maturity date.
This of course does not mean that companies do not continued hedge portfolios 
with mixed risks. The issue is whether they get hedge accounting relief and if 
so what type of relief should be given given the different risks in the 
portfolio that are not fully hedge (and probably not effectively hedged). A 
revision of IAS 39 gave very limited hedge accounting treatments in some 
instances, but the revision really does not address the main controversies.
The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) 
has submitted to the IASB a letter outlining the results of its analysis of the 
impact on macro hedge relationships of the consequential amendments proposed by 
the Review Draft (RD) 'IFRS 9 General hedge accounting' on existing macro hedge 
relationships under IAS 39, which was published by the IASB in September 2012. 
EFRAG suggests an option of either following IAS 39 or IFRS 9, 
IAS Plus, March 23, 2013 --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/efrag-hedge-accounting 
March 2013 Financial Reporting Briefs from Ernst & Young --- 
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Accounting-Link-Home 
Question 
What five companies primarily drive ups and downs of the Dow price index?
Hint
It's like judging your teaching performance in a class of 30 students on the 
basis of only five selective students chosen not at random.
Answer
"Five Stocks Do the Heavy Lifting," by Steven Rossolillo, The Wall 
Street Journal, March 5, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324539404578342771985751896.html
Jensen Comment
There's fantastic interactive graphic that accompanies this online article. You 
have to see it to believe it!
Bob Jensen's threads on multivariate data visualizations:
Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm 
"Seven tips to beautiful PowerPoint," by Eugene Cheng  --- 
http://www.slideshare.net/itseugene/7-tips-to-beautiful-powerpoint-by-itseugenec
Thank you Andy's Teaching and Learning Blog for the heads up --- 
http://awteachlearn.blogspot.com/ 
Bob Jensen's PowerPoint helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#PowerPointHelpers 
March 26, 2013 message from Paul Caron
	IRS Releases 'Dirty Dozen' Tax Scams
	
	
	The 
	IRS today released (IR-2013-33) 
	its 2013 “dirty dozen” list of tax scams:
	
		- 
		
		Identity Theft
- 
		
		Phishing
- 
		
		Return Preparer Fraud
- 
		
		Hiding Income Offshore
- “Free Money” from the IRS & Tax Scams Involving Social Security
- Impersonation of Charitable Organizations
- False/Inflated Income and Expenses
- False Form 1099 Refund Claims
- 
		
		Frivolous Arguments
- Falsely Claiming Zero Wages
- Disguised Corporate Ownership 
- Misuse of Trusts 
 
"Tax Scams Targeting Poor, Elderly," SmartPros, July 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x72366.xml 
	Taxpayers beware: Scammers are out there and 
	they're digging for your personal information and for money. 
	The IRS is reporting an increase in tax return 
	related scams that typically involve taxpayers who normally do not have to 
	file federal taxes. The scammers con the taxpayers into believing they 
	should file a return with the IRS for tax credits, refunds or rebates for 
	which they are not entitled. 
	Some unscrupulous tax return preparers have been 
	deceiving people into paying for advice about how to file false claims and 
	some charge unreasonable amounts for preparing legitimate returns that could 
	have been prepared for free by the IRS or by IRS sponsored Volunteer Income 
	Tax Assistance partners. 
	Many of the scammers are targeting taxpayers in the 
	Midwest and in the South, according to Sue Hales, spokeswoman for the IRS 
	for Illinois. Some are stealing the identities of conned taxpayers and they 
	most often prey on low income individuals and the elderly. 
	Taxpayers should be wary of any of the following 
	claims: 
	-- Fictitious claims for refunds or rebates based 
	on excess or withheld Social Security benefits; 
	-- Claims that Treasury Form 1080 can be used to 
	transfer funds from the Social Security Administration to the IRS, enabling 
	a payout from the IRS; 
	-- Unfamiliar for-profit tax services teaming up 
	with local churches. Flyers and advertisements for free money from the IRS, 
	suggesting the taxpayer can file with little or no documentation, have been 
	appearing in community churches around the country. Promoters are targeting 
	church congregations and exploiting their good intentions and credibility. 
	These schemes often spread by word of mouth among unsuspecting, 
	well-intentioned people telling friends and relatives; 
	-- Home-made flyers and brochures implying credits 
	or refunds are available without proof of eligibility; 
	-- Promises of refunds for "Low income -- No 
	Documents Tax Returns." 
	-- Claims for the expired Economic Recovery Credit 
	Program or Recovery Rebate Credit; 
	-- Advice on using the Earned Income Tax Claims 
	based on exaggerated reports of self-employment income; 
	-- In some cases, non-existent Social Security 
	refunds or rebates have been the bait used by the con artists. In other 
	situations, taxpayers deserve the tax credits they are promised but the 
	preparer uses fictitious or inflated information on the return which results 
	in a fraudulent return. 
	Continued in article
 Bob Jensen's threads on tax frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#TaxScams 
 
"Can the Treasury Exempt Its Own Companies from Tax? The $45 Billion GM 
NOL Carryforward," by J. Mark Ramseyer and Eric Bennett Rasmusen, SSRN, 
March 18, 2013 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2235068 
	Abstract:
	     
	To discourage 
	firms from buying and selling tax deductions, Section 382 of the tax code 
	limits the ability of one firm to use the ‘‘net operating losses’’ (NOLs) of 
	another firm that it acquires. Under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, the 
	U.S. Treasury lent a large amount of money to General Motors. In bankruptcy, 
	it then transformed the debt into stock. GM did not make many cars anyone 
	wanted to buy, but it did have $45 billion in NOLs. Unfortunately for the 
	Treasury, if it now sold the stock it acquired in bankruptcy, it would 
	trigger Sec. 382. Foreseeing this, the market would pay much less for its 
	stock in GM. Treasury solved this problem by issuing a series of notices in 
	which it announced that the law did not apply to itself. Sec. 382 says that 
	the NOL limits apply when a firm’s ownership changes. That rule would not 
	apply to any firm bought with TARP funds, declared Treasury. Notwithstanding 
	the straightforward and all-inclusive statutory language, GM could use its 
	NOLs in full after Treasury sold out. The Treasury issued similar notices 
	about Citigroup and AIG. 
	
	Treasury had no legal or economic justification for any of these notices, 
	but the press did not notice. Precisely because they involved such arcane 
	provisions of the corporate tax code, they largely escaped public attention. 
	The losses to the public fisc were not minor — they cost the country 
	billions of dollars in tax revenue. That the effect could be so large and 
	yet so hidden illustrates the risk involved in this kind of tax 
	manipulation. The more difficult the tax rule, the more easily the 
	government can use it to hide the cost of its policies and subsidize favored 
	groups. We suggest that Congress give its members standing to challenge 
	unlegislated tax law changes in court.
	
This type of celebrity bankruptcy that frequently happens to professional 
athletes should not be happening to the likes of Diane Warwick with assets of 
$25,500 and debts of more than $10,700,000.
"Singer Dionne Warwick files for bankruptcy," Reuters, March 26, 2013 
--- 
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/03/26/entertainment-us-dionnewarwick-idUSBRE92P04J20130326 
As Joe Lewis supposedly said: 
I been poor
And I been rich
Rich is better
2012 IRS Data Book
Message from Paul Caron on March 26, 2013 --- 
http://taxprof.typepad.com/ 
	2012 IRS Data Book
	
	
	The IRS yesterday released the
	2012 
	IRS Data Book, which contains a wealth of statistical information for 
	the IRS's Oct. 1, 2011 - Sept. 30, 2012 fiscal year.  Here are the 
	statistical tables:
	
		Returns Filed, Taxes Collected, and Refunds Issued
		
		Enforcement: Examinations 
		
		Enforcement: Information Reporting and Verification
		
		Enforcement: Collections, Penalties, and Criminal Investigation
		
		
		Taxpayer Assistance 
		
		Tax Exempt Activities 
		
		Chief Counsel 
		
		IRS Budget & Workforce 
		
			- Table 28: Costs 
			Incurred by Budget Activity
- Table 29: Collections, 
			Costs, Personnel, and U.S. Population
- Table 30: Personnel 
			Summary, by Employment Status, Budget Activity, and Selected Type of 
			Personnel
- Table 31: 
			
			Internal Revenue Service Labor Force, Compared to National Totals 
			for Civilian and Federal Labor Forces, by Gender, Race/Ethnicity, 
			and Disability
	
		First-Time Homebuyer Credit
	
		
	
	Press and blogosphere coverage:
	
	 
Bob Jensen's tax helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation  
Untouchable Gangster Bankers and Their Auditors
HSBC --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSBC
Jensen Question
Did KPMG shift its entire Fannie Mae auditing team to HSBC?
Question
What was the largest audit client lost by KPMG in the USA?
Answer
I did not research this, but the leading contender has to be when KPMG was fired 
from the Fannie Mae scandal in what was one of the largest earnings management 
frauds in history coupled with incompetent auditing of financial derivative 
financial instruments --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation 
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 7, 2013
	KPMG audit contract with HSBC at risk. KPMG could 
	lose the biggest audit contract in Britain after HSBC decided to consider 
	bringing in a fresh pair of eyes to vet its accounts, the FT reports. The 
	bank said it would put its audit contract out to tender for the first time 
	in more than two decades in the most striking sign yet that regulatory 
	pressure is starting to break down the ties that bind many big companies to 
	their auditor. The tender could give KPMG rival Ernst & Young an opportunity 
	to pick up a big British bank as an audit client. HSBC said it wanted the 
	winner of the tender to be in place by 2015.
"Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail:  How HSBC hooked up with drug 
traffickers and terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling 
Stone, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214 
 
March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins
	From 
	
	http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131  
	Some quotes 
	"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover 
	the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money 
	laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial 
	products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying 
	profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of 
	$20.6bn 
	Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total 
	remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And 
	after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more 
	highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in 
	2012, up from $10.6m in 2011. 
	The company's 16 top executives received an average 
	of $4.9m each." 
	"During a conference call to present the results, 
	Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to 
	relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a 
	recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in 
	the EU." 
	"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time 
	accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's 
	creditworthiness - rose 18%." 
	"The bank's results were heavily affected by a 
	negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared 
	with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an 
	accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could 
	buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of 
	flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about 
	its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa." 
	More in article. 
	Regards, 
	Roger Roger Collins 
	Associate Professor 
	OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics
Jensen Question
Did KPMG shift its entire Fannie Mae auditing team to HSBC?
John Cleese ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Cleese 
This is No Monty Python Joke in the Faulty Tower
"Actor John Cleese Flees (to Monaco) Tax-Free Monoco for High-Tax Britain,"
Daily Mail, March 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2294537/Lonely-John-Cleese-flees-Monaco--flogs-Wife-No-4s-furniture-Mystery-stars-online-sale-luxury-flats-contents.html
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 12, 2013
	
	Restatements on the rise at big companies. 
	Large U.S. companies have been restating financial results in increasing 
	numbers over the past three years, with the tally growing 21% last year and 
	rising 60% since 2009, 
	
	Emily Chasan reports. The uptick reflects some of 
	the complexity large multinational companies are facing in tax accounting 
	and a move by the PCAOB to “turn up the heat” on big-company auditors, says 
	Lynn Turner, former chief accountant at the SEC. Restatements at smaller 
	companies, meanwhile, are starting to decline, even though those companies 
	have traditionally been at higher risk for financial errors.
	
	SEC 
	says Illinois hid pension problems 
	Illinois settled SEC civil-fraud charges that the state misled 
	municipal-bond investors by failing to adequately disclose the risks of its 
	underfunded pension system,
	
	the WSJ reports.
	The action was part of a broader push by the SEC to 
	bring transparency and accountability to the muni market. The problems date 
	back to 1994, when Illinois lawmakers passed a funding plan that would allow 
	the state to spread the pension costs over 50 years. Illinois also left it 
	to lawmakers to decide how much to contribute to the funds each year. In 
	some years, the state took “pension holidays,” lowering its planned pension 
	contributions by about half.
	
	
	Greenberg gets green light for class action.
	A company run by the former CEO of
	AIG won the right 
	to pursue as a class action its case against the U.S. government, alleging 
	that elements of AIG’s financial-crisis bailout package were 
	unconstitutional, 
	
	WSJ reports. A judge ruled that the case “may be 
	maintained as a class action,” a victory for Starr International, headed by 
	Maurice “Hank” Greenberg, who long headed AIG. The decision marked the 
	latest defeat for the government, which failed in its efforts last year to 
	dismiss the claims.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review in March 
	
	
	SEC Says Illinois Hid Pension Troubles
	by: 
	Michael Corkery and Jeannette Neumann
	Mar 11, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	
	Click here to view the video on WSJ.com 
 
	
	TOPICS: Bonds, Business Ethics, GAAP, Governmental Accounting, 
	Pension Accounting
	
	SUMMARY: "The Securities and Exchange Commission on Monday charged 
	Illinois with securities fraud.... [alleging] the state failed to adequately 
	disclose to investors the risks of its underfunded pensions systems." The 
	SEC concurrently announced a settlement in the case and the related video 
	clearly shows one WSJ editor thinks very little of that development. He also 
	refers to governmental financial reports in general as "fraudulent." A 
	related graphic shows that Illinois has some of the lowest levels of funding 
	in the nation for its retirement plans.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a governmental 
	accounting course when covering pension accounting or simply to emphasize 
	the importance of the comprehensive annual financial report and disclosures 
	by governmental entities. It may also be used in an ethics course covering 
	responsibility for clarity in financial reporting.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) What wrongful act does the Securities and 
	Exchange Commission (SEC) accuse the state of Illinois?
	
	2. (Introductory) What is the focus of the SEC's responsibilities 
	over the problem in Illinois?
	
	3. (Advanced) Summarize the requirements in accounting for pension 
	liabilities that states and other governmental entities must follow. In your 
	answer, state the authoritative source for those requirements.
	
	4. (Advanced) Access the State of Illinois Comprehensive Annual 
	Financial Report (CAFR) located on its web site at
	
	http://www.ioc.state.il.us/index.cfm/linkservid/9BE62AD6-1CC1-DE6E-2F48A7172B174FA2/showMeta/0/ 
	Refer to the report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. Scroll down to 
	the Comptroller's transmittal letter beginning on page v, and further to her 
	discussion of Factors Affecting Financial Condition, beginning on page vii, 
	to Pensions discussed on page viii. How did the State of Illinois make its 
	legally required contribution to the pension fund in 2010? Does that funding 
	source concern you? Answer the question as if you were a citizen of the 
	State of Illinois and if you were an employee, such as a teacher or a 
	university professor, active in the state retirement system.
	
	5. (Advanced) Scroll further down to the Management Discussion and 
	Analysis, to page 15 and the section entitled Retirement Systems. Besides 
	bond indebtedness, what is the largest liability facing the State of 
	Illinois? How do the amounts stated in this discussion compare to the 
	amounts reported in the WSJ article?
	
	6. (Advanced) According to the WSJ article, a goal of defined 
	benefit retirement systems such as those in the State of Illinois is to be 
	90% funded. When does the State of Illinois expect to reach that goal?
	
	7. (Advanced) According to the article, Elaine Greenberg of the SEC 
	said that the State of Illinois did not follow required governmental 
	accounting standards. Scroll back up to access the auditor's report for the 
	State of Illinois, just following the transmittal letter. Who conducts the 
	audit? Is there any indication that the state did not follow required 
	accounting standards? Support your answer.
	
	8. (Introductory) Refer to the related video featuring one of the 
	WSJ Editors and to the related Opinion page article. What do the WSJ Editors 
	conclude about the SEC's actions in this case?
	
	9. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the articles, the related 
	video, and your knowledge of pension accounting requirements, what are the 
	areas of judgment that might mean the problem of underfunding in Illinois, 
	and elsewhere, could be even worse than currently estimated?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
 
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	SEC v Illinois
	by Review & Outlook Opinion Page Editors
	Mar 13, 2013
	Page: A14
	 
"SEC Says Illinois Hid Pension Troubles," by Michael Corkery and Jeannette 
Neumann, The Wall Street Journal, March 11, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323826704578354370478104256.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
	For years, Illinois officials misled investors and 
	shortchanged the state pension system, leaving future generations of 
	taxpayers to foot the bill, U.S. securities regulators allege. 
	The Securities and Exchange Commission on Monday 
	charged Illinois with securities fraud, marking only the second time the 
	agency has filed civil-fraud charges against a state. 
	But the agency and the state also announced that a 
	settlement had already been reached in which Illinois won't pay a penalty or 
	admit wrongdoing. 
	The action was part of a broader push by the SEC to 
	bring greater transparency and accountability to the municipal-bond market, 
	as the agency alleged the state failed to adequately disclose to investors 
	the risks of its underfunded pensions systems. 
	The action also shows in detail how political 
	decisions left the state with only 40 cents of assets for every dollar of 
	pension liabilities—a financial hole Illinois officials are now scrambling 
	to fill. 
	Yet no matter how harmful the pension practices 
	were to the state's finances, SEC officials say they could only pursue 
	charges against Illinois for what it failed to tell bond investors, who 
	bought bonds worth $2.2 billion. 
	Most states comply with governmental accounting 
	standards, which "Illinois did not follow," Elaine Greenberg, head of the 
	SEC's municipal securities and public pensions unit, said in an interview. 
	"But the SEC cannot order a state to follow any particularly methodology."
	
	Governor Pat Quinn's Office of Management and 
	Budget said the state has been working to enhance its disclosure practices 
	since 2009. 
	States and cities across the U.S. face high pension 
	costs. Rallying investment returns have helped make up the shortfalls at 
	some plans, but others have cut benefits to workers to fill the deficit.
	
	Illinois has one of the most underfunded pension 
	systems in the U.S. 
	The SEC's 11-page, cease-and-desist order reveals 
	new details about the financial and legislative practices that led to the 
	state's current predicament. 
	The state's five public-employee pension plans 
	manage the retirement benefits for clerical workers, teachers, judges, 
	college professors and lawmakers. Collectively, their funding level stands 
	at 40%. Nationally, the average funding level is about 75%. 
	The SEC settlement comes as Mr. Quinn, a Democrat, 
	has pushed repeatedly to overhaul the state's pension system. Spiraling 
	pension costs threaten to crowd out spending on other state services and are 
	a major factor in Illinois's low credit rating. Standard & Poor's Ratings 
	Services cut Illinois's rating one notch to A- in January, making it the 
	lowest-rated U.S. state by S&P.
	"This is one more weight on the scale," Illinois 
	State Senator Daniel Biss, a Democrat, said of the SEC order.
	But an overhaul, which could result in deep cuts 
	for current workers and retirees, has remained elusive. Workers have argued 
	that they shouldn't bear the burden for past mistakes. 
	The problems date back to 1994, when Illinois 
	lawmakers passed a funding plan that would allow the state to amortize, or 
	spread the pension costs, over 50 years. Most pensions use a 30-year 
	amortization period. More 
	Heard: Muni Market Still in Need of a Minder 
	
	State officials also ignored the common practice of 
	calculating contributions to the plans based on what is known as the 
	"Actuarially Required Contribution." 
	Instead, Illinois left it to lawmakers to decide 
	how much to contribute to the funds each year. 
	In some years, the state took "pension holidays," 
	lowering its planned pension contributions by about half. 
	By 2009, actuaries and a consultant hired by the 
	state began warning that the underfunding could lead to the system's 
	insolvency, according to the SEC order. 
	The consultant said in a document that the state's 
	pension system was so underfunded that it would likely "never be able to 
	afford the level of contributions" required to reach 90% funded. 
	Yet, these concerns weren't disclosed to investors 
	in bond-offering documents, the SEC said. 
	As it prepared its bond documents, the state made 
	little effort to collect "potentially pertinent" information from the 
	pension system's actuaries, the SEC said.
	The state said it had worked to improve its 
	practices after the SEC cited New Jersey for pension-disclosure issues in 
	August 2010. 
	The SEC accused New Jersey of allegedly misleading 
	investors that the state was adequately funding two of its pension 
	systems—the agency's first securities-fraud case against a state. The SEC 
	said the state didn't disclose that it had abandoned a five-year plan to 
	fund the pension plans. New Jersey neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing 
	but said it would improve its disclosures. 
	When New Jersey settled with the SEC, it didn't pay 
	a fine, either. The SEC often doesn't fine governments because the costs are 
	ultimately borne by taxpayers, according to people familiar with the 
	agency's practices. In its Illinois order, the SEC noted that the state had 
	taken steps to improve its disclosures, including the creation of a special 
	"disclosure committee" that will sign off on bond-offering disclosures.
	
	Illinois expects to sell approximately $500 million 
	in bonds in early April, a state official said Monday. The sale was put off 
	in January when S&P downgraded the state's credit rating.  
	Continued in article
The sad state of governmental accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting 
Recalling an Ancient Jensen and Thomsen TAR Paper
"Tracking Sensors Invade the Workplace Devices on Workers, Furniture Offer 
Clues for Boosting Productivity," by Rachel Emma Silverman, The Wall 
Street Journal, March 6, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578344303429080678.html?mod=djemCFO_t
Jensen Comment
This article caught my eye, because years and years ago one of my then-current 
Danish doctoral students, Torbin Thomsen, and I published an article in The 
Accounting Review on how to improve costing of direct and  indirect 
labor by work sampling of workers doing varied activities throughout each day. 
The particular application was inspired by my wife's duties in the medical 
laboratory of the huge VA hospital in Palo Alto (when I was still in graduate 
school at Stanford). Medical labs were much less computerized in those days, and 
lab techs performed a variety of daily tests of blood, urine, feces, and spinal 
taps.
Interestingly, a famous book was latter written about this hospital --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/One_Flew_Over_the_Cuckoo%27s_Nest_%28novel%29
In also became a Academy Award winning film starring Jack Nicholson --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/One_Flew_Over_the_Cuckoo%27s_Nest_%28film%29
It was very difficult estimate the labor cost of individual types of tests 
(say blood cross-matching) since technicians darted from activity to activity 
throughout the work day and night. Torbin and I proposed a work sampling model 
for estimation of the the labor costs of laboratory tests. 
The problem with our approach was that it was too intrusive. When randomly 
signaled a technician would have to top what she/he was doing and record the 
activity and time. In 2013 we now have new tracking sensors that are both less 
intrusive and/or take the need for work sampling out of the picture. It's now 
possible to track each entire work day. Big Brother has arrived!
"Statistical Analysis in Cost Measurement and Control," by 
Robert E. Jensen and Carl T. 
Thomsen, The Accounting Review, Vol. XLIII, No. 1, January 1968
A Master List of 700 Free Courses From Great Universities --- 
http://www.openculture.com/2013/03/a_master_list_of_700_free_courses_from_great_universities.html
The Free Courses Search Site --- 
http://www.openculture.com/freeonlinecourses  
There appear to be no free online accounting or business courses.
Some of the advertising disturbs me --- such as online Ph.D. programs with no 
GMAT required --- to me a red flag.
However many of the free courses appear to be legitimate (although not free for 
credit)
"New research finds support for valuing bank securities at current market 
value," by Elizabeth Blankespoor (Assistant Professor of Accounting at 
Stanford University), Stanford Graduate School of Business Newsletter, March 
2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/research/new-look-truth-numbers?utm_source=Stanford+Business+Re%3AThink&utm_campaign=5edc9693da-REIS8&utm_medium=email&ct=t%28Stanford_Business_Re_Think_Issue_Eight2_22_2013%29
Early Pre-print of the Manuscript ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/accr-50419 
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 12, 2013
	Mary Jo White, President Obama’s nominee for SEC 
	chairman, will make her case to the Senate Banking Committee today. In her 
	prepared testimony, she said the SEC’s enforcement “must be bold and 
	unrelenting.” Wrongdoers, she said, “will be aggressively and successfully 
	pursued.” The WSJ says lawmakers will have to weigh two sides of her career. 
	In one version, “Ms. White is a no-holds-barred crime fighter known for 
	stretching the law to jail mob bosses and international terrorists.” In 
	another, she’s a friend of Wall Street who represented big banks when she 
	worked for law firm Debevoise & Plimpton
Jensen Questions
Where was she when we needed her 2000-2012?
Will the USA's biggest banks circle the wagons to protect their banksters?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking  
Can she overcome some of the major problems of the SEC that include budget 
woes and a record of sloppy bookkeeping within its own house?
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2011/02/03/sec-faces-budget-woes_n_817804.html 
 
 
"Ontario court approves $117M settlement between Ernst & Young, 
Sino-Forest:  It’s believed to be one of the largest settlements involving 
an auditor in Canadian history," The Star, March 20, 2013 --- 
http://www.thestar.com/business/2013/03/20/ontario_court_approves_117m_settlement_between_ernst_young_sinoforest.html
	The Ontario Superior Court has approved a 
	$117-million class-action settlement involving Sino-Forest Corp. and its 
	former auditor, Ernst & Young. 
	The agreed deal will see the accounting firm pay 
	toward a fund to compensate shareholders of the troubled Chinese-Canadian 
	company, which has been accused of fraudulently overstating its assets.
	
	It’s believed to be one of the largest settlements 
	involving an auditor in Canadian history. 
	The class-action had alleged that directors, 
	officers, auditors and underwriters at timber trader misled investors with 
	its accounting. 
	Several shareholders had originally objected to the 
	settlement. 
	The company was first accused in 2011 of being a 
	Ponzi scheme by Muddy Waters Research, prompting investigations by the 
	Ontario regulator and the RCMP.
	Continued in article
"Manhattan U.S. Attorney Announces Agreement With Ernst & Young LLP To Pay 
$123 Million To Resolve Federal Tax Shelter Fraud Investigation," New York 
State's Attorney's Office, March 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.justice.gov/usao/nys/pressreleases/March13/EYNPAPR.php 
Bob Jensen's threads on the legal  troubles of Ernst & Young --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Stanford Graduate School of Business Dean Garth Saloner discusses why and 
how business schools must change if they are to serve their students and society 
well, FEMD Global Focus, Issue 1 in 2013 --- 
http://www.efmd.org/images/stories/efmd/globalfocus13/issue_1_2013_gsaloner_stanford.pdf
Jensen Comment
Note that the scope of this article is limited to a prestigious MBA program 
comprised mostly of matured students with stellar admissions credentials, 
including professional work experience and high admission scores. It focuses on 
having students from backgrounds ranging from chemistry, electrical engineering, 
psychology, history, mathematics, etc.
Stanford has no undergraduate business program, unlike Cornell.
Stanford has no accounting undergraduate or masters program like Cornell.
Stanford does have business Ph.D. programs, including an accounting Ph.D. 
program, but Dean Saloner is not addressing Stanford's Ph.D. programs.
My point is that "critical analytical thinking roofs" praised by Dean Saloner 
and broad scope a curriculum dealing with varied needs of society may not be 
appropriate for business and accounting programs that are not similar to 
Stanford's MBA program. For example, like it or not, we are not doing accounting 
majors much of a favor if they don't have the prerequisites to take the CPA 
examination in their state of choice. We aren't doing most business school 
graduates  much of a favor if they are more like sociology graduates and 
become uninteresting to business recruiters. 
Critical Thinking:  Why is it so hard to teach?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#CriticalThinking
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
 
But then the story gets 
interesting when Chimera “fires” Deloitte as its auditor on March 11, 2012, 
replacing them with Ernst & Young.
"Chimera: So Many Questions, Too Few Answers," by Anthony H. Cataach Jr.,
Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, March 3, 2013 --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/3/3/chimera-so-many-questions-too-few-answers
	
	The last I heard, the purpose of financial reporting 
	was to provide information that investors, creditors, and others can use to 
	make decisions.  Well, when a publicly traded company fails to file its 
	required financial statements, and market regulators let it get away with 
	it, that’s a real problem.  How are investors and creditors supposed to 
	evaluate their investments?  And that’s the $3 billion question being asked 
	of Chimera (CIM) by Aaron Elstein in “A 
	mythical name and profits, too?”
	Here is a company that 
	has neither filed a quarterly report since November 18, 2011 (for the 
	quarter ended September 30, 2011), nor an annual report since February 28, 
	2011 (for the year ended December 31, 2010).  Yet, securities regulators 
	permit Chimera to operate, and allow its stock to be listed and traded. 
	 John Maxwell at the
	
	Motley Fool has described this situation as 
	“inexcusable,” and that’s an understatement, for all the questions this 
	situation raises.
	 
	Okay, why no financial 
	statements? According to its Form 8-K filing with the Securities and 
	Exchange Commission (SEC) on March 1, 2012, the Company needed additional 
	time to “review the application of GAAP guidance to certain of its 
	non-Agency assets.”  But then the story gets interesting when Chimera 
	“fires” Deloitte as its auditor on March 11, 2012, replacing them with Ernst 
	& Young.  What’s particularly curious is that the Company kept Deloitte 
	to audit its 2011 10-K which has yet to filed. Then, in an August 1, 2012 
	Form 8-K filing, we learned of Chimera’s erroneous accounting for its 
	non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio.  Basically, the 
	Company accounted for this portfolio as if it were high credit quality, 
	rather than reflecting its actual poor quality, necessitating a correction 
	to reduce net income by almost $700 million during the affected reporting 
	period (fiscal years ended 2008 through 2010).  And just recently, on March 
	1, 2013, Chimera notified the SEC in a Form NT 10-K filing that its annual 
	financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 are not yet 
	ready either.  However, there is a bit of good news…according to the filing, 
	Chimera has finally completed its review of the accounting policies for its 
	non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and that its 
	2011 annual report is forthcoming.  Better late than never, right?  Well, 
	that’s just the first of my many questions.
	Let’s start with the 
	accounting error, or as today’s politically correct accountants call it, the 
	restatement.  Given all of the expertise that Deloitte’s New York office 
	presumably gained accounting for, auditing, and valuing financial 
	instruments during the financial crisis of 2007 and 2008, it is unbelievable 
	that it didn’t discover the “erroneous” accounting earlier.  My review of 
	Chimera’s 2010 10-K uncovered plenty of clues that the Company’s non-agency 
	residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) portfolio was “poor quality.” 
	 Here are just a few:
	 
	
		- Page F-14 reveals that 
		non-agency RMBS with an estimated fair value of $2.5 billion had over 
		$412 million in unrealized losses.  That’s unrealized losses of over 14 
		percent of their cost.
- Page F-15 reports that 
		48.1 percent of all RMBS’s are rated below B or are not rated at all.
- Page F-17 indicates 
		that non-agency RMBS are collateralized by Alt-A mortgages of subprime 
		fame, 56.1 percent of which were originated during the 2007 pre-bust 
		mortgage boom, and 57.8 percent financed properties in the overheated 
		California market.
		So you tell me…does 
		that sound like a high quality mortgage securities portfolio?  How could 
		such an “error” have occurred?  Surely it wasn’t due to accounting 
		ineptitude, after all, according to 
		Aaron Elstein, Chimera's CEO received $35 
		million in compensation in 2011. That kind of money should buy some 
		expertise, right?  And according to the Company’s proxy statement 
		(Schedule 14A) Deloitte received a whopping $827,625 in audit and audit 
		related fees for 2010 for its work on what should be a fairly 
		straight-forward engagement.  The balance sheet is nothing more than 
		securities funded by repurchase agreements and collateralized debt.  How 
		could Deloitte not see the accounting problem for three years?   
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
"Rethinking Mentorship," by Michael Ruderman (MBA student at 
Stanford), March 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/michael-ruderman/mentors_b_2873228.html 
	Before starting at the Stanford Graduate School of 
	Business, I received corporate training and mentorship that was largely 
	directive. My managers told me what to do and I did it. When it came time 
	for longer-term career advice, my managers encouraged me to follow in their 
	footsteps. 
	Our dynamic, global economy demands creative 
	leaders who are able to forge new paths. Mentorship must be more about 
	empowering the mentee than about shaping the mentee to be like the mentor. 
	It wasn't until I arrived at business school that my mentors stopped telling 
	me what to do and started asking me questions. My mentors went from 
	"advising" me to "coaching" me. What were my priorities? Where did I want to 
	be in five, ten, twenty years? How did I define a successful, impactful 
	life? 
	Daniel Goleman's research in the Harvard Business 
	Review points out that the best managers must have several styles to be most 
	effective. He points out that the "coaching" style -- acting more like a 
	counselor than a traditional boss -- is used least often because it is the 
	hardest, not because it is the least effective. Coaching requires managers 
	to focus primarily on the personal development of their employees and not 
	just work-related tasks. It requires managers to tolerate "short-term 
	failure if it furthers long-term learning." Goleman points out that the 
	coaching style ultimately delivers bottom-line results. 
	I was selected to be an Arbuckle Leadership Fellow 
	at Stanford, a cohort of MBAs employing the coaching style to mentor other 
	MBAs. I started the program from the perspective that my professor Carole 
	Robin repeated over and over: our "coachees" were "creative, resourceful, 
	and whole." I can listen deeply, ask provocative questions, use my 
	intuition, reframe the problem, etc. But I don't need to tell them the 
	answer in order to be an effective leader. 
	I was randomly assigned nine first-year MBA 
	students to coach, all from different backgrounds. I would meet one-on-one 
	with each of them over coffee for an hour at a time. We would talk about 
	everything from their transition to business school life to their romantic 
	lives to career issues. "What should I do?" they each asked. But I wouldn't 
	tell them the answer. I would ask questions and try to help them find an 
	answer on their own. 
	"Why don't you just tell me what to do?" was a 
	common refrain from my coachees. Eventually the coachees internalized that I 
	worked to understand their perspective and to help them find the answer on 
	their own. Intellectual independence then bred empowerment. I watched a 
	quiet student transform into a powerful presence in front of an executive 
	audience. 
	I still had a nagging question: would the coaching 
	style only work at business school? Could I still be a successful coaching 
	manager and resist giving the answers in a real-world situation with 
	deadlines, budget pressures, and valuable relationships on the line? In the 
	run-up to the Out for Undergrad Tech Conference this February, I coached the 
	direct reports on my team. When I fielded a question, my first instinct was 
	to ask, "What do you think?" One of the volunteers on my team, a successful 
	young professional at one of the hottest Silicon Valley companies, was 
	frustrated at first, just as my MBA coachees were. But just like the 
	Stanford MBAs, he too began to internalize that he could come up with the 
	answers on his own. As soon as he would ask a question, he would pause, 
	acknowledge he was thinking through an answer, and offer a solution. 
	
	Employees are motivated by more than money, and 
	autonomy and purpose are two large motivating factors. As the global war for 
	talent grows ever more competitive, the need to cultivate and hold onto 
	talent is paramount. Coaching results in more autonomous employees who are 
	able to find meaning in their work and see the purpose of their actions.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Mentoring may be even more of a problem in doctoral programs. One of my better 
former Trinity graduates was in the latter stages of an accounting doctoral 
program when his mentor advised him not to try to be too creative when proposing 
a dissertation and doing research on up to the point of receiving tenure. The 
mentor's advice was to crank out General Linear Model regression studies that 
are safe even if they were not very creative or exciting. Supposedly real 
attempts at creativity might be wasted time until tenure was attained.
When bailing out some companies is a bad idea for an industry
"Why We Need More Solar Companies to Fail: Solar manufacturers like Suntech 
are struggling. Hundreds need to die for the industry to recover," by Kevin 
Bullis,   MIT's Technology Review, March 18, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/512516/why-we-need-more-solar-companies-to-fail/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130318
From the AICPA Newsletter on March 11, 2013
New audit reports available 
from the Ethics Team 
The AICPA Professional Ethics Team serves the AICPA membership by performing 
investigations of engagements and prescribing corrective action when violations 
of AICPA Professional Standards are discovered. The AICPA has compiled reports 
of deficiencies frequently found in its investigations of
employee benefit plan and
governmental and not-for-profit engagement audits during the last two years. 
Most often, the reporting, disclosure, and auditing errors have occurred as a 
result of a lack of experience and lack of specific continuing professional 
education in these areas. Typically, the deficiencies could have been 
detected by a quality control review of the financial statements and risk areas.
Jensen Comment
Since the AICPA sells continuing education courses and materials, I a bit 
dubious of the causality attributions. I', more inclined to blame poor 
supervision due to cost saving efforts of the auditing firms.
Whales Who Hate Mark-to-Market Accounting
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 18, 2013
	J.P. Morgan executives prodded over accounting. 
	Former J.P. Morgan CFO Douglas Braunstein and some other ex-JPM executives 
	got raked over the coals by a Senate panel about changes the bank made to 
	its mark-to-market accounting processes as losses mounted on its “London 
	Whale” trades, Emily Chasan reports. “Is it common inside J.P. Morgan to 
	change your pricing practices when the losses start piling up?” asked Sen. 
	Carl Levin (D., Mich), who chaired the hearing for the Senate’s Permanent 
	Subcommittee on Investigations. Mr. Braunstein, who is currently vice 
	chairman of the bank after stepping down from the CFO job last year, 
	replied, “No, that is not acceptable practice.” While Mr. Braunstein said 
	the bank believed at the time that the marks were consistent with U.S. 
	accounting rules, he admitted that the practice of pricing its book at more 
	advantageous levels was “not proper.”
Question
What is a "wash trade" and how can it be used to manipulate securities prices?
A wash trade (not to be confused with a
wash sale) is an illegal form of
stock manipulation in which an investor simultaneously sells and buys shares 
in order to artificially increase trading volume and thus the stock price.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stock_manipulation 
The United States
Security and Exchange Commission defines a wash trade as "a securities 
transaction which involves no change in the beneficial ownership of the 
security."
 
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 18, 2013
	"Regulators zero in on ‘wash trades.’ U.S. 
	regulators are investigating whether high-frequency traders are distorting 
	stock and futures markets by illegally acting as buyer and seller in the 
	same transactions, the WSJ reports. So-called wash trades are banned because 
	they can feed false information into the market and be used to manipulate 
	prices. The CFTC is focused on suspected wash trades by high-speed firms in 
	futures contracts tied to the value of crude oil, precious metals, 
	agricultural commodities and the S&P 500, among other underlying 
	instruments. Investigators also are looking at the two primary exchange 
	operators that handle such trades, CME and IntercontinentalExchange. 
	Regulators are concerned the exchanges’ systems aren’t sophisticated enough 
	to flag or stop wash trades.
"Law Professors See the Damage Done by ‘No Child Left Behind’," by 
Michele Goodwin, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 12, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/blogs/conversation/2013/03/12/law-professors-see-the-damage-done-by-no-child-left-behind/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
	. . . 
	Bernstein explained, “I want to warn you of what to 
	expect from the students who will be arriving in your classroom, even if you 
	teach in a highly selective institution.”
	He was right to warn us, except for one error: 
	Those students have already arrived. Very bright students now come 
	to college and even law school ill-prepared for critical thinking, rigorous 
	reading, high-level writing, and working independently.
	Bernstein described what many college professors 
	and even graduate-school professors have come to know firsthand. For more 
	than a decade, a culture of test taking and teaching to the test has 
	dominated elementary and secondary education in the United States, even at 
	elite public and private schools. And now its effects are being felt by 
	professors.
	Continued in article 
Jensen Comment
Seems like law schools are seeing more of the damage done by four years of 
undergraduate education in college.
"Extreme Game of Monopoly over at Simunomics," by Mark P. Holtzman, 
Accountinator Blog, March 12 --- 
http://accountinator.com/2013/03/12/extreme-game-of-monopoly-over-at-simunomics/ 
	I’m having a blast with Simunomics, 
	a massive mulitplayer business simulation where you can start a business and 
	compete with other players. The goal is, of course, to maximize shareholder 
	value. Build up your retail, manufacturing and natural resource empire to 
	gain market share and build up profits.
	I started with manufacturing, and built factories 
	making paper, dyes, beer, and ceramics. None of these fared very well. To 
	keep my costs down, I built them in a depressed town (Drakar), and the 
	markets for wholesale goods there are not very liquid. So I built a 
	convenience store. Unfortunately, the competition for convenience stores is 
	intense, and that store didn’t do too well, either.
	So I sold everything – factories and all – and 
	switched over to retailing. Did some market research – there’s serious 
	demand in Drakar for phones, washing machines and fixtures. Then, I 
	converted my convenience store to an appliance store, stocked up on phones, 
	washing machines and fixtures, and started making money. At this point, I’m 
	manufacturing my own phones and washing machines, which I’m reselling out of 
	my own retail outlet.
	I’ve got 272/400 points at the Startup(1) level. 
	I’m looking forward to expanding so that I can move on to the next level. 
	Right now, I’m aiming for more market presence in the appliance field, to 
	expand my retail operations, and to continue to vertically integrate by 
	manufacturing all of my own goods.
	I would like to encourage my students to try out 
	Simunomics, too. It will better help them to understand the mechanics of 
	business operations. It’s also kind of addictive.
	If you’d like to meet up over there, my business 
	name is SHU Accountinator.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Tricks and Tools of the Trade are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#NewTools 
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 11, 2013
	
	Former Lehman CFO learns how to manage a life. 
	Erin Callan, the former CFO of Lehman Brothers, laments the lack of 
	work-life balance during her career. “Work always came first, before my 
	family, friends and marriage — which ended just a few years later,” 
	
	she writes in this NYT piece. 
	Ms. Callan says she often wonders whether she would have been asked to be 
	CFO if she hadn’t worked 24-7. She says she use to think that her “singular 
	focus” on her career was the key to her success. “But I am beginning to 
	realize that I sold myself short. I was talented, intelligent and energetic. 
	It didn’t have to be so extreme. Besides, there were diminishing returns to 
	that kind of labor.” She says if Lehman hadn’t collapsed she may never have 
	been strong enough to step away. “Perhaps I needed what felt at the time 
	like some of the worst experiences in my life to come to a place where I 
	could be grateful for the life I had. I had to learn to begin to appreciate 
	what was left.”
Jensen Comment
Perhaps Erin would be less frustrated if she had not been so greedy to buy up 
poisoned real estate mortgages and the infamous entry into the Repo business 
with audit firm Ernst & Young blessings --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo 
"How Pervasive is Corporate Fraud?," by I. J. Alexander Dyck, Adair 
Morse, and Luigi Zingales, SSRN, February 22, 2013 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2222608 
	 Abstract: 
	We estimate what percentage of firms engage in fraud and the economic cost 
	of fraud. Our estimates are based on detected frauds, and frauds that we 
	infer are started but are not caught. To identify the ‘iceberg’ of 
	undetected fraud we take advantage of an exogenous shock to the incentives 
	for fraud detection: Arthur Andersen’s demise, which forces companies to 
	change auditors. By assuming that the new auditor will clean house, and 
	examining the change in fraud detection by new auditors, we infer that the 
	probability of a company engaging in a fraud in any given year is 14.5%. We 
	validate the magnitude of this estimate using alternative methods. We 
	estimate that on average corporate fraud costs investors 22 percent of 
	enterprise value in fraud-committing firms and 3 percent of enterprise value 
	across all firms. 
	Number of Pages in PDF File: 56 
	Keywords: corporate fraud, governance, detection
	
Jensen Comment
The definition of "fraud" is subject to a lot of dispute. 
For example, the controversial accounting of Repo 105 sales by Lehman Bros. that 
were 100% certain to be returned in a few weeks from former Lehman employees 
could be defined as fraudulent accounting and most certainly was defined as 
fraud by the Bank Examiner overseeing the subsequent bankruptcy. But auditors 
Ernst & Young vehemently denied that this was fraud and eventually prevailed in 
court due to a loophole in FAS 140. I question using the letter of the law as an 
excuse to deceive, but who am I to judge.
Detected frauds may only be the tip of the iceberg in the same way that the 
number of student and faculty cheating incidents detected and prosecuted by a 
university may only be the tip of icebergs. 
Hence when the above article concludes that "detected" fraud costs investors 
22% we really do not know how much undetected fraud adds to this cost.
Also the partitioning of losses may be somewhat arbitrary. 
In the above example, we might conclude that, if the Repo accounting at Lehman 
was fraudulent, it was a nail in the coffin that carried Lehman to its demise. 
However, many non-fraudulent activities are millions of nails in that same 
coffin --- such as the financial decisions to buy real estate mortgages when not 
knowing that many of those investments would would be defaulted.
From Ernst & Young on March 8, 2013
	FASB issues two ASUs
	
	
	The FASB issued two Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs) on EITF consensuses 
	it ratified at its 31 January 2013 meeting:
	
	ASU 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405): 
	
	Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for 
	Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date, 
	requires a reporting entity that is jointly and severally liable to measure 
	the obligation as the sum of the amount the entity has agreed with 
	co-obligors to pay and any additional amount it expects to pay on behalf of 
	a co-obligor.
	
	ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830):
	
	Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon 
	Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign 
	Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity, specifies that a 
	cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) should be released into earnings 
	when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a 
	subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the 
	sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete 
	liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment 
	that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the 
	investment would be recognized in earnings upon sale of the investment. When 
	an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated 
	foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results 
	in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the 
	foreign entity. CTA would be recognized in earnings in a business 
	combination achieved in stages (i.e., a step acquisition).
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 8, 2013
	
	Companies are tapping into their massive cash hoards 
	to reward shareholders handsomely. S&P 500 firms are expected to pay at 
	least $300 billion in dividends this year – topping last year’s $282 billion,
	
	
	the WSJ reports in this A1 must-read. And 
	analysts say that could go even higher.
	Apple stands to 
	pay out about $10 billion in a dividend policy it initiated last year, while
	Exxon Mobil and
	AT&T are each set 
	to pay dividends around $10 billion. Then there are the buybacks. In 
	February alone, American companies – including
	Home Depot,
	General Electric 
	and PepsiCo — 
	announced plans to buy back $117.8 billion of their own shares — the highest 
	monthly total in records dating back to 1985.
	
	“We are starting to get out of hunker-down mode, so 
	what you have now is a bunch of cash-hoarders who have decided to take that 
	cash out of their balance sheets,” said David Ikenberry, dean of the 
	University of Colorado’s business school. “Is that a good thing? It 
	probably is. They’re liberating capital and putting it back out into the 
	capital markets, and letting that multiplier effect kick in.”
	
	Cash piles are 
	still growing. The Fed’s latest quarterly “Flow of Funds” report, released 
	yesterday, said that cash and cash-equivalents held by U.S. corporations, 
	excluding financial companies, stood at $1.79 trillion in Q4 of 2012, up 
	from $1.77 trillion the previous quarter. “Corporations are flush with cash 
	and that cash sitting in the corporate coffers is earning next to nothing,” 
	said Rob Leiphart, an analyst at Birinyi Associates. “Companies have to do 
	something with it.”
"For Aspiring Forensic Accountants and Fraud Investigators," by Tracey 
Coenen, The Fraud Files Blog, March 24, 2013 --- 
http://www.sequenceinc.com/fraudfiles/2013/03/for-aspiring-forensic-accountants-and-fraud-investigators/
Bob Jensen's threads on forensic accounting are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Forensic 
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers 
"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz 
Blog, March 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147 
Jensen Comment
Barry is a financial analyst with a political science background. As an 
accounting professor I claim that he missed some of the biggest accounting 
scandals even if we leave out the really big scandals before 1950 (e.g, leave 
out the South Sea Scandal of monumental proportion). 
There are really two tacks that one can take in the definition of "Corporate 
Accounting Scandals." One is the size of the "theft" resulting from accountant 
and/or auditor negligence. Barry probably had this in mind, but he missed a few 
such as the Franklin Raines earnings management scandal at Fannie Mae.
The other tack is gross accountant and/or audit negligence even when the size 
of the theft is somewhat smaller for a worse crime. For example, there was 
enormous accountant and/or auditor negligence when pilfered $53 million from 
Dixon, Illinois --- 
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who 
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
There are many such thefts by accountants that are bad as it gets even if the 
amounts they stole is are not in the record books.
Here are some examples of accounting examples Barry should've also 
considered::
	When KPMG Got Fired
	Fannie Mae may have conducted the worst earnings management scheme in the 
	history of accounting.
	 
	 
	
		. . . flexibility 
		also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within 
		pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an 
		example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest 
		rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay 
		their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an 
		estimated expense of $400 million.
		
		
		Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million, 
		deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose 
		bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for 
		maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and 
		Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932 
		million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate 
		Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.
		
		That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to 
		produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according 
		to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is 
		necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the 
		years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the 
		impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This 
		practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says 
		considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."
		
		This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its 
		derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt 
		to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be 
		marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The 
		problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in 
		earnings.
		
		So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as 
		hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we 
		mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of 
		$1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified 
		in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie 
		closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes 
		in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) 
		where losses can be amortized over a long period.
		
		Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at 
		year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained 
		earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the 
		past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by 
		regulators.
		
		In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not 
		limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise 
		serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial 
		results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management 
		supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement 
		reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods 
		involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change 
		its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."
		
		But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose 
		executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either 
		its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these 
		executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury 
		under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a 
		criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board 
		still believes that investors can trust its management team.
		
		Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill 
		accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the 
		failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy 
		from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital 
		cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public 
		risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.
	
 
 
Wikipedia has a listing of major accounting scandals that I 
don't think Barry looked at when listing his "10 Worst Corporate Accounting 
Scandals" --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_fraud#List_of_major_accounting_scandals
 
And if we move beyond accounting per se, the recent LIBOR 
scandals are bigger than all of his "10 Worst" combined --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
Don't do as I do, do as I say
Author Unknown
"Why analysts should not be investors," by Felix Salmon, Reuters, 
March 7, 2013 --- 
http://blogs.reuters.com/felix-salmon/2013/03/07/why-analysts-should-not-be-investors-andy-zaky-edition/
Summary of redeliberations in the (converged) revenue recognition project, 
Deloitte, March 13, 2013 --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/revenue 
IFRS 2013 Red Book now available ---
Click Here 
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1734&utm_source=Email&utm_medium=Email&utm_term=Red%2B2013&utm_content=Email%2BRed%2B2013&utm_campaign=Email%2BRed%2B2013 
Question
What is the difference between news and sponsored content?
Hint
On television we call it an infomercial --- something that causes me to change 
channels in the blink of an eye.
"Deloitte And Wall Street Journal Exclusive For Sponsored Content," by 
Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, March 14, 2013 --- 
http://retheauditors.com/2013/03/14/deloitte-and-wall-street-journal-exclusive-for-sponsored-content/
	Your favorite newspapers, magazines and blogs are 
	so hungry for content to fill their pages that sometimes, rather than paying 
	their own writers to produce text, video, and other journalism those 
	publications take money from strangers to print their content instead.
	
	You may not have noticed. It’s getting harder and 
	harder to discern journalism from newsy advertising. 
	You may know it as advertising or maybe 
	“advertorial” but publications are slipping it in under new fancy media 
	names like “sponsored content” and “sponsored posts”. There’s an entire 
	publication called paid Content that promotes the approach as a way for 
	media organizations to pay the bills. 
	The Wall Street Journal has been accepting 
	sponsored content, in an exclusive contract with Deloitte, for its CFO 
	Journal, CIO Journal for a while and now will feature Deloitte’s content in 
	a new publication, Risk & Compliance Journal. 
	I have not seen that reported elsewhere. 
	
	A recent controversy over “sponsored content” by 
	Scientology in the Atlantic magazine raised the temperature of the 
	discussion amongst media watchers to “hot”. 
	A critic of the practice, Andrew Sullivan, wrote 
	about what he thinks went wrong with the Atlantic’s foray.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I also see a lot of this in Time Magazine in terms of pharmaceutical 
advertising that now runs centerfold pages on health and medication that looks 
like medical news but has "Advertisement" printed at the top of each page in 
fine print. I guess it's a step up from the centerfold section of Playboy, 
but then again maybe not.
I wonder how long it will take MOOCs to discover this type of revenue source?
March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins
	From 
	
	http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131  
	Some quotes 
	"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover 
	the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money 
	laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial 
	products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying 
	profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of 
	$20.6bn 
	Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total 
	remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And 
	after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more 
	highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in 
	2012, up from $10.6m in 2011. 
	The company's 16 top executives received an average 
	of $4.9m each." 
	"During a conference call to present the results, 
	Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to 
	relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a 
	recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in 
	the EU." 
	"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time 
	accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's 
	creditworthiness - rose 18%." 
	"The bank's results were heavily affected by a 
	negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared 
	with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an 
	accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could 
	buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of 
	flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about 
	its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa." 
	More in article. 
	Regards, 
	Roger 
	Roger Collins 
	Associate Professor 
	OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics
	 
Bob Jensen's threads on the controversies of fair value accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue 
"Ex-Jenkens & Gilchrist Lawyer Gets 8 Years in Tax Case," by Patricia 
Hurtado, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/news/2013-03-01/ex-lawyer-donna-guerin-gets-8-year-sentence-in-tax-shelter-case#p1
	Former Jenkens & Gilchrist lawyer Donna 
	Guerin was sentenced to eight years in prison and ordered to pay $190 
	million for her role in what the U.S. called the largest criminal tax fraud 
	in history. 
	Guerin, 52, pleaded guilty in September 2012 just 
	as she was set to be retried with three other defendants for running a 
	10-year scheme that created $7 billion in fraudulent tax deductions, more 
	than $1.5 billion in phony losses and $92 million in actual losses to the 
	U.S. Treasury. 
	U.S. District Judge William Pauley in New York, who 
	presided over the case, said that as both a lawyer and a certified public 
	accountant, Guerin had violated her oaths to uphold the law by helping her 
	clients avoid paying their taxes through shelters. 
	“It’s the modern-day equivalent of Hawthorne’s 
	story of Midas,” Pauley said yesterday. “Everything she touched turned to 
	gold with tragic consequences. Her fall has been Faustian.” Guerin was “the 
	embodiment of the American dream, but then her lust for money turned her 
	dream into a nightmare,” he said. 
	Pauley ordered Guerin to report to prison on May 
	14. The judge also directed her to pay $200,000 before she surrenders to 
	U.S. prison authorities and said she must turn over 20 percent of her gross 
	income after she’s released from prison. Guerin and her lawyer declined to 
	comment after the hearing. 
	‘Breathtaking’ Conspiracy 
	“When an attorney violates her oath to uphold the 
	law, she undermines our entire system of justice,” Pauley said. “This tax 
	shelter fraud conspiracy was breathtaking in its scope and in the damage it 
	caused our nation.” 
	Mark Rotert, Guerin’s lawyer, argued that his 
	client’s culpability in the conspiracy was “relatively minor” and said she 
	had merely followed others at her firm who were willing to “push the 
	envelope” on an aggressive tax shelter strategy. 
	Her lawyers had sought something shorter than the 
	10-year term calculated by U.S. probation officials and said their client 
	was merely a “junior” law partner when it came to implementing the tax 
	shelters. 
	Pauley rejected his argument, saying Guerin hadn’t 
	been satisfied earning hundreds of thousands of dollars as a partner and 
	instead had earned millions that were generated through the tax-shelter 
	scheme. Pauley said Guerin had been a “leader” and had even instructed young 
	associates at her now-defunct law firm how to conduct a “hide the ball tax 
	strategy.” 
	‘Willing Tools’ 
	“Lawyers and accountants became willing tools for 
	their ultra-wealthy clients to avoid their fair share of taxes. These 
	professionals violated their oaths to line their pockets. Ms. Guerin played 
	a central role, she was not a mindless automaton,” the judge said. “She 
	became a criminal for two reasons: the lure of the money and because she 
	believed that she was never going to be brought to justice.” 
	Guerin told the judge said her crimes had caused 
	her to abandon efforts to adopt a child. She said she regretted relying on 
	her superiors and not asking more questions or challenging the tax-fraud 
	scheme. 
	“I am here as a defeated person,” she said. “I 
	never wanted to be a famous attorney, nor an infamous one.” 
	Guerin was initially convicted by a federal jury in 
	Manhattan in May 2011 with her three co-defendants. Those convictions were 
	overturned after Pauley found that a juror had lied about her past, 
	including that she was an alcoholic and a suspended attorney. 
	‘Significant’ Term 
	Assistant U.S. Attorneys Stanley Okula and Nanette 
	Davis said in court papers that Guerin deserved a “significant” prison term 
	of at least 10 years. 
	“This was a species or a subset of activity that 
	was so flagrant and knowingly wrong, any first-year law student would know 
	was wrong,” Okula told Pauley yesterday. He argued that Guerin had given 
	tutorials to young associates at the firm, teaching them how to evade taxes.
	
	Okula disputed Rotert’s claim that Guerin’s 
	co-defendants had merely followed others at the firm. 
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz 
Blog, March 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147 
Jensen Comment
Barry is a financial analyst with a political science background. As an 
accounting professor I claim that he missed some of the biggest accounting 
scandals even if we leave out the really big scandals before 1950 (e.g, leave 
out the South Sea Scandal of monumental proportion). 
There are really two tacks that one can take in the definition of "Corporate 
Accounting Scandals." One is the size of the "theft" resulting from accountant 
and/or auditor negligence. Barry probably had this in mind, but he missed a few 
such as the Franklin Raines earnings management scandal at Fannie Mae.
The other tack is gross accountant and/or audit negligence even when the size 
of the theft is somewhat smaller for a worse crime. For example, there was 
enormous accountant and/or auditor negligence when pilfered $53 million from 
Dixon, Illinois --- 
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who 
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
There are many such thefts by accountants that are bad as it gets even if the 
amounts they stole is are not in the record books.
Here are some examples of accounting examples Barry should've also 
considered::
	When KPMG Got Fired
	Fannie Mae may have conducted the worst earnings management scheme in the 
	history of accounting.
	 
	 
	
		. . . flexibility 
		also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within 
		pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an 
		example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest 
		rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay 
		their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an 
		estimated expense of $400 million.
		
		
		Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million, 
		deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose 
		bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for 
		maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and 
		Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932 
		million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate 
		Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.
		
		That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to 
		produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according 
		to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is 
		necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the 
		years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the 
		impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This 
		practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says 
		considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."
		
		This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its 
		derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt 
		to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be 
		marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The 
		problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in 
		earnings.
		
		So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as 
		hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we 
		mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of 
		$1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified 
		in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie 
		closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes 
		in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) 
		where losses can be amortized over a long period.
		
		Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at 
		year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained 
		earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the 
		past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by 
		regulators.
		
		In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not 
		limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise 
		serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial 
		results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management 
		supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement 
		reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods 
		involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change 
		its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."
		
		But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose 
		executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either 
		its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these 
		executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury 
		under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a 
		criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board 
		still believes that investors can trust its management team.
		
		Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill 
		accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the 
		failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy 
		from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital 
		cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public 
		risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.
	
 
 
Wikipedia has a listing of major accounting scandals that I 
don't think Barry looked at when listing his "10 Worst Corporate Accounting 
Scandals" --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_fraud#List_of_major_accounting_scandals
One of the largest settlements/fines paid by an accounting firm arose when 
KPMG confessed to selling over $2 billion in fraudulent tax shelters. The firms 
cash settlement with the IRS was over $400 million, which was a small amount 
compared to the actual damages.
The February 19, 2004 Frontline worldwide 
broadcast is going to greatly sadden the already sad face of KPMG.  As a former 
KPMG Professor of Accounting at Florida State University, it also saddens me 
that the primary focus of the Frontline broadcast was on the bogus tax 
shelters marketed by KPMG over the past few years.  All the other large firms 
were selling such shelters to some extent, but when their tactics were exposed 
the others quickly apologized and promised to abandon sales of such shelters.  
KPMG stonewalled and lied to a much greater extent in part because their 
illegality went much deeper.  The video can now be viewed online for free from
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/tax/view/
My summary of the highlights is as 
follows:
 
	- 
	
	These illegal acts added an enormous 
	amount of revenue to KPMG, over $1 billion dollars of fraud.
 
 American investigators have discovered that KPMG 
	marketed a tax shelter to investors that generated more than $1bn (£591m) in 
	unlawful benefits in less than a year.
 David Harding, Financial Director ---
	
	http://www.financialdirector.co.uk/News/1135558
 
 
 
- 
	
	While KPMG and all the other large 
	firms were desperately promising the public and the SEC that they were 
	changing their ethics and professionalism in the wake of the Andersen melt 
	down and their own publicized scandals, there were signs that none of the 
	firms, and especially KPMG, just were not getting it.  See former executive 
	partner Art Wyatt's August 3, 2004 speech entitled "ACCOUNTING 
	PROFESSIONALISM:  THEY JUST DON'T GET IT" ---
	
	http://aaahq.org/AM2003/WyattSpeech.pdf 
 
 
 
- 
	
	KPMG's  illegal acts in not 
	registering the bogus tax shelters was deliberate with the strategy that if 
	the firm got caught by the IRS the penalties were only about 10% of the 
	profits in those shelters such that the illegality was approved all the way 
	to the top executives of KPMG.   Former Partner's 
	Memo Says Fees Reaped From Sales of Tax Shelter Far Outweigh Potential 
	Penalties 
		KPMG LLP in 
		1998 decided not to register a new tax-sheltering strategy for wealthy 
		individuals after a tax partner in a memo determined the potential 
		penalties were vastly lower than the potential fees. The shelter, 
		which was designed to minimize taxes owed on large capital gains such as 
		from the sale of stock or a business, was widely marketed and has come 
		under the scrutiny of the Internal Revenue Service. It was during the 
		late 1990s that sales of tax shelters boomed as large accounting firms 
		like KPMG and other advisers stepped up their marketing efforts. 
		Gregg W. Ritchie, then a KPMG LLP tax partner who now works for a Los 
		Angeles-based investment firm, presented the cost-benefit analysis about 
		marketing one of the firm's tax-shelter strategies, dubbed OPIS, in a 
		three-page memorandum to a senior tax partner at the accounting firm in 
		May 1998. By his calculations, the firm would reap fees of $360,000 per 
		shelter sold and potentially pay only penalties of $31,000 if 
		discovered, according to the internal note. 
		Mr. Ritchie recommended that KPMG avoid registering the strategy with 
		the IRS, and avoid potential scrutiny, even though he assumed the firm 
		would conclude it met the agency's definition of a tax shelter and 
		therefore should be registered. The memo, which was reviewed by The Wall 
		Street Journal, stated that, "The rewards of a successful marketing of 
		the OPIS product [and the competitive disadvantages which may result 
		from registration] far exceed the financial exposure to penalties that 
		may arise." 
		The directive, addressed to Jeffrey N. Stein, a former head of tax 
		service and now the firm's deputy chairman, is becoming a headache 
		itself for KPMG, which currently is under IRS scrutiny for the sale of 
		OPIS and other questionable tax strategies. The memo is expected to play 
		a role at a hearing Tuesday by the Senate's Permanent Subcommittee on 
		Investigations, which has been reviewing the role of KPMG and other 
		professionals in the mass marketing of abusive tax shelters. A second 
		day of hearings, planned for Thursday, will explore the role of lawyers, 
		bankers and other advisers. 
		Richard Smith, KPMG's current head of tax services, said Mr. Ritchie's 
		note "reflects an internal debate back and forth" about complex issues 
		regarding IRS regulations. And the firm's ultimate decision not to 
		register the shelter "was made based on an analysis of the law. It 
		wasn't made on the basis of the size of the penalties" compared with 
		fees. Mr. Ritchie, who left KPMG in 1998, declined to comment. Mr. Stein 
		couldn't be reached for comment Sunday. 
		KPMG, in a statement Friday, said it has made "substantial improvements 
		and changes in KPMG's tax practices, policies and procedures over the 
		past three years to respond to the evolving nature of both the tax laws 
		and regulations, and the needs of our clients. The tax strategies that 
		will be discussed at the subcommittee hearing represent an earlier time 
		at KPMG and a far different regulatory and marketplace environment. None 
		of the strategies -- nor anything like these tax strategies -- is 
		currently being offered by KPMG." Continued in the article. 
 
	
 
 
- 
	
	KPMG would probably still be selling 
	the bogus tax shelters if a KPMG whistle blower named Mike Hamersley had not 
	called attention to the highly secretive bogus tax shelter sales team at 
	KPMG.  His  recent and highly damaging testimony to KPMG is available at
	
	http://finance.senate.gov/hearings/testimony/2003test/102103mhtest.pdf 
 This is really, really bad for the image of professionalism that KPMG tries 
	to portray on their happy face side of the firm.  KPMG is now under criminal 
	investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice.
 
 
 
- 
	
	The reason that KPMG and the other large accounting firms did 
	and can continue to sell illegal tax shelters at the margin is that they 
	have poured millions into an expensive lobby team in Washington DC that has 
	been highly successful in blocking Senator Grassley's proposed legislation 
	that would make all tax shelters illegal if the sheltering strategy served 
	no economic purpose other than to cheat on taxes.  Your large accounting 
	firms in conjunction with the world's largest banks continue to block this 
	legislation.  If the 
	accounting firms wanted to really improve their professionalism image they 
	would announce that they have shifted their lobbying efforts to supporting 
	Senator Grassley's proposed cleanup legislation.  But to do so would put 
	these firms at odds with their largest clients who are the primary 
	benefactors of abusive tax shelters. 
 
And KPMG's negligent audits of Countrywide Financial may have 
resulted in the largest economic damage ever for an auditing firm.
"Settling For Silence: KPMG 
Closes The Books On New Century And Countrywide," by Francine McKenna, 
re:TheAuditors, August 18, 2010 --- 
http://retheauditors.com/2010/08/18/settling-for-silence-kpmg-closes-the-books-on-new-century-and-countrywide/
And if we move beyond accounting per se, the recent LIBOR 
scandals are bigger than all of his "10 Worst" combined --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
The Latest from Reform Activists Lynn Turner and Francine McKenna (to say 
nothing of the PCAOB)
"The PCAOB & Auditor Failures to Remediate," The Corporate Council.net, 
March 11, 2013 --- 
http://www.thecorporatecounsel.net/blog/index.html 
Thank you Caleb Newquist for the heads up.
	Last week, the PCAOB issued a
	
	rare rebuke to a Big Four auditor as 
	PricewaterhouseCoopers was faulted for failing to promptly address quality 
	control problems in audits occurring in 2007 and 2008. The rebuke came after 
	the PCAOB had reviewed the remediation efforts of PwC in response to the 
	nonpublic portions of the Board's
	
	March 2009 and
	
	August 2010 inspection reports. Learn more in this
	
	GoingConcern blog,
	
	WSJ article and
	
	Reuters article.
	And as AccountingWeb.com recently 
	
	blogged, this comes on the heels of another PCAOB
	
	report on US auditors' performance, in which the 
	the Board found a reduced rate of "significant audit performance 
	deficiencies" compared to its last review in 2007. However, the PCAOB did 
	note that problems persist with almost half of the audit firms inspected 
	having at least one "significant audit performance deficiency." The PCAOB 
	called out small firms and big firms alike in its report. Here's a 
	
	list of auditors that 
	failed to address quality control criticisms satisfactorily. 
	Here are some thoughts from Lynn Turner on 
	the
	
	PwC inspection report:
	
 
	
		The PCAOB Inspection reports are critical of PwC 
		audit partners for not supervising those staff doing the vast majority 
		of the work. In one instance cited below, it notes the partner only 
		spent 2% of the hours put in on the audit. That is a significant issue 
		that would affect audit quality and the credibility of the audit report.
		
		A few years ago, the PCAOB proposed that investors be told the name of 
		the audit partner, as is done in Europe and other parts of the world. 
		This could be done either through the partner signing the report, as is 
		the typical custom, or having the auditors name be disclosed as some 
		have proposed.
		
		Investors are asked to vote on and ratify the auditor as part of the 
		proxy voting process for many companies. Yet today, the PCAOB continues 
		to withhold from investors, the name of the companies whose audits the 
		PCAOB inspection reports call into question, those audits of 
		questionable quality and credibility, and which have not been done in 
		accordance with professional standards. The PCAOB has also failed to act 
		on the proposal to provide investors with transparency as to who the 
		audit partner is. As a result, despite all the criticism leveled by the 
		PCAOB against PwC in today's report, investors are left totally unable 
		to discern which of these audits they should be concerned about, when 
		voting on the auditor ratification. The PCAOB is simply forcing 
		investors to "fly blind" on that vote.
		
		While SOX does prohibit the PCAOB from disclosing certain information on 
		an auditor that arises as a result of an inspection, it does not 
		prohibit in any fashion the PCAOB from disclosing the name of the 
		Company. And it would not prohibit the disclosure of the names of these 
		partners who perform poorly if the PCAOB were the Board ever to act on 
		its own proposal. Rather, a majority of the PCAOB board members have 
		decided to act in a manner that reduces transparency with respect to 
		audit quality for investors.
	 
	Francine McKenna on Audit Industry 
	Developments
	In this
	
	podcast, Francine McKenna of
	re:theauditors
	delves into some of the latest audit industry 
	developments, including:
	- Why should audit committees care about PCAOB 
	inspection reports?
	- How can the audit committee learn more about a PCAOB inspection report? 
	Should they ask the auditor? The PCAOB?
	- In what instances can a PCAOB inspection report be used in litigation 
	against the auditor by the client or shareholder plaintiffs?
	- Is it the audit committee's responsibility or the auditor's to make sure 
	the firm is independent? What if the auditor uses its member firms all over 
	the world to complete the audit? What can happen if the audit firm is not 
	independent?
	- What role does an external auditor play when there's a corporate 
	investigation? Can the auditor be hired to perform an investigation of fraud 
	or illegal acts? Should the auditor be hired to perform a corporate 
	investigation? Advantages and disadvantages? 
	
		As an aside, here's a 
		
		Bloomberg article critical of the
		
		nonprosecution agreement over illegal tax 
		shelters that the DOJ just reached with Ernst & Young. 
		And Janice Brunner & Ning Chiu note in this
		
		Davis Polk blog: "The New York City Bar 
		Association Financial Reporting Committee has
		
		asked the NYSE to consider revising its rules 
		regarding the extent to which audit committees shoulder the burden for 
		risk management oversight. NYSE requires audit committees to discuss 
		policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Commentary 
		to these rules indicates that the audit committee is not required to be 
		the sole body responsible for risk assessment and management, but it 
		must discuss guidelines and policies to govern the process by which this 
		activity is undertaken.
		The Financial Reporting Committee letter 
		expressed concern that the NYSE rules not only call upon audit 
		committees to assume oversight responsibility for risks beyond those 
		associated with financial reporting, but also that the level of 
		responsibility the committees must undertake is unfortunately ambiguous. 
		The letter argues that audit committees are already burdened with their 
		existing duties and also do not possess particular expertise in broader 
		subjects of risk management that may expand to operational and 
		environmental risk, for example. The letter suggests perhaps a more 
		useful approach would be to vest in the entire board the 
		responsibilities for the allocation of risk management oversight 
		instead. "
	
	 
	Webcast: "What the Top Compensation 
	Consultants Are NOW Telling Compensation Committees"
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on audit professionalism and independence are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#RotationIdeas 
"Hidden Numbers Make Banks Even Bigger," by Floyd Norris, The New 
York Times, March 14, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/03/15/business/new-rules-will-give-a-truer-picture-of-banks-size.html?nl=todaysheadlines&emc=edit_th_20130315&_r=2&pagewanted=all&#h[]
	It sounds like a simple question. How big is that 
	bank? 
	But it is not. 
	Under American accounting rules, banks that trade a 
	lot of derivatives can keep literally trillions of dollars in assets and 
	liabilities off their balance sheets. Since 2009, they have at least been 
	required to make disclosures about how large those amounts are, but the 
	disclosures leave out some things and — amazingly enough — in some cases do 
	not seem to add up. 
	The international accounting rules are different. 
	They also allow some assets to vanish, but not nearly as many. As a result, 
	it is virtually impossible to confidently declare how a particular European 
	bank compares in size with an American bank. 
	Much of that will change when first-quarter 
	financial statements start coming off the printing presses in a few weeks. 
	For the first time, European and American banks are supposed to have 
	comparable disclosures regarding assets. Their balance sheets will still be 
	radically different, but for those who care, the comparison will be 
	possible. 
	This comes to mind because these days it seems that 
	big banks do not much want to be thought of that way. A rather angry 
	argument has broken out regarding whether “too big to fail” institutions get 
	what amounts to a subsidy from investor confidence that no matter what else 
	happens, they would not be allowed to fail. The banks deny it all. Subsidy? 
	Penalty is more like it, they say. 
	We’ll get back to that argument in a moment. But 
	first, there is some evidence that the big American banks may have scaled 
	back their derivatives positions last year. At five of six major financial 
	institutions, the amount of assets kept off the balance sheet appears to be 
	lower at the end of 2012 than it was a year earlier. 
	Still, the numbers are big. JPMorgan Chase, the 
	biggest American institution, had $2.4 trillion in assets on its balance 
	sheet at the end of 2012. But it has derivatives with a market value of an 
	additional $1.5 trillion that it does not show on its balance sheet, down 
	from $1.7 trillion a year earlier. 
	So is JPMorgan getting bigger? Measured by assets 
	on the balance sheet, the answer is yes. That total was up $93 billion from 
	2011. But after adjusting for the hidden assets, the bank appears to have 
	shrunk by $109 billion last year. If the bank used international accounting 
	rules, it appears it would be getting smaller. 
	Not having those assets on the balance sheet makes 
	the bank look less leveraged than it might otherwise appear to be. If you 
	simply compare the book value of the bank with its assets, it appears it has 
	$11.56 in assets for every dollar in equity. Add in those derivatives, and 
	the figure leaps to $18.95. 
	It is not as if those assets are not real, or that 
	they are perfectly offset by liabilities also kept off the balance sheet. 
	There is a similar amount of liabilities that are not shown, but there is no 
	way to know just how they match up with the assets in terms of riskiness. 
	The nature of derivatives makes it hard to assess aggregate totals. 
	
	If a bank has a $1 million loan to someone, that is 
	an asset that would go on the balance sheet at $1 million. Presumably the 
	worst that could happen is that the bank would lose the entire amount. But a 
	large derivative position might currently have a market value of $1 million, 
	and thus would be shown as being worth the same amount, whether on or off 
	the balance sheet. But if the market moves sharply, the profit or loss could 
	be many multiples of that figure. 
	Under American accounting rules, banks that deal in 
	derivatives can net out most of their exposure by offsetting the assets 
	against the liabilities. They do this based not on the nature of the asset 
	or liability, but on the identity of the institution on the other side of 
	the trade — the counterparty, in market lingo. 
	The logic of this has to do with what would happen 
	in a bankruptcy. What are called “netting agreements” allow only the net 
	value to be claimed in case of a failure. So the bank shows the sum of those 
	net positions with each party. 
	But those positions are not offsetting in terms of 
	risk, or at least there is no way to know if they are. The figures shown in 
	the financial statements and footnotes simply describe market values on the 
	day of the balance sheet. If prices move the wrong way, as asset can turn 
	into a liability, or a liability can become much larger. And both can happen 
	at the same time. The asset might be an interest rate swap, while the 
	liability is a wheat future. Obviously, they are not particularly likely to 
	move in tandem. 
	To return to JPMorgan, on its balance sheet are 
	derivative assets of $75 billion, and derivative liabilities of $71 billion. 
	Neither number is very large relative to the size of the bank, and you might 
	think that swings in values would be unlikely to be very large. 
	But those numbers are $1.5 trillion smaller than 
	the actual totals. Obviously, the swings on a portfolio of that size could 
	be much larger. 
	A few years ago, the accounting rule makers set out 
	to get rid of the netting, and make balance sheets more accurate. But there 
	were complaints from banks and others, and the American rule makers at the 
	Financial Accounting Standards Board concluded that was not a good idea. So 
	there is still netting in the United States. Some of it, involving repos and 
	reverse repos, is not disclosed at all now, but will be when the new rules 
	kick in. 
	The sort-of invisible derivative assets and 
	liabilities are only part of the reason that it is so hard to really get a 
	handle on just how risky any given bank is.
	Continued in article
I never could understand the reasons for this amendment to FAS 133 that 
originally did not allow such offsetting. At the time I blamed it on the zeal 
for convergence with the IASB and political pressures that seemed to be even 
greater in Europe than the U.S. Perhaps I was wrong in this.
I'm beginning to think that when something smells fishy there probably are 
some rancid fish hiding somewhere
I've never been in favor of what I think is one of the worst decisions ever 
made by the FASB that runs counter to the original FAS 133 requirements.
"Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities," 
ASU No. 2011-08, FASB ---
Click Here 
http://www.fasb.org/cs/BlobServer?blobkey=id&blobwhere=1175825893217&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobcol=urldata&blobtable=MungoBlobs
	Why Is the FASB Issuing 
	This Accounting Standards Update (Update) ? The main objective in developing 
	this Update is to address implementation issues about the scope of 
	Accounting Standards Update No. 2011 - 11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210) : 
	Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . Stakeholders have told 
	the Board that because the scope in Update 2011 - 11 is unclear, diversity 
	in practice may result . Recent feedback from stakeholders is that standard 
	commercial provisions of many contracts would equate to a master netting 
	arrangement . Stakeholders questioned whether it was the Board’s intent to 
	require disclosures for such a broad scope, which would significantly 
	increase the cost of compliance . The objective of this Update is to clarify 
	the scope of the offsetting disclosures and address any unintended 
	consequences. 
	What Are the Main Provisions? 
	The amendments clarify that the scope of Update 2011 - 11 applies to 
	derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and 
	Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives , repurchase agreements 
	and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities 
	lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 - 
	20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to an enforceable master netting 
	arrangement or similar agreement . 
	Who Is Affected by the Amendments in This 
	Update? 
	The amendments in this Update affect entities that have derivatives 
	accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded 
	derivatives , repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and 
	securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either 
	offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or 
	subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement . 
	Entities with other types of financial a ssets and financial liabilities 
	subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement also are 
	affected because these amendments make them no longer subject to the 
	disclosure requirements in Update 2011 - 11.
	How Do the Main Provisions? 
	Differ from Cur rent U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ( GAAP ) 
	and Why Would They Be an Improvement? The amendments clarify the intended 
	scope of the disclosures required by Section 210 - 20 - 50 . The Board 
	concluded that the clarified scope will reduce significant ly the 
	operability concerns expressed by preparers while still providing decision - 
	useful information about certain transactions involving master netting 
	arrangements . The amendments provide a user of financial statements with 
	comparable information as it r elates to certain reconciling differences 
	between financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those 
	financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial 
	Reporting Standards (IFRS). 
	When W ill the Amendments Be Effective? 
	An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on 
	or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods . 
	An entity should provide the required disclosures retrospectively for all 
	comparative periods presented . The effective date is the same as the 
	effective date of Update 2011 - 11. 
	How Do the Provisions Compare with International 
	Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? 
	The disclosures required by the amendments in Update 2011 - 11 are the 
	result of a joint project between the FASB and the International Accounting 
	Standards Board (IASB), which was intended to provide comparable information 
	about balance sheet offsetting between those entities that prepare their 
	financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that 
	prepare their financial statements on the basis of IFRS . The amendments in 
	this Update clarify that the scope of the disclosures under U.S. GAAP is 
	limited to include derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 , 
	including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse 
	repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending 
	transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45 
	or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to a n enforceable master netting 
	arrangement or similar agreement.
	Continued in article
 
I personally was more concerned about how banks changed income smoothing 
practices.
"The Impact of SFAS 133 on Income Smoothing by Banks through Loan Loss 
Provisions," by Emre Kilic Gerald J. Lobo, Tharindra Ranasinghe, and K. 
Sivaramakrishnan Rice University, The Accounting Review, Vol. 88, No. 1, 
2013, pp. 233-260 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/accr-50264 
	We examine the impact of SFAS 133, Accounting for 
	Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , on the reporting behavior of 
	commercial banks and the informativeness of their financial statements. We 
	argue that, because mandatory recognition of hedge ineffectiveness under 
	SFAS 133 reduced banks’ ability to smooth income through derivatives, banks 
	that are more affected by SFAS 133 rely more on loan loss provisions to 
	smooth income. We find evidence consistent with this argument. We also find 
	that the increased reliance on loan loss provisions for smoothing income has 
	impaired the informativeness of loan loss provisions for future loan 
	defaults and bank stock returns.
Nations gradually adopting IFRS are not supposed to "stop half way"
"IASB chairman encourages Indonesia to fully adopt IFRSs ," Deloitte, March 
18, 2013 --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/hoogervorst 
	Hans 
	Hoogervorst, Chairman of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), 
	recently spoke at an international seminar on “IFRS Dynamics 2013 and 
	Beyond: Impact to Indonesia” organised by the Indonesian Institute of 
	Accountants (Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia, IAI). He encouraged Indonesia that 
	currently follows a gradual convergence process to fully embrace IFRSs.
	
		Indonesia's approach 
		to IFRS adoption is to maintain its national GAAP (Indonesian Financial 
		Accounting Standards, IFAS) and converge it gradually with IFRSs as much 
		as possible. Since 2012, the standards applied in
		
		Indonesia are based on those IFRSs that were 
		effective at 1 January 2009. However, there is currently no plan (and 
		consequently no timetable) for a full adoption of IFRSs.
		In his speech, Mr. 
		Hoogervorst outlined the benefits he sees for Indonesia if IFRSs are 
		fully adopted. He described how Europe profited from adopting IFRSs and 
		invited Indonesia to imagine the benefits that emerging economies could 
		draw from the use of IFRS, especially economies that are so forcefully 
		on the rise as Indonesia. He added: "For many emerging economies, 
		adoption of IFRS has become an important statement of ambition – an 
		international commitment to adhere to the highest possible standards of 
		financial reporting."
		However, Mr. Hoogervorst 
		also warned that jurisdictions should embrace IFRSs fully and not stop 
		half-way:
		
			It 
			is important to understand that the full benefits of using the 
			IFRS-brand can only be enjoyed if you adopt it fully. For foreign 
			investors it is very difficult to discern small differences from big 
			ones. If a jurisdiction cannot state that it has fully adopted IFRS, 
			investors are likely to think that the differences are much bigger 
			than they really are. If you have gone through all the trouble to 
			adopt 95% of IFRSs, please make sure you also do the last 5%. 
			Otherwise, you have all the pain of transition without the full gain 
			of international recognition of that achievement.
		
		Regarding fears of 
		difficulties or problems with transition, Mr. Hoogervorst offered the 
		IASB's assistance and pointed at the IASB's Asia-Oceania office in Tokyo 
		and the
		
		Emerging Economies Group. He also mentioned 
		the IASB's close cooperation with the
		
		Asian-Oceanian Standard-Setters Group, which 
		he described to be likely represented in the
		
		Accounting Standards Advisory Forum the IFRS 
		Foundation has set up to deepen the IASB's cooperation with 
		standard-setters across the world. Mr. Hoogervorst indicated that all of 
		these initiatives offered excellent opportunities for a strong 
		Indonesian participation in financial reporting and he concluded: "You 
		have a wonderful opportunity to help shape the future of global 
		financial reporting".
 
Jensen Comment
I think national standard setters can adopt the essence of most any IFRS 
standard, but they should not claim to be in the process of converging to a full 
set of IFRS standards if that is not the intent. The U.S. has made it clear, 
thus far, that the express train to IFRS has been side tracked indefinitely even 
though the FASB and IASB are still working jointly on selected convergence 
standards. 
From the AICPA newsletter on March 18, 2013
	
	
	Financial community grapples with diverging FASB, IASB standards
	
	
	The Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International Accounting 
	Standards Board have not reached resolution over how to revise accounting 
	standards for loan losses. The larger financial community is trying to help 
	analysts and bankers make sense of the divergent approaches. The American 
	Bankers Association has published an FAQ about FASB's approach. Fitch 
	Ratings issued a statement saying that it believes FASB's proposed model "is 
	likely to lead to quarterly adjustments in expected loss projections, 
	possibly leading to more volatility in provision expense and reported 
	earnings."
	
	http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/enrkBYbWhBCihqgTCidmwjCicNCViA?format=standard
	
"FASB gives more detail on expected credit loss proposal" by Ken 
Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, March 26, 2013 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137633.htm 
Jensen Comment
Note that both the FASB and IASB are moving away from the fair value market 
model for loan loss estimation. The "divergence" between the FASB and IASB is is 
only about how expected loss computations.
Question
What is "force-placed" insurance?
"GSE Investigation Into Force-Placed Insurance (finally)," by Barry 
Ritholtz, March 26, 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/force-placed-insurance-investigated/
	Fannie & Freddie have finally begun to investigate 
	the self-dealing and often fraudulent practice of Force-Placed 
	Insurance. Both the New York State Insurance Regulator and the 
	Consumer Financial Protection Bureau have been way ahead of the GSEs on 
	this.
	For those of you who may be unfamiliar with 
	Force-Placed Insurance, it is an optional bank insurance product that 
	sometimes gets forcibly jammed down the throats of home owners and mortgage 
	investors at grossly inflated prices. As Jeff Horowitz detailed in 2010
	(Losses 
	from Force-Placed Insurance Are Beginning to Rankle Investors),
	most of the fees, commissions and revenues from this 
	“product” went straight back to the banks holding the related mortgage, 
	typically to wholly owned subsidiaries.
	It was an abusive practice, and in quite a few 
	instances, the additional costs actually tipped homeowners into foreclosure.
	Here’s the
	
	WSJ:
	
		“The Federal Housing Finance Agency, which 
		regulates mortgage giants Fannie Mae (FNMA) and Freddie Mac (FMCC) plans 
		to file a notice Tuesday to ban lucrative fees and commissions paid by 
		insurers to banks on so-called force-placed insurance . . .
		Forced policies have boomed in the wake of the 
		housing bust, as many homeowners struggled to keep up with mortgage 
		payments. Some borrowers may try to save money by dropping the original 
		standard coverage, only to be hit by policies with premiums that are 
		typically at least twice as expensive as voluntary insurance, and 
		sometimes cost as much as 10 times more. Nearly six million such 
		policies have been written since 2009, insurance industry data indicate. 
		Consumers are free at any point to replace a force-placed policy with 
		one of their own choosing.”
	
	The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued
	
	new rules on this, but the real action seems to be 
	the variety of 
	
	civil suits from 
	investors; additionally, New York State just reached a settlement 
	with forced-placed insurer Assurant, including a 
	$14 million penalty, and a long list of practice changes (after the 
	
	jump). If it were up 
	to me, I would have insisted on profit disgorgement and jail time for the 
	CEO (But I am “unreasonable”).
	Hopefully, this is the first of many . . .
Buffet's Berkshire Hathaway Performs Worse Than the S&P 500
"Buffett Questions Performance as S&P 500 Beats Berkshire," by Antoine 
Gara, The Street, March 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11857405/1/buffett-questions-performance-as-sp-500-beats-berkshire.html
	For the first time, Warren Buffett appears 
	concerned he will underperform the S&P 500 when it comes to his favorite way 
	to peg the performance of his investing conglomerate, Berkshire Hathaway (BRK.A_).
	
	In Berkshire Hathaway's
	
	annual letter to shareholders, Buffett outlined 
	why he is worried a rising 
	
	
	stock market will put the firm's 
	performance below that of the S&P 500 over a five-year stretch. 
	Such a scenario would be the first in Berkshire's 
	history, indicating that even the 'Oracle of Omaha' is having trouble 
	keeping up with rising markets. 
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Another consideration for the stock market under the Fed's Quantitative Easing 
will be how much are the returns after inflation. The USA is just not accustomed 
to inflation adjustments for reduced purchasing power of the USA dollar
"New Center Hopes to Clean Up Sloppy Science and Bogus Research," by 
Tom Bartlett, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 6, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/New-Center-Hopes-to-Clean-Up/137683/ 
	Something is wrong with science, or at least with 
	how science is often done. Flashy research in prestigious journals later 
	proves to be bogus. Researchers have built careers on findings that are 
	dubious or even turn out to be fraudulent. Much of the conversation about 
	that trend has focused on flaws in social psychology, but the problem is not 
	confined to a single field. If you keep up with the latest retractions and 
	scandals, it's hard not to wonder how much research is trustworthy.
	But Tuesday might just be a turning point. A new 
	organization, called the
	Center for Open 
	Science, is opening its doors in an attempt to 
	harness and focus a growing movement to clean up science. The center's 
	organizers don't put it quite like that; they say the center aims to "build 
	tools to improve the scientific process and promote accurate, transparent 
	findings in scientific research." Now, anybody with an idea and some 
	chutzpah can start a center. But what makes this effort promising is that it 
	has some real money behind it: The center has been given $5.25-million by 
	the Laura and John Arnold Foundation to help get started.
	It's also promising because a co-director of the 
	center is Brian Nosek, an associate professor of psychology at the 
	University of Virginia (the other director is a Virginia graduate student, 
	Jeffrey Spies). Mr. Nosek is the force behind the 
	
	Reproducibility Project, an effort to replicate 
	every study from three psychology journals published in 2008, in an attempt 
	to gauge how much published research might actually be baseless.
	Mr. Nosek is one of a number of strong voices in 
	psychology arguing for more transparency and accountability. But up until 
	now there hasn't been an organization solely devoted to solving those 
	problems. "This gives real backing to show that this is serious and that we 
	can really put the resources behind it to do it right," Mr. Nosek said. 
	"This whole movement, if it is a movement, has gathered sufficient steam to 
	actually come to this."
	'Rejigger Those 
	Incentives'
	So what exactly will the center do? Some of that 
	grant money will go to finance the Reproducibility Project and to further 
	develop the
	Open Science 
	Framework, which already allows scientists to 
	share and store findings and hypotheses. More openness is intended to 
	combat, among other things, the so-called file-drawer effect, in which 
	scientists publish their successful experiments while neglecting to mention 
	their multiple flubbed attempts, giving a false impression of a finding's 
	robustness.
	The center hopes to encourage scientists to 
	"register" their hypotheses before they carry out experiments, a procedure 
	that should help keep them honest. And the center is working with journals, 
	like Perspectives on Psychological Science, to publish the results 
	of experiments even if they don't pan out the way the researchers hoped. 
	Scientists are "reinforced for publishing, not for getting it right in the 
	current incentives," Mr. Nosek said. "We're working to rejigger those 
	incentives."
	Mr. Nosek and his compatriots didn't solicit funds 
	for the center. Foundations have been knocking on their door. The Arnold 
	Foundation sought out Mr. Nosek because of a concern about whether the 
	research that's used to make policy decisions is really reliable.
	"It doesn't benefit anyone if the publications that 
	get out there are in any way skewed toward the sexy results that might be a 
	fluke, as opposed to the rigorous replication and testing of ideas," said 
	Stuart Buck, the foundation's director of research.
	Other foundations have been calling too. With more 
	grants likely to be on the way, Mr. Nosek thinks the center will have 
	$8-million to $10-million in commitments before writing a grant proposal. 
	The goal is an annual budget of $3-million. "There are other possibilities 
	that we might be able to grow more dramatically than that," Mr. Nosek said. 
	"It feels like it's raining money. It's just ridiculous how much interest 
	there is in these issues."
	Continued in article
Appeal for a "Daisy Chain of Replication"
"Nobel laureate challenges psychologists to clean up their act: 
Social-priming research needs “daisy chain” of replication," by Ed Yong, 
Nature, October 3, 2012 --- 
http://www.nature.com/news/nobel-laureate-challenges-psychologists-to-clean-up-their-act-1.11535 
Jensen Comment
Accountics scientists set a high bar because they replicate virtually all their 
published research.
Yeah Right!
Accountics science journals like The Accounting Review have referees that 
discourage replications by refusing to publish them. They won't even publish 
commentaries that question the outcomes --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm 
Accountics science researchers won't even discuss their work on the AAA 
Commons --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
Questions
How many fraudulent SPEs did CFO Andy Fastow create to steal over $50 million 
from his employer (Enron)?
What is most unusual and actually unethical about the way Enron's SPEs 
were managed?  How were these related party 
dealings disclosed and yet obscured in the infamous Footnote 16 of Enron's Year 
2000 Annual Report?
Answer
Over 3,000
See the answers to Questions 14 and 15 at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#14 
 
Special Purpose Entity (SPE) and Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV)---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special_purpose_entity 
Variable Interest Entity (VIE or QSPE) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Variable_interest_entity 
"New challenge to VIEs," China Accounting Blog, March 5, 2013 
--- 
http://www.chinaaccountingblog.com/weblog/new-challenge-to-vies.html 
	I have learned from some investors that there has 
	been a major challenge against the VIE structure of a U.S. listed Chinese 
	company. The challenge relates to whether the VIE can be consolidated into 
	the financial statements. The SEC has been aggressively examining VIE 
	arrangements, but I have been unable to learn whether this challenge is a 
	result of an SEC investigation, or who the company or auditor are. 
	
	Bear with me; this discussion has to get technical.
	
	Under the VIE accounting rules, consolidation of 
	the VIE is allowed if the public company is considered to be the primary 
	beneficiary of the VIE (ASC 810-25-20). In a typical VIE arrangement, there 
	are two potential beneficiaries of the VIE: 1) the Chinese individual who 
	owns the shares in the VIE, and 2) the public company that has contracts 
	with both that individual and the VIE that transfer control and economic 
	interests to the public company. VIE arrangements are structured to make it 
	clear that all of the control and economic interest flows to the public 
	company. 
	Clear until now, anyway. 
	In many VIEs the founder of the company is the 
	owner of the VIE. The founder also usually has voting control over the 
	public company, which is often retained after the IPO by use of two classes 
	of shares. Founders typically retain voting control even if their share 
	holdings are reduced to a minority position. The two class of shares 
	approach to retaining control by founders is common in technology offerings, 
	most famously in Facebook. Two classes of stock are not allowed on the Hong 
	Kong exchange, and that presents a challenge for U.S. listed companies that 
	may want to move onto the Hong Kong exchange if they get kicked out of the 
	U.S., but that is another story. 
	Under typical VIE agreements, the founder agrees to 
	transfer his VIE shares to another VIE shareholder at the public company's 
	request, and to otherwise vote those shares and select VIE management at the 
	public company’s direction. Since the public company can remove the VIE 
	owner at will, it has been thought that the VIE owner has no rights, and 
	accordingly no interest in the VIE. Therefore the public company is the only 
	beneficiary of the VIE and can consolidate it into their financial 
	statements. 
	The founder, however, could stop any attempt to 
	remove him as the owner of the VIE since he has voting control over the 
	public company. With voting control, the founder has the power to elect the 
	board that selects, terminates and sets the compensation of management, and 
	establishes operating and capital decisions of the company. Do these powers 
	mean that the founder is actually the primary beneficiary of the VIE? If the 
	founder is the primary beneficiary, the public company cannot consolidate 
	the VIE and instead will report its share of earnings as it receives them.
	
	What happens if the SEC or auditors decide that 
	this is the correct approach? Companies with this fact pattern will be 
	forced to deconsolidate their VIEs, and restate prior financial statements. 
	The VIE will drop out of the financial statements, possibly turning income 
	into losses in some companies, while having a minor effect on some others.
	
	Companies affected by this are likely to 
	restructure their VIEs to be allowed to consolidate in the future. The easy 
	solution seems to be to pick someone other than the founder to own the VIE. 
	While that may fix the accounting problem, it introduces a huge amount of 
	risk. One reason that the VIE is usually held by the founder is to align the 
	interests of the VIE shareholder with the interests of the public 
	shareholders. The idea is that the founder will not steal the VIE since 
	doing so would destroy the value of his shares in the public company. 
	
	If the SEC is making this position clear to the 
	accounting firms, we could see some real surprises when companies file their 
	Form 20F over the next few weeks. 
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm 
From CFO Morning Ledger on March 4, 2013
	
	
	Research by Hollis Skaife, professor of accounting in 
	the Department of Accounting and Information Systems at the University of 
	Wisconsin-Madison and a Deloitte Fellow and Scholar, and Daniel Wangerin, an 
	assistant professor in the Department of Accounting and Information Systems 
	at Michigan State University, looks at what impact low quality financial 
	reporting may have on the outcome of M&A deals and offers a metric that may 
	capture its existence before a deal closes.
	Read the full article at 
	
	http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/03/04/deal-or-no-deal-can-busted-ma-deals-be-avoided/
	
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
Billionaire Ex-Convicts Should Lie Low
"Martha Stewart Takes the Stand to Save Her Company," by Jeff Macke, 
Yahoo, March 5, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://finance.yahoo.com/blogs/breakout/martha-stewart-takes-stand-save-her-company-155500326.html;_ylt=Agbbzidr5xzzYViIg1xYfDOiuYdG;_ylu=X3oDMTNyNHEyaDR0BG1pdANGUCBUb3AgU3RvcnkgTGVmdARwa2cDMDNhNjdlMjItN2M3NS0zNDg3LTk4NmUtMzI2NGI5ZGY2ODJiBHBvcwMxBHNlYwN0b3Bfc3RvcnkEdmVyAzM1MmZlYjAzLTg1YWYtMTFlMi1iZmZmLWEyNjkwMjhhMjg0YQ--;_ylg=X3oDMTFpNzk0NjhtBGludGwDdXMEbGFuZwNlbi11cwRwc3RhaWQDBHBzdGNhdANob21lBHB0A3NlY3Rpb25z;_ylv=3
Bob Jensen's fraud updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"Citigroup Discovers Performance Data? Really?" by Jonathan Weil, 
Bloomberg, March 3, 2013 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-05/citigroup-discovers-performance-data-really-.html
	The Wall Street Journal has a curious article about 
	Citigroup Inc. and its new chief executive officer, Michael Corbat. It says 
	he is "putting his stamp on the company with a simple formula: You can't 
	manage what you can't measure." 
	Readers learn he spoke to a gathering of 300 
	executives at a New Jersey hotel last month where he "proposed a slate of 
	new, more-rigorous ways to track both the performance of individual 
	executives and the third-largest U.S. bank as a whole." Score cards will 
	rate top managers in five categories: capital, clients, costs, culture and 
	controls. (The Five C's!)
	"Mr. Corbat wants to more-closely track how 
	executives perform against their financial plan," the article said. "The 
	quantitative focus is the sharpest sign yet of how Mr. Corbat is likely to 
	differ from his predecessor, Vikram Pandit, who was forced out by the board 
	in October after a series of mishaps." 
	It went on: "Most large financial companies use 
	some type of metrics to gauge their progress. Under Mr. Pandit, Citigroup 
	used score cards for some departments, but not others." 
	Here's what's baffling: Did Citigroup not use a 
	quantitative focus to measure performance before? Is the use of data and 
	metrics really something new to many of its executives? Anything is 
	possible, I suppose. This is Citigroup, the mother of all bank bailouts. But 
	this would be incredible if true.
Jensen Comment
There's one very negative comment to this article.
Dilbert Cartoons on Market Manipulations
"Scott Adams Discovers Market Manipulation," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz 
Blog, March 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/scott-adams-manipulators/ 
	Regular readers know I am a fan of Scott Adams, 
	creator of the comic
	Dilbert
	and occasional commentator on a variety of matters.
	He has a somewhat odd blog post up, titled, 
	
	
	Here Come the Market Manipulators. In it, he 
	makes two interesting suggestions: The first is to decry “market 
	manipulators,” who do what they do for fun and profit to the detriment of 
	the rest of us. The second is to say that these manipulators are likely to 
	cause “a 20% correction in 2013.”
	Let’s quickly address both of these issues: First 
	off, have a look at the frequency of 20% corrections in markets. According 
	to 
	
	Fidelity (citing 
	research from Capital Research and Management Company), over the period 
	encompassing 1900-2010, has seen the following corrections occur:
	
		
		Corrections During 1900 – 2010
		5%:  3 times per year
		10%:  Once per year
		20%:  Once every 3.5 years
	
	Note that Fido does not specify which market, but 
	given the dates we can assume it is the Dow Industrials. (I’ll check on that 
	later).
	Note that US market’s have not had a 20% correction 
	since the lows in March 2009. I’ll pull up the relevant data in the office, 
	but a prior corrective action of 19% is the closest we’ve come, followed by 
	a ~16% and ~11%.
	As to the manipulators of the market, I can only 
	say: Dude, where have you been the past 100 years or so?
	Yes, the market gets manipulated. Whether its tax 
	cuts or interest rate cuts or federal spending or wars or QE or legislative 
	rule changes to FASB or even the creation of IRAs and 401ks, manipulation 
	abounds.
	In terms of the larger investors who attract 
	followers — I do not see the same evidence that Adams sees. Sure, the market 
	is often driven by large investors. Yes, many of these people have others 
	who follow them. We need only look at what Buffet, Soros, Dalio, Icahn, 
	Ackman, Einhorn and others have done to see widely imitated stock trades. 
	But that has shown itself to be a 
	
	bad idea, and I doubt anyone is making 
	much money attempting to do so. And, it hardly leads to the conclusion that 
	any more than the usual manipulation is going on.
	Will be have a 20% correction? I guarantee that 
	eventually, we will. Indeed, we are even overdue for it, postponed as it is 
	by the Fed’s manipulation.
	But I have strong doubts it is going to be caused 
	by a cabal manipulating markets for fun & profit. It will occur because 
	that’s what markets do . . .
	 
	 
	Previously:
	
	Dilbert’s Unified Theory of Everything Financial’  (October 15th, 2006)
	
	
	7 Suggestions for Scott Adams (November 27th, 2007)
	
	
	Don’t Follow Wealthy Investors, Part 14 (February 17th, 2008)
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
Jensen Comment
You can also see a Dilbert cartoon about making up data --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm 
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting humor --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#Humor 
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 26, 2013 
	
	Pension deficits hit year-end record
	Combined pension deficits among the 100 largest U.S. corporate 
	pension plans soared last year to a record $388.8 billion, according to 
	actuarial and benefits consulting firm Milliman Inc. The combined deficit 
	rose by more than $61 billion from the end of 2011, driven by a record 
	year-end average discount rate of just over 4%,
	
	Maxwell Murphy notes. 
	Milliman said the increase comes even as companies are working to tame the 
	risk associated with their pension obligations. In 2012, the 100 plan 
	sponsors booked a total of $55.8 billion in charges that lowered corporate 
	earnings, up from $38.5 billion a year earlier. Milliman expects pension 
	charges to rise to $63.4 billion this year.
Bob Jensen's threads on pension accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions 
"Jury convicts former Detroit mayor Kilpatrick on corruption charges,"
Fox News, March 11, 2013 --- 
http://www.foxnews.com/us/2013/03/11/jury-convicts-former-detroit-mayor-kilpatrick-on-corruption-charges/?test=latestnews
	Former Detroit Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick was convicted 
	Monday of corruption charges, ensuring a return to prison for a man once 
	among the nation's youngest big-city leaders. 
	Jurors convicted Kilpatrick of a raft of crimes, 
	including a racketeering conspiracy charge. He was portrayed during a 
	five-month trial as an unscrupulous politician who took bribes, rigged 
	contracts and lived far beyond his means while in office until fall 2008.
	
	Prosecutors said Kilpatrick ran a "private profit 
	machine" out of Detroit's City Hall. The government presented evidence to 
	show he got a share of the spoils after ensuring that Bobby Ferguson's 
	excavating company was awarded millions in work from the water department.
	
	Business owners said they were forced to hire 
	Ferguson as a subcontractor or risk losing city contracts. Separately, 
	fundraiser Emma Bell said she gave Kilpatrick more than $200,000 as his 
	personal cut of political donations, pulling cash from her bra during 
	private meetings. A high-ranking aide, Derrick Miller, told jurors that he 
	often was the middle man, passing bribes from others. 
	Internal Revenue Service agents said Kilpatrick 
	spent $840,000 beyond his mayoral salary. 
	Ferguson, Kilpatrick's pal, was also convicted of a 
	racketeering conspiracy charge. The jury could not reach a verdict on the 
	same charge for Kilpatrick's father, Bernard Kilpatrick, but convicted him 
	of submitting a false tax return. 
	Kwame Kilpatrick, who now lives near Dallas, 
	declined to testify. He has long denied any wrongdoing, and defense attorney 
	James Thomas told jurors that his client often was showered with cash gifts 
	from city workers and political supporters during holidays and birthdays.
	
	The government said Kilpatrick abused the Civic 
	Fund, a nonprofit fund he created to help distressed Detroit residents. 
	There was evidence that it was used for yoga lessons, camps for his kids, 
	golf clubs and travel. 
	Kilpatrick, 42, was elected in 2001 at age 31. He 
	resigned in 2008 and pleaded guilty to obstruction of justice in a different 
	scandal involving sexually explicit text messages and an extramarital affair 
	with his chief of staff. 
	The Democrat spent 14 months in prison for 
	violating probation in that case after a judge said he failed to report 
	assets that could be put toward his $1 million restitution to Detroit.
	
	Voters booted his mother, Carolyn Cheeks 
	Kilpatrick, from Congress in 2010, partly because of a negative perception 
	of her due to her son's troubles.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
In 1837, the Massachusetts Board of Education 
devoted part of its first annual report to praising a recent classroom 
innovation called the blackboard. This “invaluable and indispensible” 
innovation... 
On March 4, 2013 the Financial Education Daily Linked this Quotation to the 
Harvard Gazette, but I could not find the source of the quote.
"From Law School to Business School — evolution of the case method,"
Harvard Gazette, April 3, 2008
http://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2008/04/from-law-school-to-business-school-%E2%80%94-evolution-of-the-case-method/
	On a recent Wednesday morning, 90 high achievers 
	from around the world prepared to get down to cases. 
	Their professor buzzed through the classroom like a 
	worker bee. Armed with large, multicolored pieces of chalk, he organized his 
	notes, copied pastel-coded facts and figures on the blackboard, and set up a 
	film screen. Soon his students would be equally hard at work, but in a 
	strictly cerebral way. 
	This day the instructor was inclined to be kind, 
	giving the young man who would open the class discussion an early heads-up, 
	allowing some time to prepare. Often in this setting, classes start with the 
	heart-pounding “cold call,” where a student is put to the test without 
	warning. The deceptively simple “start us off” translates into “as quickly 
	and coherently and convincingly as possible, tell us everything known about 
	this situation and give us your best insight.” 
	As well as being busy and congenial, Jan Rivkin, a 
	professor in the strategy unit at Harvard Business School (HBS), was clearly 
	engaging, his enthusiasm infectious, his sense of humor unmistakable. 
	
	He started with a brief refresher video, one he’d 
	secured from a colleague on holiday in the Bahamas. The class watched their 
	vacationing instructor drop to his knees on the beach as the tape rolled. 
	With a straight face, he reviewed the finer points of his recent 
	technology-operations-management discussion with the class, drawing a series 
	of overlapping diagrams in the sand. When done, he promptly jumped into the 
	ocean. 
	The crowd loved it, but it was the last light 
	moment. For the next hour-and-a-half the class examined whether the Spanish 
	clothing company Zara should update its retailers’ IT infrastructure. 
	
	During the ensuing discussion and debate, Jan 
	Rivkin, deftly prodded, questioned, and encouraged his deeply engaged class.
	
	It was just another day at HBS — and one of its 
	standard case-classes. The case method is the primary mode of teaching and 
	learning at the institution, which celebrates its 100th anniversary this 
	year. In honor of its centennial, the School will host a series of events on 
	Tuesday (April 8) that will include a number of panels, a birthday 
	celebration, and a case discussion on the future of HBS. 
	While it didn’t begin with the School’s inception, 
	the revolutionary instructional approach followed shortly thereafter. But it 
	wasn’t an entirely novel concept. The model was actually borrowed from the 
	Harvard Law School and Christopher Columbus Langdell HLS Class of 1853 and 
	dean of the Law School in 1870, who pioneered the technique for the 
	examination of Harvard Law School cases. 
	Later, at HBS, it was Dean Wallace P. Donham, a Law 
	School grad familiar with the technique, who pushed for the full inclusion 
	of the case method at the Business School, where it was altered and adapted 
	to a business perspective. Since 1921, it has been a core part of the 
	curriculum. 
	The method of teaching differs greatly from the 
	traditional lecture format, in which students take notes as the professor 
	speaks. Instead, students are engaged in a dynamic back-and-forth with one 
	another and their professor, discussing a topic typically pulled from a 
	relevant, real-life business scenario and featuring a dilemma or challenge. 
	Sometimes, once the class has examined and discussed the case, the actual 
	CEO or president of the company in question will appear in person to explain 
	how the situation ultimately unfolded. 
	The case topics are wide-ranging and include 
	everything from the world of finance to semiconductors to sweeteners to 
	satellite television. 
	Some cases offer historic reflections, employing 
	the lessons tragedy imparts. Cases have been written, for example, about the 
	space shuttle Columbia’s final mission in 2003 and the management decisions 
	made prior to its fatal re-entry into the Earth’s atmosphere, Abraham 
	Lincoln’s leadership during the Civil War, and the management of national 
	intelligence prior to the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001. 
	Students are given an overview of the case’s 
	material to read ahead of time. The packets, roughly 20 to 25 pages long, 
	include a list of facts, an outline of the challenge at hand, and a history 
	of the company or situation in text, charts, and graphs, all compiled into a 
	neat brief. 
	More than 80 percent of HBS classes are built on 
	the case method. Each week students prepare approximately 14 cases both 
	alone and with the help of study groups. But in the end they are on their 
	own. In class, it is up to the individual to articulate his or her argument 
	and persuade others of its merits. A hefty 50 percent of a student’s grade 
	is determined by class participation, so taking part in the conversation is 
	crucial. Students raise their hands energetically, trying to get quality 
	“air time,” as they call it. Two important unwritten rules, self-enforced by 
	the students themselves: Never speak unless you have something valuable to 
	contribute, and keep it brief. 
	The teaching technique most effectively prepares 
	the CEOs of tomorrow for what they will inevitably face in the real world, 
	say the professors who employ it. 
	“Getting a piece of material, having to sift 
	through it, figure out what’s important, … come to a point of view, [then] 
	come to class both prepared to argue that point of view … [and] prepared to 
	listen and be open to others’ viewpoints — those are the skills that the 
	business world demands, and via the case method they get to practice those 
	in the classroom,” said Michael J. Roberts, senior lecturer of business 
	administration and executive director of the Arthur Rock Center for 
	Entrepreneurship.
	Continued in article
March 4, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff
	Bob,
	
	Thanks for this. I presume you save seen my article, "The Contribution of 
	the Harvard Business School to Management Control, 1908 - 1980," in the 
	special issue 2008 of JMAR. Bob Kaplan invited me to do the research and 
	write the article for the April 2008 history symposium at HBS, which kicked 
	off its 100th anniversary celebration. I attach the article.
	
	Steve.
"How Virtual Teams Can Outperform Traditional Teams," by Jason Sylva,
Harvard Business Review Blog, October 9, 2012 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/events/2012/10/how-virtual-teams-can-outperfo.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
	People can easily list problems they believe are 
	associated with virtual teams: They haven't met and don't really know other 
	team members; it is hard to monitor the work of others; and dispersions can 
	lead to big inefficiencies and degraded performance. 
	In this HBR webinar, Keith Ferrazzi, a foremost 
	expert on professional relationship development and author of Never Eat 
	Alone and Who's Got Your Back?, shares a strategy for managing virtual teams 
	that can change how your company operates - and how you manage for years to 
	come.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This theory should be tested in a variety of ways with respect to case analysis 
by teams. I've always argued that case learning is best in live classrooms, but 
I'm beginning to doubt myself on this one. Even Harvard and Darden should 
experiment with onsite versus online team assignments. One advantage of online 
team assignments is grading if instructors carefully track team member 
contributions, possibly by monitoring online performance as silent or active 
(avatar) trackers.
Bob Jensen's threads on case method teaching and research --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Cases 
At the start of an exam, a student openly wondered, 
"But Professor Einstein, this is the same exam question as last year!" To which 
the great man supposedly replied, "Correct, young man, but we need to find new 
answers."
Werner Reinartz ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/measuring_creativity_we_have_t.html 
A Retirement Crisis is Brewing
Question
How would you like to retire with a small nest egg that cannot earn as much as 
one percent per year in a safe investment?
If you lock up a minimum of $100,000 for five years in a Certificate 
of Deposit the best you can do is 1.75 % which most likely won't cover food and 
fuel price increases over the next five years. A one-year CD gets you a 
whopping 0.94% annual rate. --- 
http://cdrates.bankaholic.com/ ---
Thanks ever so much Ben Bernanke.
The CREF bond yield to date in 2013 is at a (negative)  -0.13%. 
The TIAA-CREF Inflation linked bond fund is at a (negative) -0.80% thus far in 
2013
The CREF Equity Index at a (positive) +0.73% thus far in 2013 but has much more 
high-risk volatility for what you've struggled to save and might lose 
According to MSNBC, President Obama's approval rating fell 15% since January 
2013 and is now less than 50%
Congressional approval ratings barely registers
It's time for term limits
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013
	
	A retirement crisis is brewing as workers save too 
	little and companies face bigger pension liabilities. A report out today
	
	from the Employee Benefit Research Institute (PDF)
	shows that 57% of U.S. workers have less than $25,000 
	in total household savings and investments excluding their homes. Only 49% 
	reported having so little money saved in 2008. And 28% of Americans have 
	no confidence they will have enough money to retire comfortably—the 
	highest level in the study’s 23-year history, the
	
	WSJ’s Kelly Greene and CFOJ’s Vipal Monga report.
	
	Corporate balance sheets
	(including TIAA-CREF) are also 
	under pressure. Based on another recent report, the Society of Actuaries 
	said rising life expectancies could add as much as $97 billion to corporate 
	pension liabilities in coming years, an increase of up to 5%. 
	Goodyear said life expectancy growth for its plan’s beneficiaries 
	is one reason its global pension-funding gap widened to $3.5 billion last 
	year from $3.1 billion in 2011.
	
	The effect of longer life spans on pension 
	obligations has been dwarfed by the impact of declining interest rates over 
	recent years. Because of the way pension liabilities are calculated, 
	lower rates mean that future obligations are higher today. But interest 
	rates are likely to rise at some point, which will lessen pension 
	obligations. “Rates can go up,” said Rama Variankaval, an executive director 
	in the corporate finance advisory group of J.P. Morgan’s investment bank. “Mortality 
	is more of a one-way street.”
 
World Life Expectancy Map ---
http://www.worldlifeexpectancy.com/index.php 
Life Expectancy Trend for the United States ---
http://www.aging.senate.gov/crs/aging1.pdf 
	Summary 
	As a result of falling age-specific mortality, life 
	expectancy rose dramatically in the United States over the past century . 
	Final data for 2003 (the most recent available) show that life expectancy at 
	birth for the total population has reached an all-time American high level, 
	77.5 years, up from 49.2 years at the turn of the 20th century. Record-high 
	life expectancies we re found for white females (80.5 years) and black 
	females (76.1 years), as well as for white males (75.3 year s) and black 
	males (69.0 years). Life expectancy gaps between males and females and 
	between whites and blacks persisted. 
	In combination with decreasing fertility, the life 
	expectancy gains have led to a rapid aging of the American population, as 
	reflected by an increasing proportion of persons aged 65 and older. This 
	report documents the improvements in longevity that have occurred, analyzing 
	both the underlying factors that contributed to mortality reductions and the 
	continuing longevity differentials by sex and race. In addition, it 
	considers whether life expectancy will continue to increase in future years. 
	Detailed statistics on life expectancy are provided. A brief comparison with 
	other countries is also provided. 
	While this report focuses on a description of the 
	demographic context of life expectancy change in the United States, these 
	trends have implications for a wide range of social and economic programs 
	and issues that are likely to be considered by Congress.
Question
How is the Federal Reserve under Ben Bernanke destroying pension funds, 
especially defined benefit pensions like those of teachers, firefighters, 
police, municipal workers, and state workers, and postal workers.?
There's no worry about Social Security Trust Funds since Congress, in it's 
great wisdom, emptied those trust funds long ago on things other than Social 
Security pensions.
"Bernanke Unbounded:  The Fed enters a brave new world of unlimited 
monetary easing," The Wall Street Journal, September 13, 2012 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390444709004577649831698298106.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Read that printing trillions of greenbacks without taxing or borrowing to pay 
Federal government bills. The net effect is to drive interest rates on savings 
accounts, Certificates of Deposits, and pension funds to virtually zero.
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 20, 2013
	Pension math overwhelmed by discount rate. 
	
	Longer lifespans are putting some pressure on corporate defined benefit 
	plans, but changes in the interest rates used to calculate liabilities are 
	by far the biggest issue facing pensions, writes Vipal Monga. As we noted 
	yesterday, increased longevity could add as much as 5% to pension 
	liabilities. But, as CFO Journal reported last month, that increase is 
	dwarfed by the impact of falling discount rates. “Mortality is somewhat of a 
	second-order element [in the rise of obligations],” said Rama Variankaval, 
	an executive director in the corporate finance advisory group of J.P. 
	Morgan’s, investment bank. DuPont CFO Nick Fanandakis said in an interview 
	that his company tries to adjust its mortality assumptions every year, and 
	any increase in the lifespan of retirees will be insignificant compared to 
	changes in the discount rate. “[Longevity increases] won’t move the needle,” 
	he said. The company’s U.S. plans had a pension deficit of $6.6 billion at 
	the end of 2012.
Jensen Comment
University employees in TIAA are given a choice to transfer funds into the 
riskier CREF equity funds, although there are restrictions on how much can be 
shifted in any give year. TIAA is not doing so well since 2008 thanks to Ben 
Bernanke.
Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm 
Question
Who made the most serious mistake:  TurboTax in Minnesota or H&R Block in 
the entire USA?
Answer
The two mistakes probably cannot be compared because they are so different. In 
the case of H&R Block, the IRS shares the blame and will probably correct the 
returns. TurboTax victims may have to refile. H&R Block victims will have to 
wait and wait for refunds while the IRS corrects their returns. However, since 
money no longer has time value, perhaps they are slightly less damaged than they 
would have been before Ben Bernanke.
"H&R Block Gaffe Gums Up the Works," by Ken Berry, AccountingWeb, 
March 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/hr-block-gaffe-gums-works/221358?source=tax
"Fundamentals of Gift Tax," by Mark Powell and Andrea Kushner Ross, 
SSRN, November 1, 2012 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212313 
A detailed 
overview of the US gift and generation-skipping transfer taxes. 
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 
Teaching Case in Cost and Managerial Accounting
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 29, 2013
	
	
	Boom Times on the Tracks: Rail Capacity, Spending Soar
	by: 
	Betsy Morris
	Mar 27, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Cost Accounting, Managerial Accounting, Manufacturing, 
	Supply Chains
	
	SUMMARY: This is quite a long article covering the recent revival 
	of U.S. rail transportation as well as some of its up and down history. 
	"North America's major freight railroads are in the midst of a building boom 
	unlike anything since the industry's Gilded Age heyday in the 19th 
	century-this year pouring $14billion into rail yards, refueling stations, 
	additional track. With enhanced speed and efficiency, rail is fast becoming 
	a dominant player in the nation's commercial transport system and a vital 
	cog in its economic recovery." The investment boom is focused on making 
	"existing rail lines more efficient and able to haul more and different 
	types of freight."
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article contains an excellent general 
	discussion of management accounting issues about capital spending, use of 
	technology, use of metrics, and measuring carbon footprint.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) The first graphic related to the article shows 
	"capital spending by the biggest freight railroads in the U.S." Define 
	capital spending in general, then describe the types of capital spending 
	that U.S. railroads have been doing over the last 8 to 10 years.
	
	2. (Introductory) What types of goods are railroads shipping? 
	Against what other modes of transportation are railroads now effectively 
	competing?
	
	3. (Advanced) Why is rail shipping "helping to make manufacturing 
	in North America cost effective again"? In your answer, specifically state 
	how transportation costs must be considered in the cost of, and therefore 
	pricing of, any product an American producer will sell.
	
	4. (Advanced) What happened when the rail industry faced "a 
	near-death experience in the 1970s"? Include in your answer a comment on how 
	information technology and metrics can help change "how you run a railroad."
	
	5. (Advanced) How did UPS use its influence over its supply chain 
	to further contribute to its railroad transportation suppliers' use of 
	"technology and strategy"? In your answer, provide a brief definition of a 
	supply chain.
	
	6. (Advanced) Union Pacific Corp.'s chief executive is concerned 
	about "juggling capital investments with return to shareholders." Explain 
	that statement
	
	7. (Advanced) The director of logistics and transportation at the 
	Container Store Inc. says that one benefit of using railroads has been to 
	cut his company's carbon footprint by 40%. What is a carbon footprint? In 
	what external report might that information be published by the company?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Boom Times on the Tracks: Rail Capacity, Spending Soar," by: Betsy Morris,
The Wall Street Journal, March 27, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578348214242291132.html
	EPPING, N.D.—On a recent subzero day at a rail 
	station here on the plains, a giant tank train stretches like a black belt 
	across the horizon—as far as the eye can see. Soon it will be filled to the 
	brim with light, sweet crude oil and headed to a refinery on Puget Sound. 
	Another mile-long train will pull in right behind it, and another after 
	that. 
	Containers are loaded onto a train at the BNSF 
	facility in Fort Worth. 
	Increasingly, scenes like this are being played 
	throughout the country. "Hot Trains" dedicated to high-priority customers 
	like United Parcel Service Inc. UPS +0.55% roar across the country to 
	deliver everything from microwaves to tennis shoes and Amazon.com AMZN 
	+0.45% packages. FedEx Corp., FDX +0.56% known for its huge fleet of 
	aircraft, is using more trains, too. 
	Welcome to the revival of the Railroad Age. North 
	America's major freight railroads are in the midst of a building boom unlike 
	anything since the industry's Gilded Age heyday in the 19th century—this 
	year pouring $14 billion into rail yards, refueling stations, additional 
	track. With enhanced speed and efficiency, rail is fast becoming a dominant 
	player in the nation's commercial transport system and a vital cog in its 
	economic recovery. 
	This time around, though, the expansion isn't so 
	much geographic—it is about a race to make existing rail lines more 
	efficient and able to haul more and different types of freight. Some of the 
	railroads are building massive new terminals that resemble inland ports. 
	They are turning their networks into double-lane steel freeways to capture 
	as much as they can get of U.S. freight demand that is projected to grow by 
	half, to $27.5 billion by 2040, according to the U.S. Department of 
	Transportation. In some cases, rail lines are increasing the heights of 
	mountain tunnels and raising bridges to accommodate stacked containers. All 
	told, 2013 stands to be the industry's third year in a row of record capital 
	spending—more than double the yearly outlays of $5.9 billion a decade ago.
	
	And in a turnabout few could have imagined decades 
	ago, rail is stealing share from other types of commercial transport—most 
	notably the trucking business, which is waylaid by high fuel prices, 
	overloaded highways, driver shortages and regulations that are pushing up 
	costs. 
	Transport by rail is also relatively cheap. Though 
	rising, U.S. freight rail rates are nearly half what they were three decades 
	ago, according to the Association of American Railroads. And those bargains 
	are helping to make manufacturing in North America cost effective again. 
	Since 2007, more than $100 billion of foreign direct investments have been 
	made in Mexico, Robert Knight, Union Pacific UNP +1.12% Chief Financial 
	Officer, told analysts at a recent conference. He expects annual production 
	of 2.7 million vehicles in that country to increase by another million by 
	2015. 
	"We wouldn't have as many companies considering 
	moving back to the U.S. or near-shoring," if not for rail, says Yossi Sheffi, 
	Professor of Engineering Systems at MIT and director of its Center for 
	Transportation and Logistics. "Some of it is the cheaper energy. But we 
	could not be moving the oil around without rail. We could not have the huge 
	amount of imports without the rail."
	A confluence of other factors is advancing the 
	trend. The energy boom, for instance, is reviving industries like steel and 
	chemicals. Higher labor and transportation costs in parts of Asia are 
	triggering a surge in sourcing from nearby. 
	"All those things have put the railroads into a 
	great sweet spot for what's next in this economy," says Matthew K. Rose, 
	chief executive officer of BNSF Railway. "Nobody wants to miss out." 
	
	BNSF, purchased by Warren Buffett's Berkshire 
	Hathaway Inc. BRKB +1.01% in 2010, is investing $4.1 billion on a list that 
	includes locomotives, freight cars, a giant terminal southwest of Kansas 
	City and new track and equipment for its oil-related business in the Bakken 
	shale region of North Dakota and Montana. 
	Union Pacific Corp. is spending $3.6 billion on a 
	giant terminal near Santa Teresa, N.M. It is designing a new $400 
	million-$500 million bridge over the Mississippi at Clinton, Iowa, to 
	replace an old drawbridge that routinely delays trains for hours at a time. 
	It will double some track in Louisiana and Texas and expand rail yards there 
	and in Arkansas to provide more capacity to chemical customers such as Dow 
	Chemical Co. DOW +0.19% and Exxon Mobil Corp. XOM -0.52% 
	CSX Corp. CSX +1.15% will spend $2.3 billion partly 
	to finish the first phase of a multiyear project, raising highway bridges, 
	enlarging mountain tunnels and clearing some 40-odd obstacles to make enough 
	space to accommodate double-decker containers all the way from the Midwest 
	to the mid-Atlantic ports. 
	Kansas City Southern Railway Co. will spend $515 
	million. "We're a growth railroad," David Starling, its chief executive, 
	told a securities analyst who questioned the expenditure in January. "The 
	worst thing this team wants to be accused of is having some service 
	deterioration because we didn't have the foresight to spend the money."
	
	Passenger rail is undergoing something of a 
	renaissance, too. It was the passenger business that nearly killed the 
	freight business in the 1960s and 1970s. Part of the legislation designed to 
	save the railroads in the 1970s allowed them to shed the passenger business. 
	Lately, the Obama administration has invested nearly $12 billion in 
	passenger rail, according to the Department of Transportation, that has been 
	used to fund 152 projects in 32 states. 
	Trains may seem like relics of a bygone era. Not 
	so. Steeled by a near-death experience in the 1970s—when many railroads 
	filed for bankruptcy and braced for the threat of a government takeover—the 
	railroads instead were largely deregulated. The survivors fought hard. They 
	squeezed capacity, resolved labor issues, swallowed up weaker players and 
	rebuilt. By the time rail's prospects began to brighten a decade ago, the 
	executives were "a much younger, more IT, more metric-minded group," says 
	William Galligan, vice president of investor relations at Kansas City 
	Southern KSU +2.93% . "They had a whole new view toward how you run a 
	railroad."
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on managerial accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting 
Expectations GAP in Managerial Accounting
Jensen Comment
In some ways the expectations GAAP between the accounting Academy and the 
profession of management accounting is more serious than that of financial 
accounting. The financial accounting profession pays little attention to 
accountics research but continues to be happy with the Academy as long as 
accounting graduates meet expectations for passing the CPA examination and 
sufficient knowledge to hit the ground running on audits. There is concern about 
the shortage of new faculty in auditing and taxation, which is why the large CPA 
firms and the AICPA now fund doctoral fellowships for accounting Ph.D. students 
in those  specialties. There is also concern about insufficient numbers of 
minority students who pass the CPA examination. These problems are discussed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms 
 
The practicing profession pretty well gave up on clinical accounting 
research since the 1960s --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession 
In managerial accounting there's more of a "crisis" in the Academy. Sue Haka 
posted the following to the AAA Commons when she was President of the American 
Accounting Association.
	
		
		Saving Management 
		Accounting in the Academy
	
		
		
		discussion posted January 7, 2009 by
		
		
		Sue Haka, last edited February 10, 2012 by
		
		
		Tracey Sutherland , tagged
		
		managerial 
	
		
		
		315 Views,
		
		13 Comments
	
		
			
				discussion:
			
				Saving Management Accounting in the 
				Academy
		 
		
			
				details:
			
				The long run place 
				of management accounting in the academy seems in peril for 
				several reasons. First, there is an ongoing migration of 
				accounting topics to other disciplines. Second, evidence 
				suggests that the diversity in management accounting research 
				seems to be dwindling. Third, the value of our content for MBA 
				programs is not apparent. Finally, our engagement with the 
				management accounting practitioner community is weak.
				
				First-topic migration: 
				I don't know about your experiences, but at my institution I 
				must be ever vigilant about traditional management accounting 
				topics migrating into management, marketing, or supply chain 
				classes. While I am delighted that cost-volume-profit topics are 
				important to my marketing colleagues, unfortunately the students 
				that come to my management accounting class after having been 
				"taught" CVP by my marketing colleagues cannot distinguish 
				between fixed and variable costs! Other topics taught by my 
				colleagues include ABC in supply chain and balanced scorecard in 
				management. Making sure that students are required to take a 
				management accounting class prior to classes where discussions 
				about how ABC is important for supply chain decision making 
				requires constant vigilance. Years ago management accounting 
				virtually gave capital budgeting up to the finance 
				department...is fair value measurement next!
				
				Second-research 
				diversity: I have often been among those who have 
				suggested that general accounting research is not sufficiently 
				diverse (i.e. an overabundance of financial archival focus). I 
				forgot my mother's phrase--when you point at others, three 
				fingers point back at you! Recent reviews of JMAR topical areas 
				suggest a lack of diversity within our discipline. These reviews 
				show an overwhelming focus on performance measurement--in 2008 
				(2007) 48% (50%) of submitted articles were focused on 
				performance measurement. Only one other category is over 12%. It 
				seems that management accounting research is fairly narrow.
				
				Third-value in the MBA: 
				Management accounting should be a bedrock of MBA programs. 
				However, we have let financial accounting eclipse management 
				accounting. MBA programs have, over the last decade, decreased 
				accounting content and the majority of that reduction has come 
				out of management accounting. Yet most MBAs become managers and 
				management accounting should be highly value added for them.
				
				Finally-practitioner 
				engagement: While our colleagues in auditing and 
				financial accounting have opportunities to serve as fellows at 
				the SEC or FASB or take a semester or year to work at one of the 
				big four firms, management accounting faculty have 
				few established programs allowing us to experience first hand 
				many of the issues that we teach and write about. I believe 
				creating these types of opportunities would help us diversify 
				our research and convince others of the value of management 
				accounting for MBAs and in the practicing communities.
				I'm sure you 
				have other issues that imperil the discipline of management 
				accounting. Please add your comments and discussion.
 
		 
	 
 
"Crisis in Management Accounting Curricula: The Unclear Role of 
Information Systems and Information Technology," by Gary Spraakman, SSRN, 
January 13, 2011 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1740142 
	Abstract:
	     
	The purpose of this literature review paper is to critically evaluate the 
	research on the presence of information systems and information technology 
	(IS/IT) in and for management accounting curricula. Over the last 35 years, 
	there were 13 management accounting curricula pronouncements in the 
	literature; only 10 of them specified IS/IT knowledge and skills necessary 
	for university graduates pursuing management accounting positions. The 10 
	educators pronouncements did not thoughtfully include IS/IT in the curricula 
	and the pronouncements were not informed by the practice of management 
	accounting. In contrast to research on the use of IS/IT in the practice of 
	management accounting and the IFAC, the professional management accounting 
	associations placed little importance on the inclusion of IS/IT in 
	management accounting curricula. The paper recommends practitioners be 
	questioned and studied in depth as the actual use IS/IT has in management 
	accounting in order to make a practice-informed recommendation for the role 
	of IS/IT in management accounting curricula.
 
There are many other articles on the expectations gap in managerial 
accounting. Go to Google Advanced Search at 
http://www.google.com/advanced_search 
	All These Words --- Managerial
	This Exact Word or Phrase --- "Expectations Gap" AND "Management 
	Accounting"
	None of these words --- Auditing Audit
Also do the same type of search in Advanced Google Scholar ---
Click Here 
https://www.google.com/search?as_q=&as_epq=Advanced+Google+Scholar&as_oq=&as_eq=&as_nlo=&as_nhi=&lr=&cr=&as_qdr=all&as_sitesearch=&as_occt=any&safe=images&tbs=&as_filetype=&as_rights=
 
The practicing profession pretty well gave up on clinical accounting 
research since the 1960s --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession 
 
March 1, 2013 message from Dennis Huber
	
		The American 
		Anti-Corruption Institute (AACI) ® ©
	
		 
	
	
		 
	
		The American 
		Anti-Corruption Institute is a for-profit, Limited Liability Corporation 
		(LLC) incorporated in Delaware 05/14/2012. Its headquarters is in 
		Arizona, but no foreign corporation authorization was found on the AZ 
		Secretary of State website. It issues the Certified Anti-Corruption 
		Manager ® ©(CACM) ® © which is now in the grandfathering process. There 
		is a Four-Point Code of Ethics. 
	
		 
	
	 
OCI Reporting Update From Ernst & Young 
on February 28, 2013
	Technical 
	Line: What the new AOCI disclosures will look like 
	
	
	The FASB has issued new guidance requiring companies to report, in one 
	place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other 
	comprehensive income (AOCI). Companies are also required to present 
	reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. 
	Public companies must make the disclosures in fiscal years and interim 
	periods within those years beginning after 15 December 2012. For 
	calendar-year public companies, that means the first quarter of 2013. For 
	nonpublic companies, the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) is effective for 
	fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2013 and interim and annual periods 
	thereafter. The guidance should be applied prospectively. Our 
	
	
	Technical Line publication 
	describes the requirements and provides examples of what the disclosures 
	might look like. 
	Download ---
	
	Click Here 
	
	
	
	http://www.ey.com/publication/vwluassetsdld/technicalline_bb2503_aoci_27february2013/$file/technicalline_bb2503_aoci_27february2013.pdf?OpenElement
	
"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive 
Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons, 
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237  
	This paper links academic accounting research on 
	comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts 
	of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International 
	Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of 
	reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness 
	in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of 
	any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify 
	several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net 
	income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review 
	academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify 
	gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested. 
	Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize 
	what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from 
	earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that 
	might help in that process.
	. . . 
	Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings
	
	Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various 
	standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and 
	provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the 
	paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or 
	what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a 
	“cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on 
	various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement 
	presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income 
	composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed. 
	Table 2 presents a list of the specific 
	comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require 
	recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided 
	financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective 
	date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components 
	have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which 
	established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were 
	promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and 
	leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI 
	has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all 
	these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter 
	decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes 
	in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion 
	that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction 
	between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with 
	recycling should be retained.7 
	Presumably, elements with similar informational 
	attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is 
	unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in 
	their being characterized differently from other components of income. 
	Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no 
	economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not 
	exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could 
	potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of 
	persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core 
	operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is 
	reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results 
	from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and 
	potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework 
	for comprehensive income. 
	Degree of Persistence. 
	The degree of persistence of various comprehensive 
	income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g., 
	Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's 
	(1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings 
	persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates 
	identifying the level of persistence across income components could be 
	useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income 
	persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate 
	presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary 
	items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several 
	footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements 
	(e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information 
	to financial statement users about the persistence of various income 
	statement components. 
	Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items 
	potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and 
	OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI 
	as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence 
	items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of 
	assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from 
	litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current 
	paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would 
	look substantially different from what it is now. 
	Using persistence of an item to distinguish 
	earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters. 
	Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to 
	permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an 
	item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring 
	charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur 
	every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with 
	other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI? 
	Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across 
	industries, and even across firms. 
	In spite of these inherent difficulties, 
	standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they 
	might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In 
	addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income 
	components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent 
	components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,” 
	medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence 
	items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create 
	additional partitions as needed. 
	Core Operations. 
	Classifying income components as earnings or OCI 
	based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively 
	appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would 
	expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items. 
	Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core 
	operations has a long history in accounting. 
	In current practice, companies and investors place 
	primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear 
	which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net 
	income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative 
	measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings 
	vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core 
	earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro 
	forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely 
	associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on 
	current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).
	
	The problems inherent with this attribute are 
	similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally 
	accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a 
	continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business? 
	As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding 
	available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether 
	the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments 
	across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to 
	determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition, 
	differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about 
	comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising 
	their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011). 
	The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial 
	Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using 
	interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a 
	criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or 
	noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states: 
	An entity shall classify in the operating category:
	
	Assets that are used as part of the entity's 
	day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise 
	from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.
	
	Operating activities generate revenue through a 
	process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An 
	asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change 
	in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No 
	significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a 
	liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the 
	entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may 
	yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest, 
	dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras. 
	72, 73, 81) 
	The above distinction between operating activities 
	and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core 
	activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might 
	develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute, 
	standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore 
	dichotomy when using this definition. 
	Another possible solution is to allow management to 
	determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this 
	discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings. 
	Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach” 
	when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures. 
	In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for 
	establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB 
	Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits 
	different measurements for identical investments based on management's 
	intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows 
	for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension 
	liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment 
	is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the 
	concern about comparability and potential for abuse. 
	Management Control. 
	Given a premise that evaluating management's 
	stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale 
	for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good 
	measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's 
	operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However, 
	some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by 
	company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the 
	control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest 
	excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing 
	returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has 
	little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect 
	earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the 
	objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement 
	might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already 
	decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from 
	foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's 
	control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the 
	subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no 
	intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows. 
	Of course, determining what is and is not 
	ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would 
	probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within 
	industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be 
	relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very 
	relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon 
	affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon 
	lengthens, more things are under management's control. 
	In Table 2, we classify items as not under 
	management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or 
	exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within 
	efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of 
	the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's 
	control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within 
	the control of management, because management controls the decision to 
	revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest 
	gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell 
	the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion, 
	unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in 
	OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate 
	changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently 
	included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not 
	distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.
	
	Remeasurements. 
	Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and 
	presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The 
	FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines 
	remeasurements as follows: 
	A remeasurement is an amount recognized in 
	comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of 
	an asset or a liability and that is the result of: 
	A change in (or realization of) a current price or 
	value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any 
	estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a 
	liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234) 
	Using this definition, examples of remeasurements 
	are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes 
	in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates, 
	and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items 
	represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or 
	liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred 
	tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively). 
	Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that 
	illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format” 
	if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting 
	comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ 
	earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could 
	be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements, 
	if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with 
	analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix 
	income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to 
	extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format 
	facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all 
	sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.
	 
	Table 3:  Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format
	
	http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/ReesShane2012Table3.jpg 
	 
	Employing remeasurements to distinguish between 
	earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion 
	of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes, 
	where the current change has little or no association with future changes 
	and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast, 
	earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are 
	likely more persistent. 
	Perhaps the most significant advantage of the 
	remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other 
	criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are 
	continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in 
	earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be 
	susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a 
	component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.
	
	Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows 
	for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of 
	fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing 
	earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before 
	remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information 
	about probable future cash flows.
	Other. 
	The attributes standard-setters could use to 
	classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list 
	in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty. 
	As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be 
	viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair 
	value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et 
	al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the 
	value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value 
	relevance of Level 3 fair values. 
	Another potential attribute might be the horizon 
	over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is, 
	unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life 
	insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for 
	many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas 
	unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could 
	be part of earnings. 
	As previously discussed, the attributes of 
	measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in 
	determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable 
	(or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation 
	across firms and industries impair comparability? 
	The overriding purpose of the discussion in this 
	subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could 
	potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate 
	earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to 
	distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic 
	research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth 
	sections. 
	Summary 
	Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon 
	that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information 
	when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from 
	earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the 
	occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income 
	components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is 
	likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g., 
	financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear 
	definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB 
	Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income 
	components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding 
	whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current 
	period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we 
	discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to 
	distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of 
	each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright 
	lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus 
	noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or 
	not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might 
	decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where 
	comprehensive income is reporte
	. . .
	Continued in article
History of Women in Accounting and Other Walks of Life
Judith Drake (scholar on barriers to women in physical and mental work, 
including accounting) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judith_Drake 
Eight Special Women of Accounting ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2007/Aug/EightSpecialWomenInAccounting.htm 
	
	
	Among the AICPA-donated volumes at Ole Miss 
	are two binders containing photographs of individuals appearing in the 
	JofA or at accounting conventions from 1887 to 1979. Of the 446 
	individuals featured, eight are women—Christine Ross, Ellen Libby Eastman, 
	Miriam Donnelly, Mary E. Murphy, Helen Lord, Helen H. Fortune, Mary E. Lewis 
	and Beth M. Thompson. In a time when the profession was the 
	all-but-exclusive domain of men, they stood out not only because of their 
	gender but in many cases because of their accomplishments and contributions 
	to accounting. Consider that in 1933, slightly more than 100 CPA 
	certificates had been issued to women. By 1946, World War II had changed 
	traditional notions of gender in the workplace, and female CPAs had more 
	than tripled to 360—still a small contingent but, as information gleaned 
	from the AICPA Library indicates, one capable of exerting a strong and 
	beneficial influence on the profession. 
	
	Christine Ross 
	Born about 1873 in Nova Scotia, Ross took New York by storm in the late 
	1890s. New York state enacted licensure legislation in 1896 and gave its 
	inaugural CPA exam in December 1896. Ross sat for the exam in June 1898, 
	scoring second or third in her group. Six to 18 months elapsed while her 
	certificate was delayed by state regents because of her gender. But she had 
	completed the requirements and became the first woman CPA in the United 
	States, receiving certificate no. 143 on Dec. 21, 1899. 
	Ross began practicing accounting around 
	1889. For several years, she worked for Manning’s Yacht Agency in New York. 
	Her clients included women’s organizations, wealthy women and those in 
	fashion and business. 
	Helen Lord 
	Lord received her CPA certificate from New York in 1934 and in 1935 joined 
	the American Society of Certified Public Accountants, which merged with the 
	American Institute of Accountants (later AICPA) the following year. In 1937, 
	she was a partner with her father in the New York firm of Lord & Lord and a 
	member of the AIA. She served in the late 1940s as business manager of 
	The Woman CPA, published by the American Woman’s Society of Certified 
	Public Accountants–American Society of Women Accountants. Lord reported the 
	journal then had a circulation of more than 2,200. 
	Helen Hifner Fortune 
	Fortune, one of the first women CPAs in Kentucky, received certificate no. 
	174 in 1935 and was admitted to the AIA the following year. She became a 
	member of an AIA committee in 1942 and by 1947 was a partner in the 
	Lexington, Ky., firm of Hifner and Fortune. 
	Ellen Libby Eastman 
	Eastman began her career as a clerk in a Maine lumber company, eventually 
	becoming chief accountant. She studied for the CPA exam at night and became 
	the first woman CPA in Maine, receiving certificate no. 37 dated 1918. She 
	was also the first woman to establish a public accounting practice in New 
	England. Arriving in New York in 1920, Eastman focused on tax work and 
	audited the accounts of the American Women’s Hospital in Greece. In 1925, 
	she was a member of the ASCPA. In 1940, Eastman began working with the law 
	firm of Hawkins, Delafield & Longfellow in New York. 
	She was outspoken and eloquent regarding a 
	woman’s ability to succeed in accounting. In a 1929 article in The 
	Certified Public Accountant, Eastman recounted her adventures: 
	
	One must be willing and able to endure 
	long and irregular hours, unusual working arrangements and difficult travel 
	conditions. I have worked eighteen out of the twenty-four hours of a day 
	with time for but one meal; I have worked in the office of a bank president 
	with its mahogany furnishings and oriental rugs and I have worked in the 
	corner of a grain mill with a grain bin for a desk and a salt box for a 
	chair; I have been accorded the courtesy of the private car and chauffeur of 
	my client and have also walked two miles over the top of a mountain to a 
	lumber camp inaccessible even with a Ford car. I have ridden from ten to 
	fifteen miles into the country after leaving the railroad, the only 
	conveyance being a horse and traverse runners—and this in the severity of a 
	New England winter. I have done it with a thermometer registering fourteen 
	degrees below zero and a twenty-five mile per hour gale blowing. I have 
	chilled my feet and frozen my nose for the sake of success in a job which I 
	love. I have been snowbound in railroad stations and have been stranded five 
	miles from a garage with both rear tires of my car flat. I have ridden into 
	and out of open culvert ditches with the workmen shouting warnings to me. 
	And always one must keep the appointment; “how” is not the client’s concern.
	
 
	Mary E. Murphy 
	A long-lived pioneer, Murphy (1905–1985) lectured, researched and taught in 
	the United States and abroad, retiring in 1973. The Iowa native earned her 
	bachelor of commerce degree with a major in accounting from the University 
	of Iowa in 1927, then obtained a master’s in accountancy in 1928 from 
	Columbia University Business School. In 1938, she received a doctorate in 
	accountancy—only the second woman in the United States to do so—from the 
	London School of Economics. 
	
	In 1928, Murphy began working in the New York office of Lybrand, Ross Bros. 
	& Montgomery. Two years later, she took the CPA exam in Iowa and received 
	certificate no. 67, to become the first woman CPA in Iowa. She joined the 
	AIA in 1937. 
	Following her public accounting stint, she 
	served for three years as the chair of the Department of Commerce at St. 
	Mary’s College in Notre Dame, Ind. Murphy also was an assistant professor of 
	economics at Hunter College of the City University of New York until 1951. 
	In 1952, she received the first Fulbright professorship of accounting, with 
	assignments in Australia and New Zealand. In 1957, she was appointed as the 
	first director of research of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
	Australia. Murphy retired in 1973 from the accounting faculty at California 
	State University. 
	She published or collaborated on more than 
	20 books and 100 journal articles and many book reviews and scholarly 
	papers. From 1946 to 1965 she was the most frequently published author in
	The Accounting Review. Murphy investigated the role of accounting 
	in the economy, made the case for accounting education improvements and 
	paved the way for other aspiring women accountants to prosper. More than 
	half her publications explored international accounting, often advocating 
	standardization. She also emphasized accounting history and biographies.
	
	Mary E. Lewis 
	Lewis received California CPA certificate no. 1404 in 1939. She was admitted 
	to the AIA that year and by 1947 had her own firm in Los Angeles. 
 
	Beth M. Thompson 
	Thompson worked as the office manager in the Kentucky Automobile Agency she 
	and her husband, Charles R. Thompson, owned. After closing the car business, 
	they moved to Florida, where she worked for an accounting firm. She passed 
	the CPA exam in 1951 with the encouragement of her husband and opened her 
	own accounting business in Miami. In 1955, Thompson was one of only 900 
	women CPAs and the only female president of a state association chapter—the 
	Dade County chapter of the Florida Institute of CPAs. 
	Miriam Donnelly 
	From 1949 to 1955, Donnelly was head librarian of the AIA library. (In 1957, 
	the AIA was renamed the AICPA.) She began her career with the library as 
	assistant librarian and cataloger in 1927, after working for two 
	governmental libraries and the New York Public Library. 
	
	 
History of women accountants in the 1880. US Federal Census --- 
http://repository.usfca.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=acct 
Christine Ross (The First Woman CPA) ---
Click Here 
http://books.google.com/books?id=W8Z2a53DJ2cC&pg=PA151&lpg=PA151&dq=%22First+Woman+CPA%22&source=bl&ots=irXssMWzFN&sig=0AneWv1qO-MB6_ixatHq-mMerRQ&hl=en&sa=X&ei=N8o8UY3XBYrK0AHngoCYBw&ved=0CDgQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&q=%22First%20Woman%20CPA%22&f=false 
Mary Jo McCann (First Woman CPA in Kansas) --- 
http://www.kscpa.org/about/news/119-mary_jo_mccann_first_woman_cpa_in_kansas_passes 
Bertha Aldrich (First Woman CPA in California) ---
http://boards.ancestry.com/surnames.aldrich/600/mb.ashx 
Accounting Reform (search for women) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_reform 
American Society of Women Accountants ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University_of_Cambridge#Women.27s_education 
Accounting and Financial Women's Alliance ---
http://www.afwa.org/ 
	
	Accounting History Libraries at the University of Mississippi (Ole Miss) ---
	
	
	http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/accountancy/libraries.html
  
There are many items pertaining to accounting women in history, especially 
in the Accounting Historians Journal
Ruth Andersen, First Woman on the Board of a Big Four Accounting Firm ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruth_Anderson_%28accountant%29
Erma Bombeck (a termite control accountant at an advertising agency) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Erma_Bombeck 
Cynthia Cooper (Internal auditor who blew the whistle at WorldCom) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cynthia_Cooper_%28accountant%29 
Lynn Brewer was never enough of a player to even mention in my threads on the 
Enron scandal 
The foul mouthed Sherron Watkins was the significant whistleblower at Enron
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#10 
Grace Andrews (early mathematician and accountant in Barnard College) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grace_Andrews_%28mathematician%29 
Patricia Courtney (IRS agent and professional baseball star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patricia_Courtney 
Patrecia Barringer (Tax accountant, auditor, and professional baseball star) 
---http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patricia_Barringer 
Helen Nordquist (Telephone operator, accountant, and professional baseball 
star) --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helen_Nordquist 
Rita Lee (Accounting Student Tennis Star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Janet_Lee 
Diane Cummins (Canadian Accountant Track Star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diane_Cummins 
Sue Hearnshaw (British Chartered Accountant and Long Jump Star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sue_Hearnshaw 
Betty Wagner Spandikow (Accountant Who Became an Advocate of Breast Feeding) 
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Betty_Wagner_Spandikow 
Jennifer Archer (Oil and Gas Accountant Turned Fiction Writer) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jennifer_Archer 
 
Women in Business ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_business 
American Business Women Association ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Business_Women%27s_Association 
9 to 5 Film ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/9_to_5_%28musical%29 
Career Women ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Career_woman 
	A History of Entrereneurship
		"Who Are The Entrepreneurs: The Elite or the Everyday Man? A History of 
		Entrepreneurship," by Heather A. Haveman, Jacob Habinek, and Leo A 
		Googman, UC Berkeley,  2011 --- 
		
		http://www.escholarship.org/uc/item/392635v2;jsessionid=00ECE18AD2472F4956AAF2D00CC2132E#page-2
		
 Who 
		Are The Entrepreneurs: The Elite or the Everyday Man? A History of 
		Entrepreneurship 
	
China's Tiger Women Billionaires --- 
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/amy-chua-profiles-four-female-tycoons-in-china.html 
"Liz Claiborne Must Say Adieu to Liz," by: Dana Mattioli, The Wall Street 
Journal, October 13, 2011 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203914304576626711202553884.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
"New Questions on Women, Academe and Careers," by Scott Jaschik, 
Inside Higher Ed, September 22, 2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/09/22/women 
Barbara Franklin (one of the first graduates of the Harvard Business School) 
--- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbara_Franklin 
History of Feminism ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_feminism 
Also see 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mich%C3%A8le_Pujol 
National Organization for Women (NOW) ---
http://www.now.org/ 
For example, search for "Accounting" in the search box
Women's Work ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_work  
Teachers, Accountants, and Physician Women as Slaves in Ancient Rome --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slavery_in_ancient_Rome 
Conduct Literature for Women, 1500-1640, eds. William St Clair & 
Irmgard Maassen (6 Volumes) (London: Pickering and Chatto, 2000).
Conduct Literature for Women, 1640-1710, eds. William St Clair & 
Irmgard Maassen (6 Volumes) (London: Pickering and Chatto, 2002).
History of Women in the United States ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_women_in_the_United_States 
The Arthur and Elizabeth Schlesinger Library on the History of Women in 
America --- 
http://www.radcliffe.harvard.edu/schlesinger-library 
Women's suffrage in the United Kingdom ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_suffrage_in_the_United_Kingdom  
By Popular Demand: "Votes for Women" Suffrage Pictures, 1850-1920 ---
http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/vfwhtml/vfwhome.html
Women's Rights ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_rights 
Title 15 of the United States Code --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_15_of_the_United_States_Code
Title 9 of the United States Code ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_9_of_the_United_States_Code 
Women's Sports ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_sports 
Famous Women in History ---
http://www.historynet.com/famous-women-in-history 
National Women's Hall of Fame --- 
http://www.greatwomen.org/ 
Note that some states also have hall of fame sites for women inductees
Women in Islam --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Search&limit=20&offset=120&redirs=1&profile=default&search=Women+in+Accounting 
Sharia (search for the sections pertaining to women) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharia
Women's Rights Movement in Iran ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_rights_movement_in_Iran 
Women in Saudi Arabia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia 
Women in Libya ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Libya 
 
Geisha --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geisha 
Women of Singapore ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Singapore 
Women's Roles in World Wars ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_roles_in_the_World_Wars 
Women in the Military ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_the_military 
Yugoslav Partisans ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yugoslav_Partisans 
The story of women bomber pilots from the Women's Auxiliary Ferrying Squadron 
--- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ladies_Courageous 
Rosie the Riveter ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rosie_the_Riveter 
Victorian Dress Reform ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Victorian_dress_reform 
Women's Educational and Industrial Union ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_Educational_and_Industrial_Union H
Women in Science ---
http://womeninscience.history.msu.edu/ 
Discovering American Women's History Online ---
http://digital.mtsu.edu/cdm/landingpage/collection/women 
International Museum of Women
http://www.imow.org/home/ 
Women in Scotland ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Dundee 
Also see
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_early_modern_Scotland 
 Helena Marfell, First President of the Country Women's Association of 
Australia --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helena_Marfell 
Women and Mormanism ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_and_Mormonism 
WomenWatch: UN Information and Resources on Gender Equality and Empowerment 
--- 
http://www.un.org/womenwatch/ 
Sophia Smith Collection: Women's History Archives at Smith College ---
	
	http://www.smith.edu/libraries/libs/ssc/digitalcoll.html
Wisconsin Women's History ---
http://womenst.library.wisc.edu/bibliogs/wis-women-history.html 
Women in Prison ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicole_Hahn_Rafter 
Women in Prison Film ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WIP 
Women in the Ku Klux Klan ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ku_Klux_Klan 
Women on Death Row ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capital_punishment_debate_in_the_United_States 
Gifts of Speech: Women's Speeches from Around the World ---
http://gos.sbc.edu/ 
Women's Legal History ---
http://wlh.law.stanford.edu/ 
The Frances Perkins Center ---
http://francesperkinscenter.org/ 
Chicago Women's Liberation Union Herstory Project ---
http://www.cwluherstory.org/ 
David Foster Wallace’s 1994 Syllabus: How to Teach Serious 
Literature with Lightweight Books ---
Click Here  
http://www.openculture.com/2013/02/david_foster_wallaces_1994_syllabus.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+OpenCulture+%28Open+Culture%29
National Women's History Project
http://www.nwhp.org/ 
African-American Women: Online Archival Collections ---
http://library.duke.edu/rubenstein/collections/digitized/african-american-women/ 
Women Artists of the American West ---
http://www.cla.purdue.edu/WAAW/MainIndex.html 
Women's Colleges ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_colleges 
Women at Harvard ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harvard_University#Women 
Radcliff  College---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radcliffe_College 
Cambridge University ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University_of_Cambridge#Women.27s_education 
Society of Women's Health Research ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Society_for_Women%27s_Health_Research 
Films Made by Women ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_cinema 
Lesbian Pulp Fiction ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lesbian_pulp_fiction 
Smithsonian Education: Women's History Teaching Resources 
http://www.smithsonianeducation.org/educators/resource_library/women_resources.html 
Teaching with Historic Places: Women's History Lesson Plans ---
http://www.nps.gov/nr/twhp/mar99.htm 
Algerian Women in France ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algerian_women_in_France 
Barack Obama Supreme Court Candidates ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama_Supreme_Court_candidates 
Women in India ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_India 
Women in Saudi Arabia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia 
Women in Libya ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Libya 
Feminism in Thailand ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feminism_in_Thailand 
Women in Taiwan ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Taiwan 
Gender Inequality in China ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_inequality_in_China 
China's Tiger Woman Billionaires --- 
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/amy-chua-profiles-four-female-tycoons-in-china.html 
Gender Pay Gap in Russia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_pay_gap_in_Russia 
Economic Inequality ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economic_inequality 
Gender Pay Gap ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_pay_gap 
From the Scout Report on March 1, 2013
	The movement for equal pay for women continues to gain steam across the
	United States
	
	Equal pay for women battle gains traction in New York
	
	http://www.metro.us/newyork/news/local/2013/02/21/equal-pay-for-women-battle-gains-traction-in-new-york/
	
	Getting equal pay could become easier for women
	
	http://www.abqjournal.com/main/2013/02/26/politics/legislature/getting-equal-pay-could-become-easier-for-women.html
	
	State Senator Wendy Davis Wants to Bring Federal Fair Pay Laws for Women to
	Texas
	
	http://blogs.dallasobserver.com/unfairpark/2013/02/state_sen_wendy_davis_wants_to.php
	
	Wage gaps destroy employee morale, productivity
	
	http://www.leaderpost.com/business/productiveconversations/Wage+gaps+destroy+employee+morale+productivity/8018636/story.html?__lsa=d85d-e6d9
	
	Here We Go Again: The Long (and Frustrating) Journey of Equal Pay for Women
	
	http://www.huffingtonpost.com/marlo-thomas/equal-pay-for-women_b_2678611.html
	
	Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act of 2009
	
	http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/PLAW-111publ2/html/PLAW-111publ2.htm
National Association of Black Accountants ---
http://www.nabainc.org/ 
Some 
Accounting History Sites
Bob Jensen's Summary of Accounting History and 
Accounting Theory --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
 
Accounting 
History Libraries at the University of Mississippi (Ole Miss) ---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/accountancy/libraries.html
The above libraries include international accounting history.
The above libraries include film and video historical collections.
MAAW Knowledge Portal for Management and Accounting ---
http://maaw.info/ 
Academy of Accounting Historians and the Accounting Historians Journal --- 
http://www.accounting.rutgers.edu/raw/aah/
Sage Accounting History ---
http://ach.sagepub.com/cgi/pdf_extract/11/3/269
A nice timeline on the development of U.S. standards and the evolution of 
thinking about the income statement versus the balance sheet is provided at:
"The Evolution of U.S. GAAP: The Political Forces Behind Professional 
Standards (1930-1973)," by Stephen A. Zeff, CPA Journal, January 2005 
---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/105/infocus/p18.htm 
Part II covering years 1974-2003 published in February 2005 ---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/205/index.htm 
A nice 
timeline of accounting history ---
http://www.docstoc.com/docs/2187711/A-HISTORY-OF-ACCOUNTING 
From Texas 
A&M University
Accounting History Outline ---
http://acct.tamu.edu/giroux/history.html
Bob 
Jensen's timeline of derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
History of 
Fraud in America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
Humor March 1-31, 2013
John Cleese, Ringo Starr and Peter Sellers Trash Priceless Art (1969) --- 
http://www.openculture.com/2013/03/john_cleese_ringo_starr_and_peter_sellers_trash_priceless_art.html
Something You Will Never See on a New Hampshire Golf Course --- 
http://www.boreme.com/posting.php?id=31996 
Shatner for Guns Commercial --- 
http://stufffromjudy.posterous.com/best-commercial-shatner-ever-did-i-unconditio 
Makes My Dog Look Stupid ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/PztO-OvzRyg?rel=0 
Watch Jeff Gordon Scare The Crap Out Of A Random Used Car Salesman --- 
http://jalopnik.com/watch-jeff-gordon-scare-the-crap-out-of-a-random-used-c-453384237 
Princess Debit turned up pregnant after attending a dinner party at Count von 
Credit's castle. 
Rumor has it that she's been counted.
Sorry to waste your time.
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Question:
What is the truest definition of  Globalization?
Answer:
Princess Diana's death.
Question:
How come?
Answer :
An English princess
with an Egyptian boyfriend
crashes
in a French tunnel, riding in a 
German car
with a
Dutch engine,  
driven by a Belgian 
who was drunk
onScottish whisky,
(check the bottle before 
you
change the spelling), 
followed closely by 
Italian Paparazzi,
on
Japanese motorcycles, 
treatedby an American 
doctor, using
Brazilian medicines.
 
Makes My Dog Look Stupid ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/PztO-OvzRyg?rel=0 
BBC Animal Voice Overs ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3aAtFrWft2k&sns=em 
 
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
DON'T WASH YOUR HAIR IN THE SHOWER!  
It's so good to finally get a health warning that is useful!   
IT INVOLVES THE SHAMPOO WHEN IT RUNS DOWN YOUR BODY WHEN YOU SHOWER WITH IT - 
A WARNING TO US ALL!  
I don't know why I didn't figure this out sooner. I use shampoo in the 
shower! When I wash my hair, the shampoo runs down my whole body, and printed 
very clearly on the shampoo label is this warning: "FOR EXTRA BODY AND VOLUME."  
No wonder I have been gaining weight! Well, I have gotten rid of that 
shampoo, and I am going to start showering with Dawn dish soap instead. Its 
label reads: "DISSOLVES FAT THAT IS OTHERWISE DIFFICULT TO REMOVE."  
Problem solved!   
If I don't answer the phone, I'll be in the shower
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
� 1. Take your shoe size.(only whole sizes) 
� 2. Multiply it by 5. 
� 3. Add 50. 
� 4. Multiply by 20 .. 
� 5. Add 1012. 
� 6. Subtract the year u were born� 
� The first digit is your shoe size while the last 2 digits are your age..
 
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Florida 
A Florida senior citizen drove his brand new Corvette convertible out of the 
dealership. Taking off down the road, he pushed it to 80 mph, enjoying the wind 
blowing through what little hair he had left. "Amazing," he thought as he flew 
down I-95, pushing the pedal even more. 
Looking in his rear view mirror, he saw a Florida State Trooper, blue lights 
flashing and siren blaring. He floored it to 100 mph, then 110, then 120. 
Suddenly he thought, "What am I doing? I'm too old for this!" and pulled over to 
await the trooper's arrival. 
Pulling in behind him, the trooper got out of his vehicle and walked up to 
the Corvette. He looked at his watch, then said, "Sir, my shift ends in 30 
minutes. Today is Friday. If you can give me a new reason for speeding--a reason 
I've never before heard -- I'll let you go." 
The old gentleman paused then said: "Three years ago, my wife ran off with a 
Florida State Trooper. I thought you were bringing her back. 
"Have a good day, Sir," replied the trooper. 
Georgia 
The owner of a golf course in Georgia was confused about paying an invoice, 
so he decided to ask his secretary for some mathematical help. He called her 
into his office and said, "Y'all graduated from the University of Georgia and I 
need some help. If I wuz to give yew $20,000, minus 14%, how much would you take 
off?" The secretary thought a moment, and then replied, "Everthang but my 
earrings." 
Louisiana 
A senior citizen in Louisiana was overheard saying ... "When the end of the 
world comes, I hope to be in Louisiana ." When asked why, he replied, "I'd 
rather be in Louisiana 'cause everythang happens in Louisiana 20 years later 
than in the rest of the world." 
Mississippi 
The young man from Mississippi came running into the store and said to his 
buddy, "Bubba, somebody just stole your pickup truck from the parking lot!" 
Bubba replied, "Did y'all see who it was?" The young man answered, "I couldn't 
tell, but I got the license number." 
South Carolina 
A man in South Carolina had a flat tire, pulled off on the side of the road, 
and proceeded to put a bouquet of flowers in front of the car and one behind it. 
Then he got back in the car to wait. A passerby studied the scene as he drove 
by, and was so curious he turned around and went back. He asked the fellow what 
the problem was. The man replied, "I got a flat tahr." The passerby asked, "But 
what's with the flowers?" The man responded, "When you break down they tell you 
to put flares in the front and flares in the back. I never did understand it 
neither." 
Tennessee 
A Tennessee State trooper pulled over a pickup on I-65. The trooper asked, 
"Got any ID?" The driver replied, "Bout whut?" 
Texas 
The Sheriff pulled up next to the guy unloading garbage out of his pick-up 
into the ditch. The Sheriff asked, "Why are you dumping garbage in the ditch? 
Don't you see that sign right over your head." 
"Yep," he replied. "That's why I'm dumpin' it here, 'cause it says: 'Fine For 
Dumping Garbage.' " 
Forwarded by Bob Booth
Copper Wire Discovered
After having dug to a depth of 10 feet last year 
outside of New York City, New York scientists found traces of copper cable 
dating back 100 years. They came to the conclusion that their ancestors already 
had a telephone network more than 100 years ago. 
 
Not to be outdone by the New Yorkers, in the weeks 
that followed, a Los Angeles, California archaeologist dug to a depth of 20 feet 
somewhere just outside Oceanside. Shortly after, a story in the LA Times read: 
"California archaeologists report a finding of 200 year old copper cable, have 
concluded that their ancestors already had an advanced high-tech communications 
network a hundred years earlier than the New Yorkers." 
 
One week later, a newspaper in New Orleans, La 
reported the following: "After digging down about 30 feet deep near a Bayou in 
the community of 
 Mamou, Louisiana, near the Hubba Hubba Club, 
Boudreaux, a self-taught archaeologist, reported that he found.....absolutely 
nothing.  Boudreaux has therefore concluded that 300 years ago, Louisiana had 
already gone wireless". 
 
Just makes a person proud to be from Louisiana !!!
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
	The Indian With One Testicle There once was an Indian who had only one 
	testicle and whose given name was 'Onestone'. He hated that name and asked 
	everyone not to call him Onestone. After years and years of torment, 
	Onestone finally cracked and said,' If anyone calls me Onestone again I will 
	kill them!'
	The word got around and nobody called him that any more. Then one day a 
	young woman named Blue Bird forgot and said, 'Good morning, Onestone.' He 
	jumped up, grabbed her and took her deep into the forest where he made love 
	to her all day and all night. He made love to her all the next day, until 
	Blue Bird died from exhaustion. The word got around that Onestone meant what 
	he promised he would do. 
	Years went by and no one dared call him by his given name until A woman 
	named Yellow Bird returned to the village after being away. Yellow Bird, who 
	was BlueBird's cousin, was overjoyed when she saw Onestone. She hugged him 
	and said, 'Good to see you, Onestone.' Onestone grabbed her, took her deep 
	into the forest, then he made love to her all day, made love to her all 
	night, made love to her all the next day, made love to her all the next 
	night, but
	YellowBird wouldn't die! 
	Why ??? 
	
	OH, come on... take a guess !!! 
	
	Think about it ! 
	You're going to love this !!! 
	
	Everyone knows... 
	You can't kill Two Birds 
	withOneStone!!!
	 
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
	
	A Norwegian and a German 
	entered a chocolate store. As they were busy looking, the German stole 3 
	chocolate bars.
 
	
		
			
				
					
						
							
								
									
										
											
												
													
														
															
																
																	
																		
																		
																		
																		As they 
																		left the 
																		store, 
																		the 
																		German 
																		said to 
																		the 
																		Norwegian, 
																		"Man I'm 
																		the best 
																		thief, I 
																		stole 3 
																		chocolate 
																		bars and 
																		no one 
																		saw me. 
																		You 
																		can't 
																		beat 
																		that."
																		
																		The 
																		Norwegian 
																		replied: 
																		"You 
																		want to 
																		see 
																		something 
																		better? 
																		Let's go 
																		back to 
																		the shop 
																		and I'll 
																		show you 
																		real 
																		stealing."
																		
																		So they 
																		went to 
																		the 
																		counter 
																		and the 
																		Norwegian 
																		said to 
																		the 
																		shopkeeper, 
																		"Do you 
																		want to 
																		see 
																		magic?"
																		
																		
																		The 
																		shopkeeper 
																		replied, 
																		"Yes."
																		
																		
																		The 
																		Norwegian 
																		said, 
																		"Give me 
																		one 
																		chocolate 
																		bar."
																		
																		
																		The 
																		shopkeeper 
																		gave him 
																		one, and 
																		he ate 
																		it. 
																		
																		The 
																		Norwegian 
																		asked 
																		for a 
																		second 
																		bar, and 
																		he ate 
																		that as 
																		well. He 
																		asked 
																		for the 
																		third, 
																		and 
																		finished 
																		that one 
																		too. 
																		
																		The 
																		shopkeeper 
																		asked: 
																		"But 
																		where's 
																		the 
																		magic?"
																		
																		The 
																		Norwegian 
																		replied: 
																		"Check 
																		in my 
																		friend's 
																		pocket, 
																		and 
																		you'll 
																		find all 
																		three 
																		bars of 
																		chocolate."
																		
																		You just 
																		CAN'T 
																		beat a 
																		Norwegian!
 
																 
															 
														 
													 
												 
											 
										 
									 
								 
							 
						 
					 
				 
			 
		 
	 
 
Awful Puns Forwarded by Auntie Bev
	Punography 
	
	When chemists die, they barium. 
	
	Jokes about German sausage are the wurst. 
	
	A soldier who survived mustard gas and pepper spray is now a seasoned 
	veteran. 
	
	I know a guy who's addicted to brake fluid. He says he can stop any time.
	
	
	How does Moses make his tea? Hebrews it. 
	
	I stayed up all night to see where the sun went. Then it dawned on me.
	
	
	This girl said she recognized me from the vegetarian club, but I'd never 
	met herbivore. 
	
	I'm reading a book about anti-gravity. I can't put it down. 
	
	I did a theatrical performance about puns. It was a play on words. 
	
	They told me I had type A blood, but it was a Type-O. 
	
	A dyslexic man walks into a bra. 
	
	PMS jokes aren't funny, period. 
	
	Why were the Indians here first ? They had reservations. 
	
	Class trip to the Coca-Cola factory. I hope there's no pop quiz. 
	
	Energizer bunny arrested. Charged with battery. 
	
	I didn't like my beard at first. Then it grew on me. 
	
	How do you make holy water? Boil the hell out of it! 
	
	Did you hear about the cross eyed teacher who lost her job because she 
	couldn't control her pupils? 
	
	When you get a bladder infection, urine trouble. 
	
	What does a clock do when it's hungry ? It goes back four seconds. 
	
	I wondered why the baseball was getting bigger. Then it hit me! 
	
	Broken pencils are pointless. 
	
	I tried to catch some fog. I mist. 
	
	What do you call a dinosaur with a extensive vocabulary? A thesaurus. 
	
	England has no kidney bank, but it does have a Liverpool. 
	
	I used to be a banker, but then I lost interest. 
	
	I dropped out of communism class because of lousy Marx. 
	
	All the toilets in New York's police stations have been stolen. Police 
	have nothing to go on. 
	
	I got a job at a bakery because I kneaded dough. 
	
	Haunted French pancakes give me the crepes. 
	
	Velcro - what a rip off! 
	
	Cartoonist found dead in home. Details are sketchy. 
	
	Venison for dinner? Oh deer! 
	
	I used to think I was indecisive, but now I'm not so sure 
	 
 
 
Forwarded by Paula
Jack Daniels Fishing Story 
I went fishing this morning, but after a short time I ran out of worms. Then 
I saw a cottonmouth with a frog in its mouth. Frogs are good bass bait. Knowing 
the snake couldn't bite me with the frog in its mouth, I grabbed it right behind 
the head, took the frog, and put it in my bait bucket. 
Now the dilemma was how to release the snake without getting bit. So, I 
grabbed my bottle of Jack Daniels and poured a little whiskey in its mouth. Its 
eyes rolled back, and it went limp. I released the snake into the lake without 
incident and carried on fishing, using the frog. 
Not long after, I felt a nudge on my foot. It was that damn snake ... with 
two more frogs. 
Life is good.
 
Humor Between March 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor033113
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
 
 
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012  
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112   
 
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912   
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
And that's 
the way it was on March 31, 2013 with a little help from my friends.
Bob 
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations    
Free 
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks 
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment 
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob 
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
 
Bob 
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ 
	
	
	
 
	
		| 
		
		
		For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually 
		for free) go to   http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm | 
	
		| 
		
		
		AECM (Accounting Educators)  
		
		http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOMEThe AECM is an email Listserv list which 
		started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has 
		mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education 
		topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment, 
		cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides 
		a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful 
		in any way for accounting education at the college/university level. 
		Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes 
		spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation 
		packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications, 
		etc
 
		
		Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
		
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/ (closed down)
 CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions 
		of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated 
		environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to 
		accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an 
		active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring 
		the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or 
		a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry, 
		government or education. Others will be denied access. | 
	
		| 
		
		
		Yahoo (Practitioners) 
		
		http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalkThis forum is for CPAs to discuss the 
		activities of the AICPA. This can be anything  from the CPA2BIZ portal 
		to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA.
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		AccountantsWorld  
		
		
		
		http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1 This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting 
		software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human 
		resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation.
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		Business Valuation Group
		
		BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
		
		[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM]
 | 
 
	
	
 
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
	
		
			| 
			
			I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the 
			profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that 
			practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
			Accounting academe is threatened by the 
			twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: 
			tedium, high tech, and radical chic)From
			
			
			http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
 
			
			“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal 
			dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of 
			shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to 
			say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service 
			professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But 
			their contributions to society began to flow from their own 
			self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with 
			general public discourse.” 
			  
			
			Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as 
			there always tends to be in accounts 
			
			of the
			shift from Gemeinschaft to 
			Gesellschaft. Yet it is also 
			clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary 
			professionalism was necessary. 
			
			  
			
			“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and 
			procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly 
			confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of 
			competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual 
			authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.” 
			
			But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life, 
			Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far. 
			
			“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is 
			threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism 
			(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic). 
			
			The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be 
			the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional 
			communities that have come to share too much and that have become 
			too self-referential.” 
			  
			
			
			What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
			How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
 | 
	
 
 
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites 
 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting 
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool 
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines 
Free 
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA 
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
 
	
	
	
Bob Jensen's 
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
 
Bob 
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
 
 

February 28, 2013
Bob 
Jensen's New Bookmarks February 1-28, 2013
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University 
For 
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you 
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" 
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and 
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
 
Bob Jensen's 
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
 
All 
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
FASB Accounting Standards Updates --- 
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498 
Hasselback Accounting Faculty 
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/ 
Blast from the Past With Hal 
and Rosie Wyman --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob 
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm 
 
2012 AAA 
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view 
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield 
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
2013 IFRS Blue Book 
(Not Free) --- 
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717 
Links to 
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
 
Bob 
Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
American 
Accounting Association  Past Presidents are listed at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm 
"2012 tax 
software survey:  Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by 
Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 --- 
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm
Center for Financial Services 
Innovation --- 
http://cfsinnovation.com/ 
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 --- 
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf 
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database --- 
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx 
Bob 
Jensen's taxation helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation  
Subtle Distinctions in Technical 
Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision & 
Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ --- 
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465 
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
 
 
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012  
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112   
 
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912   
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
The Economist: World in 2013 (Annual summary of world economics trends from
The Economist magazine) --- 
http://www.economist.com/theworldin/2013
Video
"How Managers Should Read Financial Statements," Harvard Business 
Review Blog, February 19, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/video/2013/02/how-managers-should-read-finan.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date 
CNBC Explains Accounting ---
http://www.cnbc.com/id/100000341 
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory 
Common Core 
State Standards (CCSS) ---
http://www.corestandards.org/ 
At Trinity University we would probably call these skill standards as opposed to 
other courses in the General Education Core such as Western Civilization and 
Science Gen. Ed. core courses. Colleges are more likely to agree on the skill 
standards than the other Gen. Ed. "standards." In the 21st Century colleges vary 
a great deal with respect to courses in the the Gen. Ed. smorgasbord. 
"Ernst & Young Supports the CCSS for Education," by Deanna C. White, 
AccountingWeb, February 21, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/ernst-young-supports-ccss-education/221179?source=education
	 
	
		
		
		Ernst & Young recently joined 
		the ranks of seventy top business leaders in proclaiming their support 
		for the Common Core State Standards (CCSS) for education.  
	
		 
	
		In an
		
		open letter that appeared in the February 12, 
		2013, edition of the New York Times, Stephen R. Howe Jr., 
		Americas Managing Partner at Ernst & Young, was listed as a business 
		leader from one of seventy top companies and corporations, including GE 
		and GM, who offered their "collective support" for the CCSS. 
	
		 
	
		The CCSS initiative, led by 
		the National Governors Association Center for Best Practices and the 
		Council of Chief State School Officers, has produced K-12 standards in 
		the foundational subjects of math and English that meet the business 
		community's expectations for US students. 
	
		 
	
		The CCSS set consistent, 
		focused, and rigorous expectations for American students. Forty-six 
		states and the District of Columbia have already adopted the standards.
	
		 
	
		"As business leaders we 
		believe that ALL American children have the right to an education that 
		prepares them to be successful in a competitive global economy," the 
		business leaders jointly stated in the open letter. "We also understand 
		that in order to compete in a knowledge-based global economy, we must 
		improve the academic performance of our students."
	
		 
	
		The standards, 
		according to the 
		CCSS website,
		are "rigorous, internationally benchmarked" 
		criteria designed to ensure that students "leave school with the 
		knowledge and skills needed to succeed in college and careers." The CCSS 
		are not a national curriculum nor are they federally mandated. 
	
		 
	
		"The need to raise 
		student achievement in the public education system is clear, as American 
		students are leaving school without the skills and education needed to 
		succeed. Once leading the world in academic scores and education 
		attainment, the United States has fallen behind other top performing 
		countries," the website states, adding this "weakens the United States' 
		ability to produce a workforce that is fully prepared to compete in the 
		local, national, and global economies." 
	Continued in article
 
"Don’t Rely on the “Journal of Accountancy” for the Straight Skinny 
on IFRS," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, February 19, 2013  
--- 
Click Here 
http://accountingonion.com/2013/02/dont-count-on-the-straight-skinny-about-ifrs-from-the-journal-of-accountancy.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29
Jensen Comment
I've not yet been able to get this page to work fully at Tom's Accounting 
Onion site. But the title alone is pretty indicative of what Tom probably 
says about AICPA bias toward IFRS. The Journal of Accountancy is the main 
publication of the AICPA.
I've been saying all along that the Big Four is biased toward IFRS because of 
reduced auditing costs (only one set of accounting standards to worry about), 
hundreds millions of dollars to be made in training clients, selling training 
materials, and helping to write software that converts from FASB standards to 
IASB standards. 
And whenever the Big Four orders jump, the AICPA has always replies "how 
high."
My long time criticisms of the biases of the Big Four and the AICPA with 
respect to IFRS can be found at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
The Big Four and the AICPA have always glossed over my main criticisms of 
replacing FASB standards with FASB standards:
	- I think principles-based IFRS standards will make it too easy to have 
	different accounting treatments of identical accounting transactions --- 
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines
 
 
- I think that EU politics has always dominated the IASB and will probably 
	continue to do so since the future of the FASB rides so heavily upon 
	pleasing the many EU nations.
 
- In the long run there is a possibility that the mice will roar like they 
	are now roaring in the United Nations. Enemies of the USA may combine forces 
	to leverage the FASB into setting accounting standards and interpretations 
	for purposes of hurting the USA and the rest of the free world rather than 
	improved accounting and transparency. 
Note that a nation is not supposed to adopt IFRS if it intends to cherry pick 
what standards will be enforced versus not enforced. It is not supposed to 
rewrite any of the standards for its own domestic enforcements. In other words, 
if a nation adopts IFRS it adopts the whole IFRS enchilada. 
"Pinocchio Investors: How Investors Lie to Themselves," The 
Washington Post, by Barry Ritholtz, The Washington Post, February 24, 
2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/pinocchio-investors/ 
	. . . 
	How exactly do investors lie to themselves? Here 
	are just 8 ways I discuss in the column:
	
		1. You know what your investment returns are
		2. You can predict the future.
		3. You know how costs, fees and taxes impact your returns.
		4. You can pick fund managers.
		5. You understand mean reversion.
		6. You have a plan.
		7. You can pick stocks.
		8. You are saving enough for retirement.
	
	What are you lying to yourself about?
Jensen Question
We might also start a similar thread on the AECM about Pinocchio teachers.
From PwC Direct on February 21, 2013
	
		
			
			
			The FASB and IASB (the "boards") reached decisions at their February 
			20 meeting on disclosure requirements, transition, and effective 
			date for the revenue recognition standard. These decisions 
			substantively conclude the boards' redeliberations on this project. 
			The boards' decisions are tentative and subject to change. Any 
			remaining "sweep" issues will be discussed at . .. 
			
			
			
			
			Click the Download Button  
			
			
			
			http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2013-11-in-brief-boards-conclude-key-revenue-redeliberations-with-decisions-on-disclosures-and-transition.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief&j=55862&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=10702_HTML&u=3314177&mid=7002454&jb=0
			
		
	
Also see Ernst & Young's take on the revenue recognition standard --- 
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Current-topics-Revenue-recognition
"The High Burden of State and Federal Capital 
Gains Taxes," by Kyle Pomerleau, The Tax Foundation, February 20, 
2013 --- 
http://taxfoundation.org/article/high-burden-state-and-federal-capital-gains-taxes
	
		| Long-term Capital 
		Gains Rate | 
	
		| Rank | Country/State | Capital Gains Rate | 
	
		| 1 | Denmark | 42.0% | 
	
		| 2 | California | 33.0% | 
	
		| 3 | France | 32.5% | 
	
		| 4 | Finland | 32.0% | 
	
		| 5 | New York | 31.4% | 
	
		| 6 | Oregon | 31.0% | 
	
		| 7 | Delaware | 30.4% | 
	
		| 8 | New Jersey | 30.4% | 
	
		| 9 | Vermont | 30.4% | 
	
		| 10 | Maryland | 30.3% | 
	
		| 11 | Maine | 30.1% | 
	
		| 12 | Ireland | 30.0% | 
	
		| 13 | Sweden | 30.0% | 
	
		| 14 | Idaho | 29.7% | 
	
		| 15 | Minnesota | 29.7% | 
	
		| 16 | North Carolina | 29.7% | 
	
		| 17 | Iowa | 29.6% | 
	
		| 18 | Hawaii | 29.4% | 
	
		| 19 | District of Columbia | 29.1% | 
	
		| 20 | Nebraska | 29.1% | 
	
		| 21 | Connecticut | 29.0% | 
	
		| 22 | West Virginia | 28.9% | 
	
		| 23 | Ohio | 28.7% | 
	
		| 24 | Georgia | 28.6% | 
	
		| 25 | Kentucky | 28.6% | 
Jensen Comment
It saddens me with all the focus on capital gains rates relative to what should 
be a more important issue --- price level adjusting long-term capital gains. I 
would prefer capital gains taxes at ordinary income rates after adjusting for 
inflation.
Arthur P. Hall, Issues in the Indexation of Capital Gains, Tax 
Foundation Special Report No. 47 (Apr. 1995),
http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/dafa29992e4cfa82276853f47607c84d.pdf.
Warning:  Although tax reform is unlikely over the next four years, miracles 
do happen. Some of the strategies suggested in the links below may be less 
advisable under serious revisions of our nation's tax law. Always stay up to 
date on tax reform. Even if there are no broad reforms, selected reforms are 
possible. For example, the advantage of not realizing long-term capital gains 
until after you die might be revised even if there are no other remarkable 
changes in the tax code.
The really-needed revision of the tax code for capital gains is to adjust 
these gains for inflation. Doing so, however, doesn't have a snowball's chance 
in Hell.
When I forward tax advice links like the ones below it does not mean that I 
agree with every piece of the advice or that I hold myself out as being a tax 
expert. Although I taught accounting for 40 years, I never taught tax 
accounting. I rely on tax software like Turbo Tax as much or more than you rely 
on such software.
If you really need help with your taxes, first visit the truly great IRS 
Website at www.irs.gov 
If that does not do the job seek out a genuine tax expert for advice. 
Remember that all people who charge you for doing tax returns are not 
necessarily experts on tax planning and strategy. All tax experts are not equal 
any more than all physicians, lawyers, or college professors are all equal.
 
The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making before-and-after 
estimations --- 
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm 
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on February 23, 
2013
	
	
	The New Capital-Gains Maze
	by: 
	Laura Saunders
	Feb 16, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Accounting, Capital Gains Tax, Investment Sales, Tax Law, 
	Tax Planning, Taxation
	
	SUMMARY: Amid the political drama surrounding the "fiscal cliff" 
	negotiations, some investors overlooked significant tax changes kicking in 
	this year. Most notable: those on long-term capital gains, or taxable income 
	from the sale of investments held longer than a year. These are significant 
	increases, and they raise the value of tax deferral and careful planning. 
	Investors who have begun to consider these issues-and many haven't-admit to 
	being confused. Fortunately for investors, there still are ways to minimize 
	the hit-and even dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing investment 
	sales, making charitable donations and family gifts with assets instead of 
	cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching record highs, 
	investors need to know them. Topics include: lowering AGI, using "air 
	pockets", giving appreciated assets to charity, strategizing family gifts, 
	among others.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article offers a nice update regarding 
	the changes in the tax law and how taxpayers can plan to legally minimize 
	taxes. You can use this article to discuss each of the individual topics 
	discussed in the article, as well as to show students how valuable tax 
	planning services are for many taxpayers.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) What were the "fiscal cliff" negotiations? How 
	was the law regarding the sale of investments impacted? What were the 
	biggest changes noted in this article?
	
	2. (Advanced) What is adjusted gross income? What are the 
	suggestions offered in the article regarding AGI? Why is AGI an important 
	number for taxpayers?
	
	3. (Advanced) What is an "air pocket" for tax purposes? How can a 
	taxpayer use a so-called air pocket to reduce tax liability?
	
	4. (Advanced) Please choose and explain three of the other tax 
	planning ideas featured in the article. How could these ideas reduce tax 
	liability without changing the overall effect of the underlying transaction?
	
	5. (Advanced) If you choose to be a tax professional, how would you 
	market your services based on what you learned from reading this article?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
	 
"The New Capital-Gains Maze," by Laura Saunders, The Wall Street 
Journal, February 16, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324432004578302123138871136.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	Chances are your capital-gains taxes are going up 
	this year—and if you aren't careful, you could end up paying more than 
	necessary.
	Amid the political drama surrounding the "fiscal 
	cliff" negotiations, some investors overlooked significant tax changes 
	kicking in this year. Most notable: those on long-term capital gains, or 
	taxable income from the sale of investments held longer than a year. 
	
	Under the old system, there were often only two 
	rates: zero and 15%, depending on your income. Now, there are three tax 
	tiers: zero, 15% and 20%. More Weekend Investor 
	Value Stocks Are Hot—But Most Investors Will Burn 
	Out Cash Shouldn't Be the Only Apple of Your Eye Is It Time to Hock the Art? 
	Beyond Long-Term Care Thinking of 'Shorting' Treasurys? Tread Lightly 
	
	And that isn't all. There also are three backdoor 
	tax increases that can push your effective rate even higher—to nearly 25%.
	
	Experts say many taxpayers whose rate still is 15% 
	could well owe one-third more than they would have last year. And many 
	top-bracket taxpayers will owe nearly two-thirds more, even if their income 
	is that high only because of a once-in-a-lifetime sale. 
	"These are significant increases, and they raise 
	the value of tax deferral and careful planning," says Vanguard Group tax 
	expert Joel Dickson. 
	Investors who have begun to consider these 
	issues—and many haven't—admit to being confused. 
	"I'm trying to figure out whether it's even worth 
	it to have a taxable account," says Matt Reiland, a 32-year-old oil-industry 
	financial analyst in Farmington, N.M., who now is putting away $1,000 a 
	month.
	Fortunately for investors, there still are ways to 
	minimize the hit—and even dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing 
	investment sales, making charitable donations and family gifts with assets 
	instead of cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching 
	record highs, investors need to know them.
	To be sure, long-term capital gains still retain 
	many of the advantages investors have cherished for decades. 
	Unlike wages, capital gains often can be timed. 
	Losses on one investment can be "harvested" and used to offset gains on 
	other investments, even in different years. Up to $3,000 of capital losses 
	still are deductible against "ordinary" income such as wages. And whatever 
	an investor's top rate on gains, it often is far below the rate on ordinary 
	income, which now can be more than 41%. 
	It isn't just capital gains that are affected by 
	the tax changes. The new provisions also apply to many dividends, and some 
	apply to other investment income, including interest. But these types of 
	income often are more difficult to time than long-term gains.
	Where You Stand
	This year's changes divide taxpayers into three 
	groups. For joint filers with more than $450,000 of taxable income or single 
	filers with more than $400,000, the tax rate on long-term gains is fairly 
	clear, if painful. 
	It starts with a flat tax of 20% above those 
	thresholds. Add to that the new "Pease limit," a complex backdoor increase 
	tied to itemized deductions that is named after Donald Pease, a former Ohio 
	congressman. In effect, the Pease limit raises a taxpayer's rate by about 
	1%, according to experts at the Tax Policy Center, a nonpartisan research 
	group in Washington. 
	Finally, there is a new 3.8% flat tax on net 
	investment income—unless the investor has sold an actively managed 
	business—for a total of about 25%. 
	Thus, for a taxpayer already in the top bracket, 
	the tax on a $500,000 gain could rise to about $125,000 this year from 
	$75,000 in 2012. 
	For taxpayers in the next income tier—couples with 
	$72,500 to $450,000 of taxable income and single filers with $36,250 to 
	$400,000—the effective rate on a gain is harder to predict. 
	It begins with a 15% flat rate, but taxpayers who 
	cross certain income thresholds owe more because of the 3.8% net investment 
	income tax, the Pease limit and the Personal Exemption Phaseout, or PEP, a 
	backdoor increase that limits personal exemptions.
	Here's how it could play out: Say a couple with two 
	children in college and a third soon to go has an adjusted gross income of 
	$220,000. They sell long-held investments to help pay tuition, realizing a 
	$175,000 gain. Although they are in the 15% bracket for long-term gains, 
	just as they were in 2012, they'll owe about $5,500 more than they would 
	have last year due to the new 3.8% tax.
	This is where planning can help. If the couple can 
	lower their income by, say, raising retirement-plan contributions or 
	spreading the gain over several years, or both, they might reduce or avoid 
	the extra taxes. 
	"If they cut this year's gain to $50,000, the 
	$5,500 would drop about $750," says Roberton Williams, a tax specialist at 
	the Tax Policy Center. 
	The last group are investors who owe zero tax on 
	their long-term gains. They often avoid the 3.8% tax, the Pease limit and 
	the Personal Exemption Phaseout as well.
	For couples filing jointly, the zero rate extends 
	up to $72,500 ($36,250 for singles). That might sound like a low cutoff, 
	says Silicon Valley tax strategist Stewart Karlinsky, an emeritus professor 
	at San Jose State University, "but it includes more people than we used to 
	think."
	That's because these investors often have large 
	amounts of tax-free income, thanks to municipal bonds or Roth individual 
	retirement accounts. If so, they might be able to realize gains selectively 
	to stay within the zero rate. 
	Sound complicated? It is—and the alternative 
	minimum tax can make it worse. But careful planning is often worth the 
	effort. Here is what to do to minimize your gains pain this year.
	Lower your adjusted gross income. 
	An especially confusing feature of the new capital-gains regime is that 
	while rates are tied to taxable income, for most taxpayers the backdoor 
	increases are tied to adjusted gross income. 
	That's the number at the bottom of the front page 
	of the 1040. It doesn't include itemized deductions on Schedule A, such as 
	mortgage interest and charitable gifts. Taxable income does. 
	To avoid the backdoor taxes, it is important to 
	minimize your adjusted gross income. Itemized deductions won't help, but 
	other tax benefits can. Among them: deductible contributions to retirement 
	plans such as IRAs or 401(k)s; moving expenses; business deductions or 
	losses; capital losses; rental-property expenses; alimony payments; and 
	health insurance premiums or health-savings-account contributions, according 
	to Mr. Karlinsky. 
	Tax-free income from municipal bonds or Roth IRAs 
	won't swell adjusted gross income, either. Converting to a Roth IRA will, 
	however, raise it in the year of the conversion. 
	Take advantage of "air pockets." 
	The tax code stacks income, deductions and net long-term gains in a way that 
	shrewd taxpayers can exploit. 
	Here's an example: A retired couple has $70,000 of 
	adjusted gross income before capital gains and $30,000 of itemized 
	deductions. (They might also have tax-free income from munis and Roth IRAs.) 
	According to tax rules, the deductions reduce their income to about $40,000.
	
	This leaves them with an "air pocket" of about 
	$33,000 before they cross from the zero rate to the 15% rate on long-term 
	gains.
	If they take a $50,000 gain, nearly $33,000 of it 
	won't be taxable, while the rest would be taxed at 15%. If their income 
	remains constant for two years and they can split the gain between the two 
	years (selling at the end of December and beginning of January, for 
	example), the entire gain could be tax-free. 
	This is a great tax-code freebie. "People in the 
	zero bracket can even harvest gains and raise their cost basis without owing 
	federal taxes," says Mitch Marsden, a planner at Longview Financial Advisors 
	in Huntsville, Ala. Unlike with assets sold at a loss, there's no waiting 
	period to repurchase assets sold at a gain. 
	Of course, the value of multiyear strategies 
	depends in part on Congress not changing the law again. 
	Give appreciated assets to charity. 
	Higher taxes raise the value of making charitable donations with appreciated 
	assets such as shares of stock instead of cash. Under current law and within 
	certain limits, the donor gets to skip the tax and yet take a near-full 
	deduction for the gift. 
	Strategize family gifts. Are you 
	thinking of giving cash to relatives or friends in the same year that you 
	plan to sell a long-held asset? If your recipient is in a lower 
	capital-gains bracket, consider giving him all or part of the asset instead. 
	Taxpayers can give presents of up to $14,000 per individual per year free of 
	gift tax, and the move can save on capital-gains tax as well.
	For example, say a woman wants to give $14,000 to 
	her granddaughter, who is between jobs. If she gives $14,000 of stock shares 
	she bought for $3,000, the granddaughter could sell the shares and pay no 
	tax if her taxable income is below $36,250 this year. But if the grandmother 
	sells the shares herself, the tax bite could range from $1,650 to more than 
	$2,500. 
	Hold on for dear life. The tax 
	code still forgives capital gains on assets held until death; at that point 
	the asset's full market value becomes part of the taxpayer's estate. Now 
	that the estate-tax exemption is a generous $5.25 million per individual 
	(and indexed for inflation), some investors will find it makes sense to hold 
	appreciated assets until death in order to avoid higher capital-gains taxes.
	
	Consider installment sales. Assets 
	such as land or a business can be hard to sell piecemeal. But an owner could 
	sell the entire asset in an installment sale and spread out a gain over 
	several years, assuming the deal makes overall sense. 
	Remember the home exemption. 
	Couples who sell a principal residence after living in it at least two years 
	get to skip paying tax on up to $500,000 of gains ($250,000 for singles); 
	only above that does the gain become part of income.
	Beware of lower limits for trusts. 
	The new 3.8% tax on capital-gains and other investment income takes effect 
	at $11,950 of adjusted gross income for trusts—far lower than the $250,000 
	threshold for individuals. 
	But there is an out: The lower limit applies to 
	income that's retained by the trust, while income that's paid out to 
	beneficiaries is taxed at their own rates. 
	"This puts pressure on trustees to make 
	distributions," says Diana Zeydel, an estate lawyer at Greenberg Traurig in 
	Miami. Yet the point of some trusts is to retain gains and accumulate 
	assets, or at least to keep the beneficiary on a short tether. These issues 
	require expert help. 
	Don't be driven by taxes. Don't 
	sell—or hold—an asset just to beat Uncle Sam. Don't do an installment sale 
	if you can't trust the buyer to pay up. And don't make charitable or 
	personal gifts solely for tax reasons. 
	Continued in article
The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making before-and-after 
estimations --- 
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm 
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 
Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#SmallBusiness 
"Which Governments Spend the Most Per Capita on Government Healthcare: 
France, Italy, the United States, Sweden, Canada, Greece, or the United Kingdom?" 
by Daniel J. Mitchell, Townhall, February 22, 2013
http://www.townhallmail.com/fnbzdpfbzzgwdbzbwbdhfwcnnywnnbyfrrhpldgnrnybys_msycbpyncdb.html
 
See bar chart at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/HealthCostPerCapita.jpg 
	. . . 
	There are three big reasons why there’s more 
	government-financed healthcare spending in the United States.
	1. Richer nations tend 
	to spend more, regardless of how they structure their healthcare systems.
	2. As you can see at
	
	the 1:18 mark of this video, the United States is 
	halfway down the road to a single-payer system thanks to programs such as 
	Medicare and Medicaid.
	3. America’s pervasive 
	government-created third-party payer system
	
	leads to high prices and costly inefficiency.
	So what’s the moral of the story? Simple, 
	notwithstanding the shallow rhetoric that dominates much of the debate, the 
	United States does not have anything close to a free-market healthcare 
	system.
	That was true before Obamacare and it’s even more 
	true now that Obamacare has been enacted.
	Indeed, it’s quite likely that many nations with 
	“guaranteed” health care actually have more market-oriented systems than the 
	United States.
	Avik Roy argues, for instance, that 
	
	Switzerland’s system is the best in the world. And 
	the chart above certainly shows less direct government spending.
	And there’s also the example of Singapore, which 
	also is 
	
	a very rich nation that has far less government spending on healthcare 
	than the United States.
	
		Continued in article
	
Jensen Comment
Articles like this are controversial and misleading. Firstly, we may be 
comparing apples and kangaroos when it comes to the terms "health care" and 
"cost." Much of the USA health care "cost" gets buried in other accounts like 
"research" and "education." The many research universities in the USA are 
contributing tuition and state taxpayer money to fund biomedical science faculty 
and other science and engineering faculty who are doing medical research and 
development in one way or another. But these costs are treated as "education"  
and "research" costs rather than medical costs.
An enormous proportion of what the USA includes in costs of medical care is 
really the cost of fraud that other nations, especially those with either free 
market or nationalized coverage, avoid much more efficiently and effectively. 
The frauds are especially high in Medicare billings for our aged and disabled 
such as billings for nonexistent medical equipment and $6,384 cost of an aspirin 
administered inside a hospital.
Much of what gets billed as "medical care" in the USA is the massive cost of 
malpractice insurance, costs which nations like Canada with national health care 
cover much more efficiently and effectively by leaving out the lawyers 
salivating over punitive damages.
In the USA and Mexico much of the cost of geriatric and disability care is 
borne by patient savings and family earnings that does not pass through 
governmental or third-party insurance "medical care" accounts.. In nations with 
nationalized medicine like Norway such costs are more apt to be called "medical 
costs."
In the USA most patients like me bear their own eye care and dental billings 
out-of-pocket and are not captured in governmental "medical care" accounts. In 
many other nations the costs of these services pass through governmental 
accounts.
The USA spends (usually under Medicare) hundreds of billions on patients that 
are terminally ill, often extending their lives uselessly for weeks or a few 
months in intensive care and cardiac care units. Most other nations save this 
money by letting nature run its course for dying patients and/or facilitating 
euthanasia. CBS Sixty Minutes ran a module on this under the title "The High 
Cost of Dying" in the USA.
Similar discrepancies arise for extremely premature and/or underweight new 
babies that are not saved in most nations outside the USA. 
The above comparison of nations by Daniel Mitchell is mostly an example of 
the many attempts (such as poverty and unemployment) to make international 
comparisons on variables that are inconsistently defined and subject to enormous 
measurement error and variation between nations
 
"Sandwich Generation: What are our Ethical Obligations to Care for our 
Aged-Parents and Children?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics 
Sage, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/sandwich-generation.html 
Bob Jensen's threads on health care are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm 
An accounting professor's commentary in the Chronicle of Higher Education
Is it random coincidence that he wrote about the Governor of California and Nuts 
in separate articles on the same day?
"A Governor's Attack on Academic Freedom," by 
Steven Mintz (the Ethics Sage), Chronicle of Higher Education, 
February 18, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/A-Governors-Attack-on/137367/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
"Accounting for Nuts (Literally): Diamond Foods Fraud Illustrates the 
Danger of overly-optimistic Earnings Projections," by 
Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/accounting-for-nuts.html 
Bob Jensen's threads on Diamond Foods (including a teaching case) --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Search on the phrase "Diamond Foods"
To get an F on your term paper, cite Fox News, but CNN and MSNBC are good for 
an A
"A Professor vs. Fox News," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, 
February 15, 2015 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/02/15/professors-syllabus-bars-students-using-fox-news-assignment
Jensen Comment
I certainly hope this instructor will not get a full-time appointment.
Some accounting are proud of the fact that they don't read the Wall Street 
Journal
I don't think they will give an F to a student who cites an article in the WSJ
 
Bob Jensen's threads on the liberal bias of the Academy --- 
www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
Reflections on the Last Decade of IFRS Parts 1 and 2 in the free 
Australian Accounting Review
2012 Volume 22 Issue 3 Special Edition Part 1 on the last decade of IFRS
	Capsule Summaries of Part 2 
	
	http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2012/november/10-years-of-ifrs-reflections-and-expectations
	
2012 Volume 22 Issue 4 Special Edition Part 2 on the last decade of IFRS
	Capsule Summaries of Part 2 
	
	http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/10-years-of-ifrss-ii 
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
 
The Australian Accounting Review
	- 
	
	2012 - Volume 22 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2011 - Volume 21 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2010 - Volume 20 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2009 - Volume 19 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2008 - Volume 18 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2007 - Volume 17 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2006 - Volume 16 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2005 - Volume 15 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2004 - Volume 14 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2003 - Volume 13 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2002 - Volume 12 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2001 - Volume 11 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	2000 - Volume 10 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1999 - Volume 9 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1998 - Volume 8 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1997 - Volume 7 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1996 - Volume 6 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1995 - Volume 5 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1994 - Volume 4 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1993 - Volume 3 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1992 - Volume 1 Australian Accounting Review
- 
	
	1991 - Volume 1 Australian Accounting Review
References for Comparisons of IFRS versus U.S. GAAP
From Ernst & Young in November 2012
US GAAP versus IFRS: The basics 
While convergence was a high priority for the FASB and the IASB in 2012, 
differences continue to exist between US GAAP and IFRS. In this guide, we 
provide an overview by accounting area of where the standards are similar, where 
differences are commonly found in practice, and how and when certain differences 
are expected to disappear
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/IFRSBasics_BB2435_November2012/$FILE/IFRSBasics_BB2435_November2012.pdf
Jensen Comment
This is only a 54-page document. I still prefer the somewhat older but much 
longer PwC document.
Older links to such comparisons:
 
US GAAP versus IFRS: The basics 
2011 Edition, 56 Pages
Free from Ernst & Young
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/IFRSBasics_BB2280_December2011/$FILE/IFRSBasics_BB2280_December2011.pdf
IFRS and US GAAP: Similarities and Differences
2011 Edition, 238 Pages
From PwC
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/issues/ifrs-reporting/publications/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml
Note the Download button!
From Deloitte
Comparisons of IFRS With Local GAAPS
http://www.iasplus.com/dttpubs/pubs.htm#compare1109 
IFRS and US GAAP
July 2008 Edition, 76 Pages
http://www.iasplus.com/dttpubs/0809ifrsusgaap.pdf 
Jensen Comment
At the moment I prefer the PwC reference
My favorite comparison topics (Derivatives and 
Hedging) begin on Page 158 in the PwC reference
The booklet does a good job listing differences but, in my opinion, overly 
downplays the importance of these differences. It may well be that IFRS is more 
restrictive in some areas and less restrictive in other areas to a fault. This 
is one topical area where IFRS becomes much too subjective such that comparisons 
of derivatives and hedging activities under IFRS can defeat the main purpose of 
"standards." The main purpose of an "accounting standard" is to lead to greater 
comparability of inter-company financial statements. Boo on IFRS in this topical 
area, especially when it comes to testing hedge effectiveness!
One key quotation is on Page 165
	IFRS does not specifically discuss the 
	methodology of applying a critical-terms match in the level of detail 
	included within U.S. GAAP.
	Then it goes yatta, yatta, yatta.
Jensen Comment
This is so typical of when IFRS fails to present the "same level of detail" and 
more importantly fails to provide "implementation guidance" comparable with the 
FASB's DIG implementation topics and illustrations.
I 
have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many 
illustrations in U.S. GAAP.
I 
have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many 
illustrations in U.S. GAAP.
I have a huge beef with the lack of 
illustrations in IFRS versus the many illustrations in U.S. GAAP
 
"PwC's 2013 Top 10 Technology Trends for Business:  Report Reveals 
the Emerging and Disruptive Technologies that Are Reshaping Strategies, Business 
Models, and Enterprise Investments," SmartPros, February 11, 2013 --- 
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x74571.xml 
	. . . 
	
	According to PwC, 10 significant trends will impact 
	businesses this year:
	
		- Pervasive Computing: The 
		ability to digitally engage and interact (via your mobile devices) with 
		enabled objects around you
- Cyber Security: Continues to 
		be a pressing issue, as technology enabled processes increasingly 
		underpin and fuel the global economy
- Big Data Mining & Analysis: 
		More than managing dizzying amounts of data faster and cheaper; it is 
		about making better business decisions
- Private Cloud: Due to 
		security and regulatory concerns, larger enterprises have been primarily 
		operating in a trial mode of private/hybrid clouds and this will change 
		in 2013. Consumers of IT are demanding greater value from IT services
- Enterprise Social Networking: 
		Becoming a core tool for the new social workforce; the key insight for 
		organizations succeeding in building value from this technology is 
		social business processes redesign
- Digital Delivery of Products & 
		Services: Customers are driving companies of all shapes and 
		sizes to develop new, technology-based ways of delivering value.  
		Digital delivery of products and services can open tremendous new 
		pathways for growth, but companies must shift their underlying business 
		operations to support this new business model
- Public Cloud Infrastructure: 
		Cloud adoption will continue to mature with hybrid cloud architecture 
		becoming the mainstay as companies of all sizes leverage public cloud 
		services
- Data Visualization: Leading 
		edge companies will explore dynamic virtualization techniques and 
		advanced display devices to navigate through multiple dimensions of data
- Simulation & Scenario Modeling: 
		Organizations are increasingly focusing on simulation models that enable 
		executives to envision the potential impact of their choices before 
		making investments
- Gamification: With its 
		combination of game mechanics, social networking, interactive media and 
		behavioral analytics, gamification can transform a business
Bob Jensen's threads on Gamification are at 
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment 
	
	
	 
"Tax Advice for the Second Obama Administration," by Paul L. Caron, 
SSRN, February 18, 2013 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2220496 
	Abstract: 
	Twenty-five of the nation’s leading tax academics, practitioners, 
	journalists, and public intellectuals gathered in Malibu, California on the 
	Friday before President Obama’s second inauguration to plead for tax reform. 
	The papers published in this issue of the Pepperdine Law Review provide very 
	different prescriptions for America’s tax ills. But there is a unanimous 
	diagnosis that the country’s tax system is sick indeed. A re-elected 
	president’s inauguration offers a particularly propitious moment to put 
	politics aside and embark on a treatment plan. If our lawmakers are 
	interested in healing our tax wounds, the ideas presented in these pages 
	offer a good place to begin. They run the gamut from relatively minor 
	procedures to total transplantation. But all would improve the health of our 
	current tax system. 
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 
"Tax Pays: HP Pays Ernst & Young Two Million 
To Testify," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, February 18, 2013 
--- 
http://retheauditors.com/2013/02/18/tax-pays-hp-pays-ernst-young-two-million-to-testify/
	The issue of tax avoidance 
	by corporations is a hot one. In the US and in the UK, legislators and 
	pundits seeking “tax justice” have changed the discussion from one of tax 
	breaks that stimulate “jobs and growth” to one of tax fairness to provide 
	much needed funds for public works and public commitments in time of 
	economic hardship.
	In December 2012, I 
	wrote in the UK publication Accountancy on the subject of offshore 
	profit shifting by corporations such as Starbucks, Google, Amazon, and other 
	US multinationals. The UK is mad as hell and not going to take it anymore. 
	It seems US multinationals move profits out of the UK via circuitous supply 
	chain routes leaving no profits, no tax liability and, therefore, no tax 
	revenue there, for all their hoopla here about success abroad.
	
		
			
				
					
						
							
								
									
									
									Shifting
									
									
									Multinationals are under increasing 
									scrutiny for income shifting and offshoring 
									profits. Francine McKenna reports
									
									
									US corporations with activities in 
									relatively high tax UK avoid tax on profits 
									by moving income to tax havens. Loopholes in 
									the US tax code allow corporations to do 
									this with impunity. Governments continue to prioritise 
									a ‘competitive tax environment for business’ 
									in the hope corporations will convert 
									profits into economic growth and jobs. Tax 
									justice and a fair spread of the deficit 
									reduction burden have been ignored.
									
									Multinationals 
									headquartered in the US often reduce income 
									taxes by shifting profits offshore. Profit 
									shifting erodes the corporate tax base 
									and reduces overall tax revenues. Lower 
									revenues are squeezing governments all over 
									the world trying to provide services during 
									a prolonged period of economic uncertainty 
									and high sovereign debt. There are now 
									significant differences in the tax burden 
									among corporate taxpayers and an overall 
									unequal burden on all taxpayers in the US 
									and in the UK.
								
							 
						 
					 
				 
			 
		 
		
			Here’s
			
			the PDF of that article from the December 
			2012 issue of Accountancy.
			So it was quite a 
			shock for me to learn that, when the debate landed in the US,
			
			HP paid Ernst & Young, probably the 
			preeminent tax advisor of the Big Four accounting firms at least for 
			US multinationals, for testimony before the Senate Subcommittee on 
			Investigations in September.
			Maybe it 
			doesn’t seem strange to you to see $2 million in “Other” fees to the 
			auditor show up on the HP proxy. Maybe you weren’t aware Ernst & 
			Young is already being investigated by the SEC for independence 
			violations related to tax lobbying.
			
			According to Reuters, Ernst & Young 
			provided tax lobbying services to audit clients.
			The last time we had 
			a big Big Four independence rules crackdown, it was 2004. It was 
			Ernst & Young again, sanctioned for its systems integrator 
			relationship with PeopleSoft, an audit client. Ernst & Young was 
			suspended from accepting new public company audit clients for six 
			months.
			I bet you 
			can’t tell me about an SEC or PCAOB enforcement order for a similar 
			firm-level independence offense since. But they do occur with some 
			regularity, in my observation. There was 
			
			one in Australia against KPMG that 
			resulted in an enforcement order. It was suspiciously similar to 
			what I reported regarding tax services provided by  KPMG to audit 
			client GE. The
			
			KPMG GE issue went away quietly.
			And I reported 
			over the holidays about
			
			PwC’s systems integration relationship with audit client Thomson 
			Reuters, an inappropriate business 
			alliance that’s very similar to the PeopleSoft case. An SEC inquiry 
			of the potential independence was inadvertently confirmed by PwC, to 
			my editors at Forbes, when a PwC spokesman complained to them about 
			my recent reporting. PwC told Forbes editors the SEC had called them 
			about it even though I had “not given them much time that morning to 
			respond to the story.”  PwC did not request a retraction or a 
			correction to the story, only a chance to talk me and Forbes out of 
			it.
			That’s not going to 
			happen.
			Here’s what Ernst & 
			Young did for HP – and Microsoft – in September of 2012. Microsoft 
			was also called by Senator Carl Levin to testify. Microsoft is a tax 
			lobbying client of Ernst & Young.
			Let’s hope EY didn’t 
			charge Microsoft for the same appearance.
			Continued in artilce.
 
	 
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
"Will You Have to Pay Capital Gains Taxes on the Sale of Your Home?" 
by Carrie Schwab Pomerantz, Townhall, February 21, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/carrieschwabpomerantz/2013/02/21/will-you-have-to-pay-capital-gains-taxes-on-the-sale-of-your-home-n1515764?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2220496 
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Individual_retirement_account 
	There are several types of IRA:
	
		- 
		
		Traditional IRA – contributions are often 
		tax-deductible (often simplified as “money is deposited before tax” or 
		“contributions are made with pre-tax assets”), all transactions and 
		earnings within the IRA have no tax impact, and withdrawals at 
		retirement are taxed as income (except for those portions of the 
		withdrawal corresponding to contributions that were not deducted). 
		Depending upon the nature of the contribution, a traditional IRA may be 
		referred to as a “deductible IRA” or a “non-deductible IRA.” It was 
		introduced with the Tax Reform Act (TRA) of 1986.
- 
		
		Roth IRA – contributions are made with 
		after-tax assets, all transactions within the IRA have no tax impact, 
		and withdrawals are usually tax-free. Named for Senator 
		
		William V. Roth, Jr.. The Roth IRA was 
		introduced as part of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997.
- 
		
		SEP IRA – a provision that allows an employer 
		(typically a small business or self-employed individual) to make 
		retirement plan contributions into a Traditional IRA established in the 
		employee’s name, instead of to a pension fund in the company's name.
- 
		
		SIMPLE IRA – a Savings Incentive Match Plan 
		for Employees that requires employer matching contributions to the plan 
		whenever an employee makes a contribution. The plan is similar to a
		
		401(k) plan, but with lower contribution 
		limits and simpler (and thus less costly) administration. Although it is 
		termed an IRA, it is treated separately.
- 
		
		Self-Directed IRA – a self-directed IRA that 
		permits the account holder to make investments on behalf of the 
		retirement plan.
There are two other subtypes of IRA, named Rollover 
	IRA and Conduit IRA, that are viewed by some as obsolete under current tax 
	law (their functions have been subsumed by the Traditional IRA); but this 
	tax law is set to expire unless extended. However, some individuals still 
	maintain these arrangements in order to keep track of the source of these 
	assets. One key reason is that some qualified plans will accept rollovers 
	from IRAs only if they are conduit/rollover IRAs.
	What was formerly known as an Educational IRA is 
	now called a
	
	Coverdell Education Savings Account.
	Starting with the
	
	Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 
	(EGTRRA), many of the restrictions of what type of funds could be rolled 
	into an IRA and what type of plans IRA funds could be rolled into were 
	significantly relaxed. Additional acts have further relaxed similar 
	restrictions. Essentially, most retirement plans can be rolled into an IRA 
	after meeting certain criteria, and most retirement plans can accept funds 
	from an IRA. An example of an exception is a non-governmental 
	
	457 plan which cannot 
	be rolled into anything but another non-governmental 457 plan.
	The tax treatment of the above types of IRAs except 
	for Roth IRAs are substantially similar, particularly for rules regarding 
	distributions. SEP IRAs and SIMPLE IRAs also have additional rules similar 
	to those for qualified plans governing how contributions can and must be 
	made and what employees are qualified to participate.
	 
"Should You Contribute to a Non-Deductible IRA?" by Laura Adams, 
Money Girl, February 12, 2013 --- 
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-a-non-deductible-ira.aspx 
Roth IRA --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roth_IRA 
Jensen Warning
Deborah Jacobs may have overstated the case for a Roth IRA. Ordinary folks 
should not choose a Roth IRA without expert tax advice
Mega-Roths 
Remarkably, despite warnings of future large revenue losses, Congress has put 
no cap on the amount that can accumulate in a Roth IRA. Still, the Yelp 
shares in Levchin’s Roth do raise a legal issue. Tax rules bar you from 
investing your IRA or Roth IRA in a business you control—such a “prohibited 
transaction” can render the IRA immediately taxable and possibly subject to 
penalties.
Deborah L. Jacobs (see 
below)
"How Facebook Billionaires Dodge Mega-Millions In Taxes," by Deborah 
L. Jacobs, Forbes, March 20, 2012 --- 
http://www.forbes.com/sites/deborahljacobs/2012/03/20/how-facebook-billionaires-dodge-mega-millions-in-taxes/ 
	In 2010 Max R. Levchin, chairman of social review 
	site 
	
	Yelp, sold 3.1 million shares of Yelp held in his 
	Roth individual retirement account. Most of the $10.1 million he received 
	was profit. But Levchin, a 36-year-old serial entrepreneur who started 
	PayPal with billionaire 
	Peter Thiel
	in 1998, won’t ever have to pay a penny of income tax 
	on those gains. That’s because all earnings in a Roth IRA are tax free so 
	long as its owner waits until age 59 1/2 to take money out.
	Moreover, Securities & Exchange Commission filings 
	show Levchin still has 3.9 million shares of Yelp, now trading near $22, in 
	his Roth. So it appears his tax-free “retirement” kitty is worth at least 
	$95 million—and maybe a lot more. We don’t know, for example, if Levchin’s 
	Roth owned stock in social app company Slide, which he started in 2004 and 
	sold to
	Google
	for $182 million in 2010. If Levchin doesn’t spend his 
	mega-Roth in retirement, he can leave it to his kids or grandkids, who can, 
	under current law, stretch out income-tax-free growth and withdrawals for 
	decades.
	Levchin isn’t the only tech titan who’s got a 
	shrewd tax advisor. Buried in recent SEC filings for Facebook,
	
	Zynga and
	
	LinkedIn are other examples of legal moves the 
	ultrarich use to shield big dollars from the taxman. These techniques are 
	available to the merely well-off, too, but they produce the most dramatic 
	savings when executed early in a hot company’s—or hot entrepreneur’s—life.
	How early? Facebook billionaire cofounders
	
	Mark Zuckerberg and
	
	Dustin Moskovitz are both 27, unmarried and have 
	no children we know of. Yet back in 2008 they both set up grantor retained 
	annuity trusts (GRATs) that we estimate will allow them to transfer a total 
	of at least $185 million of wealth to future offspring or others, gift tax 
	free. That compares to a supposed gift-tax exemption of just $1 million in 
	2008 and $5.12 million today.
	Both the Obama Administration and congressional 
	Democrats have proposed new limits on GRATs. Meanwhile, you may want to copy 
	the social tech wizards, if you have high-growth investments to shelter.
	Mega-Roths
	Remarkably, despite warnings of future large 
	revenue losses, Congress has put no cap on the amount that can accumulate in 
	a Roth IRA. Still, the Yelp shares in Levchin’s Roth do raise a legal issue. 
	Tax rules bar you from investing your IRA or Roth IRA in a business you 
	control—such a “prohibited transaction” can render the IRA immediately 
	taxable and possibly subject to penalties.
	It’s clear that if you own a small business, your 
	IRA or Roth IRA can’t invest in it. But what if you are chairman or CEO of a 
	private firm with many investors and buy its shares for your Roth? SEC 
	filings show that in 2001, while CEO of PayPal, tech investor Thiel bought 
	1.7 million shares of that company for 30 cents a share through his Roth. In 
	2002 eBay bought out PayPal for $19 a share—an apparent $31.5 million 
	tax-free profit for Thiel. It also appears from a letter we discovered in a 
	federal court case that some of Thiel’s early investment in Facebook was 
	also through his Roth IRA. He now sits on Facebook’s board.
	Is this kosher? FORBES has been told reward-seeking 
	informants are filing claims with the IRS Whistleblower Office, flagging 
	such transactions as improper. But IRA expert Noel Ice says it’s a gray 
	area, with little IRS or court guidance. Buying closely held stock for an 
	IRA is probably okay, he says, so long as the IRA’s owner doesn’t have—when 
	all his investments are combined—voting control of that company. Levchin, 
	Thiel and the IRS wouldn’t comment.
	The lesson for ordinary folks? Put investments with 
	the highest growth potential in your Roth. Note: If you do want to put 
	nonpublicly traded stock in an IRA or a Roth IRA, you’ll generally need to 
	use a special custodian who handles “self-directed” IRAs. (The big brokers, 
	banks and mutual fund companies that hold most IRAs generally limit 
	investments to publicly traded stock, bonds, mutual funds and bank CDs.) 
	Levchin and Thiel have used
	San 
	Francisco-based Pensco Trust Co. to hold their 
	Roth IRAs.
	The Facebook GRATs
	Thanks to a 2000 Tax Court decision involving a 
	member of the billionaire Walton clan, which founded Wal-Mart, it’s now 
	possible to transfer large amounts of wealth to heirs gift tax free using a 
	grantor retained annuity trust. The person who wants to transfer wealth (the 
	grantor) puts shares into the irrevocable trust and retains the right to 
	receive an annual payment back from the trust for a period of time—say, 2 
	to 15 years. If the grantor survives that period, any property left in the 
	trust when the annual payments end passes to family members.
	The key is this: In calculating how much value will 
	be left at the end—and thus how big a gift the grantor is making—the IRS 
	doesn’t look at the performance of the actual stock in the trust. Instead, 
	it assumes the trust assets are earning a paltry government-determined 
	interest rate. With a zeroed-out, or “Walton” GRAT, the grantor receives an 
	annuity that leaves nothing for heirs—if assets grow only at the IRS’ lowly 
	interest rate. If they grow faster, the excess goes to heirs gift tax free. 
	(If assets don’t grow, the grantor is no worse off, because the annuity can 
	be paid by returning some shares each year to the grantor.)
	Continued in article
 
Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers  
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
"KRUGMAN: Sweden Has The Answers To Our Taxation Problems," by Kamelia 
Angelova, Business Insider, February 12, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessinsider.com/paul-krugman-on-taxes-2013-2  
The above link is a video of Paul Krugman being interviewed. He seems to be 
holding an earlier Sweden as having some type of taxation and welfare spending 
program that's an ideal without mentioning that the current Sweden and other 
Nordic nations are  trying to change all that by: 
	- Lowering taxes
- Reducing government in favor of a larger and more viable private sector
- Surpluses in government spending budgets
- Introducing charter schools to compete with public schools
- Introducing private health care services to compete with public health 
	care services
Either Professor Krugman is ignorant of the changes taking place in Sweden 
(which I doubt) or he's selectively trying to mislead his audience. He should be 
more careful in selectively choosing examples he promotes as ideals. This is 
not, in my viewpoint, the type of selectivity we want in our Academy.
 
Special Report in The Economist magazine that the liberal television 
stations and newspapers are keeping secret
"Northern lights:  The Nordic countries are reinventing their model of 
capitalism," by Adrian Wooldridge, The Economist, February 2, 2013, 
pp. 1-6 --- 
http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21570840-nordic-countries-are-reinventing-their-model-capitalism-says-adrian
	THIRTY YEARS AGO Margaret Thatcher turned Britain 
	into the world’s leading centre of “thinking the unthinkable”. Today that 
	distinction has passed to Sweden. The streets of Stockholm are awash with 
	the blood of sacred cows. The think-tanks are brimful of new ideas. The 
	erstwhile champion of the “third way” is now pursuing a far more interesting 
	brand of politics. 
	Sweden has reduced public spending as a proportion 
	of GDP from 67% in 1993 to 49% today. It could soon have a smaller state 
	than Britain. It has also cut the top marginal tax rate by 27 percentage 
	points since 1983, to 57%, and scrapped a mare’s nest of taxes on property, 
	gifts, wealth and inheritance. This year it is cutting the corporate-tax 
	rate from 26.3% to 22%.
	Sweden has also donned the golden straitjacket of 
	fiscal orthodoxy with its pledge to produce a fiscal surplus over the 
	economic cycle. Its public debt fell from 70% of GDP in 1993 to 37% in 2010, 
	and its budget moved from an 11% deficit to a surplus of 0.3% over the same 
	period. This allowed a country with a small, open economy to recover quickly 
	from the financial storm of 2007-08. Sweden has also put its pension system 
	on a sound foundation, replacing a defined-benefit system with a 
	defined-contribution one and making automatic adjustments for longer life 
	expectancy. 
	Most daringly, it has introduced a universal system 
	of school vouchers and invited private schools to compete with public 
	ones. Private companies also vie with each other to provide 
	state-funded health services and care for the elderly. Anders Aslund, a 
	Swedish economist who lives in America, hopes that Sweden is pioneering “a 
	new conservative model”; Brian Palmer, an American anthropologist who lives 
	in Sweden, worries that it is turning into “the United States of 
	Swedeamerica”. 
	There can be no doubt that Sweden’s quiet 
	revolution has brought about a dramatic change in its economic performance. 
	The two decades from 1970 were a period of decline: the country was demoted 
	from being the world’s fourth-richest in 1970 to 14th-richest in 1993, when 
	the average Swede was poorer than the average Briton or Italian. The two 
	decades from 1990 were a period of recovery: GDP growth between 1993 and 
	2010 averaged 2.7% a year and productivity 2.1% a year, compared with 1.9% 
	and 1% respectively for the main 15 EU countries.
	For most of the 20th century Sweden prided itself 
	on offering what Marquis Childs called, in his 1936 book of that title, a 
	“Middle Way” between capitalism and socialism. Global companies such as 
	Volvo and Ericsson generated wealth while enlightened bureaucrats built the 
	Folkhemmet or “People’s Home”. As the decades rolled by, the middle way 
	veered left. The government kept growing: public spending as a share of GDP 
	nearly doubled from 1960 to 1980 and peaked at 67% in 1993. Taxes kept 
	rising. The Social Democrats (who ruled Sweden for 44 uninterrupted years 
	from 1932 to 1976 and for 21 out of the 24 years from 1982 to 2006) kept 
	squeezing business. “The era of neo-capitalism is drawing to an end,” said 
	Olof Palme, the party’s leader, in 1974. “It is some kind of socialism that 
	is the key to the future.”
	The other Nordic countries have been moving in the 
	same direction, if more slowly. Denmark has one of the most liberal labour 
	markets in Europe. It also allows parents to send children to private 
	schools at public expense and make up the difference in cost with their own 
	money. Finland is harnessing the skills of venture capitalists and angel 
	investors to promote innovation and entrepreneurship. Oil-rich Norway is a 
	partial exception to this pattern, but even there the government is 
	preparing for its post-oil future. 
	This is not to say that the Nordics are shredding 
	their old model. They continue to pride themselves on the generosity of 
	their welfare states. About 30% of their labour force works in the public 
	sector, twice the average in the Organisation for Economic Development and 
	Co-operation, a rich-country think-tank. They continue to believe in 
	combining open economies with public investment in human capital. But the 
	new Nordic model begins with the individual rather than the state. It begins 
	with fiscal responsibility rather than pump-priming: all four Nordic 
	countries have AAA ratings and debt loads significantly below the euro-zone 
	average. It begins with choice and competition rather than paternalism and 
	planning. The economic-freedom index of the Fraser Institute, a Canadian 
	think-tank, shows Sweden and Finland catching up with the United States (see 
	chart). The leftward lurch has been reversed: rather than extending the 
	state into the market, the Nordics are extending the market into the state.
	Why are the Nordic countries doing this? The 
	obvious answer is that they have reached the limits of big government. “The 
	welfare state we have is excellent in most ways,” says Gunnar Viby Mogensen, 
	a Danish historian. “We only have this little problem. We can’t afford it.” 
	The economic storms that shook all the Nordic countries in the early 1990s 
	provided a foretaste of what would happen if they failed to get their 
	affairs in order. 
	There are two less obvious reasons. The old Nordic 
	model depended on the ability of a cadre of big companies to generate enough 
	money to support the state, but these companies are being slimmed by global 
	competition. The old model also depended on people’s willingness to accept 
	direction from above, but Nordic populations are becoming more demanding.
	
	Small is powerful 
	The Nordic countries have a collective population 
	of only 26m. Finland is the only one of them that is a member of both the 
	European Union and the euro area. Sweden is in the EU but outside the euro 
	and has a freely floating currency. Denmark, too, is in the EU and outside 
	the euro area but pegs its currency to the euro. Norway has remained outside 
	the EU. 
	But there are compelling reasons for paying 
	attention to these small countries on the edge of Europe. The first is that 
	they have reached the future first. They are grappling with problems that 
	other countries too will have to deal with in due course, such as what to do 
	when you reach the limits of big government and how to organise society when 
	almost all women work. And the Nordics are coming up with highly innovative 
	solutions that reject the tired orthodoxies of left and right. 
	The second reason to pay attention is that the new 
	Nordic model is proving strikingly successful. The Nordics dominate indices 
	of competitiveness as well as of well-being. Their high scores in both types 
	of league table mark a big change since the 1980s when welfare took 
	precedence over competitiveness.
	The Nordics do particularly well in two areas where 
	competitiveness and welfare can reinforce each other most powerfully: 
	innovation and social inclusion. BCG, as the Boston Consulting Group calls 
	itself, gives all of them high scores on its e-intensity index, which 
	measures the internet’s impact on business and society. Booz & Company, 
	another consultancy, points out that big companies often test-market new 
	products on Nordic consumers because of their willingness to try new things. 
	The Nordic countries led the world in introducing the mobile network in the 
	1980s and the GSM standard in the 1990s. Today they are ahead in the 
	transition to both e-government and the cashless economy. Locals boast that 
	they pay their taxes by SMS. This correspondent gave up changing sterling 
	into local currencies because everything from taxi rides to cups of coffee 
	can be paid for by card. 
	The Nordics also have a strong record of drawing on 
	the talents of their entire populations, with the possible exception of 
	their immigrants. They have the world’s highest rates of social mobility: in 
	a comparison of social mobility in eight advanced countries by Jo Blanden, 
	Paul Gregg and Stephen Machin, of the London School of Economics, they 
	occupied the first four places. America and Britain came last. The Nordics 
	also have exceptionally high rates of female labour-force participation: in 
	Denmark not far off as many women go out to work (72%) as men (79%). 
	
	Flies in the ointment 
	This special report will examine the way the Nordic 
	governments are updating their version of capitalism to deal with a more 
	difficult world. It will note that in doing so they have unleashed a huge 
	amount of creativity and become world leaders in reform. Nordic 
	entrepreneurs are feeling their oats in a way not seen since the early 20th 
	century. Nordic writers and artists—and indeed Nordic chefs and game 
	designers—are enjoying a creative renaissance. 
	The report will also add caveats. The growing 
	diversity of Nordic societies is generating social tensions, most 
	horrifically in Norway, where Anders Breivik killed 77 people in a racially 
	motivated attack in 2011, but also on a more mundane level every day. Sweden 
	is finding it particularly hard to integrate its large population of refugees.
	The Nordic model is still a work in progress. The 
	three forces that have obliged the Nordic countries to revamp it—limited 
	resources, rampant globalisation and growing diversity—are gathering 
	momentum
	Continued in article
	Note that on Page 5 there's also a section entitled "More for Less" 
	devoted to Welfare Capitalism.
Jensen Comment
It appears that among the Nordics only Norway will continue to afford socialism, 
but this is because oil-rich Norway is a leading OPEC nation less concerned with 
the need for private sector growth.
There are of course serious obstacles to applying the new Nordic capitalism 
to the USA. Firstly, the USA is not bound by the Arctic Ocean on the north and 
the North Sea on the south that greatly discourages illegal immigration and 
narcotics. Secondly, the Nordic countries have difficult languages that are not 
studied to a significant degree in other nations. For example, I'm told that if 
you weren't raised in Finland you can never understand the language. Thirdly, 
there's no existing infrastructure to absorb and aid illegal immigrants in 
Scandinavia. Scandinavians like my grandparents, Ole, Sven, and Lena emigrated 
from these hard and cold countries rather than immigrating to these lands.
Scandinavians have avoided the crippling costs of building up powerful 
military forces and have not tried to become the police force of the world.
Scandinavians also avoided the horrors in importing millions of slaves and 
the centuries of social costs and degradations that followed. Nor did they have 
to go to war, to a serious degree, with indigenous peoples to take over the land 
by trickery and force.
"The Nordic model for unemployment insurance," Sober Look, 
January 11, 2013 --- 
http://soberlook.com/2013/01/the-nordic-model-for-unemployment.html 
Bob Jensen's comparisons of the American versus Denmark dreams --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/SunsetHillHouse/SunsetHillHouse.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on why Vermont is trying to increase its unemployment 
rate --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Political/PoliticalQuotationsCommentaries.htm#VermontWelfare
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry 
Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
	If you hang around these parts for any length of 
	time, you will occasionally run across a jeremiad of mine complaining about 
	the Financial Services Industry.
	I’ve been thinking about this more than usual 
	lately. This has led to some correspondence with Helaine Olen, whose book
	
	Pound Foolish: Exposing the Dark Side of the Personal Finance Industry
	is next up in my queue. (Her appearance on the
	
	TDS yesterday is here). It is similar to the deep 
	dive my colleague Josh Brown took in
	
	Backstage Wall Street.
	My criticism is somewhat different than Helaine’s 
	(though I am sympatico with much of her view). I break down the 
	problems as follows:
	 
	
		• 
		Simplicity does not pay well: 
		Investing should be relatively simple: Buy broad asset classes, hold 
		them over long periods of time, rebalance periodically, get off the 
		tracks when the locomotive is bearing down on you. The problem is its 
		easier in theory than is reality to execute this.
		• 
		Confusion is not a bug, its a 
		feature:   Thus, the massive choice, the nonstop noise 
		the confusing claims, all work to make this much more complex than it 
		needs to be.
		• 
		Too much money attracts the 
		wrong kinds of people: Let’s face it, the volume of cash 
		that passes through the Financial Services Industry is enormous. Few who 
		enters finance does so for altruistic reasons.
		• 
		Incentives are misaligned: As I’ve written 
		previously, too many people are unwilling to get rich slowly. Hence, 
		some of the wrong people work in finance, and some of the right people 
		exercise bad judgment.
		• 
		Too many people have a hand in 
		your pocket:  The list of people nicking you as an 
		investor is enormous. Insiders (CEO/CFO/Boards of Directors) transfer 
		wealth from shareholders to themselves, with the blessing of corrupted 
		Compensation Consultants. Active mutual funds charge way too much for 
		sub par performance. 401(k)s are disastrous. NYSE and NASDAQ Exchanges 
		have been paid to allow a HFT tax on every other investor. FASB and 
		Accountants have doen an awful job, allowing corporations to mislead 
		investors with junk balance statements. The Media’s job is to sell 
		advertising, not provide you with intelligent advice. The Regulators 
		have been captured.
		What’s the net impact of all this on your 
		investments ?
		• 
		The Financialized US Economy: 
		The above list reflects nearly half a century of the financialization of 
		the broader US economy. Instead of serving industry, finance has trumped 
		it. This led directly to the financial crisis and economic collapse of 
		2007-09.
		• 
		Human Nature: 
		Then there is your own behavioral issues. On top of everything else, you 
		are governed by a
		
		brain that simply wasn’t built for this.
	
	All of these add up to a system that is flawed, and 
	often fails to do its job.
	Continued in article
Large public accounting firms are probably not in favor of simplifying the 
tax code
February 17, 2013 message from Richard Sansing
	This week's issue of The Economist has a special 
	report on
	off-shore finance. This article discusses the role of large
	public accounting firms.
	
	
	http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21571556-accounting-firms-will-do-nicely-under-any-set-rules-merry-enablers
Jensen Content
Note that "simplicity does not pay well" in 
consulting!
I wonder to what extent large CPA firms want simplified accounting and auditing 
rules (to increase profits on audits) and highly complex regulations and 
financing alternatives (to increase profitability of consulting). Thus far in 
the 21st Century everything seems to becoming more complicated., which is 
probably why audits are not especially profitable relative to consulting.
However, unless a new regulation is put in place to rotate audit firms, 
auditing contributes heavily to fixed costs annually due to the tendency of 
clients to stick with the same auditing firms year after year. Consulting 
engagements come and go making them not especially reliable for paying fixed 
costs but making them profitable on top of the fixed costs paid for by audit 
engagements. Thant's my $.02.
Definition of Screwed:
avg mkt return ~12%, avg mutual fund ret ~9%, average investor ret ~ 2.6%. 
Timing, selection, and costs destroy
Finance Professor Jim Mahar
"Romancing Alpha (α), Breaking Up with Beta (β)," by Barry Ritholtz, 
Ritholtz, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/alpha-beta/ 
	Since it is a Friday (following Valentine’s Day), I 
	want to step back from the usual market gyrations to discuss a broader 
	topic: The pursuit of Alpha, where it goes wrong, and the actual cost in 
	Beta. 
 
	For those of you unfamiliar with the Wall Street’s 
	Greek nomenclature, a quick (and oversimplified) primer: When we refer to 
	Beta (β), we are referencing a portfolio’s correlation to its benchmark 
	returns, both directionally and in terms of magnitude. 
 
	We use a scale of 0-1. Let’s say your benchmark is 
	the S&P500 — it has a β = 1. Something uncorrelated does what it does 
	regardless of what the SPX does, and its Beta is = 0. We can also use 
	negative numbers, so a Beta of minus 1 (-1) does the exact opposite of the 
	benchmark. 
 
	Beta measures how closely your investments perform 
	relative to your benchmark. If you were to do nothing else but buy that 
	benchmark index (i.e., S&P500), you will have captured Beta (for these 
	purposes, I am ignoring volatility).
	The other Greek letter we want to mention is Alpha 
	(α). Alpha is the risk-adjusted return of active management for any 
	investment. The goal of active management is through a combination of 
	stock/sector selection, market timing, hedging, leverage, etc. is to beat 
	the market. This can be described as generating Alpha. 
	To oversimplify: Alpha is a measure of 
	out-performance over Beta. 
	Why bring this up today? 
	Over the past few months, I have been looking at an 
	inordinate number of portfolios and 401(k) plans that have all done pretty 
	poorly. I am not referring to any one quarter of even year, but rather, over 
	the long haul. There is an inherent selection bias built into this group — 
	well performing portfolios don’t have owners considering switching asset 
	managers. But even accounting for that bias, a hefty increase in the sheer 
	number of reviews leads me to wonder about just how widespread the 
	under-performance is. 
 
	One of the things that has become so obvious to me 
	over the past few years is how unsuccessful various players in the markets 
	have been in their pursuit of Alpha. We know that 80% or so of mutual fund 
	managers underperform their benchmarks each year. We have seen Morningstar 
	studies that show of the remaining 20%, factor in fees, and that number 
	drops to 1%. 
 
	The overall performance of the highest compensated 
	group of managers, the 2%+20% Hedge Fund community, has been similarly 
	awful, as they have underperformed for a decade or more.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how brokers and security analysts are rotten to 
the core --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
The USA's National Debt is Now Over $16 trillion and spinning out of control 
--- 
http://www.usdebtclock.org/ 
Who are the major investors in slightly over $11 trillion of that USA National 
Debt?
"Who Owns the U.S. Treasury Market?"  by Barry Ritholtz, 
Ritholtz, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/ 
Note the pie charts.
Questions
What has been the percentage of tuition increase at AACSB schools since 
2007-2008?
How much will a Stanford University versus Harvard University MBA diploma cost?
"Stanford Increases MBA Tuition," by Louis Lavelle, Bloomberg Business 
Week, February 13, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-02-13/stanford-increases-mba-tuition 
	. . . 
	The Stanford University Board of Trustees on Feb. 
	11 approved a 
	
	3.9 percent tuition increase for MBA students 
	attending the
	
	Stanford Graduate School of Business. The annual 
	cost will rise from $57,300 to $59,534 for the incoming class in 2013-14. 
	Current MBA students will continue to pay $57,300 under a policy allowing 
	students to pay the same tuition rate for each of their two years of study.
	With the increase, the total
	
	cost of Stanford’s two-year MBA program will near 
	at least $200,000. For a single student living on campus, the total will be 
	$185,530 including housing and other living expenses, books, transportation, 
	and insurance. For a student living off campus with a spouse or partner, the 
	same list of expenses will total $221,290. A required study trip can cost up 
	to $4,000 more.
	Madhav Rajan, a senior associate dean who heads the 
	Stanford MBA program, noted that the cost of a Stanford MBA is partially 
	offset by grants. “The average scholarship (free money not loans) to 
	entering MBAs this year was $25,562 and 50 percent of students got some 
	amount of money,” he said in an e-mailed statement. “For what it is worth, 
	we think that’s relevant in this context.”
	At
	
	Harvard Business School, current tuition is 
	$53,500 per year, putting the
	total 
	cost of a Harvard MBA at $174,400 for a single 
	student.
	
	Tuition and fees at
	
	Wharton total $62,034, with total costs for the 
	two-year program of $184,000.
	Stanford is hardly alone is raising tuition. 
	A
	
	recent study by the Association to Advance 
	Collegiate Schools of Business found that MBA tuition and fees at 
	AACSB-accredited business schools in North America and Asia-Pacific have 
	risen by 33 percent since 2007-08, with more modest increases reported in 
	Europe and Latin America.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This is a better deal if you live on one raw potato a day and sleep under the 
stars on "The Farm." You would not want to be sleeping under the stars this time 
of year at Dartmouth, Yale, Harvard, or Wharton, especially Dartmouth early this 
morning.
Years ago when I was in Stanford's PhD program (fortunately on a free ride) 
one of my friends on campus was a brilliant physicist from France. He completed 
his examinations and dissertation in one year. His complaint before leaving was 
that before getting his diploma Stanford charged him for an additional two more 
years of tuition. Of course tuition was a pittance (something like $4,000 per 
year) in those years compared to the 21st Century.
Fortunately, my fellowship plus what I earned teaching a course in the 
Economics Department were sufficient for my room and board on campus. In those 
days Stanford had a big old house on campus that housed some business students, 
including me. An added plus was that the old house was in the shadows of the 
dorms for women. 
I was not as brilliant as my French friend and stayed at Stanford over five 
years. Those were the days my friend!
Yet another illustration that accounting standards are seldom neutral in the 
economy. This illustration concerns how the City of Houston may declare 
bankruptcy due to new GASB pension accounting rules. I might add that I'm all 
for the new GASB rules.
"New accounting rules put City's net assets at risk," by Bill King, 
Houston Chronicle, February 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.chron.com/opinion/king/article/New-accounting-rules-put-city-s-net-assets-at-risk-4283476.php
	When an employer sponsors a defined benefit 
	pension, the employer is deferring some of the payment to the employee for 
	the services the employee is rendering. The employer is in reality borrowing 
	money from the employee, taking the employee's services today in exchange, 
	in part, for a payment in the future. 
	When defined benefit plans were first developed, 
	the accounting rules did not require that the employer recognize that it 
	was, in essence, incurring a liability for these future promises of 
	compensation. Over time, the accounting rules have been tightened to reflect 
	the financial reality of the transaction. Also, employers and employees now 
	almost universally set money aside each year to fund these future benefits.
	
	The problem, however, is that it is difficult to 
	know how much money to set aside today for a benefit that will not be paid 
	for several decades. Over the years, actuaries have developed mathematical 
	models for estimating whether the money that has been set aside will be 
	sufficient to pay the benefits that have been earned. 
	If these actuarial estimates show that the amount 
	is insufficient, the plan is said to have an unfunded liability, that is, 
	the employer owes the employees more than it has set aside. 
	For many years, private companies have been 
	required to show these estimated liabilities on their financial statements. 
	However, the accounting rules for governmental entities have been much less 
	rigorous. As a result, governmental entities normally show only a fraction 
	of the actual shortfall on their balance sheet. 
	For example, the city of Houston's last financial 
	statement only showed about $2.5 billion in pension and retiree health care 
	debts. But according to the actuarial studies the real debt is more than $5 
	billion. 
	However, that is about to dramatically change. The 
	Government Accounting Standard Board (GASB), the group charged with 
	promulgating accounting rules for governmental entities, issued two new 
	rules late last year designed to bring the financial statements more in line 
	with reality. 
	First, the GASB is going to require that the assets 
	in the trust be valued at market. You may wonder why such a rule would be 
	necessary, but retirement plans generally "smooth" the investment gains and 
	losses over a five-year period. Almost all plans today are using this rule 
	to defer loses incurred in recent years. 
	The second change mandated by the GASB relates to 
	the assumed investment rate. Actuaries "discount" the amount an employer 
	owes at a rate equal to what the plan expects to earn on the assets in its 
	trust. The higher the assumed rate, the lower the estimated liability will 
	be. All three of the Houston plans assume a rate of 8.5 percent. 
	This is the highest rate used by any plan in the 
	country and is only used by a handful of plans. The new rule forces entities 
	to use a more realistic discounting formula. 
	The effect of these rule changes is not trivial. 
	Craig Mason, the city's chief pension officer, has estimated that the rule 
	changes could add more than $2 billion to what the city now shows on its 
	balance sheet for pension debt. And he is probably being conservative.
	
	Considering that the city's net assets are now down 
	to just over $3 billion and steadily going downhill, a $2 billion hit would 
	put technical insolvency, (i.e., liabilities exceed assets) just around the 
	corner. 
	It is important to note that the true underlying 
	financial condition of the city will not change just because the GASB 
	changes the accounting rules. The truth is that the city is probably already 
	technically insolvent. GASB is just going to force us all to acknowledge 
	that the emperor has no clothes.
	Continued in article
The losing New York Times wants to dump the losing Boston 
Globe
From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 21, 2013
	
	Pension liabilities loom as NYT puts Globe on the block. The
	New York Times is 
	exploring a sale of the Boston Globe, its only remaining business outside 
	the core NYT media brand, 
	
	Bloomberg reports. 
	Times Co. tried to sell the Globe as recently as 2009, but pension 
	liabilities got in the way. At least one bid at the time reached about $33 
	million in cash, but fluctuating estimates on the Boston Globe’s pension 
	liability — ranging from $110 million to $240 million — scuttled any deal. 
	Bidders, who would assume the full pension liability, were unclear on the 
	total value of the pension.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension accounting in both the 
public and private sectors --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions 
"The Inside Story of Diageo's Stunning Carbon Achievement ," by Andrew 
Winston, Harvard Business Review Blog, February 20, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/winston/2013/02/the-inside-story-of-diageos-st.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date 
Bob Jensen's threads on triple-bottom reporting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#TripleBottom 
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on 
February 15, 2013
	
	
	A New Rx for Tax Bills
	by: 
	Jonathan Rockoff
	Feb 07, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Accounting, Corporate Tax, Effective Tax Rates, Intangible 
	Assets, International Business, R&D Credit, Tax Planning, Tax Strategy, 
	Taxation
	
	SUMMARY: Drug makers are taking new steps to lower their taxes 
	significantly, in a boon to their bottom lines. Many drug makers pay 
	effective tax rates of 20% or higher. Firms that are seeking even lower 
	rates don't specify their strategies, and the details can vary. But the 
	efforts typically involve shifting revenue overseas where it can be taxed at 
	a lower rate than in the U.S. Some companies also noted the tax benefit they 
	will receive this year from a federal tax credit for research and 
	development. Reductions in their tax rates could mean hundreds of millions 
	of dollars in extra profit for drug makers, without having to sell more 
	drugs or launch new ones.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is rich in examples of 
	corporate tax strategies to minimize tax liability in a legal way. Students 
	can see how structuring companies and deals can impact tax liability. One 
	focus is the use of overseas affiliates by multinational companies, in 
	addition to the savings from the research and development credit.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) What strategies are drug manufacturers using to 
	reduce tax liabilities? What is the potential magnitude of the tax savings 
	for each of these companies mentioned in the article?
	
	2. (Advanced) What are "effective tax rates"? How do those differ 
	from marginal tax rates? How are effective tax rates affected by the tax 
	strategies discussed in the article? How is corporate profitability affected 
	by these strategies?
	
	3. (Advanced) What are intangible assets? How are they used by 
	multinational companies to save tax dollars? How are those ideas structured?
	
	4. (Advanced) Why does the tax law allow for these types of tax 
	planning? Are these good reasons for allowing these activities? Why or why 
	not?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
	 
"A New Rx for Tax Bills," by Jonathan Rockoff, The Wall Street Journal, 
February 4, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324906004578288353281028598.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	Drug makers are taking new steps to lower their 
	taxes significantly, in a boon to their bottom lines. 
	Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., BMY +1.27% in its recent 
	earnings call, estimated its tax rate would be about 16% this year, 
	excluding special items, down from 23% last year. Then Gilead Sciences Inc. 
	GILD +0.48% said its rate could "decline over time" if a hepatitis C drug it 
	is developing receives approval, because of steps the company has taken to 
	lower taxes on the drug's sales. Also, Amgen Inc. AMGN -0.26% reported it 
	paid an effective tax rate of 15.9% last year, and predicts an adjusted rate 
	of 14% or 15% this year. 
	Many drug makers pay effective tax rates of 20% or 
	higher. Firms that are seeking even lower rates don't specify their 
	strategies, and the details can vary. But the efforts typically involve 
	shifting revenue overseas where it can be taxed at a lower rate than in the 
	U.S., experts say. Some companies also noted the tax benefit they will 
	receive this year from a federal tax credit for research and development.
	
	Reductions in their tax rates could mean hundreds 
	of millions of dollars in extra profit for drug makers, without having to 
	sell more drugs or launch new ones. 
	Bristol Chief Financial Officer Charles Bancroft 
	said during an earnings call on Jan. 24 that Bristol's tax rate would drop, 
	citing the company's double-counting of a federal tax credit for research 
	and development in 2013; a change in its earnings mix amid generic 
	competition to blockbuster drug Plavix; and a "restructuring that we did." 
	Mr. Bancroft didn't go into further details, and a company spokeswoman cited 
	the same factors. 
	For Bristol, the lower tax rate could raise profits 
	by $200 million in 2013, estimates ISI Group analyst Mark Schoenebaum. After 
	Bristol announced the reduced tax burden, some analysts raised their 
	estimates for Bristol's earnings per share, and at least one increased his 
	valuation for the stock. 
	"Can I restructure my taxes too?!" Sanford 
	Bernstein's Tim Anderson titled his note on Bristol earnings. "At the guided 
	level, this tax rate is now well below any other drug name we cover," he 
	wrote. He also wrote that Bristol declined to explain why its tax rate "is 
	now substantially lower" than its rivals or how it restructured some legal 
	entities in order to lower its tax rate. 
	Meantime, Gilead Chief Financial Officer Robin 
	Washington said during an earnings call Monday that the intellectual 
	property for its hepatitis C compound "is domiciled in Ireland. Ms. 
	Washington didn't go into further detail, and a Gilead spokeswoman declined 
	further comment. 
	Gilead estimates its tax rate for 2013 to be 26% to 
	28%, using "non-GAAP" measures that don't conform to generally accepted 
	accounting principles. By shifting revenue on the compound to Ireland, 
	Gilead could cut its overall tax rate to 21% or 22%, Mr. Schoenebaum 
	estimates. 
	The impact on Gilead's profit is only a projection 
	since the compound, known as GS-7977, hasn't been approved. Yet the lower 
	taxes could mean $500 million or more a year in extra profit if the drug's 
	sales meet high expectations, Mr. Schoenebaum said. The drug is expected to 
	be one of the world's top-selling medicines if approved, with analysts 
	predicting world-wide sales of as much as $7 billion a year. 
	An Amgen spokesman said the biotech company's 2013 
	rates would be lowered in part by the federal tax credit for research and 
	development for this and last year, and noted that the 2012 rate doesn't 
	count the impact of excise taxes in Puerto Rico. Amgen provided its 2012 and 
	estimated 2013 tax rates in its Jan. 23 earnings release. 
	The opportunity to cut tax rates is available to 
	multinational companies with high-value "intangible assets," such as 
	software, know-how or patent-protected drugs, said H. David Rosenbloom, 
	director of the international tax program at New York University School of 
	Law. The companies can shift part or all of these assets—along with the 
	revenue they generate—to a country outside the U.S., like Ireland, with 
	lower taxes. 
	A typical approach, Mr. Rosenbloom said, is for 
	multinational companies to establish an affiliate overseas and agree to 
	share with it the costs of an intangible product in development. The 
	affiliate becomes the owner of the newly developed product and would receive 
	its revenue outside the U.S.
	Continued in article
A License to Steal from Foreign Students:  Would this anger the real 
Aristotle?
"Not What They Signed Up For?" by Elizabeth Redden, Inside Higher Ed, 
February 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/02/18/international-students-complain-about-quality-education-unaccredited-california
Jensen Comment
Maybe this is more of an excuse to enter the U.S. and then disappear in the 
crowd.
Question
How many recent fraudsters were just horsing around?
Hint:
Nothing can probably top horse breeder Rita Grundwell in Dixon Illionois
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who 
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
Now we have a former hot tempered NFL heavy hitter covered with Tax Court 
horse manure. Some of the players he hurt violently probably think this is 
sweet-smelling justice.
Answer
"Former NFL Tough Guy Bill Romanowski Gets Laid Out By Tax Court," by 
Tony Nitti, Forbes, February 20, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.forbes.com/sites/anthonynitti/2013/02/20/former-nfl-pro-bowler-bill-romanowski-sacked-by-tax-court-yes-i-know-romanowski-played-defense-puns-are-hard/
	During his 16-year NFL career, former 
	49ers/Eagles/Broncos/Raiders linebacker Bill Romanowski was no stranger to 
	controversy. Whether he was breaking QB Kerry Collins’ jaw in a preseason 
	game, spitting in the face of opposing wide receiver J.J. Stokes, or ending 
	the career of a teammate with a punch to the eye during a training camp 
	scuffle.
	Romanowski had a habit of making news for all the 
	wrong reasons; his propensity for poor decisions often overshadowing his 
	consistently solid play. 
	It would appear Romanowski’s decision-making didn’t 
	improve with retirement, because earlier today it was revealed that 
	immediately after Romanowski stopped playing on Sundays, he got caught up in 
	a tax shelter. As a result, the Tax Court denied $13 million worth of losses 
	taken on the Romanowskis’ 2003 tax return from a purported horse-breeding 
	business, holding the footballer liable for approximately $4.6 million in 
	additional tax.
	In 2003, Romanowski got hooked up with a 
	
	Denver attorney who 
	immediate began singing the praises of ClassicStar, a horse-breeding 
	business. In short, the program involved leasing mares owned by ClassicStar, 
	which in turn would provide boarding and care for the mares and breed the 
	mares to stallions. Any foals produced from the breeding would belong to the 
	Romanowskis.
	In October 2003, an accountant of ClassicStar 
	worked up an “NOL illustration,” indicating that in order to offset their 
	taxable income from 1998 through 2002, the Romanowskis would need to 
	generate a loss of $13,092,732 from their horse-breeding activity. Thus, it 
	was decided that the Romanowskis would invest that amount in the program to 
	produce foals.  (As an aside, let it be noted that basing an investment on 
	the amount of loss necessary to wipe out previous tax liabilities, rather 
	than a motivation for profits, will never be viewed favorably by 
	the IRS.)
	Soon after joining the program, things began to 
	turn sour for the Romanowskis, and they were partly to blame. When they 
	signed the mare lease agreement, the Romanowskis  had not negotiated or seen 
	a list of the horse pairings they would receive for their breeding program. 
	Rather, they relied on ClassicStar to pick the horse pairings they would 
	receive.
	This reliance on ClassicStar was clearly misplaced, 
	because despite the fact that the Romanowskis were promised 68 pairings of 
	thoroughbreds, the horses actually received were more Mr. Ed than 
	Secretariat. In fact, only four of the 68 listed pairings were thoroughbred 
	horses; the remaining pairings were quarter horses.
	Even though over 90% of the horses on the schedule 
	were not delivered as promised, the Romanowskis chose to continue with the 
	program, explaining to the court that they had reached an oral agreement 
	from ClassicStar under which it would substitute an unknown number of 
	thoroughbred pairings in for the listed quarter horse pairings.
	The Romanowskis received an income and expense 
	summary for 2003 from ClassicStar which showed no income and total expenses 
	of $13,092,732. The resulting loss offset their 2003 income, and net 
	operating losses were carried back to 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and 2002, 
	resulting in a federal tax refund of nearly $4 million.
	The IRS denied the loss in full, arguing that the 
	Romanowskis’ horse-breeding activity was not entered into for profit and was 
	thus governed by the hobby-loss rules of Section 183.
	As a reminder, if an activity constitutes a 
	for-profit trade or business, expenses may generally be deducted in full 
	under Section 162. To the contrary, if an activity is not entered into for 
	profit, it is a hobby, and expenses can only be deducted to the extent of 
	any income generated by the activity.
	To help taxpayers and the IRS decide if an activity 
	is entered into for profit or a hobby, the regulations under Section 183 
	(the so-called ”hobby loss rules”), provide  nine factors, which if answered 
	in the affirmative, are indicative of a for-profit business.
	1. The manner in which the taxpayer carries on 
	the activity. Does he complete accurate books? Were records used to 
	improve performance?
	2. The expertise of the taxpayer or his 
	advisers. Did the taxpayer study the activities business practices? Did 
	he consult with experts?
	3. The time and effort expended by the taxpayer 
	in carrying on the activity. Does he devote much of his personal time 
	and effort?
	4. The expectation that the assets used in the 
	activity may appreciate in value. Is the plan to generate profits 
	through asset appreciation?
	5. The success of the taxpayer in carrying on 
	similar or dissimilar activities. Has he converted other activities 
	from unprofitable to profitable?
	6. The taxpayer’s history of income or losses 
	with respect to the activity.  Has the taxpayer become profitable in a 
	reasonable amount of time?
	7. The amount of occasional profits. Even 
	a single year of profits can be a strong indication that an activity is not 
	a hobby.
	
	8. The financial status of the taxpayer. Does the taxpayer have 
	other income sources that are being offset by the losses of the activity?
	9.  Does the activity lack elements of personal 
	pleasure or recreation? If the activity has large personal elements it 
	is indicative of a hobby.
	In Romanowski, the Tax Court analyzed 
	these factors and overwhelmingly concluded that the Romanowskis did not 
	enter into the breeding arrangement with ClassicStar with the intent to make 
	a profit. They Romanowskis kept no records; rather, they relied on 
	ClassicStar to do everything. They neglected to fight for their 
	bargained-for number of thoroughbreds, a clear indication, in the court’s 
	eyes, that they were not carrying on the activity in a businesslike manner.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who 
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
Jensen Comment
Since she will be in a Federal Club Fed she can't look forward to early parole. 
She also faces a number of state court trials that will heap pain on to misery.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
        SEC Will Debut New Software for Discovering Accounting Anomalies
		"SEC developing new fraud detection technology," by Dina ElBoghdady, 
		The Washington Post, February 15, 2013 ---
		
		Click Here 
		
		
		http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/sec-developing-new-fraud-detection-technology/2013/02/15/ffb5f686-771c-11e2-aa12-e6cf1d31106b_story.html
	The Securities and Exchange Commission plans to 
	launch computer software this year to spot accounting anomalies, including 
	potential fraud, in the financial statements that companies file with the 
	agency. 
	The software would scan a firm’s financial 
	disclosures, assess risk factors and generate a score based on a model 
	developed by the agency, Craig Lewis, the SEC’s chief economist, said in a 
	recent speech. The score would be used to identify outliers within a peer 
	group. 
	“It is a model that allows us to discern whether a 
	registrant’s financial statements stick out from the pack,” said Lewis, who 
	also heads the agency’s risk, strategy and financial innovation division.
	
	The software is scheduled to be available in nine 
	months. 
	The effort is the most recent sign of the agency’s 
	commitment to beef up its technological prowess as it tries to better police 
	Wall Street and avoid oversight lapses such as the ones that allowed Bernard 
	Madoff’s Ponzi scheme to go undetected for years. 
	The SEC has acknowledged that it lags behind the 
	industries it regulates when it comes to technology, in part because of a 
	tight budget that is subject to the whims of Congress. While nearly all 
	financial regulators operate on fees collected from the industries they 
	oversee, the SEC’s funding is decided by lawmakers on a year-to-year basis. 
	Uncertainty about the budget makes it difficult to commit to technology or 
	upgrade it. 
	The SEC took that into account when it embarked on 
	its most ambitious technological endeavor in recent history — a software 
	package that will stream real-time trade data from the exchanges into the 
	agency’s headquarters. Rather than build the technology from scratch at 
	great expense, the agency purchased it from a New Jersey firm called 
	Tradeworx. The project, called Market Information Data Analytics, or MIDAS, 
	is in the final testing phases. 
	The new software is based on a model that the SEC 
	has used to evaluate hedge fund returns and identify fraud, mostly by 
	looking for performance that was inconsistent with a fund’s investment 
	strategy. The agency has brought seven cases based on information culled 
	from that project since 2011. 
	“This success has only fed our ambition for what we 
	can do with sophisticated data-driven monitoring programs,” Lewis said. The 
	goal is to make use of the “veritable treasure trove of information” that 
	the SEC regularly receives from companies. 
	The new software would focus on accounting 
	anomalies. 
	Under the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley law, the SEC must 
	examine the financial filings from public companies every three years. But 
	only recently have all companies been required to file those forms in a 
	digital format with computer-readable tags that make it easy to search for 
	and compare items of data, either for a single firm over time or across 
	companies. 
	The new software would search for unusual 
	accounting by looking at various risk factors such as frequent changes in 
	auditors or delays in the release of earnings. But it would not be used 
	solely to detect fraud. It could also pinpoint areas in which companies can 
	improve the quality of their financial disclosures, Lewis said. 
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm 
The law does not pretend to 
		punish everything that is dishonest. That would seriously interfere with 
		business. 
		Clarence Darrow ---
		
		Click Here  
"CEO in fraud case needs more than seven days prison: court," by 
Jonathan Stempel, Reuters, February 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/15/us-ceo-sentencing-decision-idUSBRE91E0W320130215
	A former chief executive who pleaded guilty to 
	wrongdoing in a scheme that ultimately helped drive his company into 
	bankruptcy could have been sent to prison for 10 years. The trial judge 
	thought seven days was fair. 
	Not long enough, a federal appeals court said on 
	Friday. 
	The 6th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals said Michael 
	Peppel, the former chief executive of the audio-visual technology company 
	MCSi Inc, must be resentenced for his 2010 guilty plea to charges of 
	conspiracy to commit fraud, false certification of a financial report, and 
	money laundering. 
	U.S. District Judge Sandra Beckwith in Cincinnati 
	abused her discretion in sentencing Peppel to an "unreasonably low" week 
	behind bars based almost solely on her belief that the defendant was "a 
	remarkably good man," the appeals court said. 
	Prosecutors had charged Peppel in December 2006 
	over an alleged fraud they said had begun six years earlier, amid financial 
	difficulties at his publicly traded, Dayton, Ohio-based company. 
	Peppel was accused of working with his chief 
	financial officer to inflate results through sham transactions with a firm 
	called Mercatum Ltd, and companies such as FedEx Corp (FDX.N) that were not 
	implicated in wrongdoing. Prosecutors said he also sold $6.8 million of MCSi 
	stock during this time. 
	By the end of 2003, MSCI was bankrupt, and a 
	reported 1,300 people had lost their jobs. 
	Citing the need to punish Peppel and deter others, 
	the government asked Beckwith at his October 2011 sentencing to impose a 97- 
	to 121-month prison term. This was the length recommended, but not required, 
	under federal guidelines. 
	But the judge said the five years since the 
	indictment had been "punishing, literally and figuratively" for Peppel, who 
	had begun working for an online pharmacy to support his five children. He 
	also had a brother with multiple sclerosis. 
	"Michael's mistakes do not define him," Beckwith 
	said. "I see it to be wasteful for the government to spend taxpayers' money 
	to incarcerate someone that has the ability to create so much for this 
	country and economy." 
	She also imposed a $5 million fine and the maximum 
	three years of supervised release. 
	Circuit Judge Karen Nelson Moore, however, wrote 
	for a unanimous three-judge appeals court panel that Beckwith was wrong to 
	rely on "unremarkable aspects" of Peppel's life in imposing a "99.9975% 
	reduction" to the recommended prison term. 
	"There is nothing to indicate that the support 
	provided by Peppel to his family, friends, business associates, and 
	community is in any way unique or more substantial than any other defendant 
	who faces a custodial sentence," Moore wrote. 
	Beckwith was not immediately available for comment.
	
	Ralph Kohnen, a lawyer for Peppel, on Friday said: 
	"We expect that the judge will exercise the same common sense and fairness 
	in imposing a similar sentence on remand."
	Continued in article
 
Bob Jensen's threads on how White Collar Crime Pays Even if You Know 
You're Going to Get Caught --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 20, 2013
	
	
	With the release of 
	“FCPA: A Resource Guide to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act,” 
	executives have more information about how the Department of Justice and the 
	SEC view compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and companies' 
	anti-corruption programs and efforts. Learn 10 overarching themes in the 
	guide to consider when reviewing FCPA compliance programs and actions that 
	might be taken to help strengthen them. 
	See
	
	http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/02/20/fcpa-resource-guide-10-issues-to-consider/
	
 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance Guidebook: Protecting Your 
Organization from Bribery and Corruption 
Martin T. Biegelman and Daniel R. Biegelman 
Wiley, 2010
ISBN: 978-0-470-52793-1
The President Is Raging Against a Budget Crisis He Created:  Obama 
invented the 'sequester' in the summer of 2011 to avoid facing up to America's 
spending," by John Boehner, The Wall Street Journal. February 19, 
2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323495104578314240032274944.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj 
	A week from now, a dramatic new federal policy is 
	set to go into effect that threatens U.S. national security, thousands of 
	jobs and more. In a bit of irony, President Obama stood Tuesday with first 
	responders who could lose their jobs if the policy goes into effect. Most 
	Americans are just hearing about this Washington creation for the first 
	time: the sequester. What they might not realize from Mr. Obama's statements 
	is that it is a product of the president's own failed leadership. 
	
	The sequester is a wave of deep spending cuts 
	scheduled to hit on March 1. Unless Congress acts, $85 billion in 
	across-the-board cuts will occur this year, with another $1.1 trillion 
	coming over the next decade. There is nothing wrong with cutting spending 
	that much—we should be cutting even more—but the sequester is an ugly and 
	dangerous way to do it. 
	By law, the sequester focuses on the narrow portion 
	of the budget that funds the operating accounts for federal agencies and 
	departments, including the Department of Defense. Exempt is most entitlement 
	spending—the large portion of the budget that is driving the nation's 
	looming debt crisis. Should the sequester take effect, America's military 
	budget would be slashed nearly half a trillion dollars over the next 10 
	years. Border security, law enforcement, aviation safety and many other 
	programs would all have diminished resources. 
	How did the country find itself in this mess?
	
	During the summer of 2011, as Washington worked 
	toward a plan to reduce the deficit to allow for an increase in the federal 
	debt limit, President Obama and I very nearly came to a historic agreement. 
	Unfortunately our deal fell apart at the last minute when the president 
	demanded an extra $400 billion in new tax revenue—50% more than we had 
	shaken hands on just days before. 
	It was a disappointing decision by the president, 
	but with just days until a breach of the debt limit, a solution was still 
	required—and fast. I immediately got together with Senate leaders Harry Reid 
	and Mitch McConnell to forge a bipartisan congressional plan. It would be 
	called the Budget Control Act. 
	The plan called for immediate caps on discretionary 
	spending (to save $917 billion) and the creation of a special House-Senate 
	"super committee" to find an additional $1.2 trillion in savings. The deal 
	also included a simple but powerful mechanism to ensure that the committee 
	met its deficit-reduction target: If it didn't, the debt limit would not be 
	increased again in a few months. 
	But President Obama was determined not to face 
	another debt-limit increase before his re-election campaign. Having just 
	blown up one deal, the president scuttled this bipartisan, bicameral 
	agreement. His solution? A sequester. 
	With the debt limit set to be hit in a matter of 
	hours, Republicans and Democrats in Congress reluctantly accepted the 
	president's demand for the sequester, and a revised version of the Budget 
	Control Act was passed on a bipartisan basis. 
	Ultimately, the super committee failed to find an 
	agreement, despite Republicans offering a balanced mix of spending cuts and 
	new revenue through tax reform. As a result, the president's sequester is 
	now imminent. 
	Both parties today have a responsibility to find a 
	bipartisan solution to the sequester. Turning it off and erasing its deficit 
	reduction isn't an option. What Congress should do is replace it with other 
	spending cuts that put America on the path to a balanced budget in 10 years, 
	without threatening national security. 
	Having first proposed and demanded the sequester, 
	it would make sense that the president lead the effort to replace it. 
	Unfortunately, he has put forth no detailed plan that can pass Congress, and 
	the Senate—controlled by his Democratic allies—hasn't even voted on a 
	solution, let alone passed one. By contrast, House Republicans have twice 
	passed plans to replace the sequester with common-sense cuts and reforms 
	that protect national security. 
	The president has repeatedly called for even more 
	tax revenue, but the American people don't support trading spending cuts for 
	higher taxes. They understand that the tax debate is now closed. 
	The president got his higher taxes—$600 billion 
	from higher earners, with no spending cuts—at the end of 2012. He also got 
	higher taxes via ObamaCare. Meanwhile, no one should be talking about 
	raising taxes when the government is still paying people to play videogames, 
	giving folks free cellphones, and buying $47,000 cigarette-smoking machines.
	
	Washington must get serious about its spending 
	problem. If it can't reform America's safety net and retirement-security 
	programs, they will no longer be there for those who rely on them. 
	Republicans' willingness to do what is necessary to save these programs is 
	well-known. But after four years, we haven't seen the same type of courage 
	from the president. 
	The president's sequester is the wrong way to 
	reduce the deficit, but it is here to stay until Washington Democrats get 
	serious about cutting spending. The government simply cannot keep delaying 
	the inevitable and spending money it doesn't have. 
	So, as the president's outrage about the sequester 
	grows in coming days, Republicans have a simple response: Mr. President, we 
	agree that your sequester is bad policy. What spending are you willing to 
	cut to replace it? 
	Mr. Boehner, a Republican congressman from Ohio, is speaker of the 
	House. 
OECD report highlights ugly increase in profit-shifting trend
"The missing $20 trillion How to stop companies and people dodging tax, in 
Delaware as well as Grand Cayman," The Economist, February 16-20, 2013, 
Page 13 --- 
http://www.economist.com/news/leaders/21571873-how-stop-companies-and-people-dodging-tax-delaware-well-grand-cayman-missing-20
	. . . 
	Dodgy of Delaware 
	The archetypal tax haven may be a palm-fringed 
	island, but as our special report this week makes clear, there is nothing 
	small about offshore finance. If you define a tax haven as a place that 
	tries to attract non-resident funds by offering light regulation, low (or 
	zero) taxation and secrecy, then the world has 50-60 such havens. These 
	serve as domiciles for more than 2m companies and thousands of banks, funds 
	and insurers. Nobody really knows how much money is stashed away: estimates 
	vary from way below to way above $20 trillion.
	Not all these havens are in sunny climes; indeed 
	not all are technically offshore. Mr Obama likes to cite Ugland House, a 
	building in the Cayman Islands that is officially home to 18,000 companies, 
	as the epitome of a rigged system. But Ugland House is not a patch on 
	Delaware (population 917,092), which is home to 945,000 companies, many of 
	which are dodgy shells. Miami is a massive offshore banking centre, offering 
	depositors from emerging markets the sort of protection from prying eyes 
	that their home countries can no longer get away with. The City of London, 
	which pioneered offshore currency trading in the 1950s, still specialises in 
	helping non-residents get around the rules. British shell companies and 
	limited-liability partnerships regularly crop up in criminal cases. London 
	is no better than the Cayman Islands when it comes to controls against money 
	laundering. Other European Union countries are global hubs for a different 
	sort of tax avoidance: companies divert profits to brass-plate subsidiaries 
	in low-tax Luxembourg, Ireland and the Netherlands. 
	Reform should thus focus on rich-world financial 
	centres as well as Caribbean islands, and should distinguish between illegal 
	activities (laundering and outright tax evasion) and legal ones (fancy 
	accounting to avoid tax). The best weapon against illegal activities is 
	transparency, which boils down to collecting more information and sharing it 
	better. Thanks in large part to America’s FATCA, small offshore centres are 
	handing over more data to their clients’ home countries—while America 
	remains shamefully reluctant to share information with the Latin American 
	countries whose citizens hold deposits in Miami. That must change. Everyone 
	could do more to crack down on the use of nominee shareholders and directors 
	to hide the provenance of money. And they should make sure that information 
	about the true “beneficial” owners of companies is collected, kept 
	up-to-date and made more readily available to investigators in cases of 
	suspected wrongdoing. There are costs to openness, but they are outweighed 
	by the benefits of shining light on the shady corners of finance. 
	
	Want more tax? Lower the tax rate 
	
	Transparency will also help curb the more 
	aggressive forms of corporate tax avoidance. As Starbucks’s experience has 
	shown, companies that shift money around to minimise their tax bills 
	endanger their reputations. The more information consumers have about such 
	dodges, the better. 
	Moral pressure is not the whole answer, though: 
	consumers get bored with campaigns, and governments should not bash 
	companies for trying to reduce their tax bills, if they do so legally. In 
	the end, tax systems must be reformed. Governments need to make it harder 
	for companies to use internal (“transfer”) pricing to avoid tax. Companies 
	should be made to book activity where it actually takes place. Several 
	federal economies, including America, already prevent companies from 
	exploiting the differences between states’ rules. An international agreement 
	along those lines is needed. 
	Governments also need to lower corporate tax rates. 
	Tapping companies is inefficient: firms pass the burden on to others. Better 
	to tax directly those who ultimately pay—whether owners of capital, workers 
	or consumers. Nor do corporate taxes raise much money: barely more than 2% 
	of GDP (8.5% of tax revenue) in America and 2.7% in Britain. Abolishing 
	corporate tax would create its own problems, as it would encourage rich 
	people to turn themselves into companies. But a lower rate on a broader 
	base, combined with vigilance by the tax authorities, would be more 
	efficient and would probably raise more revenue: America, whose companies 
	face one of the rich world’s highest corporate-tax rates on their worldwide 
	income, also has some of the most energetic tax-avoiders. 
	These reforms would not be easy. Governments that 
	try to lower corporate tax rates will be accused of caving in to 
	blackmailing capitalists. Financial centres and incorporation hubs, from the 
	City of London to Delaware, will fight any attempt to tighten their rules. 
	But if politicians really want to tax the missing $20 trillion, that’s where 
	they should start.
"FBI, IRS investigate account connected to Pittsburgh police chief's 
office," by Jonathan D. Silver and Liz Navratil, by Pittsburgh 
Post-Gazette, February 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.post-gazette.com/stories/local/neighborhoods-city/fbi-irs-investigate-account-connected-to-pittsburgh-police-chiefs-office-675523/
Thank you Caleb Newquist for the heads up.
	FBI, IRS investigate account connected to 
	Pittsburgh police chief's office February 15, 2013 3:02 pm Larry 
	Roberts/Post-Gazette file Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper. 
	Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper. 
	Click image to enlarge Share with others: 0 inShare 
	Related Media: 
	FBI removes Pittsburgh police credit union files 
	Feb. 13: FBI seizure of Pittsburgh police files linked to probe into use of 
	funds 
	Investigators with both the FBI and IRS have been 
	removing documents from the Greater Pittsburgh Police Federal Credit Union 
	for the past week in connection with an account opened by the office of 
	Pittsburgh police Chief Nate Harper, the president of the credit union's 
	board of directors said this morning. 
	Frank Amity, a retired city homicide detective, 
	said there have been multiple subpoenas served on credit union CEO Karen 
	Janoski. 
	Ms. Janoski could not be reached for comment 
	Thursday evening. This morning, a woman who appeared to be a credit union 
	employee at the West End institution told a reporter that Ms. Janoski did 
	not wish to be interviewed. 
	Mr. Amity said he has not seen the subpoenas.
	
	"They're looking at an account that the chief's 
	office opened up. What they're looking for, they don't tell us. There's just 
	one account, as far as I know," Mr. Amity said. "It's opened by the chief's 
	office, so I don't know what kind of an account they have there. It's not a 
	personal account. There's other names on it." 
	Asked how he knew the account was connected to 
	Chief Harper's office, Mr. Amity said, "Because it's opened by the people in 
	the chief's office." 
	When asked about the FBI's visit to the credit 
	union, Deputy police Chief Paul Donaldson said through spokeswoman Diane 
	Richard, "I have no statement to make. It is our position that when a 
	matter/incident is under investigation that no statement will come from the 
	bureau." 
	Mr. Amity declined to say whether the account in 
	question was active or closed, how much was in it, whose names are on it or 
	who could withdraw money from it. He said he believes it was opened in the 
	past five years. Mr. Amity said multiple people had access to the funds, 
	which he characterized as "not a whole hell of a lot of money, I'll tell you 
	that...It's not tens of thousands." 
	The 78-year-old financial institution on Chartiers 
	Avenue in the city's Elliott neighborhood functions similarly to a bank with 
	a clientele that includes active police officers. 
	A source familiar with the investigation told the 
	Pittsburgh Post-Gazette that the visit by federal agents is connected to a 
	subpoena served Monday on the City of Pittsburgh Law Department. 
	The law department arranged to have federal agents 
	guided Tuesday around Pittsburgh police headquarters on the North Side, 
	where the FBI removed boxes of documents from the bureau's special events 
	and personnel and finance offices. Deputy Chief Paul Donaldson said he 
	believes the FBI is investigating allegations of internal misappropriation 
	of funds involving the police bureau's special events and personnel and 
	finance offices. 
	Special events handles the coordination of 
	officers' moonlighting. Private employers send the office checks typically 
	made out to the police bureau or the city treasurer. The money includes 
	payment for the officers, which is handled through their payroll department, 
	and a surcharge known as a "cost recovery fee." That surcharge totaled 
	nearly $800,000 last year. The checks are sent to the bureau's personnel and 
	finance office. They are then supposed to be deposited in city accounts.
	
	"We don't know anything. We complied with the 
	subpoena, that's all. They've been in for about a week on and off. They're 
	just giving us different subpoenas for different things," Mr. Amity said. "I 
	don't know what the heck the account was used for." 
	Mr. Amity said there was a credit or debit card 
	associated with the account. 
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how White Collar Crime Pays Even if You Know 
You're Going to Get Caught --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on 
February 15, 2013
	
	
	Foreign Risks Light Up for Philip Morris
	by: 
	Spencer Jakab
	Feb 07, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Accounting, International Business, Managerial Accounting, 
	Market Segmentation, Segment Analysis, Segment Reporting
	
	SUMMARY: America is a nation of quitters. That isn't always a bad 
	thing - smoking being a case in point. Decades of advertising bans, 
	excise-tax increases and public-education campaigns have cut adults' per 
	capita cigarette consumption from a peak of 4,345 in 1963 to less than a 
	quarter of that. Adding insult to injury for tobacco companies, huge 
	government settlements and countless private lawsuits have made what is left 
	of the business burdensome and risky. But the rest of the world looks very 
	different - a big reason for the spinoff of Philip Morris International Inc. 
	from Altria Group Inc. in 2008. Business is strong, as Philip Morris is seen 
	reporting fourth-quarter earnings per share of $1.22, up from $1.08 in the 
	year-earlier period. Creating a separate company was a good idea. But 
	investors' expectations may need adjustment.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article illustrates how Altria has 
	analyzed the global markets for one of its products (cigarettes) and is 
	focusing on the parts of the world with the greatest profitability. This is 
	a current, real-world example of how managerial accounting concepts, and 
	market segmentation in particular, can improve profitability and valuations.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) What challenges had Altria faced with its 
	ownership of Altria Group Inc.? What did the company do in response to these 
	challenges?
	
	2. (Advanced) What is segment reporting? How is it calculated and 
	used? Why is it valuable? How did Altria use segment analysis to analyze 
	markets and strategize for Philip Morris products?
	
	3. (Advanced) How does profitability compare across the various 
	tobacco companies? How do those returns compare with companies in other 
	industries?
	
	4. (Advanced) What factors are limiting Philip Morris products in 
	the U.S.? Which of these factors are within the control of Philip Morris? 
	Which are outside of the company's control?
	
	5. (Advanced) What other industries could benefit from similar 
	strategies? What products would work well with segment reporting?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
 
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	Russia's Parliament Passes Anti-Smoking Bill on Final Reading
	by Lukas Alpert
	Feb 12, 2013
	Online Exclusive
	
	
	Curbs on Smokers Continue to Grow
	by James Hagerty
	Dec 28, 2013
	Page: A6
	
	
	EU Proposes Tougher Tobacco Rules
	by Anna Molin
	Dec 19, 2013
	Online Exclusive
	
	
	Altria Profit Up Amid Market-Share Gains
	by John Kell
	Jan 31, 2013
	Page: B4
	 
"Foreign Risks Light Up for Philip Morris,"
by Spencer Jakab, The Wall Street Journal, February 7, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324906004578288153914262178.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	America is a nation of quitters. That isn't always 
	a bad thing—smoking being a case in point. Decades of advertising bans, 
	excise-tax increases and public-education campaigns have cut adults' per 
	capita cigarette consumption from a peak of 4,345 in 1963 to less than a 
	quarter of that, according to the American Lung Association. Adding insult 
	to injury for tobacco companies, huge government settlements and countless 
	private lawsuits have made what is left of the business burdensome and 
	risky.
	But the rest of the world looks very different—a 
	big reason for the spinoff of Philip Morris International Inc. PM -1.08% 
	from Altria Group Inc. MO -1.93% in 2008. Business is strong, as Philip 
	Morris is seen reporting fourth-quarter earnings per share of $1.22 
	Thursday, based on analysts polled by FactSet, up from $1.08 in the 
	year-earlier period. 
	Creating a separate company was a good idea. But 
	investors' expectations may need adjustment. 
	In theory, a tobacco company freed from the U.S. 
	had way more growth potential and less risk. Take Russians, who are less 
	litigious and, it seems, health conscious: The average Russian smokes around 
	2,700 cigarettes a year, as many cigarettes as an American did back in 1990, 
	and the market is shrinking only slowly. India is at the opposite end of the 
	spectrum, consuming less than 90 per capita. Plenty of open prairie there 
	for the Marlboro Man. 
	Little wonder, then, that investors in Philip 
	Morris since its spinoff have made a handsome annualized return of 21.5%, 
	more than three times that of the S&P 500. 
	What is surprising is that purely domestic 
	manufacturers have done nearly as well. Lorillard Inc. LO -2.16% has 
	achieved an annualized return of 20.5% since its spinoff from Loews Corp. L 
	0.00% in 2008. Former Philip Morris owner Altria has returned 20.1% 
	annualized.
	At 16 times trailing earnings, Philip Morris 
	maintains a 13% valuation premium over domestic companies. But while it is 
	more diversified, the risks for Philip Morris actually look greater. While 
	American laws could always get stricter, there are limits. The potential for 
	adverse changes abroad seems greater. Some of Philip Morris's largest 
	markets, such as Russia, are considering strict new rules. 
	The health gains and revenue potential from such 
	moves are obvious, and Russia is far from the only country to grasp that. 
	Where there's smoke, there's fire.
	 
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on 
February 15, 2013 
	
	
	Apple Cash Pile Sets Off a Battle
	by: 
	Jessica Lessin, Telis Demos, and David Benoit
	Feb 08, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Accounting, Cash, Cash Management, Financial Accounting, 
	Financial Ratios, Financial Statement Analysis, Preferred Stock
	
	SUMMARY: For nearly 18 months, Tim Cook, CEO of Apple, has kept a 
	stream of new products rolling, produced a string of robust quarterly 
	results and introduced a dividend and stock buyback expected to cost $45 
	billion over three years. But an attack from one of Apple's prominent 
	investors underscores how that approach may not be enough anymore, 
	especially amid intensifying industry competition and the company's slowing 
	growth.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article should be a great one to catch 
	our students' attention because it involves Apple. Whether someone loves 
	Apple or hates it, one must admit that the company is interesting from a 
	financial standpoint. You can use this article in a discussion about cash 
	management, and it would be excellent for financial statement analysis.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) What are the facts of David Einhorn's lawsuit 
	against Apple? What are his demands? Is he in a position to make demands of 
	Apple?
	
	2. (Advanced) How would each of Apple's financial statements appear 
	under Mr. Einhorn's plan versus Mr. Cook's plan? How do the financial 
	statements differ? Draft the journal entries (just the accounts, no dollar 
	amounts) for the various aspects of each of the plans.
	
	3. (Advanced) What is the history of the price of Apple's shares? 
	What are the reasons for these stock price changes? How many of the reasons 
	are related directly to financial statement information rather than other 
	factors?
	
	4. (Advanced) What is the purpose of preferred stock? How does it 
	differ from common stock? When is preferred stock an appropriate vehicle for 
	a company?
	
	5. (Advanced) Why is it good for a company to have a large amount 
	of cash? What are the possible problems with having large amounts of cash? 
	Why has Apple accumulated so much cash? Is this common among businesses or 
	is it an unusual position?
 
	
	SMALL GROUP ASSIGNMENT: 
	Research Apple's financial statements for the past five years. Prepare a 
	complete set of financial ratios and analyze. Compare over five years, 
	studying trends. What is interesting about the company's financial 
	situation? Is Mr. Einhorn justified in his position? Or is he misguided? 
	Please offer support for your answer.
	
	Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
 
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	Apple's Cash Conundrum: Pay Tax or Borrow?
	by Steven Russolillo
	Feb 11, 2013
	Online Exclusive
	
	
	Einhorn Squeezes Apple for Its Cash
	by Telis Demos
	Feb 12, 2013
	Page: B1
	
	
	Apple Defends Position on Cash
	by Jessica Lessin and Thomas Gryta
	Mar 13, 2013
	Online Exclusive
	 
"Apple Cash Pile Sets Off a Battle," 
by Jessica Lessin, Telis Demos, and 
David Benoit, The Wall Street Journal, February 8, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324590904578290440984350234.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	Apple Inc. AAPL -0.09% Chief Executive Tim Cook is 
	facing a new reality: delivering steady results from one of the world's most 
	valuable companies is no longer good enough. 
	For nearly 18 months, Mr. Cook has kept a stream of 
	new products rolling, produced a string of robust quarterly results and 
	introduced a dividend and stock buyback expected to cost $45 billion over 
	three years. 
	But an attack from one of Apple's prominent 
	investors underscores how that approach may not be enough anymore, 
	especially amid intensifying industry competition and the company's slowing 
	growth.
	On Thursday, hedge fund manager David Einhorn sued 
	Apple in a New York federal court in an effort to block an Apple shareholder 
	proposal that he argues could limit how the company could return some of its 
	$137 billion cash pile to investors. Apple is proposing to require a 
	shareholder vote before it can issue preferred stock, a kind of security 
	that Mr. Einhorn is urging the company to adopt. Apple's board already has 
	the right to issue such shares, but said in a filing it doesn't intend to do 
	so. 
	The proposal comes to a vote at Apple's annual 
	shareholder meeting on Feb. 27. 
	Mr. Einhorn, whose firm Greenlight Capital Inc. and 
	its affiliates own about $610 million worth of Apple stock, argues that 
	Apple should distribute a "perpetual preferred" stock that could pay a 
	dividend yield of 4%. The shares would return cash to shareholders by paying 
	a bigger yield than Apple's regular shares, which currently carry a 2.3% 
	dividend yield, according to FactSet. 
	The preferred stock dividends would only require 
	Apple to pay out small amounts over time, rather than tapping its cash 
	reserves to spend a large sum at once in the form of a special dividend or 
	stock buyback.
	"It's a unique solution to a problem that's been 
	intractable—how does Apple reward its shareholders?" Mr. Einhorn said in an 
	interview. "This idea allows them to keep their cash and yet enables 
	shareholders to recognize value." 
	Apple later fired back in a statement Thursday, 
	asserting that passage of the proposed shareholder measure wouldn't prevent 
	Apple from issuing preferred stock in the future. Apple said it would 
	evaluate Greenlight's proposal to issue the security and that its management 
	team and board have been in "active" discussions about returning more cash 
	to shareholders.
	Apple's statement didn't address the merits of 
	Greenlight's lawsuit, which argues that Apple is violating a securities rule 
	by bundling three items—including the preferred stock matter—under one 
	proposal. 
	The fracas encapsulates the growing investor unease 
	about Apple as the company stands at a growth crossroads. 
	When Mr. Cook took over as CEO in 2011, investors 
	widely believed he would be more receptive to distributing some of its cash, 
	something that his predecessor, Steve Jobs, had fiercely resisted. In March 
	2012, Mr. Cook announced Apple's first dividend since 1995 and a stock 
	buyback, and made a dividend payout last August. 
	But that hasn't appeased many shareholders as 
	Apple's historical growth streak has tempered amid signs that the company is 
	losing its competitive edge in smartphones to Samsung Electronics Co. 
	005930.SE +0.54% 
	Concerns are also rising over an apparent lack of 
	new game-changing products—like the iPad and the iPhone when they first 
	debuted—which have previously driven Apple's growth. Mr. Cook has said the 
	company continues to innovate at a rapid pace. 
	Last month, Apple reported a flat profit for its 
	most recently ended quarter and executives predicted that revenue growth 
	would continue to slow. 
	All of that has boiled over into a stock decline 
	and increasing pleas by investors to put more cash to use.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads and other teaching cases on dividends, payout ratios, 
and dividends yield --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm#Dividends 
Bob Jensen's threads on return on investment, other ratios, and financial 
statement analysis --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm 
"Proposed ASU on Classifying and Measuring Financial Instruments," 
Deloitte, The Wall Street Journal, February 15, 2013 --- 
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/02/15/fasbs-proposed-asu-on-classifying-and-measuring-financial-instruments/
	On February 14, the FASB released for public 
	comment a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU)¹ on the recognition, 
	classification, measurement and presentation of financial instruments.² 
	Comments are due by May 15, 2013. Under the proposal, which affects all 
	entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities, a mixed 
	measurement attribute approach would be applied to classification and 
	measurement.
	See Deloitte’s 
	
	Heads Up for an overview of the proposed ASU, 
	including a discussion of the proposed classification and measurement 
	approach. Topics covered include scope, classification of financial assets; 
	contractual cash-flow characteristics assessment; financial assets that fail 
	to meet the SPPI criterion; financial assets that meet the SPPI criterion, 
	including business model assessment and reclassications; financial 
	liabilities; fair value option; presentation; and effective date and 
	transition.
	The Heads Up also includes an appendix 
	discussing seven issues in a question-and-answer format: 
	
		- The FASB’s objectives
- Impact of the proposed ASU
- Classification and measurement of financial 
		assets
- Assessing the cash-flow characteristics of 
		financial assets
- Business model assessment
- Subsequent sales and reclassifications 
- Comparison to IFRSs
A
	
	Dbriefs webcast is 
	scheduled for February 20, 2013, at 2 p.m. ET  to provide an update on the 
	status of the financial instruments project. Upcoming Deloitte Heads Up 
	newsletters will provide additional analysis and insights related to the 
	proposal. To receive those, please 
	
	register at 
	
	www.deloitte.com/us/subscriptions.
Jensen Comment
In particular note the role of Business Model Assessment in meeting the SPPI 
criterion.
 
R Programming Language ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/R_%28programming_language%29 
"Learn R with Two Tutorials," by Lincoln Mullen, Chronicle of Higher 
Education, February 8, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/learn-r-with-twotorials/45843?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
"THE LEARNING TRIANGLE," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, February 12, 
2013 --- 
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/02/the-learning-triangle_12.html 
"THERE WILL BE NO QUIZ," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, February 21, 
2013 --- 
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/02/there-will-be-no-quiz.html 
 
"Team Ambition," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 30, 2013 
--- 
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/team-ambition.html 
Jensen Comment
This is more of a summary post about Joe's past postings to his blog. Joe tells 
me his readership spikes when a post a notice to the AECM.
 
Demand for Accounting Graduates Among the Highest of All Disciplines
"CPAs are sexy: Accountants in demand as regulatory climate tightens," Boston 
Business Journal, January 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.masslive.com/business-news/index.ssf/2013/01/cpas_are_sexy_accountants_in_demand_as_r.html 
	The numbers are in, and accountants should be 
	smiling.
	The unemployment rate for accountants stands at 
	just 4.1 percent. And 
	Forbes.com recently listed accountants and 
	auditors at No. 2 on its list of Top Jobs for 2013, just behind software 
	developers.
	Meanwhile, the Class of 2012 Student Survey Report, 
	released last year by the
	National 
	Association of Colleges & Employers, found that 68 
	percent of the most recent accounting majors received job offers, the 
	highest percentage of any major.
	“The job demand is there, and it’s steady,” said 
	Barbara Iannoni, academic/career development specialist at the Massachusetts 
	Society of Certified Public Accountants Inc.
	In fact, demand for accounting professionals has 
	picked up and continues to strengthen, said Bill Driscoll, the New England 
	District president for staffing firm Robert Half International. And Driscoll 
	says the demand for new talent is coming from all areas.
	“It’s private industry, it’s public, it’s really 
	across the board. You don’t have to be in a CPA to be in demand,” he said. 
	“It’s accounting that’s in demand right now. You can be a comptroller, 
	financial analyst, or auditor without being a CPA.”
	Driscoll said that for applicants with a mix of 
	public and private company experience — something most CPAs have — the job 
	opportunities are even more plentiful.
	“In the economic environment we still find 
	ourselves in, anyone in the accounting department who can analyze where the 
	dollars go, who can help companies stretch every dollar, are in high 
	demand,” he said.
	Nonetheless, companies today still have high 
	expectations for those they hire; they want accountants who know more than 
	numbers, Driscoll said.
	“Everybody needs number crunchers, but particularly 
	with the events of the last four or five years, if you can blend 
	communication skills and leadership skills with accounting skills or a CPA, 
	that will open up all sorts of opportunities and career progressions for 
	you,” he said.
	Industry leaders said most college students on the 
	accounting track still aim to get a CPA designation, which requires meeting 
	state-set academic and experience requirements as well as passing a one-time 
	state-administered CPA test. Once certified, a CPA also must meet regular 
	licensing requirements.
	It’s no easy process. According to Scott Moore, 
	senior manager of the College and University Initiatives at the
	American 
	Institute of CPAs, only 40 percent of test takers 
	nationwide actually pass.
	“It shows a lot of dedication and self-discipline 
	to pass the exam. That really tells you something about the person,” Moore 
	said.
	That’s one of the reasons the CPA remains such a 
	hot commodity in the job market, he said.
	Another reason: the ever-expanding list of 
	regulations that companies face. It’s a state of affairs that took a big 
	leap forward in 2002 with the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The 
	Dodd-Frank financial reform act of 2010, which is still being phased in 
	through dozens of yet-to-be-written regulations, has only made CPAs all the 
	more valuable, Moore said.
	“The work that a CPA does has evolved. There’s not 
	so much a need to do hard core number crunching because (computers) can do 
	that, so it’s more interpretation versus creation of information, and that 
	interpretation is more important to the business. CPAs have really taken on 
	that role,” said Moore, noting that CPAs are increasingly filling a number 
	of C-level positions at major companies.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There are some caveats. Undergraduate accounting majors must now take a fifth 
year or more (most enter masters degree programs) in order to sit for the 
Uniform National CPA Examination. And starting salaries are lower than salaries 
of engineers. 
And most graduates going to work for CPA firms have a low probability of 
surviving in those firms after 5-10 years. But this is not usually too 
bothersome since the main reason many accounting graduates first enter public 
accounting is for the great training and client exposures. Most of them did not 
want to stay in public accounting because of the requisite travel, long hours, 
and performance pressures. Those that leave public accounting after a few years 
go with clients who offer 9-5 hours, less travel, and much less pressure. And 
many leave to become full-time parents between the early parts and late parts of 
their accounting careers.
The bummer is that corporations fail offer nearly as many entry-level jobs as 
public accounting firms. Corporations and agencies like the FBI prefer to hire 
job applicants with some years of accounting experience. Aside from public 
accounting, the IRS is one of the best sources of entry-level job applications. 
And both the training and experience in the IRS are excellent for changing jobs 
later on.
"NASBA Releases CPA Examination Statistics:  New publications feature 
detailed reports and statistical data from the 2012 Uniform CPA Examination," 
PRWeb, February 12, 2013 --- 
http://www.prweb.com/releases/2013/2/prweb10421484.htm?PID=6147589 
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers 
This year, NASBA will fund and award a maximum of 
three grants totaling up to $25,000 for one-year research projects. Faculty and 
postdoctoral researchers at U.S. academic institutions are encouraged to submit 
proposals for consideration.
"NASBA Offers Accounting Research Grants," Accounting Today, February 12, 2013 
--- 
http://www.accountingtoday.com/news/NASBA-Offers-Accounting-Research-Grants-65672-1.html 
Jensen Comment
In light of the lengthy thread we had on the role of ethics education on ethics 
behavior, perhaps the time is ripe to propose a study of the impact on ethics 
behavior and education of the increased frequency of ethics modules on CPA 
examinations. One question might be how to best examine ethics issues on these 
examinations.
"Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail:  How HSBC hooked up with drug 
traffickers and terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling 
Stone, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214 
	The deal was announced quietly, just before the 
	holidays, almost like the government was hoping people were too busy hanging 
	stockings by the fireplace to notice. Flooring politicians, lawyers and 
	investigators all over the world, the U.S. Justice Department granted a 
	total walk to executives of the British-based bank HSBC for the largest 
	drug-and-terrorism money-laundering case ever. Yes, they issued a fine – 
	$1.9 billion, or about five weeks' profit – but they didn't extract so much 
	as one dollar or one day in jail from any individual, despite a decade of 
	stupefying abuses.
	People may have outrage fatigue about Wall Street, 
	and more stories about billionaire greedheads getting away with more 
	stealing often cease to amaze. But the HSBC case went miles beyond the usual 
	paper-pushing, keypad-punching sort-of crime, committed by geeks in ties, 
	normally associated with Wall Street. In this case, the bank literally got 
	away with murder – well, aiding and abetting it, anyway.
	
	
	Daily Beast: HSBC Report Should Result in Prosecutions, Not Just Fines, Say 
	Critics
	For at least half a decade, the storied British 
	colonial banking power helped to wash hundreds of millions of dollars for 
	drug mobs, including Mexico's Sinaloa drug cartel, suspected in tens of 
	thousands of murders just in the past 10 years – people so totally evil, 
	jokes former New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, that "they make the 
	guys on Wall Street look good." The bank also moved money for organizations 
	linked to Al Qaeda and Hezbollah, and for Russian gangsters; helped 
	countries like Iran, the Sudan and North Korea evade sanctions; and, in 
	between helping murderers and terrorists and rogue states, aided countless 
	common tax cheats in hiding their cash.
	"They violated every goddamn law in the book," says 
	Jack Blum, an attorney and former Senate investigator who headed a major 
	bribery investigation against Lockheed in the 1970s that led to the passage 
	of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. "They took every imaginable form of 
	illegal and illicit business."
	That nobody from the bank went to jail or paid a 
	dollar in individual fines is nothing new in this era of financial crisis. 
	What is different about this settlement is that the Justice Department, for 
	the first time, admitted why it decided to go soft on this particular kind 
	of criminal. It was worried that anything more than a wrist slap for HSBC 
	might undermine the world economy. "Had the U.S. authorities decided to 
	press criminal charges," said Assistant Attorney General Lanny Breuer at a 
	press conference to announce the settlement, "HSBC would almost certainly 
	have lost its banking license in the U.S., the future of the institution 
	would have been under threat and the entire banking system would have been 
	destabilized."
	It was the dawn of a new era. In the years just 
	after 9/11, even being breathed on by a suspected terrorist could land you 
	in extralegal detention for the rest of your life. But now, when you're Too 
	Big to Jail, you can cop to laundering terrorist cash and violating the 
	Trading With the Enemy Act, and not only will you not be prosecuted for it, 
	but the government will go out of its way to make sure you won't lose your 
	license. Some on the Hill put it to me this way: OK, fine, no jail time, but 
	they can't even pull their charter? Are you kidding?
	But the Justice Department wasn't finished handing 
	out Christmas goodies. A little over a week later, Breuer was back in front 
	of the press, giving a cushy deal to another huge international firm, the 
	Swiss bank UBS, which had just admitted to a key role in perhaps the biggest 
	antitrust/price-fixing case in history, the so-called LIBOR scandal, a 
	massive interest-raterigging conspiracy involving hundreds of trillions 
	("trillions," with a "t") of dollars in financial products. While two minor 
	players did face charges, Breuer and the Justice Department worried aloud 
	about global stability as they explained why no criminal charges were being 
	filed against the parent company.
	"Our goal here," Breuer said, "is not to destroy a 
	major financial institution."
	A reporter at the UBS presser pointed out to Breuer 
	that UBS had already been busted in 2009 in a major tax-evasion case, and 
	asked a sensible question. "This is a bank that has broken the law before," 
	the reporter said. "So why not be tougher?"
	"I don't know what tougher means," answered the 
	assistant attorney general.
	Also known as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking 
	Corporation, HSBC has always been associated with drugs. Founded in 1865, 
	HSBC became the major commercial bank in colonial China after the conclusion 
	of the Second Opium War. If you're rusty in your history of Britain's 
	various wars of Imperial Rape, the Second Opium War was the one where 
	Britain and other European powers basically slaughtered lots of Chinese 
	people until they agreed to legalize the dope trade (much like they had done 
	in the First Opium War, which ended in 1842).
	A century and a half later, it appears not much has 
	changed. With its strong on-the-ground presence in many of the various 
	ex-colonial territories in Asia and Africa, and its rich history of 
	cross-cultural moral flexibility, HSBC has a very different international 
	footprint than other Too Big to Fail banks like Wells Fargo or Bank of 
	America. While the American banking behemoths mainly gorged themselves on 
	the toxic residential-mortgage trade that caused the 2008 financial bubble, 
	HSBC took a slightly different path, turning itself into the destination 
	bank for domestic and international scoundrels of every possible persuasion.
	Three-time losers doing life in California prisons 
	for street felonies might be surprised to learn that the no-jail settlement 
	Lanny Breuer worked out for HSBC was already the bank's third strike. In 
	fact, as a mortifying 334-page report issued by the Senate Permanent 
	Subcommittee on Investigations last summer made plain, HSBC ignored a truly 
	awesome quantity of official warnings.
	In April 2003, with 9/11 still fresh in the minds 
	of American regulators, the Federal Reserve sent HSBC's American subsidiary 
	a cease-and-desist letter, ordering it to clean up its act and make a 
	better effort to keep criminals and terrorists from opening accounts at its 
	bank. One of the bank's bigger customers, for instance, was Saudi Arabia's 
	Al Rajhi bank, which had been linked by the CIA and other government 
	agencies to terrorism. According to a document cited in a Senate report, one 
	of the bank's founders, Sulaiman bin Abdul Aziz Al Rajhi, was among 20 early 
	financiers of Al Qaeda, a member of what Osama bin Laden himself apparently 
	called the "Golden Chain." In 2003, the CIA wrote a confidential report 
	about the bank, describing Al Rajhi as a "conduit for extremist finance." In 
	the report, details of which leaked to the public by 2007, the agency noted 
	that Sulaiman Al Rajhi consciously worked to help Islamic "charities" hide 
	their true nature, ordering the bank's board to "explore financial 
	instruments that would allow the bank's charitable contributions to avoid 
	official Saudi scrutiny." (The bank has denied any role in financing 
	extremists.)
	Continued in a long article
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads--- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Deloitte's New Site for International Accounting Teaching, Scholarship, 
and  Research --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/research-and-education 
	We have created a new page on IAS Plus that is 
	tailored to help users easily locate academic accounting material and 
	resources relevant for educational research that is available on IAS Plus 
	and other useful sites.
	Bookmark this site --- 
	
	http://www.iasplus.com/en/resources/research-and-education 
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting educators --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default3.htm 
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting researchers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default4.htm 
Bob Jensen's threads --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm 
Suggestion for a Website of Actual Financial Contracts
While examining the following accounting student, education, practitioner, 
client, and research helper site it dawned on me that a wonderful site to be 
added would be a site of real contracts taken from practice (names of people and 
companies could be hidden). Examples would include account factoring contracts, 
lending contracts, derivative financial instrument contracts, employee option 
contracts, employee stock compensation contracts and on and on and on. The 
important criterion would be that these are actual contracts and not just 
excerpts or hypothetical contracts.
What a great addition this would make in the following Website where 
following each contract could be suggested accounting journal entries and 
disclosures under IFRS versus U.S. GAAP.
Deloitte's New Site for International Accounting Teaching, Scholarship, 
and  Research --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/research-and-education  
If I were younger I would start such a site at my own Website. However, I 
think large public accounting firms have comparative advantages since they could 
draw on actual contracts of clients.
What a service this would be for education and research as well as for 
practitioners.
Deloitte (DTTL) and the International Association for Accounting Education 
and Research (IAAER) today announced the Deloitte IAAER Scholarship Programme, 
naming five associate professors from Brazil, Indonesia, Poland, Romania and 
South Africa as the programme’s inaugural scholars.
IAS Plus
February 13, 2013
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/deloitte-scholars 
	Mentors will be assigned to each scholar to support 
	them as they increase their exposure to internationally recognised 
	accounting scholars, best practices in accounting and business education and 
	research, and a global peer network. 
	Ongoing mentorship is a critical element of the 
	Deloitte IAAER Scholarship Programme and some well-known and highly 
	accomplished accounting experts have volunteered their support. These 
	include former member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Katherine 
	Schipper (Duke University); former member of the International Accounting 
	Standards Board, Mary Barth (Stanford University); Chika Saka (Kwansei 
	Gakuin University); Sidney Gray (University of Sydney); and Ann Tarca 
	(University of Western Australia). 
	The scholars, who must be a sitting lecturer, 
	assistant, or associate professor holding a PhD (or comparable degree) in a 
	faculty that teaches accounting, auditing, or financial reporting, are 
	chosen for three years and attend IAAER co-sponsored conferences, workshops, 
	and consortia as well as the IAAER World Congress. 
	In the long term, the programme aims at supporting 
	better accounting education and improving the quality of financial reporting 
	and auditing. The next round of scholarships will open in 2016, with 
	applications considered in 2015.
Bob Jensen's threads on careers in accountancy --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers 
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting educators --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default3.htm 
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting researchers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default4.htm 
Bob Jensen's threads --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm 
 
I am forwarding this AECM message to the current AAA Leadership, including 
Karen Pincus, Mary Barth, and Julie Smith David. For a very long time, the AAA 
has not been a good old boys club.
The contributions of accountics scientists to the AAA Commons to date have 
been almost nothing --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
Bob Jensen has contributed around 100 accountics science postings, but these 
are only a small proportion of his 1.500 posts and 15,000 comments on the 
Commons --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/people/12462cc690/profile 
 
David Boynton
There are quite a few accountics science postings on the AAA Commons thanks 
to David Boynton. David is on the staff of the AAA. As of January 19, 2013 David 
has made 470 posts to the Commons. Nearly all of them are accountics science 
postings.
To see a listing of David's postings on the AAA Commons, do the following:
	
		- Go to the AAA Commons at
		
		http://commons.aaahq.org/pages/home 
 
- Sign in as an AAA Member. 
 I truly wish the full Commons was available to non-members, but if 
		wishes were horses beggars would ride.
 
- On the right side you will see a picture link to David Boyton. Click 
		on this link.
 
- Near the top of David's profile you will see a link to his Posts. 
		Click there to see a listing of his postings to the Commons.
 
Proposal for a Quant Corner
I propose that the current leadership of the AAA post a Quant Corner Forum 
on the Commons. The purpose would be to have accountics scientists post a 
discussion of their existing working papers (e.g., on SSRN) and forthcoming 
papers in TAR, JAR, JAE, and other quant journals.  A restriction would be 
that these authors discuss their research without the use of equations and 
statistical inference tables at a level that non-quants can understand.
Commons users could then comment on selected Quant Corner postings. Ideally 
the authors would then reply back in a dialog that is not being accomplished in 
the accountics science journals themselves. For example, TAR has not published 
commentaries in years.
The model for the Quant Corner Forum could be the FASB's FASRI blog 
--- http://www.fasri.net/ 
Note in particular how the accountics scientists discuss their research in plain 
English beyond a mere abstract.
The problem with the FASRI blog is that it's limited to research related to 
accounting standard setting.
I envision the Quant Corner to expand to all research topics of accountics 
scientists.
Below is a quotation from one of my January 18 messages from another thread 
on the AECM"
	Hi Richard (Sansing),
	
	
	Perhaps the secret lies in the race between the Turtle and the Hare.
	
	
	Accountics scientists don't have to become like Bob Jensen thousands of 
	postings and tens of thousands of comments on the Commons. But they could 
	become steady in terms of posts and comments much like you are (gratefully 
	to me) a steady commenter on the AECM. 
	
	
	It would be terrific if Mary Barth posted a an Accountics Science Forum 
	(much like Zane's Writing Forum) on the AAA Commons. Then authors could post 
	notices of their forthcoming TAR, JAR, JAE, and other publications as well 
	as postings to SSRN. This might encourage AAA members to then comment on 
	these forthcoming publications. In a way this offsets the lack of published 
	commentaries in TAR, JAR, and JAE.
	
	
	I'm certain that it will have a different name than Accountics Science 
	Forum. But it could be called something like Quant Corner. The FASB has a 
	blog to serve as a model, but accountics science postings to that blog are 
	much too infrequent --- 
	http://www.fasri.net/
	
	
	
	In other words the the Quant Corner on the Commons could be modeled after 
	the FASRI blog, but the accountics science journal editors and referees 
	should remind authors to make postings to the Quant Corner.
	
	
	Thank you Richard for being tolerant of my rantings on the AECM.
	
	
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
On January 18, 2013 Richard Campbell replies as follows:
	Why not have the AAA have an online comment section 
	for each of the AAA journals? 
	The Wall Street Journal has that for all their 
	Blogs.
January 19, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
	Thanks for replying Richard.  I've actually thought about that, but 
	I prefer the FASRI-style lead ins where authors provide more of a personal 
	chat about their forthcoming research articles. These chats are more than 
	the abstracts that now appear on articles. And the dialog should avoid the 
	equations and statistical inference tables. 
	There could be a suggested outline for author lead in chats. I like the 
	format that's extremely common on Wikipedia where there are sections like 
	you see at 
	http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard 
	Yes we could even request that authors fill in a Criticisms section for 
	their own research article.
	What's interesting is that readers like me would be drawn to the Quant 
	Corner Forum in large measure just to see how accountics scientists 
	criticize their own research.
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
What drove the 30-year mortgage rate higher?
Sober Look, February 12, 2013 
http://soberlook.com/2013/02/what-drove-30yr-mortgage-rate-higher.html 
"(Israeli) Business Profs Who Doubt Value of Business Major, Inside 
Higher Ed, February 14, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/14/business-profs-who-doubt-value-business-major
	It's not unheard of for professors to question the 
	value of undergraduate education in business. It's more rare if you teach in 
	-- let alone lead -- an undergraduate program in business, but that's what 
	has happened at Tel Aviv University. 
	
	Haaretz reported that Shmuel Ellis, chair of 
	the undergraduate Department of Management, recently sent out an e-mail 
	telling those who are undecided about their major not to pick business. He 
	suggested they consider fields in the humanities, social sciences or 
	biological sciences. "Study of academic disciplines prepares students to 
	think scientifically in these fields and form the foundation for advanced 
	studies in graduate degree programs," he said.
	The comments have angered some students studying 
	business. Adding to the anger is that Ellis was defending comments from 
	Moshe Zviran, vice dean of the graduate business program, who recently 
	questioned the value of undergraduate education in business. Zviran said 
	that business study only makes sense at the graduate level. "Business 
	administration is an excellent degree but needs to be studied at the 
	appropriate time," he said.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Israel CPA Firm Directory ---
http://www.worldwide-tax.com/israel/israccountants.asp 
It appears that many Israeli accountants have U.S. CPA certificates.
Does Israel even have its own practice certifications for accountants?
Tens of Millions in Tornado Damage at Southern Miss --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/14/tens-millions-tornado-damage-southern-miss
Jensen Comment
This is really bad, but not quite as destructive as the damage inflicted upon 
New Orleans universities by Katrina. Recovery over years to come entailed 
terminating most of the employees of those universities.
"FASB Kicks Off XBRL Guidance Series," by Tammy Whitehouse, 
Compliance Week, February 11, 2013 --- 
http://www.complianceweek.com/fasb-kicks-off-xbrl-guidance-series/article/279960/ 
XBRL Tags to be Used on a SEC Accountancy Fraud RoboCop
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger Newsletter on February 14, 2014
	SEC readies fraud ‘RoboCop.’ The FT’s Adam Jones 
	warns CFOs that “accountancy’s answer to RoboCop will soon be watching you.” 
	Jones examines the SEC’s plans to roll out an early warning system using 
	XBRL tags this year. The data-mining software is partly based on a model the 
	SEC developed to trawl through hedge fund returns for signs of Bernard 
	Madoff-style “chicanery.” The accounting version will analyze whether a 
	company “sticks out from the pack” in areas such as accruals. Craig Lewis, 
	director of the SEC’s division of risk, strategy and financial innovation, 
	said it would be about nine months before it was rolled out, although it 
	could appear sooner.
	"SEC to roll out ‘RoboCop’ against fraud," by Adam Jones, Financial 
	Times, February 13, 2013 --- 
	
	http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/f446a8bc-75c9-11e2-9891-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2KrTO4g2h
	
Bob Jensen's OLAP, XML,  and XBRL threads are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm 
 
"Federal Tax Crimes, 2013," by John A. Townsend, SSRN, February 
5, 2013 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212771 
	Abstract:
	     
	This is the 2013 01 edition of the Federal Tax Crimes book that I started 
	many years ago for use in a Tax Fraud and Money Laundering course at the 
	University of Houston Law School. With some colleagues, we substantially 
	revised that earlier version into a separately targeted book, titled Tax 
	Crimes published by LEXIS-NEXIS. The full title of the LEXIS-NEXIS book is 
	John Townsend, Larry Campagna, Steve Johnson and Scott Schumacher, Tax 
	Crimes (LEXIS-NEXIS Graduate Tax Series 2008). 
	
	This pdf text offered here is a self-published version of my original text 
	that I have kept up since publication of the LEXIS-NEXIS book. The 
	LEXIS-NEXIS book is more suitable for students in a classroom setting and is 
	targeted specifically for graduate tax students. This pdf book I make 
	available here is not suitable for students in a class setting, but is more 
	suitable for lawyers in practice, covering far more topics and with far more 
	detail and footnotes that may be helpful to the busy practitioner. It cannot 
	be used fruitfully for the target audience of the LEXIS-NEXIS book. 
	
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
 
"The Dissertation Can No Longer Be Defended," by Stacey Patton, 
Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/The-Dissertation-Can-No-Longer/137215/ 
	The dissertation is broken, many scholars agree. So 
	now what?
	Rethinking the academic centerpiece of a graduate 
	education is an obvious place to start if, as many people believe, Ph.D. 
	programs are in a state of crisis. Universities face urgent calls to reduce 
	the time it takes to complete degrees, reduce attrition, and do more to 
	prepare doctoral candidates for nonacademic careers, as students face rising 
	debt and increased competition for a shrinking number of tenure-track jobs.
	As a result, many faculty and administrators wonder 
	if now may finally be the time for graduate programs to begin to modernize 
	on a large scale and move beyond the traditional, book-length dissertation.
	That scholarly opus, some say, lingers on as a 
	stubborn relic that has limited value to many scholars' careers and, 
	ultimately, might just be a big waste of time.
	"It takes too long. It's too isolating," says 
	William Pannapacker, an associate professor of English at Hope College and a 
	critic of graduate education who writes frequently for The Chronicle. 
	Producing a dissertation is particularly poor preparation, he adds, for 
	graduates whose first jobs are outside of academe—now roughly half of new 
	Ph.D.'s with postgraduation employment commitments. "It's a hazing ritual 
	passed down from another era, retained because the Ph.D.'s before us had to 
	do it."
	Scholars cite numerous reasons for why the 
	dissertation is outdated and should no longer be a one-size-fits-all model 
	for Ph.D. students.
	Completing a dissertation can take four to seven 
	years because students are typically required by their advisers to pore over 
	minutiae and learn the ins and outs of preceding scholarly debates before 
	turning to the specific topic of their own work. Dissertations are often so 
	specialized and burdened with jargon that they are incomprehensible to 
	scholars from other disciplines, much less applicable to the broader public.
	The majority of dissertations, produced in paper 
	and ink, ignore the interactive possibilities of a new-media culture. And 
	book-length monographs don't always reflect students' career goals or let 
	them demonstrate skills transferable beyond the borders of academe.
	Nontraditional 
	Approaches
	Some universities have started to make changes. 
	Graduate programs in history, literature, philosophy, anthropology, and 
	sociology the City University of New York, Michigan State University, and 
	the University of Virginia, among other campuses, have put significant 
	amounts of money into digital-humanities centers and new-media and 
	collaborative research programs that can support students who want to work 
	on nontraditional dissertations. They hold digital boot camps and have hired 
	faculty with the expertise to train graduate students who want to do digital 
	work.
	Others allow students to write three or four 
	publishable articles instead of one book-length text. Or they encourage 
	students to shape their dissertations for public consumption. History 
	students at Texas State University and Washington State University, for 
	example, work on projects that can be useful to museums, historical 
	societies, and preservation agencies.
	Some graduate programs allow students to work 
	collaboratively. Doctoral students in history at Emory University and 
	Stanford University, among others, work together on projects with help from 
	faculty, lab assistants, computer technicians, and geographers, who use 
	digital techniques like infrared scans and geolocation mapping to build 
	interactive maps that, for example, tell the history of cities and important 
	events in visually creative ways.
	These programs seek not only to move students 
	beyond the single-author monograph but also to improve upon the isolating 
	dissertation experience and to replace the hierarchical committee structure 
	with the project-management style of collaboration that is required by many 
	employers.
	"The economic realities of academic publishing, 
	coupled with exciting interpretive and methodological possibilities inherent 
	in new media and digital humanities, mean that the day of the dissertation 
	as a narrowly focused proto-book are nearly over," Bethany Nowviskie, 
	director of digital research and scholarship at the University of Virginia 
	Library, said in an e-mail.
	While such efforts to modernize and digitize the 
	dissertation are good, they do not go far enough to revamp doctoral 
	education, many scholars say. To reduce time to degree and make other key 
	improvements, they argue, broader changes in need to be considered.
	"You can't separate the dissertation from its 
	context," says William Kelly, president of CUNY's Graduate Center. "We need 
	to look at the degree as a whole and be student-centered."
	Faculty and administrators, he says, should find 
	ways to help students move more efficiently through graduate school from Day 
	1. Changes in the dissertation process are key, including focusing course 
	requirements and exams more squarely on preparing students to write those 
	dissertations, as long as that task remains necessary.
	To help more students complete their Ph.D. 
	programs, and to do so more quickly, CUNY has unveiled a five-year 
	fellowship program that will aid 200 new doctoral students. Participants 
	will have their teaching obligations reduced from two courses to one course 
	per semester during their second, third, and fourth years. Their annual 
	stipends will be increased to $25,000 from $18,000, in the hope that they 
	will spend less time on teaching, grading papers, and outside work, and more 
	on their own research.
	The graduate center will also reduce enrollment 
	across its graduate programs by one-fourth by 2015, to put more resources 
	toward helping students succeed. CUNY now enrolls 4,200 doctoral students.
	At the University of Washington, starting this 
	fall, students in a doctoral program in Hispanic studies will be required to 
	enroll in a new course that will help guide them in beginning preliminary 
	work on their dissertation prospectus. They will also be trained in public 
	forms of scholarship, so that their work will be more attractive to 
	employers outside higher education.
	The program will also alter exams, to make them 
	directly relevant to students' dissertations. The tests will comprise three 
	elements: an annotated bibliography of the books that are relevant to 
	student's research projects, a 10- to 15-page dissertation prospectus, and a 
	90-minute oral exam.
	Stanford has recently proposed changes in its 
	dissertation requirements, in an effort to reduce the time that students 
	spend in Ph.D. programs to five years, from an average of nine years now. 
	The plans include adopting a four-quarter system and providing students with 
	financial support during the summer, so they can use that time to make 
	progress on their dissertations.
	Departments would be required to provide clearer 
	guidelines about writing dissertations and to offer students alternatives to 
	the traditional format, so that their academic work will match up with their 
	career goals. Advisers would be called on to do a better job of providing 
	students with timely and effective feedback.
	A 21st-Century 
	Dissertation
	To the extent that dissertations have changed 
	already, technological advances have been largely responsible. The rise of 
	the digital humanities has opened up new interpretive and methodological 
	possibilities for scholars and has challenged conventional understandings of 
	the dissertation. Graduate students looking to take advantage of the 
	interactivity of online platforms are doing digital dissertations that 
	integrate film clips, three-dimensional animation, sound, and interactive 
	maps.
	One of those students is Sarita I. Alami, a 
	fifth-year doctoral student in the history department at Emory. She is 
	looking at the rise and fall of American prison newspapers from 1912 to 1980 
	and how prisoners used journalism to shape their experiences behind bars. 
	Many novels and memoirs about prison life have been written for people 
	outside prison. But Ms. Alami wants to provide a lens into prison culture 
	through the words of inmates themselves, particularly how they discussed 
	prison conditions and national and international politics.
	She has done the usual work of reading scholarly 
	articles and books. She's spent time in prison archives analyzing thousands 
	of newspapers to see how their coverage changed over time. But she is also 
	taking advantage of a digital microfiche scanner that Emory recently 
	acquired. Its algorithmic software processes large amounts of text and 
	returns useful keywords, allowing her to better analyze prisoners' use of 
	language over time.
	For example, at the height of the black-power era, 
	she saw the use of words like "pig," "whitey," and "solidarity." "That was 
	black-power rhetoric centered around prison activism," she says, "and it 
	captures the anger, prison revolts, and rashes of violence discussed by 
	outside media."
	Much of her work, while taking advantage of new 
	methods of analysis, will still result in a text-heavy, book-length 
	document. But a big component of her dissertation, she says, will be a 
	searchable online repository of prison periodicals, graphs, online exhibits, 
	and explanatory text. On a 
	Web site, she is 
	documenting her research experience and introducing others to new digital 
	tools.
	Amanda Visconti, a doctoral student in her third 
	year at the University of Maryland at College Park, entered the graduate 
	program in English with a background in Web development, information 
	studies, and user testing. She hasn't yet started on her dissertation—which 
	will be digital—but has experimented with a prototype digital edition of 
	Ulysses, which allows users to read the novel's first two episodes with 
	explanatory annotations and images that appear when the reader moves his or 
	her mouse over words that might be confusing.
	"Digital editions do a lot of things, but I'm 
	interested in making them more participatory, meaning that readers get an 
	interactive, engaged experience instead of a passive reading experience," 
	Ms. Visconti says. "Producing a traditional, book-style dissertation 
	wouldn't help me do the scholarly work I need to do. And it wouldn't present 
	that work to others in a way they could test, use, and benefit from."
	Alex Galarza, a fourth-year Ph.D. student in 
	history at Michigan State, is working on a digital dissertation on soccer 
	clubs of the 1950s and 60s in Buenos Aires, examining how they were 
	connected to political, economic, and social changes in the city. Rather 
	than produce a written text that readers would engage with only passively, 
	he wants people to be able to interact with his work, to dig behind his 
	documents to see the sources he's using and draw their own conclusions.
	A more traditional approach to his dissertation, he 
	says, wouldn't provide an experience nearly as collaborative. He and a 
	faculty mentor created the 
	Football Scholars Forum, 
	an online "scholarly think tank" that includes a group library, film 
	database, audio archive, academic directory, syllabus repository, and online 
	forum where researchers discuss monographs, articles, films, and pedagogy.
	Mr. Galarza is a graduate fellow at Michigan 
	State's digital-humanities center, which has 15 full-time employees, and he 
	has received $2,000 in travel grants to attend digital-humanities workshops. 
	Other than the scholars he meets at digital-humanities conference circuits 
	and institutes, though, he doesn't hear many graduate students talk about 
	incorporating digital methods into their dissertations. Most of his peers, 
	he says, are neither exposed to those methods nor encouraged to try them.
	Had he not received encouragement from faculty 
	mentors at Michigan State, he says, he, too, probably would be writing a 
	traditional dissertation. "If you don't have a program, mentor, and peers 
	that are demonstrating that these are real possibilities," he says, "then 
	it's hard to part from what everyone else around you and what your adviser 
	tells you to do."
	Barriers to 
	Change
	If most people agree that, after decades of debate, 
	it's time to finally do more to revamp the dissertation, then why isn't such 
	change widespread? The majority of graduate students are still sticking to 
	the monograph version of the dissertation, producing static texts that are 
	hundreds of pages in length and take roughly five or six years to complete.
	The barriers to change are many, faculty members 
	say. Graduate students themselves are part of the time-to-degree problem. 
	More and more Ph.D. candidates intentionally linger in departments, in order 
	to write exquisite theses, which they hope will help them stand out in a 
	brutal job market.
	What's more, many programs are behind the curve on 
	technology, and many do not have professors with the skills to train 
	students to do digital dissertations. On more than a few campuses, little, 
	if any, technical support or clear guidelines exist for students doing 
	digital dissertations. Nor do the usual dissertation books and workshops 
	provide much help to those students.
	Meanwhile, some scholars say the traditional 
	approaches to the dissertation aren't necessarily in need of overhaul at 
	all, even if digital and other nontraditional formats may be preferable for 
	some projects. Anthony T. Grafton, a historian at Princeton University, 
	argues that some of the proposals for changing the dissertation and reducing 
	time to degree could affect the quality of students' projects.
	"For me, the dissertation makes intellectual sense 
	only as a historian's quest to work out the problem that matters most to him 
	or her, an intellectual adventure whose limits no one can predict," he says. 
	"There's no way to know in advance how long that will take. Cut down the 
	ambition and scale, and much of the power of the exercise is lost."
	Many other professors say that until the tenure 
	process no longer requires the publication of book-length works, scholars in 
	the pipeline will continue to follow the traditional formula for writing 
	dissertations. Some students complain that when they create a digital 
	dissertation, they must also produce a text version. Many campus libraries 
	have not ironed out the wrinkles in terms of submission, guidelines, and 
	repositories. And the extra work, of course, doesn't tend to lessen the time 
	to degree.
	Ms. Visconti, the Maryland student, says she has 
	had to defend her decision to do a nontraditional dissertation to academics 
	who don't seem to think that digital projects on their own are scholarly 
	enough. Some people assume, she says, that projects like hers are just Web 
	sites where scholarship get published electronically; those professors don't 
	seem to understand how digital work can produce new tools for analysis that 
	allow researchers to ask new questions.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Much of this article is not relevant for science, engineering, accounting, 
finance and other disciplines. What makes more sense in those disciplines is to 
distinguish between dissertation  research that is aimed at an academic 
audience versus research that is aimed at a clinical audience such as 
practitioners. Presently, doctoral students pretty much have to write a 
dissertation for an academic audience. Accordingly, the practitioners in those 
professions get shorted. 
For example in accountancy a doctoral student might focus redesigning 
internal controls for a particular in a company where auditors identified some 
weaknesses in such controls in recent audits. This might be more of a case 
method research study that currently is unacceptable in most accountics science 
dominated accounting doctoral programs. There would still be a "dissertation" 
write up, but it could be quite non-traditional with heavy modules of multimedia 
such as security videos and their analysis along with writing of security 
software code.
Essays on the Sad State of Academic Accounting Research --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays 
"A Sensible Change in Taxing Derivatives," by Victor Fleisher,  
by Victor Fleischer, The New York Times, February 7, 2013 --- 
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/02/07/a-sensible-change-in-taxing-derivatives/?nl=business&emc=edit_dlbkpm_20130207
Jensen Comment
Although this article praises a proposal to charge year-end income taxes on the 
basis of net fair value increases of a derivatives portfolio rather than only 
taxing gains and losses based upon accumulated cash settlements there are some 
genuine and controversial problems. For example, if an option not yet settled is 
in-the-money at the end of the tax year, the owner would pay taxes as if it was 
settled at the end of the tax year. The investor would then have to cough up the 
cash from somewhere else to pay the taxes due this and other unsettled 
derivatives. And the taxpayer might then have to wait until the next year end to 
get a refund on derivatives that were settled for less (maybe zero) after paying 
the tax accrual.
The tax could also defeat the purpose of hedging. Often derivatives are 
acquired to hedge future transactions that are not taxable ahead of time such as 
when Southwest Airlines buys call options to hedge forecasted transactions to 
buy jet fuel a year from now. If spot prices soar for the jet fuel, the gains at 
the time of settlement of the options offsets the rise in prices above the 
strike price. Having to pay taxes on the option prices before the jet fuel is 
purchased causes a loss in the time value of money between when the taxes must 
be paid and the jet fuel is purchased. Perfect hedges then become less than 
perfect due to taxing value changes rather than cash settlements.
It might also be tempting for the government to extend this concept to other 
types of non-derivative financial instruments. For example, if an investor owns 
Apple Corporation shares that have appreciated in value by 100% during the year 
the taxpayer may have to pay taxes in cash for the stock price appreciation of 
stock not yet sold from the portfolio. It's easy to imagine where investors 
might have to sell long-term investments just to pay taxes on the value 
increases not yet realized.
Then there's the question of asymmetry. If taxpayers have to pay cash for 
value increase might they also receive cash from the IRS for losses in portfolio 
values? This could be devastating for the government in times of economic 
crashes.
The ideal of taxing value changes in derivatives before settlement dates 
sounds like a bad idea to me.
"CPA convicted for role in $40 million Ponzi scheme," WCNC.com, 
February 11, 2013 --- 
http://www.wcnc.com/news/business/CPA-convicted-for-role-in-40-million-Ponzi-scheme--190747591.html
	CHARLOTTE, N.C. (AP) -- An accountant has been 
	convicted for his role in a $40 million Ponzi scheme that defrauded 
	investors in North Carolina, Virginia and Ohio. 
	A federal jury in Charlotte convicted Jonathan D. 
	Davey of Newark, Ohio, on four counts of investment fraud conspiracy and tax 
	evasion. Prosecutors say Davey administered several hedge funds in the Black 
	Diamond Ponzi scheme, soliciting more than $11 million from victims in the 
	case. 
	The 48-year-old accountant, who was convicted 
	Friday, is the 11th defendant convicted in the 2007 fraud, which prosecutors 
	say deprived about 400 victims of more than $40 million. Prosecutors say 
	Davey used a shell company in Belize to funnel money toward construction of 
	his mansion in Ohio. 
	Davey faces a maximum sentence of 50 years in 
	prison and $1 million in fines.
Bob Jensen's threads on Ponzi frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
The Advantage of a Shredded Paper Trail
From the CFO Morning Ledger Newsletter on February 11, 2012 
	
	S&P left paper trail, but not Moody’s. The reason the DOJ may be 
	going after Standard & Poor’s and not rival Moody’s may be because S&P left 
	a paper trail and Moody’s didn’t. Former Moody’s
	
	employees tell the WSJ that Moody’s took careful 
	steps to avoid creating a trove of potentially embarrassing employee 
	messages like those that came back to haunt S&P in the U.S.’s lawsuit. 
	Moody’s analysts had limited access to instant-message programs and were 
	directed by executives to discuss sensitive matters face to face. The 
	crackdown on communications came after a 2005 investigation by then-New York 
	Attorney General Eliot Spitzer into Moody’s ratings on some mortgage-backed 
	deals.
Bob Jensen's threads on the credit rating agency scandals --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
Credit Rating Firms ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_rating_firms 
Credit Rating Firms were rotten to the core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies 
In 2008 it became evident that credit rating firms were giving AAA ratings to 
bonds that they knew were worthless, especially CDO bonds of their big Wall 
Street clients like Bear Stearns, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Bros., JP Morgan, 
Goldman, etc. --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
There are two 
superpowers in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United States and 
there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy you by 
dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds. And 
believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful.  The most that we can 
safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium is 
that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert 
of Financial Matters:  Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies," 
Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongressPartnoyWULawReview.htm 
Credit rating agencies gave AAA ratings to 
mortgage-backed securities that didn't deserve them. "These ratings not only 
gave false comfort to investors, but also skewed the computer risk models and 
regulatory capital computations," Cox said in written testimony.
SEC Chairman Christopher Cox
as quoted on October 23, 2008 at
http://www.nytimes.com/external/idg/2008/10/23/23idg-Greenspan-Bad.html
"CREDIT RATING AGENCIES: USELESS TO INVESTORS," by Anthony H. Catanch Jr. and 
J. Edward Ketz, Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, June 6, 2011 ---
http://blogs.smeal.psu.edu/grumpyoldaccountants/archives/113
 
"DOJ vs. Rating Firms,"  by David Hall, CFO.com Morning Ledger, 
February 5, 2013
	The government is taking its 
	get-tough-on-Wall-Street stance to the next level with the DOJ’s lawsuit 
	against Standard & Poor’s. The suit alleges that S&P from September 2004 
	through October 2007 “knowingly and with the intent to defraud, devised, 
	participated in, and executed a scheme to defraud investors in” CDOs and 
	securities backed by residential mortgages, the WSJ reports at the top of A1 
	today. The two sides have been discussing a possible settlement for months, 
	but the penalties the DOJ was targeting – more than $1 billion – made S&P 
	squeamish. The firm was also worried that if it admitted wrongdoing, as the 
	DOJ wanted, that could leave it vulnerable to other lawsuits. 
	S&P and other rating firms have argued in the past 
	that their opinions are protected by the First Amendment — and judges have 
	thrown out dozens of suits based on that argument, the Journal says. This 
	case will test that argument against the Justice Department’s view that the 
	First Amendment wouldn’t protect a ratings firm if it defrauded investors by 
	ignoring its own standards. 
	Neil Barofsky, the former inspector general for the 
	Troubled Asset Relief Program, said the DOJ move looks like an effort to get 
	“some measure of accountability” for the financial crisis, which was 
	“something that’s been really lacking across the board.” And Jeffrey Manns, 
	a law professor at George Washington University, tells Reuters that the suit 
	sends a message to “the rating industry at large that the government is 
	serious about holding rating agencies responsible, and that they must be 
	much more careful.”
	
	
	http://online.wsj.com/public/page/cfo-journal.html 
Jensen Comment
The DOJ actions do not worry the credit rating firms nearly so much as the 
hundreds of billions of potential tort lawsuits awaiting in the wings, lawsuits 
by damaged investors who relied on those phony credit ratings.
The credit rating firms, in turn, will blame CPA audit firms who gave clean 
audit opinions on junk.
Bob Jensen's threads on the credit rating agency scandals --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
 
Where were the auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms 
From PwC on February 6, 2013
Financial and Other Guarantees
The FASB decided at its February 6 meeting that certain guarantees issued by 
non-insurers, including certain financial guarantees issued by banks and other 
financial institutions, should be included in the scope of the proposed 
insurance contracts standard. The FASB's tentative decision will be exposed for 
comment as part of its insurance contracts exposure draft. The exposure draft is 
expected by the end of the second quarter of 2013. 
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/in-brief/in-brief-2013-06-fasb-guarantees.pdf
Soon Canada will not have a penny to its name
"A penniless Canada: Mint begins years-long process of collecting and melting 
down 82-million kg in coins," National Post, February 4, 2013 --- 
http://news.nationalpost.com/2013/02/04/canadian-penny-last-day/ 
Jensen Comment
In the U.S. the value of pennies and nickels is far less than the cost of 
minting the coins. Nickels for example cost about a dime to mint.
In addition to doing away with coins as a waste of good metal, we should even 
phase out of currency in an attempt to discourage crime . But there are worries 
in doing so --- 
http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-cashless-society-is-almost-here-and-with-some-very-sinister-implications/5313515
Question (FEI)
Which industries have the most goodwill on their balance sheets, which 
industries' goodwill was hardest hit, and the impact of impairments on each 
industry's total assets?
"Goodwill Impairment Holds Steady," by Bill 
Sinnett, FEI's FERF Research Blog, February 1, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.financialexecutives.org/KenticoCMS/FEI_Blogs/FERF-Research-Blog/November-2012/2012-Goodwill-Impairment-Study.aspx#axzz2JwlCV2io
	
		he 2012 Goodwill Impairment 
		Study, done by Duff & Phelps, examines the general and industry trends 
		of goodwill impairment for U.S. companies and includes the results of a 
		survey of FEI members.
	
		 
	
		New in this year’s study 
		are ten industry sector spotlights which highlights key goodwill 
		impairment metrics, as well as cross-tabulation analyses which evaluate 
		the relationships between FEI member responses to two or more questions.
	
		 
	
		     2012 Study 
		Highlights
		
 
	
		- U.S. companies impaired 
		$29 billion of goodwill in 2011.
- Financial services 
		firms represented the greatest share of total impairments, followed by 
		consumer staples and healthcare.
- Contrary to what was 
		previously anticipated, only 52% of private companies and 43% of public 
		companies applied the qualitative assessment option (ASU 2011-08) to 
		some or all of their reporting units.
		 
"Study by UK researchers shows inconsistency in IFRS application," by 
Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 26, 2013 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137251.htm 
Jensen Comment
The same most likely can be said about principles-based standards in general ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines 
 
Bob Jensen's threads on impairment --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment 
From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013 
	
	The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) 
	has published a review of 2011 IFRS financial statements related to 
	impairment testing of goodwill. The report shows that significant impairment 
	losses of goodwill were limited to a handful of issuers. According to ESMA, 
	this raises the question as to whether the level of impairment disclosed in 
	2011 financial reports appropriately reflects the difficult economic 
	operating environment for companies. ESMA also finds that although the major 
	disclosures related to goodwill impairment testing were generally provided, 
	in many cases these were boilerplate and not entity-specific. ESMA expects 
	issuers and their auditors to consider the findings of the review when 
	preparing and auditing the 2012 IFRS financial statements. 
A Curious Case of Negative Goodwill
"NEED PROFIT? BUY SOMETHING!" by Anthony H. Catanach Jr. and J. Edward Ketz, 
Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, July 30, 2012 --- 
http://blogs.smeal.psu.edu/grumpyoldaccountants/archives/733 
	We first voiced our concern about an obscure 
	accounting rule that allows companies to “create” profits when purchasing 
	other businesses in the “Curious Case of Miller Energy’s 10-K and Its Huge 
	Bargain Purchase.” The offending tenet relates to the treatment of something 
	called “negative goodwill” which purportedly is created when a company makes 
	an acquisition, and pays less than what the assets are worth. This fantastic 
	“bargain purchase” creates a negative goodwill anomaly because the acquirer 
	supposedly gets more assets than it pays for, as in this example:
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Yet another illustration of how the FASB and IASB made a black hole out of 
bottom-line earnings.
Bob Jensen's threads on impairment issues --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment
Interest-Rate Swaps Scream "Buyer Beware" 
The Financial Services Authority found that some U.K. banks misled corporate 
customers in the sales of interest-rate swaps, but the problem is not confined 
to one country. 
by Vincent Ryan 
CFO.com, February 1, 2013
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/2/credit_interest-rate-swaps-fsa-otc-overhedging-break-cost-cftc-sec
Jensen Comment
FAS 133 and IAS 39 generally assume that interest rate swaps have no front-end 
costs or coercion. That appears to be no longer the case. Banks have such a 
penchant for ruining good things.
Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing Failures, and the Evolution of 
International Accounting Standards ----
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds 
Anti-Fraud Collaboration Launches Website with Access to Anti-Fraud Tools
Center for Audit Quality
January 24, 2013
News Release ---
http://www.thecaq.org/newsroom/release_01242013.htm 
Anti-Fraud Collaboration Site ---
http://www.antifraudcollaboration.org/ 
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm 
Conflict Minerals ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conflict_mineral 
Auditors worry about lack of guidance on conflict-mineral rules ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/29/conflict-mineral-reports-present-challenges-for-auditors/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
From the CFO Global CPA Newsletter Report on February 6, 2013
	Securities and Exchange Commission rules on 
	conflict minerals, many of them African spoils of war, affect the supply 
	chain of thousands of U.S. companies. However, auditors are uncertain how to 
	meet the requirements. They are concerned that an insufficient audit could 
	lead to fines and open a company to liability.
Jensen Comment
Conflict minerals will remain a huge problem for both business firms and their 
accountants, but it is somewhat of a lesser problem now that automobile 
companies are starting to drop dreams of manufacturing battery-powered cars in 
favor of other alternatives such as hydrogen fuel cells.
"Free Spreadsheet-Based Form 1040 Available for 2012 Tax Year," by 
David H. Ringstrom, AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/free-spreadsheet-based-form-1040-available-2012-tax-year/220959?source=technology
Jensen Comment
This might be a great application (using hypothetical taxpayers) for students 
learning spreadsheets as well as basics of income tax reporting.
I used a similar approach when teaching students how to use Webledger 
software --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Webledger.htm 
For example, the term project report for a team of my students is available 
at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5342/projects/Netledger.pdf 
This project was conducted when students could get free WebLedger accounts. I 
don't think that's possible these days.
 Are Herbalife's financial statements nutritious? 
Grumpy Old Accountants
Tony promised he would notify the AECM about his new postings. 
I think he's forgetting his promise.
the Grumpy Old Accountants Blog carries on in the style of Abe Briloff. 
For decades Abe grubbed around the details of financial statements to find 
violations of accounting standards, auditing standards, and reporting integrity 
in general. Tony is trying to carry on alone with this blog --- which is a huge 
job because it's not easy to pour over financial statements at a professional 
level.
"What Do Herbalife's Financials Tell Us?," Anthony H. Catanach Jr., 
Grumpy Old Accountants, January 30, 2013 --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/1/30/what-do-herbalifes-financials-tell-us 
Once again I'm asking Tony to let us know when he posts a new tidbit on the 
GOA Blog.
Ponzi/Pyramid Schemes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi 
 
CNET, CES and Crowd-sourced audits: Independence does matter --- 
http://uwcisa-assurance.blogspot.com/2013/02/cnet-ces-and-crowd-sourced-audits.html
Thank you Jerry Trites for the heads up.
"How to Add and Subtract Roman Numerals," by Jason Marshall, The 
Math Dude, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://mathdude.quickanddirtytips.com/how-to-add-and-subtract-roman-numerals.aspx
Jensen Comment
This may be useful if your teaching about financial derivative instruments 
history. Options trading dates back to Roman times --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds 
In many cases, this will involve a significant 
change in the way a firm used to account for expenditures in their income 
statement and on their balance sheet.
"Property Tax Rules Puzzle Finance Staffs," by Kathleen Hoffelder, 
CFO.com, February 1, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/1/tax_repair-regs-tangible-property-tax-ernst-young-irs?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+cfo%2Fdaily_briefing+%28Latest+Articles+from+CFO.com%29
	CFOs and their finance staffs have had since March 
	to digest guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Department 
	of Treasury in how to apply new tax regulations regarding a corporation’s 
	tangible property, including equipment and such things as elevators or 
	desks. But the rules are so complicated it has many still scratching their 
	heads months later. 
	“It’s intimidating for many companies. And the 
	level of effort needed to analyze what is the best strategic approach to 
	implement, to quantify the effects of changing, and to actually implement 
	the changes is more than many companies can spend or are willing to spend,” 
	says Thomas Yeates, national director of cost segregation at Ernst & Young.
	
	The new tangible-property rules are an attempt to 
	provide more specific tax requirements for taxpayers. But they now require 
	many corporations to reclassify property improvements formally deemed tax 
	deductions or capital expenditures. In many cases, this will involve a 
	significant change in the way a firm used to account for expenditures in 
	their income statement and on their balance sheet. 
	Generally, the new regulations mandate that costs 
	to enhance or improve tangible property have to be capitalized and those 
	costs incurred to simply repair and keep tangible property in working order 
	would be allowed to be deducted. Previously, determining which category 
	improvements to a property would fall into was fuzzy. The new rules include 
	three tests to determine whether an expense is deemed a “betterment,” a 
	“restoration," or an "adaptation”of the property to a new and different use.
	
	But nothing is as simple as it sounds when it comes 
	to tax codes. The new tangible-property guidance, for instance, includes no 
	fewer than 19 accounting-method changes that exist within the tangible 
	property rules’ section 481(a) tax adjustments. 
	The 481(a) adjustments must be applied, for 
	instance, when a corporation changes its accounting method from deducting to 
	capitalizing an expense, when a firm acquires new tangible property, or 
	disposes of property. Since there are myriad of ways to account for such an 
	expense, this is an area that has typically perplexed corporation for years.
	
	Speaking at a New York State Society of CPAs tax 
	conference this week, Yeates quoted what IRS officials have said in the past 
	about "dispositions" in the tangible-property regulations— that it “will be 
	the battlefield that will remain after the final regs.” That’s because, as 
	he puts it, “there is not a lot of guidance.” 
	In IRS terminology, anything deemed a sale, 
	exchange, retirement, physical abandonment, or destruction of an asset falls 
	into the "disposition" area. Under the new tangible-property rules, the 
	retirement of the structural components of a building is also now included, 
	where it was not in the past. 
	But, according to Yeates, the language--and not 
	just the structural change in the new guidance for dispositions--is what's 
	confusing. Under the new tangible property regulations, taxpayers must use a 
	reasonable valuation method for dispositions that is “consistently applied.” 
	Determining what that means may be easier said than done, he says. 
	
	Some IRS officials interpret the ‘consistently 
	applied’ language to mean that once an asset has a disposition (as in the 
	case of a roof repair being claimed as a full replacement) applied to it 
	once, that is the way it is defined for every disposition thereafter, he 
	says. 
	The guidelines do improve some things for corporate 
	taxpayers, however. Previously a taxpayer could not actually claim a 
	“partial” disposition on the replacement of a roof for example, hindering a 
	taxpayer's ability to claim another disposition on that same asset in the 
	future. The new regulations now permit corporations to write off structural 
	components of an asset that have been replaced, for example. 
	But the complex language of that beneficial 
	provision of the guidance is in itself puzzling to corporations, according 
	to Yeates. “This is a troubling issue… and will continue to cause confusion 
	until more guidance is out,” he says. 
	Continued in article
"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting 
professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html 
"The Lying 
Culture," 
by J. Edward Ketz & Anthony 
H. Catanach Jr., 
 SmartPros, February 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x71398.xml
	From time to time, it is good to stop and 
	assess one's progress in life. Such an evaluation helps people to figure out 
	how they are doing and to make strategic decisions to take advantage of 
	upcoming opportunities and to meet future challenges. When we do this for 
	the accounting profession, we shake our heads because accounting shenanigans 
	remain abundant and the seeds for further scandals are sown, watered, and 
	fertilized.
	The kernel of this problem is simple: 
	company managers and their advisers are liars. Ok, not all of them, but so 
	many are liars that the business community is in danger of falling on its 
	own petard. Maybe this is because American society has a problem with the 
	truth, as exemplified by our political, military, bureaucratic, sports, and 
	entertainment leaders. We often hear the mantra, “the truth shall make you 
	free,” but our leaders apparently desire to enslave others through their 
	destructively self-serving, lying behaviors.
	One obvious current example is the toxic 
	assets still held by banks in the wake of the financial crisis of 2008. 
	These investments have real values lower than their carrying values, but 
	banks refuse to write them down, citing mush about earnings volatility and 
	the adverse effects of mark-to-market accounting. They reject fair value 
	accounting because it would reveal the precarious position of the banking 
	industry. In short, banks are lying about asset values and really are not 
	well capitalized.
	Continued in article
 
	"Who is Telling the Truth?  The Fact Wars:  
	," as written on the Cover of Time Magazine
	 "Blue Truth-Red Truth: Both candidates say White House hopefuls 
	should talk straight with voters. Here's why neither man is ready to take 
	his own advice ,"
	 by Michael Scherer (and Alex Altma), Time Magazine Cover Story, 
	October 15, 2012, pp. 24-30 ---
	 http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PresidentialCampaignLies2012.htm 
The Cheating Culture: Why More Americans Are Doing Wrong to Get Ahead 
[Paperback] 
by David Callahan (Author) 
http://www.amazon.com/The-Cheating-Culture-Americans-Doing/dp/0156030055/ref=cm_cr_pr_product_top
	Customer Reviews 
Review by Stephen A. Lajoie (Seattle, WA USA)
	I was interested in this book because I have 
	observed increased incidents of cheating on college campuses. Cheating has 
	become bold, blatant and unpunished. 
	The author makes the case that cheating has 
	increased since 1974. The thesis of the author is that the greed of the 
	political conservatives has caused the epidemic of cheating, and the author 
	even cites a sound-bite from President Reagan, where Reagan says that he 
	hopes that people can still get rich in this country, to support this claim.
	
	The book is an interesting read for the data on how 
	cheating has become socially acceptable among the middle class, but the 
	author's thesis that political conservatives, due to their greed, have 
	caused it is not well made. I would accuse him of neglectful induction: 
	he doesn't examine non-capitalist countries like the former Soviet Union for 
	examples of cheating. He claims that there was a golden age of honesty, 
	and as an example of that points to big law firms that use to only hire the 
	all white upper class sons of wealthy members of the law firm, but now, due 
	to diversity laws, hire the top graduates out of law school. The new high 
	pressure work environment and the drive to get to the top is the cause of 
	cheating in billing. The author claims this is due to post 1974 conservative 
	greed. Yet, the author ignored that sweat shop conditions have existed in 
	the past, and that this law firm is nothing more than a yuppie sweat shop. 
	Further, isn't hiring only the white upper class son's of the partners a way 
	of cheating as well? The author does not address that. 
	The idea that corporate greed has caused cheating 
	in schools is simply backwards, a confusion of cause and effect. One cheats 
	in school and then goes into the business world, where one cheats in 
	business. People do not, generally, go from cheating in business to cheating 
	in high school. 
	Cheats have done well in big business since 
	forever; this is nothing new since the Reagan administration. The author 
	does not examine the relationship between the decline of religion and the 
	increase in cheating, either; which is very neglectful induction. It simply 
	does not follow that corporate greed is the root cause of the increase in 
	cheating among the middle class. 
Jensen Comment
There are many nations where students cheat much more commonly and blatantly 
than the United States. Plagiarism is extreme in the Soviet Union where even 
President Vladimir Putin plagiarized his entire Ph.D. thesis --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#Celebrities 
It's not clear that Vladimir Putin even read his own thesis
Large parts of an economics thesis written by President 
Vladimir Putin in the mid-1990s were lifted straight out of a U.S. management 
textbook published 20 years earlier, The Washington Times reported Saturday, 
citing researchers at the Brookings Institution. It was unclear, however, 
whether Putin had even read the thesis, which might have been intended to 
impress the Western investors who were flooding into St. Petersburg in the 
mid-1990s, the report said. Putin oversaw the city's foreign economic relations 
at the time. 
"Putin Accused of Plagiarizing Thesis," Moscow Times, March 27, 2006 ---
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2006/03/27/011.html 
The Psychology of Plagiarism in Russia --- 
http://psychologyinrussia.com/volumes/pdf/2009/27_2009_voiskunskii.pdf 
"German Education Minister Stripped of Doctorate," Inside Higher Ed, 
February 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/06/german-education-minister-stripped-doctorate 
	A panel at Heinrich Heine University has decided to 
	strip Germany's education minister, Annette Schavan, of her doctorate 
	because the committee found her dissertation to be plagiarized, the 
	
	Associated Press reported.
	Schavan denies the charges and plans to appeal. A 
	former defense minister in Germany resigned in 2011 after revelations that 
	he had copied portions of his doctoral thesis.
Jensen Comment
In days of old the writings of students were considered the works of their major 
professors who sometimes helped themselves to these works without even 
acknowledging the original authors. This no longer is the case in modern times.
Bob Jensen's threads on professors who plagiarized --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#ProfessorsWhoPlagiarize
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm 
"High-Profile Plagiarism Prompts Soul-Searching in German Universities," 
by Paul Hockenos, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 25, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/High-Profile-Plagiarism/137515/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
	Rarely do political scandal and academe collide so 
	publicly as they have now, in Europe. In February, Germany's education 
	minister stepped down after Heinrich Heine University, in Düsseldorf, 
	revoked her doctorate because her thesis lifted passages from other sources 
	without proper attribution. 
	Her departure came after scandals over plagiarized 
	work took down a German defense minister, the president of Hungary, and a 
	Romanian education minister. But it is the storied German university system, 
	not politics, that has suffered the real body blows, say education experts.
	
	The front-page news has shaken higher education in 
	Germany, where, in addition to the two former federal ministers, several 
	other national and local political figures have been accused of academic 
	fraud. The incidents have left many wondering: Is there something rotten at 
	the heart of German academe, the esteemed heir of Humboldt and Hegel?
	For two centuries, the German university as 
	envisioned by the 19th-century philosopher Wilhelm von Humboldt has been the 
	model for research institutions in Europe, the United States, and beyond. 
	Humboldt's notions of academic freedom, the autonomy of the university, and 
	placing scientific pursuit at the heart of higher education continue to 
	carry weight today. But his legacy in Germany may be growing somewhat 
	tarnished. 
	"The reputation of German universities is 
	suffering, and it looks like it will suffer for some time to come," says 
	Wolfgang E.J. Weber, director of the Institute for European Cultural 
	History, in Augsburg, Germany, and author of a book on the history of the 
	European university. 
	As a result of the scandals, he says, his historian 
	colleagues from elsewhere in Europe no longer consider the German system to 
	be the gold standard. Noting that the allegations of academic fraud have 
	affected doctoral graduates in the humanities and liberal arts, Mr. Weber 
	worries that if financing for disciplines in those areas suffers as a 
	result, "the negative consequences could be long-term." 
	In Germany academic titles play a role in politics 
	far greater than they do in the United States. Doctoral and other titles, 
	sometimes as many as three or four, are prominently displayed on the 
	business cards, door plaques, and letterheads of politicians. Some call it 
	posturing—a modern-day "nobleman's title"—while others defend it as a 
	meaningful distinction based on merit. 
	"In the German context, the academic title means 
	more than just an expertise, say, in economics or law, that can be valuable 
	to policy making or another field," says Thomas Rommel, rector of the 
	European College of Liberal Arts of Bard, in Berlin, and author of a book 
	about plagiarism in general. "It connotes personal achievement, an element 
	of determination and grit to pursue a specialized topic for three years and 
	see it through." 
	Whether one is impressed by the degree or not, the 
	Ph.D. has become a facet of the German résumé that lures ambitious 
	politicians and professionals who have no intention of entering academe. 
	That has led to a proliferation of Ph.D.'s—roughly 25,000 a year awarded 
	since 2000, more per capita than any other country in the world, according 
	to the Federal Statistical Office of Germany. By comparison, American 
	universities award 50,000 doctorates a year, but in a country with a 
	population four times as large as Germany's. 
	Germany's output of Ph.D. recipients probably won't 
	slow down, but the plagiarism cases have shined a spotlight on academe's 
	time-honored methods for supervising and awarding doctorates, especially to 
	candidates who are not full-time academics. 
	"In theory," says Martin Spiewak, education editor 
	at the German weekly newspaper Die Zeit, "the professional with hands-on 
	experience in a given field, like a politician, can through a dissertation 
	bring something new into the world of scholarship that others can then 
	profit from. It could be a unique, constructive link between the 
	professional and the academic worlds."
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Centuries ago Oxford was a collection of colleges rather than a university. When 
I lectured at Humboldt University in Berlin a few years ago, it was claimed that 
the idea of a university as opposed to a collection of colleges was conceived at 
Humboldt --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University 
Prior to the 20th Century the works of students became the works of their 
professors and were sometimes published without even giving credit to the 
original authors. Of course times have changed, although they perhaps changed a 
bit slower in Germany.
It was hard to sleep at night in my hotel because skyscrapers were being 
built 24/7 with lots of noise, loud radios, and men yelling loudly in Russian. 
Apparently Russian workers were imported to do a lot of the construction work. I 
thought it was ironic that the Russians destroyed Berlin and then were called 
back to rebuild it.
"German Education Minister Stripped of Doctorate," Inside Higher Ed, 
February 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/06/german-education-minister-stripped-doctorate 
	A panel at Heinrich Heine University has decided to 
	strip Germany's education minister, Annette Schavan, of her doctorate 
	because the committee found her dissertation to be plagiarized, the 
	
	Associated Press reported.
	Schavan denies the charges and plans to appeal. A 
	former defense minister in Germany resigned in 2011 after revelations that 
	he had copied portions of his doctoral thesis.
Jensen Comment
In days of old the writings of students were considered the works of their major 
professors who sometimes helped themselves to these works without even 
acknowledging the original authors. This no longer is the case in modern times.
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
 
"What is the Value of Ethics Education? Are Universities Successfully 
Teaching Ethics to Business Students?," by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, 
Ethics Sage, February 12, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/what-is-the-value-of-ethics-education.html
	. . . 
	This is "academic-speak" for we do not want to hold 
	the schools accountable for ethics education. AACSB's failure to set 
	specific goals for business ethics education speaks volumes about the 
	political pressure from accredited schools that were brought to bear on any 
	new standards that require specific education. Academic administrators do 
	not want to be tied down to a specific course of action or program; they 
	want a more "flexible" approach. The result is a meaningless standard that 
	fails to address the critical problems that face us today in graduating 
	business students who become tomorrow's future abusers of the capitalist 
	system because of narcissitic behavior. 
	So, what should be done about the failure of 
	business ethics education over the years to stem the rising tide of 
	corporate fraud and wrongdoing? I believe the emphasis of business ethics 
	education has to change from teaching philosophical reasoning methods that 
	rarely work in practice to a more values-based approach that emphasizes 
	ethical leadership. Ethical leadership is a must in any discipline -- 
	accounting, finance, information systems, management and marketing. 
	Therefore, all college instructors should buy into the need to slant their 
	teaching methods to incorporate leadership -- ethical leadership.
Jensen Comment
Those of us that have had to deal with cheating students over the years, 
including those who cheated in ethics classes, discover that ethics behavior or 
lack thereof is very, very complicated. Unethical behavior and cheating is very 
situational and opportunistic. Sometimes lapses arise when there are heavy 
demands on time such as those demands of varsity athletics, troubled marriages, 
child illness, etc. Sometimes lapses arise from a follow-the-herd situation such 
as that recently observed among 125 students in a recent Harvard political 
science course.
In my opinion, most lapses in ethics do not arise from ignorance about the 
ethics guidelines. Therefore, teaching about it is not likely to have much 
incremental benefit in preventing ethics lapses at the individual level. There 
may be some benefit in terms of awareness and better writing of ethics 
guidelines. And studying what happens when violations of ethics have severe 
consequences may instill some fear. For example, expelling half the 125 students 
who were caught cheating in one political science class probably made the 
remaining students at Harvard University sit up and take notice that the 
Harvard's Student Honor Code is not toothless.
"Anton Chekhov on the 8 Qualities of Cultured People," by Maria Popova, 
Brain Pickings, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/01/29/anton-chekhov-8-qualities-of-cultured-people/
Jensen Comment
I suspect there are not many cultured people in the world because of Criterion 
Number 4.
"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting 
professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html 
"The Lying 
Culture," 
by J. Edward Ketz & Anthony 
H. Catanach Jr., 
 SmartPros, February 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x71398.xml
Ethical Video Dilemmas for use in the classroom from KPMG ---
Click Here 
http://emailcc.com/collect/click.aspx?u=yBkk0yFkQBUYhLtB0iEBFmUseoUsqrE3Dvx/pWbQzRFv6VS1ngkmZHUQgfaiTiOzbtC9dsBLaDuNzSN3elnG7KqpqZ4gUCv1aVtnb7PdTsGsnf7V+NKo0sTNSGcmspf9&rh=ff000e36e0e62e7a3efaa54b8d4999362097bc09
"UK's "Big Four" accountants under fire from watchdog," by Huw Jones,
Reuters, February 22, 2013 --- 
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/22/us-britain-accounting-idUSBRE91L0C920130222
	Companies in Britain could be forced to switch 
	accountants to break up the cozy relationships between the "Big Four" and 
	their clients, blamed for masking weaknesses exposed by the financial 
	crisis. 
	The "Big Four" - KPMGKPMG.UL, PwC PWC.UL, Ernst & 
	Young ERNY.UL and Deloitte DLTE.UL - check the books of nearly all listed 
	companies in Britain and around the world, and have often served the same 
	clients for decades. 
	The UK's Competition Commission proposed that 
	companies put out their audit work to tender every five to seven years, and 
	change accounting firms every seven to 14 years - roughly in line with 
	changes being discussed at the European Union level. 
	Investors would also play a role in selecting an 
	auditor, according to plans put forward by the commission, which published 
	preliminary findings from a probe it began in 2011. 
	The industry was put under scrutiny after auditor 
	"complacency" was blamed by UK lawmakers for deepening the financial crisis.
	
	The Competition Commission found that 31 percent of 
	the top 100 companies in the UK and a fifth of the next 250 firms had had 
	the same auditor for over 20 years. 
	Competition in the UK is restricted by factors that 
	make it hard for companies to switch accountants, the Competition Commission 
	found, and there is a tendency for auditors to focus on satisfying 
	management rather than shareholder needs, it said. 
	The findings add weight to a draft European Union 
	law which contains plans for boosting competition in the 27-country bloc's 
	audit market which would override UK changes. 
	The United States is also mulling auditor rotation 
	as the sector faces questions for giving banks a clean bill of health just 
	before governments had to step in and rescue them in the 2007-09 financial 
	crisis. 
	Critics have said the Big Four should separate out 
	their audit and advisory units, a step the draft EU law looks at. 
	
	"The real issue we have identified is stickiness in 
	the market," Laura Carstensen, who chaired the probe, told Reuters. "The 
	question of break-up was not on our list." 
	There was "significant dissatisfaction" among big 
	investors, the commission said, but changing the "long standing and 
	entrenched" system would take time. 
	Its proposals go further than a recent change 
	introduced by Britain's Financial Reporting Council (FRC), which requires 
	companies to consider changing accountants every decade. The FRC said it was 
	pleased the Commission was looking at taking more steps to enhance 
	competitiveness and switching. 
	PIRC, which represents pension funds and fund 
	managers, said mandatory rotation was the best way to ensure auditor 
	independence and large shareholders increasingly favored this. 
	The commission also proposes banning "Big Four 
	only" clauses, meaning banks could not insist on a borrower using one of the 
	four top audit firms. 
	"GROSSLY UNDERESTIMATED" 
	The Big Four insist there is strong competition and 
	point to downward pressure on fees and some recent switchings of auditors 
	among big companies. 
	PwC said the Competition Commission had "grossly 
	underestimated" the critical role the audit committees at client firms play 
	in protecting shareholder interests. 
	Ernst & Young said it was pleased the watchdog 
	found no collusion, abuses or excess profits but rejected accusations that 
	the audit market was not serving shareholders, as did Deloitte and KPMG.
	
	"In addition, we believe that competition between 
	audit firms is healthy and robust and that the evidence supports this," E&Y 
	said. 
	But second tier audit firms, such as Mazars, BDO 
	and Grant Thornton, welcomed the findings after having argued it would not 
	be worthwhile expanding unless there was some intervention to help prise 
	open the market.
	Continued in article
"Big four accountants 'insufficiently independent and sceptical' of City:  
Competition Commission criticises Ernst & Young, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC for 
'higher prices, lower quality and less innovation'," by Josephine Moulds and 
David Feeney, The Guardian, February 22, 2013 --- 
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2013/feb/22/big-four-accountancy-competition-commission-audits
Jensen Comment
I doubt that the U.K. has the jurisdiction to trust-bust these large 
international auditing firms. However, the U.K. may be the first to force audit 
firm rotation in auditing. The U.K. has more problems than just audit firms. 
Among all the giant banks in the world, the U.K. has some of the most 
criminally-inclined banks that money launder for Iran and the large drug 
cartels. And then there's the massive LIBOR scandal that will cost U.K. banks 
billions in fines. If we start putting bankers in prison, the place to start is 
the U.K.
The U.K. could force its big companies to give more audit work to smaller 
firms. But this may have negative repercussions on the cost of capital for those 
firms to say nothing of the formidable startup costs for any small firm to take 
on giant companies like giant banks and insurance companies headquartered in the 
U.K.
A simpler solution would be for the U.K. to become more litigious and make 
the large auditing firms more vulnerable to billion-dollar audit negligence tort 
cases. The costs will, of course, be passed on the U.K. clients, but if this is 
what the U.K. wants in order to have more professional and independent audits 
then this is the route that I would recommend. 
As a parting question, do the Brits spell skeptical as sceptical? 
I do know that they spell judgment as judgement.
"Are languages important for accountants?" by Mark P. Holtzman, 
Accountinator Blog, February 21, 2013 --- 
http://accountinator.com/2013/02/21/1151/ 
Jensen Comment
Increasingly in this global world I've been an advocate of language skills in 
general and for accounting graduates in particular. Years ago I had a student at 
Trinity University who had a minor in Russian. My personal opinion is that he 
probably would not have become a Big Four partner in the Houston Office. 
However, when he was transferred to the Moscow office of that Big Four firm he 
made partner in record time.
Accounting and auditing firms in Texas have enormous opportunities for client 
work in Mexico and most points south where Spanish is generally the native 
tongue. I had another student who I never predicted would get a job with a Big 
Four firm because I always thought of him more as a baseball star than a good 
student in accounting. However, Trinity University is a special university for 
language skills. This baseball player landed a job in the San Antonio office of 
the Big Four. Furthermore he was single and more than willing to take on very 
long engagements with clients south of the Rio Grande. This student also had a 
very engaging personality --- one of the funniest guys I ever met. He probably 
should've followed in the footsteps of an accountant named Bob Newhart.
Trinity University has a relatively popular Chinese language program and 
quite a few of my former students found it to their advantage to minor in 
Chinese.
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers  
Question
Is Apple's iWatch for real or a phony stock price "pump and dump" ploy?
"Dick Tracy Alert, The iWatch," by Accounting Professor Dennis Elam's 
Blog, February 12, 2013 --- 
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2013/02/dick-tracy-alert-the-iwatch.html
"Who's Manipulating Apple Stock With This iWatch Story?" by Dan Lyons,
ReadWriteWeb, February 11, 2013 --- 
http://readwrite.com/2013/02/11/whos-manipulating-apple-stock-with-this-iwatch-story
	That was the cry from Apple fanbloggers last month 
	when the Wall Street Journal reported that Apple had
	
	reduced component orders, a possible sign of 
	softening demand for Apple products. That story broke nine days before Apple 
	was to report its earnings, and sent the stock reeling downward.
	But if that was the case, then who’s manipulating 
	Apple stock now, with this sudden barrage of “leaks” about the iWatch?
	Does no one else think it’s kind of remarkable that 
	this unreleased product suddenly starts showing up in dozens of blog posts 
	and press stories? And that these leaks happened, coincidentally, right 
	after Apple’s stock endured a brutal slide from just above $700 in September 
	to a low of $435 in January?
	The last stock
	
	plunge took place after Apple reported 
	disappointing earnings for the holiday quarter, and ended up treading water 
	in the $450 range. That was Jan. 28.
	Note what happens next. On Feb. 5, the Wall 
	Street Journal
	
	reports that after taking a beating on Wall 
	Street, Apple has been “subtly increasing some of its PR,” doing things like 
	sending reporters “more favorable third-party reports on the company.”
	In other words: Apple wanted to get the stock back 
	up, and so its flacks were reaching out to reporters and briefing them on 
	background, trying to convince them that things at Apple were better than 
	what Wall Street believed.
	Anatomy Of A Pump
	Meanwhile, just as Apple’s flacks have started 
	working the phones, we start to hear drumbeats about a miraculous new 
	product. Wow! What a coincidence.
	And what is this product? Why, it's an amazing, 
	life-changing, paradigm-shifting, stolen-from-the-future gorgeously designed 
	product, a product that you've always wanted and needed though you never 
	thought about it before, a product that 
	will once again put Apple ahead of everyone else: The iWatch.
	Bits and pieces about Apple doing a watch have been 
	floating around since at least last year. But suddenly, in the past few 
	weeks, just as Apple has started briefing reporters, this story starts 
	heating up.
	It begins with things like
	
	this post on Jan. 30 by MG Siegler of TechCrunch. 
	Siegler, who basically operates as an unpaid Apple PR guy, says he’s getting 
	a Pebble smartwatch, and then on goes for a couple thousand words about how 
	huge this whole smartwatch thing could be and boy does he want one and man 
	wouldn’t a smartwatch just change everything and wow, I bet Apple and Google 
	are looking at this space, don’t you?
	Then on Feb. 5 comes this
	even more 
	incredibly overlong piece by Bruce Tognazzini, a
	former Apple interface designer, who suddenly, for no apparent 
	reason, feels prompted to wax on for thousands and thousands of words about 
	all the amazing things that Apple’s iWatch (he’s already given it a name and 
	says it “will fill a gaping hole in the Apple ecosystem”) might do.
	The Story Goes Mainstream
	Then, on Sunday, the drumbeats turned into 
	something more, when two major newspapers both ran iWatch stories.
	One scoop came from 
	
	Jessica Lessin at the
	Wall Street Journal, the same reporter who wrote about Apple doing 
	more briefings with reporters. (Weird, right?) Another scoop came from Nick 
	Bilton at the New York Times, whose story ran
	
	online on Sunday and then had a nice big spot on 
	the front of Monday morning’s Times business section.
	A big section-front story on a Monday morning in 
	the New York Times! What fortuitous timing! You’d almost think it 
	had been planned. Bilton’s story cited as sources “people familiar with the 
	company’s explorations, who spoke on condition that they not be named 
	because they are not allowed to publicly discuss unannounced products.” 
	Wonder who that could be?
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"What is the Value of Ethics Education? Are Universities Successfully 
Teaching Ethics to Business Students?," by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, 
Ethics Sage, February 12, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/what-is-the-value-of-ethics-education.html
	. . . 
	This is "academic-speak" for we do not want to hold 
	the schools accountable for ethics education. AACSB's failure to set 
	specific goals for business ethics education speaks volumes about the 
	political pressure from accredited schools that were brought to bear on any 
	new standards that require specific education. Academic administrators do 
	not want to be tied down to a specific course of action or program; they 
	want a more "flexible" approach. The result is a meaningless standard that 
	fails to address the critical problems that face us today in graduating 
	business students who become tomorrow's future abusers of the capitalist 
	system because of narcissitic behavior. 
	So, what should be done about the failure of 
	business ethics education over the years to stem the rising tide of 
	corporate fraud and wrongdoing? I believe the emphasis of business ethics 
	education has to change from teaching philosophical reasoning methods that 
	rarely work in practice to a more values-based approach that emphasizes 
	ethical leadership. Ethical leadership is a must in any discipline -- 
	accounting, finance, information systems, management and marketing. 
	Therefore, all college instructors should buy into the need to slant their 
	teaching methods to incorporate leadership -- ethical leadership.
Jensen Comment
Those of us that have had to deal with cheating students over the years, 
including those who cheated in ethics classes, discover that ethics behavior or 
lack thereof is very, very complicated. Unethical behavior and cheating is very 
situational and opportunistic. Sometimes lapses arise when there are heavy 
demands on time such as those demands of varsity athletics, troubled marriages, 
child illness, etc. Sometimes lapses arise from a follow-the-herd situation such 
as that recently observed among 125 students in a recent Harvard political 
science course.
In my opinion, most lapses in ethics do not arise from ignorance about the 
ethics guidelines. Therefore, teaching about it is not likely to have much 
incremental benefit in preventing ethics lapses at the individual level. There 
may be some benefit in terms of awareness and better writing of ethics 
guidelines. And studying what happens when violations of ethics have severe 
consequences may instill some fear. For example, expelling half the 125 students 
who were caught cheating in one political science class probably made the 
remaining students at Harvard University sit up and take notice that the 
Harvard's Student Honor Code is not toothless.
"In a Memphis Cheating Ring, the Teachers Are the Accused," by Motoko 
Rich, The New York Times, February 2, 2013 --- 
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/02/education/in-memphis-cheating-ring-teachers-are-the-accused.html?hpw&_r=0
	In the end, it was a pink baseball cap that 
	revealed an audacious test-cheating scheme in three Southern states that 
	spanned at least 15 years. 
	
	Test proctors at Arkansas State University
	
	spotted a woman wearing the cap while taking a 
	national teacher certification exam under one name on a morning in June 2009 
	and then under another name that afternoon. A supervisor soon discovered 
	that at least two other impersonators had registered for tests that day.
	
	
	Ensuing investigations ultimately led to Clarence D. 
	Mumford Sr., 59, who pleaded guilty on Friday to charges that accused him of 
	being the cheating ring’s mastermind during a 23-year career in Memphis as a 
	teacher, assistant principal and guidance counselor. 
	
	
	Federal prosecutors had indicted him on 63 counts, 
	including mail and wire fraud and identify theft. They said he doctored 
	driver’s licenses, pressured teachers to lie to the authorities and 
	collected at least $125,000 from teachers and prospective teachers in 
	Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee who feared that they could not pass the 
	certification exams on their own. 
	
	Mr. Mumford pleaded guilty to two counts of the 
	indictment, just a week after he rejected a settlement offer. At the time, 
	he said that its recommended sentence of 9 to 11 years was “too long a time 
	and too severe”; the new settlement carries a maximum sentence of 7 years.
	
	
	Mr. Mumford appeared in Federal District Court here on 
	Friday wearing a dark suit and a matching yellow tie and pocket 
	handkerchief. He said little more than “Yes, sir” in answer to questions 
	from Judge John T. Fowlkes. 
	
	Another 36 people, most of them teachers from 
	Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee, have been swept up in the federal 
	dragnet, including Clarence Mumford Jr., Mr. Mumford’s son, and
	
	Cedrick Wilson, a former wide receiver for the 
	Pittsburgh Steelers. (Mr. Wilson paid $2,500 for someone to take a 
	certification exam for physical education teachers, according to court 
	documents.) 
	
	In addition to the senior Mr. Mumford, eight people 
	have
	
	pleaded guilty to charges stemming from the 
	investigation into the ring, and on Friday, a federal prosecutor, John 
	Fabian, announced that 18 people who confessed to paying Mr. Mumford to 
	arrange test-takers for them had been barred from teaching for five years.
	
	
	The case has rattled Memphis at a tumultuous time. The 
	city’s schools are 
	merging with the suburban district in surrounding 
	Shelby County, exposing simmering tensions over race and economic disparity.
	
	The state has also designated 68 schools in the 
	city as among the lowest-performing campuses in Tennessee, and is gradually 
	handing control of some of them to charter operators and other groups. And 
	with a
	
	$90 million grant from the Bill and Melinda Gates 
	Foundation, the district is overhauling how it recruits, evaluates and pays 
	teachers. 
	
	District officials say that the test scandal does not 
	reflect broader problems, and that none of the indicted teachers still work 
	in the Memphis schools. (At least one teacher is working in Mississippi.) 
	“It would be unfair to let what may be 50, 60 or 100 teachers who did some 
	wrong stain the good work of the large number of teachers and administrators 
	who get up every day and go by the book,” said Dorsey Hopson, the general 
	counsel for Memphis City Schools
	
	who this week was named the district’s interim superintendent. 
	
	“A teacher’s job is very hard. I know it is,” said 
	Threeshea Robinson, a mother who waited last week to pick up her son, a 
	fourth grader at Raleigh-Bartlett Meadows Elementary School, where a teacher 
	who has pleaded guilty taught until last fall. “But I would not want a 
	doctor who did not pass all his tests operating on me.” 
	
	The tests involved are known as Praxis exams, and more 
	than 300,000 were administered last year by the nonprofit 
	Educational Testing 
	Service for people pursuing teaching 
	licenses or new credentials in specific subjects like biology or history.
	
	
	By and large, they are considered easy hurdles to 
	clear. In Tennessee, for example, 97 percent of those who took the exams in 
	the 2010-11 school year passed. 
	
	Robert Schaeffer, the public education director of 
	FairTest, the National Center for Fair and Open Testing, said that the 
	testing service had had problems with
	
	cheating before. 
	
	Ray Nicosia, the 
	executive director of the testing service’s Office of Testing Integrity,
	said episodes of impersonation were rare.
	Continued in article
"Dishonest Educators," by Walter E. Williams, Townhall, January 
9, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://townhall.com/columnists/walterewilliams/2013/01/09/dishonest-educators-n1482294?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
	Nearly two years ago, U.S. News & World Report came 
	out with a story titled "Educators Implicated in Atlanta Cheating Scandal." 
	It reported that "for 10 years, hundreds of Atlanta public school teachers 
	and principals changed answers on state tests in one of the largest cheating 
	scandals in U.S. history." More than three-quarters of the 56 Atlanta 
	schools investigated had cheated on the National Assessment of Educational 
	Progress test, sometimes called the national report card. Cheating orders 
	came from school administrators and included brazen acts such as teachers 
	reading answers aloud during the test and erasing incorrect answers. One 
	teacher told a colleague, "I had to give your kids, or your students, the 
	answers because they're dumb as hell." Atlanta's not alone. There have been 
	investigations, reports and charges of teacher-assisted cheating in other 
	cities, such as Philadelphia, Houston, New York, Detroit, Baltimore, Los 
	Angeles and Washington.Recently, The Atlanta 
	Journal-Constitution's blog carried a story titled "A new cheating scandal: 
	Aspiring teachers hiring ringers." According to the story, for at least 15 
	years, teachers in Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee paid Clarence 
	Mumford, who's now under indictment, between $1,500 and $3,000 to send 
	someone else to take their Praxis exam, which is used for K-12 teacher 
	certification in 40 states. Sandra Stotsky, an education professor at the 
	University of Arkansas, said, "(Praxis I) is an easy test for anyone who has 
	completed high school but has nothing to do with college-level ability or 
	scores." She added, "The test is far too undemanding for a prospective 
	teacher. ... The fact that these people hired somebody to take an easy test 
	of their skills suggests that these prospective teachers were probably so 
	academically weak it is questionable whether they would have been suitable 
	teachers."
	Here's a practice Praxis I math question: Which of 
	the following is equal to a quarter-million -- 40,000, 250,000, 2,500,000, 
	1/4,000,000 or 4/1,000,000? The test taker is asked to click on the correct 
	answer. A practice writing skills question is to identify the error in the 
	following sentence: "The club members agreed that each would contribute ten 
	days of voluntary work annually each year at the local hospital." The test 
	taker is supposed to point out that "annually each year" is redundant.
	CNN broke this cheating story last July, but the 
	story hasn't gotten much national press since then. In an article for 
	NewsBusters, titled "Months-Old, Three-State Teacher Certification Test 
	Cheating Scandal Gets Major AP Story -- on a Slow News Weekend" (11/25/12), 
	Tom Blumer quotes speculation by the blog "educationrealist": "I will be 
	extremely surprised if it does not turn out that most if not all of the 
	teachers who bought themselves a test grade are black. (I am also betting 
	that the actual testers are white, but am not as certain. It just seems that 
	if black people were taking the test and guaranteeing passage, the fees 
	would be higher.)"
	There's some basis in fact for the speculation that 
	it's mostly black teachers buying grades, and that includes former Steelers 
	wide receiver Cedrick Wilson, who's been indicted for fraud. According to a 
	study titled "Differences in Passing Rates on Praxis I Tests by 
	Race/Ethnicity Group" (March 2011), the percentages of blacks who passed the 
	Praxis I reading, writing and mathematics tests on their first try were 41, 
	44 and 37, respectively. For white test takers, the respective percentages 
	were 82, 80 and 78.
	Continued in article
"What Will They Learn?" 
by Walter E. Williams, Townhall, August 26, 2009 ---
http://townhall.com/columnists/WalterEWilliams/2009/08/26/what_will_they_learn 
"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting 
professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html 
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm 
 
2012 Harvard Cheating Scandal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2012_Harvard_cheating_scandal 
"Dozens of students withdraw in Harvard cheating scandal." Reuters, 
February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.reuters.com/assets/print?aid=USBRE9101AF20130201 
	As many as 60 students have been forced to withdraw 
	from Harvard University after cheating on a final exam last year in what has 
	become the largest academic scandal to hit the Ivy League school in recent 
	memory. 
	Michael Smith, Harvard's Dean of the Faculty of 
	Arts and Sciences, sent an email on Friday saying that more than half of the 
	students who faced the school's Administrative Board have been suspended for 
	a time. 
	Roughly 125 undergraduates were involved in the 
	scandal, which came to light at the end of the spring semester after a 
	professor noticed similarities on a take-home exam that showed students 
	worked together, even though they were instructed to work alone. 
	The school's student newspaper, The Harvard 
	Crimson, has reported that the government class, Introduction to Congress, 
	had 279 students enrolled. 
	"Somewhat more than half of the Administrative 
	Board cases this past fall required a student to withdraw from the College 
	for a period of time," Smith wrote. "Of the remaining cases, roughly half 
	the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance ended in no 
	disciplinary action." 
	The cases were resolved during the fall semester, 
	which ended in December, Smith said. Suspensions depend on the student, but 
	traditionally last two semesters and as much as four semesters. 
	In the last few months, the university has also 
	worked to be clearer about the academic integrity it expects from students.
	
	"While all the fall cases are complete, our work on 
	academic integrity is far from done," Smith added. 
"Half of students in Harvard cheating scandal required to withdraw from 
the college," by Katherin Landergan, Boston.com, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.boston.com/yourcampus/news/harvard/2013/02/half_of_students_in_harvard_cheating_scandal_required_to_withdraw_from_the_college.html
	In an apparent disclosure about the Harvard 
	cheating scandal, a top university official said Friday that more than half 
	of the Harvard students investigated by a college board have been ordered to 
	withdraw from the school.
	In an e-mail to the Harvard community, Dean of the 
	Faculty of Arts and Sciences Michael D. Smith wrote that more than half of 
	the students who were brought before the university's Administration Board 
	this fall were required to withdraw from for a period of time. 
	Of the remaining cases, approximately half the 
	students received disciplinary probation, while the rest of the cases were 
	dismissed. 
	Smith's e-mail does not explicitly address the 
	cheating scandal that implicated about 125 Harvard students. But a Harvard 
	official confirmed Friday that the cases in the email solely referred to one 
	course. 
	In August, Harvard disclosed the cheating scandal 
	in a Spring 2012 class. It was widely reported to be "Government 1310: 
	Introduction to Congress." 
	“Consistent with the Faculty’s rules and our 
	obligations to our students, we do not report individual outcomes of 
	Administrative Board cases, but only report aggregate statistics,” the 
	e-mail said. "In that tradition, the College reports that somewhat more than 
	half of the Administrative Board cases this past fall required a student to 
	withdraw from the College for a period of time. Of the remaining cases, 
	roughly half the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance 
	ended in no disciplinary action.'' 
	Smith wrote that the first set of cases were 
	decided in late September, and the remainder were resolved in December.
	
	The e-mail said that "The time span of the 
	resolutions in this set had an undesirable interaction with our established 
	schedule for tuition refunds. To create a greater amount of financial equity 
	for all students who ultimately withdrew sometime in this period, we are 
	treating, for the purpose of calculating tuition refunds, all these students 
	as having received a requirement to withdraw on September 30, 2012." 
	
	In a statement released when the cheating scandal 
	became public, Harvard president Drew Faust said that the allegations, “if 
	proven, represent totally unacceptable behavior that betrays the trust upon 
	which intellectual inquiry at Harvard depends. . . . There is work to be 
	done to ensure that every student at Harvard understands and embraces the 
	values that are fundamental to its community of scholars.” 
	As Harvard students returned to classes for the 
	current semester, professsors included explicit instructions about 
	collaboration on the class syllabus. 
	On campus Friday afternoon, students reacted to the 
	news. 
	Michael Constant, 19, said he thinks the college 
	wanted to make a statement with its decision. But when over half of the 
	students in a class cheat, not punishing them is the same as condoning the 
	behavior. 
	“I think it’s fair,” Constant said of the board’s 
	disciplinary action. “They made the choice to cheat.” 
	Georgina Parfitt, 22, said the punishment for these 
	students was too harsh, and that many students in the class could have been 
	confused about the policy. 
	Parfitt said she does not know what the college is 
	trying to achieve by forcing students to leave.
	Continued in article
Jensen Question
The question is why cheat at Harvard since almost everybody who tries in a 
Harvard course receives an A. We're left with the feeling that those 125 or so 
students who cheated just did not want to try?
The investigation revealed that 91 percent of 
Harvard's students graduated cum laude.
Thomas Bartlett and Paula Wasley, "Just 
Say 'A': Grade Inflation Undergoes Reality Check:  The notion of a decline 
in standards draws crusaders and skeptics," Chronicle of Higher Education, 
September 5, 2008 ---
http://chronicle.com/weekly/v55/i02/02a00104.htm?utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm 
"Internal Audit At JPMorgan Chase: Not High Profile Enough Yet," by 
Francene McKenna, re:TheAuditors, January 31, 2013 --- 
http://retheauditors.com/2013/01/31/internal-audit-at-jpmorgan-chase-not-high-profile-enough-yet/
	Earlier this week I wrote a column at
	
	Forbes.com about the new Chief Auditor, or CAE, at 
	JPMorgan Chase. Silly me, I thought after
	
	all that had happened at the bank last year – for 
	example, billions in losses from the “whale” trade, investigations into 
	Libor and AML illegal acts, multiple lawsuits including by the New York 
	Attorney General for foreclosure fraud – it was time to take a close look at 
	the function and maybe make some changes.
	The “Task Force Report”, a bank internal 
	investigation into the “whale” trade losses says the bank did shake things 
	up.
	
		The Firm has put in place a new CIO leadership 
		team. Matthew Zames, who had served as co-Head of Fixed Income in the 
		Investment Bank, replaced Ms. Drew as the Firm’s Chief Investment 
		Officer. He occupied that role from May 14, 2012 through September 6, 
		2012. Mr. Zames is now the co-Chief Operating Officer of the Firm and 
		oversees, among other things, both the CIO and Treasury functions. Craig 
		Delany replaced Mr. Zames as Chief Investment Officer and currently 
		reports to him. Other key appointments include Marie Nourie (CFO for 
		CIO); Chetan Bhargiri (Chief Risk Officer for CIO, Treasury and 
		Corporate); Brendan McGovern (CIO Global Controller, a position that had 
		been open since January 2012); Diane Genova (General Counsel for CIO and 
		General Counsel for Markets in the Corporate and Investment Bank);
		Pat Hurst (Chief Auditor); and Ellen Yormack (Senior 
		Audit Manager).
	
	I thought the bank had replaced their Chief Audit 
	Executive. I asked two different JPM spokespersons, in writing over the 
	course of five days including a weekend, about the change, including 
	questions about the fate of Lauren Tyler, the current CAE. They did not 
	correct my mis-impression nor provide any further information about Hurst or 
	a comment on my story.
	I published the story after getting no response – 
	and no further information about Hurst’s qualifications to be Chief Auditor 
	– from the two spokespersons. That got the bank’s attention finally and I 
	had to make a quick correction. (It seems people instantly flooded Lauren 
	Tyler with calls thinking she had stepped down. Testament to the power of 
	the pen, and Forbes.com, I guess.)
	
		(Correction: I pursued a 
		comment from two JPM spokespersons since Friday, Jennifer Zuccarelli and 
		Mark Kornblau. They did not correct my impression, based on the Task 
		Force Report, that Pat Hurst got a promotion to overall Chief Auditor. 
		 Joe Evangelisti, chief bank spokesman, has now informed me, after this 
		was published, that Pat Hurst is General Auditor for the Corporate 
		division only, not the whole bank. Lauren Tyler
		is still Chief Auditor of the whole bank. I 
		apologize for the error.)
	
	My first thought was that I’d been “punked” – 
	deliberately allowed to print incorrect information by the bank so they 
	could undermine my credibility with a correction. The alternative – that two 
	senior corporate communications folks would not immediately know who the 
	bank’s General Auditor was and spot my erroneous impression that a change 
	had been made – was too incredible to imagine.
	You be the judge. I corrected the column and 
	although it looks a bit messy, I think the rest of the information there on 
	the bank’s lack of information about the CAE and the internal audit function 
	and as well as what its Audit Committee charter says about the board’s lack 
	of authority over the CAE speaks volumes.
	There’s also a good quote from IIA CEO Richard 
	Chambers about how things should be.
	Do a little experiment. See if you can easily find 
	the name of the Chief Audit Executive for each of the systemically important 
	US banks on the banks websites.  (No peeking at the annual report.)
	I dare you.
	That quick test should tell you how much work banks 
	still need to do to put internal audit in its proper place, as well as 
	comply with new Fed rules about its structure, role and responsibilities in 
	large banks.
	
		JP Morgan Chase’s Audit 
		Committee Charter says it, “shall review and 
		concur in the appointment, replacement, reassignment, or dismissal of 
		the General Auditor.” It’s not apparent to whom JPMorgan Chase’s Chief 
		Auditor reports. But it’s clear from the charter that the Audit 
		Committee does not approve the hiring, firing 
		or reassignment of a Chief Auditor but merely reviews and 
		concurs. That doesn’t sound tight enough to me.
	
	Read the rest at 
	
	Forbes.com.
	Update: JPMorgan Chase did
	
	replace its Chief Compliance Officer Martha Gallo 
	and its Chief Risk Officer, John Hogan.  According to New York Times 
	DealBook:
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism and ethics in auditing --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
The Professional's Guide to Fair Value: The Future of Financial Reporting
by James P. Catty
Wiley 2012 Edition
ISBN: 978-1-1180-0438-8
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue 
"White House Delivers New Open-Access Policy That Has Activists Cheering," 
by Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 22. 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/White-House-Delivers-New/137549/ 
	The Obama administration announced on Friday a
	
	major new policy aimed at increasing public access 
	to federally financed research. The policy, delivered in a
	
	memorandum from John P. Holdren, director of the 
	White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, applies to federal 
	agencies that spend more than $100-million a year to support research and 
	development.
	In the memo, Mr. Holdren directed those agencies to 
	develop "clear and coordinated policies" to make the results of research 
	they support publicly available within a year of publication. The new policy 
	also requires scientific data from unclassified, federally supported 
	research to be made available to the public "to search, retrieve, and 
	analyze." Affected agencies have six months to decide how to carry out the 
	policy.
	The White House's announcement emphasized the 
	practical and economic benefits of sharing research. "Scientific research 
	supported by the federal government catalyzes innovative breakthroughs that 
	drive our economy," Mr. Holdren's memo stated. "The results of that research 
	become the grist for new insights and are assets for progress in areas such 
	as health, energy, the environment, agriculture, and national security."
	The memo also nodded to scientific publishers, 
	saying the Obama administration recognizes that publishers provide "valuable 
	services," such as coordinating peer review, "that are essential for 
	ensuring the high quality and integrity of many scholarly publications." The 
	memo called it "critical that these services continue to be made available."
	In a
	
	statement issued on Friday, the Association of 
	American Publishers praised the new policy, which it said "outlines a 
	reasonable, balanced resolution of issues around public access to research 
	funded by federal agencies."
	Tom Allen, the group's president and chief 
	executive officer, said that, "in stark contrast to angry rhetoric and 
	unreasonable legislation offered by some," the Office of Science and 
	Technology Policy had chosen "a fair path that would enhance access for the 
	public" while recognizing "the critical role publishers play" in the 
	process.
	Mr. Allen cautioned, however, that the policy's 
	success depended on "how the agencies use their flexibility to avoid 
	negative impacts to the successful system of scholarly communication that 
	advances science, technology, and innovation."
	'New Business 
	Models'
	It was clear that a number of federal agencies 
	already had preparations under way for how they would observe the new 
	policy. For instance, the National Science Foundation immediately sent out a 
	statement affirming its commitment to the principle of public access, saying 
	it had already established a timetable for consultation and planning. It 
	noted that the "implementation details" were likely to vary by discipline 
	"and that new business models for universities, libraries, publishers, and 
	scholarly and professional societies could emerge."
	Friday's announcement capped a lengthy process of 
	consultation with various stakeholders that sought public input on access to 
	federally financed research and data. More than 65,000 people have signed a
	
	petition on the White House's We the People Web 
	site calling for free online access to scientific-journal articles based on 
	taxpayer-supported research.
	In a
	
	separate statement, Mr. Holdren responded directly 
	to the petitioners. "The Obama administration agrees that citizens deserve 
	easy access to the results of research their tax dollars have paid for," he 
	wrote. "Your petition has been important to our discussions of this issue."
	Continued in article
 
Jensen Comment
Don't start searching for free issues of TAR, JAR, JAE, AOS, etc. The USA has 
almost never deemed accounting research worthy of government funding. We may 
like to think of accountics science as science, but the government does not 
agree.
In the old days, some business schools like the ones at Carnegie-Mellon and 
Stanford received military research grants that allowed a few business school 
researchers to milk the government tit, but I've not heard about any such grants 
in recent years. These grants were sometimes in the areas of operations research 
where assorted accounting professors had some expertise.
There are government grants in health care that some accounting researchers, 
especially in the Harvard Business School, have participated in teams of 
researchers. I suspect they are continuing to do so.
At the University of Denver, my good friend and accounting professor Jim 
Sorensen received a number of government research grants over the years, some of 
which I think were human services costing research grants --- 
http://daniels.du.edu/faculty-staff/james-sorensen/ 
In various ways Jim shows accounting researchers that they don't get government 
research grants because they don't know how to go about getting government 
grants --- and they don't try. Jim has always had a low-key knack for nosing out 
government and other funding for research. He's always been willing to try. 
Years ago Jim Sorensen, Bob Swieringa, John Simmons, Bob Jensen, and Keith 
Shwayder were together in the DU's MBA program. Two went on for PhD degrees at 
Ohio State and three received PhD degrees from Stanford. Only Keith additionally 
ended up in prison --- 
http://caselaw.findlaw.com/us-9th-circuit/1262881.html 
Bob Jensen's threads on how Commercial Scholarly and Academic Journals and 
Oligopoly Textbook Publishers Are Ripping Off Libraries, Scholars, and Students 
--- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals 
"Does an 'A' in Ethics Have Any Value? B-Schools Step Up Efforts to Tie 
Moral Principles to Their Business Programs, but Quantifying Those Virtues Is 
Tough," by Melissa Korn, The Wall Street Journal, February 6, 2013 
--- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324761004578286102004694378.html?mg=reno64-wsj
	Business-school professors are making a morality 
	play.
	Four years after the scandals of the financial 
	crisis prompted deans and faculty to re-examine how they teach ethics, some 
	academics say they still haven't gotten it right. 
	Hoping to prevent another Bernard L. Madoff-like 
	scandal or insider-trading debacle, a group of schools, led by University of 
	Colorado's Leeds School of Business in Boulder, is trying to generate 
	support for more ethics teaching in business programs. [image] Richard Mia
	
	"Business schools have been giving students some 
	education in ethics for at least the past 25 or 30 years, and we still have 
	these problems," such as irresponsibly risky bets or manipulation of the 
	London interbank offered rate, says John Delaney, dean of University of 
	Pittsburgh's College of Business Administration and Katz Graduate School of 
	Business. Related 
	Can Globalization Be Taught in B-School? B-Schools 
	Give Extra Help for Foreign M.B.A.s 
	He joined faculty and administrators from 
	Massachusetts' Babson College, Michigan State University and other schools 
	in Colorado last summer in what he says is an effort to move schools from 
	talk to action. The Colorado consortium is holding conference calls and is 
	exploring another meeting later this year as it exchanges ideas on program 
	design, course content and how to build support among other faculty members.
	
	But some efforts are at risk of stalling at the 
	discussion stage, since teaching business ethics faces roadblocks from 
	faculty and recruiters alike. Some professors see ethics as separate from 
	their own subjects, such as accounting or marketing, and companies have 
	their own training programs for new hires. 
	A strong ethics education can help counteract a 
	narrowing worldview that often accompanies a student's progression through 
	business school, supporters in academia say. Surveys conducted by the Aspen 
	Institute, a think tank, show that about 60% of new M.B.A. students view 
	maximizing shareholder value as the primary responsibility of a company; 
	that number rises to 69% by the time they reach the program's midpoint.
	
	Though maximizing shareholder returns isn't a bad 
	goal in itself, focusing on that at the expense of customer satisfaction, 
	employee well-being or environmental considerations can be dangerous. 
	
	Without tying ethics to a business curriculum, "we 
	are graduating students who are very myopic in their decision-making," says 
	Diane Swanson, founding chair of the Business Ethics Education Initiative at 
	Kansas State University. 
	Stand-alone ethics courses are a start, but they 
	"compartmentalize" the issue for students, as if ethical questions aren't 
	applicable to all business disciplines, says David Ikenberry, dean of 
	University of Colorado's Leeds School. 
	Some schools are experimenting with a more 
	integrated approach. This fall, Boston University's School of Management is 
	introducing a required ethics course for freshman business students, and is 
	also tasking instructors in other business classes to incorporate ethics 
	into their lessons. It may also overhaul a senior seminar to reinforce 
	ethics topics. 
	"We need to hit the students hard when they first 
	get here, remind them of these principles throughout their core classes, and 
	hit them once again before they leave," says Kabrina Chang, an assistant 
	professor at Boston University's business school, who is coordinating the 
	new freshman class. 
	Students likely know right from wrong, so rather 
	than, say, discussing whether a student would turn in a roommate caught 
	stealing, Ms. Chang says she'll lead a debate on how or if a student might 
	maintain a relationship with the thief. 
	Students may find the roommate-thief scenario more 
	relevant than a re-examination of recent Ponzi schemes, but many remain 
	skeptical of how such discussions apply to real life. 
	As one M.B.A. wrote last year on College 
	Confidential, an online message board, "It's not like Johnny is going to be 
	at the cusp of committing fraud and then think back to his b-school days and 
	think, "gee, Professor Goody Two Shoes wouldn't approve." 
	What's more, schools can't calculate the moral 
	well-being of their graduates the same way they can quantify financial 
	success or technical acumen. One of the few rankings available—the Aspen 
	Institute's "Beyond Grey Pinstripes" report—was suspended last year, in part 
	because researchers could not determine the net benefit of ethics courses. 
	Without demonstrable returns, there's little incentive for deans to add 
	classes and instructors. 
	Employers, who have in the past pushed schools to 
	add more hands-on training and global coursework, could successfully agitate 
	for more ethics instruction. But many companies say completing an ethics 
	course won't make or break a hiring decision—especially since firms tend to 
	offer their own training for new hires.
	Continued in article
	This article also has a video.
Bob Jensen's threads on ethics --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
When Grade Inflation = Lawsuit Inflation
"Prof's Daughter, Attending University for Free, Sues for $1.3 Million Over 
C+ Grade," by Riley Yates, The Morning Call, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.mcall.com/news/local/mc-lehigh-university-student-sues-over-grade-20130211,0,937005.story
	Megan Thode isn't the first Lehigh University 
	student who was unhappy with the grade she received in a course. But she may 
	be the first to sue to get it changed. 
	The C+ that Thode was given scuttled her dream of 
	becoming a licensed professional counselor and was part of an effort to 
	force her out of the graduate degree program she was pursuing, said her 
	lawyer, Richard J. Orloski, whose lawsuit seeks $1.3 million in damages.
	
	Orloski said his client is the victim of breach of 
	contract and sexual discrimination, and a civil trial began Monday before 
	Northampton County Judge Emil Giordano over the claims. They're nonsense, 
	said Neil Hamburg, an attorney for Lehigh University.
	"I think if your honor changed the grade, you'd be 
	the first court in the history of jurisprudence to change an academic 
	grade," Hamburg told Giordano.
	"I've practiced law for longer than I'd like to 
	[admit]," Giordano said, "and I've never seen something like this." 
	
	But after a day of testimony, a settlement could be 
	in the works, after Giordano called the lawyers into his chambers late 
	Monday and they emerged to hold private discussions with their clients. They 
	are slated to return to court Tuesday with the trial, if it continues, 
	expected to stretch through the week. 
	Thode, the daughter of Lehigh finance professor 
	Stephen Thode, was attending the Bethlehem school tuition-free in 2009 when 
	she received the poor mark in her fieldwork class. But instead of working to 
	address her failings, she "lawyered up" and demanded a better grade, Hamburg 
	said. 
	"She has to get through the program. She has to 
	meet the academic standards," Hamburg said. 
	Thode, 27, of Nazareth, was enrolled in the College 
	of Education in her second and final year of a master's in counseling and 
	human services. She needed a B to take the next course of her field work 
	requirement. 
	Orloski said she would have received that grade but 
	for the zero in classroom participation that she was awarded by her teacher, 
	Amanda Carr. Orloski charged that Carr and Nicholas Ladany — the 
	then-director of the degree program — conspired to hold Thode back because 
	they were unhappy that she'd complained after she and three other students 
	were forced to find a supplemental internship partway through the semester.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
How can you have a contract for a course grade before you take the course?
When I was nearly sued over an F grade in a student cheating incident, I learned 
from the Trinity University attorneys that it is very, very rare for a student 
to actually have a grade changed by a court. The lawsuit never was filed after 
the attorneys on both sides had a closed-door meeting among themselves.
The reason is obvious. If the courts set precedents for grade changes 
virtually all students who could afford to do so would sue to change any grade 
lower than an A grade. This would boggle the court dockets.
This Certainly Didn't Take Long --- Wonder if it will go all the way to the 
U.S. Supreme Court?
"Ex-Student Loses $1.3M Suit Over a C+," Inside Higher Ed, 
February 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/15/ex-student-loses-13m-suit-over-c
	A Pennsylvania judge ruled Thursday that a former 
	student had failed to demonstrate that a professor at Lehigh University was 
	arbitrary in an illegal way in awarding her a C+,
	
	Lehigh Valley Live reported. The judge said that 
	he did have some questions about the grade, but that the former student had 
	failed to show that the grade was for "anything other than purely academic 
	reasons." The former student had sought $1.3 million, saying that the low 
	grade blocked her from proceeding in the graduate program of her choice.
Jensen Comment
The $1.3 million sought was supposedly computed on the basis of what the 
difference between average earnings of a lawyer versus that of a social worker.
 
"Three Accounting Frauds Most Chinese Companies Use To Cheat Foreign 
Investors," by Paul Gillis, China Money Podcast, February 5, 2013 ---
http://www.chinamoneypodcast.com/2013/02/05/paul-gillis-three-accounting-frauds-most-chinese-companies-use-to-cheat-foreign-investors
	In this episode of China Money Podcast, 
	guest 
	
	Paul Gillis, professor of accounting at the
	
	Guanghua School of Management at 
	Peking University in Beijing, discusses
	
	Caterpillar's $580 million write-down in its 
	acquisition of
	
	Zhengzhou Siwei. Prof. Gillis explains the three 
	most common accounting tactics Chinese companies use to cheat and defraud 
	foreign investors, and what can foreign investors do to prevent themselves 
	from being duped.
	Listen to the full interview in the audio podcast, 
	or read an excerpt.
	Q:
	
	Caterpillar is taking a $580 million write-down on its acquisition 
	of Chinese mining company,
	
	Zhengzhou Siwei, after discovering a "deliberate, 
	multi-year, coordinated accounting misconduct." 
	Key background: 1, What Caterpillar bought 
	for
	
	roughly $700 million was Hong Kong-listed ERA 
	Mining Machinery, which is a shell company that owns Zhengzhou Siwei, a 
	Henan province-based mining equipment maker. 2, Zhengzhou Siwei was absorbed 
	by ERA through a reverse merger in 2010 and never went through a formal IPO 
	process.
	So Paul, can you use your imagination and 
	picture what you think happened when Caterpillar's CFO told the CEO about 
	this massive loss in their C-suit?
	A: I imagine that was a pretty awkward situation. 
	It's very embarrassing for anyone at Caterpillar to be involved in a deal 
	like this. I'm sure there is a search for the guilty parties on the way.
	Q: Here is what Caterpillar disclosed about 
	how they found out about the accounting misconduct: 
	"Caterpillar first became concerned 
	about…discrepancies…in November 2012 between the inventory recorded in 
	Siwei’s accounting records and the company's actual physical 
	inventory…Caterpillar promptly launched a comprehensive review and 
	investigation (that) identified inappropriate accounting practices involving 
	improper cost allocation that resulted in overstated profit. The review 
	further identified improper revenue recognition practices involving early 
	and, at times unsupported, revenue recognition."
	From the above statement, what accounting 
	fraud can you infer that Siwei has done?
	A: The first thing they pointed to are problems 
	with inventory. After counting the inventory in Siwei's factories, 
	Caterpillar discovered Siwei didn't have as much inventory as recorded on 
	their books. That means Siwei was capitalizing these costs and carrying it 
	as inventory costs, as supposed to expensing it in the current period, which 
	could lead to their profits significantly lower.
	The more serious allegations in my mind are 
	revenues being recognized too early or inappropriately. So some sales were 
	recorded before they were actually completed. But this is a very common 
	practice in China.
	Western accounting standards are very detailed 
	about when you can recognize revenue. For example, you must have signed 
	contracts; you can't have rights of return; or obligations to do more things 
	in the future. But in China, businesses are done more on relationships. The 
	contracts are less important than the handshake. So I would not be surprised 
	if management at Siwei didn't think they were involved in any kind of fraud 
	relating to revenue recognition.
	Q: But it does sound like that Caterpillar 
	didn't check out Siwei's books and didn't examine physical inventories. Do 
	you think it's likely?
	A: It's hard to know. Caterpillar did say that they 
	hired two Big Four accounting firms: Ernest & Young and Deloitte Touche 
	Tohmatsu. It is unusual to hire two Big Four firms. But the due diligence is 
	a customized process. Did the accounting firms miss what were right there in 
	their face? Or did Caterpillar tell them not to look at certain things? We 
	don't know.
	The other thing is that you need to have access to 
	get to the records and the people to conduct due diligence. But in some 
	situations, you might not get as much as you'd like.
	Q: One obvious red flag here seemed to be 
	the fact that Siwei become part of ERA through a reverse merger. Wouldn't 
	that already alarm auditors and buyers?
	A: Everyone should have learned lessons on reverse 
	mergers. The lack of scrutiny of reverse mergers deals is very dangerous. 
	The number of accounting fraud associated with reverse mergers is huge. Most 
	are U.S.-listed Chinese companies. Caterpillar is the first case involving a 
	multinational strategic buyer and a Hong Kong-listed Chinese company through 
	reverse merger.
	The U.S. stock exchanges have effectively stopped 
	reverse mergers by
	
	new rules that require reverse merger targets to 
	be "seasoned" before listing. Hong Kong and other markets should probably 
	look at potentially implementing the same rule.
	Q: Who are legally liable relating to 
	Caterpillar's massive losses? 
	A: Let me first give some clarifications about this 
	goodwill write-down. Caterpillar paid significantly more than Siwei's book 
	value. That excess was put into goodwill. Every year, a company has to 
	determine whether it can continue to justify carrying that goodwill balance 
	on the balance sheet. In this case, after learning all the accounting 
	practices at Siwei, Caterpillar decided that Siwei will not be as profitable 
	in the future as originally anticipated. What this means is essentially 
	Caterpillar paid too much for Siwei.
	When you pay too much for a company, who's at 
	fault? Clearly, there will be a lot of focus on the management of Siwei. I 
	understand that some of the purchase price is to be paid in notes. Surely 
	Caterpillar's lawyers are looking at whether or not to pay those additional 
	balances. The auditors of Caterpillar and the accounting firms that did the 
	due diligence will also be looked at. Lastly, shareholders will also look at 
	the management and board of Caterpillar. I think a lot of questions will be 
	answered in the next couple of years.
	Q: Do you expect anyone will be arrested 
	and face criminal charges?
	A: Not in China. I'm not aware of any criminal 
	charges on an accounting fraud in China. Chinese government does not seem to 
	consider accounting frauds as crimes in China.
	Q: Looking at the broader Chinese 
	accounting landscape, what are some of the most commonly used tactics by 
	Chinese companies to cheat investors?
	A: The most common is probably inappropriate 
	revenue recognition or fake revenue. That's the simplest way to increase 
	profits.
	Relating to that are ways to fake cash balances. 
	Once you record a sale, you need to find some place for it on the asset of 
	the balance sheet. If you put it on receivables, the auditors will ask 
	troublesome questions. So many companies record fake cash and convince banks 
	to lie to auditors.
	For example, a Chinese company created a fake 
	online banking website to cheat auditors last year. The auditors found that 
	an interest rate on the bank statement did not match Chinese Central Bank's 
	official rates. The company promptly replied that it was a bank error and it 
	was fixed in half an hour. The auditors became suspicious and clicked on 
	some other buttons of the website, and found out the whole website is a 
	fake.
	Another example is putting deposits with contract 
	manufacturers. If you use contract manufacturers, you usually have to give 
	them some funds up front. That's a very hard number to audit. In some cases 
	last year, auditors have decided to resign after determining that they can't 
	verify those numbers.
	A third tactic is the use of
	
	Variable Interest Entity (VIE) structure. It's 
	been prone to accounting fraud (in a similar way like reverse merger).
	Q: Lastly, what should overseas investors 
	do to prevent a repeat of Caterpillar's sad fate?
	A: If a foreign company is buying a Chinese company, it needs to go 
	through a due diligence process 
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
NASBA --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nasba 
AICPA --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AICPA 
"NASBA Opposes AICPA's Proposed FRF for SMEs," by Frank Byrt, 
AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/nasba-opposes-aicpas-proposed-frf-smes/220961?source=aa
	The long-running debate over who's responsible for 
	developing a framework for standards for financial reporting by privately 
	held, small and midsized US businesses is far from over. 
	The American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) is getting 
	push back for its Proposed Financial Reporting Framework for Small- and 
	Medium-Sized Entities, which would create a non-GAAP (generally accepted 
	accounting principles) financial reporting framework for small and 
	medium-sized entities (FRF for SMEs). 
	The AICPA says its proposal will result in a less 
	complicated and therefore less costly accounting system for smaller, 
	privately held firms than one that would come from having to adhere to the 
	requirements of GAAP, while still presenting an accurate financial picture 
	of the business. 
	But the National Association of State Boards of 
	Accountancy (NASBA) thinks its approach is better. Its board of directors 
	voted to adopt a resolution urging the AICPA "to either table or withdraw 
	the proposal in order to allow the Financial Accounting Foundation (FAF) 
	Private Company Council (PCC) adequate opportunity to develop standards 
	uniquely applicable to private companies that can be authoritative and part 
	of GAAP," according to a January 30 NASBA press release. 
	The PCC was created in 2012 by the FAF to work with 
	the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) to recommend exceptions or 
	modifications to US GAAP for private entities. 
	NASBA says its standing in the matter comes "under 
	the Tenth Amendment of the US Constitution and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 
	Section 209 [which says that] State Boards of Accountancy are vested with 
	significant authority in the development, adoption, and enforcement of 
	standards. This authority is particularly relevant as it relates to the 
	private sector and the topic of the AICPA's FRF-SMEs proposal." 
	"There are increasing demands for significant 
	improvements in the current financial reporting system serving the unique 
	needs of private companies and their many stakeholders," said NASBA Chairman 
	of the Board Gaylen Hansen in the NASBA press release. "We share those 
	concerns with the AICPA, but we also recognize that well thought out and 
	authoritative solutions stand a better chance of long-term success." 
	
	Robert Durak, AICPA's director of Private Company 
	Financial Reporting, said in an e-mail statement, "We have received many 
	comments on the FRF for SMEs and will be considering all of the input, as we 
	decide upon appropriate revisions to the Framework and its development 
	process in light of those comments. As is our normal policy, we will not be 
	commenting on individual letters that have been received." 
	There also appears to be no unanimity in the 
	accounting community about which approach is superior. 
	Big Four accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers 
	(PwC) also asked the AICPA to reconsider its proposal, in a January 29 
	letter, a copy of which was shared with AccountingWEB by the AICPA. PwC 
	prefers strict adherence to GAAP, saying, "We believe efforts focused on 
	enhancing GAAP will be more beneficial for a broader population of private 
	company stakeholders than creating another non-GAAP framework." 
	Scott Appel, CPA and partner-in-charge of the 
	Orange County, California, office of Hein & Associates LLP, a public 
	accounting and advisory firm, agreed: "I really think the best answer is for 
	the Private Company Council to issue standards through FASB." 
	"I think the frustration out there is that they 
	debated this for at least a year, and people are looking for progress to be 
	made," but he added that it's questionable whether NASBA can override the 
	AICPA's proposal. "I don't' disagree with what they want for the ultimate 
	outcome, but I don't know that they have the authority to prevent the AICPA 
	from doing what it's doing." 
	But on the other side of the debate is David 
	Glusman, CPA and partner-in-charge of Marcum LLP's Philadelphia office. He 
	says that he and his firm "believe that the AICPA proposal is a good 
	proposal for our clients and for small and midsized businesses."
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
"New Black Box Metrics Challenge Accountants' Creativity and Investor 
Intelligence," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, 
February 15, 2013 --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/2/15/new-black-box-metrics-challenge-accountants-creativity-and-investor-intelligence
	According to
	
	Merriam Webster, a black box is broadly defined as 
	“anything that has mysterious or unknown internal functions or mechanisms.” 
	 How appropriate that
	
	Jonathan Weil called our attention to an 
	“unconventional profitability metric” used by Black Box (the Company) to 
	report third quarter performance in its
	
	January 29th press release (Form 8-K, Exhibit 
	99.1).   As usual, Jon got right to the point, and suggested that using the 
	term “adjusted Ebitda (as adjusted)” was just another ploy to make “earnings 
	look better.”  While I generally agree with Jon’s conclusion, I am 
	particularly stunned by the lack of creativity exhibited by the Company’s 
	accountants in naming their performance metrics.  After all, even a bean 
	counter should be able to come up with something better.  As a grumpy old 
	accountant, I'd recommend using Lynn Turner’s “everything 
	but bad stuff” EBS title (coined over a decade 
	ago)…now that might have been more appropriate!  But why did Black Box’s 
	accountants just give up?  Well, after a bit of digging, I think I know why. 
	 I also discovered that this was just one of five non-GAAP measures used by 
	the Company in its press release, but not in its current 10-Q or 10-K.  And 
	finally, Black Box omitted a very important income statement disclosure in 
	its press release that was included in its 10-Q and prior year 10-K.  All of 
	this raises questions about the transparency of the Company’s most recent 
	financial disclosures, and what is prompting the recent move to non-GAAP 
	metrics.
	But first, even 
	though I have little or no respect for most performance based non-GAAP 
	metrics, I must confess that Black Box’s “unconventional profitability 
	metric” appears to comply with the policies of the U.S. Securities and 
	Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC outlines its rules for such measures in 
	its
	Final 
	Rule on Non-GAAP Financial Measures, as well as 
	its
	
	Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations on Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
	 In fact, the Company’s cumbersome EBITDA moniker is 
	likely due to SEC guidance to use the word “adjusted” when reconciling net 
	income to a non-standard definition of EBITDA.  However, Black Box adopted 
	two separate non-GAAP EBITDA metrics: EBITDA as adjusted 
	and the hilarious “adjusted EBITDA (as adjusted)” 
	term, the two of which differed only by stock compensation expense.  The 
	table below shows how these two non-GAAP measures relate to each other, as 
	well as to the more traditional notion of EBITDA.  The first column reflects 
	income statement data for the Company’s nine months of operations for the 
	current fiscal year (3QYTD13) as reported in the January 29th press release 
	(8-K, Exhibit 99.1, page 10), while the other three columns reflect related 
	P&L data from prior Company 10-K’s.
	. . . 
	In summary, the Company’s “adjusted Ebitda (as 
	adjusted)” metric appears to be the tip of a financial reporting iceberg. 
	Instead of improving financial reporting transparency, Black Box may really 
	be a Pandora’s Box of non-GAAP metrics that obfuscate “true” performance.
	Continued in article
This is remotely related to OCI reporting where earnings are adjusted for 
non-recurrent and unrealized value changes.
From PwC on February 5, 2013
Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Income
On February 5, 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued 
Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out 
of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This guidance is the culmination of 
the board's redeliberation on reporting reclassification adjustments from 
accumulated other comprehensive income. The new requirements will take effect 
for public companies in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after 
December 15, 2012 (the first quarter of 2013 for public, calendar-year 
companies). 
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/in-brief/in-brief-2013-05-fasb-other-comprehensive-income.pdf
 
Question
If the media insists on reporting one earnings number, which of the alternative 
earnings numbers should be reported?
In particular, should net earnings be reported before or after remeasuring 
financial instruments for unrealized changes in fair value?
Hint
The following paper has a great summary of the history of OCI and problems 
facing the FASB and IASB as we look to the future of financial reporting of 
business firms.
"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive 
Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons, 
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237  
	This paper links academic accounting research on 
	comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts 
	of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International 
	Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of 
	reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness 
	in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of 
	any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify 
	several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net 
	income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review 
	academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify 
	gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested. 
	Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize 
	what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from 
	earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that 
	might help in that process.
	. . . 
	Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings
	
	Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various 
	standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and 
	provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the 
	paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or 
	what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a 
	“cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on 
	various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement 
	presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income 
	composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed. 
	Table 2 presents a list of the specific 
	comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require 
	recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided 
	financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective 
	date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components 
	have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which 
	established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were 
	promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and 
	leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI 
	has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all 
	these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter 
	decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes 
	in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion 
	that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction 
	between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with 
	recycling should be retained.7 
	Presumably, elements with similar informational 
	attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is 
	unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in 
	their being characterized differently from other components of income. 
	Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no 
	economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not 
	exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could 
	potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of 
	persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core 
	operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is 
	reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results 
	from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and 
	potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework 
	for comprehensive income. 
	Degree of Persistence. 
	The degree of persistence of various comprehensive 
	income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g., 
	Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's 
	(1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings 
	persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates 
	identifying the level of persistence across income components could be 
	useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income 
	persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate 
	presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary 
	items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several 
	footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements 
	(e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information 
	to financial statement users about the persistence of various income 
	statement components. 
	Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items 
	potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and 
	OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI 
	as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence 
	items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of 
	assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from 
	litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current 
	paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would 
	look substantially different from what it is now. 
	Using persistence of an item to distinguish 
	earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters. 
	Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to 
	permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an 
	item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring 
	charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur 
	every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with 
	other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI? 
	Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across 
	industries, and even across firms. 
	In spite of these inherent difficulties, 
	standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they 
	might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In 
	addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income 
	components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent 
	components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,” 
	medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence 
	items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create 
	additional partitions as needed. 
	Core Operations. 
	Classifying income components as earnings or OCI 
	based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively 
	appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would 
	expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items. 
	Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core 
	operations has a long history in accounting. 
	In current practice, companies and investors place 
	primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear 
	which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net 
	income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative 
	measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings 
	vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core 
	earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro 
	forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely 
	associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on 
	current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).
	
	The problems inherent with this attribute are 
	similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally 
	accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a 
	continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business? 
	As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding 
	available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether 
	the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments 
	across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to 
	determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition, 
	differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about 
	comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising 
	their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011). 
	The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial 
	Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using 
	interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a 
	criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or 
	noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states: 
	An entity shall classify in the operating category:
	
	Assets that are used as part of the entity's 
	day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise 
	from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.
	
	Operating activities generate revenue through a 
	process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An 
	asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change 
	in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No 
	significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a 
	liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the 
	entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may 
	yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest, 
	dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras. 
	72, 73, 81) 
	The above distinction between operating activities 
	and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core 
	activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might 
	develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute, 
	standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore 
	dichotomy when using this definition. 
	Another possible solution is to allow management to 
	determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this 
	discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings. 
	Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach” 
	when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures. 
	In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for 
	establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB 
	Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits 
	different measurements for identical investments based on management's 
	intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows 
	for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension 
	liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment 
	is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the 
	concern about comparability and potential for abuse. 
	Management Control. 
	Given a premise that evaluating management's 
	stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale 
	for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good 
	measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's 
	operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However, 
	some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by 
	company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the 
	control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest 
	excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing 
	returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has 
	little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect 
	earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the 
	objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement 
	might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already 
	decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from 
	foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's 
	control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the 
	subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no 
	intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows. 
	Of course, determining what is and is not 
	ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would 
	probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within 
	industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be 
	relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very 
	relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon 
	affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon 
	lengthens, more things are under management's control. 
	In Table 2, we classify items as not under 
	management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or 
	exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within 
	efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of 
	the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's 
	control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within 
	the control of management, because management controls the decision to 
	revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest 
	gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell 
	the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion, 
	unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in 
	OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate 
	changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently 
	included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not 
	distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.
	
	Remeasurements. 
	Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and 
	presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The 
	FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines 
	remeasurements as follows: 
	A remeasurement is an amount recognized in 
	comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of 
	an asset or a liability and that is the result of: 
	A change in (or realization of) a current price or 
	value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any 
	estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a 
	liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234) 
	Using this definition, examples of remeasurements 
	are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes 
	in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates, 
	and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items 
	represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or 
	liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred 
	tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively). 
	Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that 
	illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format” 
	if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting 
	comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ 
	earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could 
	be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements, 
	if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with 
	analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix 
	income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to 
	extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format 
	facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all 
	sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.
	 
	Table 3:  Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format
	
	 
	Employing remeasurements to distinguish between 
	earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion 
	of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes, 
	where the current change has little or no association with future changes 
	and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast, 
	earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are 
	likely more persistent. 
	Perhaps the most significant advantage of the 
	remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other 
	criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are 
	continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in 
	earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be 
	susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a 
	component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.
	
	Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows 
	for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of 
	fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing 
	earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before 
	remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information 
	about probable future cash flows.
	Other. 
	The attributes standard-setters could use to 
	classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list 
	in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty. 
	As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be 
	viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair 
	value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et 
	al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the 
	value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value 
	relevance of Level 3 fair values. 
	Another potential attribute might be the horizon 
	over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is, 
	unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life 
	insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for 
	many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas 
	unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could 
	be part of earnings. 
	As previously discussed, the attributes of 
	measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in 
	determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable 
	(or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation 
	across firms and industries impair comparability? 
	The overriding purpose of the discussion in this 
	subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could 
	potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate 
	earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to 
	distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic 
	research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth 
	sections. 
	Summary 
	Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon 
	that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information 
	when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from 
	earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the 
	occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income 
	components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is 
	likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g., 
	financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear 
	definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB 
	Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income 
	components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding 
	whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current 
	period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we 
	discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to 
	distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of 
	each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright 
	lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus 
	noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or 
	not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might 
	decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where 
	comprehensive income is reporte
	. . .
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I like this paper. Table 3 could be improved by adding bottom line net earnings 
before and after remeasurement.
The paper does not provide all the answers, but it is well written in terms 
of history up to this point in time and alternative directions for 
consideration.
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
February 8, 2013
	
	
	Price/Earnings Ratio
	by: 
	Simon Constable
	Feb 04, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Earnings Per Share, Financial Statement Analysis
	
	SUMMARY: This article gives an excellent description of alternative 
	measures for the P/E ratio: the simple ratio, "forward" P/E, and "trailing" 
	P/E based on the last four quarters of results. The discussion also mentions 
	adjusting the historical quarterly results used in the trailing P/E 
	measurement to remove unusual gains and losses.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a financial 
	accounting or financial statement analysis class when covering the P/E ratio 
	and/or earnings per share calculations. Also, because of the reference to 
	adjustments for unusual items, it may be used when covering treatment of 
	unusual and extraordinary items. NOTE: INSTRUCTORS SHOULD REMOVE THE 
	FOLLOWING STATEMENT BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS. Question two asks 
	students to obtain information from their class textbooks so answers will 
	vary; however, students should identify the simple P/E ratio as the measure 
	described in their textbooks.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) What three alternative measures of the 
	price-earnings ratio (P/E ratio) are described in this article?
	
	2. (Advanced) Which of the three measures matches the definition of 
	the P/E ratio given in your textbook? Explain your answer.
	
	3. (Introductory) What weakness in the simple P/E ratio is overcome 
	by using the "forward" P/E ratio? What problems arise with the forward 
	measurement?
	
	4. (Advanced) What weakness in the simple P/E ratio is overcome by 
	using the trailing four quarters in the measurement? Specifically identify 
	how this measure differs from the simple P/E ratio first described in the 
	article.
	
	5. (Advanced) The author states that users should make adjustments 
	for unusual items in the "trailing" P/E measure. Why do you think that is 
	his recommendation?
	
	6. (Advanced) "'Low P/E stocks outperform high P/E stocks,' says 
	Jeff Mortimer...." Explain the argument for this assertion by the investment 
	strategy director at BNY Mellon Wealth Management.
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
	 
"Price/Earnings Ratio," by Simon Constable, The Wall Street Journal, February 
4, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323277504578189803847508428.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	The price of a stock doesn't tell you anything 
	about whether it's a good deal, but the so-called price/earnings ratio can 
	help. The trick is figuring out which P/E ratio to use.
	Obviously, just because one stock is $200 a share 
	and another $12 doesn't mean the latter is cheaper in terms of what you're 
	getting. For a better gauge, you need to calculate what you are paying for 
	each dollar of company earnings. Hence, the P/E ratio, derived by dividing 
	the price of the stock by one year of per-share earnings. So if one stock 
	has a P/E of 12 and the other of 10, the latter is cheaper.
	"Low P/E stocks outperform high P/E stocks," says 
	Jeff Mortimer, director of investment strategy at BNY Mellon Wealth 
	Management, a unit of Bank of New York Mellon Corp. "It does work over time 
	with a broad basket of names."
	But the simple P/E ratio is just a starting point. 
	You also can calculate a "forward" P/E, using average analyst estimates for 
	future earnings. That provides an indication of what the average investor is 
	prepared to pay for future earnings. A high forward P/E, though, can mean a 
	couple of things. It could be that investors are willing to pay up for a 
	stock because they expect earnings to grow at a rapid clip. Or it could be 
	they've simply gotten carried away in a frothy market. 
	Another wrinkle: Estimated earnings may be 
	unrealistic. "You can make the forward P/E anything you want [by boosting 
	the forecast]," says Mr. Mortimer. 
	He prefers to calculate a "trailing" P/E based on 
	the last four quarters of results, adjusted for unusual gains and charges. 
	Deciding what to exclude can get tricky, but generally items that aren't 
	likely to be repeated are left out. 
	That way, investors can get an idea of what the 
	business earned from operations before relatively unusual events like plant 
	closings.
	Of course, historical earnings may not tell you 
	much about where a company is headed. Think about the hit the uranium 
	industry took following the 2011 Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan. The 
	prior 12 months of earnings and the resulting P/E would have given you 
	little clue about how to invest.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on P/E and other financial ratios are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm 
One problem with any ratios containing earnings is that the FASB and the IASB 
destroyed the concept of earnings to such a degree that they themselves can no 
longer define earnings. One problem is the mixing of realized earnings contracts 
with unrealized value changes that in many instances are never realized.  
Hence, comparing earnings ratios of one company over time or multiple companies 
at one point in time becomes like mixing apples with skate boards.
 
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on September 3, 
2010
	
	
	The Decline of the P/E Ratio
	by: Ben 
	Levisohn
	Aug 30, 2010
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	
	Click here to view the video on WSJ.com 
	
	
	TOPICS: Analysts' 
	Forecasts, Financial Statement Analysis, Forecasting
	
	
	SUMMARY: "While 
	U.S. companies announced record profits during the second quarter, and beat 
	forecasts by a comfortable 10% margin, on average, the stock market has 
	dropped 5%. Based on trailing 12-month earnings, the average price earnings 
	(P/E) ratio in the overall market is about 14.9 compared to 23.1 in 
	September 2009; "based on profit expectations over the next 12 months, the 
	P/E ratio has fallen to 12.2 from about 14.5 in May, 2010." The reason for 
	this divergence is, of course, economic uncertainty that is not evident in 
	the (average) point estimates of earnings nor in the relatively good 
	earnings numbers of both the first and second calendar quarters of 2010. The 
	related article is a WSJ graphic of earnings per share actual compared to 
	average analyst estimates, by industry and by week.
	
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The 
	article is useful to show the need for understanding context of ratios in 
	undertaking financial statement analysis. It also demonstrates that ratios 
	can be measured in more than one way, such as the use of past earnings or 
	analysts' average forecasts. The related article can be used to introduce 
	students to analysts' earnings forecasts.
	
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) 
	Define the price earnings ratio (P/E) and explain its meaning.
	
	2. (Introductory) 
	What two methods of measuring P/E are described in the article? Why do you 
	think both are used?
	
	3. (Introductory) 
	Refer to the related article. How are analysts' estimates used in this WSJ 
	graphic analysis? In your answer, also describe who are the analysts 
	producing these estimates.
	
	4. (Advanced) 
	How did companies perform relative to analysts' estimates in the second 
	calendar quarter of 2010?
	
	5. (Advanced) 
	What has happened to the P/E ratio? Why does the author say the P/E has 
	fallen in relevance? Do you agree with that assessment?
	
	6. (Introductory) 
	What other evidence in the article corroborates the issues in the recent 
	fall in the average P/E ratio?
	
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
	
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	Now Reporting: Earnings
	by 
	Aug 01, 2010
	Online Exclusive
"The Decline of the P/E Ratio," by: Ben Levisohn, The Wall Street Journal, 
August 30, 2010 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703618504575459583913373278.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
	As investors fixate on the global forces whipsawing 
	the markets, one fundamental measure of stock-market value, the 
	price/earnings ratio, is shrinking in size and importance. 
	And the diminution might not stop for a while.
	
	The P/E ratio, thrust into prominence during the 
	1930s by value investors Benjamin Graham and David Dodd, measures the amount 
	of money investors are paying for a company's earnings. Typically, companies 
	that post strong earnings growth enjoy richer stock prices and fatter P/E 
	ratios than those that don't. 
	But while U.S. companies announced record profits 
	during the second quarter, and beat forecasts by a comfortable 10% margin, 
	on average, the stock market has dropped 5% this month. 
	The stock market's average price/earnings ratio, 
	meanwhile, is in free fall, having plunged about 36% during the past year, 
	the largest 12-month decline since 2003. It now stands at about 14.9, 
	compared with 23.1 last September, based on trailing 12-month earnings 
	results. Based on profit expectations over the next 12 months, the P/E ratio 
	has fallen to 12.2 from about 14.5 in May. 
	So what explains the contraction? In short, 
	economic uncertainty. A steady procession of bad news, from the European 
	financial crisis to fears of deflation in the U.S., has prompted analysts to 
	cut profit forecasts for 2011. 
	"The market is worrying not just about a slowdown, 
	but worse," said Tobias Levkovich, chief U.S. equity strategist at Citigroup 
	Global Markets in New York. "People want clarity before they make a decision 
	with their money." 
	Three months ago, analysts expected the companies 
	in the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index to boost profits 18% in 2011. Now, 
	they predict 15%. Mutual-fund, hedge-fund and other money managers put the 
	increase at closer to 9%, according to a recent Citigroup survey, while Mr. 
	Levkovich's estimate is for 7% growth. 
	"The sustainability of earnings is in doubt," said 
	Howard Silverblatt, an index analyst at S&P in New York. "Estimates are 
	still optimistic." 
	Equally troublesome, analysts' forecasts are 
	becoming scattered. In May, the range between the highest and lowest analyst 
	forecasts of S&P 500 earnings per share in 2011 was $12. Morgan Stanley 
	predicted $85 per share, while UBS predicted $97 per share. Now, the spread 
	is $15. Barclays said $80 per share; Deutsche Bank predicts $95. 
	When profit forecasts are tightly clustered, it 
	signals to investors that there is consensus among prognosticators; when 
	they diverge wildly, it shows a lack of clarity. The P/E ratio tends to fall 
	as uncertainty rises, and vice versa. 
	"A stock is worth its future earnings, but that 
	involves uncertainty," said Jeremy Siegel, professor of finance at the 
	University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School. "The more uncertainty there is, 
	the lower the P/E will be." 
	Not only is the P/E ratio dropping, it also is in 
	danger of losing some of its prominence as a market gauge. 
	That is because, with profit and economic forecasts 
	becoming less reliable, investors are focusing more on global economic 
	events as they make trading decisions, parsing everything from Japanese 
	government-debt statistics to shipping patterns in the Baltic region. 
	
	To some extent this is in keeping with historical 
	patterns. P/E ratios often shrink in size and significance during periods of 
	uncertainty as investors focus on broader economic themes. 
	P/E ratios fell sharply during the Depression of 
	the 1930s and again after World War II, bottoming at 5.90 in 1949. They 
	plunged again during the 1970s, touching 6.97 in 1974 and 6.68 in 1980. 
	During those periods, global events sometimes took precedence over 
	company-specific valuation considerations in the minds of investors. 
	
	There have been periods when the P/E ratio was much 
	more in vogue. A century ago, the buying and selling of stocks was widely 
	considered to be a form of gambling. P/E ratios came about as a way to 
	quantify the true value of a company's shares. The creation of the 
	Securities and Exchange Commission during the 1930s made financial 
	information more available to investors, and P/E ratios gained widespread 
	acceptance in the decades that followed. 
	But thanks to the recent shift toward rapid-fire 
	stock trading, the P/E ratio may be losing its relevance. The emergence of 
	exchange-traded funds in the past 10 years has allowed investors to make 
	broad bets on entire baskets of stocks. And the ascendance of 
	computer-driven trading is making macroeconomic data and trading patterns 
	more important drivers of market action than fundamental analysis of 
	individual companies, even during periods of relative calm. 
	So where is the P/E ratio headed in the short term? 
	A few optimists think it could rise from here. If corporate borrowing costs 
	remain at record lows and stock prices remain depressed, companies will 
	start issuing debt to buy back shares, said David Bianco, chief U.S. equity 
	strategist for Bank of America Merrill Lynch. As a result, earnings per 
	share would increase, he said, even if profit growth remains sluggish, and 
	P/E ratios could jump with them. 
	But today's economic uncertainty argues against 
	that scenario. Consider that while P/E ratios dropped during the 
	inflationary 1970s, they also fell during the deflationary 1930s. The one 
	common thread tying those two eras of falling P/E ratios: unpredictable 
	economic performance. 
	"We're looking at a more volatile U.S. economy than 
	we experienced in the last 30 years," said Doug Cliggott, U.S. equity 
	strategist at Credit Suisse in Boston. "The pressure on multiples may be 
	with us for quite some time." 
September 8, 2010 reply from John Briggs, John 
[briggsjw@JMU.EDU] 
	
	I saw this 
	article and didn't quite "get" it...the title at least.
	
	Of course the P/E 
	ratio is still relevant.
	
	My favorite site for this is
	
	www.multpl.com, 
	where a guy provides a daily look 
	at the Shiller ("Irrational Exuberance") 10-year P/E...10 years of data 
	instead of 1.  It's currently 20.  It used to be 45.  Indeed, 45 was a 
	bubble.
	
	Right now, you 
	would think 16 would be appropriate, but extremely low interest rates argue 
	for higher (in comparison to investing in bonds), but economic uncertainly 
	argues for lower.
	
	So I'd make the 
	case that this metric should be around 16 right now...20 indicates to me 
	that stocks are slightly overvalued.
	
	The only time the 
	P/E ratio really was ignored was in 2000, it seems to me.  I'm glad I had no 
	money then.
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 --- 
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
	If you hang around these parts for any length of 
	time, you will occasionally run across a jeremiad of mine complaining about 
	the Financial Services Industry.
	I’ve been thinking about this more than usual 
	lately. This has led to some correspondence with Helaine Olen, whose book
	
	Pound Foolish: Exposing the Dark Side of the Personal Finance Industry 
	is next up in my queue. (Her appearance on the 
	
	TDS yesterday is here). It is similar to the deep 
	dive my colleague Josh Brown took in
	
	Backstage Wall Street.
	My criticism is somewhat different than Helaine’s 
	(though I am sympatico with much of her view). I break down the 
	problems as follows:
	 
	
		• 
		Simplicity does not pay well: 
		Investing should be relatively simple: Buy broad asset classes, hold 
		them over long periods of time, rebalance periodically, get off the 
		tracks when the locomotive is bearing down on you. The problem is its 
		easier in theory than is reality to execute this.
		• 
		Confusion is not a bug, its a 
		feature:   Thus, the massive choice, the nonstop noise 
		the confusing claims, all work to make this much more complex than it 
		needs to be.
		• 
		Too much money attracts the 
		wrong kinds of people: Let’s face it, the volume of cash 
		that passes through the Financial Services Industry is enormous. Few who 
		enters finance does so for altruistic reasons.
		• 
		Incentives are misaligned: As I’ve written 
		previously, too many people are unwilling to get rich slowly. Hence, 
		some of the wrong people work in finance, and some of the right people 
		exercise bad judgment.
		• 
		Too many people have a hand in 
		your pocket:  The list of people nicking you as an 
		investor is enormous. Insiders (CEO/CFO/Boards of Directors) transfer 
		wealth from shareholders to themselves, with the blessing of corrupted 
		Compensation Consultants. Active mutual funds charge way too much for 
		sub par performance. 401(k)s are disastrous. NYSE and NASDAQ Exchanges 
		have been paid to allow a HFT tax on every other investor. FASB and 
		Accountants have doen an awful job, allowing corporations to mislead 
		investors with junk balance statements. The Media’s job is to sell 
		advertising, not provide you with intelligent advice. The Regulators 
		have been captured.
		What’s the net impact of all this on your 
		investments ?
		• 
		The Financialized US Economy: 
		The above list reflects nearly half a century of the financialization of 
		the broader US economy. Instead of serving industry, finance has trumped 
		it. This led directly to the financial crisis and economic collapse of 
		2007-09.
		• 
		Human Nature: 
		Then there is your own behavioral issues. On top of everything else, you 
		are governed by a
		
		brain that simply wasn’t built for this.
	
	All of these add up to a system that is flawed, and 
	often fails to do its job.
	Continued in article
Large public accounting firms are probably not in favor of simplifying the 
tax code
February 17, 2013 message from Richard Sansing
	This week's issue of The Economist has a special 
	report on
	off-shore finance. This article discusses the role of large
	public accounting firms.
	
	
	http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21571556-accounting-firms-will-do-nicely-under-any-set-rules-merry-enablers
Jensen Content
Note that "simplicity does not pay well" in 
consulting!
I wonder to what extent large CPA firms want simplified accounting and auditing 
rules (to increase profits on audits) and highly complex regulations and 
financing alternatives (to increase profitability of consulting). Thus far in 
the 21st Century everything seems to becoming more complicated., which is 
probably why audits are not especially profitable relative to consulting.
However, unless a new regulation is put in place to rotate audit firms, 
auditing contributes heavily to fixed costs annually due to the tendency of 
clients to stick with the same auditing firms year after year. Consulting 
engagements come and go making them not especially reliable for paying fixed 
costs but making them profitable on top of the fixed costs paid for by audit 
engagements. Thant's my $.02.
 
Congressional Budget Office Study of Alternatives for Taxing Multinational 
Companies
The CBO denies political bias but agrees that it did not seek a broad enough set 
of reviewers of technical issues in economics and taxation of multinational 
companies.
 
CBO Letter on February 15
To the Honorable Dave Camp 
Chairman Committee on Ways and Means
http://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbofiles/attachments/43944-TaxingMultinationals.pdf
	. . . 
	This letter responds to concerns you raised about the 
	CBO's report, Options for Taxing U.S. Multinational Corporations, which was 
	released on January 8, 2013. We continue to believe that it presents the key 
	issues fairly and objectively and that its findings are well grounded in 
	economic theory and are consistent with empirical studies in this area. 
	Nevertheless, because of the complexity of the subject and the diverse views 
	of experts in the field, we agree that it would have been desirable to 
	seek comments from more outside reviewers. It is always our goal to seek 
	outside reviewers for CBO studies who represent a broad range of views and 
	perspectives. Following is a discussion of the various issues you raised 
	regarding the report.
	Continued in letter
"To Limit Corporate Tax Avoidance, Tax Investors," Editors of 
Bloomberg News, Bloomberg News, February 14, 2016 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-02-14/to-limit-corporate-tax-avoidance-tax-investors.html
	Tax avoidance by corporations is on the agenda for 
	this weekend’s meeting in Moscow of finance ministers from the 
	
	Group of 20 advanced and emerging economies. It is 
	a real problem, and its scale is getting difficult to ignore. The answer, 
	though, isn’t further tax-code complication, as some governments favor, but 
	a shift of taxes from profits to investment income. 
	To a comical degree, governments are of two minds 
	when it comes to taxing profits. They have to do it, they say, for reasons 
	of fairness and to meet their revenue needs. They deplore the aggressive 
	efforts companies make to lighten the load. At the same time, governments 
	write tax laws to attract multinational companies to their jurisdictions. 
	That promotes the very tax arbitrage they abhor. 
	This absurdity has reached new heights in countries 
	such as the U.K., where shaming companies for legal tax avoidance has become 
	an instrument of tax policy.
	
	Starbucks Corp. recently pledged to make 
	“voluntary” payments to the U.K., after accounting maneuvers resulted in the 
	coffee-shop owner paying little or no tax on its British operations for 
	years. The authorities allege no wrongdoing on Starbucks’s part. After an 
	outcry in which the government joined, the company agreed to write checks to 
	Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs this year and next. 
	Populist Campaign 
	What’s shocking about that episode isn’t that 
	Starbucks found legal ways to reduce its taxes -- every company does that, 
	and managers would be failing in their duty to shareholders if they didn’t 
	-- but that the government allied itself with a populist campaign to extort 
	money from the company. In a way, it’s a sign of sheer despair: The tax laws 
	don’t work, so governments have to try pleading or blackmail instead. 
	
	Governments are right about one thing: Corporate 
	tax avoidance can’t be ignored. The Organization for Economic Co- operation 
	and Development, in a report coinciding with the G-20 meeting, concludes 
	that tax-base erosion is a large and growing problem arising out of a 
	mismatch of anachronistic tax rules and economic realities. Tax codes are 
	still grounded in a closed- economy model that the world has largely 
	abandoned. 
	What’s the answer? There are two basic approaches. 
	One is harmonization. Governments could aim to coordinate their tax policies 
	so that legal avoidance is harder. The other is competition. Let 
	governments’ rivalries for investment drive corporate taxes ever lower -- 
	until the problem actually disappears -- and make up the revenue some other 
	way. 
	Tax competition may sound like anarchy, but there’s 
	more to be said for it than you might think. International companies have so 
	much discretion in allocating costs and revenues across their dispersed 
	units that the corporate tax base is unavoidably slippery -- all the more so 
	when governments promote that very slipperiness in an effort to attract 
	investment. 
	Why fight it? The best strategy to deal with 
	international tax avoidance is what we have recommended: Cut corporate taxes 
	and increase taxes on individual investment income (dividends and capital 
	gains) instead. It’s much harder for individuals to arbitrage away their tax 
	obligations than it is for companies operating across borders. This way, 
	corporate profits are still taxed -- but on a simpler, less distorting basis 
	than the typical corporate tax code provides. 
	The main problem with the other approach -- 
	harmonization - - is that governments are likely to commit to the principle 
	and then renege. The logic that drives them to attract capital with tax 
	breaks and then deplore the tax arbitrage that follows isn’t going away.
	
	Practical Problems 
	Harmonization, though, appeals strongly to the 
	bureaucratic mind. An extreme variant of this approach is to create a shared 
	international tax base. The European Union is exploring this possibility 
	with its perpetually recycled plan for a “Tobin tax,” or a levy on financial 
	transactions. The practical difficulties are so great that the idea is all 
	but inoperable. The EU is rarely deflected by that consideration. 
	Continued in article
	Reply by finance professor Jim Mahar --- 
	
	http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2013/02/to-limit-corporate-tax-avoidance-tax.html
	
	
		Thoughts?   
 
			"International companies have so much 
			discretion in allocating costs and revenues across their dispersed 
			units that the corporate tax base is unavoidably slippery -- all the 
			more so when governments promote that very slipperiness in an effort 
			to attract investment.....Why fight it? The best strategy to deal 
			with international tax avoidance is what we have recommended: Cut 
			corporate taxes and increase taxes on individual investment income 
			(dividends and capital gains) instead. It’s much harder for 
			individuals to arbitrage away their tax obligations than it is for 
			companies operating across borders. This way, corporate profits are 
			still taxed -- but on a simpler, less distorting basis than the 
			typical corporate tax code provides."
		
		Mmm...a great essay for some class.   Finance?  
		Econ?  Tax?  All of the above?   
	
Teaching Case on Financial Statement Analysis and P/E Ratios
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 4, 2011
	
	
	Earnings and Stocks: Is It Trick or Treat?
	by: 
	Kelly Evans
	Oct 31, 2011
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	
	Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
 
	
	TOPICS: Earning Announcements, Earnings Forecasts, Financial 
	Analysis, Financial Statement Analysis, Stock Price Effects
	
	SUMMARY: This and the related article highlight the relation 
	between stocks and earnings but also the influence of typical seasonal 
	patterns in stock market returns.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is useful to discuss financial 
	statement ratios, particularly the price-earnings ratio, and the 
	relationship between reported earnings, earnings expectations, and stock 
	prices.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) To what does author Kelly Evans attribute the 
	good stock market performance of October 2011? In your answer, describe the 
	quarterly earnings reporting process and analysts' estimates for earnings.
	
	2. (Advanced) "The sticking point in all of this that estimates for 
	the fourth quarter have dropped by 3% in October." Describe how you think 
	this 3% drop is measured. (Hint: the video provides a helpful discussion of 
	this topic.)
	
	3. (Advanced) Refer to the related article. How does the author use 
	the price-earnings ratio to answer questions raised in the article? In your 
	answer, define the price-earnings ratio and describe how it is measured for 
	purposes of these two articles.
	
	4. (Introductory) Refer again to the related article. What other 
	factors influence overall stock market performance?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
 
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	Stocks Going by the Book
	by Jonathan Cheng
	Oct 31, 2011
	Page: C1
	 
"Earnings and Stocks: Is It Trick or Treat?" by: Kelly Evans, The Wall 
Street Journal, October 31, 2011 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203707504577007754040669274.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
	The strange dynamics of this earnings season are 
	reminiscent of two prior, but diametrically opposed, inflection points: 
	those of mid-2008 and mid-2009. That is, the stock market has surged even as 
	forward earnings estimates fall. 
	Typically, such declines would trigger a selloff as 
	investors reassess the value of shares. Right now, though, the opposite is 
	happening.
	The Standard & Poor's 500-stock index as of Friday 
	was up 13.6% for the month—its best monthly performance since January 1987. 
	Certainly, seeming progress toward resolving Europe's sovereign-debt crisis 
	has played a big role in stocks' newfound favor. But on a more fundamental 
	basis, it helps that the third-quarter earnings season is going well, 
	despite some high-profile misses. 
	More than 70% of companies have beaten earnings 
	estimates, compared with 62% on average since the early 1990s. Prospects, 
	however, have been dimming. Earnings estimates for the S&P 500 in the 
	current fourthquarter have already fallen 3%—the biggest monthly decline 
	since April 2009, according to FactSet analyst John Butters. 
	The stock market has surged even as forward 
	earnings estimates fall, and typicall such declines would trigger a selloff 
	as investors reassess the value of shares. Right now, though, the opposite 
	is happening, Kelly Evans reports on Markets Hub. Photo: AP. 
	That doesn't have to mean disaster. In April 2009, 
	the stock market was also rallying sharply despite lowered earnings 
	expectations. Then, of course, stocks were building off the historic March 
	lows, which already had exceptionally weak forward earnings priced in. The 
	rally continued as investors grew more confident the U.S. was on the cusp of 
	recovery, and analysts eventually had to start raising their earnings 
	estimates to keep up. 
	That rally, however, started out of a deep 
	recession and came after a huge market selloff. This time, the S&P 500 
	started from a low point of about 1100—some 65% higher than in March 2009. 
	More to the point, the economy today isn't coming out of recession, but 
	trying to avoid falling back into one.
	Continued in article
Bob 
Jensen's bookmarks for financial ratios ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010303FinancialRatios
Also see 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Financial_ratios
Obsolete Words
"Words: a Time Capsule," by Lucy Ferriss, Chronicle of Higher Education's 
Chronicle Review, February 4, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/blogs/linguafranca/2013/02/04/words-a-time-capsule/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
Jensen Question
What are some andidates for obsolete words and phrases in accountancy?
	Net Earnings ---
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay 
	Earnings Ratios (P/E, D/E, etc.)
	Matching Principle ---
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm 
	
		
		A nice timeline on the development of 
		U.S. standards and the evolution of thinking about the income statement 
		versus the balance sheet is provided at:
		"The Evolution of U.S. GAAP: The Political Forces Behind Professional 
		Standards (1930-1973)," by Stephen A. Zeff, CPA Journal, 
		January 2005 ---
		
		http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/105/infocus/p18.htm 
		Part II covering years 1974-2003 published in February 2005 ---
		
		http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/205/index.htm  
		The module for 1940 is as follows:
		
		
			1940
			The American Accounting Association 
			(AAA) publishes Professors W.A. Paton and A.C. Littleton’s monograph 
			An Introduction to Corporate Accounting Standards, which is an 
			eloquent defense of historical cost accounting. The monograph 
			provides a persuasive rationale for conventional accounting 
			practice, and copies are widely distributed to all members of the 
			AIA. The Paton and Littleton monograph, as it came to be known, 
			popularizes the matching principle, which places primary emphasis on 
			the matching of costs with revenues, with assets and liabilities 
			dependent upon the outcome of this matching. 
			Comment. The 
			Paton and Littleton monograph reinforced the revenue-and-expense 
			view in the literature and practice of 
			accounting, by which one first determines whether a transaction 
			gives rise to a revenue or an expense. Once this decision is made, 
			the balance sheet is left with a residue of debit and credit balance 
			accounts, which may or may not fit the definitions of assets or 
			liabilities. 
			The monograph also embraced historical cost 
			accounting, which was taught to thousands of accounting students in 
			universities, where the monograph was, for more than a generation, 
			used as one of the standard textbooks in accounting theory courses.
			
			1940s 
			Throughout the decade, the CAP frequently 
			allows the use of alternative accounting methods when there is 
			diversity of accepted practice. 
			Comment. Most of the matters taken up by 
			the CAP during the first half of the 1940s dealt with wartime 
			accounting issues. It had difficulty narrowing the areas of 
			difference in accounting practice because the major accounting firms 
			represented on the committee could not agree on proper practice. 
			First, the larger firms disagreed whether uniformity or diversity of 
			accounting methods was appropriate. Arthur Andersen & Co. advocated 
			fervently that all companies should follow the same accounting 
			methods in order to promote comparability. But such firms as Price, 
			Waterhouse & Co. and Haskins & Sells asserted that comparability was 
			achieved by allowing companies to adopt the accounting methods that 
			were most suited to their business circumstances. Second, the big 
			firms disagreed whether the CAP possessed the authority to disallow 
			accounting methods that were widely used by listed companies. 
			
			Continued in article
		
		
		
		Surplu
		Retail Inventory Method
		Activities Based Costing or ABC Costing 
		XBRL
		FASB
	
February 11, 2013 reply from David Albrecht
	Extraordinary items
	Cumulative income adjustment from change in accounting principle
	Sum-of-years-digits depreciation
	Group/composite depreciation
	Defined benefit obligation
	Reconciling absorption costing and direct costing income 
Question
The earned income tax credit returns cash from the IRS and is a major reason 
nearly half of all taxpayers receive more back than they pay in for income 
taxes.
Who benefits the most from this credit --- the employed or the unemployed?
"Earned-Income Ironies," by Casey B. Mulligan, The New York Times, 
February 6, 2013 --- 
http://economix.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/02/06/earned-income-ironies/ 
	The “earned income tax credit” is, ironically, more 
	likely to be received by unemployed people than by workers who do not spend 
	any time unemployed.
	The credit was created years ago to reduce tax 
	burdens on the poor and to “provide 
	a genuine incentive for working;” a household must 
	have some wage and salary income in order to receive the credit.
	However, because the credit is administered on a 
	calendar-year basis and is phased out with calendar-year wages and salaries, 
	it is disproportionately received by people unemployed after a layoff.
	As I illustrated in
	
	an earlier post, the credit follows a 
	mountain-plateau pattern: an increasing portion for the lowest calendar 
	incomes, a flat portion, a decreasing portion and then a flat portion of 
	zero.
	
	
	¶You might think that unemployed people do 
	not receive the credit because they do not have any wage or salary income, 
	but typically people unemployed from layoff do have wages or salary income 
	during the calendar year of their unemployment from their previous job. 
	Their layoff might have occurred after the beginning of the calendar year. 
	Even a layoff occurring in December of the previous year might generate wage 
	and salary income in the current year because of a severance payment or 
	accumulated sick and vacation pay.
	
	
	¶Moreover, an 
	unemployed person might have a spouse with wage and salary income, and the 
	spouse’s income counts toward the credit.
	
	
	¶Because 
	unemployment compensation is supposed to be reported on the recipient’s 
	federal individual income tax return, I was able to further investigate this 
	issue by examining a large sample of individual income tax returns for the 
	years 2000-7 provided by the Internal Revenue Service to the National Bureau 
	of Economic Research and other institutions for research purposes.
	
	
	¶In 2007, 97 
	percent of the 7.6 million returns showing unemployment-compensation income 
	(that is, the taxpayer or spouse was unemployed and receiving benefits some 
	time during the calendar year) also had wage and salary income during the 
	year. That percentage was essentially the same in each of the years 2000-6.
	
	
	¶Of the same 
	7.6 million returns with unemployment income in 2007, one quarter received 
	the earned income tax credit. By comparison, the credit was received by only 
	one-sixth of the returns with wage and salary income but no unemployment 
	income.
	
	Among returns with unemployment 
	income, the average earned income tax credit was $486, compared with $347 
	among the returns with wages but not unemployment income.
	
	
	¶For most of 
	the returns with both unemployment income and the earned income tax credit, 
	the credit would have been even greater if the taxpayer had been employed 
	fewer weeks than he or she actually was. Still more returns with 
	unemployment income but no earned income tax credit would have received the 
	credit if the unemployment had lasted longer.
	Continued in article
Questions
Why does Vermont have nearly the lowest unemployment rate in the nation?
What is Vermont doing to intentionally raise its unemployment rate?
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Political/PoliticalQuotationsCommentaries.htm#VermontWelfare
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
This Could Be a Really Big Deal for Bringing Education to Africa
"Hillary Clinton Helps Silicon Valley on Her Way Out the Door," y 
Elizabeth Dwoskin, Bloomberg Business Week, February 04, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-02-04/hillary-clinton-helps-silicon-valley-on-her-way-out-the-door
"Clients Flounder And Fail But Auditor PwC Prevails," by Francine 
McKenna, Forbes, February 4, 2013 --- 
http://www.forbes.com/sites/francinemckenna/2013/02/04/clients-flounder-and-fail-but-auditor-pwc-prevails/
	PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audits several companies 
	in the news recently but the global professional services firm seems to have 
	escaped scrutiny for those clients’ serious missteps. Watchdog PwC never 
	warned investors of faulty management and fraud that’s tanked shares, forced 
	out top executives and resulted in expensive, ongoing private, civil, and 
	potential criminal litigation. 
	PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is, for 2012, again the 
	largest accounting firm in the world, according to Big4.com, after losing 
	the crown temporarily to Deloitte in 2010. PwC is also the largest audit 
	firm, a distinction that must be made given the reemergence of the 
	consulting practices at PwC, KPMG, and Ernst & Young ever since the 
	expiration of non-compete agreements signed when their consulting arms were 
	sold post-Sarbanes-Oxley. (Deloitte never sold its consulting arm and has, 
	therefore, enjoyed a distinct advantage to the other firms, not losing any 
	growth momentum between 2002 and 2007.)
	All four – Deloitte, PwC, KPMG, and Ernst & Young – 
	audit and consult, advise on taxes and manage bankruptcies, provide due 
	diligence and accounting advice for acquisitions and investigate frauds when 
	deals go wrong. You can’t throw a rock at a fraud or scandal nowadays 
	without hitting three, sometimes all four, of the largest firms performing 
	one role or another. The Big Four global accounting firms make money whether 
	clients survive and thrive or flail and fail.
	Chesapeake Energy, a PwC audit client since its IPO 
	in 1993, made news last week for firing its beleaguered CEO, Aubrey 
	McClendon. Ryan Chittum at the Columbia Journalism Review says Reuters gets 
	the credit for this “scalp”.
	Continued in article
		Question 
		Why is Francine fuming?
		"Accountants Skirt Shareholder Lawsuits," by Jonathan D. 
		Glater, The New York Times, December 27, 2012 --- 
		
		http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2012/12/27/accountants-skirt-shareholder-lawsuits/
		
		
			The accountants who service publicly traded 
			companies are likely to have something to be thankful for this year: 
			shareholders are not filing federal securities fraud lawsuits 
			against them.
			Just 10 years ago, public company 
			accountants were in the cross hairs of shareholders, regulators and 
			prosecutors. A criminal indictment destroyed 
			
			Enron’s auditor, Arthur Andersen. Congress 
			created a new regulator, the 
			
			Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, 
			to oversee the profession. And in dozens of lawsuits in the years 
			afterward, shareholders named accountants as co-defendants when 
			alleging accounting fraud.
			But things have changed. According to NERA 
			Economic Consulting, which tracks shareholder litigation and 
			reported on the decline in accounting firm defendants in
			
			its midyear report in July, not one 
			accounting firm has been named a defendant so far this year. One of 
			the study’s co-authors, Ron I. Miller, confirmed that the trend has 
			continued at least through November.
			That prompts the question, why don’t 
			shareholders sue accountants anymore?
			“To the extent that firms have been burned 
			for a lot of money, they have some pretty strong incentives to try 
			to behave,” Mr. Miller said. “That’s the hopeful side of the legal 
			system: You hope that if you put in penalties, that those penalties 
			change people’s actions.”
			The less positive alternative, he added, is 
			that public companies “have gotten better at hiding it.”
			From 2005 to 2009, according to the NERA 
			report, 12 percent of securities class action cases included 
			accounting firm co-defendants. The range of federal securities fraud 
			class action cases filed per year in that period was 132 to 244.
			The absence of accounting firm defendants 
			this year can probably be explained at least in part by court 
			decisions; the Supreme Court has issued rulings, as in
			
			Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc.
			in 2008, making it more difficult to recover 
			damages from third parties in fraud cases.
			So perhaps more shareholder suits would 
			take aim at accountants, if the plaintiffs believed that their 
			claims would survive a defendant’s motion to dismiss. And it is 
			possible that plaintiffs will add accounting firm as defendants to 
			existing cases in the future, if claimants get information to 
			support such claims.
			Over all, fewer shareholder class action 
			lawsuits are based on allegations of accounting fraud, as opposed to 
			other types of fraud. The NERA midyear report found that in the 
			first six months of 2012, about 25 percent of complaints in 
			securities class action cases included allegations of accounting 
			fraud, down from nearly 40 percent in all of 2011.
			Perhaps the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the 
			legislative response to the accounting scandals of the early 2000s, 
			actually worked, Mr. Miller said.
			“There’s been a lot of complaining about 
			SOX, and certainly the compliance costs are high for smaller 
			publicly traded companies,” he said, but accounting fraud “is to a 
			large extent what SOX was intended to stop.”
			Public company accountants still have 
			potential civil liability to worry about, said Joseph A. Grundfest, 
			a former commissioner of the
			
			Securities and Exchange Commission who 
			teaches at Stanford Law School. Regulators, he said, are 
			investigating potential misconduct involving accounting firms.
			Continued in article
		
		Bob Jensen's threads on lawsuits where CPA firms have not been so 
		lucky --- 
		
		http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
RAND Corporation: Measuring Teacher Effectiveness --- 
http://www.rand.org/education/projects/measuring-teacher-effectiveness.html
	Explore the Measuring Teacher Effectiveness Fact Sheet Series Teachers 
	Matter: Understanding Teachers' Impact on Student Achievement 
	
		Research suggests that, among school-related factors, teachers matter 
		most when it comes to a student's academic performance. Nonschool 
		factors do influence student achievement, but effective teaching has the 
		potential to help level the playing field. 
	
	Multiple Choices: Options for Measuring Teaching Effectiveness 
	
		Teaching is a complex activity that should be measured with multiple 
		methods. Some examine teachers' practices directly, while others 
		emphasize student outcomes. Each method has trade-offs, and no single 
		method provides a complete picture of a teacher's effectiveness. 
	
	Tests and the Teacher: What Student Achievement Tests Do—and Don't—Tell 
	Us About Teacher Effectiveness 
	
		In addition to helping students learn reading and math, we also trust 
		teachers to teach students to think, reason, and work cooperatively with 
		one another. Students' scores on achievement tests tell us something—but 
		by no means everything—about how well teachers are meeting these 
		expectations. 
	
	Value-Added Modeling 101: Using Student Test Scores to Help Measure 
	Teaching Effectiveness 
	
		Value-added models, or VAMs, attempt to measure a teacher's impact on 
		student achievement apart from other factors, such as individual 
		ability, family environment, past schooling, and the influence of peers. 
		Value-added estimates enable relative judgments but are not absolute 
		indicators of effectiveness. 
	
	Student Growth Percentiles 101: Using Relative Ranks in Student Test 
	Scores to Help Measure Teaching Effectiveness 
	
		Student growth percentiles, or SGPs, provide a simple way of 
		comparing the improvement of one teacher's students at the end of the 
		year with the improvement of other students who started the year at the 
		same level.
	
Bob Jensen's threads on assessment --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm  
 
"Where Not To Die In 2013," by Ashlea Ebeling, Forbes, January 
12, 2013 --- 
http://www.forbes.com/sites/ashleaebeling/2013/01/28/where-not-to-die-in-2013/
"Scope of auditors' report to be extended to include risk," by Richard 
Crump, AccountancyAge, February  5, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2241488/scope-of-auditors-report-to-be-extended-to-include-risk?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=Scope+of+auditors%27+report+to+be+extended+to+include+risk
	AUDITORS will be required to warn investors about 
	risks within the companies they audit as part of a "step change" in the way 
	audit reports are structured proposed by the FRC. 
	In response to criticism that auditors' reports are 
	uninformative, the reporting watchdog has launched a consultation to extend 
	their scope to include a commentary of the "risks of material misstatement" 
	identified by the auditor. 
	Read more: http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2241488/scope-of-auditors-report-to-be-extended-to-include-risk#ixzz2K2nHaHBq 
	Accountancy Age - Finance, business and accountancy news, features and 
	resources. Claim your free subscription today.
	As part of the changes, which could force auditors 
	to flag risks that differ from those disclosed by company directors, 
	auditors will be required to explain how they applied the concept of 
	materiality – which relates to the importance of transactions, balances and 
	errors contained in the financial statements – and summarise how the audit 
	scope responded to company risks. 
	Nick Land [pictured], chairman of the FRC's audit 
	and assurance council, said the new rules would provide a "step change from 
	the traditional binary pass/fail model of audit report". 
	"Such reports have increasingly been criticised as 
	being uninformative by investors, and other users of financial statements. 
	The proposals ... 'close the circle' by requiring the auditor to disclose 
	information about the audit, within the auditor's report itself," Land said.
	
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads about professionalism in auditing --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
Baumol's cost disease ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baumol%27s_cost_disease 
"Talk to Me Like I'm Stupid: Baumol's Cost Disease," by John Warner,
Inside Higher Ed, February 3, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/blogs/just-visiting/talk-me-im-stupid-baumols-cost-disease
	One of the Internet writers I most admire is 
	
	Ta-Nehisi Coates of the Atlantic.
	There are a number or reasons for my admiration. He 
	is thoughtful, and often does his thinking on the page – showing his work, 
	if you will – which I appreciate because I tend to do the same thing. He 
	tackles a wide array of subjects; posts on civil war history, head trauma in 
	football, hip-hop, and role-playing games may run one after another.
	He also personally moderates his comments section, 
	managing to wrangle anonymous Internet personalities into a frequently 
	productive and enlightening discussion, which is perhaps his most amazing 
	feat.
	One of the features he occasionally employs is 
	called
	
	“Talk to Me Like I’m Stupid,” where he 
	crowdsources something he doesn’t know, or sufficiently understand in order 
	to better inform himself.
	In the process, he manages to better inform his 
	audience as well.
	I was hoping we could try something similar with a 
	concept I see invoked frequently in these virtual pages.
	I want you to talk to me like I’m stupid about 
	Baumol’s Cost Disease as it pertains (or doesn’t) to higher education.
	I have access to
	
	Wikipedia, so I understand the basics: that these 
	two economists, Baumol and Bowen did a study on the performing arts showing 
	that because salaries will rise without a corresponding increase in 
	productivity (the number of musicians necessary to perform in a string 
	quartet being the same regardless of century), then over time, string 
	quartets grow progressively more expensive.
	The phenomenon is frequently cited as a cause of 
	increasing costs of both health care, and higher ed.
	Obviously, unless and until MOOCs upend higher ed 
	delivery for all (note to self, add MOOC as future topic for “talk to me 
	like I’m stupid”), college instruction is going to be labor intensive.
	And we all know that tuition is increasing much 
	faster than the cost of inflation.
	During the campaign, Vice President Joe Biden
	
	cited rising faculty salaries 
	as the, or at least a cause of rising tuition.
	But here’s the thing, and why I need help. Has the 
	cost of faculty truly increased? Are we an example of Baumol’s Cost Disease?
	My experience says no, but the world says yes. We 
	can't get more productive, but are we getting more expensive?
	This is my 12th year as a full-time 
	non-tenure-track college instructor. My salary is almost the same as it was 
	in the year 2001. The proportion of people like me, as well as the less 
	fortunate on per-course adjunct pay as part of total faculty has only 
	increased, which should be driving down salary costs.
	In the six years I spent at Clemson, my salary was 
	flat, except for the year everyone had a mandatory five-day furlough when it 
	was obviously lower.
	
	The AAUP reports that full-time faculty salaries 
	across every category declined relative to inflation in the 2011-2012 
	academic year.Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Baumol's Cost Disease is possibly more dramatic in health care salaries. One 
difference in health care versus education is that revenue increases can be more 
easily traced to capital expenditures. For example our nearby Littleton Regional 
Hospital can trace increased revenues to a millions of dollars invested in new 
investments in CAT and MRI scanners. Increased revenues can also be traced to 
the addition of a new wing devoted to leases of physician offices. 
When the hospital expanded surgery services the increases in revenues from 
those services flows into ledger accounts.
Hence there may be greater productivity from investing large amounts of 
capital in equipment and new supporting employees relative to raising salaries 
of existing staff before the new services were added.
In education it's generally more difficult to trace revenue increases to 
increases in capital expenditures. Revenue increase from a new dormitory on the 
campus of Trinity University can be traced back to the capital expenditure. But 
revenue increases arising from tens of millions spent for new buildings for the 
administration, life sciences, music, and engineering are much more difficult to 
trace back to the capital expenditures. For example, in the short term revenues 
would probably increase more  if the money for those new buildings was 
instead spent of many more half-tuition scholarships that increase the size of 
the paying student body. 
Trinity has also spent tens of millions on information technology that is 
almost impossible to evaluate in terms of return on investment. For example, we 
will never know how many students would not attend Trinity if it was not on the 
leading edge of education technology.
Trinity University just hired two distinguished professors (a husband and 
wife team in accounting and finance). This is great for the research reputation 
of the Business Administration Department. But the same amount of money perhaps 
would have led to more short term revenue increases if the number of sections of 
courses was instead greatly increased by hiring ten professionally qualified 
teachers of accounting and finance who are not assigned research performance 
responsibilities. Accounting, finance, and other business administration classes 
typically have more students trying to get into those classes relative to 
capacity in terms of teaching faculty.
How could KPMG believe such fantasies?
"The SEC, Like Everyone Else, Didn’t Believe Citi’s Financial Statements 
," Dealbreaker, February 25, 2013 --- 
http://dealbreaker.com/2013/02/the-sec-like-everyone-else-didnt-believe-citis-financial-statements/ 
	Every once in a while I almost write “I don’t envy 
	big bank CEOs,” and then I consider my own finances and the mood passes. But 
	it does seem hard, no? The job is basically that you run around all day 
	looking at horrible messes – even in good times, there are some horrible 
	messes somewhere, and what is a CEO for if not to look at them and make 
	decisive noises? – and then you get on earnings calls, or go on CNBC, or 
	sign 10Ks under penalty of perjury, and say “everything is great.” I mean: 
	you can say that some things aren’t great, if it’s really obvious that 
	they’re not. If you lost money, GAAPwise, go ahead and say that; everyone 
	already knows. But for the most part, you are in the business of inspiring 
	enough confidence in people that they continue to fund you, and if you don’t 
	persuade them that, on a forward-looking basis, things will be pretty good, 
	then they won’t be.
	Also, when you’re not in the business of convincing 
	people to fund you, you’re in the business of convincing people to buy what 
	you’re selling and sell what you’re buying, which further constrains you 
	from saying “what we’re selling is dogshit.”1
	Anyway I found a certain poignancy in Citi’s 
	correspondence with the SEC over Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, which was
	
	
	released on Friday. 
	Citi and Morgan Stanley had a joint venture in MSSB, and MS valued it at 
	around $9bn, and Citi valued it at around $22bn, and at most one of them was 
	right and, while the answer turned out to be “neither,” it was much closer 
	to MS than C. Citi was quite wrong, and since this was eventually resolved 
	by a willing seller (Citi) selling to a willing buyer (MS)
	
	at a valuation of $13.5bn, Citi had to
	
	admit its wrongness in the form of a $4.7 billion write-down,
	and the stock did this: 
	Which is the market’s way of saying: no biggie 
	Vikram, we already knew you’d be taking the writedown, honestly we thought 
	it’d be worse than that, we just didn’t say anything because we didn’t want 
	you to feel bad, but we’re glad that’s cleared up now.
	But the SEC doesn’t get to do that, because – and 
	this is sort of endearing – the SEC has to pretend that a company’s 
	financial statements convey meaningful information about the actual world, 
	and so last year they sent Citi a bunch of letters to the effect of “um, 
	really, with that MSSB valuation?” To be fair even Citi was admitting, back 
	in its
	
	10-K a year ago, that MSSB wasn’t worth what its 
	balance sheet said it was worth – but it said that this was a temporary 
	impairment and so didn’t need to be reflected on Citi’s financials since 
	MSSB would recover soon and anyway it’s not as if Citi was looking to sell 
	at a depressed price. Here is how the SEC
	
	responded in April:
	
		We note your disclosure related to the 
		temporary impairment of your equity method investment in the Morgan 
		Stanley Smith Barney (MSSB) joint venture. Please address the following:
		
			- You assert that, as of December 31, 2011, 
			you do not plan to sell your investment in this joint venture prior 
			to recovery of the value. Please tell us how you were able to reach 
			this conclusion given the fact that you are currently in 
			negotiations with Morgan Stanley to sell at least part of your 
			equity interest in this joint venture pursuant to options held by 
			Morgan Stanley.
- We note that you have based the fair value 
			of this equity investment on “the midpoint of the current range of 
			estimated values.” However, you do not disclose this range, nor do 
			you disclose how the range was estimated.
	Citi’s response is absolutely gorgeous;
	
	it says:
	
		- We are not in fact negotiating with Morgan 
		Stanley about selling the rest of MSSB, and
- We can’t disclose our internal estimate of 
		MSSB’s value, because that would hurt us in our negotiations with Morgan 
		Stanley about selling the rest of MSSB.
See what they did there?2 
	The SEC did, a few months later anyway, when the negotiations got so 
	advanced that the SEC 
	
	pushed Citi for more 
	information about its internal valuation of the MSSB joint venture. Citi 
	obligingly 
	
	provided that valuation to the SEC, 
	confidentially, ten days after it disclosed the write-down.
	Also during these negotiations Citi’s investment 
	banking division
	
	provided a valuation of MSSB “that slightly 
	exceeded Citi’s carrying value of approximately $11 billion for that 49% 
	interest as of June 30, 2012.” So:
	
		- Citi provided a valuation of an asset to its 
		counterparty as a negotiation tool,3
- which was higher than the valuation it 
		reflected in its publicly filed financial statements,
- which was higher than its internal estimate of 
		the correct valuation,
- which was closest to the market’s estimate of 
		the correct valuation, and the ultimate valuation at which Citi sold the 
		asset.
So Citi “knew” that its financials, and the 
	valuation it gave in negotiations with MS, were “wrong.” 
	Continued in article
"When Will the SEC Finally Go After 
		the Auditors?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, September 27, 
		2012 --- 
		
		http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-09-27/when-will-the-sec-finally-go-after-the-auditors-.html
		
		
			Something very 
			unusual happened at the Securities and Exchange Commission this 
			week: The SEC accused three former bank executives of committing 
			fraud by deliberately understating their company's loan losses 
			during the financial crisis. Such accusations have not been made 
			often in recent years. 
			Unless you happen to 
			live in Nebraska, you probably haven't heard of Lincoln-based 
			TierOne Corp., which had about $3 billion assets when it failed in 
			2010. Yet it's an important story because of what it shows about the 
			state of securities-law enforcement in the U.S.
			On Tuesday the SEC 
			said it had reached settlements with the company's former chief 
			executive officer and chairman, Gilbert Lundstrom, and another 
			former senior executive, who will both pay fines. (Per the usual 
			custom, neither admitted or denied any wrongdoing.) A third former 
			executive is contesting the agency's claims, which include 
			allegations of egregious accounting violations. 
			Several times in 
			recent years the SEC's enforcement division has seemed to bend over 
			backwards to avoid accusing anyone at a failed financial institution 
			of committing accounting fraud. To name a few: When the SEC filed 
			fraud claims against former executives of Countrywide Financial 
			Corp., IndyMac Bancorp, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, it accused them 
			of making false disclosures. But it made sure not to allege that any 
			of the companies' books were wrong; none of them ever admitted to 
			any accounting errors. 
			At Countrywide, for 
			instance, the SEC accused former CEO Angelo Mozilo of failing to 
			disclose known loan losses. If the SEC's allegations against him 
			were true, then the company's financial reports by definition must 
			have contained misstatements -- except the SEC never alleged so in 
			its complaint against him. He committed disclosure fraud, the SEC 
			said, not accounting fraud. 
			The main beneficiary 
			of the SEC's approach in such cases has been the Big Four auditing 
			firms, as I wrote in a column last year. They can claim their audits 
			were fine, because there was never any official finding that the 
			numbers were incorrect. That has helped the firms enormously in 
			class-action litigation brought by investors. 
			TierOne's auditor 
			was KPMG LLP, which also was the auditor for Countrywide. (The other 
			Big Four firms are Ernst & Young LLP, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and 
			Deloitte & Touche LLP.) Neither KPMG nor any of its personnel were 
			named as defendants in the SEC's complaint this week. One of the 
			allegations against the former TierOne executives was that they lied 
			to KPMG auditors. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, passed in 2002, 
			lying to an auditor is a punishable offense. 
			Does this mean KPMG 
			got a pass from the SEC? My guess is yes. An SEC spokesman, John 
			Nester, declined to say. A spokesman for KPMG, Manuel Goncalves, 
			declined to comment. 
			There is somebody 
			out there, however, who believes KPMG should be held liable for 
			failing to catch TierOne's accounting chicanery. TierOne's Chapter 7 
			bankruptcy trustee earlier this year sued the accounting firm, 
			accusing it of negligence and breaches of fiduciary duty. KPMG has 
			denied the allegations and asked that the matter be resolved in 
			arbitration proceedings rather than in court. It was TierOne's 
			regulator, the U.S. Office of Thrift Supervision, that caught the 
			bank's accounting manipulations -- not KPMG, which continually 
			blessed TierOne's financial statements and resigned as auditor in 
			2010 only weeks before the bank failed. 
			The financial crisis 
			was in large part about financial institutions' cooked books. A big 
			reason that companies such as Lehman Brothers, Fannie Mae and 
			Freddie Mac failed was that investors could tell from the outside 
			looking in that their balance sheets were bogus. Even Hank Paulson, 
			the former Treasury secretary, said as much in his memoir. (The SEC 
			never brought a single enforcement action against a former Lehman 
			executive.)
			Continued in article
		
		Bob Jensen's threads on the two faces 
		of KPMG are at 
		
		http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
		
"Small Auditors Pose Misstatement Risks: PCAOB:  Deficiencies found 
in audits by smaller firms have dropped in recent years. But the oversight board 
warns that they’re still too high," by Kathleen Hoffelder, CFO.com, 
February 25, 2013 --- 
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/2/auditing_audit-inspections-pcaob-jay-hanson-jeanette-franzel
	While the number of significant audit deficiencies 
	for small domestic auditors has shrunk since the Public Company Accounting 
	Oversight Board issued its last report on this group in 2007, the auditing 
	overseer still believes the number of deficiencies is unacceptable. 
	
	“Audit deficiencies are still high,” said PCAOB 
	board member Jeanette M. Franzel during a press call today describing the 
	results of a study the board completed on small audit firms in the United 
	States that were inspected between 2007 and 2010. “We continue to be 
	concerned about the level and types of significant deficiencies in the 
	triennial firm inspections.” 
	The PCAOB report showed that 44% of the audit 
	firms, each of which audits 100 or fewer public companies, had at least one 
	“significant audit performance deficiency,” meaning the deficiency resulted 
	in the audit firm lacking enough evidence to support its opinion. That 
	number compares with 61% that had audit deficiencies in the PCAOB’s last 
	report on this group in 2007, which covered inspections from 2004 to 2006.
	
	While the number of deficiencies is trending lower, 
	the PCAOB considers the amount to be a wake-up call for CFOs and other 
	corporate executives to scrutinize their auditors carefully. As Franzel 
	noted, these deficiencies are “significant.” 
	The report should be “useful for the firms 
	themselves so they may take note of the more troubling findings from the 
	triennial inspection. Audit committees may wish to discuss this report with 
	their auditors to better understand whether any of the deficiencies may be 
	something they should consider in connection with their own company audit.” 
	If its audit firm’s audit has a faulty basis in fact and the resulting audit 
	goes awry, a company could face regulatory action or a shareholder lawsuit.
	
	Most of the audit deficiencies in the study were 
	found in auditing revenue recognition and other areas pertinent to smaller 
	clients, such as share-based payments (like stock options or rights) and 
	equity financing instruments. Because smaller audit clients often face 
	difficulties in raising capital or accessing credit markets, share-based 
	payments and equity financing instruments are more common, noted PCAOB board 
	member Jay D. Hanson during the call. Such financing, he noted, may contain 
	terms and conditions that increase the risk of material misstatements.
	
	The PCAOB audits smaller audit firms once every 
	three years, though some are audited a bit more frequently if warranted. 
	(Audit firms with more than 100 issuers have an annual inspection.) The size 
	of the firms in today’s study ranged from those that audited just 1 firm to 
	others that audited more than 80 firms. The report included 748 inspections 
	of 578 audit firms. 
	Other deficiencies outlined in the report included 
	auditing convertible debt, fair-value measurements, impairment of intangible 
	assets, accounting estimates, the use of analytical procedures, and the ways 
	a firm responds to the risk of misstatements due to fraud. 
	Why the long list of deficiencies? The report cited 
	a lack of technical competence in an audit area, a paucity of professional 
	skepticism, ineffective supervision, client acceptance and inability to 
	consider technical knowledge called for in particular audits, and 
	ineffective auditor engagement quality reviews. 
	“These are just the nuts and bolts of high-quality 
	auditing that need to be attended to. We hope that firms really focus on 
	these areas,” said Franzel, who is also hopeful the PCAOB will be able to 
	perform more frequent reports than once every three years for this group of 
	audit firms. 
	To be fair, those firms that did have deficiencies 
	seemed to take appropriate steps within 12 months to address those 
	deficiencies, she said. At the same time, some ended up even worse the 
	second time around. Of the 455 firms that had their second inspection during 
	2007 through 2010, 36%, or 164 firms, had at least one significant 
	audit-performance deficiency in their second inspections, which compares 
	with 55%, or 249 firms, in their first inspections.
	Continued in article
Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center 
for Audit Quality, 2012 --- 
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf 
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database --- 
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx 
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
Will bad loans look worse under U.S. GAAP versus IFRS?
How Bad is a Bad Bank Loan:  Rule Split to Put U.S. Banks at a Loss
From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 28, 2013
	How bad is a bad bank loan? 
	Accounting regulators in the U.S. and Europe disagree on the standards for 
	how banks book loan losses, and their rift could lead to tens of billions of 
	dollars being carved off U.S. lenders’ current profits, writes the WSJ’s 
	Michael Rapaport. The FASB and the IASB have separate proposals in the works 
	that would require banks to record losses on soured loans earlier than they 
	do now. But the U.S. proposal goes a step further and would force 
	American banks to accelerate even more losses more quickly than foreign 
	banks would. If U.S. and overseas banks end up using different models 
	for booking losses, that could create an apples-to-oranges situation that 
	would make it more difficult for investors to tell how they stack up against 
	one another.
"Rule Split to Put U.S. Banks at a Loss," by Michael Rapoport, The 
Wall Street Journal, February 27, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323293704578330490452665994.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_0&mg=reno64-wsj
	How bad is a bad bank loan? Accounting regulators 
	in the U.S. and Europe disagree, and their rift could lead to tens of 
	billions of dollars being carved off U.S. lenders' current profits. 
	
	American and global rule makers have separate 
	proposals in the works that would require banks to record losses on soured 
	loans earlier than they do now. The plans aim to give investors a more 
	accurate picture of banks' health, after many critics felt banks, both in 
	the U.S. and abroad, took losses too slowly during the financial crisis.
	
	But the U.S. proposal goes a step further: In a 
	split with their overseas counterparts, U.S. rule makers would force 
	American banks to accelerate even more losses more quickly than foreign 
	banks would.
	That could severely crimp current results for U.S. 
	banks, some observers believe—an example of how a host of regulatory actions 
	on both sides of the Atlantic may cause disparities. It also could hurt how 
	investors perceive the health and performance of U.S. banks versus their 
	competitors. 
	"If overseas banks don't have to record losses as 
	early as U.S. banks, I think that puts [the U.S. banks] at a disadvantage," 
	said Patrick Dolan, a finance and securitization attorney with Dechert LLP.
	
	The gap between the two proposals is "a big 
	difference," said Donna Fisher, a senior vice president at the American 
	Bankers Association. Banks "all agreed globally that we want one standard" 
	for booking losses, she said. 
	If U.S. and overseas banks end up using different 
	models for booking losses, that could create an apples-to-oranges situation 
	that would make it more difficult for investors to tell how they stack up 
	against one another. 
	"They will be harder to compare than they are at 
	present," said Peter Elwin, head of European pensions, valuation and 
	accounting research for J.P. Morgan JPM +3.41% Cazenove, part of J.P. Morgan 
	Chase & Co. 
	The changes aren't imminent. The plans from both 
	the U.S.'s Financial Accounting Standards Board and International Accounting 
	Standards Board, its London-based global counterpart, are still in the early 
	stages: The IASB proposal hasn't even been formally issued yet, and both 
	boards will listen to public comment on their plans before making a final 
	decision. No changes are expected to take effect before 2015. 
	But FASB has suggested that some large U.S. banks 
	might have to increase bad-loan reserves by 50% in some areas of their 
	business. U.S. industry-wide reserves were $162 billion at the end of 2012, 
	according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. Currently, banks wait to 
	record loan losses until there is evidence that losses have actually 
	occurred. 
	During the financial crisis, net loan charge-offs 
	booked by U.S. banks didn't peak until late 2009, according to FDIC data, 
	more than a year after the heart of the crisis. 
	That left banks carrying huge piles of bad loans 
	even after it was apparent they were souring in droves, making the banks 
	appear healthier to investors than they really were and delaying the banks' 
	reckoning with the crisis's impact. 
	Banks charged off $189 billion in bad loans in 2009 
	and $187 billion in 2010, according to the FDIC—much of which arguably 
	should have been charged off earlier. (Charge-offs were $100 billion in 2008 
	and only $44 billion in 2007.) 
	Both FASB and IASB now want to change that system, 
	so that projections of future losses would be the standard for booking loan 
	losses. That is expected to speed up recognition of bad loans. 
	Until last summer, the two panels also had agreed 
	on the details of how and when to book the losses: Largely, only those 
	losses based on events expected over the following 12 months would be booked 
	upfront. But FASB pulled away from that method, saying that it had heard 
	concerns from some banks, investors and regulators that it was too complex.
	
	Now, the FASB proposal, issued in December, calls 
	for all losses banks expect over the life of a loan to be booked upfront. If 
	that expectation changes, so will the recorded amount of losses.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting and bad debts --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValueFails 
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
Question
What large U.S. city won the 2013 super bowl and is on the verge of bankruptcy?
"City of Baltimore is on a path to financial ruin, report says," 
Fox News, February 6, 2013 --- 
http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2013/02/06/city-baltimore-is-on-path-to-financial-ruin-report-says/?intcmp=trending#ixzz2K8O6k8vO 
	The Baltimore city government is on a path to 
	financial ruin and must enact major reforms to stave off bankruptcy, 
	according to a 10-year forecast the city commissioned from an outside firm.
	
	The forecast, obtained by The Associated Press 
	ahead of its release to the public and the City Council on Wednesday, shows 
	that the city will accumulate $745 million in budget deficits over the next 
	decade because of a widening gap between projected revenues and 
	expenditures. 
	If the city's infrastructure needs and its 
	liability for retiree health care benefits are included, the total shortfall 
	reaches $2 billion over 10 years, the report found. Baltimore's annual 
	operating budget is $2.2 billion. 
	The report was prepared by Philadelphia-based 
	Public Financial Management Inc., a consulting firm that has prepared 
	similar forecasts for Miami, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and the District of 
	Columbia. Baltimore's decision to commission the forecast differs from those 
	cities because each of them had already ceded financial oversight to the 
	state, or in the district's case, the federal government. 
	The forecast will provide the basis for financial 
	reforms that Mayor Stephanie Rawlings-Blake plans to propose next week. The 
	city has dealt with budget deficits for the past several years, closing a 
	$121 million gap in 2010. But those deficits have been addressed with 
	one-time fixes that haven't addressed the long-term structural imbalance.
	
	"When you have budget after budget and you know 
	that there are systemic problems, I felt an obligation to do more than what 
	we have done in the past," Rawlings-Blake told the AP. The forecast, she 
	said, shows that the city needs to address its financial woes "before it's 
	too late, and somebody is coming in and making these choices for us." 
	
	That's what happened to the District of Columbia, 
	38 miles to the south, in 1995 after the city reported a budget deficit of 
	$700 million. Congress created a financial control board that instituted 
	tight spending controls and ultimately took over all hiring and firing in 
	nine city agencies. The spending cuts, combined with a robust regional and 
	national economy, drove the nation's capital back into the black. 
	
	Not all municipalities have been so fortunate. In 
	late 2011, Jefferson County, Ala., filed the nation's largest-ever local 
	government bankruptcy, citing $4.15 billion in debt, and last year, 
	Stockton, Calif., became the largest American city to declare bankruptcy.
	
	In Baltimore, the erosion of the tax base is easy 
	to see. The city's population has dropped from a peak of 950,000 in 1950 to 
	619,000 today, and while the decline has slowed, there have been few signs 
	of the trend reversing. The median income is $40,000, and 22 percent of the 
	city's residents live in poverty, according to Census data. The city also 
	has 16,000 vacant properties. 
	Baltimore already has the highest property taxes in 
	Maryland -- twice as high as in neighboring Baltimore County. The city's 
	local income taxes are the highest allowed under state law. While the city 
	enacted some new taxes to deal with the 2010 deficit -- including taxes on 
	bottled beverages and higher hotel and parking levies -- city officials say 
	they can't tax their way out of the problem without driving away residents 
	and businesses. 
	"We've got to go from a vicious cycle to a virtuous 
	cycle. That starts with a good, stable fiscal foundation for the city 
	government," said Andrew Kleine, the city's budget director. "When you've 
	lost so much population and the tax base has shrunk, it's very difficult to 
	deal with." 
	If the city chose to use its reserve fund to cover 
	the deficits, the fund would be empty in three years, the report found. 
	Continued in article
	Continued in article
Ayasdi: Stanford Math Begets a Data Company," by Ashlee Vance, 
Bloomberg Business Week, January 24, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-24/ayasdi-stanford-math-begets-a-data-company
	Like most of his peers, Gunnar Carlsson spends his 
	time thinking about hairy, theoretical math problems. It’s ivory tower 
	stuff—he’s been a math professor for 30 years—which is just how the people 
	in his field like it. “Mathematicians want to work on the deepest, hardest 
	problems and get interesting intellectual results,” he says. 
	In 2008, Carlsson, while continuing his work at 
	Stanford, co-founded Ayasdi, a Palo Alto tech startup. Ayasdi, which means 
	“to seek” in Cherokee, is the first company to come out of Stanford’s math 
	department and just received $10 million in funding from Khosla Ventures and 
	Floodgate. 
	The company builds software that takes a complex 
	branch of mathematics known as topology, the study of how shapes interact 
	with space, and applies it to large volumes of data. People in fields as 
	diverse as biotech, data security, and social networking believe the 
	software could pull fresh insights out of huge databases in record time. “I 
	view it as one of the real advances in data analysis to have arrived in the 
	last 10 years,” says Eric Schadt, the director of the Institute for Genomics 
	and Multiscale Biology at New York’s Mount Sinai Hospital, who has used the 
	software to study bacterial outbreaks and genetic mutations. 
	With today’s powerful data analysis systems, users 
	gather a ton of information—a breakdown of Wal-Mart Stores’ (WMT) sales in 
	the U.S. or things people “like” on Facebook (FB)—in one place and then run 
	queries. The questioner typically comes in with a preconceived idea of what 
	he’s looking for or at least a set of preconceived biases that determine the 
	questions he asks. 
	The Ayasdi software, which customers including 
	Merck and Raytheon have been testing for several months, runs dozens of 
	algorithms and then illuminates patterns and relations between the data 
	points. BN ImmunoTherapeutics, for example, has turned to the software for 
	research help on Prostvac, a prostate cancer vaccine that is undergoing 
	clinical trials. The researchers compare genetic markers, people’s ages, 
	medical histories, and other factors to figure out which patients will most 
	likely benefit from the vaccine. “In the past, we would form a hypothesis 
	and say, ‘We think these three biomarkers are important,’ ” says Amanda 
	Enstrom, a research scientist at BN ImmunoTherapeutics. “With Ayasdi, we 
	really allow the data to show us what the important biomarkers are.” 
	
	The federal government has funded work in this area 
	of mathematics for the last 10 to 15 years. At Stanford, Carlsson was part 
	of a group of researchers that received money from Darpa, the research and 
	development arm of the U.S. Department of Defense. The agency saw topology 
	as promising for many applications, and no doubt helpful with national 
	security investigations that require finding patterns among vast troves of 
	information. 
	The startup’s software allows customers to upload 
	their information from a website to Ayasdi’s data center, which applies the 
	algorithms. The relationships between various data points get displayed as 
	colorful, 3D pictures on the screen, and users can pose their queries via a 
	Google-like search box. During one demonstration, Carlsson picks through 
	genetic data on thousands of breast cancer patients and, with a couple of 
	clicks, shows which groups of women will respond best to chemotherapy and 
	what their DNA has in common. 
	Traditionally, drawing these types of correlations 
	has taken years of painstaking work or been beyond the scope of today’s 
	computing systems, says Mount Sinai’s Schadt. “It’s about taking hundreds of 
	thousands of variables and scoring them across hundreds of thousands of 
	people and trying to extract patterns,” he says. “We’re able to ask some 
	novel questions.” 
	Ayasdi expects pharmaceutical, energy, and defense 
	organizations will show the most interest in its technology. Enstrom, the 
	research scientist, hopes to see the software used to analyze public health 
	databases as scientists try to form a better understanding of the interplay 
	between genes, environment, and lifestyle. “It may start better informing 
	our growing field,” she says.
	Continued in article
February 2, 2013 reply from Jagdish Gangolly
	
		Bob,
 
	
		One of the best talks I 
		have seen on this topic is Carlson's talk at Microsoft research. It is 
		very informative, fairly accessible, VERY comprehensive, and eclectic,
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Khan Academy ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khan_Academy 
A Khan Academy Skeptic Responds to His Critics
"Khan Academy Redux," by Robert Talbert, Chronicle of Higher Education, 
February 5, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/blognetwork/castingoutnines/2013/02/05/khan-academy-redux/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
	The last thing I expected to encounter this week 
	was a resurgence in the Khan Academy Debates of this past summer. Those, if 
	you remember, centered around 
	this spoof video 
	created by my GVSU colleagues John Golden and Dave Coffey.
	
	My own contribution to those debates remains the single most viewed post 
	I’ve ever published in nearly ten years of blogging.
	But honestly, I hadn’t thought much about Khan Academy 
	since then — until Monday afternoon.
	Dave (Coffey) sent me a tweet alerting me to
	
	this whitepaper published by the
	Pacific 
	Research Institute, a free-market think tank based 
	in San Francisco. “Look at page 14,” Dave said. I did, and found that I was 
	being used as a prime example of a Khan Skeptic. Actually I am the last in a 
	list of skeptics whose skepticism the authors attempt to dispatch. I’m in 
	good company, as 
	Keith 
	Devlin is the first on that list and 
	
	Veritasium’s Derek Muller is in there as well.
	The whitepaper itself seems to advocate a position 
	that schools would be more effective, and students better served, if they 
	were more free from government involvement — more free to innovate and 
	reform themselves, with a flipped classroom approach being the foremost 
	example of reform. I actually do not disagree with this idea.
	
	I am on record as being pro-school choice, and I 
	am firmly right-libertarian on basically every political issue — although I 
	loathe the dehumanizing influence of politics and choose not to discuss this 
	here on the blog, or anywhere else — so in terms of the motivations of the 
	authors, I don’t really have any big issues.
	What I do have issues with is the 
	single-minded insistence in this paper that Khan Academy is the exact same 
	thing as the flipped classroom. Throughout, the authors can’t seem to decide 
	whether they are advocating “Khan-like” approaches to school or the Khan 
	Academy itself. Competitors to the Khan Academy,
	of which there are a a 
	growing number, are never mentioned — which is a 
	strange thing to say about a whitepaper from a pro-free-market organization 
	— and any suggestion that Khan Academy itself might be improved upon is 
	dismissed as “ivory tower pontificating”, especially if the criticism comes 
	from actual educators who, of course, are too steeped in the establishment 
	to have any good ideas.
	I have little to no interest in rekindling the Khan 
	Debates of last summer and getting “You’re just jealous of Khan’s success”, 
	etc. comments multiple times. But since my name was brought up in this 
	whitepaper, I thought it would be appropriate to respond.
	The section on Khan’s critics starts on page 10 
	with the sentence: “There is an old saying that no good deed goes 
	unpunished, and so it is with Khan Academy.” This should let you know what 
	you are in for. The entire section is worth reading in its entirety, 
	especially if you’ve been thinking you need more straw-man arguments in your 
	life, but I will focus on the part where I show up on page 14.
	The authors start by correctly quoting some of the 
	nice things I had to say about KA in
	
	my “Trouble with Khan Academy” post. Then they 
	say:
	
		However, Talbert says the Khan Academy can 
		never replace an actual class on mathematics. The program does not offer 
		a live teacher or human interaction. He further argues that the Khan 
		Academy does not have a real curriculum for effectively teaching 
		students.H
	
	The third point is not entirely right. What I 
	actually said was (emphases in the original):
	
		[KA] is not a coherent curriculum of study that 
		engages students at all the cognitive levels at which they need to be 
		engaged. It’s OK that it’s not these things. […] Khan 
		Academy is a great resource for the niche in which it was designed 
		to work. But when you try to extend it out of that niche — as Bill 
		Gates and others would very much like to do — all kinds of things go 
		wrong.
	
	My point in the original post was about KA trying 
	to be a curriculum — a complete one-stop educational resource. The 
	whitepaper authors, instead, think I am talking about having a 
	curriculum. The difference is more than merely semantic. My daughter’s 
	elementary school has a curriculum — a focused course of study that 
	is implemented by the teachers in the school. But the school itself is just 
	an organization. It would be absurd to say that her elementary school is 
	a curriculum.
	Khan Academy wants to be a curriculum, and 
	therein lies the problem. The authors of the whitepaper seem to pick up on 
	this and offer, in Khan’s defense, the suggestion that Khan never said he 
	wants to be a complete educational resource:
	
		Khan never says that he wants to replace actual 
		classes on mathematics. He simply wants to restructure them so that 
		students are able to advance at their own pace and receive more 
		individualized assistance. By advocating a switch to a flipped-classroom 
		model, he wants to enhance teacher interaction with students, not 
		minimize it.
	
	But this is either plain wrong or a significant 
	reversal of Khan’s earlier objectives. In
	
	the long feature article in Time magazine on Khan Academy from
	July 9, 2012, it says (emphasis added):
	
		Khan is using the money [from donations 
		from Google, etc.] to transform the academy from his own personal 
		YouTube channel into an educational nonprofit with Silicon Valley 
		start-up DNA. The goal: to create a complete educational 
		approach–with video lectures, online exercises, badges to reward student 
		progress, an analytics dashboard for teachers to track that progress and 
		more–that can be integrated into existing classrooms or serve as a 
		stand-alone virtual school for anyone wanting to learn something new.
	
	I find it hard to square this very public statement 
	of KA’s goals with what the authors of the whitepaper want those goals to 
	be, unless Khan has backpedalled from this ambition since July.
	Continued in article
Accountancy Videos and Other Things Accountants Teach at the Khan Academy
Accounting is not listed as a mainline topic at
https://www.khanacademy.org/ 
But there are some videos for accounting education. Go to the above link and 
search on the terms "accounting," "cost," "Invest," "Valuation," "Personal," 
"Present," "Inflation," "Tax," and other related terms of interest to you.
Why is Illinois an outlier?
Learn about pension liabilities from the Khan Academy --- 
https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/american-civics/v/illinois-pension-obligations
"Does Khan Academy help learners? A proposal," by Robert Talbert, 
Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://chronicle.com/blognetwork/castingoutnines/2013/02/11/does-khan-academy-help-learners-a-proposal/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
The Chronicle's Robert Talbert has always be skeptical about the value added of 
Khan Academy to learning. He's now proposing a formal and convoluted testing 
scheme to measure the learning benefits on a sample of 300 students.
My first reaction is to think of the types of the tens of thousands of 
students in high school or college that are viewing the Khan Academy video 
tutorials for free. These students tend to be the most in need of help, most 
often those who are dumbfounded by mathematics We would not expect a high 
learning success rate among say half of those students, so it would not be 
surprising if formal statistical tests pointed to lack of success among a large 
proportion of students, many of whom probably did not concentrate intently on 
the tutorials or even finish the tutorials.
But what about the others who did benefit from the videos? If almost half 
really benefited greatly by overcoming their fears of learning math and 
incremental mastering of the tutorial topics the Khan Academy would be an 
amazing success story. As long as we can point to thousands who claim to have 
been helped and return to view other modules, then this alone is success enough.
As far as competency testing, there are far easier test designs. One would be 
before (pre) and after (post) tests for sampled students completing tutorials. 
The samples must be random, however, since its possible that students who are 
being paid to participate in the testing cheated on pretests in order to bias 
the testing outcomes.
A survey approach to studying this problem would be to survey instructors who 
are integrating Khan Academy videos into their courses. What are their opinions 
regarding the value of the KA tutorials in their courses? 
Sometimes anecdotal evidence is better than absurd and complex statistical 
designs that require 90% of the students to show great learning benefits to 
conclude that the Khan Academy is a worthwhile endeavor. 
February 12, 2013 reply from Steve Covello
	Let's take a broader look at the what is meant by 
	"help". In Dr. Brenda Dervin's Sense-Making Methodology, she portrays a 
	model of human cognitive movement in time and space, with "stopping points" 
	at intervals where "one's sense runs out". Given the infinite possibilities 
	for one's sense to run out at any point in the process of solving a problem 
	(or a stream of problems), it is impossible that any one solution framed as 
	"help" could account for the global population of needs. So let's take KA 
	off the hook as a total solution for anything.
	Dervin's model describes how a resource or 
	information produces a "help", or a state that permits someone to either 
	understand their situation better or to continue forward in their cognitive 
	movement. Here is a list of "helps" (Dervin, 2006) that complete the 
	statement, "Because of this resource, I ..." : 
	Got the picture/ideas
	Got directions
	Got hows, methods
	Got connected
	Got support
	Got human togetherness
	Got centered
	Got started, motivated
	Kept going, made progress
	Journeying got easier
	Got control
	Reached goals
	Got resources
	Got rest, relaxation, escape
	Got/felt pleasure
	So, if we judge KA and ask whether it "helps", you 
	have to account for the nature of typical stopping points (users' entry 
	points, or rationale for seeking resources) and the character of the "help" 
	that users obtained from it. It is conceivable that even though KA is 
	unidimensional in its design and execution, it is still useful for a large 
	population of users **if they say it helps them either understand their 
	situation better or to continue move forward.**
	If we are to research KA's value to education, I 
	propose that we determine in what ways users find it useful, per Dervin's 
	user-based criteria.
The Cult of Statistical Significance
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on the Khan Academy are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI 
 
Office in the Cloud
"Microsoft Office 2013 Officially Released," by David Ringstrom, 
AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/microsoft-office-2013-officially-released/220958?source=technology
"Microsoft's Office 2013 Is Software for the Cloud," by Ashlee Vance 
and Dina Bass, Bloomberg Business Week, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-29/microsofts-old-software-comes-with-a-new-image
	When Microsoft (MSFT) said it would buy Yammer for 
	$1.2 billion last June, many in Silicon Valley scoffed that the deal was a 
	costly disaster in the making. Microsoft wanted to join forces with a hip 
	maker of social networking tools for businesses that delivers its product as 
	an evolving Web service. The culture clash was expected to result in 
	Yammer’s employees being overburdened with bureaucracy. The prediction was 
	they would flee in droves. “We were quite concerned about this coming 
	together of two worlds,” says Adam Pisoni, Yammer’s co-founder and chief 
	technology officer. 
	As the companies worked to close the deal, Pisoni 
	flew to Microsoft’s Redmond (Wash.) headquarters to seek reassurance from 
	Chief Executive Officer Steve Ballmer and Kurt DelBene, head of the Office 
	business. Pisoni was taken aback by what he found: Microsoft had spent the 
	last couple of years revamping its engineering teams’ processes to be more 
	like Web startups. “We have to remember our roots and go back to building 
	what’s good for the consumer,” Pisoni says Ballmer told him. 
	On Jan. 29, Microsoft began selling this new image 
	of the company to the public with the release of Office 2013. This version, 
	the first major overhaul of the franchise in three years, is Office for the 
	cloud. The applications—Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and others—have a 
	much cleaner design, work with touch interfaces, and can save files directly 
	to SkyDrive, Microsoft’s online storage service. Users can run Office as an 
	app and share files across PCs, Macs, Windows tablets, and Windows phones, 
	and they can tap into an online-only version of Office on almost any device. 
	In the coming months, Office will be linked with Yammer’s service, which 
	looks similar to Facebook (FB), so users can open documents and 
	presentations and work on projects together. 
	In an interview, Ballmer stresses that Office 2013 
	should be viewed as a service. Microsoft will add features to the software 
	as they’re developed, instead of going years between updates. Microsoft will 
	also sell Office to consumers on a subscription basis: $100 per year will 
	get a family five licenses for Office, 20 gigabytes of storage on SkyDrive, 
	and 60 minutes of free calls per month on Skype, which Microsoft acquired in 
	2011. “It embraces the notion of social,” Ballmer says. “You stay connected 
	and share information with the people you care about.” 
	While Microsoft was working to get Office right, 
	its nimbler rivals charged forward. Dropbox recently passed the 100 
	million-user mark, making it one of the leading services for storing and 
	sharing files across devices. Another cloud application, Box, has gained 
	popularity with corporations that want to store and edit internal files and 
	collaborate with other companies on projects. And Google (GOOG) sells 
	low-cost rivals to Office products, including Quickoffice, an application 
	that can run on iPads. 
	Last year, Microsoft’s business software division 
	generated $24 billion, about one-third of Microsoft’s $73.7 billion revenue. 
	It’s the company’s biggest, most profitable division and accounts for a 
	handful of Microsoft’s fastest-growing products. Ballmer refers to Dropbox 
	as “a fine little startup,” adding, “you have to remember that 100 million 
	users sounds like a pretty small number to me.” 
	Microsoft plans to update Office every three months 
	with features intended to keep the product’s 1 billion users happy. Its 
	software engineers have moved from upgrading their test version of Office 
	every month to working on a new copy of the software every day. The company 
	has invested in automated systems that can spot errors in code and help 
	engineers keep programming at pace. “It’s turned all our engineering systems 
	on their head,” says Jeff Teper, a Microsoft vice president. 
	Yammer was mined for some data-analytics 
	techniques, including algorithms to figure out which features were favored 
	by testers of early versions of Office 2013. Yammer has been sending teams 
	to Microsoft to teach engineers how to test new tools and designs and then 
	measure precisely how they change users’ behavior. “It forces you to build 
	software that is good for the user,” says Pisoni. Microsoft and Yammer are 
	building toward a day when most business files are Web-connected and 
	interactive. “Is every Office document a website? It’s possible,” says 
	Ballmer. 
	Continued in article
	 
Moving to the cloud: Unexpected costs and implementation challenges
"Cloud adoption brings unexpected costs, KPMG survey says," by Jeff Drew,
CGMA Magazine, February 5, 2013 --- 
http://www.cgma.org/magazine/news/pages/20137302.aspx 
"Office 2013: Where Are All The Apps?" by  Mark Hachman, 
ReadWriteWeb, February 4, 2013 --- 
http://readwrite.com/2013/02/04/where-are-all-the-office-2013-apps  
Challenge: Name the six things before clicking on the link below
"What Auto Insurance Really Covers," by Laura Adams, Money Girl, 
February 1, 2013 --- 
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-auto-insurance.aspx 
Tariff --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tariffs 
	Types of tariff:
	
	 
"Canada-U.S. price gap report calls for import tax cut:  No 
definitive reason seen for Canada-U.S. price differences," y Laura Payton, 
CBC News, February 6, 2013 --- 
http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/story/2013/02/06/pol-senate-reports-on-canada-us-price-differences.html
	Senators who studied why Canadians pay more than 
	Americans for many products are calling on the government to review the 
	taxes on imported goods. 
	Consumers may see that happen: Finance Minister Jim 
	Flaherty echoed the senators' concern about tariffs before they even tabled 
	the report. 
	Members of the national finance committee spent 
	more than a year hearing from 53 experts, including consumer groups, 
	manufacturers and Bank of Canada Governor Mark Carney, as they studied why 
	Canadian prices differ from American when the dollar is close to equal. The 
	committee's final report says it "cannot offer an explanation as definitive 
	as it would have liked." 
	The committee says factors influencing price 
	include transportation costs, the relative size of the Canadian market — and 
	tariffs, or taxes on imports.
	The report recommends: 
	A "comprehensive review of Canadian tariffs … with 
	the objective of reducing the price discrepancies for certain products 
	between Canada and the United States." Looking at increasing value of how 
	much can be shipped in Canada tax- and duty-free. Continuing to integrate 
	safety Canadian standards with those in the U.S. Having Heritage Minister 
	James Moore study the costs and benefits of reducing a 10 per cent mark-up 
	that Canadian-exclusive distributors can add to U.S. list prices of American 
	books. 
	The report says there are 8,192 tariff categories 
	in Canada and that each category has 18 tariff treatments.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Of course this does not mean that the U.S. does not have costly import tariffs 
with such barriers on highly efficient sugar cane ethanol (mostly from Brazil) 
to bolster the totally losing and inefficient domestic corn ethanol production 
of  the required10% of every gallon of gas purchased at the pump. 
History of Tariffs in the USA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tariffs_in_United_States_history 
"When ‘Good Enough’ Really is Good Enough - Managing perfectionism in an 
imperfect world," by Daniel A. Smith, AccountingWeb, December 13, 
2012 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/blog-post/when-%E2%80%98good-enough%E2%80%99-really-good-enough-managing-perfectionism-imperfect-world?source=practice
Jensen Comment
This takes me back to decades ago, while I was still a Ph.D. student, when Nobel 
laurette Herb Simon and his Carnegie Mellon colleagues were expounding "satisficing,"
Satisficing ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satisficing 
	Satisficing, a portmanteau of satisfy and suffice 
	is a decision-making strategy that attempts to meet an acceptability 
	threshold. This is contrasted with optimal decision-making, an approach that 
	specifically attempts to find the best option available. A satisficing 
	strategy may often be (near) optimal if the costs of the decision-making 
	process itself, such as the cost of obtaining complete information, are 
	considered in the outcome calculation. 
	The word satisfice was given its current meaning by 
	Herbert A. Simon in 1956,[2] although the idea "was first posited in 
	Administrative Behavior, published in 1947. He pointed out that human beings 
	lack the cognitive resources to optimize: we usually do not know the 
	relevant probabilities of outcomes, we can rarely evaluate all outcomes with 
	sufficient precision, and our memories are weak and unreliable. A more 
	realistic approach to rationality takes into account these limitations: This 
	is called bounded rationality. 
	"Satisficing" can also be regarded as combining 
	"satisfying" and "sacrificing."[citation needed] In this usage the 
	satisficing solution satisfies some criteria and sacrifices others.
	Continued in article
I don't see the term satisficing much in the academic literature these days. 
But it was a popular concept in mathematical programming and operations research 
years ago, especially where discovery of an optimal solution was deemed 
impossible or impractical. I'm sure it is still used, but it does not seem to be 
used as frequently these days.
Hedge Fund ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_Fund 
Note that they do not necessarily involve hedging contracts. They are really 
only investment clubs subject to less regulation and disclosure rules.
Video:  Inside Hedge Funds --- 
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ksLySMWRwLs 
"Hedge funds disappoint -- again," CBS News, January 25, 2013 
--- 
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-505123_162-57564075/hedge-funds-disappoint-again/
	(MoneyWatch) Considerable academic research 
	demonstrates that there is little to no persistence of performance for 
	actively managed mutual funds. Hedge fund investors only wished they could 
	say the same thing.
	 
	The performance of hedge funds has been 
	persistently poor, with 2012 being no exception. The HFRX Global Hedge Fund 
	Index returned 
	just 3.5 percent in 2012. By comparison, the S&P 
	500 Index returned 16 percent. In fact, there was only one year, 2008, in 
	the past 10 when hedge funds beat the S&P 500. Over the past five years, the 
	S&P 500 returned 1.7 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 8.6 
	percent, while the HFRX Index lost 2.9 percent per year, producing a 
	cumulative loss of 13.6 percent.
	 
	
	 
	Last year's performance was so poor that the HFRX 
	Global Hedge Fund Index not only underperformed stocks, but even the 
	Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index, which returned 4.8 percent. That 
	marked the sixth year out of the past 10 that the HRFX underperformed this 
	bond index.
	 
	Even worse is that if we compare the return of the 
	HFRX Global Bond Fund Index to the return of a balanced stock/bond portfolio 
	-- 60 percent S&P 500 Index/40 percent Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index 
	-- 2012 marked 10 straight years of underperformance.
	 
	Even more devastating is the performance of a 
	subset of hedge funds called "absolute return" funds. These funds are 
	supposed to get positive returns regardless of what the market is doing. 
	That is the "promise," or at least the idea behind them. Unfortunately, the 
	evidence shows that the only thing absolute about them is that they have 
	delivered absolutely abysmal performance. In fact, the HFRX Absolute Return 
	Index actually produced negative returns in three of the past five years.
	
 
	The cumulative return for the period 2008-2012 was 
	-18.7 percent, or an annualized loss of 4.1 percent per year. By comparison, 
	the BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year Treasury Index (pretty close to a riskless 
	investment) returned 1.4 percent a year, producing a cumulative gain of 7.3 
	percent, and never had a year with a negative return. The Barclays 
	Government/Credit Bond Index returned 6.1 percent per year, producing a 
	cumulative return of 34.2 percent, and it too did not experience a single 
	year with a loss. For the 10-year period 2003-2012 the Absolute Return Index 
	returned just 0.7 percent a year, underperforming even riskless one-month 
	Treasury bills, which returned 1.8 percent a year. 
	 
	Given the poor performance of hedge funds, the real 
	puzzle is why investors keep pouring money into them. The only explanations 
	I can think of are that investors have been dazzled by the marketing pitches 
	of Wall Street and are unaware of the evidence. 
	Continued in article
"UPDATE 2-UK proposes tougher accounting test on banks' health," by 
Huw Jones, Reuters, January 30, 2013 --- 
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/01/30/britain-accounting-idUSL5N0AZCS420130130
	
	Accountants will have to determine more thoroughly 
	if a bank can stand on its own two feet for well over a year without 
	taxpayer help under draft changes from Britain's audit regulator.
	
	The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) said auditors 
	such as KPMG, PwC, Deloitte and Ernst & Young would have to examine threats 
	to a company's 
	
	business model and capital adequacy through 
	the economic cycle for the sector a company is in.
	
	The planned reform stems from anger among UK 
	policymakers that auditors gave 
	
	banks a clean bill of health just before 
	taxpayers had to shore them up in the 2007-09 financial crisis.
	
	Currently auditors only attest to a company as a 
	"going concern" for the following 12 months, but an inquiry by Lord Sharman 
	recommended a longer period and wider criteria.
	
	KPMG said the proposals represented a high hurdle 
	as the duration of an economic cycle was long and may be open to debate. "My 
	concern is that it will be difficult for many companies to meet what appears 
	to be such a tough test," said Tony Cates, KPMG's head of audit.
	
	The FRC said on Wednesday auditors would also have 
	to be sure a company's solvency and liquidity can be managed for at least a 
	year, disclose any significant risks posed by this, and demonstrate there 
	has been a "robust going-concern assessment".
	
	Currently audits of
	
	
	banks look at solvency and liquidity but in other sectors 
	typically only liquidity is looked at in any depth. There is no requirement 
	at present to show there has been any in-depth examination of going concern 
	issues in an audit.
	
	GOING CONCERN
	
	The reform is part of efforts to end the perception 
	in 
	
	markets that banks would not be allowed to 
	fail and taxpayers would always ultimately step in to rescue them.
	
	Saying a bank is a going concern based on this 
	assumption won't be acceptable any longer.
	
	"We make it clear it's not possible or appropriate 
	to rely on banks not being allowed to fail. They would have ensure they have 
	appropriate facilities for as long as they needed," said Marek Grabowski, 
	head of audit policy at the FRC.
	
	The changes would apply to all listed companies who 
	must be audited, not just banks.
	
	The FRC's draft changes have been put out to public 
	consultation until April and follow an inquiry chaired by Lord Sharman who 
	said on Wednesday the reforms will be radical for many companies.
	
Question
Before thousands of banks failed after 2007, where were the auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms 
Why don't they grant an Oscar to the state with the biggest tax breaks for 
Hollywood film makers?
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324880504578298080119811240.html?mod=WSJ_Opinion_LEADTop&mg=reno64-wsj#articleTabs%3Darticle
	. . . 
	Actually, nowadays an 
	Eva Longoria who flipped burgers would probably qualify for the Earned 
	Income Tax Credit and get a check from the government rather than pay taxes. 
	It's the movie set where she works these days that may well be getting the 
	tax break.
	With campaign season 
	over, you're not likely to hear stars bringing up taxes at this weekend's 
	Academy Awards show. But the tax man ought to come out and take a bow 
	anyway. Of the nine "Best Picture" nominees in 2012, for example, five were 
	filmed on location in states where the production company received financial 
	incentives. ...
	Such state incentives 
	are widespread, and often substantial, but they don't do much to attract 
	jobs. About $1.5 billion in tax credits and exemptions, grants, waived fees 
	and other financial inducements went to the film industry in 2010, according 
	to data analyzed by the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities [State 
	Film Subsidies: Not Much Bang For Too Many Bucks]. 
	Politicians like to offer this largess because they get photo-ops with 
	celebrities, but the economic payoff is minuscule. George Mason University's 
	Adam Thierer has called this "a 
	growing cronyism fiasco" and noted that the number 
	of states involved skyrocketed to 45 in 2009 from five in 2002.
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm 
"The Myth of the Rich Who Flee From Taxes," by James B. Stewart, 
The New York Times, February 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/16/business/high-taxes-are-not-a-prime-reason-for-relocation-studies-say.html?_r=1&
Jensen Comment
Although I do not think that hoards of wealthy people are fleeing the U.S, the 
U.K, France, and other high marginal tax rate nations, the above article is 
poorly researched. It does not list the sizeable number of wealthy taxpayers who 
have relocated in nations like Switzerland and Ireland (where wealthy artists 
and writers pay no income taxes).
Things left out of the above article
More importantly, the article avoids research on businesses that have avoided 
high income tax states in favor of lower income tax states and the deals high 
income tax states have made with companies so they will not relocate. The most 
glaring examples are the tax exemptions given in Hollywood by Governor Brown in 
California if they make their movies in California and the huge tax exemptions 
given by Governor Quinn to large companies like Caterpillar and Sears if they 
did not follow through with tax-induced locations of offices and factories to 
other states.
A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange 
Council [Rich 
States, Poor States] finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million 
net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax, 
though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. ...
http://www.alec.org/docs/RSPS_5th_Edition.pdf 
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.
"The State Tax Reformers More Governors look to repeal their income taxes,"
The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323968304578245720280333676.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
	Washington may be a tax reform wasteland, but out 
	in the states the action is hot and heavy. Nine states—including such 
	fast-growing places as Florida, Tennessee and Texas—currently have no income 
	tax, and the race is on to see which will be the tenth, and perhaps the 11th 
	and 12th. 
	Oklahoma and Kansas have lowered their income-tax 
	rates in the last two years with an aim toward eliminating the tax 
	altogether. North Carolina's newly elected Republican Governor Pat McCrory 
	has prioritized tax reform this year and wants to reduce the income tax. 
	Ditto for another newcomer, Mike Pence of Indiana, who has called for a 10% 
	income-tax rate cut. Susana Martinez, New Mexico's Republican Governor, has 
	called for slashing the state corporate tax to 4.9% from 7.6%, and the first 
	Republican-controlled legislature since Reconstruction in Arkansas is 
	considering chopping its tax rates by as much as half. 
	But those are warm-up acts compared to Nebraska 
	Governor Dave Heineman's announcement this month that he wants to eliminate 
	the state income tax and replace it with a broader sales tax. "How many of 
	you have sons and daughters, grandchildren, brothers and sisters and other 
	family members who no longer live in Nebraska because they couldn't find a 
	job here or they couldn't find the right career here in Nebraska?" he asked. 
	He believes eliminating the income tax—with a top rate of 6.84%—will make 
	the Cornhusker State a new magnet for jobs. 
	Then there's Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, who 
	wants to zero out his state's income tax (top rate 6%) and the 8% corporate 
	tax and replace them by raising the state's current 4% sales tax. He would 
	also eliminate some 150 special interest exemptions from the sales tax, 
	including massage parlors, art work and fishing boats. 
	As an economic matter, this swap makes sense. 
	Income taxes generally do more economic harm because they are a direct 
	penalty on saving, investment and labor that create new wealth. Sales taxes, 
	by contrast, hit consumption, which is the result of that wealth creation. 
	Governors Jindal, McCrory and Heineman cite the growing evidence that states 
	with low or no income taxes have done better economically in recent decades 
	compared to states with income-tax rates of 10% or more. 
	A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the 
	American Legislative Exchange Council finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of 
	the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states 
	without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the 
	national population. The no-income tax states have had more stable revenue 
	growth, while states like New York, New Jersey and California that depend on 
	the top 1% of earners for nearly half of their income-tax revenue suffer 
	wide and destabilizing swings in their tax collections. 
	In the case of North Carolina, a new study by the 
	Civitas Institute concludes that a tax reform that shifts more of the burden 
	to consumption from income would increase average annual personal income 
	growth by 0.38% to 0.66%. That's enormous over time and would lead to much 
	higher state tax revenues. North Carolina's top income tax rate is 7.75%, 
	which is higher than that of most nearby states that it competes with for 
	investment. Virginia's top rate is 5.75% while Tennessee has no personal 
	income tax. 
	The main challenge for these Governors will be 
	making the political sale. Critics will call the income-for-sales-tax swap 
	regressive because everyone pays it. Mr. Jindal is countering by exempting 
	food, medicine and utilities from his sales tax and providing a rebate for 
	low-income families so their tax bills would not rise. But Governors will 
	have to trump the critics by stressing the larger economic benefits for the 
	state. 
	States with big energy production, like Louisiana 
	and Oklahoma, also have another reform option: replacing the income tax with 
	revenues from oil and gas extraction taxes, drilling leases and royalty 
	payments. This kind of reform makes everyone in the state a stakeholder in 
	America's energy renaissance from horizontal drilling and hydraulic 
	fracturing. It also helps build a political constituency for more mining and 
	drilling. 
	Governor John Kasich has proposed using revenues 
	from oil and natural gas drilling to reduce Ohio's income tax rate. He plans 
	to introduce his own larger tax reform soon. North Dakota, which last year 
	became the second largest oil producing state (after Texas), could easily 
	afford to abolish its income tax, much like Alaska did in 1980. Many more 
	states could collect billions of dollars in energy-related revenue if they 
	and the feds allowed more drilling on state and federal lands and offshore.
	
	This state reform trend is a rare bright spot in 
	the current high-tax era, and it will further sharpen the contrast in 
	economic policies between GOP reform Governors and the union-dominated 
	high-tax models of California, Illinois, New York, Massachusetts and now 
	Minnesota, where last week Governor Mark Dayton proposed a huge tax hike. 
	Let the policy competition begin.
Jensen Comment
It's a bit difficult to attribute full causality of new jobs to having no income 
tax in Florida, Tennessee, and Texas. These are also states where companies go 
to avoid trouble with labor unions. For example, it may not help states like 
Maine, Illinois, and Vermont to drop their income taxes since unions still have 
a lot of clout in Maine, Illinois, and Vermont. The same can be said for 
Massachusetts where Wal-Mart will never be allowed to build a store in Boston 
until it is a unionized store. Even if Taxachusetts dropped its income tax, no 
new Wal-Mart jobs would be forthcoming in Boston.
"Where Do State and Local Governments Get Their Revenue?" by Richard 
Morrison, Tax Foundation, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://taxfoundation.org/article/where-do-state-and-local-governments-get-their-revenue
"The (state government) pension black hole," by finance professors 
Robert Novy-Marx (University of Rochester) and and Joshua D. Rauh (Stanford) ,
The Providence Journal, January 10, 2013 --- 
Click
Here 
http://blogs.providencejournal.com/ri-talks/this-new-england/2013/01/the-pension-black-hole.html?utm_source=Stanford+Business+Re%3AThink&utm_campaign=4b3d0159ac-Re_Think_Issue_Seven&utm_medium=email&ct=t%28Stanford_Business_Re_Think_Issue_Seven2_8_2013%29
	There are fiscal cliffs, then there are fiscal 
	black holes. The difference? The cliff, you fall over just once. But a black 
	hole increases its pull on you more and more each day. 
	And that's a disturbingly accurate description of 
	the problem now faced by Rhode Island and virtually every other state: the 
	ever-growing challenge of underfunded pensions for government employees. 
	Regardless of the fate of Rhode Island's pension overhaul as it winds its 
	way through the courts, the problem isn't going away. 
	Over the last decade or more, many state 
	governments have built budgets on wishful thinking, assuming high rates of 
	return on their investments in order to deliver costly pension benefits. In 
	Rhode Island, an anticipated annual return of 8.25 percent in pension 
	investment has for the past decade come in at about one-third that rate, 
	only 2.4 percent. This means that while the state's pension system already 
	takes 10 cents out of every state tax dollar - and yet remains deep in the 
	red - it's not nearly enough to pay off the promises. 
	What might be in store for Rhode Island? Let's look 
	at the rest of the nation. With the nationwide total unfunded pension 
	obligation in the trillions of dollars (the precise total depends on 
	accounting, which in turn rests on more overly optimistic judgments), how 
	much would each household have to pay? 
	The average immediate increase in taxes is $1,385 
	per household per year. For some states these numbers are much higher. New 
	York taxpayers would need to contribute more than $2,250 per household per 
	year over the next 30 years. In Oregon, the amount is $2,140; in Ohio, it is 
	$2,051; in New Jersey, $2,000. California ($1,994), Minnesota ($1,928) and 
	Illinois ($1,907) are not far behind. 
	These are not one-time payments. It will take 30 
	years of these increased taxes just to catch up with what each state will 
	have promised its workers at that point. 
	These findings come from a recent study we 
	co-authored that quantifies the pension problem. We calculated these figures 
	under the cautious assumption of annual returns of 2 percent above the rate 
	of inflation. 
	Is there a more hopeful outlook? Let's assume that 
	states invest in the stock market on the hope that growth will bail them 
	out. Even assuming relatively optimistic market performance over the next 30 
	years, the required per-U.S. household tax increase would still amount to 
	$756 per year. And if the market underperforms by the same amount the 
	average tax increase soars to almost $2,500 per year. 
	What if we simply put off doing anything at all - 
	simply "kick the can down the road," as they say in Washington? We all know 
	what happens if you skip a mortgage payment or ignore the credit card bill: 
	the bill just goes up faster, as you pay interest on interest. 
	Can we grow our way out of the problem? Not really. 
	The direct effect of each additional percentage point of growth in gross 
	domestic product (GDP) reduces the required tax increase by a paltry $120 
	per household per year. The average growth since 1947 has been 3.2 percent, 
	so we're talking a few hundred dollars a year. (Congratulations, Indiana. At 
	$329, the lowest tax increase required of any state, growth would take care 
	of them just fine, especially with an influx of taxpayers fleeing 
	highly-taxed Illinois. One down, 49 to go.) 
	Can we ask public employees to pay more? Closing 
	the gap would require an increase by employees of 24 percent in their 
	contributions - probably a non-starter, and also a huge tax on younger 
	public workers. Not exactly an ideal way to attract talent to public-sector 
	jobs. 
	So what can any state do, really? Despite the 
	state's pension shortfall, Rhode Island has implemented at least one 
	innovative idea to help relieve the burden: a mixed defined-benefit and 
	defined-contribution plan for all employees, not just new hires. Most public 
	workers in the state can now make contributions to individual accounts under 
	their own direction, while accepting a smaller defined-benefit component.
	
	Combined with higher retirement ages and a 
	temporary suspension of cost-of-living adjustments - granted these are not 
	trivial sacrifices, but this is not a trivial problem - Rhode Island's 
	reforms reduce the unfunded liability by more than 40 percent, and decrease 
	the required tax increases required to achieve full funding in 30 years from 
	almost $1,600 per year down to $810 per household per year (but only if COLA 
	suspensions become permanent). 
	That's not everything, but it's a start - a 
	controversial start, but every answer will be.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions 
"100 banks end reporting to SEC under new law (Jobs Act), by Dina 
ElBoghdady, The Washington Post, January 30, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/100-banks-end-reporting-to-sec-under-new-law/2013/01/30/bf15226e-6b00-11e2-95b3-272d604a10a3_story.html
	About 100 small banks have stopped reporting 
	financial details about their operations to the Securities and Exchange 
	Commission since April, when a law was enacted that aimed to lower the 
	regulatory burdens for small companies. 
	For nearly five decades, securities law allowed 
	banks with fewer than 300 shareholders to “deregister” — meaning they could 
	stop reporting to the SEC their revenue, expenses, executive compensation 
	and trends affecting their businesses, among other things.
	Now, banks with fewer than 1,200 shareholders can 
	deregister under a provision of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or 
	JOBS, Act. Since the threshold rose in April, 
	101 banks have rushed to take advantage of it — more than the total number 
	of deregistrations for the previous 21 quarters combined, according to an 
	analysis by SNL Financial. Eighteen of the banks are based in Virginia, the 
	highest number of any state. 
	Most of the firms are small community banks with 
	less than $500 million in assets. The banks say that reporting to the SEC is 
	a time-consuming and expensive process that eats into thin profit margins 
	without any meaningful benefit to the public. The industry remains heavily 
	regulated even without SEC oversight, bankers say.
	Continued in article
Bigger Than Enron
"Libor Lies Revealed in Rigging of $300 Trillion Benchmark," by Liam 
Vaughan & Gavin Finch, Bloomberg News, January 28, 2013 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-28/libor-lies-revealed-in-rigging-of-300-trillion-benchmark.html 
"The LIBOR Mess: How Did It Happen -- and What Lies Ahead?" 
Knowledge@Wharton, July 18, 2012 --- 
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3056
"Lies, Damn Lies and Libor:  Call it one more improvisation in 'too 
big to fail' crisis management," by Holman W. Jenkins Jr., The Wall 
Street Journal, July 6, 2012 ---
 http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702304141204577510490732163260.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj
Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing Failures, and the Evolution of 
International Accounting Standards ----
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds 
Jensen Comment
Crime Pays:  The good news for banksters is that they rarely, rarely, 
rarely get sent to prison --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays 
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
"Doubt Is Cast on Firms Hired to Help Banks," by Jessica 
Silver-Greenberg and Ben Protess, The New York Times, January 31, 2013 
--- 
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/01/31/doubt-is-cast-on-firms-hired-to-help-banks/
Thank you Eliot Kamlet for the heads up.
	Federal authorities are scrutinizing private 
	consultants hired to clean up financial misdeeds like money laundering and 
	foreclosure abuses, taking aim at an industry that is paid billions of 
	dollars by the same banks it is expected to police. 
	The consultants operate with scant supervision and 
	produce mixed results, according to government documents and interviews with 
	prosecutors and regulators. In one case, the consulting firms enabled the 
	wrongdoing. The deficiencies, officials say, can leave consumers vulnerable 
	and allow tainted money to flow through the financial system. 
	“How can you be independent if you’re hired by the 
	entity you’re reviewing?” Senator Jack Reed, Democrat of Rhode Island, who 
	sits on the Senate Banking Committee, said.
	The pitfalls were exposed last month when federal 
	regulators halted a broad effort to help millions of homeowners in 
	foreclosure. The regulators reached an $8.5 billion settlement with banks, 
	scuttling a flawed foreclosure review run by eight consulting firms. In the 
	end, borrowers hurt by shoddy practices are likely to receive less money 
	than they deserve, regulators said. 
	On Thursday, Senator Elizabeth Warren, Democrat of 
	Massachusetts, and Representative Elijah Cummings, Democrat of Maryland, 
	announced that they would open an investigation into the foreclosure review, 
	seeking “additional information about the scope of the harms found.” 
	
	Critics concede that regulators have little choice 
	but to hire outsiders for certain responsibilities after they find problems 
	at the banks. The government does not have the resources to ensure that 
	banks follow the rules. Still, consultants like Deloitte & Touche and the 
	Promontory Financial Group can add to regulators’ headaches, the government 
	documents and interviews indicate. Some banks that work with consultants 
	continue to run afoul of the law. At other times, consultants underestimate 
	the extent of the misdeeds or facilitate them, preventing regulators from 
	holding institutions accountable. 
	Now, regulators and lawmakers are rethinking their 
	relationship with the consultants. Officials at the Federal Reserve, which 
	oversees many large banks, are questioning the prudence of relying on 
	consultants so heavily, said two people with direct knowledge of the matter.
	
	When the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency 
	penalized JPMorgan Chase last month for breakdowns in money-laundering 
	controls, it imposed stricter requirements, ordering the bank to hire a 
	consultant with “specialized experience” in money laundering and to ensure 
	that the firm “not be subject to any conflict of interest.” In a separate 
	action against the bank related to a $6 billion trading loss last year, the 
	agency opted not to mandate an outside consultant at all.
	Continued in article
Crime Pays:  The good news for banksters is that they rarely, rarely, 
rarely get sent to prison --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays 
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
"Peregrine Founder Hit With 50 Years ," by Jacob Bunge, The Wall 
Street Journal, January 31, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324610504578276021147076476.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_0&mg=reno64-wsj
	CEDAR RAPIDS, Iowa—Russell Wasendorf Sr., was 
	sentenced to the maximum 50 years in jail after admitting to orchestrating a 
	fraud at his futures brokerage and misleading regulators for almost 20 
	years.
	Mr. Wasendorf, 64 years old, pleaded guilty last 
	September to the fraud at Peregrine Financial Group Inc. that federal 
	prosecutors said had cost clients $215.5 million and masked a business that 
	never was profitable. He also was ordered to pay the full amount of missing 
	funds in restitution. 
	In court Thursday, Mr. Wasendorf sat hunched over a 
	table, wearing a baggy orange hooded sweatshirt. He appeared gaunt, having 
	lost more than 30 pounds during his seven months in jail, according to his 
	pastor, Linda Livingston. [image] The Gazette/Associated Press 
	Assistant United States Attorney Peter Deegan after 
	the sentencing. 
	Ms. Livingston told the court earlier that Mr. 
	Wasendorf last week had been diagnosed with a tumor on his pancreas. She 
	noted that his mother had died of pancreatic cancer. 
	In a brief statement to the court, Mr. Wasendorf 
	said, "My guilt is such that I accept my sentence, no matter what it is." He 
	said the personal fallout from the uncovering of his fraud was worse than 
	any punishment the court could hand down. 
	"I have lost the love of my son, and I will never 
	see my grandchildren again," Mr. Wasendorf said, his voice breaking. He 
	added that he was "very sorry" for damage to investors, staff and the 
	futures industry. 
	Russell Wasendorf Jr., who served as Peregrine's 
	president and chief operating officer, said in a statement that the "poor 
	choices" of his father have been "devastating." "It has shattered my family, 
	ruined my reputation, fractured my marriage, separated me from my oldest son 
	and close friends," the younger Mr. Wasendorf said. 
	Mr. Wasendorf Sr. falsified financial records 
	provided to regulators, allowing him to dip into client funds to sustain his 
	firm and underpin a luxurious lifestyle. Delivering Mr. Wasendorf's 
	sentence, Judge Linda Reade lambasted his use of stolen money to live as a 
	"big shot" in Peregrine's base of Cedar Falls, Iowa, hiring a "four-star 
	chef" to run Peregrine's cafeteria, building an expansive house with a 
	swimming pool and sinking investor money into ventures like an Italian 
	restaurant—the staff of which he once flew to Italy for a vacation. 
	
	The scandal broke when Mr. Wasendorf was found 
	unconscious in his car outside the firm's $20 million headquarters after a 
	suicide attempt. He detailed his fraud in a note and signed confession, 
	according to prosecutors. 
	While Mr. Wasendorf hasn't seen his son since July, 
	he has been visited in jail by Nancy Paladino, with whom Mr. Wasendorf 
	secretly eloped days before his suicide attempt. A lawyer for Ms. Paladino, 
	who is now aiming to have the marriage annulled, said she had no comment.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Origins of Statistical Sampling in Financial Auditing
January 31, 2013 message from Bob Jensen
	A precursor of risk-based auditing was statistical sampling in auditing.
	
	Is there an earlier reference than the following? 
	Stringer. K.W.. 1963, "Practical aspects of statistical sampling in 
	auditing. Proceedings of the Business and Economic Statistics Section. 
	American Statistical Association. 405-411. 
	Ken Stringer was a well-known partner in Haskins & Sells in those days. 
	Was H&S the first auditing firm to innovate widespread applications of 
	statistical sampling in auditing?
	Bob Jensen
February 1, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff
	A firm that worked closely with H&S on statistical 
	sampling in the 1970s and 1980s was Clarkson, Gordon & Co., the premier 
	public accounting firm in Canada, based in Toronto. Their partners Rod 
	Anderson and Don Leslie were both significant figures in this work. Don was 
	very active in the AAA's Auditing Section. Both are still living but 
	retired. Don's latest address is: donald.a.leslie@gmail.com He can tell you 
	a lot about academic work in statistical sampling that was influential in 
	shaping practice. 
	Steve.
January 31, 2013 reply from Beryl Simonson
	
	
	I still have “Handbook of Sampling for Auditing and Accounting” by Herbert 
	Arkin, Professor of Business Statistics, City College of New York, copyright 
	1963 in my personal office library published by McGraw-Hill.
	
	
	Beryl D. Simonson CPA
	 
January 31, 2013 reply from Richard Sansing
	To the internets!
	
	
	http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?record_id=1363&page=62
	
	Carman, Lewis A. 1933. The Efficiency of Tests. The 
	American Accountant, December, 360-66.
	
	"This paper proposes application of a simple probability model for
	computing the sampling risk in auditing and is the first publication
	of such an attempt in accounting."
	
	Richard Sansing
February 1, 2013 reply from Dale Flesher
	
	
	Bob:
	
	
	 
	
	
	I agree that Stringer was the originator of Probability-Proportional-to-Size 
	Sampling, and some other innovations.  Of course he wasn’t a professor (the 
	subject of our correspondence this morning).  Trueblood also did some 
	statistical work, including the first book.  See the paragraphs below, which 
	are from a book I am currently working on dealing with the history of 
	Deloitte.
	
	
	 
	
	
	                Dale
	
	
	 
	Ken 
	Stringer, Robert Trueblood, and Statistical Sampling
	
	            During the late 1940s and early 1950s, the use of 
	statistical sampling began to occur in fields other than accounting.  The 
	technique was used by numerous manufacturers in their quality testing and 
	inspection procedures, in many instances dating back to the World War II 
	years.  Similarly, the technique was used in engineering design and military 
	logistics.  More broadly, even the decision to inoculate millions of 
	American children with the Jonus Salk polio vaccine in 1955 was based upon 
	conclusions reached in a statistical sampling process.  As a result, the 
	American Institute moved to investigate the application of statistical 
	sampling in accounting and auditing.  The AICPA was concerned with the 
	perceived need for a more objective approach to determining sample sizes 
	during audit procedures.  Before statistical sampling, the number of items 
	to be tested was based on the judgment of the individual auditor on a 
	subjective basis—a process that would leave the audit firm open to second 
	guessing when an audit failure occurred.  Without statistical principles, 
	any population sample size was arbitrary.  Thus, a non-statistical sample 
	(typically called a “judgment” sample) might be insufficient, or excessive; 
	no one could determine which.     
	
	            Both Touche Ross and H&S were early experimenters with 
	statistical sampling techniques, as was Price Waterhouse & Company.  
	According to Oscar Gellein, none of the other Big Eight firms had any early 
	involvement in the subject.   At Touche, it was Robert M. Trueblood who was 
	the initial pioneer.  When the AICPA named its first Committee on 
	Statistical Sampling in 1956, it was Trueblood who was selected as the 
	chairman, primarily because  Trueblood was also the principal author on what 
	is likely the first book [Trueblood and Cyert, 1957] written by an 
	accountant on the use of statistical sampling in accounting and auditing.  
	One study stated that Trueblood’s work at what was then Touche, Niven, 
	Bailey & Smart constituted the earliest experiment with applications of 
	statistical sampling by any major accounting firm [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, 
	p. 96].  Trueblood pointed out in his book one of the main reasons that the 
	AICPA was interested in the subject of statistical sampling—the legal 
	liability issue.
	
	Should auditors’ present methods of test-checking 
	prove inadequate in a particular case, would it not be difficult for the 
	profession to justify its failure to use a technique found to be of such 
	material help in other professional fields?  Is it possible to argue, at the 
	present time, that the profession has adequately tested the practicability 
	of scientific sampling and mathematical probability?  What would happen if 
	in a court proceeding involving accountants' liability, a competent 
	statistician were to demonstrate mathematically that the auditor's sampling 
	procedures or conclusions were not statistically justifiable? [Trueblood and 
	Cyert, 1957, p.61].
	 
	Thus, 
	the profession needed a statistical sampling plan that would not only be 
	effective and objective, but would be defensible in a court of law.  The 
	firms of Touche and H&S would come together, via an AICPA committee, to 
	bring the profession out of the statistical dark ages.  As was pointed out 
	in a study on the subject:
	
	Gellein's memo reveals that large CPA firms shared 
	information regarding their individual in-house experimentation with 
	statistical sampling as well as their progress-to-date. This suggests that a 
	spirit of collegial cooperation existed among the firms rather than one of 
	competition-related secrecy [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 110].
	 
	
	            The AICPA Committee on Statistical Sampling (CSS) was an advisor 
	to and reported to the Committee on Auditing Standards.  Trueblood was 
	designated as the chairman because of his recently authored book.  Oscar 
	Gellein of H&S was also a member of the CSS.  Gellein was also serving 
	simultaneously on the New York State Society of CPAs’ statistical sampling 
	committee which was formed at about the same time as the AICPA committee.  
	Progress was slow in coming.  Trueblood described the committee’s first two 
	years of activities in the following words:
	
	Mr. President, members of the Council.  The Committee 
	on Statistical Sampling has held five two-day meetings since it was first 
	organized in October or November, 1956.  It is, of course, regarded as a 
	satellite committee to the Committee on Auditing Procedures and our purpose 
	and our function is investigative and exploratory in a rather new area.  For 
	this reason, during the first year, our meetings were almost totally of a 
	self-educational nature.  They were devoted to exploring the subject of 
	statistical sampling both from the accountant's point of view and from the 
	statistician's point of view.  They were also devoted to studying problems 
	involved in the possible or ultimate utilization of statistical sampling 
	techniques as an auditing tool.
	
	 
	
	During our second year we have gone into a slightly 
	more productive type of program.  Our production is modest at best.  First, 
	we have developed a glossary of statistical terms which, in a sense, is a 
	layman's dictionary of such terms and a bibliography of literature on the 
	general subject of statistical sampling.  This glossary and bibliography is 
	now in the process of production and will shortly be available to members on 
	request [Trueblood, 1958; as quoted in Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 102]. 
	
	
	 
	Much of 
	the early work of the CSS focused on the legal aspects of statistical 
	sampling.  The field of statistical sampling was still in its infancy and 
	much of the theoretical underpinnings had to be learned by the committee 
	members.  In a report to the leadership of H&S, Oscar Gellein summarized the 
	first year of the CSS as a time of “attempting to catch up with developments 
	that had taken place in the application of statistical sampling to 
	accounting.  The Committee perceived its mission to be that of keeping 
	abreast of developments in the field and keeping the profession informed” 
	[Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 108]. 
	
	            At H&S, Kenneth W. Stringer had long been dissatisfied with 
	the subjective nature of judgment sampling.  Throughout his career, he had 
	observed that in similar audit situations, different auditors selected 
	widely different sample sizes.  As a result, he was to develop one of the 
	most frequently used methods—probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) 
	sampling.  In 1959, he conducted a case study among H&S senior auditors who 
	were asked to select sample sizes in four different situations.  For 
	example, the auditors were told to select a sample size from a population of 
	2,000 accounts receivables when internal control was considered good.  The 
	resulting samples sizes were somewhat evenly distributed from 50 to 600.  
	When the question was revised to say that internal control was “bad, but 
	previous audits had not revealed material errors,” the resulting sampling 
	sizes varied from 100 to 1,400 accounts.  Another question asked how many 
	inventory items, out of a population of 5,000 line items, should be selected 
	for a test of inventory prices.  Responses were fairly evenly distributed 
	between 25 and 1,250 items.  The fourth question dealt with how many 
	vouchers (out of 1,000) should be examined to provide suitable evidence of 
	adequate internal control.  Nine respondents would have been satisfied with 
	either 25 or 50 vouchers in the sample, while ten auditors wanted to examine 
	all 1,000 vouchers [Tucker, 1994, p. 254].  Such randomness of responses 
	created havoc in the audit budgeting process; if 25 vouchers could be 
	examined in one hour, the budgeted time would vary from one hour to one 
	week, depending upon which in-charge auditor was assigned to the 
	engagement.  A person who interviewed Stringer about his case study noted 
	the following observation.
	
	The results revealed a very wide distribution of 
	sample sizes selected by these senior auditors in each of the four cases.  
	When the senior partners of his firm were presented with the results of his 
	experiment, Stringer stated that they were “shocked and dismayed at the 
	disparity that the survey showed” [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 99]. 
	
	
	 
	Stringer 
	had been promoting the PPS plan within the firm and his experiment was 
	apparently sufficient to get the firm to adopt the PPS statistical sampling 
	plan, although perhaps the firm would have been willing to accept any 
	movement toward uniformity in selecting samples sizes.
	
	I can not say that the survey results were the 
	deciding factor in the firm’s eventual adoption of the Plan, but I think it 
	is fair to say that the results had a significant influence on the firm’s 
	views concerning the existing disparity in the extent of testing and the 
	need to improve the situation.  However, there are two important points I 
	always address in any public discussion of the survey results.  First, given 
	the lack of professional guidelines in this area, the results were not 
	surprising.  Second, the auditors surveyed were all employed and trained by 
	the same firm.  If the survey had been distributed to a group of auditors 
	who had been selected randomly from throughout the profession, it is 
	reasonable to assume that the disparity would have been even greater 
	[Tucker, 1994, p. 248]. 
	
	  
	
	            Stringer was not the sole sampling pioneer at H&S; Oscar Gellein, 
	to whom Stringer reported, was a supporter of both statistical sampling and 
	Stringer’s ideas.  In fact, it was Gellein who was the second chairman of 
	the AICPA’s Committee on Statistical Sampling, following  Trueblood.  
	Gellein served on the CSS from 1956 through 1961—a total of five years.  
	Stringer then chaired the committee from 1962 through 1965.  Gellein 
	basically allowed Stringer to spend the majority of his time on statistical 
	sampling, and saw to it that others in the firm did not bother him.  The 
	latter statement is relevant because there were some in the accounting 
	profession who were opposed to the use of statistical sampling.  Many argued 
	that statistical sampling, although producing a better result, was too time 
	consuming to apply in practice and too complex to teach to staff auditors.  
	Thus, it was not considered by everyone to be an economically viable method.
	
	 
	
	Kenneth Stringer and Statistical Sampling
	
	            Stringer was born in the small town of Birmingham, Kentucky 
	(population 300), on February 23, 1918, and graduated from what is now 
	Western Kentucky University in 1938 (the institution was known as the 
	Bowling Green College of Commerce during Stringer’s time there; it later 
	merged with Western Kentucky).  He then joined the accounting staff of the 
	Kentucky Public Service Commission.  When H&S opened an office in Louisville 
	in 1939, Stringer was one of the first staff members.  When World War II 
	started, he resigned from the firm to spend two years as a civilian employee 
	of the Ordnance Department accounting staff.  He then joined the military 
	and spent two more years, in uniform, with the Ordnance Department in 
	Cincinnati.  Upon leaving the Army, Stringer worked for six years for a 
	local firm in Danville, KY.  Chafed at the lack of opportunity to grow 
	professionally in a small firm, Stringer decided to rejoin H&S in 1952 in 
	the Cincinnati office.  He reportedly had to take a pay cut when he moved 
	from the local firm in Kentucky to the national firm.  He then transferred 
	to the New York Executive Office in 1957 where he was to work with Weldon 
	Powell, the senior technical manager in the firm, on special assignments.  
	One such project was to conduct a review of the firm’s approach to the audit 
	process.  One of his first concerns was the methodology used in evaluating a 
	client’s system of internal control, while his second concern was the manner 
	in which items were selected for audit once a determination had been made of 
	the quality of the internal control system.  
	
	            Stringer became a partner in 1959.  Eventually, in 1973, he 
	became partner in charge of Accounting and Auditing Services [“People…, 
	1977, p. 32].  Thus, by 1973, it was Stringer’s responsibility to establish 
	the firm’s position on issues being considered by the FASB, AICPA 
	committees, and the SEC.  He was also responsible for the firm’s internal 
	policies and procedures and for resolving questions on accounting 
	applications from practice offices.  In the mid 1970s, Stringer represented 
	the firm on the AICPA’s Commission on Auditor’s Responsibilities, also known 
	as the Cohen Commission.  He also served five years on the AICPA Committee 
	on Auditing Procedures.
	
	            In the 1950s, Stringer was a member and chairman of the AICPA’s 
	Statistical Sampling Committee.  Shortly after rejoining the firm in 1952, 
	he found that his interests lay in the practical application of advanced 
	mathematics to accounting and auditing techniques.  He recognized that 
	statistical sampling—establishing the reliability of inferences or 
	conclusions from a population by taking selected samples—was a means of 
	conducting audits more efficiently.  Auditors had been using sampling since 
	World War II, but these early sampling techniques were based on the 
	subjective opinion (judgment) of the person selecting the sample.  Stringer 
	began an intensive investigation of statistical sampling in 1958 and its 
	applicability to accounting and auditing.  His first conclusion was that 
	auditors could not use the statistical sampling methods that had been used 
	in other fields; a new system of statistical sampling had to be developed 
	especially for auditing purposes.  Stringer, working with an assistant in 
	the person of Frederick E. Stephen, a statistics professor at Princeton 
	University, developed over a period of two years what became known as the 
	“H&S Audit Sampling Plan,” otherwise known as a probability-proportional-to-size 
	method.  Firm managing partner John Queenan then appointed a special task 
	force, which included Ralph Johns, Oscar Gellein, and Malcolm Devore, to 
	study the Plan and conduct field tests.  After two years of study, the task 
	force recommended the adoption of the Plan for firm-wide use in 1962.  
	Stringer asked future managing partner Charles Steel and Jim Kusko to assist 
	during the introduction phase of the Audit Sampling Plan to help local 
	offices implement the program [“People…, 1977, p. 35].  By 1963, the H&S 
	Audit Sampling Plan was fully implemented by the firm and was being shared 
	with accounting students nationwide by speakers from H&S practice offices.
	
	            Stringer returned to the area of statistics in the mid 1960s 
	when he became interested in the possibility of using regression analysis in 
	audit work.  The regression analysis project eventually led to a product 
	called Statistical Technique for Analytical Reviews, or STAR.  With the 
	assistance of Maurice Newman, Jim Kirtland, Jim Kusko, and Denny Fox, 
	Stringer developed a computer program that used regression analysis to 
	improve the audit selection process.  The idea of STAR was that it could be 
	used to conduct audits of exceptional areas.  Stringer explained:
	
	One of the key questions facing any auditor is 
	determining just what is unusual, which prior to STAR had been done largely 
	on a subjective basis.  What we tried to do was establish an audit interface 
	for the technique of regression analysis. This lets us establish various 
	relationships— such as sales of a client versus expenses, or sales compared 
	with the overall economy—to see if these relationships appear reasonable.  
	Then the results can be compared with the client's latest figures, and 
	unusual fluctuations can be investigated.  Extensive use of the STAR program 
	has improved our review techniques and enables our people to reduce the 
	amount of detail testing necessary on most audits while maintaining the 
	desired degree of assurance [“People…, 1977, p. 36].
	 
	Stringer 
	was the inaugural recipient in 1981 of the American Accounting Association 
	Auditing Section’s Distinguished Service in Auditing Award for his 
	pioneering efforts in auditing research.  In many respects, the existence of 
	a person like Stringer at a firm indicates the willingness of the firm to 
	improve itself.  Unlike most partners, Stringer was not a revenue center; he 
	was a cost center.  His job was to look at the overall auditing process and 
	come up with ways to make the audit a better product.
	
	            As mentioned previously, Stringer was aided by several other 
	firm partners, including Maurice E. Newman.  Newman became a partner in 
	Chicago in 1957 and moved to the Executive Office in 1964, which was about 
	the same time that he began working on a Ph.D. in accounting at New York 
	University.  He graduated from NYU in 1972 following the completion of his 
	doctoral dissertation entitled “Statistical Estimation of Computer-Based 
	Inventories.”  Thus, he was able to combine his love of statistics and his 
	job with a doctoral degree program.  
	Besides 
	working with Stringer on the development of statistical sampling programs 
	for auditing, Newman functioned as a consulting statistician to several of 
	the firm’s larger clients and also as an in-house theoretician to staff 
	auditors [“The Graduate,” 1972, p. 27].  Newman was a prolific author over 
	the years, mostly articles on aspects of management advisory services.  His 
	first publication in the firm’s Selected Papers volumes came in 1956 
	when he had an article on the uses of computer-generated reports.  The next 
	year, he had two different articles on “machine accounting.”  Newman retired 
	from H&S in 1977 and joined the faculty of the School of Accountancy at the 
	University of Alabama in Tuscaloosa.
	 
A Summary of Sampling and Statistics in Compliance Testing --- 
http://www.willyancey.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory 
"A Comparison of Forensic Accounting Corporations in the United States," 
by Wm. Dennis Huber, Journal of Accounting, Ethics & Public Policy, Vol. 
12, No. 3, 2011 and SSRN --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2029729 
	Abstract:
	     
	To call entities 
	that issue certifications in forensic accounting “organizations” camouflages 
	their true nature and results in misunderstanding what they really are. They 
	are corporations. Recognizing them as corporations enables forensic 
	accountants who hold their certifications to assess more realistically the 
	costs and benefits of their certifications. A survey reveals that a 
	significant number of forensic accountants believe it is important for 
	forensic accounting corporations to have qualified officers and directors. 
	There are also a significant number who mistakenly believe that the forensic 
	accounting corporations that issued their certifications have qualified 
	officers and directors. However, several forensic accounting corporations do 
	not have qualified officers and directors. Forensic accountants also believe 
	forensic accounting corporations have a duty to disclose the qualifications 
	of their officers and directors but several do not disclose the 
	qualifications of their officers and directors which violates their Codes of 
	Ethics. This paper presents for the first time an in-depth comparison of 
	forensic accounting corporations, their corporate history and the 
	qualifications of their corporate directors and officers. The paper 
	concludes with a recommendation for an independent agency to be established 
	to oversee and accredit forensic accounting corporations. As a matter of 
	public policy regulators cannot let this situation continue unabated. If an 
	independent agency cannot be established, then, as a matter of public 
	policy, states should enact statutes or adopt regulations to regulate 
	forensic accounting corporations.
	
"Forensic 
Accounting Corporations Codes of Ethics and Standards of Practice: A Comparison," 
by Wm. Dennis Huber, SSRN, February 2013 --- 
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212702 
	Abstract:
	     
	This is the first study to critically compare the Codes of Ethics and 
	Standards of Practice of forensic accounting corporations and whether 
	forensic accountants understand the difference between the Codes and 
	Standards. This study examines the extent to which forensic accountants are 
	knowledgeable about forensic accounting corporations Codes and Standards, 
	and whether they are able to differentiate the differences between them. A 
	survey of 182 forensic accountants found that a significant number of 
	forensic accountants did not investigate the Codes and Standards prior to 
	receiving their certifications. The results further revealed that a 
	significant number of forensic accountants incorrectly believe that the 
	Codes and Standards are substantially similar when they are significantly 
	different. This raises questions regarding forensic accountants’ 
	investigative ability. It raises further questions concerning forensic 
	accountants’ commitment to maintaining high ethical standards and standards 
	of practice. The results suggest a need for reform within the forensic 
	certification industry, for the establishment of an independent agency to 
	monitor and accredit forensic accounting corporations and their 
	certifications, or alternatively for state or Federal regulations to enforce 
	minimum standards for forensic accounting corporations and the 
	certifications. 
Bob Jensen's threads on forensic accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Forensic 
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
February 1, 2013
	
	
	Software Firms Find Tax Advantages
	by: 
	Steven D. Jones
	Jan 29, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Corporate Taxes, Income Taxes, International Taxation, 
	Software Industry, State Income Tax, Tax Accounting, Tax Avoidance
	
	SUMMARY: "The market for software delivered as a service through 
	cloud computing is estimated to grow more than 17% annually through 2015, 
	according to Gartner Inc. Such technology will generate $17 billion in 
	revenue world-wide this year, up from $14.4 billion in 2012." Global 
	companies providing these services are funneling operations through low tax 
	jurisdictions. The article offers examples from Microsoft and VMware Inc. 
	"which has reduced its total tax payments due despite increasing revenues 
	and profits.... The government has started to ask questions about the 
	practice," writes the author.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a tax class or in 
	a managerial accounting class covering transfer pricing.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Advanced) What is the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate? 
	What other income taxes do U.S. corporations usually pay?
	
	2. (Introductory) According to the article, what tax rates are 
	typical of U.S. corporations in the business of providing software services 
	through the internet, or "cloud computing"?
	
	3. (Advanced) What combination of business organization and U.S. 
	tax laws combine to give these companies the opportunity for reduced tax 
	rates?
	
	4. (Advanced) Consider the case of VMware Inc. in particular. Why 
	do you think the company was able to raise revenue by 86% and obtain a 
	tripling of pre-tax profits over the same time period? In your answer, 
	define the term pre-tax profit.
	
	5. (Advanced) What is transfer pricing? Why must companies moving 
	assets to foreign subsidiaries undertake asset sales in this manner?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
	 
"Software Firms Find Tax Advantages," by Steven D. Jones, The Wall Street 
Journal, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324329204578270142806806574.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	Expanding use of cloud computing to deliver 
	software as a service is making it easier for global software companies to 
	earn and keep profits outside the reach of U.S. taxes. 
	VMware Inc. VMW +1.20% has cut its federal tax bill 
	in the past three years because the company conducts the majority of its 
	international business through Ireland. For the three-year period ended in 
	2011, the company's tax bill fell despite its revenue rising 86% and its 
	pretax profit more than tripling. In fiscal 2011, its U.S. tax rate was 4%, 
	compared with tax rates in the midteens in the prior three years. 
	
	Executives at VMware have explained the low tax 
	rate as "a result of taxable income shifting from the U.S. to international 
	jurisdictions." 
	The Palo Alto, Calif., company isn't alone. Dozens 
	of software companies are distributing software online—cloud computing—from 
	data centers abroad, and many have set up foreign affiliates for the task.
	
	More than a dozen U.S. software companies reported 
	paying lower tax rates in their most recent fiscal year than the prior year, 
	and nine of those companies reported paying more income tax to foreign 
	governments than in the U.S. 
	The government has started to ask questions about 
	the practice. The Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations in 
	September estimated that in 2011, 47% of Microsoft Corp.'s MSFT +1.42% U.S. 
	sales were delivered through a data center in Puerto Rico where it employs 
	177 people and pays lower tax. 
	"By routing its activity through Puerto Rico in 
	this way, Microsoft saved over $4.5 billion in taxes on goods sold in the 
	U.S." for the three years ending in 2011, the subcommittee concluded. 
	
	A Microsoft spokesman said the company continues to 
	deliver software from Puerto Rico to U.S. customers in compliance with U.S. 
	and Puerto Rican tax law. Puerto Rico is a U.S. territory, but has a 
	separate tax structure. 
	VMware didn't respond to requests for comment.
	
	Like all companies, software makers are able to 
	move assets to subsidiaries—including data centers—abroad as long as the 
	foreign affiliate pays for the assets through a valuation process known as 
	transfer pricing. The arrangements allocate costs and revenue between 
	operations in different tax jurisdictions. 
	Continued in article
"Boards address various industry-specific issues in revenue proposal," 
Ernst & Young, January 31, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2491_RevenueRedeliberations_31January2013/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2491_RevenueRedeliberations_31January2013.pdf
	What you need to know 
	
		• The Boards continue d to make progress in 
		redeliberations on their revenue recognition proposal, addressing a 
		variety of industry - specific issues in a meeting this week . 
 
		• Many of the topics addressed by the Boards 
		this month would primarily affect financial services entities, asset 
		manager s and large - equipment manufacturers . 
 
		• The Boards plan to redeliberate disclosure 
		and transition at the ir joint meeting in February , and they continue 
		to target the first half of 2013 for issuing a new standard . 
		
	
	Overview 
	T he Finan cial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International 
	Accounting Standards Board (IASB) (collectively, the Boards ) add ressed a 
	variety of topics on the proposed revenue guidance, including: 
	
		• The application of the proposed guidance to 
		certain transfers of assets 
		
		• T he scope of the proposed standard, including for financial service s 
		contracts and collaborative arrangement s 
 
		• Accounting for contracts with customers that 
		contain repurchase agreements 
		
		• T he effect of the proposed standard on asset managers 
	
	After issuing a new exposure draft (ED) in November 
	2011 , t he Boards have been redeliberati ng issues identified by 
	constituents in comment letters . The Boards continue to target the first 
	half of 2013 for issuing a new standard .
Also see 
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2467_RevenueRedeliberations_20December2012/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2467_RevenueRedeliberations_20December2012.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on Revenue 
Accounting Controversies ---
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm---
 
Humor February 1-28, 2013
Michael Davis (comedy juggler) at Ford's Theater --- 
http://www.youtube.com/watch_popup?v=n6mbW-jMtrY&feature=player_detailpage 
John Cleese’s Eulogy for Graham Chapman: ‘Good Riddance, the Free-Loading 
Bastard, I Hope He Fries’ --- 
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?shva=1#inbox/13cf294bbedb0fda
The Great Pretender ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/6Zy297Xgr8Q 
Leno Turns Obama-Clinton 60 Minutes Segment Into Cialis Commercial --- 
http://www.mrctv.org/node/119755 
Little Red Wagon ---
http://www.snotr.com/video/9682/Little_Red_Wagon 
Ten Second Videos ---
http://youtube.googleapis.com/v/3x6MJcvqcT4%26rel=0%26hl=en_US%26feature=player_embedded 
New Dilbert Character: Stanky Bathturd, IRS Agent --- 
http://dilbert.com/blog/entry/you_be_the_editor/ 
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Dogs Versus Wives
1. The later you are, the more excited your dogs are to see you. 
 
2. Dogs don't notice if you call them by another dog's name. 
 
3. Dogs like it if you leave a lot of things on the floor. 
 
4. A dog's parents never visit. 
 
5. Dogs agree that you have to raise your voice to get your point across. 
 
6. Dogs find you amusing when you're drunk. 
 
7. Dogs like to go hunting and fishing. 
 
8. A dog will not wake you up at night to ask, "If I died, would you get 
another dog?" 
 
9. If a dog has babies, you can put an ad in the paper and give them away.
 
10. A dog will let you put a studded collar on it without calling you a 
pervert. 
 
11. If a dog smells another dog on you, they don't get mad. They just think 
it's interesting. 
And last... but not least: 
 
12. If a dog leaves, it won't take half of your stuff.
 
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
01. After the Lone Ranger saved the day and rode off into the sunset, the 
grateful citizens would ask, Who was that masked man? Invariably, someone would 
answer, I don't know, but he left this behind. What did he leave 
behind?________________. 
02. When the Beatles first came to the U.S. .In early 1964, we all watched 
them on The _______________ Show. 
03. 'Get your kicks, __________________.' 
04. 'The story you are about to see is true. The names have been changed to
___________________.' 
05. 'In the jungle, the mighty jungle, ________________.' 
06. After the Twist, The Mashed Potato, and the Watusi, we 'danced' under a 
stick that was lowered as low as we could go in a dance called the 
'_____________.' 
07. Nestle's makes the very best . .. . . _________ ______.' 
08. Satchmo was America 's 'Ambassador of Goodwill.' Our parents shared this 
great jazz trumpet player with us. His name was _________________. 
09. What takes a licking and keeps on ticking? _______________. 
10. Red Skeleton's hobo character was named __________________ and Red always 
ended his television show by saying, 'Good Night, and '________ ________... '
11. Some Americans who protested the Vietnam War did so by burning 
their______________. 
12. The cute little car with the engine in the back and 
the trunk in the front was called the VW. What other names did it go by? 
____________ &_______________. 
13. In 1971, singer Don MacLean sang a song about, 'the day the music died.' 
This was a tribute to ___________________. 
14. We can remember the first satellite placed into orbit. The Russians did 
it. It was called ___________________. 
15. One of the big fads of the late 50's and 60's was a large plastic ring 
that we twirled around our waist. It was called the __ ______________. 
16. Remember LS/MFT _____ _____/_____ _____ _____? 
17. Hey Kids! What time is it? It's _____ ______ _____! 
18. Who knows what secrets lie in the hearts of men? The _____ Knows! 
19. There was a song that came out in the 60's that was "a grave yard smash" 
it's name was the ______ ______! 
20. Alka Seltzer used a "boy with a tablet on his head" as 
it's Logo/Representative. What was the boys Name? ________ 
ANSWERS: 
01.The Lone Ranger left behind a silver bullet. 
02. The Ed Sullivan Show 
03. On Route 66 
04.To protect the innocent. 
05.The Lion Sleeps Tonight 
06. The limbo 
07. Chocolate 
08. Louis Armstrong 
09. The Timex watch 
10. Freddy, The Freeloader and 'Good Night and God Bless.' 
11. Draft cards (Bras were also burned. Not flags, as some have guessed) 
12. Beetle or Bug 
13. Buddy Holly 
14. Sputnik 
15. Hoola-hoop 
16. Lucky Strike/Means Fine Tobacco 
17. Howdy Doody Time 
18. Shadow 
19. Monster Mash 
20. Speedy
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
 Now The Senior Alphabet: 
A's for arthritis; B's the bad back, C's the chest pains, perhaps car-di-ac?
D is for dental decay and decline, E is for eyesight, can't read that top 
line! F is for farting and fluid retention, G is for gut droop, which I'd rather 
not mention. 
H high blood pressure--I'd rather it low; I for incisions with scars you can 
show. J is for joints, out of socket, won't mend, K is for knees that crack when 
they bend. L 's for libido, what happened to sex? M is for memory, I forget what 
comes next. N is neuralgia, in nerves way down low; O is for osteo, bones that 
don't grow! 
P for prescriptions, I have quite a few, just give me a pill and I'll be good 
as new! Q is for queasy, is it fatal or flu? R is for reflux, one meal turns to 
two. 
S is for sleepless nights, counting my fears, T is for Tinnitus; bells in my 
ears! U is for urinary; troubles with flow; V for vertigo, that's 'dizzy,' you 
know. 
W for worry, now what's going 'round? X is for X ray, and what might be 
found. Y is for another year I'm left here behind, Z is for zest I still have-- 
in my mind! 
I've survived all the symptoms, my body's deployed, And I'm keeping 
twenty-six doctors fully employed! 
 
Forwarded by Maureen
A State Trooper was patrolling late at night off the main highway. At nearly 
midnight, he sees a couple in a car, in lovers' lane, with the interior light 
brightly glowing. He carefully approaches the car to get a closer look. Then he 
sees a young man behind the wheel, reading a computer magazine. 
He immediately notices a young woman in the rear seat, filing her 
fingernails. 
Puzzled by this surprising situation, the trooper walks to the car and gently 
raps on the driver's window. The young man lowers his window. 'Uh, yes, 
Officer'? 
The trooper asks: 'What are you doing?' 
The young man says: 'Well, Officer, I'm reading a magazine.' 
Pointing towards the young woman in the back seat the trooper says: 'And, 
her, what is she doing?' 
The young man shrugs: 'Sir, I believe she's filing her fingernails.' 
Now, the trooper is totally confused. A young couple, alone, in a car, at 
night in a lover's lane and nothing |obscene is happening! 
The trooper asks: 'What's your age, young man?' 
The young man says: 'I'm 22, sir.' 
The trooper asks: 'And her, what's her age?' 
The young man looks at his watch and replies, “She’ll be 18 in exactly 11 
minutes!”
 
Forwarded by Paula
In a convent in Ireland , the 
98-year-old Mother Superior lay dying. The nuns gathered around her bed trying 
to make her last journey comfortable. 
They tried giving her warm milk to drink but she refused it. One of the nuns 
took the glass back to the kitchen. Then, remembering a bottle of Irish Whiskey 
that had been received as a gift the previous Christmas, she opened it and 
poured a generous amount into the warm milk. 
 
Back at Mother Superior's bed, 
they held the glass to her lips. The frail nun drank a little, then a little 
more and before they knew it, she had finished the whole glass down to the last 
drop. 
As her eyes brightened, the nuns 
thought it would be a good opportunity to have one last talk with their 
spiritual leader... 
"Mother," the nuns asked earnestly, "Please give us some of your wisdom before 
you leave us." 
She raised herself up in bed on one elbow, looked at them and said: " 
"DON'T SELL THAT COW."
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Puns for Educated Minds 
1. The fattest knight at King Arthur's round table was Sir Cumference. He 
acquired his size from too much pi. 
2. I thought I saw an eye doctor on an Alaskan island, but it turned out to 
be an optical Aleutian . 
3. She was only a whiskey maker, but he loved her still. 
4. A rubber band pistol was confiscated from algebra class, because it was a 
weapon of math disruption. 
5. No matter how much you push the envelope, it'll still be stationery. 
6. A dog gave birth to puppies near the road and was cited for littering. 
7. A grenade thrown into a kitchen in France would result in Linoleum 
Blownapart. 
8. Two silk worms had a race. They ended up in a tie. 
9. A hole has been found in the nudist camp wall. The police are looking into 
it. 
10. Time flies like an arrow. Fruit flies like a banana. 
11. Atheism is a non-prophet organization. 
12. Two hats were hanging on a hat rack in the hallway. One hat said to the 
other: 'You stay here; I'll go on a head.' 
13. I wondered why the baseball kept getting bigger. Then it hit me. 
14. A sign on the lawn at a drug rehab center said: 'Keep off the Grass.' 
15. The midget fortune-teller who escaped from prison was a small medium at 
large. 
16. The soldier who survived mustard gas and pepper spray is now a seasoned 
veteran. 
17. A backward poet writes inverse. 
18. In a democracy it's your vote that counts. In feudalism it's your count 
that votes. 
19. When cannibals ate a missionary, they got a taste of religion. 
20. If you jumped off the bridge in Paris , you'd be in Seine . 
21. A vulture boards an airplane, carrying two dead raccoons. The stewardess 
looks at him and says, 'I'm sorry, sir, only one carrion allowed per passenger.'
22. Two fish swim into a concrete wall. One turns to the other and says 
'Dam!' 
23. Two Eskimos sitting in a kayak were chilly, so they lit a fire in the 
craft. Unsurprisingly it sank, proving once again that you can't have your kayak 
and heat it too. 
24. Two hydrogen atoms meet. One says, 'I've lost my electron.' The other 
says 'Are you sure?' The first replies, 'Yes, I'm positive.' 
25. Did you hear about the Buddhist who refused Novocain during a root canal? 
His goal: transcend dental medication. 
26. There was the person who sent ten puns to friends, with the hope that at 
least one of the puns would make them laugh. No pun in ten did.
 
Forwarded by Paula
Remember it takes a college degree to fly a plane, but only a high
school diploma to fix one; that's reassurance to those of us who fly
routinely.
After every flight, UPS pilots fill out a form, called a 'gripe
sheet,' which tells mechanics about problems with the aircraft.
The mechanics correct the problems, document their repairs on the
form, and then pilots review the gripe sheets before the next flight.
Never let it be said that ground crews lack a sense of humor. Here are
some actual maintenance complaints submitted by UPS pilots (marked
with a P) and the solutions recorded (marked with an S) by maintenance
engineers.
By the way, UPS is the only major airline that has never, ever, had an
accident....
P: Left inside main tire almost needs replacement.
S: Almost replaced left inside main tire.
P: Test flight OK, except auto-land very rough.
S: Auto-land not installed on this aircraft.
P: Something loose in cockpit
S: Something tightened in cockpit
P: Dead bugs on windshield.
S: Live bugs on back-order.
P: Autopilot in altitude-hold mode produces a 200 feet per minute descent
S: Cannot reproduce problem on ground.
P: Evidence of leak on right main landing gear.
S: Evidence removed.
P: DME volume unbelievably loud.
S: DME volume set to more believable level.
P: Friction locks cause throttle levers to stick.
S: That's what friction locks are for.
P: IFF inoperative in OFF mode.
S: IFF always inoperative in OFF mode.
P: Suspected crack in windshield.
S: Suspect you're right.
P: Number 3 engine missing.
S: Engine found on right wing after brief search
P: Aircraft handles funny. (I love this one!)
S: Aircraft warned to straighten up, fly right and be serious.
P: Target radar hums.
S: Reprogrammed target radar with lyrics.
P: Mouse in cockpit.
S: Cat installed.
And the best one for last
P: Noise coming from under instrument panel. Sounds like a midget
pounding on something with a hammer.
S: Took hammer away from the midget
Forwarded by Bob Booth
Old people have problems that you haven't even considered yet… 
An 80-year-old man was requested by his Doctor for a sperm count as part of 
his physical exam. 
The doctor gave the man a jar and said, 'Take this jar home and bring back a 
semen sample tomorrow.' 
The next day the 80-year-old man reappeared at the doctor's office and gave 
him the jar, which was as clean and empty as on the previous day. 
The doctor asked what happened and the man explained, 'Well, doc, it's like 
this - first I tried with my right hand, but nothing. Then I tried with my left 
hand, but still nothing. 
'Then I asked my wife for help. She tried with her right hand, then with her 
left, still nothing. She tried with her mouth, first with the teeth in, then 
with her teeth out, still nothing. 
'We even called up Arleen, the lady next door and she tried too, first with 
both hands, then an armpit, and she even tried squeezin' it between her knees, 
but still nothing.....' 
The doctor was shocked! 'You asked your neighbour?' 
The old man replied, 'Yep, none of us could get the jar open.'
Forwarded by Paula
If you ever get the sudden urge to run around naked, You should sniff some 
Windex first. 
It'll keep you from streaking.
Forward by Paula
This joke has been around the Internet so much that now the Aussies are 
telling it - after the Irish and the Rednecks...and no doubt a lot of others!
Aussies  
Three Aussie blokes working up on an outback mobile phone tower: 
Mongrel, Coot and Bluey. 
As they start their descent, Coot slips, falls off the tower and is killed 
instantly. 
As the ambulance takes the body away, Bluey says, "Well, bugger me, someone's 
gotta go and tell Coot's wife." 
Mongrel says,"OK, I'm pretty good at that sensitive stuff, I'll do it." 
Two hours later, he comes back carrying a case of Beer. 
Bluey says, "Where'd you get the grog, Mongrel?" 
"Coot's wife gave it to me," Mongrel replies. 
"That's unbelievable, you told the Missus her husband was dead and she gave 
you a case of beer?" 
"Well, not exactly," Mongrel says. 
"When she answered the door, I said to her, 'you must be Coot's widow.' 
She said, 'You must be mistaken . . . I'm not a widow.' 
Then I said, 'I'll betcha a case of beer you are.'" 
Aussies are good at that sensitive stuff.
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
 
 
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012  
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112   
 
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912   
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
And that's 
the way it was on February 28, 2013 with a little help from my friends.
Bob 
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations    
Free 
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks 
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment 
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob 
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
 
Bob 
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ 
	
	
	
 
	
		| 
		
		
		For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually 
		for free) go to   http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm | 
	
		| 
		
		
		AECM (Accounting Educators)  
		
		http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOMEThe AECM is an email Listserv list which 
		started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has 
		mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education 
		topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment, 
		cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides 
		a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful 
		in any way for accounting education at the college/university level. 
		Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes 
		spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation 
		packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications, 
		etc
 
		
		Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
		
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/ (closed down)
 CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions 
		of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated 
		environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to 
		accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an 
		active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring 
		the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or 
		a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry, 
		government or education. Others will be denied access. | 
	
		| 
		
		
		Yahoo (Practitioners) 
		
		http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalkThis forum is for CPAs to discuss the 
		activities of the AICPA. This can be anything  from the CPA2BIZ portal 
		to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA.
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		AccountantsWorld  
		
		
		
		http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1 This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting 
		software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human 
		resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation.
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		Business Valuation Group
		
		BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
		
		[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM]
 | 
 
	
	
 
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
	
		
			| 
			
			I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the 
			profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that 
			practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
			Accounting academe is threatened by the 
			twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: 
			tedium, high tech, and radical chic)From
			
			
			http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
 
			
			“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal 
			dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of 
			shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to 
			say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service 
			professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But 
			their contributions to society began to flow from their own 
			self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with 
			general public discourse.” 
			  
			
			Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as 
			there always tends to be in accounts 
			
			of the
			shift from Gemeinschaft to 
			Gesellschaft. Yet it is also 
			clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary 
			professionalism was necessary. 
			
			  
			
			“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and 
			procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly 
			confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of 
			competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual 
			authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.” 
			
			But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life, 
			Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far. 
			
			“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is 
			threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism 
			(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic). 
			
			The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be 
			the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional 
			communities that have come to share too much and that have become 
			too self-referential.” 
			  
			
			
			What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
			How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
 | 
	
 
 
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites 
 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting 
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool 
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines 
Free 
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA 
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
 
	
	
	
Bob Jensen's 
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
 
Bob 
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
 
 
 

January 31, 2013
 
Bob 
Jensen's New Bookmarks January 1-31, 2013
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University 
For 
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you 
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" 
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and 
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
 
Bob Jensen's 
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
 
All 
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
FASB Accounting Standards Updates --- 
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498 
Hasselback Accounting Faculty 
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/ 
Blast from the Past With Hal 
and Rosie Wyman --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob 
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm 
 
2012 AAA 
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view 
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield 
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
2013 IFRS Blue Book 
(Not Free) --- 
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717 
Links to 
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
 
Bob 
Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
American 
Accounting Association  Past Presidents are listed at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm 
"2012 tax 
software survey:  Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by 
Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 --- 
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm
Center for Financial Services 
Innovation --- 
http://cfsinnovation.com/ 
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 --- 
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf 
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database --- 
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx 
Bob 
Jensen's taxation helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation  
Subtle Distinctions in Technical 
Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision & 
Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ --- 
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465 
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
 
 
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012  
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112   
 
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912   
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
 
Proposal for a Quant Corner on the AAA Commons
I am forwarding this AECM message to the current AAA Leadership, including 
Karen Pincus, Mary Barth, and Julie Smith David. For a very long time, the AAA 
has not been a good old boys club.
The contributions of accountics scientists to the AAA Commons to date have 
been almost nothing --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
Bob Jensen has contributed around 100 accountics science postings, but these 
are only a small proportion of his 1.500 posts and 15,000 comments on the 
Commons --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/people/12462cc690/profile 
 
David Boynton
There are quite a few accountics science postings on the AAA Commons thanks 
to David Boynton. David is on the staff of the AAA. As of January 19, 2013 David 
has made 470 posts to the Commons. Nearly all of them are accountics science 
postings.
To see a listing of David's postings on the AAA Commons, do the following:
	
		- Go to the AAA Commons at
		
		http://commons.aaahq.org/pages/home 
 
- Sign in as an AAA Member. 
 I truly wish the full Commons was available to non-members, but if 
		wishes were horses beggars would ride.
 
- On the right side you will see a picture link to David Boyton. Click 
		on this link.
 
- Near the top of David's profile you will see a link to his Posts. 
		Click there to see a listing of his postings to the Commons.
 
Proposal for a Quant Corner
I propose that the current leadership of the AAA post a Quant Corner Forum 
on the Commons. The purpose would be to have accountics scientists post a 
discussion of their existing working papers (e.g., on SSRN) and forthcoming 
papers in TAR, JAR, JAE, and other quant journals.  A restriction would be 
that these authors discuss their research without the use of equations and 
statistical inference tables at a level that non-quants can understand.
Commons users could then comment on selected Quant Corner postings. Ideally 
the authors would then reply back in a dialog that is not being accomplished in 
the accountics science journals themselves. For example, TAR has not published 
commentaries in years.
The model for the Quant Corner Forum could be the FASB's FASRI blog 
--- http://www.fasri.net/ 
Note in particular how the accountics scientists discuss their research in plain 
English beyond a mere abstract.
The problem with the FASRI blog is that it's limited to research related to 
accounting standard setting.
I envision the Quant Corner to expand to all research topics of accountics 
scientists.
Below is a quotation from one of my January 18 messages from another thread 
on the AECM"
	Hi Richard (Sansing),
	
	
	Perhaps the secret lies in the race between the Turtle and the Hare.
	
	
	Accountics scientists don't have to become like Bob Jensen thousands of 
	postings and tens of thousands of comments on the Commons. But they could 
	become steady in terms of posts and comments much like you are (gratefully 
	to me) a steady commenter on the AECM. 
	
	
	It would be terrific if Mary Barth posted a an Accountics Science Forum 
	(much like Zane's Writing Forum) on the AAA Commons. Then authors could post 
	notices of their forthcoming TAR, JAR, JAE, and other publications as well 
	as postings to SSRN. This might encourage AAA members to then comment on 
	these forthcoming publications. In a way this offsets the lack of published 
	commentaries in TAR, JAR, and JAE.
	
	
	I'm certain that it will have a different name than Accountics Science 
	Forum. But it could be called something like Quant Corner. The FASB has a 
	blog to serve as a model, but accountics science postings to that blog are 
	much too infrequent --- 
	http://www.fasri.net/
	
	
	
	In other words the the Quant Corner on the Commons could be modeled after 
	the FASRI blog, but the accountics science journal editors and referees 
	should remind authors to make postings to the Quant Corner.
	
	
	Thank you Richard for being tolerant of my rantings on the AECM.
	
	
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
On January 18, 2013 Richard Campbell replies as follows:
	Why not have the AAA have an online comment section 
	for each of the AAA journals? 
	The Wall Street Journal has that for all their 
	Blogs.
January 19, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
	Thanks for replying Richard.  I've actually thought about that, but 
	I prefer the FASRI-style lead ins where authors provide more of a personal 
	chat about their forthcoming research articles. These chats are more than 
	the abstracts that now appear on articles. And the dialog should avoid the 
	equations and statistical inference tables. 
	There could be a suggested outline for author lead in chats. I like the 
	format that's extremely common on Wikipedia where there are sections like 
	you see at 
	http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard 
	Yes we could even request that authors fill in a Criticisms section for 
	their own research article.
	What's interesting is that readers like me would be drawn to the Quant 
	Corner Forum in large measure just to see how accountics scientists 
	criticize their own research.
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
This is an award-winning clinical academic accounting research contribution 
to the profession of accountancy. It is totally within the spirit of the 
Pathways Commission initiatives --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
"Scholars Receive American Accounting Association Award,"  by 
Terri Eyden, AccountingWeb, January 28, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/scholars-receive-american-accounting-association-award/220891?source=education 
	This January, the American Institute of CPAs 
	(AICPA) and Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) announced 
	the recipients of the American Accounting Association's (AAA) Greatest 
	Potential Impact on Management Accounting Practice Award for 2012. The award 
	was presented to Ramji Balakrishnan, Eva Labro, and Konduru Sivaramakrishnan 
	for their paper, Product Costs as Decision Aids: An Analysis of Alternative 
	Approaches, which was published in Accounting Horizons, an AAA publication.
	
	The award was presented at the AAA 2013 Management 
	Accounting Section Conference in New Orleans, Louisiana, January 10-12, 
	2013, by Anne Farrell, PricewaterhouseCoopers-endowed assistant professor 
	chair in accountancy, Farmer School of Business, Miami University, Oxford, 
	Ohio; chair of the selection committee; and AAA Management Accounting 
	Section (MAS) liaison to the AICPA Business & Industry Executive Committee.
	
	According to the AICPA, the award recognizes 
	academic papers that are considered the most likely to have a significant 
	impact on management accounting practice. It is sponsored by the AICPA and 
	CIMA, who are "working to elevate management accounting around the world and 
	together created the Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA) 
	designation to distinguish professionals who excel in the field." 
	
	Eligible papers must have been published within the 
	previous five years and submitted by the authors or nominated by peers. The 
	sponsorship value is $2,000. 
	Balakrishnan he and his colleagues are especially 
	appreciative of both institutes' commitment to supporting academic research 
	in the area of management accounting. 
	"A lot of academic research in accounting today is 
	in the realm of financial reporting, with a focus on publically listed firms 
	for which extensive data sets are available for large-scale archival 
	research," Balakrishnan said. "We are grateful for AICPA and CIMA's support 
	of management accounting research because it provides the needed impetus to 
	direct some of the research focus on measurement issues and decision tools 
	that are key to enhancing operational efficiencies of any firm, whether 
	public or private and of all sizes." 
	The award was created in 2009 to support the next 
	generation of management accounting researchers and to recognize the 
	importance of research to practice and the profession. Management accounting 
	is a core discipline for the institute's members in business, industry, and 
	government, according to the AICPA. 
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Although this research has not yet shown evidence of adoption in business firms 
around the world, it certainly becomes a candidate for addition to the following 
table.
 
I would like to challenge subscribers of the AECM to fill out the following 
table:
 
This challenge is very easy for practitioner clinical applications in 
medicine, natural science, social science, computer science, engineering, and 
finance. It's not so easy to find where inventions/discoveries by accounting 
professors made splashes in the practitioner pond. It might be questioned 
whether Bob Kaplan invented all the components of the popular Balanced Scorecard 
widely applied by corporations around the world. An earlier version in 1987 was 
invented by a practitioner named Art Schneiderman. But I think Bob Kaplan 
beginning in 1990 made so many seminal contributions to the scorecard that I 
will give him credit for the invention that made a huge splash in the 
practitioner pond.
When I was the 1986 Program Director for 
NYC Annual 
Meetings of American Accounting Association I posed this challenge to Joel 
Demski to address in his plenary session (shared with Bob Kaplan). Joel 
suggested the practitioner applications of Dollar-Value LIFO. Subsequently, 
accounting historian Dale Flesher dug into this and discovered that DVL was 
invented by Herbert T. McAnly who retired in 1964 as a partner at Ernst & Ernst 
after 44 years with the firm
The Seminal Contributions to Accounting Literature Award of the American 
Accounting Association are as follows --- 
http://aaahq.org/awards/awrd2win.htm 
	
		2007 — "Relevance Lost: The Rise and Fall of Management 
		Accounting" 
		by H. Thomas Johnson and Robert S. Kaplan
		Harvard Business School Press 1987
		2004 — "Towards a Positive Theory of the Determination of 
		Accounting Standards" 
		by Ross L. Watts and Jerold L. Zimmerman
		The Accounting Review (January) 1978
		1994 — "Economic Incentives in budgetary Control Systems"
		by Joel S. Demski and Gerald A. Feltham
		The Accounting Review (April) 1978
		1989 — "Information Content of Annual Earnings Announcements"
		by William H. Beaver
		Journal of Accounting Research 1968
		1986 — "An Empirical Evaluation of Accounting Income Numbers"
		by Ray Ball and Philip Brown
		Journal of Accounting Research 1968
	
These are all tremendous contributions to the academic side of accountancy. 
However, none of the inventions of Professors Demski and Feltham to my knowledge 
made a splash in the practitioner pond. ABC costing focused upon by Johnson and 
Kaplan made a splash in the practitioner pond, but ABC costing was invented by 
cost accountants at John Deere.
The contributions of Watts, Zimmerman, Beaver, Ball, and Brown made splashes 
of sorts in the practice pond, but I have difficulty calling them seminal 
"inventions." In these instances the authors were extending into accounting 
inventions attributed earlier to professors and practitioners in economics and 
finance.
There are many other accounting professors who made seminal contributions to 
the academic side of accountancy. For example, Yuji Ijiri is a Hall of Famer who 
had many noteworthy accountancy inventions. However, to my knowledge Yuji did 
not make a ripple in the practitioner pond except maybe for selected 
practitioners trying to fend against the takeover of historical cost accounting 
by fair value accounting. Many seminal inventions of Yuji, like the "Force," 
were just not deemed practical.
My own published research is best described as extensions and/or applications 
invented by others --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm#Published 
To my knowledge none of my extensions made so much as a ripple in the 
practitioner pond.
January 19, 2013 reply from Dan Stone
	A great idea.... which would probably be better in 
	a research paper than on a list. 
	Anna Cianci and Bob Ashton published a paper a few 
	years ago demonstrating how the KPMG audit research support initiative led 
	to changes in auditor / audit firm practices. 
	So maybe: 
	idea: the application of cognitive biases and 
	decision aiding to audit practice Professors: a large cast many of whom got 
	their PhD at Univ. of Illinois in the 1960s and 1970s including Bob Ashton, 
	Bob Libby, Kathryn Kadous, and many, many others 
	idea: the risk based audit Professors: KPMG 
	monograph by Howard Thomas, Ira Solomon, Marc Peecher (along with many 
	others) 
	Dan Stone
	 
January 20, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
	Hi Dan,
	
	Thanks for the added considerations.
	
	Among other things, your post suggests that some "inventions" do not have 
	short names. 
	
	Some of your suggestions do need further research into where credit can be 
	given for the very first inventions of what eventually made a splash in the 
	practitioner pond.
	
	For example, does anybody (Miklos?) on the AECM know of where the concept of 
	Risk-Based Auditing had its original starting point? I fear that it may be 
	like Dollar Based LIFO where accounting professors picked up on the seminal 
	idea of a practitioner. For example, did some employee of the  Arthur 
	Andersen accounting firm, that took risk-based auditing to its own demise, 
	also invent the concept itself?
	
	Robert Knechel (University of Florida) supposedly traced 
	the history of risk-based auditing, but I've not seen his paper in 
	this regard.
	
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
"Academic Research With Mass Appeal," by Erin Zlome, Bloomberg 
Business Week, January 28, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-28/academic-research-with-mass-appeal
	Business professors are great at writing 
	jargon-filled, hard-to-digest research papers. But every once and a while, 
	they knock it out of the park with the general public. A small pool of 
	research achieved such blockbuster status in 2012 by becoming the most read, 
	most downloaded, or most written-about pieces authored by professors at top 
	business schools. Tax evasion, finding a job, and the benefits of teaching 
	employees Spanish are some of the topics that got non-students reading.
	At
	
	Harvard Business School, an
	excerpt
	from Clayton Christensen’s book How Will You 
	Measure Your Life? was the year’s most read preview of forthcoming 
	research. The passage uses the downfall of Blockbuster and the rise of
	Netflix (NFLX) 
	as an analogy for how we may end up paying a high cost for small decisions.
	Continued in article
January 31, 2013 reply from Dale Flesher
	
	
	Bob:
	
	
	Although they didn’t invent it, Johnson and Kaplan deserve credit for 
	rediscovering and popularizing Activity-Based Costing.  As I recall, 
	Alexander Hamilton Church described ABC as early as 1908, but without 
	computers it wasn’t practical.
	
	
	Also, James O. McKinsey, an accounting professor at the University of 
	Chicago and 1924 AAA president who later founded McKinsey & Co., is credited 
	with inventing the concept of business budgeting with the publication of his 
	1922 book on the subject.  Previously, budgeting had been considered a 
	governmental topic.  Industry accountants (such as Donaldson Brown at 
	General Motors, who had previously invented the DuPont Formula) applied 
	McKinsey’s concepts and developed them further.  For example, GM (and also 
	Westinghouse) developed flexible budgeting by 1928, which was not considered 
	by McKinsey.
	
	Dale
February 5, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff
	In 1989, Nick Dopuch wrote, "Because of its 
	practical implications, audit judgement research is regarded as having had 
	the biggest impact on practice of any area of research in 
	accounting/auditing" - p. 54 in Frecka (editor), The State of Accounting 
	Research As We Enter the 1990's - Illinois PhD Jubilee 1939-1959 (University 
	of Illinois, 1989). 
	Steve.
February 6, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
	My problem, in terms of my table, is that virtually all judgment research 
	in accounting that I've encountered applies earlier inventions from other 
	disciplines. Another problem with judgment research is that except in rare 
	instances like Balanced Scorecard the practitioners applying judgment models 
	have no clue as to a link between an academic accounting researcher and 
	practice.
	
	This shortage of academic seminal inventions seems to be unique to the 
	accounting profession. In nearly every other profession like engineering, 
	medicine, economics, finance, marketing, management, sociology, psychology, 
	education, etc. the table that I proposed filling could be filled in a New 
	York minute with names of academic professor inventions and inventors linked 
	to the practice of these professions.
	
	For example, eigenvector scaling of paired-comparison decision alternatives 
	is somewhat widely applied in business. Those practitioners applying it most 
	likely recall the seminal contributions of mathematician Tom Saaty to what 
	is now termed the Analytical Hierarchy Process (Tom's terminology) of 
	business judgment. But those of us who applied AHP in accounting judgment 
	research are long forgotten --- search for "eigenvector" at 
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm#Published 
	
	Analytic Hierarchy Process --- 
	
	http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analytic_hierarchy_process 
 
MIT, like Harvard, places enormous value on having both feet planted in 
the real world
The professions of architecture, engineering, law, and medicine are heavily 
dependent upon the researchers in universities who focus on needs for research 
on the problems of practitioners working in the real world. 
If accountics scientists want to change their ways and focus more on problems 
of the accounting practitioners working in the real world, one small step that 
can be taken is to study the presentations scheduled for a forthcoming MIT Sloan 
School Conference.
Financial Education Daily, May 2012 ---
http://paper.li/businessschools?utm_source=subscription&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=paper_sub
	Learning best practice from the best practitioners
	
	MIT Sloan invites more than 400 of the world’s 
	finest leaders to campus every year. The most anticipated of these visits 
	are the talks given as part of the Dean’s Innovative Leader Series, which 
	features the most dynamic movers and shakers of our day. 
	At a school that places enormous value on having 
	both feet planted in the real world, the Dean’s Innovative Leader Series is 
	a powerful learning tool. Students have the 
	rare privilege of engaging in frank and meaningful discussions with the 
	leaders who are shaping the present and future marketplace.
Bob Jensen's threads on other steps that should be taken by accountics 
scientists to become more focused on the needs of the profession --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
Congratulations to USC's Ken Merchant
KEN MERCHANT RECEIVES LIFETIME CONTRIBUTION AWARD FROM AICPA AND AAA --- 
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=152282 
Jensen Comment
Ken is an excellent accounting researcher and case writer who is seeking to 
improve clinical accounting research to benefit the accounting profession. In 
this regard he's on the vanguard of implementing some of the Pathways Commission 
initiatives. His earlier years on the faculty of the Harvard Business School 
(where case teaching is a rule rather than an exception) seem to have affected 
the course of his professional life.
Congratulations to University of Texas Accounting Students
STUDENTS FROM UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT DALLAS AWARDED FIRST PLACE IN 2012 AICPA 
COMPETITION --- 
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=152273 
Students from Albion College took second place. Third place went to accounting 
students at N.C. State University.
Business faculty looking for video illustrations of manufacturing and the 
history of a one-time great company should take a look at this resource.
Beauty in Stone: The Industrial Films of the Georgia Marble Company ---
http://dlg.galileo.usg.edu/georgiamarble/
"Armstrong Becomes ‘Madoff on a Bike’ as Cheating Shatters Lives," By 
Mason Levinson, Bloomberg, January 21, 2013 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-21/armstrong-becomes-madoff-on-a-bike-as-cheating-shatters-lives.html
Jensen Comment
Mason Levinson phoned me twice before writing this article. He did not, however, 
quote any of my comments. One point that I made was that there are many 
similarities between the Madoff's Ponzi fraud and the Lance Armstrong's doping 
fraud. There is, however, one major difference. Lance Armstrong could've easily 
stopped doping at any time. He might have no longer won his races, but he may 
have gained enough respect from insiders such that his previous frauds would've 
remained a secret to the world forever. It seems that insiders just got fed up 
with his continued doping combined with his mean control over protecting his 
secrets.
Bernie Madoff, like all Ponzi schemers, reached a point of no return. All 
Ponzi fraudsters reach a point of no return --- that point where quitting means 
getting caught and facing both public embarrassments and real penalties for 
earlier crimes --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ponzi
Another type of fraud that reaches a point of no return is collections kiting 
--- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Check_kiting 
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm 
 
The Worst Fraudsters
"Who's the Worst? Expanded to More Categories," Dennis Elam, Elam Blog, 
October 30, 2013 --- 
http://www.professorelam.typepad.com/ 
Notable Fraudsters ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fraud#Notable_fraudsters 
Question
If the media insists on reporting one earnings number, which of the alternative 
earnings numbers should be reported?
In particular, should net earnings be reported before or after remeasuring 
financial instruments for unrealized changes in fair value?
Hint
The following paper has a great summary of the history of OCI and problems 
facing the FASB and IASB as we look to the future of financial reporting of 
business firms.
"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive 
Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons, 
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237  
	This paper links academic accounting research on 
	comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts 
	of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International 
	Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of 
	reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness 
	in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of 
	any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify 
	several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net 
	income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review 
	academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify 
	gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested. 
	Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize 
	what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from 
	earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that 
	might help in that process.
	. . . 
	Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings
	
	Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various 
	standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and 
	provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the 
	paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or 
	what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a 
	“cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on 
	various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement 
	presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income 
	composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed. 
	Table 2 presents a list of the specific 
	comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require 
	recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided 
	financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective 
	date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components 
	have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which 
	established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were 
	promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and 
	leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI 
	has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all 
	these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter 
	decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes 
	in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion 
	that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction 
	between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with 
	recycling should be retained.7 
	Presumably, elements with similar informational 
	attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is 
	unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in 
	their being characterized differently from other components of income. 
	Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no 
	economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not 
	exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could 
	potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of 
	persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core 
	operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is 
	reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results 
	from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and 
	potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework 
	for comprehensive income. 
	Degree of Persistence. 
	The degree of persistence of various comprehensive 
	income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g., 
	Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's 
	(1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings 
	persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates 
	identifying the level of persistence across income components could be 
	useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income 
	persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate 
	presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary 
	items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several 
	footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements 
	(e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information 
	to financial statement users about the persistence of various income 
	statement components. 
	Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items 
	potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and 
	OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI 
	as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence 
	items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of 
	assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from 
	litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current 
	paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would 
	look substantially different from what it is now. 
	Using persistence of an item to distinguish 
	earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters. 
	Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to 
	permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an 
	item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring 
	charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur 
	every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with 
	other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI? 
	Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across 
	industries, and even across firms. 
	In spite of these inherent difficulties, 
	standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they 
	might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In 
	addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income 
	components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent 
	components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,” 
	medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence 
	items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create 
	additional partitions as needed. 
	Core Operations. 
	Classifying income components as earnings or OCI 
	based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively 
	appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would 
	expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items. 
	Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core 
	operations has a long history in accounting. 
	In current practice, companies and investors place 
	primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear 
	which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net 
	income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative 
	measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings 
	vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core 
	earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro 
	forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely 
	associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on 
	current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).
	
	The problems inherent with this attribute are 
	similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally 
	accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a 
	continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business? 
	As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding 
	available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether 
	the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments 
	across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to 
	determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition, 
	differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about 
	comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising 
	their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011). 
	The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial 
	Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using 
	interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a 
	criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or 
	noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states: 
	An entity shall classify in the operating category:
	
	Assets that are used as part of the entity's 
	day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise 
	from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.
	
	Operating activities generate revenue through a 
	process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An 
	asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change 
	in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No 
	significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a 
	liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the 
	entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may 
	yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest, 
	dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras. 
	72, 73, 81) 
	The above distinction between operating activities 
	and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core 
	activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might 
	develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute, 
	standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore 
	dichotomy when using this definition. 
	Another possible solution is to allow management to 
	determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this 
	discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings. 
	Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach” 
	when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures. 
	In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for 
	establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB 
	Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits 
	different measurements for identical investments based on management's 
	intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows 
	for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension 
	liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment 
	is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the 
	concern about comparability and potential for abuse. 
	Management Control. 
	Given a premise that evaluating management's 
	stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale 
	for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good 
	measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's 
	operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However, 
	some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by 
	company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the 
	control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest 
	excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing 
	returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has 
	little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect 
	earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the 
	objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement 
	might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already 
	decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from 
	foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's 
	control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the 
	subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no 
	intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows. 
	Of course, determining what is and is not 
	ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would 
	probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within 
	industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be 
	relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very 
	relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon 
	affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon 
	lengthens, more things are under management's control. 
	In Table 2, we classify items as not under 
	management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or 
	exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within 
	efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of 
	the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's 
	control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within 
	the control of management, because management controls the decision to 
	revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest 
	gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell 
	the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion, 
	unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in 
	OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate 
	changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently 
	included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not 
	distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.
	
	Remeasurements. 
	Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and 
	presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The 
	FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines 
	remeasurements as follows: 
	A remeasurement is an amount recognized in 
	comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of 
	an asset or a liability and that is the result of: 
	A change in (or realization of) a current price or 
	value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any 
	estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a 
	liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234) 
	Using this definition, examples of remeasurements 
	are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes 
	in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates, 
	and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items 
	represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or 
	liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred 
	tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively). 
	Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that 
	illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format” 
	if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting 
	comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ 
	earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could 
	be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements, 
	if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with 
	analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix 
	income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to 
	extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format 
	facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all 
	sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.
	 
	Table 3:  Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format
	
	 
	Employing remeasurements to distinguish between 
	earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion 
	of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes, 
	where the current change has little or no association with future changes 
	and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast, 
	earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are 
	likely more persistent. 
	Perhaps the most significant advantage of the 
	remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other 
	criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are 
	continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in 
	earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be 
	susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a 
	component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.
	
	Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows 
	for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of 
	fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing 
	earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before 
	remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information 
	about probable future cash flows.
	Other. 
	The attributes standard-setters could use to 
	classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list 
	in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty. 
	As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be 
	viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair 
	value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et 
	al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the 
	value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value 
	relevance of Level 3 fair values. 
	Another potential attribute might be the horizon 
	over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is, 
	unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life 
	insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for 
	many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas 
	unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could 
	be part of earnings. 
	As previously discussed, the attributes of 
	measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in 
	determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable 
	(or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation 
	across firms and industries impair comparability? 
	The overriding purpose of the discussion in this 
	subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could 
	potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate 
	earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to 
	distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic 
	research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth 
	sections. 
	Summary 
	Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon 
	that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information 
	when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from 
	earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the 
	occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income 
	components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is 
	likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g., 
	financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear 
	definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB 
	Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income 
	components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding 
	whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current 
	period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we 
	discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to 
	distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of 
	each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright 
	lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus 
	noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or 
	not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might 
	decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where 
	comprehensive income is reporte
	. . .
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I like this paper. Table 3 could be improved by adding bottom line net earnings 
before and after remeasurement.
The paper does not provide all the answers, but it is well written in terms 
of history up to this point in time and alternative directions for 
consideration.
  No Bottom Line
Question
Is a major overhaul of accounting standards on the way?
Hint
There may no longer be the tried and untrusted earnings per share number to 
report!
Comment
It would be interesting to see a documentation of the academic research, if any, 
that the FASB relied upon to commence this blockbuster initiative. I recommend 
that some astute researcher commence to probe into the thinking behind this 
proposal.
"Profit as We Know It Could Be Lost With New Accounting 
Statements," 
by David Reilly, The Wall Street Journal, May 12, 2007; Page 
A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB117893520139500814.html?mod=DAT 
	Pretty soon the bottom line may not be, well, the 
	bottom line. 
	In coming months, accounting-rule makers are 
	planning to unveil a draft plan to rework financial statements, the bedrock 
	data that millions of investors use every day when deciding whether to buy 
	or sell stocks, bonds and other financial instruments. One possible result: 
	the elimination of what today is known as net income or net profit, the 
	bottom-line figure showing what is left after expenses have been met and 
	taxes paid. 
	It is the item many investors look to as a key 
	gauge of corporate performance and one measure used to determine executive 
	compensation. In its place, investors might find a number of profit figures 
	that correspond to different corporate activities such as business 
	operations, financing and investing. 
	Another possible radical change in the works: 
	assets and liabilities may no longer be separate categories on the balance 
	sheet, or fall to the left and right side in the classic format taught in 
	introductory accounting classes. 
	ACCOUNTING OVERHAUL 
	
	Get a glimpse of what new financial statements 
	could look like, according to an early draft recently provided by the 
	Financial Accounting Standards Board to one of its advisory groups. The 
	overhaul could mark one of the most drastic changes to accounting and 
	financial reporting since the start of the Industrial Revolution in the 19th 
	century, when companies began publishing financial information as they 
	sought outside capital. The move is being undertaken by accounting-rule 
	makers in the U.S. and internationally, and ultimately could affect 
	companies and investors around the world. 
	The project is aimed at providing investors with 
	more telling information and has come about as rule makers work to one day 
	come up with a common, global set of accounting standards. If adopted, the 
	changes will likely force every accounting textbook to be rewritten and 
	anyone who uses accounting -- from clerks to chief executives -- to relearn 
	how to compile and analyze information that shows what is happening in a 
	business. 
	This is likely to come as a shock, even if many 
	investors and executives acknowledge that net income has flaws. "If there 
	was no bottom line, I'd want to have a sense of what other indicators I 
	ought to be looking at to get a sense of the comprehensive health of the 
	company," says Katrina Presti, a part-time independent health-care 
	contractor and stay-at-home mom who is part of a 12-woman investment club in 
	Pueblo, Colo. "Net income might be a false indicator, but what would I look 
	at if it goes away?" 
	The effort to redo financial statements reflects 
	changes in who uses them and for what purposes. Financial statements were 
	originally crafted with bankers and lenders in mind. Their biggest question: 
	Is the business solvent and what's left if it fails? Stock investors care 
	more about a business's current and future profits, so the net-income line 
	takes on added significance for them. 
	Indeed, that single profit number, particularly 
	when it is divided by the number of shares outstanding, provides the most 
	popular measure of a company's valuation: the price-to-earnings ratio. A 
	company that trades at $10 a share, and which has net profit of $1 a share, 
	has a P/E of 10. 
	But giving that much power to one number has long 
	been a recipe for fraud and stock-market excesses. Many major accounting 
	scandals earlier this decade centered on manipulation of net income. The 
	stock-market bubble of the 1990s was largely based on investors' assumption 
	that net profit for stocks would grow rapidly for years to come. And the 
	game of beating a quarterly earnings number became a distraction or worse 
	for companies' managers and investors. Obviously it isn't known whether the 
	new format would cut down on attempts to game the numbers, but companies 
	would have to give a more detailed breakdown of what is going on. 
	
	The goal of the accounting-rule makers is to better 
	reflect how businesses are actually run and divert attention from the one 
	number. "I know the world likes single bottom-line numbers and all of that, 
	but complicated businesses are hard to translate into just one number," says 
	Robert Herz, chairman of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the U.S. 
	rule-making body that is one of several groups working on the changes.
	
	At the same time, public companies today are more 
	global than local, and as likely to be involved in services or lines of 
	business that involve intellectual property such as software rather than the 
	plants and equipment that defined the manufacturing age. "The income 
	statement today looks a lot like it did when I started out in this 
	profession," says William Parrett, the retiring CEO of accounting firm 
	Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, who started as a junior accountant in 1967. "But 
	the kind of information that goes into it is completely different." 
	
	Along the way, figures such as net income have 
	become muddied. That is in part because more and more of the items used to 
	calculate net profit are based on management estimates, such as the value of 
	items that don't trade in active markets and the direction of interest 
	rates. Also, over the years rule makers agreed to corporate demands to 
	account for some things, such as day-to-day changes in the value of pension 
	plans or financial instruments used to protect against changes in interest 
	rates, in ways that keep them from causing swings in net income. 
	Rule makers hope reformatting financial statements 
	will address some of these issues, while giving investors more information 
	about what is happening in different parts of a business to better assess 
	its value. The project is being managed jointly by the FASB in the U.S. and 
	the London-based International Accounting Standards Board, and involves 
	accounting bodies in Japan, other parts of Asia and individual European 
	nations. 
	The entire process of adopting the revised approach 
	could take a few years to play out, so much could yet change. Plus, once 
	rule makers adopt the changes, they would have to be ratified by regulatory 
	authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission in the U.S. and 
	the European Commission in Europe, before public companies would be required 
	to follow them. 
	As a first step, rule makers expect later this year 
	to publish a document outlining their preliminary views on what new form 
	financial statements might take. But already they have given hints of what's 
	in store. In March, the FASB provided draft, new financial statements at the 
	end of a 32-page handout for members of an advisory group. (See an example.)
	
	Although likely to change, this preview showed an 
	income statement that has separate segments for the company's operating 
	business, its financing activities, investing activities and tax payments. 
	Each area has an income subtotal for that particular segment. 
	There is also a "total comprehensive income" 
	category that is wider ranging than net profit as it is known today, and so 
	wouldn't be directly comparable. That is because this total would likely 
	include gains and losses now kept in other parts of the financial 
	statements. These include some currency fluctuations and changes in the 
	value of financial instruments used to hedge against other items. 
	
	Comprehensive income could also eventually include 
	short-term changes in the value of corporate pension plans, which currently 
	are smoothed out over a number of years. As a result, comprehensive income 
	could be a lot more difficult to predict and could be volatile from quarter 
	to quarter or year to year. 
	As for the balance sheet, the new version would 
	group assets and liabilities together according to similar categories of 
	operating, investing and financing activities, although it does provide a 
	section for shareholders equity. Currently, a balance sheet is broken down 
	between assets and liabilities, rather than by operating categories. 
	
	Such drastic change isn't likely to happen without 
	a fight. Efforts to bring now-excluded figures into the income statement 
	could prompt battles with companies that fear their profit will be subject 
	to big swings. Companies may also balk at the expense involved. 
	"The cost of this change could be monumental," says 
	Gary John Previts, an accounting professor at Case Western Reserve 
	University in Cleveland. "All the textbooks are going to have to change, 
	every contract and every bank arrangement will have to change." Investors in 
	Europe and Asia, meanwhile, have opposed the idea of dropping net profit as 
	it appears today, David Tweedie, the IASB's chairman, said in an interview 
	earlier this year. 
	Analysts in the London office of UBS AG recently 
	published a report arguing this very point -- that even if net income is a 
	"simplistic measure," that doesn't mean it isn't a valid "starting point in 
	valuation" and that "its widespread use is justification enough for its 
	retention." 
	Such opposition doesn't surprise many accounting 
	experts. Net income is "the basis for bonuses and judgments about what a 
	company's stock is worth," says Stephen A. Zeff, an accounting professor at 
	Rice University. "I just don't know what the markets would do if companies 
	stopped reporting a bottom line somewhere." In the U.S., professional 
	investors and analysts have taken a more nuanced view, perhaps because the 
	manipulation of numbers was more pronounced in U.S. markets. 
	That said, net profit has been around for some 
	time. The income statement in use today, along with the balance sheet, 
	generally dates to the 1940s when the SEC laid out regulations on financial 
	disclosure. But many companies have included net profit in one form or 
	another since the 1800s. 
	In its fourth annual report, General Electric Co. 
	provided investors with a consolidated balance sheet and consolidated 
	profit-and-loss account for the year ended Jan. 31, 1896. The company, whose 
	board at the time included Thomas Edison, generated "profit of the year" -- 
	what today would be called net income or net profit -- of $1,388,967.46.
	
	For the moment, net profit will probably exist in 
	some form, although its days are likely numbered. "We've decided in the 
	interim to keep a net-income subtotal, but that's all up for discussion," 
	the FASB's Mr. Herz says.
	
  	
 
Question
What do CFO's think of Robert Herz's (Chairman of the FASB) radical proposed  
format for financial statements that have more disaggregated financial 
information and no aggregated bottom line?
As we moved to fair value accounting for 
derivative financial instruments (FAS 133) and financial instruments (FAS 157 
and 159) coupled with the expected new thrust for fair value reporting on the 
international scene, we have filled the income statement and the retained 
earnings statement with more and more instability due to fluctuating unrealized 
gains and losses. 
I have reservations about fair value reporting 
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#FairValue 
But if we must live with more and more fair 
value reporting, the bottom line has to go. But CFOs are reluctant to give up 
the bottom line even if it may distort investing decisions and compensation 
contracts tied to bottom-line reporting.
Before reading the article below you may want to first read about radical 
new changes on the way ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay 
	
		
			
				
					
						- "A New Vision for 
						Accounting:  Robert Herz and FASB are preparing a 
						radical new format for financial,
						
						 CFO Magazine, 
						by Alix Stuart, February 2008, pp. 49-53 ---
						
						http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/10597001/c_10711055?f=home_todayinfinance
						
						
						
						Last summer, McCormick & Co. controller Ken Kelly sliced 
						and diced his financial statements in ways he had never 
						before imagined. For starters, he split the income 
						statement for the $2.7 billion international 
						spice-and-food company into the three categories of the 
						cash-flow statement: operating, financing, and 
						investing. He extracted discontinued operations and 
						income taxes and placed them in separate categories, 
						instead of peppering them throughout the other results. 
						He created a new form to distinguish which changes in 
						income were due to fair value and which to cash. One 
						traditional ingredient, meanwhile, was conspicuous by 
						its absence: net income. 
						
						
						Kelly wasn't just indulging a whim. Ahead of a public 
						release of a draft of the Financial Accounting Standards 
						Board's new format for financial statements in the 
						second quarter of 2008, the McCormick controller was 
						trying out the financial statements of the future, a 
						radical departure from current conventions. FASB's 
						so-called financial statement presentation project is 
						ostensibly concerned only with the form, or the "face," 
						of financial statements, but it's quickly becoming clear 
						that it will change and expand their content as well. 
						"This is a complete redefinition of the financial 
						statements as we know them," says John Hepp, a former 
						FASB project manager and now senior manager at Grant 
						Thornton. 
						
						
						Some of the major changes under discussion: 
						reconfiguring the balance sheet and the income statement 
						to follow the three categories of the cash-flow 
						statement, requiring companies to report cash flows with 
						the little-used direct method; and introducing a new 
						reconciliation schedule that would highlight fair-value 
						changes. Companies will also likely have to report more 
						about their segments, possibly down to the same level of 
						detail as they currently report for the consolidated 
						statements. Meanwhile, net income is slated to disappear 
						completely from GAAP financial statements, with no 
						obvious replacement for such commonly used metrics as 
						earnings per share. 
						
						
						FASB, working with the International Accounting 
						Standards Board (IASB) and accounting standards boards 
						in the United Kingdom and Japan, continues to work out 
						the precise details of the new financial statements. "We 
						are trying to set the stage for what financial 
						statements will look like across the globe for decades 
						to come," says FASB chairman Robert Herz. (Examples of 
						the proposed new financial statements can be viewed at 
						FASB's Website.) If the standard-setters stay their 
						course, CFOs and controllers at every publicly traded 
						company in the world could be following Kelly's lead as 
						soon as 2010. 
						
						
						It's too early to predict with confidence which changes 
						will ultimately stick. But the mock-up exercise has made 
						Kelly wary. He considers the direct cash-flow statement 
						and reconciliation schedule among the "worst aspects" of 
						the forthcoming proposal, and expects they would require 
						"draconian exercises" from his finance staff, he says. 
						And he questions what would result from the additional 
						details: "If all of a sudden your income statement has 
						125 lines instead of 25, is that presentation more 
						clarifying, or more confusing?" 
						
						
						Other financial executives share Kelly's skepticism. In 
						a December CFO survey of more than 200 finance 
						executives, only 17 percent said the changes would offer 
						any benefits to their companies or investors (see "Keep 
						the Bottom Line" at the end of this article). Even some 
						who endorsed the basic aim of the project and like the 
						idea of standardizing categories across the three major 
						financial statements were only cautiously optimistic. 
						"It may be OK, or it may be excessive." says David 
						Rickard, CFO of CVS/Caremark. "The devil will be in the 
						details." 
						
						
						Net Loss From the outset, corporate financial officers 
						have been ambivalent about FASB's seven year-old 
						project, which was originally launched to address 
						concerns that net income was losing relevance amid a 
						proliferation of pro forma numbers. Back in 2001, 
						Financial Executives International "strongly opposed" 
						it, while executives at Philip Morris, Exxon Mobil, 
						Sears Roebuck, and Microsoft protested to FASB as well.
						
						
						
						(Critics then and now point out that FASB will have 
						little control over pro forma reporting no matter what 
						it does. Indeed, nearly 60 percent of respondents to 
						CFO's survey said they would continue to report pro 
						forma numbers after the new format is introduced.)
						
						
						
						Given the project's starting point, it's not surprising 
						that current drafts of the future income statement omit 
						net income. Right now that's by default, since income 
						taxes are recorded in a separate section. But there is a 
						big push among some board members to make a more 
						fundamental change to eliminate net income by design, 
						and promote business income (income from operations) as 
						the preferred basis for investment metrics. 
						
						
						"If net income stays, it would be a sign that we 
						failed," says Don Young, a FASB board member. In his 
						mind, the project is not merely about getting rid of net 
						income, but rather about capturing all income-related 
						information in a single line (including such volatile 
						items as gains and losses on cash-flow hedges, 
						available-for-sale securities, and foreign-exchange 
						translations) rather than footnoting them in other 
						comprehensive income (OCI) as they are now. "All changes 
						in net assets and liabilities should be included," says 
						Young. "Why should the income statement be incomplete?" 
						He predicts that the new subtotals, namely business 
						income, will present "a much clearer picture of what's 
						going on." 
						
						
						Board member Thomas Linsmeier agrees. "The rationale for 
						segregating those items [in OCI] is not necessarily 
						obvious, other than the fact that management doesn't 
						want to be held accountable for them in the current 
						period," he says. 
						
						
						Whether for self-serving or practical reasons, finance 
						chiefs are rallying behind net income. Nearly 70 percent 
						of those polled by CFO in December said it should stay. 
						"I understand their theories that it's not the be-all 
						and end-all measure that it's put up to be, but it is a 
						measure everyone is familiar with, and sophisticated 
						users can adjust from there," says Kelly. Adds Rickard: 
						"They're treating [net income] as if it's the scourge of 
						the earth, which to me is silly. I think the logical 
						conclusion is to make other things available, rather 
						than hiding the one thing people find most useful."
						
						. . . 
						
						
					
					 
					Bob Jensen's threads on this 
					proposed "radical change" in financial reporting are at
					
					http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay 
					
					Jensen Comment
					As we moved to fair value accounting for derivative 
					financial instruments (FAS 133) and financial instruments (FAS 
					157 and 159) coupled with the expected new thrust for fair 
					value reporting on the international scene, we have filled 
					the income statement and the retained earnings statement 
					with more and more instability due to fluctuating unrealized 
					gains and losses. 
					I have reservations about 
					fair value reporting ---
					
					http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#FairValue
					
					But if we must live with 
					more and more fair value reporting, the bottom line has to 
					go. But CFOs are reluctant to give up the bottom line even 
					if it may distort investing decisions and compensation 
					contracts tied to bottom-line reporting.
					Bob Jensen's threads on the radical new changes on the 
					way ---
					
					http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay
					
					 
			 
		 
	 
 
 
		Timeline of Accounting Events 1812-2012
January 13, 2013 from Jim Martin
	I have developed a time-line of accounting 
	historical dates and events from
	1812 to 2012 summarizing materials from various sources. It could be used as
	the basis for a short or a long course on accounting history, or as a
	reference source for accounting events. I suspect most accounting students
	get very little exposure to accounting history. This resource is offered to
	help alleviate that problem.
	
	The link is
	
	http://maaw.info/AccountingHistoryDatesAndEvents.htm
January 26 reply from Steve Zeff
	Hi Bob, 
	Thanks for the alert. It is a nice list, but he 
	puts May's Financial Accounting: A Distillation of Experience in 1953 
	instead of 1943. 
	Cheers. 
	Steve.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory  
Please don't shoot the messenger
"Not-So-Happy Anniversary, XBRL:  Four years after the Securities and 
Exchange Commission mandate, it turns out that not many people are using data 
provided by XBRL tagging. And those who have tried are not giving it rave 
reviews," by Taylor Provost CFO.com, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/1/gaap-ifrs_xbrl-tagging-columbia-sec-investors-analysts-interest-
Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm 
"Audit committees don't understand their annual reports, by Rachael 
Singh, Accountancy Age, January 30, 2013 ---
Click Here 
 http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2240079/audit-committees-dont-understand-their-annual-reports?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=Audit+committees+don%27t+understand+their+annual+reports
The Deloitte Foundation Announces Recipients of the 2013 Doctoral 
Fellowships in Accounting --- 
http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/the-deloitte-foundation-announces-recipients-of-the-2013-doctoral-fellowships-in-accounting-188653171.html
A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange 
Council [Rich 
States, Poor States] finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million 
net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax, 
though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. ...
http://www.alec.org/docs/RSPS_5th_Edition.pdf 
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.
"The State Tax Reformers More Governors look to repeal their income taxes,"
The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323968304578245720280333676.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
	Washington may be a tax reform wasteland, but out 
	in the states the action is hot and heavy. Nine states—including such 
	fast-growing places as Florida, Tennessee and Texas—currently have no income 
	tax, and the race is on to see which will be the tenth, and perhaps the 11th 
	and 12th. 
	Oklahoma and Kansas have lowered their income-tax 
	rates in the last two years with an aim toward eliminating the tax 
	altogether. North Carolina's newly elected Republican Governor Pat McCrory 
	has prioritized tax reform this year and wants to reduce the income tax. 
	Ditto for another newcomer, Mike Pence of Indiana, who has called for a 10% 
	income-tax rate cut. Susana Martinez, New Mexico's Republican Governor, has 
	called for slashing the state corporate tax to 4.9% from 7.6%, and the first 
	Republican-controlled legislature since Reconstruction in Arkansas is 
	considering chopping its tax rates by as much as half. 
	But those are warm-up acts compared to Nebraska 
	Governor Dave Heineman's announcement this month that he wants to eliminate 
	the state income tax and replace it with a broader sales tax. "How many of 
	you have sons and daughters, grandchildren, brothers and sisters and other 
	family members who no longer live in Nebraska because they couldn't find a 
	job here or they couldn't find the right career here in Nebraska?" he asked. 
	He believes eliminating the income tax—with a top rate of 6.84%—will make 
	the Cornhusker State a new magnet for jobs. 
	Then there's Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, who 
	wants to zero out his state's income tax (top rate 6%) and the 8% corporate 
	tax and replace them by raising the state's current 4% sales tax. He would 
	also eliminate some 150 special interest exemptions from the sales tax, 
	including massage parlors, art work and fishing boats. 
	As an economic matter, this swap makes sense. 
	Income taxes generally do more economic harm because they are a direct 
	penalty on saving, investment and labor that create new wealth. Sales taxes, 
	by contrast, hit consumption, which is the result of that wealth creation. 
	Governors Jindal, McCrory and Heineman cite the growing evidence that states 
	with low or no income taxes have done better economically in recent decades 
	compared to states with income-tax rates of 10% or more. 
	A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the 
	American Legislative Exchange Council finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of 
	the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states 
	without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the 
	national population. The no-income tax states have had more stable revenue 
	growth, while states like New York, New Jersey and California that depend on 
	the top 1% of earners for nearly half of their income-tax revenue suffer 
	wide and destabilizing swings in their tax collections. 
	In the case of North Carolina, a new study by the 
	Civitas Institute concludes that a tax reform that shifts more of the burden 
	to consumption from income would increase average annual personal income 
	growth by 0.38% to 0.66%. That's enormous over time and would lead to much 
	higher state tax revenues. North Carolina's top income tax rate is 7.75%, 
	which is higher than that of most nearby states that it competes with for 
	investment. Virginia's top rate is 5.75% while Tennessee has no personal 
	income tax. 
	The main challenge for these Governors will be 
	making the political sale. Critics will call the income-for-sales-tax swap 
	regressive because everyone pays it. Mr. Jindal is countering by exempting 
	food, medicine and utilities from his sales tax and providing a rebate for 
	low-income families so their tax bills would not rise. But Governors will 
	have to trump the critics by stressing the larger economic benefits for the 
	state. 
	States with big energy production, like Louisiana 
	and Oklahoma, also have another reform option: replacing the income tax with 
	revenues from oil and gas extraction taxes, drilling leases and royalty 
	payments. This kind of reform makes everyone in the state a stakeholder in 
	America's energy renaissance from horizontal drilling and hydraulic 
	fracturing. It also helps build a political constituency for more mining and 
	drilling. 
	Governor John Kasich has proposed using revenues 
	from oil and natural gas drilling to reduce Ohio's income tax rate. He plans 
	to introduce his own larger tax reform soon. North Dakota, which last year 
	became the second largest oil producing state (after Texas), could easily 
	afford to abolish its income tax, much like Alaska did in 1980. Many more 
	states could collect billions of dollars in energy-related revenue if they 
	and the feds allowed more drilling on state and federal lands and offshore.
	
	This state reform trend is a rare bright spot in 
	the current high-tax era, and it will further sharpen the contrast in 
	economic policies between GOP reform Governors and the union-dominated 
	high-tax models of California, Illinois, New York, Massachusetts and now 
	Minnesota, where last week Governor Mark Dayton proposed a huge tax hike. 
	Let the policy competition begin.
Jensen Comment
It's a bit difficult to attribute full causality of new jobs to having no income 
tax in Florida, Tennessee, and Texas. These are also states where companies go 
to avoid trouble with labor unions. For example, it may not help states like 
Maine, Illinois, and Vermont to drop their income taxes since unions still have 
a lot of clout in Maine, Illinois, and Vermont. The same can be said for 
Massachusetts where Wal-Mart will never be allowed to build a store in Boston 
until it is a unionized store. Even if Taxachusetts dropped its income tax, no 
new Wal-Mart jobs would be forthcoming in Boston.
"Where Do State and Local Governments Get Their Revenue?" by Richard 
Morrison, Tax Foundation, January 29, 2013 --- 
http://taxfoundation.org/article/where-do-state-and-local-governments-get-their-revenue
 
Convertible PCs
"Sometimes They're Tablets, Sometimes They're Not," by Walter S. 
Mossberg, The Wall Street Journal, January 22, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323485704578257853662703968.html
	Microsoft's MSFT +0.45%new Windows 8 operating 
	system is a combination of two very different user interfaces, with each 
	best used in a different way. While the whole system is touch-enabled, only 
	the Start Screen, with its own tablet-type apps, is fully optimized for a 
	touch screen. The second interface—the traditional Windows desktop—is still 
	best used with a physical keyboard and a mouse or touch pad. 
	So, hardware makers are turning out convertible PCs 
	that attempt to function as both tablets and traditional laptops. These 
	aren't merely tablets with thin, optional keyboard covers; or standard 
	laptops with touch screens. They are attempts to create true hybrid devices 
	that can look and work like either a regular laptop or a touch-operated 
	tablet. 
	The models take different approaches, each of which 
	has its pros and cons. So, this week I decided to test three from well-known 
	PC makers. These machines have three things in common. At $850 to $1,299, 
	they are far costlier than the midrange Windows laptop, which falls into the 
	$400-to-$700 range. All use full Windows 8, not the more limited Windows RT, 
	so they can run popular Windows desktop software. And switching between 
	their dual modes takes some adjustment. 
	The Detachable The HP Envy x2 takes the simplest 
	approach of the three, and is the only one that allows you to use a normal, 
	thin, tablet, separate from the keyboard and touch pad. It's also the least 
	expensive of the three, at $850; and scored the best battery life in my 
	tests. But it has some drawbacks. 
	A gray, aluminum machine, the Envy at first looks 
	like a plain touch-screen laptop. But when you slide a button on the hinge, 
	the screen pops off to become a slender, 11.6 inch tablet you manipulate by 
	swiping, tapping and using an on-screen keyboard. When you want to use the 
	physical keyboard and touch pad, you pop the screen back onto the base 
	portion and you have a laptop again. 
	Other PC makers are making detachables, but unlike 
	some, Hewlett-Packard HPQ +0.24%has chosen to hide the attachment mechanism 
	in a sort of hump below the keyboard. This gives the machine a rear rise, 
	good for typing, but it means it can't sit flat on a desk. In laptop mode, 
	the Envy x2 weighs 3.1 pounds. The tablet alone weighs 1.5 pounds. 
	
	Walt Mossberg joins digits with a look at three PCs 
	that attempt to function as both tablets and traditional laptops. Photo: 
	Toshiba. .I applied my tablet battery test to the Envy, since it actually 
	can be used as a free-standing tablet, and my laptop-battery test to the 
	other two, since their screens are fixed to their keyboards. Both tests are 
	harsher than those the industry uses and involve playing media continuously 
	with Wi-Fi on, power-saving features off and the screen at a bright setting.
	
	Because the Envy has two batteries—one in the 
	tablet and one in the base—it did pretty well. The tablet alone lasted five 
	hours and 15 minutes, and when it died, I snapped it back onto the base, 
	which kept it running for another three hours and 22 minutes. That combined 
	total of eight hours and 37 minutes still wasn't as good as the Apple iPad's 
	nine hours and 58 minutes in the same test, but it was better than some 
	other tablets, and in normal use, would likely approach 10 hours. You might 
	do much better running strictly in laptop mode, with both batteries 
	together.
	The biggest downside of the Envy x2 is that it uses 
	a relatively wimpy Intel Atom processor, which hasn't powered many popular 
	tablets. I found it adequate but with some latency, and, on one occasion, it 
	produced choppy video briefly. (The other two machines use full-powered 
	Intel laptop chips.) Also, the Envy has the least storage of the three—64 
	gigabytes—though it can be expanded with memory cards. 
	Two more things: Even after days of use, I found it 
	hard to re-attach the screen. I also kept accidentally triggering the Envy's 
	power switch, which is flush with the surface at the top right rear of the 
	screen, where you might hold it. 
	The Dual Screen The twist with the Asus 2357.TW 
	+0.44%Taichi 21 is that it has two 11.6 inch screens: a nontouch display in 
	the usual position inside the lid and a tablet-like touch screen on the 
	outside. Yes, unlike any laptop you've probably owned, the cover of the 
	Taichi 21, which starts at $1,299, is glass. 
	The way it works is that you press a special button 
	that controls how the two screens work. There's a notebook mode, in which 
	the inner screen is the focus, just like a traditional laptop, but the outer 
	screen comes on when you close the lid. There's a tablet mode, which 
	reverses the priority. There's a mirror mode, in which the same thing is 
	shown on both screens when the lid is open, and dual-screen mode, in which 
	different things can be shown on the two displays. (The latter two modes are 
	meant for presentations and collaboration.)
	In my tests, the system worked. But it's all very 
	complicated. And to add complexity, a second button can disable the outer 
	screen altogether, turning the expensive machine into a non-touch, standard 
	notebook. 
	Also, even though the Taichi is as light and thin 
	as a laptop, it makes for a heavy, thick tablet. The Taichi is 2.76 pounds 
	and has 128 GB of storage. But it costs $1,299 to $1,599, depending on 
	configuration, and battery life was poor. I tested it with both screens on, 
	since the company touts this feature, and got just a bit over three hours. I 
	estimate that with only one screen and more normal usage, you'd get two to 
	three more hours. 
	The Slider 
	Toshiba's 6502.TO -1.25%Satellite U925t lacks a name that rolls off the 
	tongue, but it has a screen that slides, which transforms it from a laptop 
	to a tablet. You just push the screen back into a flat position and then 
	slide it toward you over the keyboard, and voilà! You now have a big, bulky, 
	3.35-pound tablet with a 12.5-inch screen.
	Continued in article
"How Much Admission Misreporting?" by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher 
Ed, January 28, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/01/28/bucknells-admission-raises-questions-about-how-many-colleges-are-reporting-false
	 This month, responding to four instances in 
	which colleges admitted to having provided false information for its 
	rankings, U.S. News & World Report published an FAQ on the issue. One of the 
	questions: "Do you believe that there are other schools that have 
	misreported data to U.S. News but have not come forward?" The magazine's 
	answer: "We have no reason to believe that other schools have misreported 
	data — and we therefore have no reason to believe that the misreporting is 
	widespread." 
	Less than three weeks later, another college -- 
	Bucknell University -- came forward to admit that it had misreported SAT 
	averages from 2006 through 2012, and ACT averages during some of those 
	years. 
	The news from Bucknell left many admissions experts 
	wondering whether there are larger lessons to be learned by colleges as 
	report seems to follow report with regard to inaccurate information being 
	submitted by colleges. 
	David Hawkins, director of public policy and 
	research for the National Association for College Admission Counseling, said 
	via e-mail that "these actions are the result and responsibility of both 
	individuals and the institutions for which they work," but that there was 
	also a broader context behind all of these incidents. 
	"The emphasis placed on an institution's 
	'selectivity,' particularly as defined by standardized test scores, has gone 
	beyond the rational and become something of an obsession. NACAC believes it 
	is time for all stakeholders, including institutions, rankings, bond rating 
	companies, merit scholarships, boards of trustees, alumni, and many others, 
	to reassess the emphasis that is placed on 'input' factors like standardized 
	test scores, and focus on the value colleges add to students' postsecondary 
	experiences once they are on campus, regardless of the supposed 
	'selectivity' of the campus." 
	Leaving Students Out of the Average 
	At Bucknell, the inaccurate data resulted from the 
	college leaving some students' scores out of test averages. In a few cases, 
	the omitted students had scores higher than those reported. But most of the 
	excluded students had lower scores, so the result of leaving them out was to 
	inflate Bucknell's averages. "[D]uring each of those seven years, the scores 
	of 13 to 47 students were omitted from the SAT calculation, with the result 
	being that our mean scores were reported to be 7 to 25 points higher than 
	they actually were on the 1600-point scale," said a letter sent to the 
	campus from John C. Bravman, the president. "During those seven years of 
	misreported data, on average 32 students per year were omitted from the 
	reports and our mean SAT scores were on average reported to be 16 points 
	higher than they actually were." 
	The ACT scores were inaccurate only for some of 
	those years, but for several of the years resulted in real averages one 
	point lower than those reported. 
	Even though the inaccuracies were "relatively 
	small," Bravman wrote that they were significant. Reporting false 
	information "violated the trust of every student, faculty member, staff 
	member and Bucknellian they reached. What matters is that important 
	information conveyed on behalf of our university was inaccurate. On behalf 
	of the entire university, I offer my sincerest apology to all Bucknellians 
	for these violations of the integrity of Bucknell." 
	Bravman's letter said he was concerned that due to 
	"national discussions about college admissions," some people "may reach the 
	incorrect conclusion that the scores omitted were from some single cohort 
	that people typically cite – such as student-athletes, students from 
	underrepresented communities, children of substantial donors, legacies and 
	so on. All such speculation would be in error. The students came from 
	multiple cohorts, and of course the university will not disclose their 
	identity." 
	The false data were discovered after Bill Conley, a 
	new vice president for enrollment management, noted that the mean SAT score 
	for incoming students this year was about 20 points below last year's 
	reported average. He then investigated, and found the pattern of false 
	reporting. 
	In an interview Saturday, Bravman said that he 
	believed a single person had been responsible for the false data. SAT and 
	ACT scores were reported to the institutional research office in aggregate 
	form, he said. So the institutional research officials relied on those 
	aggregate data and never had the raw data that might have raised questions.
	
	Bravman said that he has had discussions -- which 
	he described as unsatisfactory -- with the person who was responsible for 
	the reporting, and whom Bravman declined to identify. Bravman said that this 
	person denied trying to make the university's admissions process look better 
	either for internal or external audiences, and never offered a real 
	explanation for what had happened. 
	"I'm very frustrated," Bravman said of these 
	discussions. He said that it appeared to him to be "ignorance at best" or 
	"incompetence at worst" in recognizing the importance of reporting accurate 
	data. 
	Data on the Bucknell website have been corrected, 
	and U.S. News & World Report, which was given inaccurate data for rankings 
	purposes, has been informed of the problem, and given correct information, 
	Bravman said. 
	In 2012, Claremont McKenna College, Emory 
	University and George Washington University all submitted false data to U.S. 
	News about undergraduate admissions, as did Tulane University's business 
	school with regard to M.B.A. admissions. 
	Explaining the Pattern 
	Many admissions experts say that they are no longer 
	surprised by these reports. (Inside Higher Ed's survey of admissions 
	directors last year found that 91 percent believed that some institutions 
	besides those that had been identified at the time had reported false scores 
	or other data.) But these officials say that they are concerned about the 
	underlying causes of these incidents, and about the impact of these scandals 
	on the public perception of college admissions. 
	One longtime senior official in admissions who 
	asked not to be identified said that the false reporting flows from the 
	false impression that very few students get into college, and that a 
	college's quality relates to its competitiveness. "The fact is," he said, 
	"that there is just as much competition among colleges for students as among 
	students for colleges." But market share and prestige are "tied to 
	selectivity," which just adds to the pressure to be selective. This 
	admissions official said that he suspected "that the misreporting ... is 
	less due to deliberate deception, and more to self-rationalizing why certain 
	students or groups of students ought not be included in a profile." 
	
	He added, however, that "there is no question that 
	internal and external pressures to attract more applicants, accept fewer of 
	them, and enroll more with ever-increasing scores have contributed to the 
	angst felt by college admissions deans." 
	Lloyd Thacker, executive director of the Education 
	Conservancy and a longtime critic of rankings, said via e-mail that "as long 
	as commercial rankings are considered as part of an institution's identity, 
	there will be pressure on college personnel to falsify ranking data. An 
	effective way to curb such unethical and harmful behavior is for presidents 
	and trustees to stop supporting the ranking enterprise and start promoting 
	more meaningful measurements of educational quality." 
	Jerome A. Lucido, executive director of the 
	University of Southern California Center for Enrollment Research, Policy and 
	Practice, said that it was important to remember that outright falsifying 
	reports was "only one way to manipulate" the rankings, and that many others 
	are used as well. "They can also be manipulated by recruiting students who 
	will not be admitted, by deferring to future semesters students who were not 
	admitted for fall, and by counting faculty as teaching resources who only 
	teach nominally or tangentially," Lucido said. 
	While many say that all kinds of manipulation are 
	just "the way the game is played," Lucido said that it was "long past time 
	to provide truly accurate public information and to concentrate on 
	indicators of our results rather than our inputs." 
	Tulane M.B.A. Program Becomes 'Unranked' 
	
	Robert Morse, who leads the rankings process at 
	U.S. News, did not respond to e-mail messages seeking his reaction to the 
	news about Bucknell. In the past, he has said that the magazine relies on 
	colleges to provide accurate information. The magazine has also been 
	responding to the reports of data fabrication on a case-by-case basis.
	
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads about ranking controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
 
"Why Microsoft's Earnings Report Doesn't Reveal How Windows 8 Is Doing," 
by Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://readwrite.com/2013/01/25/why-microsofts-earnings-report-doesnt-reveal-how-windows-8-is-doing
Opportunity for Deep Down and Dirty Bayesians
"Quantitative Legal Prediction – or – How I Learned to Stop Worrying and 
Start Preparing for the Data Driven Future of the Legal Services Industry," 
by Daniel Martin Katz, SSRN, December 11, 2013
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2187752 
	Abstract: 
	Do I have a case? What is our likely exposure? How much is this going to 
	cost? What will happen if we leave this particular provision out of this 
	contract? How can we best staff this particular legal matter? These are core 
	questions asked by sophisticated clients such as general counsels as well as 
	consumers at the retail level. Whether generated by a mental model or a 
	sophisticated algorithm, prediction is a core component of the guidance that 
	lawyers offer. Indeed, it is by generating informed answers to these types 
	of questions that many lawyers earn their respective wage. 
	Every single day lawyers and law firms are 
	providing predictions to their clients regarding their prospects in 
	litigation and the cost associated with its pursuit (defense). How are these 
	predictions being generated? Precisely what data or model is being 
	leveraged? Could a subset of these predictions be improved by access to 
	outcome data in a large number of 'similar' cases. Simply put, the answer is 
	yes. Quantitative legal prediction already plays a significant role in 
	certain practice areas and this role is likely increase as greater access to 
	appropriate legal data becomes available. 
	This article is dedicated to highlighting the 
	coming age of Quantitative Legal Prediction with hopes that practicing 
	lawyers, law students and law schools will take heed and prepare to survive 
	(thrive) in this new ordering. Simply put, most lawyers, law schools and law 
	students are going to have to do more to prepare for the data driven future 
	of this industry. In other words, welcome to Law's Information Revolution 
	and yeah - there is going to be math on the exam. 
Jensen Comments
It seems to me that much of this paper can also be extended to quantitative 
analysis (e.g., Bayesian) of clauses in a set of financial statements.
The Federal Trade Commission is trying to shut down an operation called the 
Tax Club, which the agency says tricked people into buying bogus business 
services
"'Useless' Business Help: Inside a $200 Million Fraud," by John Tozzi, 
Bloomberg Business Week, January 23, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-23/useless-business-help-inside-a-200-million-fraud-case
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Whitewashing the SEC: with Mary Jo White
Former prosecutor White nominated to head SEC --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137241.htm 
Question
What is an LLC?
Hint
It is not a type of lawyer. Instead it is a type of company as related to 
companies with Ltd or Inc after their names.
Answer
http://www.businessnewsdaily.com/3747-limited-liability-company.html 
 
Questions 
In the 1960s first-time pass rates on the Uniform CPA Examination were much 
lower in terms of what I vaguely recall as an exam taker in the 1960s. If my 
memory is correct,  either the 1960s exam takers were not as smart on average or 
they were not as prepped for the Uniform CPA Examination. Or just maybe the 
passage rate threshold parameters changed over time. 
The CPA Examination itself certainly changed in terms of the amount of 
material to be studied before taking the CPA Examination. In the 1960s the 
coverage was deep and narrow compared to coverage that is now shallow and wide 
given the explosion in accounting standards, auditing rules, tax rules, 
governmental accounting scope, AIS concepts, etc. 
In 1994 the CPA Examination was restructured in terms of component parts. 
Also the emphasis on multiple choice questions increased greatly over time with 
less part-credit being given for answers. These changes complicate comparisons 
of passage rates on components of the CPA Examination over decades of history.
In 2004 paper and pencil CPA Examinations became history. The CPA Examination 
is now a computer experience. The
AICPA recommends not comparing
pre-2004 passage rates with post-2004 passage rates --- 
http://www.aicpa.org/BECOMEACPA/CPAEXAM/PSYCHOMETRICSANDSCORING/PASSINGRATES/Pages/default.aspx
	-  In the context of time we have BC and AD in terms of Christ and AB 
	(after Becker or
	
	Bisk), AG (After
	
	Gleim), etc. in terms of CPA Examination prep vendors. Have newer 
	prep vendors had an enormous impact on making CPA exam takers much more 
	prepared since the 1960s when prep vendors were far less intense?
 
 
- In the 1960s virtually all CPA Exam candidates were male. Now there are 
	more female than male exam candidates. Is it reasonable to assume that this 
	alone accounts for the greatly increased passage rates on the Uniform CPA 
	Examination?
 
 
- Were passage rate targets eased by the
	
	AICPA and
	
	NASBA since the 1960s?
 
 
- Has competition to major in accounting in college become more intense 
	over time such that 21st Century accounting majors are more intelligent on 
	average than 1960s accounting majors?
 For example, in the 1960s no gpa thresholds were imposed to major in 
	accounting. Now some universities will not allow students to major in a 
	accounting unless their gpa performance to date is higher than some 
	threshold such as a 3.4 gpa.
 
 
- Has as the 150-hour requirement made a dramatic difference on passage 
	rates on the CPA examination?
 
 
- Have stiffened criteria (prerequisites)  to take the CPA Examination 
	made a difference on passage rates?
 These criteria vary greatly by state. For example Texas has a relatively 
	large set of prerequisite course modules that must be taken in college.
 In the 1960s some states had no prerequisites for taking the Uniform CPA 
	examination. Others had minimal requirements such as having an undergraduate 
	diploma in virtually any discipline.
 
 
- All the above have yes answers with above 50% assurance.
 
 
- All the above have  no answers  with above 50% assurance.
 
 
- All of the above answers cannot be answered yes or no due to the dearth 
	of  research on why passage rates increased dramatically over time.
 
 
Note:
The Uniform CPA Examination passage rates show an improvement since 2004 --- 
http://www.aicpa.org/BECOMEACPA/CPAEXAM/PSYCHOMETRICSANDSCORING/PASSINGRATES/Pages/default.aspx
Another consideration --- first-time passage rates over shorter windows of 
time such as1994-1998 versus 1999-2003 versus 2004-2008 versus 2008-2012 
Another consideration --- moving averages of exam scores themselves
Another consideration --- standard deviations and
kurtosis for distributions of exam scores themselves
"Let's Discuss:  CPA Exam Passage Rates 2012," by Adrienne
Gozalez, Going Concern, January 24, 2013 --- 
http://goingconcern.com/post/lets-discuss-2012-cpa-exam-pass-rates
January 25, 2013 reply from Dan Stone
	A couple of observations
	
	1. 150 hour requirement seemed to greatly reduce number of students
	taking the exam and slightly increase pass rates.
	
	Source: Arthur Allen and Angela M. Woodland (2006) The 150‐Hour
	Requirement and the Number of CPA Exam Candidates, Pass Rates,
	and the Number Passing. Issues in Accounting Education: August
	2006, Vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 173-193.
	
	http://www.aaajournals.org/doi/abs/10.2308/iace.2006.21.3.173
	
	"This study examines the association of the 150‐hour 
	education
	requirement with the number of CPA exam candidates, pass rates, and
	the number passing. Proponents of the 150‐hour requirement argue that
	additional education produces higher quality students who are better
	prepared for the CPA exam and accounting careers. Opponents argue
	it imposes opportunity costs on students and costly barriers to entry
	into public accounting. On average we find a large drop (36 percent) in
	the number of candidates in each state taking each exam, a small
	increase in pass rates for first‐time candidates only (3 percent), and a
	large drop (31.5 percent) in the number passing the CPA exam after
	the 150‐hour requirement. "
	
	2. The quantity of knowledge that is required to pass the CPA now is
	dramatically larger than in the 1960s-80s. I've not seen any evidence
	about the depth of knowledge required to pass the exam but could be
	convinced that it was higher in an earlier era than now.
	
	3. As Bob notes, one reason for higher pass rates is the ready
	availability of learning resources, including online systems that include
	online lectures (http://www2.cpaexcel.com/). 
	 Hence, a candidate in
	say, Ogallala, Nebraska in the 1970s likely had few resources for
	studying for the exam beyond CPA review course books. Now such a
	candidate, if they work hard, could potentially be competitive with any
	candidate in the country.
	
	Dan Stone
 
Question
Here's a possible way were academic researchers could make significant 
contributions to clinical research in the accounting and auditing profession.
Are there already important contributions to this problem in the academic 
research literature?
"IAASB, PCAOB, CAQ seek ways to measure audit quality," by Ken Tysiac, 
Journal of Accountancy, January 24, 2013 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137239.htm 
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
Are Landlords Responsible for Bedbugs? 
http://legallad.quickanddirtytips.com/are-landlords-responsible-for-bedbugs.aspx 
Another Accounting Blogger Calls it Quits (sort of in Adrienne's case)
Adrienne Gonzalez appears to be ending here four-year blog entitled Jr, 
Deputy Accountant --- 
http://www.jrdeputyaccountant.com/2013/01/over-it-over-it-over-it.html 
	For those of you who have emailed and commented 
	checking in on me the last few weeks to make sure the black helicopters 
	didn't get me, thanks but I'm fine. I guess.
	
	I've said this before and I'll say it again: I'm over it. A girl can only 
	yell so much before she gives up. I'm putting my energies into 
	
	saving cats these 
	days. Why not? Sure beats sitting around waiting for someone to realize how 
	fucked we all are, right?
	
	The can will keep getting kicked down the road. We'll keep pretending like 
	everything is OK. The Fed will keep pumping out the free money indefinitely. 
	Why bother?
	
	Give me a good reason and I'll try. Otherwise, it might be time to move on. 
	Sucks but that's just how the cookie crumbles sometimes.
	
	I'm still here. And maybe I'll feel like yelling some more one of these days 
	but for now, I'm pretty much over it. No one is listening. It gets old after 
	four years, you know.
	
	Just know I miss you all at least twice as much as you miss me.
	
	If you miss me that bad, I still have a daily column
	over at Going 
	Concern. Otherwise, I'm not really into much 
	else... what's the point? No one listens anyway.
Jensen Comment
Adrienn intends, as mentioned above, to continue contributing to Going 
Concern where many of her modules deal with the CPA Exam trends and 
outcomes. I've never been sure that she herself ever took the exam. That neither 
matters here nor there. She still reports interesting trends in the CPA Exam 
along with occasional juicy tidbits on Going Concern.
Adrienne has the distinction of having created the accounting blog filled 
with the most distasteful four letter words. This has a shock appeal but is just 
not too promising when addressing an audience of accountants, most of whom are 
not very colorful or get turned on by gutter talk. However, it's unfair to 
characterize the Jr. Deputy Accountant's blog as a gutter blog. In the 
midst of her colorful language were some very good news items and commentaries. 
I'm happy that she will continue to contribute to Going Concern and save 
cats.
Adrienne is not the first to give up writing an accounting blog. Larry 
Tomassini had one of the first accounting blogs called something with the word
Coach or Coach's Corner or whatever. I think his coaching "blog" 
died. This started and ended early on before the terms "Weblog" and "Blog" were 
invented. Now Larry does run something that he calls a "Newsletter" featuring a 
very old (high school?) picture --- 
http://newsle.com/person/larrytomassini/7067146 
Nadine Sabai (Fraud Girl) was one of the first accounting bloggers to fall by 
the way when she closed her Sleight of Hand Blog --- 
http://sleightfraud.blogspot.com/
I suspect there have been other accounting blogs to come and go without my 
even noticing that they came and went. More often accounting bloggers don't quit 
entirely but just slow way down of blogging frequency. This seems to be 
happening with Francine McKenna's re:Auditors blog, although the reason 
for this might be Francine's increased frequency of writing about audit firms 
(bad news only) for Forbes.
Recently long-time accounting blogger Ed Ketz at Penn state hung up his 
"grumpy" blogging shoes, but his grumpy partner Tony Cantanach at Villanova is 
carrying on with the Grumpy Old Accountant's blog --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/
I liked the Ed and Tony show because their approach to carry on in the financial 
statement analysis tradition of Abe Brilof when Abe was writing for Barron's  
Abe had an almost-impossible act to follow, but Ed and Tony took over this act 
about as well as anybody else.
An excellent site that was more focused on behavioral economics and finance 
(but rarely accounting) was Miguel Barbosa's Simoleon Sense blog --- 
http://www.simoleonsense.com/ 
I was very sorry to learn that Miguel stopped maintaining this wonderful blog 
after losing his job and his significant other.
What I conclude by reading the messages of bloggers who closed down their 
blogs is that maintaining an active blog just proved to be too time consuming. 
I'll vouch for that even though I still have my "hands on the throttle and my 
eyes on the rails." 
 
My Theme Song for Life Slide Show --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AlaskaRailwayRoutes.pps 
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm 
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New 
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm 
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud 
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm 
There are many accounting blogs that carry on, including accounting 
professor blogs --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm 
How to Save Money (and Stress) When Moving  --- 
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/save-money-when-moving.aspx 
Jensen Comment
Most of these suggestions are obvious, although some people may not think of the 
middle ground solution of packing yourself using moving van materials such as 
wardrobes for clothing. It's amazing how those wardrobes can be stuffed to where 
it strains two men to lift the cardboard wardrobe. I keep thinking that we 
should have reduced the nearly $40,000 we spent moving to New Hampshire from 
Texas even though we gave away so very many books, clothes, suitcases, and 
household items. 
A lot of "precious items" in our San Antonio home are now junk items in our 
New Hampshire barn.
I was so worried that a 54-foot Mayflower Van would not hold all of our stuff 
that I shipped over 100 boxes via the U.S. Mail. Even then Mayflower had to 
build a 10-foot plywood extension on the back of the Van to handle overflow. 
If you're moving from one university to another university as a faculty 
member, try to negotiate a moving expense allowance.
And don't forget the tax breaks you might get if you're relocating while 
being employed (not retired). Moving expense deductions can cover a whole lot 
more than what you pay to the moving van company --- 
http://www.irs.gov/publications/p521/index.html 
The tax breaks do not apply to short distance moves. 
Especially check on the reliability of the moving company. We had some San 
Antonio friends who had local movers load their stuff that afterwards 
disappeared forever. Those losses cannot even be deducted as charitable 
contributions.
From Ernst & Young:  EITF Update January 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/EITFUpdate_BB2487_18January2013/$FILE/EITFUpdate_BB2487_18January2013.pdf
"Can Money Buy Happiness? The Science of Materialism, Animated,"  
by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, January 17, 2013 --- 
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/01/17/can-money-buy-happiness-asapscience/
"Facebook’s New Graph Search: Not Very Good," by Rachel Metz, MIT's 
Technology Review, January 19, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/510036/facebooks-new-graph-search-not-very-good/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130121
Bob Jensen's Search Helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm 
"How CFOs Can Use Social Software to Add Value in Closing the Books,"
CFO Journal, January 16, 2013 --- 
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/16/how-cfos-can-use-social-software-to-add-value-in-closing-the-books/
	Many organizations are using social business 
	software to add value, enhance business performance and strengthen 
	connections with employees, customers and vendors. Social software, however, 
	has yet to be adopted by many finance organizations, as some CFOs appear 
	skeptical of its value. A
	
	study conducted by MIT Sloan Management Review in 
	collaboration with Deloitte found that only 14% of CFOs surveyed view social 
	tools as important to their organizations, while 28% of CEOs, presidents and 
	managing directors regard them as important.¹ “There’s still a lack of 
	tangible measures of the value of social business and CFOs are bottom 
	line-oriented,” observes Mark White, chief technical officer of Deloitte 
	Consulting LLP. “They want to know that the money, talent and the time 
	invested in implementing social business are worthwhile.”
	Mr. White says that social tools such as microblogs, 
	wikis, internal social networks, instant messaging applications and threaded 
	discussion forums can help CFOs improve finance organization performance. 
	“The financial close-the-books process is an example of how social software 
	can drive improvements in finance’s decision-making and  processes, by 
	making the close more transparent, efficient, repeatable and defensible,” he 
	says.
	Closing the books in a timely and accurate manner 
	can be a challenge in itself, but particularly so when exceptions², such as 
	errors or other unanticipated issues, occur.  Anticipated events, such as 
	nhttp://www.technologyreview.com/news/510036/facebooks-new-graph-search-not-very-good/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130121ew regulatory guidelines or integrating an acquired business, can also 
	hamper the financial close. And although the close may eventually reflect an 
	exception or a new event in a correct manner, the process of resolving these 
	exceptions today can be highly inefficient, with lots of wasted time, and 
	the discussions, thinking and decisions that occurred throughout the process 
	may not have been captured.  That could be a critical loss to a finance 
	organization’s institutional memory, notes Mr. White.
	An Example of How Social Business Tools 
	Helped Shorten the Close-the-Books Process
	To illustrate how CFOs can improve close the books 
	with social software, Matthew Soderberg, a senior manager in Deloitte 
	Consulting LLP’s M&A Finance practice, points to a technology company that 
	recently utilized social networking tools to help it close the books within 
	three days.
	Following the implementation of an enterprise-wide 
	internal social network, the company’s corporate accounting team created a 
	user group for the finance team members involved in the close and 
	consolidation processes.  Instead of using email to notify the applicable 
	groups within the finance function when an event in the close process has 
	taken place to trigger the next step, or when there’s a problem that 
	requires correction, the finance team can post updates about the close 
	process and diagnose, explain and correct errors faster because activities 
	are posted in real time.
	Posting updates about the close process has 
	significantly reduced email traffic and corporate accounting’s role as 
	middleman, according to Mr. Soderberg. “This company had been working hard 
	to get to a three-day close. The internal social network facilitated the 
	finance organization’s ability to achieve that goal with fewer iterations, 
	and it has made the finance professionals’ lives easier during the three-day 
	close process,” he says.
	Social Software’s Capabilities
	Social tools are being effectively deployed by 
	organizations to enhance business performance in operations, innovation and 
	other areas, according to Metrics That Matter: Social Software for 
	Business Performance, a study by the Deloitte Center for the Edge.³  
	According to the authors of the Metrics That Matter study, social 
	software provides organizations the capabilities to identify knowledge and 
	experience, communicate across boundaries, preserve institutional memory, 
	harness knowledge that may be distributed across geographies and functions, 
	and discover emerging opportunities. 
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on blogging and social networking are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm 
Bad Things Leading to Tenure-Time Extension Requests = serious illness 
(including depression), death of a child, divorce, home wipeouts from storms and 
fires, and so on down the line. Even good things can become problematic for 
attaining tenure such as having five children in a seven-year tenure 
probationary period.
"When Bad Things Happen to Untenured People," by Jana von Stein, 
Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, January 12, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/When-Bad-Things-Happen-to/136539/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en 
Jensen Comment
One of my favorite blogs used to be the blog of the "Unknown Finance 
Professor" in the Financial Rounds blog. He shared his identity and 
university privately with me. His blog is virtually ended these days, although 
he still posts very infrequent items --- 
http://financialrounds.blogspot.com/ 
Several years ago he shared with us readers of his blog the long-term saga 
and eventual cancer death of his young son. To my knowledge he did not ask for 
or receive extended time for tenure when his young son was becoming more and 
more ill. It was also a terrible strain on his wife, his other child (a younger 
daughter), his new baby, and his struggle to both teach and get top journal hits 
required for tenure. Sometimes his blog posts brought tears to my eyes.
Although he's never mentioned it, I think the virtual ending of his excellent
Financial Rounds blog is due to the amount of time that this blog took 
amidst his other family and faculty demands.
	Hi Tom,
	
	I really do appreciate that you are trying to be constructive. However, even 
	the pejorative title of your blog post, like that of Francine's post, seems 
	to suggest that auditors are getting away with something they should not get 
	away with in the courts.
	Your title is:  "Why 
	Nothing Sticks to Auditors when Loans Go Bad"
	Her title is: 
	
	"Big Four Auditors and Jury Trials: Not In The U.S.
	In your blog posting you then goes on to state:
	
		If the auditors don't settle, then (follow me 
		on this one) the SEC will have to convince the ALJ that the auditors 
		acted "unreasonably" by not concluding that the numbers 
		fed to them by management were themselves "unreasonable." 
 
	
	I tried to point out that both auditors and management relied upon 
	"unreasonable" mortgage value estimates thousands of thousands  of mortgage 
	valuation experts at the time of the KPMG audit in question. Over 99.999% 
	of those valuation experts were greatly overvaluing those poisoned mortgages 
	in Countrywide Financial, IndyMac Bank, Ameriquest, Wells Fargo, Washington 
	Mutual, etc. The exception was Peter Schiff, but nobody was listening to 
	him.
	Sleazy real estate appraisers were greatly overvaluing properties serving 
	as collateral.
	Security valuation experts were greatly overvaluing the mortgages. and 
	CDO portfolios comprised of those mortgage investments. Many relied upon the 
	flawed 
	
	Gaussian copula function.
	Your proposals for improved auditing almost always entail suggesting that 
	auditors rely on "independent valuation experts." 
	My point is that in these particular instance of auditors at Countrywide, 
	IndyMac, Washington Mutual, and the others virtually all "independent 
	valuation experts" were going to agree to unreliable valuations by experts 
	for reasons given in Professor Galbaith's Senate Testimony:
	"Why the ‘Experts’ Failed to See How Financial Fraud Collapsed the 
	Economy," by "James K. Galbraith, Big Picture, June 2, 2010 ---
	
	
	http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2010/06/james-k-galbraith-why-the-experts-failed-to-see-how-financial-fraud-collapsed-the-economy/
	
	My point is that fair value accounting and KPMG's auditing relying on 
	"independent valuation experts" of the mortgages in Countrywide would not 
	have helped to predict that Countrywide was no longer a going concern. 
	The valuation experts across the U.S.A. did not foresee the collapse of the 
	mortgage lending companies and Wall Street investment banks until after the 
	bubble burst.
	Where did the auditors fail?
	The CPA auditors like KPMG and the other Big Four firms failed because they 
	did not go granular on a sampling of mortgages held by Countrywide 
	Financial, IndyMac Bank, Ameriquest, Wells Fargo, Washington Mutual, Bear 
	Stearns, Lehman Bros., Merrill Lynch, and over 1,000 other failed banks. 
	The failing was to rely upon valuation experts rather than to themselves 
	sample the mortgage investments during audits to investigate the likelihood 
	of mortgages failing. 
	The auditors should have detected that there was not a snow ball chance 
	in Hell that Mervene on welfare and food stamps was going to pay off a 
	$103,000 mortgage on her shack.
	For a picture of Mervene's shack in Phoenix go to
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
	After foreclosure on this shack, her neighbors bought it for less than 
	$10,000 and tore the eyesore down.
	Diligent auditors should've detected themselves that something was wrong 
	if a woman on welfare could get a $103,000 mortgage on that cheap shack.
	My contention is that the CPA audit firms failed because they relied upon 
	fair value estimates from "valuation experts" as being "reasonable." They 
	should've instead done a deeper granular investigation of the mortgage 
	investments themselves. There is precedent for this in auditing. In the 
	early days of FAS 133, audit firms were aware that they were outsourcing too 
	much to banks for the valuation of derivative financial instruments. Very 
	quickly the audit firms purchased their own Bloomberg or Reuters Terminals 
	and began to themselves value samplings of each client's investments in 
	derivative financial instruments.
	Conclusion
	Hence, I would contend that instead of relying upon "independent valuation 
	experts" for loan investments, CPA auditors should instead go granular on 
	samplings of those loans to investigate the likelihood of paybacks on those 
	loans. 
	It did not even take an accounting degree to realize that Marvene was 
	never going to pay back this loan once the mortgage lending firm sold it to 
	Fannie Mae --- which was tantamount to sticking government with the 
	Mervene's loan loss.
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
	
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
"FASB's credit loss proposal - a closer look," Ernst & Young, January 
21, 2013 --- 
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Current-topics-Financial-Instruments 
From the CFO Morning Ledger on January 15, 2013
	
	Companies are packing their annual audits full of 
	details on how they value hard-to-price assets, like thinly traded 
	securities, pension-fund assets and customer lists. The trend is a response 
	to regulator warnings that companies and auditors don’t fully understand 
	some of the figures they get from third-party valuation advisers and pricing 
	services, CFOJ’s 
	
	Emily Chasan writes in today’s Marketplace 
	section.
	
	“The challenge for a CFO, or anyone in a financial 
	reporting group, is that suddenly they are being asked to talk about 
	investments as if they were a lifelong specialist in this category,” says 
	Verne Scazzero, CEO of Harvest Investments, which helps companies review the 
	value of their investments.
	
	Tighter mark-to-market rules have forced businesses to 
	rely more on outside services that use computer modeling to help them 
	appraise “their most-esoteric assets,” Chasan writes. But now, companies 
	want to know more about those models. Corporate auditors are also consulting 
	with their national offices on tricky valuations, and hiring more advisers 
	to get a second opinion. “Auditors are going to be asking a lot more,” 
	questions about how values were determined, said John Keyser, national 
	director of assurance services at accounting firm McGladrey & Pullen. “The 
	work is exponential.”
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue 
"Why Are Some Sectors (Ahem, Finance) So Scandal-Plagued?" by Ben W. 
Heineman, Jr., Harvard Business Review Blog,  January 10, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/scandals_plague_sectors_not_ju.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout 
The trouble with crony capitalism isn't capitalism. It's the cronies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#CronyCapitalism 
Subprime: Borne of Greed, Sleaze, Bribery, and Lies (including the credit 
rating agencies) --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
History of 
Fraud in America --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Marketing Science Institute --- 
http://www.msi.org/ 
From the CFO Morning Ledger on 
January 15, 2013
	
	Ex-Nortel CFO acquitted of fraud charges. A Canadian judge 
	acquitted three former 
	Nortel Networks executives of fraud charges, 
	
	the WSJ reports. Former CEO Frank Dunn, former CFO 
	Douglas Beatty and Michael Gollogly, the former corporate controller, were 
	found not guilty of misstating Nortel’s financial results between 2000 and 
	2004. Those results entitled them to bonuses worth about $13 million.
Bob Jensen's threads on Nortel --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Search on the word "Nortel"
"MILLIONS OF LESSONS LEARNED ON ELECTRONIC NAPKINS," by Rick Lillie, AAA 
Commons, January 2, 2013 --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/6040b395eb 
Most AAA Commons postings are only available to AAA members. However, this may 
be one of the freebies
Bob Jensen's threads on ubiquitous computing are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ubiquit.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on Tools and Tricks of the Trade --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm  
PBS Frontline:  Why don't some of biggest fraudsters in history go to 
prison?
"The Untouchables," Frontline, January 22, 2013 --- 
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/untouchables/?elq=923e1cf54bd4465092ea4b303aac1291&elqCampaignId=511
Thank you Dennis Huber for the heads up.
"Should Some Bankers Be Prosecuted?" by Jeff Madrick and Frank 
Partnoy, New York Review of Books, November 10, 2011 --- 
http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/2011/nov/10/should-some-bankers-be-prosecuted/
Bob Jensen's threads on Why White Collar Crime Pays Even If You Know 
You're Going to Get Caught --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays 
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm 
Jensen Comment
I highly respect this video, although it tends to not blame the major source of 
the fraud on Main Street --- that blame that falls on government for pressuring 
Fannie Mae and Freddy Mack to buy up millions of mortgages generated on Main 
Street without having any recourse to the banks and mortgages companies who 
knowingly granted mortgages without to borrowers who could never repay those 
loans. This was compounded by granting loas way in excess of collateral value 
such as when Fannie Mae had to buy a fraudulent loan of $103,000 on a shack that 
Marvene (a woman on welfare and food stamps) purchased for $3,000.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
Barney's Rubble ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze 
 
Caterpillar got burned to the tune of 
$580 million due to blatant accounting fraud
"Accounting Fraud Prompts $580 Million Write-Down at CAT," by Frank Byrt, 
AccountingWeb, January 23, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/accounting-fraud-prompts-580-million-write-down-cat/220829?source=aa 
Bad Pennies Always Return
From the CFO Morning Ledger on 
January 15, 2013
	
	Ex-Enron CFO to speak at fraud conference. Former
	Enron CFO Andrew 
	Fastow is back on the radar. The Going Concern blog’s 
	
	Caleb Newquist notes that Fastow will be one of 
	the keynote speakers at the ACFE’s 
	
	annual conference in Las Vegas later this year. He 
	won’t be getting paid for his appearance, though. The ACFE notes that it 
	“does not compensate convicted fraudsters.”
Bob Jensen's thread on the felon CFO nobody liked in Enron, including CEO 
Jeff Skilling --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm 
An interview with Frank Friedman, Managing Partner of Finance and 
Administration of Deloitte LLP
"The Power of Data Analytics," Deloitte, January 22, 2013 --- 
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/22/from-cfo-to-cfo-the-power-of-data-analytics-2/
"Five of Steve Jobs's Biggest Mistakes," by Peter Sims, Harvard 
Business Review Blog, January 21, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/five_of_steve_jobss_biggest_mi.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
To this I might add that Steve's biggest mistake was not in early-on licensing 
of the Mac operating system to other hardware vendors like IBM and Dell. Steve 
Jobs thereby let Bill Gates gain traction with the Microsoft Windows operating 
system which then captured the lion's share of the personal computer market. 
Steve Jobs always did want monopoly power of hardware that ran his operating 
systems. This was an enormous mistake in terms of the Mac operating system.
Boeing Accounting Method Could Smooth Out Dreamliner Problems ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/18/boeing-accounting-method-could-smooth-out-dreamliner-problems/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
Jensen Comment
I'm reminded years ago of a New Yorker cartoon showing a fat CEO pleading 
with a geeky accountant.
The caption was:
"It's desperate Norman! Only an accounting breakthrough 
can save us."
"An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s 
Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 --- 
http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf
"Why Nothing Sticks to Auditors when Loans Go Bad," by Tom Selling, 
The Accounting Onion, January 13, 2013 --- 
http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2013/01/when-loans-go-bad-nothing-sticks-to-the-auditors.html
	I read numerous news sources this week echoing the 
	SEC's announcement that it finally has a case it thinks it can win against 
	auditors stemming from the 2008 financial crisis. One journalist, Jon Weil 
	of 
	
	Bloomberg, takes it a step further to ask, 'What 
	took so long'? 
	"It has been frustrating 
	to look at the SEC's own highlights of the lawsuits it has filed in 
	connection with the financial crisis -- and to see that none of 
	them had been against an auditor. Now the SEC will have one 
	case to cite, albeit against a couple of small fries. It also should be 
	stressed that the agency hasn't proved any of its allegations 
	against these two accountants. Surely the SEC can 
	find some bigger targets out there in the auditing world if it wants to. 
	[emphasis added] 
	The paucity of enforcement actions against auditors 
	surely has not been for lack of trying. But, just as surely, auditors have 
	not been doing much lately to protect investors and to promote economic 
	stability. The topic of audit reform in response to the financial crisis has 
	been everywhere in both the U.S. and Europe (except perhaps where it counts 
	the most – at the SEC). 
	The SEC announcement comes coincidentally right on 
	the heels of the FASB's proposal to changes to loan accounting. Which adds 
	another question to Jon's: would better loan accounting standards beget 
	higher quality audits? But more on that later. First, let's discuss why 
	auditors have been to financial reporting as Teflon is to frying pans – 
	nothing sticks. 
	 
	The Problem of Auditing what Managers See 
	through Rose-colored Lenses 
	I've explained this
	
	before, but it bears repeating. Several financial 
	elements are capable of being determined objectively (e.g., cash and 
	contractual amounts for receivables and payables). Auditors are trained to
	verify these financial statement inputs by counting, reading, 
	confirming, etc., and they generally do an outstanding job at this kind of 
	work – for which any CPA is eminently qualified. 
	Continued in article
Tom's wish for more audit firm litigation was forcefully wished earlier by 
Francine McKenna
"Big Four Auditors and Jury Trials: Not In The U.S.," by 
Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, June 19, 2012 ---
 http://retheauditors.com/2012/06/19/big-four-auditors-and-jury-trials-not-in-the-u-s/
That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders 
sue accountants anymore?
"Accountants Skirt Shareholder Lawsuits," by Jonathan D. Glater, The 
New York Times, December 27, 2012 --- 
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2012/12/27/accountants-skirt-shareholder-lawsuits/
	The accountants who service publicly traded 
	companies are likely to have something to be thankful for this year: 
	shareholders are not filing federal securities fraud lawsuits against them.
	Just 10 years ago, public company accountants were 
	in the cross hairs of shareholders, regulators and prosecutors. A criminal 
	indictment destroyed 
	
	Enron’s auditor, Arthur Andersen. Congress created 
	a new regulator, the 
	
	Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, 
	to oversee the profession. And in dozens of lawsuits in the years afterward, 
	shareholders named accountants as co-defendants when alleging accounting 
	fraud.
	But things have changed. According to NERA Economic 
	Consulting, which tracks shareholder litigation and reported on the decline 
	in accounting firm defendants in
	
	its midyear report in July, not one accounting 
	firm has been named a defendant so far this year. One of the study’s 
	co-authors, Ron I. Miller, confirmed that the trend has continued at least 
	through November.
	That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders 
	sue accountants anymore?
	“To the extent that firms have been burned for a 
	lot of money, they have some pretty strong incentives to try to behave,” Mr. 
	Miller said. “That’s the hopeful side of the legal system: You hope that if 
	you put in penalties, that those penalties change people’s actions.”
	The less positive alternative, he added, is that 
	public companies “have gotten better at hiding it.”
	From 2005 to 2009, according to the NERA report, 12 
	percent of securities class action cases included accounting firm 
	co-defendants. The range of federal securities fraud class action cases 
	filed per year in that period was 132 to 244.
	The absence of accounting firm defendants this year 
	can probably be explained at least in part by court decisions; the Supreme 
	Court has issued rulings, as in
	
	Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc.
	in 2008, making it more difficult to recover damages 
	from third parties in fraud cases.
	So perhaps more shareholder suits would take aim at 
	accountants, if the plaintiffs believed that their claims would survive a 
	defendant’s motion to dismiss. And it is possible that plaintiffs will add 
	accounting firm as defendants to existing cases in the future, if claimants 
	get information to support such claims.
	Over all, fewer shareholder class action lawsuits 
	are based on allegations of accounting fraud, as opposed to other types of 
	fraud. The NERA midyear report found that in the first six months of 2012, 
	about 25 percent of complaints in securities class action cases included 
	allegations of accounting fraud, down from nearly 40 percent in all of 2011.
	Perhaps the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the legislative 
	response to the accounting scandals of the early 2000s, actually worked, Mr. 
	Miller said.
	“There’s been a lot of complaining about SOX, and 
	certainly the compliance costs are high for smaller publicly traded 
	companies,” he said, but accounting fraud “is to a large extent what SOX was 
	intended to stop.”
	Public company accountants still have potential 
	civil liability to worry about, said Joseph A. Grundfest, a former 
	commissioner of the
	
	Securities and Exchange Commission who teaches at 
	Stanford Law School. Regulators, he said, are investigating potential 
	misconduct involving accounting firms.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on lawsuits where CPA firms have not been so lucky 
--- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
"An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s 
Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 --- 
http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf
"An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s 
Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 --- 
http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf
	EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
	Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PwC: 
	2012 Revenues Increase to Historic Levels 
	2012 was a banner year for the Big Four accounting firms: Deloitte & Touche, 
	Ernst & Young (E&Y), KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) following strong 
	growth in 2011, and erasing the impacts of subdued performance of 2009 and 
	2010. 2009 combined revenue for the four firms of $94 billion fell 7% from 
	2008’s record of $101 billion, but stabilized in 2010 as revenue increased 
	1.4% to $95 billion. 2011 revenue rose a further 9% to historic high levels 
	of $103 billion, setting a new record.
	Another new record was set in 2012, 
	with strong growth momentum in all service lines and geographies continuing 
	from 2011, helped by emerging countries, improvements in global economic 
	profiles and increased business deal activity. Combined 2012 revenue for the 
	four firms rose to a record historic high level of $110 billion, up 6% from 
	2011. With all global economies, except those in Europe, showing continued 
	growth in 2012, the Big Four firms had outstanding performance in 2012, with 
	revenues rising in all geographies, service lines and industries. KPMG 
	revenues grew the slowest at 1.4%, Ernst & Young at 6.7%, PwC increased 7.8% 
	and
	Deloitte posted the highest rate at 
	8.6%. PwC grew slower than Deloitte yet reported 2012 revenues of $31.5 
	billion, just $200 million more than Deloitte, thus maintaining its 
	leadership position as the largest accounting firm on the planet. KPMG’s 
	modest growth is well out of line with peers. Our analysis shows three 
	factors: Europe is 50% of global revenues and was negatively impacted by US 
	dollar appreciation versus the Euro,
	Advisory service line had modest 
	growth and Audit presumably lost some relative market share. In terms of 
	geography, Americas have 40% and falling share of global combined revenues. 
	From 2011 to 2012 however, Americas had a strong performance growth of 9.2%. 
	Europe has 43% of combined firm revenues and increased 3.3% from 2011 to 
	2012, growing the slowest due to regional uncertainty. Asian revenues have 
	more than doubled from $7 billion in 2004 to $18.5 billion in 2012, 17% of 
	the total, and grew a strong 8.0% from 2011 to 2012.
	By service line, Audit accounts for 
	45% of total revenues and grew 2.9% from 2011 to 2012. Tax services are 23% 
	of total revenues and also rose 5.6% from 2011 to 2012. Advisory services 
	have been the fastest growing service line for several years increasing 
	share from 22% of total revenues in 2004 to 33% in 2012. Advisory revenues 
	grew a strong 12.2% from 2011 to 2012.
	The Big Four firms cumulatively employ 
	more than 690,000 staff globally, with a total of 37,000 partners overseeing 
	a steep pyramid of about 530,000 professionals. Net employment increased by 
	39,000 from 2011 to 2012.
	The outlook for 2013 and beyond is 
	quite optimistic, revenue is expected to grow at a good pace, with help from 
	strong emerging markets, Advisory services, Dodd-Frank and other 
	regulations, conversions to IFRS and favorable economic conditions. 2013 
	will also prove whether PwC can continue to be the leader and whether KPMG 
	can attempt to narrow its gap with E&Y.
	
	A detailed analysis can be downloaded at 
	
	
	http://www.Big4.com/analysis 
	.
	
Bob Jensen's threads on the largest accounting and auditing firms --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Special Considerations in Auditing Financial Instruments 
AICPA Audit Guide 
Publisher: AICPA
2013
Price Varies
http://www.cpa2biz.com/AST/Main/CPA2BIZ_Primary/AuditAttest/TopicSpecificGuidance/PRDOVR~PC-012523/PC-012523.jsp 
Jensen Comment
This includes guides for fair value measurement.
"Hedge funds disappoint -- again," CBS News, January 25, 2013 
--- 
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-505123_162-57564075/hedge-funds-disappoint-again/
	(MoneyWatch) Considerable academic research 
	demonstrates that there is little to no persistence of performance for 
	actively managed mutual funds. Hedge fund investors only wished they could 
	say the same thing.
	 
	The performance of hedge funds has been 
	persistently poor, with 2012 being no exception. The HFRX Global Hedge Fund 
	Index returned 
	just 3.5 percent in 2012. By comparison, the S&P 
	500 Index returned 16 percent. In fact, there was only one year, 2008, in 
	the past 10 when hedge funds beat the S&P 500. Over the past five years, the 
	S&P 500 returned 1.7 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 8.6 
	percent, while the HFRX Index lost 2.9 percent per year, producing a 
	cumulative loss of 13.6 percent.
	 
	
	 
	Last year's performance was so poor that the HFRX 
	Global Hedge Fund Index not only underperformed stocks, but even the 
	Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index, which returned 4.8 percent. That 
	marked the sixth year out of the past 10 that the HRFX underperformed this 
	bond index.
	 
	Even worse is that if we compare the return of the 
	HFRX Global Bond Fund Index to the return of a balanced stock/bond portfolio 
	-- 60 percent S&P 500 Index/40 percent Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index 
	-- 2012 marked 10 straight years of underperformance.
	 
	Even more devastating is the performance of a 
	subset of hedge funds called "absolute return" funds. These funds are 
	supposed to get positive returns regardless of what the market is doing. 
	That is the "promise," or at least the idea behind them. Unfortunately, the 
	evidence shows that the only thing absolute about them is that they have 
	delivered absolutely abysmal performance. In fact, the HFRX Absolute Return 
	Index actually produced negative returns in three of the past five years.
	
 
	The cumulative return for the period 2008-2012 was 
	-18.7 percent, or an annualized loss of 4.1 percent per year. By comparison, 
	the BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year Treasury Index (pretty close to a riskless 
	investment) returned 1.4 percent a year, producing a cumulative gain of 7.3 
	percent, and never had a year with a negative return. The Barclays 
	Government/Credit Bond Index returned 6.1 percent per year, producing a 
	cumulative return of 34.2 percent, and it too did not experience a single 
	year with a loss. For the 10-year period 2003-2012 the Absolute Return Index 
	returned just 0.7 percent a year, underperforming even riskless one-month 
	Treasury bills, which returned 1.8 percent a year. 
	 
	Given the poor performance of hedge funds, the real 
	puzzle is why investors keep pouring money into them. The only explanations 
	I can think of are that investors have been dazzled by the marketing pitches 
	of Wall Street and are unaware of the evidence. 
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's investment helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers 
 
According to Hoyle
"AN INTERESTING WRITING ASSIGNMENT," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 
13, 2013 --- 
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/an-interesting-writing-assignment.html
According to Hoyle
"TEAM AMBITION" by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 30, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/team-ambition.html 
Joe also lists the ten most viewed postings to his blog over the years.
Jensen Comment
Joe wrote me sometime back noting that views of his postings spike each time I 
forward, to the AECM, a link to a new blog item at his site
 
"A Tale of Four Tax Returns," NPR, January , 2013 ---
http://video.pbs.org/video/2324404112 
These are 2010 tax returns. The examples mention that the Earned Income Tax 
Credit allows some low and middle-income taxpayers not only avoid income taxes 
but receive cash refunds in excess of what was withheld from paychecks. The 
"Tale" seems reasonably well balanced except for its failure to mention how many 
low, middle, and high income taxpayers avoid taxes by participating in the 
underground economy --- 
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
As I've mentioned repeatedly I'm in favor of eliminating lower rates on capital 
gains tax rates provided capital gains are indexed for inflation losses.
 
Question
What can a marriage proposal tell you about underlying tax motives?
Hint:  Note the colored graph to see when marriage saves tax dollars.
"Effects of Marriage on Tax Burden Vary Greatly with Income Level, 
Equality," by Nick Kasprak, Tax Foundation, January 10, 2013 --- 
http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/ff352.pdf 
"A Married Couple's Guide To Estate Planning," by Deborah L. Jacobs, 
Forbes, January 9, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/deborahljacobs/2013/01/09/a-married-couples-guide-to-estate-planning/
Jensen Comment
Always remember, however, in the case of marriage termination she gets the gold 
mine and you get the shaft --- 
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U-p0zn3PijY 
"Annual Inflation Adjustments for 2013," IRS, January 11, 2013 --- 
http://www.irs.gov/uac/Newsroom/Annual-Inflation-Adjustments-for-2013 
	The Internal Revenue Service announced today annual 
	inflation adjustments for tax year 2013, including the tax rate schedules, 
	and other tax changes from the recently passed American Taxpayer Relief Act 
	of 2012.  
	The tax items for 2013 of greatest interest to most 
	taxpayers include the following changes.
	
		- Beginning in tax year 2013 
		(generally for tax returns filed in 2014), a new tax rate of 39.6 
		percent has been added for individuals whose income exceeds $400,000 
		($450,000 for married taxpayers filing a joint return). The other 
		marginal rates — 10, 15, 25, 28, 33 and 35 percent — remain the same as 
		in prior years. The guidance contains the taxable income thresholds for 
		each of the marginal rates.
- The standard deduction rises to $6,100 
		($12,200 for married couples filing jointly), up from $5,950 ($11,900 
		for married couples filing jointly) for tax year 2012.
- The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 added 
		a limitation for itemized deductions claimed on 2013 returns of 
		individuals with incomes of $250,000 or more ($300,000 for married 
		couples filing jointly).
- The personal exemption rises to $3,900, up 
		from the 2012 exemption of $3,800. However beginning in 2013, the 
		exemption is subject to a phase-out that begins with adjusted gross 
		incomes of $250,000 ($300,000 for married couples filing jointly). It 
		phases out completely at $372,500 ($422,500 for married couples filing 
		jointly.)
- The Alternative Minimum Tax exemption amount 
		for tax year 2013 is $51,900 ($80,800, for married couples filing 
		jointly), set by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which indexes 
		future amounts for inflation. The 2012 exemption amount was $50,600 
		($78,750 for married couples filing jointly).
- The maximum Earned Income Credit amount is 
		$6,044 for taxpayers filing jointly who have 3 or more qualifying 
		children, up from a total of $5,891 for tax year 2012.
- Estates of decedents who die during 2013 have 
		a basic exclusion amount of $5,250,000, up from a total of $5,120,000 
		for estates of decedents who died in 2012.
- For tax year 2013, the 
		monthly limitation regarding the aggregate fringe benefit exclusion 
		amount for transit passes and transportation in a commuter highway 
		vehicle is $245, up from $240 for tax year 2012 (the legislation 
		provided a retroactive increase from the $125 limit that had been in 
		place).
Details on these inflation adjustments and others 
	are contained in
	
	Revenue Procedure 2013-15, which will be published 
	in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2013-5 on Jan.28, 2013. Other inflation 
	adjusted items were published in October 2012 in
	
	Revenue Procedure 2012-41.
23 problems (more or less) with the tax code
"Remaining taxpayer problems in 2012," Don't Mess With Taxes, January 11, 
2013 --- 
http://dontmesswithtaxes.typepad.com/dont_mess_with_taxes/2013/01/remaining-taxpayer-problems-in-2012.html
The national taxpayer advocate has recommended 
that taxpayers be allowed to tell the IRS to accept their return only when filed 
on paper, thus preventing e-file tax-identity theft. So far the IRS has 
failed to allow this. Less effective methods are to request an "electronic 
filing PIN," available at www.irs.gov, and file Form 14039, "Identity Theft 
Affidavit," so that the IRS might apply additional return-screening procedures. 
Sadly, conventional credit-monitoring services are useless against income-tax 
identity theft.
"E-Filing and the Explosion in Tax-Return Fraud Identity-theft cases rocketed 
to 1.1 million in 2011 from 51,700 in 2008. The IRS has a backlog of 650,000," 
by Jay Starkman, The Wall Street Journal, January 13, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323374504578222130665022160.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj
	Now that Americans finally know the tax rate 
	they'll be paying, it's time to start thinking about the annual drudgery of 
	filing their returns. It's also the season when identity thieves begin 
	ripping off those returns and stealing billions in false or misdirected 
	refunds. Tax fraud, amazingly, is now the third-largest theft of federal 
	funds after Medicare/Medicaid and unemployment-insurance fraud. 
	Tax-identity theft exploded to more than 1.1 
	million cases in 2011 from 51,700 in 2008. The Treasury Inspector General 
	for Tax Administration last summer reported discovering an additional 1.5 
	million potentially fraudulent 2011 tax refunds totaling in excess of $5.2 
	billion.
	Why has identity theft rocketed through the 
	Internal Revenue Service? Because American taxpayers, urged on by the IRS, 
	have taken to filing their income-tax returns electronically and arranging 
	for refunds to be directly deposited into bank accounts. E-filing is 
	appealing because it provides an electronic postmark confirmation that the 
	return was filed on time. When it is combined with direct deposit, a refund 
	can arrive in as little as seven days. In 2012, 80% of individual returns 
	were e-filed, fulfilling an initial goal Congress set in 1998. The result is 
	an automated system in which the labor burden is transferred to the 
	taxpayer. 
	E-filing contributes to tax complexity as the IRS 
	demands ever more data for reporting of wage, interest and brokerage income 
	with more tax forms. A discrepancy may result in a rejection code, a letter 
	from the IRS Automated Underreporting Unit, or a computerized audit out of a 
	centralized IRS office in Ogden, Utah. There's no cost to the IRS for 
	requesting extra information when it's received electronically. 
	Targeting taxpayers for audit is a major factor 
	behind the IRS's push for e-filing. E-filed returns are available for audit 
	several months sooner than paper returns, allowing more time before the 
	three-year statute of limitations expires. The IRS has even boasted that its 
	e-file database is "a rich and fertile field" for selecting audits and has 
	estimated that if its "screeners could be reallocated to performing audits, 
	they could bring an additional $175 million annually." 
	Fraudulent tax returns can come in the form of 
	tax-identity theft, refund fraud, or return-preparer fraud and are difficult 
	to prosecute. With e-filing, evidence of fraud is difficult to find. There 
	are no signed tax forms, envelopes or fingerprints, and e-filing promises 
	quick refunds. 
	It's easy for criminals to e-file using a real name 
	and Social Security number combined with a phony Form W-2 (wages) or 
	fabricated Schedule C (business income). The refund can be posted to an 
	anonymous "Green Dot" prepaid Visa or MasterCard MA +0.20% purchased at a 
	drugstore. Such cards have a routing and account number suitable for direct 
	deposit. The IRS may even correct a fraudulent return to refund the 
	estimated taxes that the real taxpayer already remitted, as happened to one 
	of my victimized clients. 
	Another form of fraud is when an unscrupulous 
	return preparer modifies the bank-routing information on a return so the 
	direct-deposit refund will wind up in his own bank account. He might 
	increase the deductions so a return will show a larger refund due, with only 
	the increase routed to his bank account. The victim will know nothing unless 
	the IRS sends an audit notice. 
	Other preparers have abused the return information 
	of former clients to file false refund returns in subsequent years. 
	Criminals have established physical offices and websites displaying names of 
	major tax-preparation franchises in order to gain genuine return documents 
	and signatures from unsuspecting victims. 
	The IRS will replace a lost or stolen refund check. 
	However, a stolen refund using an altered or erroneous routing number on a 
	tax return will generally not be refunded until the bank returns the funds 
	to the IRS. Otherwise, the taxpayer's sole recourse is a lawsuit against the 
	return preparer. 
	Millions of Americans now pay the IRS via an 
	Electronic Federal Tax Payment System debit. Unlike ordinary creditors paid 
	electronically, the IRS is in the business of sending refunds but it doesn't 
	compare names on bank records against its own files. So, with just the 
	routing information from a personal check, a skilled criminal can use the 
	electronic tax-payment system to transfer funds from a victim's bank account 
	as an estimated-tax payment to another stolen name and Social Security 
	number, then file a refund claim transferring the stolen funds to his own 
	account. (This can be prevented by having your bank place an "ACH debit 
	block" on your account.) 
	Fraud is a major problem for states, too. Using 
	TurboTax, a 25-year-old woman e-filed a fraudulent 2011 Oregon return 
	reporting wages of $3 million and claiming a $2.1 million refund—and the 
	Oregon Department of Revenue sent her the refund. In October, a hacker stole 
	3.8 million unencrypted tax records from the South Carolina Department of 
	Revenue. Georgia reports that 4% of its returns are fraudulent. 
	If you become a tax-identity theft victim, 
	immediately seek a referral to the IRS Identity Protection Specialized Unit 
	or the Taxpayer Advocate Service using Form 911. Keep in mind that it can 
	take over a year to resolve. The IRS has a backlog of 650,000 cases. 
	
	The national taxpayer advocate has recommended that 
	taxpayers be allowed to tell the IRS to accept their return only when filed 
	on paper, thus preventing e-file tax-identity theft. So far the IRS has 
	failed to allow this. Less effective methods are to request an "electronic 
	filing PIN," available at www.irs.gov, and file Form 14039, "Identity Theft 
	Affidavit," so that the IRS might apply additional return-screening 
	procedures. Sadly, conventional credit-monitoring services are useless 
	against income-tax identity theft.
	Continued in article
Question
Why do thieves want taxpayer ID numbers?
Answer
The most obvious reason is to collect your tax refund before you get around 
filing for it. They would also like our earned income credits to flow to them in 
tens of billions of dollars in cash that does not belong to them. The primary 
reason nearly half the taxpayers collect tax refunds rather than pay any income 
tax is due to those earned income credits. And the Cliff Prevention and
NASCAR Racetrack 
Construction Bill passed on January 1 restored those earned income credits big 
time.
This worked wonders in preventing credit card number thieves from sifting 
through trash containers
"To fight identity theft, IRS proposes rules for truncating identifying 
numbers," by Sally P.
Schreiber, J.D., 
Journal of Accountancy, January 3, 2013 --- 
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137107.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's tax helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation  
	
		
			TaxProf Blog Weekend Roundup
			Paul Caron, January 28, 2013
			Saturday:
			
			Sunday:
			
		 
	 
 
Jensen Comment
Add to this the recent admission by Tiger Woods that California's high taxes 
forced him to move to Florida.
 
"The Nordic model for unemployment insurance," Sober Look, 
January 11, 2013 --- 
http://soberlook.com/2013/01/the-nordic-model-for-unemployment.html 
Blanket refusals to make use of private- or 
public-cloud capabilities leave too much value on the table from savings and 
improved flexibility. Large institutions, which have many types of sensitive 
information to protect and many cloud solutions to choose from, must balance 
potential benefits against, for instance, risks of breaches of data 
confidentiality, identity and access integrity, and system availability.
"Protecting information in the cloud:   IT and business executives 
need to apply a risk-management approach that balances economic value against 
risks," by James Kaplan, Chris Rezek, and Kara Sprague, McKinsey Quarterly, 
January 2013 --- 
http://www.mckinseyquarterly.com/Protecting_information_in_the_cloud_3041
Thank You Dana Hermanson
I think Dana Hermanson should be applauded for adding diversity to research 
methods during his service as Senior Editor of Accounting Horizons. 
Before Dana took over Accounting Horizons (AH) had succumbed to being a 
clone of The Accounting Review (TAR) in a manner totally inconsistent 
with its original charter.
There's nothing wrong with equations per se, and they serve a vital 
function in research. 
But must having them be a necessary condition?
How long has it been since a mainline TAR paper was published without 
equations? 
How long will it take for a mainline TAR paper to be published that does 
not have equations?
Fortunately, thanks to Dana, some papers can be once again published in AH 
that are not replete with equations.
Steve Zeff had 
the guts to admit the divergence of Accounting Horizons from its original 
charter in his excellent presentation in San Francisco on August 4, 2010 
following a plenary session at the AAA Annual Meetings.
Steve compared 
the missions of the Accounting Horizons with performances since AH 
was inaugurated. Bob Mautz faced the daunting tasks of being the first Senior 
Editor of AH and of setting the missions of that journal for the future 
in the spirit dictated by the AAA Executive Committee at the time and of Jerry 
Searfoss (Deloitte) and others providing seed funding for starting up AH.
Steve Zeff first put up a list of 
the AH missions as laid out by Bob Mautz  in the first issues of AH:
	Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial. 
	Accounting Horizons (September): 109-111.
	Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial: 
	Expectations: Reasonable or ridiculous? Accounting Horizons 
	(December): 117-120.
Steve Zeff then 
discussed the early successes of AH in meeting these missions followed by 
mostly years of failure in terms of meeting the original missions laid out by 
Bob Mautz --- 
http://fisher.osu.edu/departments/accounting-and-mis/the-accounting-hall-of-fame/membership-in-hall/robert-kuhn-mautz/
Steve's PowerPoint slides are at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/ZeffCommentOnAccountingHorizons.ppt 
Steve’s 
conclusion was that AH became more like TAR rather than the 
practitioner-academy marriage journal that was originally intended. And yes, 
Steve did analyze the AH Commentaries as well as the mainline articles in 
reaching this conclusion.
 
In my viewpoint, Steve's 2010 worry about Accounting Horizons was 
largely remedied by Dana Hermanson. 
Firstly Dana promoted normative commentaries that, in my opinion, would never 
have been accepted for publication in The Accounting Review. Examples are 
provided at 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays 
Secondly I will point to a recent Accounting Horizons paper (see 
below) that, in my opinion, would have zero chance of being published in The 
Accounting Review. This is because it uses normative research methodology 
that is not acceptable to the TAR Team unless this normative logic is dressed up 
as an analytical research paper complete with equations and proofs. For an 
example of one such normative paper all dressed up with equations and proofs, 
see the Laux and Newman paper discussed at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#Analytics 
An Example of an Excellent Normative-Method Research Paper That's Not 
Dressed Up in Equations and Proofs
The excellent paper that would have to be dressed up with equations and proofs 
for publication in TAR is the following paper accepted by Dana Hermanson for 
Accounting Horizons. I should note that what makes analytical papers 
generally normative is that they are usually built upon hypothetical, untested, 
and often unrealistic assumptions that serve as starting points in the analysis. 
The analytical conclusions, like normative conclusions in general, all hinge on 
the starting point assumptions, axioms, and postulates. For example it is 
extremely common to assume equilibrium conditions that really do not exist in 
the real world. And analytical researchers assume such things as utility 
functions that are assumed from thin air. Analytical conclusions as well as 
normative conclusions in general can be of great interest and relevance in spite 
of limitations of assumptions. Robustness, however, depends upon the sensitivity 
of those conclusions to the underlying assumptions. This also applies to the 
paper below.
"Should Repurchase Transactions be Accounted for as Sales or Loans?" 
by  Justin Chircop , Paraskevi Vicky Kiosse , and Ken Peasnell, 
Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 657-679.  
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50176 
	
	In this paper, we discuss the accounting for 
	repurchase transactions, drawing on how repurchase agreements are 
	characterized under U.S. bankruptcy law, and in light of the recent 
	developments in the U.S. repo market. We conclude that the current 
	accounting rules, which require the recording of most such transactions as 
	collateralized loans, can give rise to opaqueness in a firm's financial 
	statements because they incorrectly characterize the economic substance of 
	repurchase agreements. Accounting for repurchase transactions as sales and 
	the concurrent recognition of a forward, as “Repo 105” transactions were 
	accounted for by Lehman Brothers, has furthermore overlooked merits. In 
	particular, such a method provides a more comprehensive and transparent 
	picture of the economic substance of such transactions.
	. . . 
	
	CONCLUSION 
	This paper suggests that the current method of 
	accounting for repos is deficient in the sense of ignoring key aspects of 
	the economics of such transactions. Moreover, as shown in the case of Lehman 
	Brothers, under current regulations it may be relatively easy for a firm to 
	design a repo in such a way to accomplish a preferred accounting treatment.
	For example, a firm wishing to account for a 
	repo as a sale may easily design a bilateral repo with the option not to 
	repurchase the assets should a particular highly unlikely event occur. 
	Such an option would make the repo eligible for sale accounting under 
	SFAS140. In this regard, a standard uniform method of accounting for all 
	repos would reduce the risk of such accounting arbitrage. 
	Various factors not considered in this paper have 
	probably played a part in the current position adopted by the standard 
	setters regarding repos, including the drive for convergence in accounting 
	standards and the fact that participants in the repo market may be 
	“unaccustomed to treating [repurchase] transactions as sales, and a change 
	to sale treatment would have a substantial impact on their reported 
	financial position” (FASB 2000). It would be a pity if the concerns 
	associated with the circumstances surrounding Lehman's use of Repo 105 
	prevented proper consideration being given to the possibility of treating 
	all repos in the same manner, one that will reflect the key economic and 
	legal features of repurchase agreements. As lawyers say, hard cases make bad 
	law. But in this case, the Lehman's accounting for its Repo 105 transactions 
	does substantially reflect the economics and legal considerations involved, 
	that is, a sale of an asset with an associated obligation to return a 
	substantially similar asset at the end of the agreement. An alternative 
	approach would be to stick with the current measurement rules but provide 
	additional disclosures. We have offered some tentative suggestions as to 
	what kinds of additional disclosures are needed.
 
Jensen Comment
Thank you Dana Hermanson for resetting Accounting Horizons on a course 
consistent with its original charges. We can only hope the new AH editors 
Paul Griffin and Arnold Wright will carry on with this change of course that's 
consistent with the resolutions of the Pathways Commission Report --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
By the way the above AH paper changed my thinking about repo 
accounting where, until now, I've been entirely negative about recording Repo 
105/109 transactions as sales --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo 
January 24, 2013 reply from Dana Hernonson
	Bob, 
	I hope all is well. A colleague forwarded the 
	material below to me. 
	I greatly appreciate the kind words. I should point 
	out, though, that my co-editor, Terry Shevlin, deserves a great deal of the 
	credit. Terry handled all of the papers on the financial side of the house 
	at Horizons, and he was extremely open to a variety of contributions. I 
	believe that Terry fully embraced the mission of Horizons. 
	Thanks again, and please feel free to share this 
	email with others. 
	Dana 
	Dana Hermanson 
	Sent from my iPhone
	 
"FASB Aims to Close Another Repo Loophole," by Emily Chason, The 
Wall Street Journal, January 16, 2013 --- 
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/15/fasb-aims-to-close-another-repo-loophole/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport 
PwC Summary of FASB 2013 Repo Update ---
Click Here 
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2013-02-fasb-proposes-amendments-to-repurchase-agreement-accounting-model.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief 
"A Neurology Lesson for Money Managers," AI-CIO, January 13, 
2013 --- 
http://ai-cio.com/channels/story.aspx?id=2147484136 
Thank you Jim Mahar for the heads up
	Two researchers in the emerging field of 
	neuroeconomics give their take on how investors can better think about their 
	own brains. 
	(January 14, 2013) – The brain operates on a 
	principle that ought to be familiar to all asset owners and managers: 
	resources are scarce. 
	The crossover applications between neurology and 
	economics don’t end there. In fact, an entire discipline has sprung up in 
	their midst: neuroeconomics. Two leaders in this field have teamed up and 
	crafted a list of the eight crucial takeaways from neuroeconomics for money 
	managers. 
	According to Paul Zak, the head of a center for 
	neuroeconomics at Claremont Graduate University, and Steven Sapra, a finance 
	professor the University of Southern California, these are the key points of 
	neuroeconomics for money managers: 
	Continued in article
	Download the original paper --- 
	
	http://www.cfapubs.org/doi/pdf/10.2470/rf.v2010.n2.6 
Jensen Comment
A major them for the plenary sessions of the August 2012 AAA Annual Meetings was 
neuroeconomics and neuroaccounting.
Videos of these presentations are among the total listings available at the AAA 
Commons --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/f0cba0b6de/summary 
Question for Cost and Managerial Accounting Students
If selling prices are unknown and costs are known, what is the best way to 
proceed with CPV analysis?
Hint
Statistical models may not be appropriate if they assume stationary 
probabilities for unknown prices.
Warning
The article below does not really address the above question, at least not 
directly.
"Is Target's Price Matching Policy a Mistake?" by Rafi Mohammed, 
Harvard Business Review Blog, January 15, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/is_targets_price_matching_poli.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
 
Jensen Comment
There's also a problem of competitors taking advantage of Target's pricing 
policy to destroy Target. I'm reminded of when Seven 11 stores in San Antonio 
announced that they would match Budweiser case prices advertised in the 
newspapers by competitors. A wily owner of a couple of liquor stores in San 
Antonio then advertised Budweiser cases at 50% of his wholesale cost. 
The catch was that Seven 11 also gave out vouchers when advertised items were 
out of stock. The liquor store owner had no such out-of-stock voucher policy 
such that when his 50 cases were sold he had no more losses. Seven 11, on the 
other hand, lost a bundle until they no longer advertised a matching price 
policy.
"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid 
(i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio 
Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116
Jensen Comment
What companies are having trouble deciding is whether to buy RobotCare insurance 
or whether to force Baxter to buy his own RobotCare insurance.
"A Way to Share Photos, Files And Money in Black & White:  Walt 
Mossberg reviews Xsync, an iPhone app that uses QR codes to transfer photos, 
songs, videos and even money, The Wall Street Journal, January 16, 
2019 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324734904578243730813204830.html?mg=reno64-wsj
	Say you want to quickly transfer a file, like a 
	photo or a contact entry, from your smartphone to a friend's. Most people 
	would email or text the file. But a number of technologies have come along 
	to make the process quicker and simpler.
	On some Android phones, you can "beam" files like 
	photos from phone to phone by tapping one phone to another, or bringing them 
	very close. But that requires that both phones have a special chip, called 
	NFC, which isn't yet universal on Android phones and doesn't exist at all in 
	iPhones. 
	Another approach is to use an app called Bump, 
	which transfers files between iPhones and Android phones when those holding 
	them do a sort of sideways fist bump. It works pretty well, but you have to 
	make contact with the other person. 
	This week, I've been testing a different 
	approach—an iPhone app called Xsync. It doesn't require any special chip and 
	instead uses a free app and a hardware feature almost every smartphone 
	possesses—the camera. While it is primarily meant, like Bump, for transfers 
	between phones in proximity, it works over long distances. I was able to 
	almost instantly send and get photos, videos and songs using Xsync between 
	two iPhones held up to computer webcams during a Skype video call. 
	
	The key to Xsync is the QR code, that square symbol 
	found seemingly everywhere these days—online, in print newspapers and 
	magazines, on posters and other places. These codes typically just contain 
	text—often, a Web address. But Xsync, a tiny company based in Seattle, 
	generates QR codes that initiate the transfer of whole files, or in the case 
	of photos, even groups of files. It has a built-in QR code scanner to read 
	these codes using the phone's camera. 
	The biggest drawback to Xsync is that it is 
	currently only available for the iPhone. An Android version is planned for 
	sometime this quarter. Meanwhile, you can use an Android phone with any QR 
	code reader to receive, though not send, files sent via Xsync. 
	The Xsync app is something of a teaser for the 
	underlying technology, which the company calls the Optical Message Service. 
	The company's goal isn't to build its own apps, but to license the 
	technology to cellphone makers so it becomes a built-in way to transfer 
	files.
	Here's how it works. Once you install Xsync on your 
	iPhone, you select an audio file, photo, video, contact, or calendar 
	appointment, each of which is represented by a simple icon. The app creates 
	a QR code representing the intended transfer of that file and temporarily 
	sends the file to Xsync's server. Your friend uses Xsync to scan the QR code 
	you've created with his or her iPhone's camera, and the files are sent to 
	your friend's iPhone. 
	In my tests, it was easy, quick and reliable. I 
	successfully used Xsync to send and receive all the included types of files 
	with an iPhone 5, an iPhone 4S, and an iPad Mini. I was also able to receive 
	files on an Android phone, a Google GOOG -0.96% Nexus 4, via a QR code 
	generated by Xsync. 
	You can even generate a QR code using Xsync that 
	will allow you to transfer money from your PayPal account to another 
	person's, though that requires an added authentication step for security. 
	But it worked, and would be a good way to, say, split a bill at a 
	restaurant. (This PayPal feature of Xsync doesn't work with Android, for 
	now.) 
	The company says the file transfers are secure, for 
	two reasons. First, they are encrypted. More important, each code is 
	generated for a specific transfer and expires after a relatively short time. 
	For instance, codes for photos expire after 24 hours, according to the 
	company. 
	You can use Xsync to transmit certain kinds of 
	files—including documents—you've stored in your Dropbox account, though, 
	oddly, the Xsync app hides this document-transfer feature under an icon for 
	sharing calendar appointments. 
	And you don't have to be close to make the 
	transfer. In addition to my Skype example, you can send a QR code generated 
	by Xsync via email or text message, or even post the code to Facebook FB 
	-1.59% . Another person can then scan the code to get the file. 
	Xsync can generate codes that represent either 
	existing files on your phone, or files you create on the spot. If you don't 
	want to use an existing one, the audio, photo, video and calendar icons in 
	the app invite you to create a new file to be transferred.
	Continued in article
Question
Is Technological Inequality Exacerbating Income Inequality?
"The Smartphone Have-Nots," by Adam Davidson, The New York Times, 
January 16, 2013 --- 
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/20/magazine/income-inequality.html?_r=0&pagewanted=all 
	Earlier this month, Larry Mishel, the president of 
	the Economic Policy Institute, stood at a lectern in a small hotel 
	conference room in San Diego and fiddled with a computer until his 
	PowerPoint presentation flashed on the screen. Mishel then composed himself, 
	paid tribute to his intellectual opponent sitting in the front row and began 
	a speech that, he hopes, will reorient the U.S. economy away from the 1 
	percent or the 0.1 percent and toward the rest of us. 
	¶ Mishel’s session at this year’s meeting of the 
	American Economic Association, titled “Inequality in America,” tellingly 
	coincided with other sessions called “Extreme Wage Inequality” and “Taxes, 
	Transfers and Inequality.” As the financial crisis wanes, economists are 
	shifting their attention toward a more subtle, possibly more upsetting 
	crisis in the United States: the significant increase in income inequality.
	
	¶ Much of what we consider the American way of life 
	is rooted in the period of remarkably broad, shared economic growth, from 
	around 1900 to about 1978. Back then, each generation of Americans did 
	better than the one that preceded it. Even those who lived through the 
	Depression made up what was lost. By the 1950s, America had entered an era 
	that economists call the Great Compression, in which workers — through 
	unions and Social Security, among other factors — captured a solid share of 
	the economy’s growth. 
	¶ These days, there’s a lot of disagreement about 
	what actually happened during these years. Was it a golden age in which the 
	U.S. government guided an economy toward fairness? Or was it a period 
	defined by high taxes (until the early ’60s, the top marginal tax rate was 
	90 percent) and bureaucratic meddling? Either way, the Great Compression 
	gave way to a Great Divergence. Since 1979, according to the nonpartisan 
	Congressional Budget Office, the bottom 80 percent of American families had 
	their share of the country’s income fall, while the top 20 percent had 
	modest gains. Of course, the top 1 percent — and, more so, the top 0.1 
	percent — has seen income rise stratospherically. That tiny elite takes in 
	nearly a quarter of the nation’s income and controls nearly half its wealth.
	
	¶ The standard explanation of this unhinging, 
	repeated in graduate-school classrooms and in advice to politicians, is 
	technological change. The rise of networked laptops and smartphones and 
	their countless iterations and spawn have helped highly educated 
	professionals create more and more value just as they have created barriers 
	to entry and rendered irrelevant millions of less-educated workers, in 
	places like factory production lines and typing pools. This explanation, 
	known as skill-biased technical change, is so common that economists just 
	call it S.B.T.C. They use it to explain why everyone from the extremely rich 
	to the just-kind-of rich are doing so much better than everyone else. 
	
	¶ For two decades, Mishel has been a critic of the 
	S.B.T.C. theory, and that morning in San Diego, he argued that broad 
	technological innovation has been taking place so steadily for so long that 
	the rise of computers simply can’t explain the recent explosion in 
	inequality. After all, when economists talk about technological innovation, 
	they are thinking beyond smartphones; they’re usually considering 
	innovations that affect production. Business innovations — like the 
	railroads, telegraph, Henry Ford’s conveyor belt and the plastic extruders 
	of the 1960s — have occurred for more than a century. Computers and the 
	Internet, Mishel argued, are just new examples on the continuum and cannot 
	explain a development like extreme inequality, which is so recent. So what 
	happened? 
	¶ The change came around 1978, Mishel said, when 
	politicians from both parties began to think of America as a nation of 
	consumers, not of workers. President Jimmy Carter deregulated the airline, 
	trucking and railroad industries in order to help lower consumer prices. 
	Congress chose to ignore organized labor’s call for laws strengthening union 
	protections. Ever since, Mishel said, each administration and Congress have 
	made choices — expanding trade, deregulating finance and weakening welfare — 
	that helped the rich and hurt everyone else. Inequality didn’t just happen, 
	Mishel argued. The government created it. 
	¶ After Mishel finished his presentation, David 
	Autor, one of the country’s most celebrated labor economists, took the 
	stage, fumbled for his own PowerPoint presentation and then explained that 
	there was plenty of evidence showing that technological change explained a 
	great deal about the rise of income inequality. Computers, Autor says, are 
	fundamentally different. Conveyor belts and massive steel furnaces made 
	blue-collar workers comparatively wealthier and hurt more highly skilled 
	craftspeople, like blacksmiths and master carpenters, whose talents were 
	disrupted by mass production. The computer revolution, however, displaced 
	millions of workers from clerical and production occupations, forcing them 
	to compete in lower-paying jobs in the retail, fast-food and home health 
	sectors. Meanwhile, computers and the Internet disproportionately helped 
	people like doctors, engineers and bankers in information-intensive jobs. 
	Inequality was merely a side effect of the digital revolution, Autor said; 
	it didn’t begin and end in Washington. 
	¶ For all their disagreements, Autor and Mishel are 
	allies of sorts. Both are Democrats who have advised President Barack Obama, 
	and both agree that rampant inequality can undermine democracy and economic 
	growth by fostering despair among workers and corruption among the wealthy. 
	This places them in opposition to some right-leaning economists like Gary 
	Becker, a Nobel Prize-winning professor at the University of Chicago, who 
	told me a few years ago that “inequality in earnings has been mainly the 
	good kind,” meaning it rewards those people with the education and skills 
	most needed, helping the economy. 
	¶ How are we to make sense of these competing 
	claims? I asked Frank Levy, the M.I.T. labor economist who hasn’t fully 
	committed to any one particular view. Levy suggested seeing how inequality 
	has played out in other countries. In Germany, the average worker might make 
	less than an American, but the government has established an impressive 
	apprenticeship system to keep blue-collar workers’ skills competitive. For 
	decades, the Finnish government has offered free education all the way 
	through college. It may have led to high taxes, but many believe it also 
	turned a fairly poor fishing economy into a high-income, technological 
	nation. On the other hand, Greece, Spain and Portugal have so thoroughly 
	protected their workers that they are increasingly unable to compete in the 
	global economy.
	Continued in article
"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid 
(i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio 
Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116
"Rise of the Robots," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times, 
December 8, 2012 --- 
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/12/08/rise-of-the-robots/ 
	
	
	¶Catherine Rampell and Nick Wingfield write 
	about the
	
	growing evidence for “reshoring” of manufacturing 
	to the United States. They cite several reasons: rising wages in Asia; lower 
	energy costs here; higher transportation costs. In a
	
	followup piece, however, Rampell cites another 
	factor: robots.
	
		
		
		¶The most valuable part of each 
		computer, a motherboard loaded with microprocessors and memory, is 
		already largely made with robots, according to my colleague Quentin 
		Hardy. People do things like fitting in batteries and snapping on 
		screens.
		
		
		¶As more 
		robots are built, largely by other robots, “assembly can be done here as 
		well as anywhere else,” said Rob Enderle, an analyst based in San Jose, 
		Calif., who has been following the computer electronics industry for a 
		quarter-century. “That will replace most of the workers, though you will 
		need a few people to manage the robots.”
	
	
	
	¶Robots mean that labor costs don’t 
	matter much, so you might as well locate in advanced countries with 
	large markets and good infrastructure (which may soon not include us, but 
	that’s another issue). On the other hand, it’s not good news for workers!
	
	
	¶This is an 
	old concern in economics; it’s “capital-biased technological change”, which 
	tends to shift the distribution of income away from workers to the owners of 
	capital.
	
	
	¶Twenty years 
	ago, when I was writing about globalization and inequality, capital bias 
	didn’t look like a big issue; the major changes in income distribution had 
	been among workers (when you include hedge fund managers and CEOs among the 
	workers), rather than between labor and capital. So the academic literature 
	focused almost exclusively on “skill bias”, supposedly explaining the rising 
	college premium.
	
	
	
	¶But 
	the college premium hasn’t risen for a while. 
	What has happened, on the other hand, is a notable shift in income away from 
	labor:.
"Harley Goes Lean to Build Hogs," by James R. Hagerty, The Wall 
Street Journal, September 22, 2012 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443720204578004164199848452.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	If the global economy slips into a deep slump, 
	American manufacturers including motorcycle maker Harley-Davidson Inc. that 
	have embraced flexible production face less risk of veering into a ditch.
	Until recently, the company's sprawling factory 
	here had a lack of automation that made it an industrial museum. Now, 
	production that once was scattered among 41 buildings is consolidated into 
	one brightly lighted facility where robots do more heavy lifting. The number 
	of hourly workers, about 1,000, is half the level of three years ago and 
	more than 100 of those workers are "casual" employees who come and go as 
	needed. 
All the jobs are not going to Asia, They're going to Hal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2001_Space_Oddessey 
"When Machines Do Your Job: Researcher Andrew McAfee says advances in 
computing and artificial intelligence could create a more unequal society," 
by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, July 11, 2012 --- 
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/428429/when-machines-do-your-job/ 
	Are American workers losing their jobs to machines?
	
	That was the question posed by 
	
	Race Against the Machine, an influential 
	e-book published last October by MIT business school researchers Erik 
	Brynjolfsson and Andrew McAfee. The pair looked at troubling U.S. employment 
	numbers—which 
	have declined since the recession of 2008-2009 even as economic output has 
	risen—and concluded that computer technology was 
	partly to blame. 
	Advances in hardware and software mean it's 
	possible to automate more white-collar jobs, and to do so more quickly than 
	in the past. Think of the airline staffers whose job checking in passengers 
	has been taken by self-service kiosks. While more productivity is a 
	positive, wealth is becoming more concentrated, and more middle-class 
	workers are getting left behind. 
	What does it mean to have "technological 
	unemployment" even amidst apparent digital plenty? Technology Review 
	spoke to McAfee at the Center for Digital Business, part of the MIT Sloan 
	School of Management, where as principal research scientist he studies
	
	
	new employment trends and definitions of the workplace.
Every symphony in the world incurs an operating 
deficit
"Financial Leadership Required to Fight Symphony Orchestra ‘Cost Disease’," 
by Stanford University's Robert J Flanagan, Stanford Graduate School of 
Business, February 8, 2012 --- 
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/symphony-financial-leadership.html
	 What if you sat down in the concert hall one 
	evening to hear Haydn’s Symphony No. 44 in E Minor and found 5 robots 
	scattered among the human musicians? To get multiple audiences in and out of 
	the concert hall faster, the human musicians and robots are playing the 
	composition in double time.
	Today’s orchestras have yet to go down this road. 
	However, their traditional ways of doing business, as economist Robert J. 
	Flanagan explains in his new book on symphony orchestra finances, locks them 
	into limited opportunities for productivity growth and ensures that costs 
	keep rising.
"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of 
Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012 
--- 
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/
	
	
	Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School,
	has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created 
	a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20 
	minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands 
	of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and 
	over 700,000 works listed for his company, 
	
	ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t
	include the private works, such as internal reports, 
	created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate 
	entity called 
	
	EdgeMaven Media.
	Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but 
	the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.
"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance, 
Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots
A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business 
Review Blog, January 27, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
Historically, graduates who could not find jobs enlisted in the military. Wars 
of the future, however, will be fought largely by drones, robots, orbiting 
orbiting satellites. This begs the question of where graduates who cannot find 
work are going to turn to when the military enlistment offices shut down and 
Amazon's warehouse robotics replace Wal-Mart in-store workers.
If given a choice, I'm not certain I would want to be born again in the 21st 
Century.
The Sad State of Economic Theory and Research --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship 
--- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays 
The December 2012 issue of Accounting 
Horizons has four commentaries under the heading
Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship
These essays could not be published in The Accounting Review because they 
do not contain the required equations for anything published in TAR.
I think we owe Accounting Horizons Editor Dana Hermanson an applause for 
making "Commentaries" a major section in each issue of AH. Hopefully this 
will be carried forward by new AH Editors Paul Griffin and Arnold Wright.
A huge disappointment to me was that none of the 
essay authors quoted or even referenced the 2012 Pathways Commission Report, 
which once again illustrates how the mere mention of the Pathways Commission 
Report sends accountics scientists running for cover. Several of the 
Pathways Commission Report are as follows: 
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed, 
July 31, 2012 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
	Accounting programs should promote curricular 
	flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more 
	technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and 
	more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report 
	released today by the 
	
	Pathways Commission, which studies the future of 
	higher education for accounting.
	In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's  Advisory 
	Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American 
	Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public 
	Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of 
	accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this 
	recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for 
	accounting.
	In the report, the commission acknowledges that 
	some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a 
	structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.
	The report includes seven recommendations:
	
		- Integrate accounting research, education 
		and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing 
		professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
 
 
- Promote accessibility of doctoral 
		education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral 
		programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path 
		to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs 
		and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative 
		rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be 
		part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching 
		methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students 
		with professional experience and candidates with families, according to 
		the report.
 
 
- Increase recognition and support for 
		high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure 
		processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a 
		critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to 
		the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and 
		accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and 
		programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
 
 
- Develop curriculum models, engaging learning 
		resources and mechanisms to easily share them, as well as enhancing 
		faculty development opportunities to sustain a robust curriculum that 
		addresses a new generation of students who are more at home with 
		technology and less patient with traditional teaching methods.
 
 
- Improve the ability to attract high-potential, 
		diverse entrants into the profession.
 
 
- Create mechanisms for collecting, analyzing 
		and disseminating information about the market needs by establishing a 
		national committee on information needs, projecting future supply and 
		demand for accounting professionals and faculty, and enhancing the 
		benefits of a high school accounting education.
 
- Establish an implementation process to address 
		these and future recommendations by creating structures and mechanisms 
		to support a continuous, sustainable change process.
 
According to the report, its two sponsoring 
	organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American 
	Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to 
	carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy 
	for conducting this effort.
	Continued in article
	 
In spite of not acknowledging the Pathways 
Commission Report, however, the various essay authors did in one way or 
another pick up on the major resolutions of the Pathways Commission Report. 
In particular the essays urge greater diversity of research methodology in 
academic accounting research.  
Since the theme of the essays is "scholarship" 
rather than just research, I would have hoped that the authors would have 
devoted more attention to the following Pathways Commission Report 
resolutions:
	 
	
		- Integrate accounting research, education 
		and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing 
		professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
 
 
- Promote accessibility of doctoral 
		education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral 
		programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path 
		to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs 
		and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative 
		rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be 
		part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching 
		methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students 
		with professional experience and candidates with families, according to 
		the report.
 
 
- Increase recognition and support for 
		high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure 
		processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a 
		critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to 
		the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and 
		accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and 
		programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
 
But it's unfair on my part to dwell on what the 
essay authors do not do. What's more important is to focus on what they 
accomplish, and I think they accomplish a lot. It's very important that we keep 
the Pathways Commission Report and these four essays momentum moving until we 
finally shake the bonds of narrow minded chains of binding our faculty hiring, 
doctoral programs curricula, and article acceptance practices of our leading 
academic research journals.
I particularly admire these essay authors for 
acknowledging the seeds of change planted by earlier scholars.
Hi Denny,
Actually this one I did catch in my morning newsletter from the AICPA. But I had 
not yet made a tidbit out of it.
Having greater access to data in practitioner audit firms should give 
significant traction to the initiatives of the Pathways Commission Report 
calling for greater interaction between academic accounting researchers and the 
practicing profession. Academics might even begin to make more significant 
contributions to the needs of the profession.
Thanks,
Bob Jensen
"CAQ, AAA team to give researchers access to audit firm personnel," by 
Ken Tisiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 2013 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137198.htm 
	A new program announced Thursday by the Center for 
	Audit Quality (CAQ) and the Auditing Section of the American Accounting 
	Association (AAA) will help accounting and auditing academics gain access to 
	audit firm personnel to participate in academic research projects. 
	
	The joint venture between the CAQ and AAA Auditing 
	Section is designed to help generate research on issues that are relevant to 
	audit practice. 
	Doctoral students and tenure-track professors are 
	the initial group to be provided access to audit firm staff to complete data 
	collection protocols through the Access to Audit Personnel program. 
	
	“We hope to encourage scholars to focus their 
	research and teaching in auditing, which is critical to the sustainability 
	of the profession,” CAQ Executive Director Cindy Fornelli said in a 
	statement. “We thank our member firms for opening their doors to the next 
	generation of accounting and auditing professors.” 
	The CAQ is affiliated with the AICPA. 
	Firms that are CAQ Governing Board members have 
	agreed to participate in the program, which requires doctoral students and 
	tenure-track professors to submit a request for proposal (RFP) to a 
	committee of senior academics and audit practitioners. 
	The RFP will require the researchers to provide a 
	detailed description of their research, methodology, and how the research 
	will fit into the existing literature. The full criteria for the RFP are 
	available on the CAQ’s website. 
	A total of five proposals will be approved this 
	year by the committee in what will be an annual program, and the requests 
	will be forwarded to the firms, which have pledged to cooperate. The 
	deadline for RFPs to be submitted is April 22. 
	The program is designed to break down a barrier to 
	relevant research that has existed in accounting and auditing for years. One 
	objective for the profession described in the Pathways Commission report 
	that charts a national strategy for the next generation of accountants was 
	to focus more academic research on relevant practice issues. The report said 
	greater collaboration between academic researchers and professional 
	practitioners is needed. 
	In auditing research, that collaboration should 
	increase as a result of this project. 
	“It provides access to auditors, people actually 
	practicing auditing, to help us find and answer questions that can be 
	helpful to them,” said Roger Martin, president of the AAA Auditing Section. 
	“Often, if we can’t find auditors to help with this research, we end up 
	using students as participants, or other proxies for auditors. And that’s 
	never very satisfying. It’s helpful, but not as good as getting access to 
	those people doing the things we want to research.” 
	Martin said firms are accustomed to working with 
	established, veteran researchers, who use their professional contacts to 
	gain access to appropriate auditing personnel. But many younger researchers 
	haven’t yet developed those contacts, and they are the focus of the new 
	program
	Continued in article
 
Bob Jensen's threads on the needs for change are 
at the following links:
	 
	
	What 
	went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
	
	How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
	
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong 
 
	
	
	Why must all accounting doctoral programs be social 
	science (particularly econometrics) "accountics" doctoral programs?
	Why accountancy doctoral programs are drying up and 
	why accountancy is no longer required for admission or 
	graduation in an accountancy doctoral program
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
 
	574 Shields Against Validity Challenges 
	in Plato's Cave --- 
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
 
	How Accountics Scientists 
	Should Change:  
	"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting 
	Review I just don't give a damn"
	
	http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
	One more mission in what's left of my life will be 
	to try to change this 
	
	
	http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
	 
 
 
Comments on the AECM on each of these four 
essays may help further the cause of change in accounting academia.
 
 
"Introduction for Essays on the State of 
Accounting Scholarship," Gregory B. Waymire, Accounting Horizons, 
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 817-819 --- 
 http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50236
	. . .
	
	
		
			
				| CHARGE GIVEN TO 
				PRESENTERS AND ATTENDEES AT THE 2011 AAA STRATEGIC RETREAT | 
		
		The presenters and 
		attendees at the retreat were asked to consider the following:
		
			
			Assertion: Accounting research as of 2011 is stagnant and lacking in 
			significant innovation that introduces fresh ideas and insights into 
			our scholarly discipline.
			
			Questions: Is this a correct statement? If not, why? If so, what 
			factors have led to this state of affairs, what can be done to 
			reverse it, and what role, if any, should AAA play in this process?
 
		In terms of presenters, 
		I sought a variety of scholarly perspectives within the accounting 
		academy. I ended up asking the four scholars whose essays follow to 
		speak for 30 minutes on the assertion and questions given above. These 
		scholars represent different areas of accounting research and employ 
		different methodologies in their research. They also are thoughtful 
		people who consider issues of scholarship from long histories of 
		personal experience at different types of universities for their current 
		positions and their doctoral education.
		Attendees at the retreat 
		also included members of the Executive Committee. In addition, incoming 
		co-chairs of the Annual Meeting (Anil Arya and Rick Young), Doctoral 
		Consortium (Sudipta Basu and Ilia Dichev), and New Faculty Consortium 
		(Kristy Towry and Mohan Venkatachalam) Committees of AAA were invited to 
		attend.
		The primary 
		purpose of the May retreat was “idea generation.” That is, what can we 
		do together as scholars to increase the long-run viability of our 
		discipline? My view was that the retreat and the specific comments by 
		the presenters would provide a basis for a longer-term conversation 
		about the future of accounting scholarship and the role of AAA within 
		that future.
 
	
		
		
 
		
		Several subsequent events have provided opportunities to continue the 
		conversation about scholarly innovation in accounting. First, I spoke at 
		the AAA Annual Meeting in Denver, August 2011, to update the membership 
		about the initiative now titled “Seeds of Innovation in Accounting 
		Scholarship.” That presentation and the related slides can now be found 
		on AAA Commons (http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/a3d1bee423/summary,
		or simply
		
		www.seedsofinnovation.org). Second, I have 
		written up my own views on these issues and integrated them with the 
		preliminary suggestions developed at the May 2011 retreat (Waymire 
		2012). Third, further discussion has taken 
		place in the AAA Board and, more importantly, in the new AAA Council. 
		The Council discussion will be ongoing this year, and I expect to form a 
		task force that will consist of Council members and others to develop 
		more specific proposals in January 2012. My hope is that these proposals 
		will cover a broad range of areas that involve AAA publications, 
		consortia, and meetings, and help guide AAA over the next several years 
		as we seek to improve the quality of the accounting discipline.
 
	 
"Framing the Issue of Research Quality in a 
Context of Research Diversity," by Christopher S. Chapman, Accounting 
Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 821-831 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10314 
	
		The current editorial 
		policy of The Accounting Review states “The scope of acceptable 
		articles should embrace any research methodology and any 
		accounting-related subject, as long as the articles meet the standards 
		established for publication in the journal.” The policy concludes with 
		the statement “The journal is also open to all rigorous research 
		methods.” Private journals are rightly entitled to set as selective an 
		editorial policy as they think proper. An association journal, however, 
		should rightly be expected to maintain an open policy that does not 
		ex ante privilege one form of research over another. In that 
		respect, the clearly stated policy of The Accounting Review of 
		seeking “any” and “all” is admirable. However, the continuing need to 
		make the case for research diversity is disappointing given the 
		longstanding recognition of the dangers of narrowness:
			
			Reinforcing the above [stagnation and decline 
			of accounting research] is a tendency for senior accounting 
			academics to judge and reward the performance of juniors on the 
			basis of a narrow definition of what constitutes academic 
			accounting. (Demski 
			et al. 1991, 4–5)
 
		With regard to The 
		Accounting Review, recent years have seen considerable efforts to 
		enhance the diversity of research appearing in its pages. These efforts 
		have undoubtedly resulted in a higher level of research diversity than 
		that seen for most of the period since the current editorial policy was 
		published in 1989. In conference panels and other arenas of debate, the 
		case has been put that a journal can only publish as diverse sets of 
		papers as are submitted to it. Detailed reports of submissions and 
		acceptance rates are now prepared and published, demonstrating success 
		in this regard. The issue that continues to divide is that of the 
		requisite diversity of an editorial board to encourage the submission of 
		kinds of work that currently remain unsubmitted. Underlying the 
		continuing debates over this aspect of diversity is disagreement over 
		the implications of the caveat in the editorial policy, “as long as the 
		articles meet the standards established for publication in the journal.”
		Debates around 
		this topic all too easily reduce to a false dichotomy between diversity 
		and quality, with diversity perceived as a threat to quality. Increased 
		diversity promises to increase the quality of the body of accounting 
		research, however. Accounting is a complex social phenomenon, and so our 
		understanding of it should be enhanced through the adoption of a diverse 
		set of research perspectives and approaches. Grasping accounting in all 
		its complexity is important from an intellectual perspective, but also 
		from the perspective of the ability of our research discipline to 
		contribute back to society (e.g.,
		
		Flyvbjerg 2001). Diversity of research 
		approaches requires diversity in the proper estimation of quality and 
		validity of research, however (Ahrens 
		and Chapman 2006).
		To help 
		structure my arguments around this central issue of the relationship 
		between research diversity and quality, I offer two frameworks in the 
		sections that follow. In doing so, I hope to help us to move toward a 
		situation in which research diversity in The Accounting Review 
		(and other journals) may become taken-for-granted practice, as well as 
		policy.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| DIVERSITY FRAMED IN 
				U.S.-DOMINANT CATEGORIES | 
		
		The process of becoming 
		a published researcher is arduous and complex. Along the way, we pick up 
		a variety of tools and techniques. The expression “All-But-Dissertation” 
		reminds us that while tools and techniques are necessary for successful 
		research, they are not sufficient. Expertise and judgment are built up 
		over years of reading, observing the efforts of others, and trying 
		ourselves. Hopefully, as we go on, we become better able to make the 
		fine judgments required to distinguish between creative and fruitful 
		leeway in the application of established approaches, and their 
		misapplication. We become experts in assessing the validity of the kinds 
		of research with which we are familiar. Our hard-won understanding 
		naturally offers the starting point for our engagement with different 
		forms of research.
		To illustrate this 
		point, let us look at an attempt to understand research diversity drawn 
		from outside the discipline of accounting. 
		
		Figure 1 is a 
		reproduction from the introduction from the editor to a special issue of 
		the Journal of Financial Economics entitled “Complementary 
		Research Methods.” This journal addresses a discipline that also has a 
		particularly strong tradition of a particular kind of research; namely, 
		economics-based capital markets research. The figure offers an 
		organizing framework for considering different research methods in 
		relation to this core audience. It distinguishes various kinds of 
		research methods in two dimensions: first, through their use of 
		privately or publicly available data, and second, through the large or 
		small size of their data sets.
		Approaches to 
		research potentially vary in a vast number of ways. The point of the 
		figure is to distill these down to a manageable number. Simplification 
		is not per se a problem. Danger arises when the dimensions chosen 
		privilege the interests of one particular group of researchers over 
		those of another, however. Let us consider the designation of a case 
		study as having a small sample size, for example. This framing has been 
		seen also in accounting, with several journals in the past including 
		“small sample” sections that published such work. However, as clearly 
		put by 
		
		Anderson and Widener (2007), this is to assume 
		that the unit of analysis must always be company-level observations, and 
		this need not be the case.
		This figure offers 
		a way for large sample, public data researchers to think about how other 
		forms of research might complement (contribute to) their own activities. 
		As such, this represents only a partial engagement in research 
		diversity. The framing of
		
		Figure 1 adopts the interests of one subgroup. 
		In a U.S. context, it is commonly understood that in-depth field studies 
		might act as a precursor to subsequent testing through other methods 
		(e.g.,
		
		Merchant 2008). While field studies sometimes 
		might play exactly this role, such work also has its own purposes that 
		are debated and developed within broad (frequently interdisciplinary) 
		communities of scholars. From the perspective of “complementarity,” as 
		seen in 
		
		Figure 1, these 
		other purposes might be considered irrelevant (e.g.,
		
		Merchant 2008). From the perspective of 
		research diversity, and the building of a comprehensive understanding on 
		the nature and effects of accounting, these intentions need no scholarly 
		justification in relation to other forms of research.
		In the next 
		section, I will offer a second framework for considering research 
		diversity from a perspective that is less overtly grounded in the 
		assumptions of any particular subgroup of researchers.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| DIVERSITY FRAMED IN 
				TERMS OF DIFFERENT RESEARCH ASSUMPTIONS | 
		
		The framework 
		presented in
		
		Figure 2 sets out a different way to 
		differentiate research based on its choices in two dimensions. The 
		language of the figure is couched in terms of the philosophy of science 
		and sociology; however, it is not new to the accounting literature (see, 
		for example,
		
		Chua 1986). In its two dimensions,
		
		Figure 2 offers summary labels for sets of 
		fundamental research choices, offering names for each possible 
		combination of these sets of choices.
		This second 
		framework operates at a far higher level of abstraction than that seen 
		in
		
		Figure 1. As previously noted, recent years 
		have seen increases in the diversity of research published in The 
		Accounting Review. That diversity notwithstanding, the entire 
		contents of The Accounting Review since the publication of its 
		current editorial statement (and the scope of research diversity 
		implicit in the categories of
		
		Figure 1) fall within the bottom right-hand 
		cell in this second framework—Functionalist research.
 
	Continued in Article
 
"Accounting Craftspeople versus Accounting 
Seers: Exploring the Relevance and Innovation Gaps in Academic Accounting 
Research," by William E. McCarthy, Accounting Horizons, December 
2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 833-843 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10313  
	
	Is accounting 
	research stuck in a rut of repetitiveness and irrelevancy? I would answer 
	yes, and I would even predict that both its gap in relevancy and its gap in 
	innovation are going to continue to get worse if the people and the 
	attitudes that govern inquiry in the American academy remain the same. From 
	my perspective in accounting information systems, mainstream accounting 
	research topics have changed very little in 30 years, except for the fact 
	that their scope now seems much more narrow and crowded. More and more 
	people seem to be studying the same topics in financial reporting and 
	managerial control in the same ways, over and over and over. My suggestions 
	to get out of this rut are simple. First, the profession should allow itself 
	to think a little bit normatively, so we can actually target practice 
	improvement as a real goal. And second, we need to allow new scholars a 
	wider berth in research topics and methods, so we can actually give the kind 
	of creativity and innovation that occurs naturally with young people a 
	chance to blossom.
	
		
		
			
				
				The reasonable man adapts himself to 
				the world; the unreasonable one persists in trying to adapt the 
				world to himself. Therefore, all progress depends on the 
				unreasonable man —
				George Bernard
				
				Shaw (1903, Act IV)
			
		 
		Who provides you with 
		the best feedback on your current set of teaching materials and research 
		ideas? For me, at present, that ranked list would be: (1) knowledgeable 
		and creative practitioners who are seeking to improve their field of 
		practice, (2) young doctoral students and faculty from European or other 
		non-American programs in business informatics, (3) a few of my own 
		doctoral students from 15+ years ago, who teach and research in the same 
		areas of accounting systems that I do, and (4) my own undergraduate and 
		master's students. I do have systems, tax, and introductory colleagues 
		who provide accounting context for me, but my feedback list has notable 
		absences, like most of the mainstream Accounting and Information Systems 
		faculty at Michigan State University (MSU) and, indeed, faculty 
		throughout the U.S. accounting academy. Thirty years ago, those last two 
		forums tolerated widespread diversity in both teaching and research 
		ideas, but now those communities have coalesced into just a few approved 
		“areas,” none of which provide me with assistance on my methodological 
		and topical problems. Academic accounting most recently has been 
		developing more and more into an insular and myopic community with no 
		methodological and practice-oriented outsiders tolerated. Why is this?
		Becoming 
		aware of how this narrowing of the accounting mind has hindered not just 
		accounting systems, but also academic accounting innovation in general, 
		American Accounting Association (AAA) president Gregory Waymire asked 
		for some “unreasonable” (in the Shavian sense quoted above) accounting 
		academics like me to address the low-innovation and low-relevance 
		problem in academic accounting. I promptly reframed this charge as a 
		question: “Is accounting research stuck in a rut of repetitiveness and 
		irrelevancy?” In the pages that follow, I intend to explore that 
		question from two perspectives: (1) methodological, and (2) 
		sociological. My inspiration for the first perspective is derived from 
		Buckminster Fuller plus Alan Newell and Herbert Simon. For the second, 
		my role model is Lee Smolin.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| PUTTING A 
				(LIMITED) NORMATIVE MINDSET BACK INTO ACCOUNTING RESEARCH—THE 
				CASE FOR DESIGN SCIENCE AND BEYOND1 | 
		
		
			
				
				We should help create the future, not just 
				study the past. —
				Paul Gray (Kock 
				et al. 2002, 339)
			
		 
		In March of 2008, two 
		very prominent and distinguished accounting academics—Michael H. Granof 
		of The University of Texas and Stephen A. Zeff of Rice University—noted 
		in The Chronicle of Higher Education that the research models 
		that were being produced by accounting academics were indeed rigorous by 
		the standards of statistical validity and logical positivism, but they 
		were also of very little practical import:
		
			
			Starting in the 1960s, academic research on 
			accounting became methodologically supercharged … The results 
			however have been paradoxical … [as] those models have crowded out 
			other forms of investigation. The result is that professors of 
			accounting have contributed little to the establishment of new 
			practices and standards, have failed to perform a needed role as 
			watchdog of the profession, and have created a disconnect between 
			their teaching and research. (Granof 
			and Zeff 2008, A34)
 
		Professors
		
		Granof and Zeff (2008, A34) went on further to 
		note that “accounting researchers usually look backward rather than 
		forward” and that they, unlike medical researchers, seldom play a 
		significant role in the practicing profession. In general, the thrust of 
		the 
		
		Granof and Zeff (2008) 
		criticism was that the normative/positive pendulum in accounting 
		research had swung too far toward rear-view empiricism and 
		away from creation of promising new accounting methods, models, and 
		constructs. They appealed directly for expanding the set of acceptable 
		research methods to include those accepted in other disciplines well 
		respected for their scientific standing. Additionally, 
		
		Granof and Zeff (2008, 
		A34) noted that because accounting faculties “are associated with a 
		well-defined and recognized profession … [they] have a special 
		obligation to conduct research that is of interest and relevance to 
		[that] profession,” especially as the models of those practitioners 
		evolve to fit new postindustrial environments.
		Similar concerns 
		were raised in the 1990s by the senior accounting scholar Richard 
		
		Mattessich (1995, 183) in his treatise 
		Critique of Accounting:
		
			
			Academic accounting—like engineering, medicine, law, and so on—is 
			obliged to provide a range of tools for practitioners to choose 
			from, depending on preconceived and actual needs … The present gap 
			between practice and academia is bound to grow as an increasing 
			number of academics are being absorbed in either the modeling of 
			highly simplified (and thus unrealistic) situations or the testing 
			of empirical hypotheses (most of which are not even of instrumental 
			nature). Both of these tasks are legitimate academic concerns, and 
			this book must not be misinterpreted as opposing these efforts. What 
			must be opposed is the one-sidedness of this academic concern and, 
			even more so, the intolerance of the positive accounting theorists 
			toward attempts of incorporating norms (objectives) into the 
			theoretical accounting framework.
 
		Mattessich, Zeff, 
		and Granof were followed most recently in the same vein by Robert 
		
		Kaplan (2011), who noted in the AAA 2010 
		Presidential Scholar Lecture that:
		
			- most accounting 
			research for the past 40 years has been reactive in the sense 
			that it concentrates on studying existing practice, but does not 
			advance that practice; and
- accounting scholars 
			have missed opportunities to apply innovations from other 
			disciplines to important accounting issues—an especially noticeable 
			difference when compared with researchers from other professional 
			schools who understand gaps in practice and try to address them by 
			applying contemporary engineering and science.
In my opinion, these 
		weaknesses noted by Granof, Zeff, Mattessich, and Kaplan are 
		attributable primarily to the insularity and myopia of the American-led 
		accounting academy. Our research excludes practice and stifles 
		innovation because of the way our journals, doctoral programs, and 
		academic presentations are structured.
		
			
			The Innovation Roadblock in 
			Accounting Systems 
			The rear-view 
			empiricism research malaise that all four of these scholars 
			attribute to accounting as a whole is especially present in its 
			technical subfield of accounting information systems (AIS). In fact, 
			it is even more exaggerated, because as time goes on, an 
			increasingly high percentage of AIS researchers aspire to develop 
			reputations not in the field they teach (i.e., accounting systems), 
			but in the accounting mainstream (i.e., financial reporting). Thus, 
			they follow many of the misdirected paths described above, and their 
			results are similarly disappointing. With some notable 
			exceptions—primarily in work that involves semantic modeling of 
			accounting phenomena or computerized monitoring and 
			auditing—university-driven modernization in accounting systems has 
			been virtually nonexistent since the 1970s, and what limited 
			improvements that have occurred can be primarily attributed to the 
			independent practice marketplace.
 
	 
	Continued in article
 
"Is Accounting Research Stagnant?" by 
Donald V. Moser, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 
845-850 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10312 
	
		
		I accepted 
		the invitation to present my thoughts to the American Accounting 
		Association Executive Committee on whether accounting research has 
		become stagnant for several reasons. First, I believe the question is 
		important because the answer has widespread implications, one of which 
		is the extent to which accounting research will remain an important part 
		of the accounting academic profession in the years to come. In order to 
		maintain the current stature of accounting research or to increase its 
		importance, we need to ensure that we produce research that someone 
		cares about. Second, there appears to be a growing sentiment among some 
		accounting researchers that much of the research currently published in 
		the top accounting journals is too similar, with too much emphasis on 
		technique rather than on whether the research addresses an interesting 
		or important question. My final reason was more self-serving. I thought 
		this would provide a good opportunity to reflect on an important issue, 
		and that committing to share my thoughts in a public forum would force 
		me to give the issue the serious consideration it warrants. My comments 
		below describe some conclusions I reached based on what others have 
		written about this issue, discussions with colleagues, and my own 
		reflections.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| HAS ACCOUNTING 
				RESEARCH STAGNATED? | 
		
		My answer to the 
		question of whether accounting research has become stagnant is a 
		qualified “yes.” I qualify my answer because I do not believe that our 
		research is entirely stagnant. Looking at the issue from a historical 
		perspective, accounting research has, in fact, evolved considerably over 
		time. In other words, as described quite eloquently recently by
		
		Hopwood (2007),
		
		Birnberg (2009), and
		
		Kaplan (2011), accounting research has an 
		impressive history of change. While each of these scholars has their own 
		views on what type of accounting research we should focus on now and in 
		the future, each also describes a rich history of how we evolved to get 
		where we are today.
		In addition to the 
		longer-term history of change, there has been substantial recent change 
		in the perspectives reflected in accounting research and the topics now 
		considered acceptable in accounting research. It was not that long ago 
		that accounting studies that hypothesized or documented behavior that 
		was inconsistent with the rational self-interest assumptions of 
		neoclassical economics had a difficult time finding a publication outlet 
		in the top accounting journals. Today, thanks mostly to the rise of 
		behavioral economics, we see more experimental, analytical, and archival 
		research that incorporates concepts from behavioral economics and 
		psychology published in most of the top accounting journals. Recently, 
		we have even seen work on neuroaccounting, which draws on findings from 
		neuroscience, make its way into accounting journals (Dickhaut 
		et al. 2010; 
		
		Birnberg and Ganguly 2012). 
		We also have seen new topics appear in published accounting research. 
		For example, while there is a history of work on corporate social 
		responsibility in Accounting, Organizations and Society, more 
		recently, we have seen increased interest in such work as evidenced by 
		articles published or forthcoming in The Accounting Review 
		(Simnett 
		et al. 2009;
		
		Balakrishnan et al. 2011;
		
		Dhaliwal et al. 2011;
		
		Kim et al. 2011;
		
		Dhaliwal et al. 2012;
		
		Moser and Martin 2012). In addition, The 
		Harvard Business School, in collaboration with the Journal of 
		Accounting and Economics, recently announced that they will host a 
		conference on “Corporate Accountability Reporting” in 2013.1
		However, despite 
		evidence of both historical and more recent change, there is also 
		considerable evidence of stagnation in accounting research. For example, 
		despite some new topics appearing in accounting journals, a considerable 
		amount of the published work still relates to a limited group of topics, 
		such as earnings management, analysts' or management forecasts, 
		compensation, regulation, governance, or budgeting. Researchers also 
		mostly use the same research methods, with archival studies being most 
		prevalent, and experimental studies running a distant second. The 
		underlying theories used in mainstream U.S. accounting research are also 
		quite limited, with conventional economic theory being the most commonly 
		employed theory, but, as noted above, behavioral economic and 
		psychological theories becoming more common in recent years. While the 
		top accounting journals have become more open to new perspectives in 
		recent years, the list of top journals has changed little, with the 
		exception of the rise of the Review of Accounting Studies. 
		Moreover, with the exception of some of the American Accounting 
		Association journals, the top private U.S. accounting journals have 
		mostly retained a somewhat narrow focus in terms of the type of research 
		they typically publish. Finally, many published studies represent minor 
		extensions of previous work, have limited or no tension in their 
		hypotheses (i.e., they test what almost certainly must be true), have 
		limited implications, and are metric or tool driven. Regarding the 
		second-to-last item, i.e., limited implications, many studies now only 
		claim to “extend the literature,” with no discussion of who, other than 
		a limited number of other researchers working in the same area, might be 
		interested in the study's findings. Regarding the last item, i.e., 
		metric-driven research, some studies appear to be published simply 
		because they used all the latest and best research techniques, even 
		though the issue itself is of limited interest.
		Of course, 
		as with most issues, there are opposing views. Some accounting 
		researchers disagree with the premise that our research is stagnant. 
		Specifically, they believe that the methods and theories currently used 
		are the best methods and theories, and that the top-ranked accounting 
		journals are the best journals because they publish the best research. 
		Under this view, there is little need for more innovative research. 
		Whether such views are correct or simply represent a preference for the
		status quo is beyond the scope of this article. Suffice to say 
		that my personal views on these issues are mixed, but I agree somewhat 
		more with the view that accounting research is insufficiently 
		innovative.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| DETERRENTS TO 
				INNOVATION IN ACCOUNTING RESEARCH | 
		
		To the extent that 
		accounting research lacks innovation, the question is what has brought 
		us to this point? There appears to be considerable blame to spread 
		around. One of the biggest culprits is the incentive system that 
		accounting researchers face (Swanson 
		2004). In order to earn tenure or promotion, 
		or even simply to receive an annual pay increase, researchers must 
		publish in the top accounting journals and be cited by other researchers 
		who publish in those same journals (Merchant 
		2010). Researchers' publication record and 
		related citations depend critically on the views of editors and 
		reviewers with status quo training and preferences, and the speed 
		with which manuscripts make their way through the review process. Not 
		surprisingly, this leads most researchers to limit the topics they study 
		and make their studies as acceptable to status quo editors and 
		reviewers as possible. This is the safest way to increase the number of 
		papers published in top journals, which, in turn, increases the 
		likelihood of citations by others who publish in those journals. Also, 
		the constant pressures to publish more articles in top journals, teach 
		more or new courses, improve teacher ratings, and provide administrative 
		service to the school leaves little time for innovative research. It is 
		easier to simply do more of the same because this increases the odds of 
		satisfying the requirements of the school's incentive system.
		A second 
		impediment to innovative research is the way we train doctoral students. 
		Too often, faculty advisors clone themselves. While such mentor 
		relationships have many benefits, insisting that doctoral students view 
		the world in the same way a faculty advisor does perpetuates the 
		status quo. Also, most doctoral students take the same set of 
		courses in economics, statistics, etc., and usually before they take 
		accounting seminars. Again, while such methods training is essential, if 
		all doctoral students take virtually all of the same courses, they are 
		less likely to be exposed to alternative views of the world. Finally, in 
		recent years, more doctoral students enter their programs with strong 
		technical skills in economics, quantitative techniques, and statistical 
		analysis, but many now lack professional accounting experience.2 
		Because such students prefer to engage in research projects that apply 
		the skills they have, they tend to view research in terms of the 
		techniques they can apply rather than stepping back to consider whether 
		the research question is novel or important.
		A third impediment to 
		innovative research may involve the types of individuals who are 
		attracted to accounting as a profession or research area. Accountants 
		tend to like clarity and focus. Indeed, we often train our undergraduate 
		or master's students to work toward a “right answer.” This raises the 
		possibility that accountants are less innovative by nature than 
		researchers in some other areas. Similarly, some accountants have a 
		narrow definition of accounting. Some think of it as only financial 
		accounting, and even those who define it more broadly as including 
		managerial accounting, auditing, and tax, still tend to rigidly 
		compartmentalize accounting into such functional areas. Such rigid 
		categories limit the areas that accounting researchers consider to be 
		appropriate for accounting research.
		A final 
		reason why accounting research is less innovative than it could be is 
		that accounting researchers do not collaborate with researchers who 
		employ different research methods or with researchers outside of 
		accounting as often as they could. We tend to work with researchers who 
		use the same research methods we do. That is, archival researchers 
		typically collaborate with other archival researchers, and experimental 
		researchers typically collaborate with other experimentalists. Moreover, 
		only rarely do we branch out to work with researchers in other areas of 
		business (e.g., organizational behavior, strategy, ethics, economics, or 
		finance), and even less frequently with researchers from areas outside 
		of business (e.g., psychology, decision sciences, law, political 
		science, neuroscience, anthropology, or international studies).
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| WHAT CAN WE DO TO 
				FOSTER INNOVATION? | 
		
		To the extent that 
		accounting research is less innovative than it could be for some or all 
		of the reasons offered above, what can be done to change this? I divide 
		my discussion of this issue into two categories: (1) actions that we, 
		the broader research community, could take, and (2) actions that the 
		American Accounting Association could take. Accounting faculty members 
		at schools with doctoral programs could rethink how we recruit doctoral 
		students. Currently, we tend to recruit students who have a good fit 
		with research active faculty members who are likely to serve as the 
		students' faculty advisor. Of course, this makes perfect sense because a 
		mismatch tends to be very costly for both the student and the faculty 
		advisor. On the other hand, this approach tends to produce clones of the 
		faculty advisor. So, unless the faculty advisor values innovation, the 
		chances that the doctoral student will propose or be allowed to pursue a 
		new line of research are significantly reduced. Perhaps we need to 
		assess prospective doctoral students, at least partially, on the novelty 
		of their thinking. More importantly, we need to be more open to new 
		ideas our students propose and encourage and support such ideas, rather 
		than discourage novel thinking. Of course, a faculty advisor would be 
		remiss not to explain the risks of doing something different, but along 
		with explaining the risks, we could point out the potential rewards of 
		being first out of the gate on a new topic and the personal sense of 
		fulfillment that accompanies doing something you believe in and enjoy. 
		Faculty advisors could also lead by example. Senior faculty could take 
		some risks of their own to show junior faculty and doctoral students 
		that this is acceptable rather than frowned upon.
 
	Continued in article
 
"How Can Accounting Researchers Become More 
Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 
26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311  
	
		
			
				
				We fervently hope that the research 
				pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of inquiry 
				that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery of the 
				richness of what accounting research can be. For that to occur, 
				deans and the current generation of academic accountants must 
				give it a push.—
				Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff 
				(2008)
				Rather 
				than clinging to the projects of the past, it is time to explore 
				questions and engage with ideas that transgress the current 
				accounting research boundaries. Allow your values to guide the 
				formation of your research agenda. The passion will inevitably 
				follow —
				Joni J. 
				
				Young (2009)
			
		 
	 
	
		
			
 
		 
		
		Are most 
		accounting academics and professionals excited when they receive the 
		latest issue of The Accounting Review or an email of the Table of 
		Contents? When I was a doctoral student and later an assistant 
		professor, I looked forward to receiving new issues of top accounting 
		journals. But as my research horizons widened, I found myself less 
		interested in reading a recent issue of an accounting journal than one 
		in a nearby discipline (e.g., Journal of Law and Economics), or 
		even a discipline further away (e.g., Evolution and Human Behavior). 
		Many accountants find little insight into important accounting issues in 
		the top U.S. academic journals, which critics allege focus on arcane 
		issues that interest a narrowing readership (e.g., 
		
		Sterling 1976;
		
		Garcha et al. 1983;
		
		Flesher 1991;
		
		Heck and Jensen 2007).1
		Several prominent 
		scholars raise concerns about recent accounting research. Joel
		
		Demski's 2001 American Accounting Association 
		(AAA) Presidential Address acknowledges the excitement of the mid-20th 
		century advances in accounting research, but notes, “Of late, however, a 
		malaise appears to have settled in. Our progress has turned flat, our 
		tribal tendencies have taken hold, and our joy has diminished.” The 
		state of current U.S. accounting scholarship has been questioned 
		repeatedly by recent AAA presidents, including Judy
		
		Rayburn (2006), Shyam 
		
		Sunder (2006), Sue
		
		Haka (2008), and Greg
		
		Waymire (2012).2
		Assuming that when 
		there is smoke there is likely a fire, I adopt a “glass-half-empty” 
		lens.3 
		I diagnose the problems in our discipline after briefly outlining a few 
		long-term causes for the symptoms identified by critics. I seek remedies 
		for the more urgent symptoms, drawing upon examples from other 
		disciplines that are exploring ways to reinvigorate scholarship and 
		restore academic relevance. While a few of these can be implemented by 
		AAA, many others can be adopted by journal editors and authors. I hope 
		that these personal views stimulate conversations that lead to better 
		accounting scholarship.
		My main 
		suggestion is to re-orient accounting researchers toward addressing 
		fundamental accounting questions, and to provide awards and incentives 
		for innovative leadership, rather than for passively following 
		accounting standard-setters. This will require educating young scholars 
		in accounting history as well as the history of accounting thought. In 
		addition, AAA annual meetings should feature a named lecture by an 
		eminent non-accounting scholar to expose us to new ideas and methods. We 
		should rely less on statistical significance for assessing importance 
		and instead emphasize practical significance in judging the value of a 
		research contribution. Accounting research should be made more 
		accessible to practitioners, interested laymen, and academic colleagues 
		in other disciplines by improving readability—for example by making 
		articles shorter and less jargon laden, and replacing tables with more 
		informative figures. Finally, we should more actively seek out and 
		explore accounting domains beyond those captured in machine-readable 
		databases.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| WHAT ARE THE 
				SYMPTOMS? WHAT IS THE DIAGNOSIS? | 
		
		
		
		Demski (2007) and 
		
		Fellingham (2007) contend that accounting is 
		not an academic research discipline that contributes knowledge to the 
		rest of the university. This assertion is supported by predominantly 
		one-way citation flows between accounting journals and those of 
		neighboring disciplines (Lee 
		1995;
		
		Pieters and Baumgartner 2002;
		
		Bricker et al. 2003;
		
		Rayburn 2006). Such sentiments imply low 
		status of the accounting professoriate within the academy, and echo 
		those of
		
		Demski et al. (1991),
		
		Zeff (1989),
		
		Sterling (1973), and, from longer ago, 
		
		Hatfield (1924). Furthermore, and perhaps of 
		greater concern, accounting research has little impact on accounting 
		practice, and the divergence between accounting research and accounting 
		practice has been growing over the last half century (e.g.,
		
		Langenderfer 1987;
		
		Baxter 1988;
		
		Bricker and Previts 1990).
		What other 
		symptoms have critics identified?
		
		Demski (2008) highlights the lack of passion 
		in many accounting researchers, while
		
		Ball (2008) bemoans the “absence of a solidly 
		grounded worldview—a deep understanding of the functioning of financial 
		reporting in the economy” among accounting professors and doctoral 
		students alike.
		
		Kaplan (2011) suggests that accounting 
		research is predominantly conducted in an ivory tower with little 
		connection to problems faced by practitioners, whereas
		
		Sunder (2007) argues that mandatory uniform 
		standards suppress thinking among accounting researchers, echoing
		
		Baxter (1953).
		
		Kinney (2001) submits that accounting 
		researchers are not sure about which research domains are ours. 
		
		Demski et al. (1991) 
		raised all these concerns previously, implying that accounting research 
		has been stagnant for decades. No wonder I (and others) find too many 
		recent accounting papers to be tedious and uninteresting.
		A simplistic 
		diagnosis is that U.S. accounting research mimics the concerns and mores 
		of the U.S. accounting profession. The accounting profession in the 
		middle of the 20th century searched for principles underlying accounting 
		practices, which provided a demand for normative academic theories. 
		These demands were met by accounting classics such as
		
		Gilman (1939),
		
		Paton and Littleton (1940), and
		
		Edwards and Bell (1961). Although standards 
		were originally meant to guide accounting practice, standard-setters 
		soon slid down the slippery slope of enforceable rules (Baxter 
		1979). Consequently, ever more detailed rules 
		were written to make reported numbers more reliable. Bureaucrats wanted 
		to uniformly enforce explicit protocols, which lawyers creatively 
		interpreted and financial engineers circumvented with new contracts. In 
		parallel, accounting researchers abandoned normative debates and turned 
		to measuring and evaluating the effects of alternative accounting rules 
		and attempts to evade them (e.g.,
		
		Zeff 1978). In sum, as U.S. GAAP moved from 
		norm based to rule based, or from emphasizing relevance to increasing 
		uniformity and reliability, accounting researchers began favoring formal 
		quantitative methods over informal qualitative arguments. As U.S. GAAP 
		and the Internal Revenue Code became ever more arcane, so did U.S. 
		accounting research.
		Another diagnosis 
		is that our current state stems from accounting trying to become a more 
		scientific discipline. During 1956–1964, the Ford Foundation gave 
		Carnegie Mellon, Chicago, Columbia, Harvard, and Stanford $14.4 million 
		to try to make their business schools centers of excellence in research 
		and teaching (Khurana 
		et al. 2011). Contributions from other 
		foundations raised the total to $35 million (Jeuck 
		1986), which would be about $268 million in 
		2012 dollars.4 
		The Ford Foundation espoused quantitative methods and economics with a 
		goal of making business research more “scientific” and “professional” (Gordon 
		and Howell 1959). Business schools responded 
		by emphasizing statistical analyses and mathematical modeling, and 
		mathematical training rather than accounting knowledge became 
		increasingly required for publications in the top accounting journals 
		(e.g.,
		
		Chua 1996;
		
		Heck and Jensen 2007). While business 
		researchers had some notable successes in the 1960s and 1970s soon after 
		introducing these new techniques, the rate of innovation has allegedly 
		since fallen.
		Concurrently, U.S. 
		business schools became credentialing machines guided by a “(student) 
		customer is always right” ethos, so there was also less demand for 
		accounting theory from accounting students and their employers (Demski 
		2007), and intermediate accounting textbooks 
		replaced theory with rote memorization of rules (Zeff 
		1989).5
		In 1967, the American Assembly of Collegiate 
		Schools of Business (AACSB) increased the degree requirements for 
		accredited accounting faculty from a master's-CPA combination to a 
		Ph.D., effective in 1969. Many accounting doctoral programs were started 
		in the 1960s to meet the new demand for accounting doctorates (Rodgers 
		and Williams 1996), and these programs imitated the new elite 
		accounting programs. Statistics, economics, and econometrics screening 
		became requisite challenges (Zeff 
		1978), preceding accounting courses in many 
		doctoral programs. Unsurprisingly then, doctoral students came to infer 
		that accounting theory and institutional content are merely the icing on 
		the cake of quantitative economics or psychology.
		In 
		summary, the forces that induced change in U.S. accounting academe in 
		the aftermath of World War II still prevail. The goals and methods of 
		accounting research have changed profoundly over the last half century 
		(e.g.,
		
		Zeff 1978), leading accounting researchers to more Type III error 
		(e.g.,
		
		Dyckman 1989): “giving the right answer to the 
		wrong problem” (Kimball 
		1957) or “solving the wrong problem precisely” 
		(Raiffa 
		1968). To the extent that accounting relevance 
		has been sacrificed for tractability and academic rigor, these changes 
		have slowed accounting-knowledge generation.
 
	
		
		
 
			
				| HOW CAN ACCOUNTING 
				RESEARCH BECOME MORE INNOVATIVE? | 
		
		
		
		Demski (2007) characterizes recent accounting 
		research thus: “Innovation is close to nonexistent. This, in fact, is 
		the basis for the current angst about the ‘diversity' of our major 
		publications. Deeper, though, is the mindset and factory-like mentality 
		that is driving this visible clustering in the journals.” He laments 
		further, “The vast bulk of our published work is insular, largely 
		derivative, and lacking in the variety that is essential for innovation. 
		Arguably, our published work is focusing increasingly on job placement 
		and retention.”
		
		Demski et al. (1991) conjecture, “Accounting 
		researchers apparently suffer from insecurity about their field of 
		study, leading them to perturb fairly secure research paradigms (mostly 
		those that have been accepted by economists) within an ever-narrowing 
		circle of accounting academics isolated from the practice world. There 
		is very little reward in the current academic system for experimentation 
		and innovation that has the potential for impacting practice.” My sense 
		is that many accounting researchers (especially those who have not 
		practiced accounting) believe that the conceptual framework has resolved 
		all fundamental accounting issues and that accounting researchers should 
		help regulators fill in the technical details to implement their grand 
		plan. As blinkers keep horses focused on the road ahead, the current 
		conceptual framework blinds accounting academics to the important issues 
		in accounting (especially the many flaws in the conceptual framework 
		project).
		Identifying the 
		major unsolved questions in a field can provide new directions for 
		research quests as well as a framework for teaching. For example, 
		
		Hilbert (1900) posed 23 unsolved problems for 
		mathematicians to test themselves against over the 20th century. His 
		ideas were so successful in directing subsequent mathematics research 
		that $1 million Millennium Prizes have been established for seven 
		unsolved mathematical questions for the current century.6
		Many scientific disciplines compile lists of 
		unsolved questions for their fields in an attempt to imitate the success 
		of 20th century mathematics.7 
		There is even a new series of books titled, The Big Questions: xxx, 
		where xxx is philosophy (Blackburn 
		2009), physics (Brooks 
		2010), the universe (Clark 
		2010), etc. The series “is designed to let 
		renowned experts confront the 20 most fundamental and frequently asked 
		questions in a major branch of science or philosophy.” There is, 
		however, neither consensus nor much interest in addressing the big 
		unanswered questions in accounting, let alone exploring and refining 
		them, recent attempts notwithstanding (e.g.,
		
		Ball 2008;
		
		Basu 2008;
		
		Robinson 2007).
		Few accounting 
		professors can identify even a dozen of the 88 members of the Accounting 
		Hall of Fame, let alone why they were selected as “having made or are 
		making significant contributions to the advancement of accounting.”8 
		Since many doctoral syllabi concentrate on recent publications to 
		identify current research frontiers, most recent doctoral graduates have 
		read just a handful of papers published before 2000. This leaves new 
		professors with little clue to the “most fundamental and frequently 
		asked questions” of our discipline. The American Economic Association 
		recently celebrated the centenary of The American Economic Review 
		by appointing a Top 20 Committee to select the “top 20” articles 
		published in the journal over the previous 100 years (Arrow 
		et al. 2011). Similarly, the Financial 
		Analysts Journal picked the best articles over its first 50 years 
		(Harlow 
		1995). Accounting academics could similarly 
		identify the top 20 articles published in the first 100 years of The 
		Journal of Accountancy (1905–2004), the top 25 articles published in
		Accountancy (1880–2005), or proportionately fewer papers for 
		The Accounting Review (1926–2011).
		If accounting 
		researchers do not tackle the fundamental issues in accounting, we 
		collectively face obsolescence, irrelevance, and oblivion.9
		
		
		Demski et al. (1991) 
		recommended identifying a “broad set of challenging, relevant research 
		questions” to be distributed to seasoned researchers to develop detailed 
		research proposals that would be presented at a “proposals conference,” 
		with the proceedings distributed widely among accounting academics. Lev 
		(1992) commissioned several veteran researchers, including Michael 
		Brennan (Finance) and Daniel Kahneman (Psychology), to write detailed 
		research proposals on “Why is there a conservatism bias in financial 
		reporting?” Eight proposals were presented at a plenary session of the 
		1993 AAA Annual Meeting in San Francisco, and copies of the research 
		proposals were included in the packets of all annual meeting attendees. 
		This initiative provided the impetus for conservatism research over the 
		last two decades (cf.
		
		Basu 2009).
 
	Continued in article
Shame on you Richard. You claimed a totally incorrect reason for 
not having any interest in the Pathways Commission Report. It is totally 
incorrect to assume that the PC Report resolutions apply only to the CPA 
profession. 
Did you ever read the PC  Report?
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
 
Perhaps you just never read as far as Page 109 of the PC Report 
quoted below:
	
	Accounting Profession
	
	1. The need to enhance the bilateral 
	relationship between the practice community and academe.
	From the perspective of the 
	profession, one impediment to change has been the lack of a consistent 
	relationship between a broadly defined profession (i.e., 
	public, private, government) and a broadly defined academy—large 
	and small public and private institutions. This impediment can be broken 
	down into three subparts. First, the Commission recommends the organizations 
	and individuals in the practice community work with accounting educators to 
	provide access to their internal training seminars, so faculty can remain 
	current with the workings of the profession. These organizations also need 
	to develop internship-type opportunities for interested faculty. Second, the 
	practice community and regulators need to reduce the barriers academics have 
	in obtaining research data. All stakeholders must work together to determine 
	how to overcome the privacy, confidentiality, and regulatory issues that 
	impede a greater number of researchers from obtaining robust data needed for 
	many of these research projects. Having access to this data could be 
	instrumental in helping the academy provide timely answers to the profession 
	on the impact of policy decisions on business practice. Third, the 
	profession and the academy need to share pedagogy best practices and 
	resources, especially with respect to rapidly changing educational delivery 
	models as both are essential segments of the lifelong educational pathway of 
	accounting professionals.
	Conversely, academia is not without 
	fault in the development of this relationship. The Commission recommends 
	that more institutions, possibly through new accreditation standards, engage 
	more practitioners as executives in residence in the classroom. These 
	individuals can provide a different perspective on various topics and thus 
	might better explain what they do, how they do it, and why they do it. 
	Additionally, the Commission recommends institutions utilize accounting 
	professionals through department advisory boards that can assist the 
	department in the development of its curriculum.
	
Jensen Comment
I contend that you are simply another accountics scientist member of the Cargo 
Cult looking for feeble luddite excuses to run for cover from the Pathways 
Commission resolutions, especially resolutions to conduct more clinical research 
and add diversity to the curricula of accounting doctoral programs.
Thank you for this honesty. But have you ever looked at the Pathways Commission 
Report?
Have you ever looked at the the varied professionals who generated this report 
and support its resolutions? In addition to CPA firms and universities, many 
of the Commissioners  come from major employers of Tuck School graduates 
including large and small corporations and consulting firms.
The Report is located at 
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
The Pathways Commission was made up of representatives of all segments of 
accounting academe, industrial accounting, and not-for-profit accounting. This 
Commission never intended its resolutions to apply only to only public 
accounting, which by the way includes tax accounting where you do most of your 
research. You're grasping at straws here Richard!
Most accountics Cargo Cult scientists are silent and smug with respect to the 
Pathways Commission Report, especially it's advocacy of clinical research and 
research methods extending beyond GLM data mining of commercial databases that 
the AAA leadership itself is admitting has grown stale and lacks innovation ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
This is a perfect opportunity for me to recall the cargo plane scene from a 
movie called Mondo Cane --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mondo_cane 
 Sudipta Basu picked up on the Cargo Cult analogy to stagnation of 
accountics science research over the past few decades.
 "How Can Accounting Researchers Become 
More Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, 
Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311  
	
		
			
				
 
				
				We fervently hope that the 
				research pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of 
				inquiry that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery 
				of the richness of what accounting research can be. For that to 
				occur, deans and the current generation of academic accountants 
				must give it a push.�
				Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff (2008)
				
				
 
				
				Rather than clinging to the 
				projects of the past, it is time to explore questions and engage 
				with ideas that transgress the current accounting research 
				boundaries. Allow your values to guide the formation of your 
				research agenda. The passion will inevitably follow �
				Joni J. Young (2009)
			
		 
	 
	. . . 
	Is Academic Accounting a “Cargo Cult Science”?
	
	In a commencement address at Caltech titled “Cargo 
	Cult Science,” Richard Feynman (1974) discussed “science, pseudoscience, and 
	learning how not to fool yourself.” He argued that despite great efforts at 
	scientific research, little progress was apparent in school education. 
	Reading and mathematics scores kept declining, despite schools adopting the 
	recommendations of experts. Feynman (1974, 11) dubbed fields like these 
	“Cargo Cult Sciences,” explaining the term as follows: 
	In the South Seas there is a Cargo Cult of people. 
	During the war they saw airplanes land with lots of good materials, and they 
	want the same things to happen now. So they've arranged to make things like 
	runways, to put fires along the sides of the runways, to make a wooden hut 
	for a man to sit in, with two wooden pieces on his head like headphones and 
	bars of bamboo sticking out like antennas—he's the controller—and they wait 
	for the airplanes to land. They're doing everything right. The form is 
	perfect. It looks exactly the way it looked before. But it doesn't work.
	No airplanes land. So I call 
	these things Cargo Cult Science, because they follow all the apparent 
	precepts and forms of scientific investigation, but they're missing 
	something essential, because the planes don't land.
	
	Feynman (1974) argued that the key distinction 
	between a science and a Cargo Cult Science is scientific integrity: “[T]he 
	idea is to give all of the information to help others judge the value of 
	your contribution; not just the information that leads to judgment in one 
	particular direction or another.” In other words, papers should not be 
	written to provide evidence for one's hypothesis, but rather to “report 
	everything that you think might make it invalid.” Furthermore, “you should 
	not fool the layman when you're talking as a scientist.” 
	Even though more and more detailed rules are 
	constantly being written by the SEC, FASB, IASB, PCAOB, AICPA, and other 
	accounting experts (e.g., Benston et al. 2006), the number and severity of 
	accounting scandals are not declining, which is Feynman's (1969) hallmark of 
	a pseudoscience. Because accounting standards often reflect 
	standard-setters' ideology more than research into the effectiveness of 
	different alternatives, it is hardly surprising that accounting quality has 
	not improved. Even preliminary research findings can be transformed 
	journalistically into irrefutable scientific results by the political 
	process of accounting standard-setting. For example, the working paper 
	results of Frankel et al. (2002) were used to justify the SEC's longstanding 
	desire to ban non-audit services in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, even 
	though the majority of contemporary and subsequent studies found different 
	results (Romano 2005). Unfortunately, the ability to bestow status by 
	invitation to select conferences and citation in official documents (e.g., 
	White 2005) may let standard-setters set our research and teaching agendas 
	(Zeff 1989). Academic Accounting and the “Cult of Statistical Significance”
	
	Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) argue that, in trying 
	to mimic physicists, many biologists and social scientists have become 
	devotees of statistical significance, even though most articles in physics 
	journals do not report statistical significance. They argue that statistical 
	tests are typically used to infer whether a particular effect exists, rather 
	than to measure the magnitude of the effect, which usually has more 
	practical import. While early empirical accounting researchers such as Ball 
	and Brown (1968) and Beaver (1968) went to great lengths to estimate how 
	much extra information reached the stock market in the earnings announcement 
	month or week, subsequent researchers limited themselves to answering 
	whether other factors moderated these effects. Because accounting theories 
	rarely provide quantitative predictions (e.g., Kinney 1986), accounting 
	researchers perform nil hypothesis significance testing rituals, i.e., test 
	unrealistic and atheoretical null hypotheses that a particular coefficient 
	is exactly zero.15 While physicists devise experiments to measure the mass 
	of an electron to the accuracy of tens of decimal places, accounting 
	researchers are still testing the equivalent of whether electrons have mass. 
	Indeed, McCloskey (2002) argues that the “secret sins of economics” are that 
	economics researchers use quantitative methods to produce qualitative 
	research outcomes such as (non-)existence theorems and statistically 
	significant signs, rather than to predict and measure quantitative (how 
	much) outcomes. 
	Practitioners are more interested in magnitudes 
	than existence proofs, because the former are more relevant in decision 
	making. Paradoxically, accounting research became less useful in the real 
	world by trying to become more scientific (Granof and Zeff 2008). Although 
	every empirical article in accounting journals touts the statistical 
	significance of the results, practical significance is rarely considered or 
	discussed (e.g., Lev 1989). Empirical articles do not often discuss the 
	meaning of a regression coefficient with respect to real-world decision 
	variables and their outcomes. Thus, accounting research results rarely have 
	practical implications, and this tendency is likely worst in fields with the 
	strongest reliance on statistical significance such as financial reporting 
	research. 
	Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) highlight a deeper 
	concern about over-reliance on statistical significance—that it does not 
	even provide evidence about whether a hypothesis is true or false. Carver 
	(1978) provides a memorable example of drawing the wrong inference from 
	statistical significance: 
	What is the probability of obtaining a dead person 
	(label this part D) given that the person was hanged (label this part H); 
	this is, in symbol form, what is P(D|H)? Obviously, it will be very high, 
	perhaps 0.97 or higher. Now, let us reverse the question. What is the 
	probability that a person has been hanged (H), given that the person is dead 
	(D); that is, what is P(H|D)? This time the probability will undoubtedly be 
	very low, perhaps 0.01 or lower. No one would be likely to make the mistake 
	of substituting the first estimate (0.97) for the second (0.01); that is, to 
	accept 0.97 as the probability that a person has been hanged given that the 
	person is dead. Even though this seems to be an unlikely mistake, it is 
	exactly the kind of mistake that is made with interpretations of statistical 
	significance testing—by analogy, calculated estimates of P(D|H) are 
	interpreted as if they were estimates of P(H|D), when they clearly are not 
	the same. 
	As Cohen (1994) succinctly explains, statistical 
	tests assess the probability of observing a sample moment as extreme as 
	observed conditional on the null hypothesis being true, or P(D|H0), where D 
	represents data and H0 represents the null hypothesis. However, researchers 
	want to know whether the null hypothesis is true, conditional on the sample, 
	or P(H0|D). We can calculate P(H0|D) from P(D|H0) by applying Bayes' 
	theorem, but that requires knowledge of P(H0), which is what researchers 
	want to discover in the first place. Although Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) 
	quote many eminent statisticians who have repeatedly pointed out this basic 
	logic, the essential point has not entered the published accounting 
	literature. 
	In my view, restoring relevance to mathematically 
	guided accounting research requires changing our role model from applied 
	science to engineering (Colander 2011).16 While science aims at finding 
	truth through application of institutionalized best practices with little 
	regard for time or cost, engineering seeks to solve a specific problem using 
	available resources, and the engineering method is “the strategy for causing 
	the best change in a poorly understood or uncertain situation within the 
	available resources” (Koen 2003). We should move to an experimental approach 
	that simulates real-world applications or field tests new accounting methods 
	in particular countries or industries, as would likely happen by default if 
	accounting were not monopolized by the IASB (Dye and Sunder 2001). The 
	inductive approach to standard-setting advocated by Littleton (1953) is 
	likely to provide workable solutions to existing problems and be more useful 
	than an axiomatic approach that starts from overly simplistic first 
	principles. 
	To reduce the gap between academe and practice and 
	stimulate new inquiry, AAA should partner with the FEI or Business 
	Roundtable to create summer, semester, or annual research internships for 
	accounting professors and Ph.D. students at corporations and audit firms.17 
	Accounting professors who have served as visiting scholars at the SEC and 
	FASB have reported positively about their experience (e.g., Jorgensen et al. 
	2007), and I believe that such practice internships would provide 
	opportunities for valuable fieldwork that supplements our experimental and 
	archival analyses. Practice internships could be an especially fruitful way 
	for accounting researchers to spend their sabbaticals. 
	Another useful initiative would be to revive the 
	tradition of The Accounting Review publishing papers that do not rely on 
	statistical significance or mathematical notation, such as case studies, 
	field studies, and historical studies, similar to the Journal of Financial 
	Economics (Jensen et al. 1989).18 A separate editor, similar to the book 
	reviews editor, could ensure that appropriate criteria are used to evaluate 
	qualitative research submissions (Chapman 2012). A co-editor from practice 
	could help ensure that the topics covered are current and relevant, and help 
	reverse the steep decline in AAA professional membership. Encouraging 
	diversity in research methods and topics is more likely to attract new 
	scholars who are passionate and intrinsically care about their research, 
	rather than attracting only those who imitate current research fads for 
	purely instrumental career reasons.
	The relevance of accounting journals can be 
	enhanced by inviting accomplished guest authors from outside accounting. The 
	excellent April 1983 issue of The Accounting Review contains a section 
	entitled “Research Perspectives from Related Disciplines,” which includes 
	essays by Robert Wilson (Decision Sciences), Michael Jensen and Stephen Ross 
	(Finance and Economics), and Karl Weick (Organizational Behavior) that were 
	based on invited presentations at the 1982 AAA Annual Meeting. The 
	thought-provoking essays were discussed by prominent accounting academics 
	(Robert Kaplan, Joel Demski, Robert Libby, and Nils Hakansson); I still use 
	Jensen (1983) to start each of my Ph.D. courses. Academic outsiders bring 
	new perspectives to familiar problems and can often reframe them in ways 
	that enable solutions (Tullock 1966). 
	I still lament that no accounting journal editor 
	invited the plenary speakers—Joe Henrich, Denise Schmandt-Besserat, Michael 
	Hechter, Eric Posner, Robert Lucas, and Vernon Smith—at the 2007 AAA Annual 
	Meeting to write up their presentations for publication in accounting 
	journals. It is rare that Nobel Laureates and U.S. Presidential Early Career 
	Award winners address AAA annual meetings.20 I strongly urge that AAA annual 
	meetings institute a named lecture given by a distinguished researcher from 
	a different discipline, with the address published in The Accounting Review. 
	This would enable cross-fertilization of ideas between accounting and other 
	disciplines. Several highly cited papers published in the Journal of 
	Accounting and Economics were written by economists (Watts 1998), so this 
	initiative could increase citation flows from accounting journals to other 
	disciplines. 
	HOW CAN WE MAKE U.S. ACCOUNTING JOURNALS MORE 
	READABLE AND INTERESTING? 
	Even the greatest discovery will have little impact 
	if other people cannot understand it or are unwilling to make the effort. 
	Zeff (1978) says, “Scholarly writing need not be abstruse. It can and should 
	be vital and relevant. Research can succeed in illuminating the dark areas 
	of knowledge and facilitating the resolution of vexing problems—but only if 
	the report of research findings is communicated to those who can carry the 
	findings further and, in the end, initiate change.” If our journals put off 
	readers, then our research will not stimulate our students or induce change 
	in practice (Dyckman 1989). 
	Michael Jensen (1983, 333–334) addressed the 1982 
	AAA Annual Meeting saying: 
	Unfortunately, there exists in the profession an 
	unwarranted bias toward the use of mathematics even in situations where it 
	is unproductive or useless. One manifestation of this is the common use of 
	the terms “rigorous” or “analytical” or even “theoretical” as identical with 
	‘‘mathematical.” None of these links is, of course, correct. Mathematical is 
	not the same as rigorous, nor is it the same as analytical or theoretical. 
	Propositions can be logically rigorous without being mathematical, and 
	analysis does not have to take the form of symbols and equations. The 
	English sentence and paragraph will do quite well for many analytical 
	purposes. In addition, the use of mathematics does not prevent the 
	commission of errors—even egregious ones. 
	Unfortunately, the top accounting journals 
	demonstrate an increased “tyranny of formalism” that “develops when 
	mathematically inclined scholars take the attitude that if the analytical 
	language is not mathematics, it is not rigorous, and if a problem cannot be 
	solved with the use of mathematics, the effort should be abandoned” (Jensen 
	1983, 335). Sorter (1979) acidly described the transition from normative to 
	quantitative research: “the golden age of empty blindness gave way in the 
	sixties to bloated blindness calculated to cause indigestion. In the 
	sixties, the wonders of methodology burst upon the minds of accounting 
	researchers. We entered what Maslow described as a mean-oriented age. 
	Accountants felt it was their absolute duty to regress, regress and 
	regress.” Accounting research increasingly relies on mathematical and 
	statistical models with highly stylized and unrealistic assumptions. As 
	Young (2006) demonstrates, the financial statement “user” in accounting 
	research and regulation bears little resemblance to flesh-and-blood 
	individuals, and hence our research outputs often have little relevance to 
	the real world. 
	Figure 1 compares how frequently accountants and 
	members of ten other professions are cited in The New York Times in the late 
	1990s (Ellenberg 2000). These data are juxtaposed with the numbers employed 
	in each profession during 1996 using U.S. census data. Accountants are cited 
	less frequently relative to their numbers than any profession except 
	computer programmers. One possibility is that journalists cannot detect 
	anything interesting in accounting journals. Another possibility is that 
	university public relations staffs are consistently unable to find an 
	interesting angle in published accounting papers that they can pitch to 
	reporters. I have little doubt that the obscurantist tendencies in 
	accounting papers make it harder for most outsiders to understand what 
	accounting researchers are saying or find interesting. 
	Accounting articles have also become much longer 
	over time, and I am regularly asked to review articles with introductions 
	that are six to eight pages long, with many of the paragraphs cut-and-pasted 
	from later sections. In contrast, it took Watson and Crick (1953) just one 
	journal page to report the double-helix structure of DNA. Einstein (1905) 
	took only three journal pages to derive his iconic equation E = mc2. Since 
	even the best accounting papers are far less important than these classics 
	of 20th century science, readers waste time wading through academic bloat 
	(Sorter 1979). Because the top general science journals like Science and 
	Nature place strict word limits on articles that differ by the expected 
	incremental contribution, longer scientific papers signal better quality.21 
	Unfortunately, accounting journals do not restrict length, which encourages 
	bloated papers. Another driver of length is the aforementioned trend toward 
	greater rigor in the review process (Ellison 2002). 
	My first suggestion for making published accounting 
	articles less tedious and boring is to impose strict word limits and to 
	revive the “Notes” sections for shorter contributions. Word limits force 
	authors to think much harder about how to communicate their essential ideas 
	succinctly and greatly improve writing. Similarly, I would encourage 
	accounting journals to follow Nature and provide guidelines for informative 
	abstracts.22 A related suggestion is to follow the science journals, and 
	more recently, The American Economic Review, by introducing online-only 
	appendices to report the lengthy robustness sections that are demanded by 
	persnickety reviewers.23 In addition, I strongly encourage AAA journals to 
	require authors to post online with each journal article the data sets and 
	working computer code used to produce all tables as a condition for 
	publication, so that other independent researchers can validate and 
	replicate their studies (Bernanke 2004; McCullough and McKitrick 2009).24 
	This is important because recent surveys of science and management 
	researchers reveal that data fabrication, data falsification, and other 
	violations in published studies is far from rare (Martinson et al. 2005; 
	Bedeian et al. 2010). 
	I also urge that authors report results graphically 
	rather than in tables, as recommended by numerous statistical experts (e.g., 
	Tukey 1977; Chambers et al. 1983; Wainer 2009). For example, Figure 2 shows 
	how the data in Figure 1 can be displayed more effectively without taking up 
	more page space (Gelman et al. 2002). Scientific papers routinely display 
	results in figures with confidence intervals rather than tables with 
	standard errors and p-values, and accounting journals should adopt these 
	practices to improve understandability. Soyer and Hogarth (2012) show 
	experimentally that even well-trained econometricians forecast more slowly 
	and inaccurately when given tables of statistical results than when given 
	equivalent scatter plots. Most accounting researchers cannot recognize the 
	main tables of Ball and Brown (1968) or Beaver (1968) on sight, but their 
	iconic figures are etched in our memories. The figures in Burgstahler and 
	Dichev (1997) convey their results far more effectively than tables would. 
	Indeed, the finance professoriate was convinced that financial markets are 
	efficient by the graphs in Fama et al. (1969), a highly influential paper 
	that does not contain a single statistical test! Easton (1999) argues that 
	the 1990s non-linear earnings-return relation literature would likely have 
	been developed much earlier if accounting researchers routinely plotted 
	their data. Since it is not always straightforward to convert tables into 
	graphs (Gelman et al. 2002), I recommend that AAA pay for new editors of AAA 
	journals to take courses in graphical presentation. 
	I would also recommend that AAA award an annual 
	prize for the best figure or graphic in an accounting journal each year. In 
	addition to making research articles easier to follow, figures ease the 
	introduction of new ideas into accounting textbooks. Economics is routinely 
	taught with diagrams and figures to aid intuition—demand and supply curves, 
	IS-LM analysis, Edgeworth boxes, etc. (Blaug and Lloyd 2010). Accounting 
	teachers would benefit if accounting researchers produced similar education 
	tools. Good figures could also be used to adorn the cover pages of our 
	journals similar to the best science journals; in many disciplines, authors 
	of lead articles are invited to provide an illustration for the cover page. 
	JAMA (Journal of the American Medical Association) reproduces paintings 
	depicting doctors on its cover (Southgate 1996); AAA could print paintings 
	of accountants and accounting on the cover of The Accounting Review, perhaps 
	starting with those collected in Yamey (1989). If color printing costs are 
	prohibitive, we could imitate the Journal of Political Economy back cover 
	and print passages from literature where accounting and accountants play an 
	important role, or even start a new format by reproducing cartoons 
	illustrating accounting issues. The key point is to induce accountants to 
	pick up each issue of the journal, irrespective of the research content.
	
	I think that we need an accounting journal to “fill 
	a gap between the general-interest press and most other academic journals,” 
	similar to the Journal of Economics Perspectives (JEP).25 Unlike other 
	economics journals, JEP editors and associate editors solicit articles from 
	experts with the goal of conveying state-of-the-art economic thinking to 
	non-specialists, including students, the lay public, and economists from 
	other specialties.26 The journal explicitly eschews mathematical notation or 
	regression results and requires that results be presented either graphically 
	or as a table of means. In response to the question “List the three 
	economics journals (broadly defined) that you read most avidly when a new 
	issue appears,” a recent survey of U.S. economics professors found that 
	Journal of Economics Perspectives was their second favorite economics 
	journal (Davis et al. 2011), which suggests that an unclaimed niche exists 
	in accounting. Although Accounting Horizons could be restructured along 
	these lines to better reach practitioners, it might make sense to start a 
	new association-wide journal under the AAA aegis.
	 
	CONCLUSION 
	I believe that accounting is one of the most 
	important human innovations. The invention of accounting records was likely 
	indispensable to the emergence of agriculture, and ultimately, civilization 
	(e.g., Basu and Waymire 2006). Many eminent historians view double-entry 
	bookkeeping as indispensable for the Renaissance and the emergence of 
	capitalism (e.g., Sombart 1919; Mises 1949; Weber 1927), possibly via 
	stimulating the development of algebra (Heeffer 2011). Sadly, accounting 
	textbooks and the top U.S. accounting journals seem uninterested in whether 
	and how accounting innovations changed history, or indeed in understanding 
	the history of our current practices (Zeff 1989). 
	In short, the accounting academy embodies a 
	“tragedy of the commons” (Hardin 1968) where strong extrinsic incentives to 
	publish in “top” journals have led to misdirected research efforts. As Zeff 
	(1983) explains, “When modeling problems, researchers seem to be more 
	affected by technical developments in the literature than by their potential 
	to explain phenomena. So often it seems that manuscripts are the result of 
	methods in search of questions rather than questions in search of methods.” 
	Solving common problems requires strong collective action by the social 
	network of accounting researchers using self-governing mechanisms (e.g., 
	Ostrom 1990, 2005). Such initiatives should occur at multiple levels (e.g., 
	school, association, section, region, and individual) to have any chance of 
	success. 
	While accounting research has made advances in 
	recent decades, our collective progress seems slow, relative to the hard 
	work put in by so many talented researchers. Instead of letting financial 
	economics and psychology researchers and accounting standard-setters choose 
	our research methods and questions, we should return our focus to addressing 
	fundamental issues in accounting. As important, junior researchers should be 
	encouraged to take risks and question conventional academic wisdom, rather 
	than blindly conform to the party line. For example, the current FASB–IASB 
	conceptual framework “remains irreparably flawed” (Demski 2007), and 
	accounting researchers should take the lead in developing alternative 
	conceptual frameworks that better fit what accounting does (e.g., Ijiri 
	1983; Ball 1989; Dickhaut et al. 2010). This will entail deep historical and 
	cross-cultural analyses rather than regression analyses on machine-readable 
	data. Deliberately attacking the “fundamental and frequently asked 
	questions” in accounting will require innovations in research outlooks and 
	methods, as well as training in the history of accounting thought. It is 
	shameful that we still cannot answer basic questions like “Why did anyone 
	invent recordkeeping?” or “Why is double-entry bookkeeping beautiful?”
Bravo to Professor Basu for having the guts address the Cargo 
Cult in this manner! 
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
Getting Top Academic Researchers More Interested in Clinical Research:  
Medical Schools Lead the Way
Theodor (Ted) Seuss Geisel ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ted_Geisel 
This morning in a doctor's office waiting room I read a magazine that I'd 
never seen before --- Dartmouth Medicine, Fall 2012.--- 
http://dartmed.dartmouth.edu/fall12/ 
The Dartmouth medical school is called the Theodor Geisel School of Medicine 
in honor of the millions of dollars and in some cases the clinical research and 
teaching guidance of his gifts to various disciplines at Dartmouth College.. 
Theodor (Ted) Seuss Geisel is best known for his children's books written under 
the pen names Dr. Seuss, Theo LeSieg and, in one case, Rosetta 
Stone. But in Hanover New Hampshire he's best known 
On Page 11 of the Fall 2012 issue I noted the following from a "Rothstein 
Named Chair of Medicine"::
	. . . 
	"The Department of Medicine has incredible strength 
	in its programs, faculty, staff, and trainees," says Rothstein. "Many of the 
	leaders in education at Geisel are medicine faculty, and our clerkships and 
	electives are consistently well regarded. Many Geisel students choose 
	careers in internal medicine in part, we believe, because of the 
	role-modeling and supportive educational experiences they received on 
	rotations in our department." 
	In his new role as chair of medicine, 
	Rothstein is working with colleagues from Geisel 
	and the Tuck School of Business to create a clinical and research 
	program that will focus on the problem of obesity. 
	A second project is a collaboration with the Association of American Medical 
	Colleges that will help patients, families, and clinicians better address 
	care decisions at times of serious illness and the end of life. 
	"It is clearly a challenging time to lead a large 
	academic department and I appreciate the opportunity to do so," Rothstein 
	says. "We will face the future together as a team with energy and 
	enthusiasm, and we are destined for success."
	 
"The Meaning of a Name," by Donald Pease, Dartmouth Medicine, 
Fall 2012,  (which also has a picture of a Cat in a Hat).--- 
 
 
	Page 28
	. . . 
	Although the naming of the Medical School marked 
	the greatest benefaction in Dartmouth's history, it was in fact Ted Geisel's 
	second remarkable act of philanthropy. In 1969, to celebrate the 
	bicentennial of Dartmouth's founding, Geisel endowed the Ted and Helen 
	Geisel Third Century Professorship in the Humanities. The professorship was 
	also designed to bridge an imagined gap separating the research produced in 
	the graduate programs and professional schools from teaching in the 
	undergraduate classroom. The 1969 Geisel 
	professorship removed the perceived antagonism between the classroom teacher 
	and the research scholar by underscoring how crucial this interdependent 
	relationship was to the educated imagination of Dartmouth's students.
	In 2012, the Geisel name removed the invisible yet recalcitrant barrier 
	separating Dartmouth's undergraduate and graduate sectors, and it will 
	foster collaborative research ventures among Dartmouth's students and 
	faculty in the Arts and Sciences, the Thayer School of Engineering, the Tuck 
	School of Business, and the Geisel School of Medicine.
	 
	Page 31  (which also has a picture of a Cat in a Hat)
	. . . 
	Ted Geisel invented Dr. Seuss to find a voice and 
	imagine words to cope with a world that distressed and sometimes terrified 
	him. After complaining of a social life consisting entirely of doctors, Ted 
	wrote You're Only Old Once in a fit of magical thinking. "If I can 
	only stay out of the hospital," he told his personal physician, "I might 
	live forever . . . and I can't go back to doctors after what I did to them 
	in this book." 
	Ted dedicated the book, "with affection and in 
	affliction," to the surviving members of the Dartmouth Class of 1925. The 
	Book of the Month club advertised it "for ages 95 and down." It sold more 
	than one million copies the first year of publication. Imagine what would 
	have happened—or where we'd be—if he'd written a book about lawyers.
	When news of his death reached Dartmouth 21 years 
	ago, students and faculty began a spontaneous 24-hour vigil reading Dr. 
	Seuss books around the clock outside College Hall as homage to the alumnus 
	who had created a whole world. In its eulogy, Time magazine commemorated Ted 
	Geisel as one of the last doctors to make house calls—"over 200 million of 
	them in more than 20 languages."
	No matter whether we hail from the arts and 
	sciences or Dartmouth's professional schools, all of us are Dr. Seuss 
	babies. The bonds that renew our relationship to our work and to each other 
	are animated at the juncture Audrey Geisel described as connecting "Ted's 
	great love of his alma mater" and her "passion of caring for others" and 
	communicated in the Onceler's injunction at the conclusion to The Lorax:
	Unless someone like 
	you 
	cares a whole awful lot, 
	nothing is going to get better. 
	It's not.
What struck me is how Ted Geisel predated the 2012 Pathways Commission Report 
in accounting higher education which attempts to make accountics scientists more 
focused on clinical research in accountancy:
2012 "Final" Pathways Commission Report --- 
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
Also see a summary at 
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed, 
July 31, 2012 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
 
Some accountancy leaders contend that accountics research lost its way in 
failing to focus on classroom teachers and practicing accountants in public 
accounting, industry, and government.
Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship 
--- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays 
 
Perhaps when implementing the Pathways Commission resolutions for accounting 
researchers and teachers we should look to how medical schools are seeking to 
find new pathways toward clinical research by accountics scientists.
How Accountics Scientists Should Change:  
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review 
I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 
One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
 
 
"How Economics Journals Have Evolved," Inside Higer Ed,  
January 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/01/07/how-economics-journals-have-evolved
	A new analysis released by the National Bureau of 
	Economic Research (abstract available
	
	here) tracks the changes among the five leading economics journals from 
	1970 to 2012. Among the trends over that time span: 
	
Jensen Comment
I think the reason that most academic disciplines, including accounting, 
experienced an explosion in the number of journals is is that increasingly 
publication in refereed journals became a necessary condition for both tenure 
and annual performance-pay evaluations. As of getting a hit in a top-tier 
journal declined (for reasons mentioned above) faculty became increasingly 
desperate for publication in refereed journals not quite in the top tier. At the 
same time large commercial oligopoly publishers drooled over charging hundreds 
of dollars (often rip-offs) to college libraries for new journals --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals
Most of these new journals tried to justify their existence by asserting that 
they were publishing articles that were too specialized for top-tier journals. 
This is certainly true in some instances, but the fact of the matter is that 
top-tier journals in most instances are still publishing some well-chosen 
articles in those specialties.
The bottom line is that when it comes to tenure decisions and performance 
evaluation in general, having some refereed journal hits beats having no journal 
publications. 
If college libraries were not willing to pay rip-off prices for specialized 
(not always inferior) journals a significant number of professors would have 
virtually no publications in seriously refereed journals --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals 
				"Publish or perish? Not at these prices, UC says," by 
				Matt Krupnick, Contra Costa Times, June 10, 2010 --- 
				
				http://www.contracostatimes.com/top-stories/ci_15270766?nclick_check=1
				
				
					University of California librarians 
					are urging professors not to submit research to Nature or 66 
					related journals to protest a 400 percent increase in the 
					publisher's prices. 
					A new contract with Nature 
					Publishing Group would raise the university's subscription 
					costs by more than $1 million, library and faculty leaders 
					wrote in a letter this week to professors throughout the 
					10-campus system. With recent budget cuts, UC libraries 
					simply can't handle the higher price, which would take 
					effect in 2011, the letter said. 
					Boycotting the Nature group would 
					be a huge step for a university that, according to UC 
					estimates, has provided 5,300 articles to the 67 journals in 
					the past six years. Nearly 640 of those articles went to 
					Nature itself, one of the world's premier scientific 
					journals. 
					"We understand that it's an 
					important journal," said Laine Farley, executive director of 
					UC's California Digital Library, which manages most 
					systemwide journal subscriptions. "But we can't simply wipe 
					out our savings on one publisher." 
					In a written response to the 
					university, London-based Nature Publishing Group criticized 
					UC's "sensationalist use of data out of context" and said 
					the negotiations were supposed to be confidential. The 
					pricing dispute is rooted in confusion over whether UC is 
					one institution or many, Nature's response said. that (UC) 
					is paying an unfair rate."
					This week's volleys represented an 
					escalation of a long-simmering battle between universities 
					and journal publishers, who have been criticized for 
					charging thousands of dollars for annual subscriptions to 
					some publications. Many titles have been consolidated under 
					a handful of major publishers, including Nature, making it 
					more difficult for universities to negotiate lower prices.
					
					Several UC professors have fought 
					back against publishers, refusing to contribute work to 
					highly priced journals. But a widespread boycott of one of 
					the most prestigious journals would present a dilemma for 
					faculty members under pressure to publish research in order 
					to gain promotions. 
					The so-called publish-or-perish 
					structure is fundamentally unfair to professors, said 
					Michael Eisen, a UC Berkeley biology professor who refuses 
					to publish his research group's work in Nature's journals.
					
					"The university is forced to give 
					away information for free and then to buy it back at a huge 
					markup," he said. "The whole thing is just completely 
					screwed up. The only alternative the university has is to 
					strike back at what Nature really values." 
					A boycott of the Nature group would 
					not hurt UC professors' careers, said Lawrence Pitts, the 
					university's provost. 
					"The reality is that there is a 
					number of quality publications," said Pitts, UC's chief 
					academic officer. "Nature Publishing Group isn't the only 
					game in town." 
					Some journals, recognizing that 
					universities are struggling to afford them, have cut prices 
					in recent years. Others have invented ways to give away 
					their articles for free. 
					The Proceedings of the National 
					Academy of Sciences, for example, makes its contributions 
					available for free six months after publication, said its 
					editor-in-chief, UC Berkeley biologist Randy Schekman.
					
					"Nature's just being tone-deaf," 
					said Schekman, who is considering writing an article for 
					Nature. "They have to know that California is in a perilous 
					financial state. They can't win this one." 
				
		About those nondisclosure agreements in journal 
		subscription contracts
		"Cornell U. Library Takes a Stand With Journal Vendors: Prices Will 
		Be Made Public," by Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher 
		Education, March  24, 2011 ---
		
		http://chronicle.com/article/Cornell-U-Library-Takes-a/126852/ 
		
			Librarians have long 
			complained about the nondisclosure agreements, or NDA's, that some 
			publishers and vendors require them to sign, making it difficult to 
			share information about how much they pay to subscribe to journal 
			databases and other scholarly material. Some state universities' 
			libraries have been able to reveal licensing terms anyway because 
			their institutions are subject to sunshine laws. Now one major 
			private institution, Cornell University, has publicly declared it's 
			had enough of confidentiality agreements, too.
			"To promote openness and 
			fairness among libraries licensing scholarly resources, Cornell 
			University Library will not enter into vendor contracts that require 
			nondisclosure of pricing information or other information that does 
			not constitute a trade secret," the library said in a 
			
			statement 
			posted on its Web site. "The more that libraries are able to 
			communicate with one another about vendor offers, the better they 
			are able to weigh the costs and benefits of any individual offer. An 
			open market will result in better licensing terms."
			Anne R. Kenney, Cornell's 
			university librarian, said that with purchasing decisions under 
			close scrutiny, it felt like the right moment to take a stand. 
			Enough major publishers have agreed to drop nondisclosure clauses 
			"that it was time to bite the bullet and make that a principle 
			moving forward," she said. "Publishers are beginning to get it."
			At the end of its statement, 
			the Cornell library listed some of the publishers that do not 
			request confidentiality clauses when they negotiate licenses. They 
			include the American Physical Society, the American Chemical 
			Society, Cambridge University Press, EBSCO, Elsevier, Oxford 
			University Press, ProQuest, Sage, Taylor & Francis, and Wiley. (If a 
			publisher does not appear on the list, that doesn't necessarily mean 
			it requires NDA's, just that it hasn't been in recent contract 
			negotiations with Cornell's library.)
			Ms. Kenney said that Cornell 
			is joining "a groundswell among academic libraries to start to 
			routinely ask for the removal of NDA's." In June 2009, the 
			Association of Research Libraries urged its members to steer clear 
			of 
			
			nondisclosure 
			or confidentiality clauses.
			"Part of our rationale in 
			going public with this is to make evident that private institutions 
			are also starting to feel that this is not a good way of doing 
			business," Ms. Kenney said.
			
			Support for the Move
			Several librarians at other 
			universities said their institutions had taken positions similar to 
			Cornell's, even if they haven't publicly posted their policy on 
			NDA's. "Yes, we have taken a similar approach for the past year," 
			said Winston Tabb, the dean of university libraries and museums at 
			the Johns Hopkins University. He wrote in an e-mail that "we believe 
			that transparency is appropriate for libraries generally; and in 
			particular that we should not agree to withhold information about 
			how we are spending an increasingly huge—and ever-growing—percentage 
			of our stretched library budgets."
			Continued in article
		
				 
Bob Jensen's threads on Commercial Scholarly and Academic 
				Journals and Oligopoly Textbook Publishers Are Ripping Off 
				Libraries, Scholars, and Students ---
				
				http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals
				
				
				
"The End of Economists' Imperialism'," by Justin Fox, Harvard 
Business Review Blog, January 4, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/fox/2013/01/the-end-of-economists-imper.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date 
	"By almost any market test, economics is the 
	premier social science," Stanford University economist Edward Lazear
	
	wrote just over a decade ago. "The field attracts 
	the most students, enjoys the attention of policy-makers and journalists, 
	and gains notice, both positive and negative, from other scientists."
	Lazear went on to describe how economists, with the 
	University of Chicago's Gary Becker 
	
	leading the way, had been running roughshod over 
	the other social sciences — using economic tools to study crime, the family, 
	accounting, corporate management, and countless other not strictly economic 
	topics. "Economic imperialism" was the name he gave to this phenomenon (and 
	to his article, which was published in the
	
	February 2000 issue of the Quarterly Journal 
	of Economics). And in his view it was a benevolent reign. "The power of 
	economics lies in its rigor," he wrote. "Economics is scientific; it follows 
	the scientific method of stating a formal refutable theory, testing theory, 
	and revising the theory based on the evidence. Economics succeeds where 
	other social scientists fail because economists are willing to abstract."
	Triumphalism like that calls for a 
	comeuppance, of course. So, as the nation's (and a lot of the 
	world's) economists gather this weekend in San Diego for their 
	annual 
	hoedown, it's worth asking: Are there any signs 
	that the imperialist era of economics might finally be coming to an end?
	Lazear acknowledged one such indicator in his 
	article — the invasion of economics by psychological teachings about 
	cognitive bias. Two years later, in 2002, the co-leader of that invasion, 
	Princeton psychology professor Daniel Kahneman,
	
	won an economics Nobel (the other co-leader, Amos 
	Tversky, had died in 1996). But while behavioral economics has since 
	solidified its status as an important part of the discipline, it hasn't come 
	close to conquering it. On the really big questions — how to run the 
	economy, for example — the mainstream view described by Lazear has continued 
	to dominate. Economists have also continued their imperialist habit of 
	delving into other fields: 2005's 
	
	Freakonomics, co-authored by Becker disciple 
	Steven Levitt, was a prime example of this — and sold millions of copies. As 
	for Lazear, he got himself appointed chairman of President George W. Bush's 
	Council of Economic Advisers in 2006.
	And then, well, things didn't go so well. The 
	financial crisis and subsequent economic downturn — which Lazear
	
	somewhat infamously downplayed while in office — 
	have put a big dent in the credibility of the macro side of the discipline. 
	The issue isn't that economists have nothing interesting to say about the 
	crisis. It's that they have so many different things to say about it. As MIT 
	financial economist Andrew Lo found after reading 11 accounts of the crisis 
	by academic economists (along with nine by journalists, plus former Treasury 
	Secretary Hank Paulson's personal account), there is massive disagreement 
	not just on why the crisis happened but on what actually happened. "Many of 
	us like to think of financial economics as a science,"
	Lo 
	wrote, "but complex events like the financial 
	crisis suggest that this conceit may be more wishful thinking than reality."
	Part of the issue is that Lazear's description of 
	the scientific way in which economics supposedly works (state a theory, test 
	it, revise) doesn't really apply in the case of a once-in-a-lifetime 
	financial crisis. I tend to think it doesn't apply for macroeconomics in 
	general. As economist Paul Samuelson
	
	is said to have said, "We have but one sample of 
	history." Meaning that you can never get truly scientific answers 
	out of GDP or unemployment numbers.
	That's why Lord Robert Skidelsky
	
	recommended a couple of years ago that while 
	microeconomists could be allowed to proceed along pretty much the same 
	statistical and mathematical path they'd been following, graduate education 
	in macroeconomics needed to be dramatically revamped and supplemented with 
	instruction in ethics, philosophy, and politics.
	I'm not aware of this actually happening in any top 
	economics PhD program (let me know if I'm wrong), despite the efforts of 
	George Soros's 
	Institute for New Economic Thinking and others. 
	What I've noticed instead, though, is an increasing confidence and boldness 
	among those who study economic issues through the lens of other academic 
	disciplines.
	A couple of years ago I spent a weekend with a 
	bunch of business historians and
	
	came away impressed mainly by how embattled most of them felt.
	Lately, though, I've found myself talking to and 
	reading a little of the work of sociologists and political scientists, and 
	coming away impressed with how adept they are in quantitative methods, how 
	knowledgeable they are about economics, and how willing they are to 
	challenge economic orthodoxy. The two main writings I'm thinking about were 
	unpublished drafts that will be coming out later in HBR and from 
	the HBR Press, so I don't have links — but I get the sense that there are a 
	lot of good examples out there, and that after years of looking mainly to 
	mainstream economics journals I should be broadening my scope. (Two 
	recommendations I've gotten from Harvard government professor
	Dan 
	Carpenter: 
	Capitalizing 
	on Crisis: The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance, by 
	Sociologist Greta Krippner, and 
	The 
	New Global Rulers: The Privatization of Regulation in the World Economy,
	by political scientists Tim Büthe and Walter Mattli.)
	Even anthropology, that most downtrodden of the 
	social sciences, has been encroaching on economists' turf. When a top 
	executive at the world's largest asset manager (Peter Fisher of BlackRock) 
	lists 
	
	Debt: The First 5,000 Years by anthropologist 
	(and Occupy Wall Streeter) 
	David 
	Graeber as
	
	one of his top reads of 2012, you know something's 
	going on.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Harvard's Justin Fox was an Plenary Speaker at the 2011 American Accounting 
Association Annual Meetings.
Those readers who have access to the AAA Commons may view his video at 
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2 
Forwarded by Jim Martin
	An interesting controversy in economics sounds 
	familiar.
	
	According to Ronald Coase, it is time to reengage the severely impoverished
	field of economics with the economy. He is a 101 year old Nobel Laureate in
	economics and professor emeritus at the University of Chicago Law School. He
	and Ning Wang of Arizona State University are launching a new journal, 
	Man and the Economy.
	
	Coase, R. and N. Wang. 2012. Saving economics from the economists. 
	arvard
	Business Review (December 2012): 36.
	
	
	http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-29/urging-economists-to-step-away-from-the-blackboard
January 6, 2012 reply from Bob Jensen
	An economist once said that he hated the physical 
	scientists because they stole all the easy research problems.
	
	In a sense this is so true in one context. The earth does not change its 
	rotation speed and path just because that speed and path are discovered by 
	research. But people and social cohorts often change just because their 
	behaviors are discovered by researcers. 
	
	Physical systems like gravity do not change with understanding of their 
	behavior. Social and economic systems change with discovery. For example, 
	economic and computer networking systems that work great in theory and 
	initially become corrupted as smart folks learn how to exploit the systems.
	
	Hence in social science we must not only discover behavior but discover 
	behavior that changes because we discover that behavior and discover 
	behavior that changes because we discover the changes in behavior and so on 
	and so on.
	
	Except for quantum physics it must be nice to be a physical scientist doing 
	research on stationary systems. One reason mathematics of the physical 
	sciences fails us when extended to economics and the social sciences in 
	general is that these sciences entail nonstationary systems. Equilibrium 
	conditions are seldom are reached. This, for example, is why Malthus was 
	correct for an eye blink in astronomical time.
	
	Respectfully,
	Bob Jensen
"Urging Economists to Step Away From the Blackboard," by Brendan Greeley,
Bloomberg Business Week, November 29, 2012 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-29/urging-economists-to-step-away-from-the-blackboard 
	Ronald Coase published his career-making paper, 
	“The Nature of the Firm,” 75 years ago. He won the Nobel prize for economics 
	in 1991. In a lecture in 2002, he argued that physics has moved beyond the 
	assumptions of Isaac Newton, and biology beyond Darwin. (Not that he knew 
	them.) But economics, he said, had failed to advance past the 
	efficient-market assumptions of Adam Smith. This year Coase, a professor 
	emeritus at the University of Chicago Law School, is attempting to start a 
	new academic journal ambitiously titled Man and the Economy. The premise: 
	Economics is broken. Coase’s journal is still just a plan, but his 
	frustration with orthodox economics has energized his followers. 
	The financial crisis forced economists to confront 
	the limitations of their profession. Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan 
	Greenspan admitted as much when he told Congress in October 2008 that 
	markets might not regulate themselves after all. Coase says the problem runs 
	deeper: Economists study abstractions and numbers, instead of firms and 
	people. He doesn’t believe this can be fixed by tweaking models. An entire 
	generation of economists must be encouraged to think differently.
	The idea for the journal stems from his 
	collaboration with Ning Wang, an assistant professor at the School of 
	Politics and Global Studies at Arizona State University who grew up in a 
	rice- and fish-farming village in the Hubei province of China. Coase, 101, 
	began working with Wang in the 1990s at the University of Chicago. Neither 
	has a degree in economics; the two understood each other. “We’re not 
	constrained by a mainstream, orthodox view,” says Wang. “A lot of people 
	would see this as a weakness.” Coase declined to be interviewed. 
	When Coase and Wang hosted a conference on China in 
	2008, they noticed that many Chinese academics had never talked to either 
	policymakers or entrepreneurs from their own country. They had learned only 
	what Coase calls “blackboard economics,” sets of theories and mathematical 
	relationships between bits of data. “I came from China,” says Wang. “We have 
	a lot of nationals come here; they’re taught game theory and econometrics. 
	Then they’re going home … without a basic understanding of how the real 
	world functions.” 
	In an essay published on Nov. 20 in Harvard 
	Business Review, Coase argues that in the early 20th century, economists 
	began to focus on relationships among statistical measures, rather than 
	problems that firms have with production or people have with decisions. 
	Economists began writing for each other, instead of for other disciplines or 
	for the business community. “It is suicidal for the field to slide into a 
	hard science of choice,” Coase writes in HBR, “ignoring the influences of 
	society, history, culture, and politics on the working of the economy.” (By 
	“choice,” he means ever more complex versions of price and demand curves.) 
	Most economists, he argues, work with measures like gross domestic product 
	and the unemployment rate that are too removed from how businesses actually 
	work. 
	The solution for Coase and Wang is a journal that 
	presents case studies, historical comparisons, and qualitative data—not just 
	numbers but ideas, too. In top economics journals, says Wang, “people think 
	as long as you have a big data set, that’s enough. You can do all kinds of 
	modeling and regression, and it looks scientific enough.” Julie Nelson, 
	chairwoman of the economics department at the University of Massachusetts 
	Boston says economists want the kind of immutable laws that physicists 
	operate under. But Adam Smith’s 1776 idea that people are driven by 
	self-interest is not the same as the law of gravity. “Ask an economist if 
	they’d like to be thought of as a sociologist,” she says, “and they’ll look 
	at you with terror in their eyes.” 
	Christopher Sims, a professor at Princeton 
	University who won the Nobel prize last year for his work in macroeconomics, 
	recognizes the problem. “We’re always abstracting and hoping that the 
	resulting abstractions capture enough of the truth so that we know what’s 
	going on,” he says. The kind of work that Coase and Wang are interested in, 
	he says, is “not fashionable now. It’s hard to make it a science.” Where 
	Coase and Wang see too little demand for new ideas, Sims sees too little 
	supply. Both he and Nelson, who studies how economics is taught, describe a 
	process at graduate schools that selects for economists inclined to focus on 
	abstract modeling.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm  
"Women in Business School: Why So Few?" by Matt Symonds, Bloomberg 
Business Week, January 15, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-14/women-in-business-school-why-so-few
"MBA Gender Pay Gap: An Industry Breakdown," by: Alison Damast, 
Bloomberg Business Week, January 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-07/mba-gender-pay-gap-an-industry-breakdown
Ross School (University of Michigan) Nearly Erases MBA Gender Pay Gap 
-(for graduates) --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-14/ross-school-nearly-erases-mba-gender-pay-gap
At the University of Texas women MBAs beat out the men --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-12/mccombs-women-beat-mba-gender-salary-gap
Jensen Comment
This does not mean that there were no differences between majors. For example, 
women finance graduates earned about $6,500 less than men majoring in finance, 
but they may have been paid more than women in management and marketing. 
I do not know that this is the case, but as in the case of comparing inequality 
between nations, it's important to note that the degree of equality is not 
nearly as important as the level of poverty. For example, the Gini Coefficients 
of equality are about the same for Canada and North Korea, but the absolute 
differences in poverty are immense.
Accounting firms probably do not hire many MBA graduates from Michigan since 
Michigan has a separate Masters of Accounting Program --- 
http://www.bus.umich.edu/Admissions/Macc/Whyross.htm 
It would surprise me if there were any gender differences in salary offers in 
this MAC program, although there may be some racial differences where top 
minority graduates have higher offers than whites.
The one question about all this that I would raise is job location. At 
Trinity University when I was still teaching we sometimes placed a single 
graduate from our very small MS in Accounting graduating class at a higher 
salary in San Francisco or some other city having very high living costs. 
The ANOVA statistician in me questions gender comparisons across geographic 
cells having greatly varying living costs. For example the MBA woman landing a 
consulting job for $140,000 in San Francisco or Geneva really cannot compare her 
salary with the woman who gets $140,000 in Detroit. In Detroit some relatively 
nice houses are being given away free to people who will occupy them full time. 
The exact same house in San Francisco might sell for $845,000. So much for 
declaring that both women are being paid the same.
It's also difficult to compare salary offers that are variable. For example, 
it's common to offer base salary plus commissions for majors in marketing and 
finance for stock brokers and other sales jobs.
In the 1990s it would've also been difficult to compare some salary offers 
for graduates in finance and computer science. For example, I know about a 
Stanford Computer Science graduate who was paid minimum wage plus $1 million in 
stock options. I think this type of hiring declined when the 1990s technology 
bubble burst and FAS 126R went into effect. FAS 123R pretty much killed stock 
option compensation.
Bob Jensen's threads on gender salary differences --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences
At the University of Texas MBA women graduates edged out men in terms of 
compensation offers
At the University of Michigan female and male MBA graduates average about the 
same compensation offers
Why are women MBA graduates from Stanford not faring as well as their male 
counterparts?
"Why Stanford MBA Men Make So Much More Than Women?" by Alison Damast, 
Bloomberg Business Week, December 21, 2012 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-21/why-stanford-mba-men-make-so-much-more-than-women
	The gender pay gap at Stanford’s
	
	Graduate School of Business has female graduates 
	earning 79¢ on the male dollar, the widest discrepancy in earnings between 
	men and women at any of the top 30 business schools, according to
	
	new research from Bloomberg Businessweek.
	That disparity may seem large, but it isn’t 
	startling to many of the women in the Stanford Class of 2012, who say the 
	figures largely indicate the wide range of career choices they are making.
	Take Shan Riku, who worked as a consultant at 
	McKinsey before business school and is now working as head of new business 
	development at Cookpad, Japan’s largest recipe-sharing website. Riku admits 
	she took a pay cut in accepting the position but says she was more 
	interested in taking on a role that would challenge her. It also didn’t hurt 
	that Cookpad encourages families to cook and spend time together. “Many 
	women at Stanford tend to make choices that are a little bit more focused on 
	‘how do I want to balance my life,’ rather than ‘how can I earn a lot of 
	money,’” she says.
	Pulin Sanghvi, director of the career management 
	center at Stanford’s business school, says most of the pay gap at his school 
	can be “attributed to industry choice.” According to Sanghvi, women and men 
	at Stanford who go into the consulting or Internet technology sectors tend 
	to have average starting salaries that are close or equivalent in size. 
	Those 2012 MBA graduates who headed into the consulting field received a 
	mean base salary of $130,636, while others who went into the technology 
	sector earned $118,050, according to the business school’s most 
	
	recent employment report.
	The wage gap comes about partly because fewer women 
	are heading into some of the more lucrative finance fields. For example, 16 
	percent of male students took jobs in private equity and leveraged-buyout 
	firms, compared with just 5 percent of women, Sanghvi says. The top four 
	industries that Stanford women went into in 2012 were information 
	technology, management consulting, consumer products, and venture capital.
	“I think a part of the story of this generation of 
	students is that they have a much larger playing field in terms of career 
	choices,” Sanghvi says. “I don’t think the level of income in a job is 
	necessarily the primary motivator for why someone makes an empowered choice 
	to pursue a career.”
	That’s not to say that women at the school aren’t 
	thinking long and hard about their salary offers and how to best negotiate 
	them.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This says very little about graduates wanting to become CPAs since Stanford does 
not offer a career track for taking the CPA examination. The few graduates who 
do seek to become auditors or tax accountants most likely were CPAs before 
entering Stanford's MBA program. After graduating they most likely will no 
longer seek to work for CPA firms as auditors and tax accountants.
Bob Jensen's threads on the gender pay gap in academe --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences
"Goldman Will Report Fund Values Each Day," by Kirsten Grind, The 
Wall Street Journal, January 8, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323706704578230084114784860.html?mod=WSJ_hp_LEFTWhatsNewsCollection&mg=reno64-wsj
	In a reversal of industry practice, Goldman Sachs 
	Group Inc. GS -0.90% will begin disclosing the values of its money-market 
	mutual funds daily rather than monthly, according to people familiar with 
	the company's plans. Some of the changes will take effect as early as 
	Wednesday. 
	Experts said Goldman is the first big fund provider 
	to publish daily values but that the move could force other firms in the 
	$2.7 trillion industry to follow. 
	According to people familiar with Goldman's 
	thinking, the company is beefing up its disclosures to satisfy investors' 
	calls for greater transparency on fluctuations in the price of their 
	investments. Goldman is the eighth-largest U.S. money-fund firm, with $133 
	billion in assets under management, according to research firm Crane Data 
	LLC. 
	The move represents a major change in an industry 
	that for years has battled regulators over plans to tighten rules governing 
	price disclosures, the types of assets funds can hold and the ways funds can 
	return money to investors in the event of a crisis. 
	Goldman on Wednesday will begin disclosing on its 
	website the previous day's net asset value of its three U.S. 
	commercial-paper funds, according to people familiar with its plans, and 
	will begin publishing the figures for its six U.S. government and tax-exempt 
	funds next week. It will report daily prices on its six offshore funds by 
	the end of the year. 
	To be sure, daily prices of money-market funds 
	fluctuate little except in the choppiest of markets, and it is unclear how 
	many investors will check them on a daily basis. 
	Money funds are cash-like investments that appeal 
	to safety-minded investors. The funds aim to maintain a stable 
	net-asset-value of $1 a share each day. But money funds can dip below $1, 
	prompting investors and regulators to question whether they are quite as 
	safe as some investors believe. 
	During the financial crisis, the Reserve Primary 
	Fund, then among the world's largest money funds, "broke the buck," or 
	dipped below $1 per share, after investing in the debt of Lehman Brothers 
	Holdings Inc. When Lehman filed for bankruptcy protection in September 2008, 
	the debt became virtually worthless. Investors yanked their money from the 
	fund, igniting a wider panic that eased only after the federal government 
	stepped in to backstop all money funds. 
	Federal regulators, led by the Securities and 
	Exchange Commission, have since been trying to tighten rules to prevent 
	another crisis. 
	Fund companies are required to report their net 
	asset values only on a monthly basis. The SEC discloses the information 
	publicly 60 days after it receives it from fund firms. 
	The money-fund industry lobbied aggressively 
	against a 2010 regulation requiring monthly reporting of funds' "shadow" net 
	asset value, or the actual market value of a fund's assets, said Mike 
	Krasner, managing editor of iMoneyNet, a fund-research publisher. 
	
	Fund companies were concerned that detailed 
	disclosure of net asset values could spark a panic if investors saw their 
	funds diverging at all from the $1 share price. 
	Even though funds are allowed to dip slightly, fund 
	companies worried that investors would see that change and pull out their 
	money. 
	Under federal rules, money funds are allowed to 
	stray between $0.9950 and $1.0050 per share. If they fall below $0.9950, the 
	fund's trustees can take action, including a possible liquidation of the 
	fund, Mr. Krasner said. "The fund companies didn't want to report the shadow 
	NAV at all," he said. 
	Goldman, which began considering the changes in 
	mid-2012, weighed the possibility that the increased reporting could lead to 
	an investor run, but decided to move ahead anyway with the belief that the 
	moves would raise more confidence in the funds, according to people familiar 
	with the matter.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's helpers for personal finance --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers 
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
January 11, 2013
	
	
	Deductions Limits Will Affect Many
	by: 
	John D. McKinnon
	Jan 03, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	Click here to view the 
	video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
 
	
	TOPICS: Cash Flow, Governmental Accounting, Income Tax, Individual 
	Income Taxation, Individual Taxation
	
	SUMMARY: "The bill that cleared Congress Tuesday boosts the tax 
	rate for single filers making more than $400,000 and married couples filing 
	jointly making more than $450,000, or roughly the top 1% of filers. But 
	provisions that reduce the value of personal exemptions as well as most 
	itemized deductions, including those for mortgage interest and state 
	income-tax payments, will affect about twice as many people since they carry 
	a lower income threshold-$250,000 for singles and $300,000 for married 
	couples."
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article can be used in a tax class 
	covering individual taxation. One question addresses a graphic that can be 
	used in a governmental accounting class.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) Based on your reading of the article, list the 
	major changes to individual income taxes coming in 2013, due to the 
	legislation designed to avoid the "fiscal cliff."
	
	2. (Advanced) What is the "fiscal cliff"? Has its economic impact 
	been avoided via the legislation signed into law on January 1, 2013? Explain 
	your answer.
	
	3. (Introductory) Access the graphic entitled 'Cash Flow' in the 
	online version of the article. To whom is the cash identified in the graph 
	flowing? Over what time period will the cash flow occur?
	
	4. (Advanced) Click on the related video in the article. What 
	payroll tax changes will be implemented in 2013 as a result of the 
	legislation implemented on January 1, 2013? In your answer, state the 
	difference between payroll taxes and income taxes from both an individual 
	taxpayer's perspective and from the perspective of the government use of the 
	tax receipts.
	
	5. (Advanced) When will these law changes impact practicing 
	accountants' workloads?
	
	6. (Advanced) One of the goals often stated by U.S. leaders is tax 
	simplification. Based on your understanding of the tax law changes, do you 
	think this goal is being supported or achieved? What factors in the article 
	hinder attempts at tax simplification?
	
	7. (Introductory) Based on statements in the article, when is 
	Congress expected to renew efforts at tax code simplification?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Deductions Limits Will Affect Many," by: John D. McKinnon, The Wall 
Street Journal, January 3, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323689604578217850195921128.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	One of the biggest tax increases in the 
	fiscal-cliff bill is also one of the least understood: a set of limits on 
	tax deductions and other breaks that will hit far more households than the 
	bill's rate increases for top earners.
	The bill that cleared Congress Tuesday boosts the 
	tax rate for single filers making more than $400,000 and married couples 
	filing jointly making more than $450,000, or roughly the top 1% of filers.
	
	But provisions that reduce the value of personal 
	exemptions as well as most itemized deductions, including those for mortgage 
	interest and state income-tax payments, will affect about twice as many 
	people since they carry a lower income threshold—$250,000 for singles and 
	$300,000 for married couples. 
	Those new limits drew complaints from some groups 
	that benefit from deductions, particularly charities that depend on 
	tax-deductible donations. They worry that new curbs on deductions, coupled 
	with other taxes on higher-income Americans, will put a damper on giving.
	
	"We are concerned," said Diana Aviv, president of 
	Independent Sector, a coalition of foundations, nonprofits and other 
	charitable groups. "The big question for us now is, if we are [also] 
	increasing rates on folks…does the combination create a greater disincentive 
	for people to give?" 
	Enlarge Image image image 
	The debate foreshadows bigger fights in 2013, when 
	Congress likely will try to overhaul the federal tax code, in part by 
	further narrowing tax breaks. 
	The new limits are "like another cannonball being 
	fired across our bow," said Jerry Howard, chief executive of the National 
	Association of Home Builders. "Clearly, it shows that the notion of limiting 
	deductions is still one that's being considered by policy makers." 
	
	But a J.P. Morgan analyst, Michael Feroli, 
	predicted that the new tax-break limits "should not directly affect…giving 
	to charities or taking on more mortgage debt." 
	The limits—known as PEP and Pease—were originally 
	part of a budget deal passed by Congress in 1990, and were in effect for 
	more than a decade. The Bush-era tax cuts of 2001 gradually got rid of PEP 
	(which stands for "personal exemption phaseout") and Pease (named for a 
	Democratic congressman who pushed for the deduction limit). 
	Now the fiscal-cliff bill calls for their return, 
	at least for higher-income people. 
	The PEP and Pease limits work on the same basic 
	principle, limiting the value of exemptions and deductions for households 
	that exceed a threshold. For example, the Pease limitation reduces a 
	household's itemized deductions by 3% of the amount over the threshold. The 
	reduction can't exceed 80% of the total deductions.
	A couple with income of $400,000 average about 
	$50,000 in itemized deductions, according to IRS statistics. Because their 
	income would exceed the $300,000 threshold by $100,000, their allowed 
	deductions would be reduced by about $3,000 to $47,000—potentially boosting 
	their tax bill by about $1,000. 
	The original proponent of the deduction limit, the 
	late Rep. Donald Pease of Ohio, viewed it as "the best available means…to 
	ensure that nobody could game the system," given the growing number of tax 
	breaks that were being passed by Congress, said William Goold, his former 
	chief of staff. The limit might be viewed now as dated, but "the goal 
	remains as valid now as it did then," he added. 
	From a political standpoint, the limits allow the 
	Obama administration to achieve its long-sought goal of raising taxes on 
	people making more than $250,000. PEP and Pease represent about $150 billion 
	of the tax increase of about $620 billion over 10 years, making them a key 
	element of the deal. 
	But some groups that benefit from itemized 
	deductions—charities, for example—worry that the Pease provision might cause 
	donors to be less generous.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 
Maybe the government should hire Bernie as a consultant
Madoff Says Merger Arbitrage. Is Insider Trading --- 
http://www.finalternatives.com/node/22594
Like Exchange Ambiguity in the Tax Code:  It's a little like the old 
letch who exchanges is his old wife for a young thang who's not really an 
"upgrade"
"Major Companies Push the Limits of a Tax Break," by David Kocieniewski,
The New York Times, January 8, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/07/business/economy/companies-exploit-tax-break-for-asset-exchanges-trial-evidence-shows.html?_r=0
	It began more than 90 years ago as a small tax 
	break intended to help family farmers who wanted to swap horses and land. 
	Farmers who sold property, livestock or equipment were allowed to avoid 
	paying capital gains taxes, as long as they used the proceeds to replace or 
	upgrade their assets. 
	Over the years, however, as the rules were 
	loosened, the practice of exchanging one asset for another without incurring 
	taxes spread to everyone from commercial real estate developers and art 
	collectors to major corporations. It provides subsidies for rental truck 
	fleets and investment property, vacation homes, oil wells and thoroughbred 
	racehorses, and diverts billions of dollars in potential tax revenue from 
	the Treasury each year. 
	Yet even with those generous terms, some major 
	American companies — including Cendant, Wells Fargo and General Electric — 
	have routinely pushed the boundaries while claiming lucrative tax savings, 
	according to evidence recently presented at a federal trial in New York.
	
	President Obama and Congressional leaders agreed 
	New Year’s Day to a limited agreement to raise taxes on the wealthy, and the 
	president said over the weekend that he would press this year for broader 
	reform in the tax code. The expansion of the tax break once intended to help 
	farmers illustrates the challenges ahead and how special interests have 
	learned to use the tax code to maximum effect. 
	The federal government now allows more than $1.1 
	trillion a year in this and other tax expenditures. Each of those incentives 
	— which include hundreds of exemptions, exclusions, deferrals and 
	preferential rates — either adds to the budget deficit or shifts the cost of 
	government to other taxpayers. 
	Some are narrowly targeted and offer aid to 
	specific industries like Nascar owners, asparagus farmers, oil companies, 
	yacht makers or solar panel producers. Others, like accelerated depreciation 
	or the tax code’s preference for debt financing over equity, provide tax 
	benefits for wide swaths of businesses. 
	“Tax expenditures are very similar to an 
	entitlement program, so they’re easy to start,” said George K. Yin, former 
	chief of staff of the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation, and now a 
	professor at the University of Virginia School of Law. “But once a tax break 
	gets started, people think they’re entitled to it, so they are very 
	difficult to end.” 
	Many tax breaks began with narrow targets and 
	expanded into vast, expensive subsidies far beyond their original intent or 
	the Internal Revenue Service’s ability to monitor them. Most have developed 
	constituencies of taxpayers, lobbyists and elected officials who fiercely 
	defend them, making it politically treacherous to limit or eliminate them.
	
	With hundreds of thousands of transactions a year, 
	it is hard to gauge the true cost of the tax break for so-called like-kind 
	exchanges, like those used by Cendant, General Electric and Wells Fargo. The 
	government estimates that it diverts less than $3 billion a year from the 
	Treasury, but industry statistics suggest the number could be far higher.
	
	The tax break also exposes one of the greatest 
	vulnerabilities of the United States tax system: it depends on voluntary 
	compliance. The I.R.S. staff is so outnumbered by tax lawyers and accounting 
	departments at major corporations that there is often little to prevent 
	taxpayers from taking a freewheeling approach to interpreting and 
	administering the rules. 
	What’s more, the tax break is one of so many that 
	it tends to escape attention. The independent Simpson-Bowles deficit 
	commission appointed by Mr. Obama in 2010 raised the possibility of 
	eliminating it and other tax expenditures, however, and some budget experts 
	argue that the program should be severely limited or repealed. 
	Some financial planners and economists say that the 
	tax break even favors real estate investors unfairly by allowing them to 
	defer capital gains taxes that those who invest in securities and other 
	ventures have to pay.
	Some financial planners and economists say that the 
	tax break even favors real estate investors unfairly by allowing them to 
	defer capital gains taxes that those who invest in securities and other 
	ventures have to pay. And although it was originally intended to help 
	farmers, some economists and lawmakers in agricultural areas say it has 
	perversely contributed to suburban sprawl and the spiraling cost of 
	farmland. Because it allows farmers to avoid capital gains taxes on land 
	swaps, the tax break provides an incentive to sell farmland coveted by 
	developers and buy property in less desirable and more remote areas.
	Continued in article
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
January 11, 2013
	
	
	Did Zipcar Investors Stay Too Long?
	by: 
	Lizette Chapman
	Jan 02, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Financial Accounting, Financial Statements, Mergers and 
	Acquisitions
	
	SUMMARY: Avis is paying about $500 million to acquire ZipCar. "In 
	the dozen years before Zipcar went public in April 2011, it raised nearly 
	$70 million from venture investors...On IPO day...Zipcar's shares rose by 
	more than half (its IPO price)...[But] the company never proved it could 
	build a profitable business, and its shares languished at under $10 in 
	recent months as a result."
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in classes covering 
	financial reporting, business combinations, or start up activities including 
	venture capital funding.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) Based on your personal knowledge or other 
	sources, describe Zipcar's business. State your source for your information.
	
	2. (Advanced) Access the Zipcar financial statement filing with the 
	SEC on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, which is available at
	
	http://www.sec.gov/cgi-bin/viewer?action=view&cik=1131457&accession_number=0001193125-12-107248&xbrl_type=v#. 
	Describe the trends indicating that the company "never proved it could build 
	a profitable business." In your answer, state the source for your 
	information.
	
	3. (Introductory) Again access the Zipcar Form 10-K, navigating to 
	the Consolidated Statements of Operations. If Zipcar went public in April 
	2011, why are income statements shown in this filing for the years 2009 
	through 2011?
	
	4. (Introductory) Why would Avis Budget Group pay more than 
	Zipcar's current market price per share to acquire Zipcar, especially given 
	the fact that "the company never proved it could build a profitable 
	business"?
	
	5. (Advanced) From Avis's perspective, what type of a business 
	combination is this acquisition of Zipcar vertical, horizontal, or 
	conglomerate? Support your answer.
	
	6. (Introductory) What is venture capital funding? Why is it that 
	the returns to Zipcar's venture capitalists aren't exactly clear? What 
	losses to these firms are clear to outsiders?
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Did Zipcar Investors Stay Too Long?" by: Lizette Chapman, The Wall Street 
Journal, January 2, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324374004578217873765388516.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	Venture-capital investors in car-sharing service 
	Zipcar Inc. ZIP 0.00% will likely make a profit from Avis Budget Group 
	Inc.'s CAR -1.08% buyout for about $500 million. But the returns are hardly 
	what these firms hoped for when they invested years ago. 
	In the dozen years before Zipcar went public in 
	April 2011, it raised nearly $70 million from venture investors who looked 
	for the company to upend the car-rental market and turn itself into a 
	multibillion-dollar business. 
	Everything looked promising on IPO day when 
	Zipcar's shares rose by more than half to $28 a share, giving the Cambridge, 
	Mass., company a market value of more than $1 billion. Three of Zipcar's 
	largest investors, Revolution LLC, Benchmark Capital and Greylock Partners, 
	didn't sell shares in the offering—a show of faith that proved a misstep in 
	hindsight. Smedvig Capital did avoid the later crunch by immediately selling 
	some 900,000 shares for $16.4 million. 
	While Zipcar arguably redefined the way urban 
	dwellers commute, it is far from prosperous. The company never proved it 
	could build a profitable business, and its shares languished at under $10 in 
	recent months as a result. At the same time, a number of new car-sharing 
	challengers have emerged with venture backing, such as RelayRides Inc. and 
	Getaround Inc. More 
	Zipcar: Startup Genius, Public Failure Zipcar: 
	Bigger On Weekends, And Around The World Avis CEO Admits His View Changed on 
	Car Sharing 
	Now the venture investors are left to reap what 
	they can. Avis's $12.25-a-share offer is a 49% premium on Monday's closing 
	stock price, delivering a cash-on-cash profit to venture investors. But the 
	offer is also a 32% discount to the IPO price. 
	Revolution, the firm started by AOL Inc. AOL +0.34% 
	founder Steve Case, became the largest shareholder when Zipcar acquired its 
	portfolio company Mobility Inc. for just under $45 million in stock in 2007. 
	Revolution's 19.6% stake is now worth about $96 million, after purchasing 
	about 1 million more shares in August at prices under $8. That can't be 
	gratifying for Mr. Case, who serves on the board, given that Revolution's 
	stake on IPO day was worth $192 million at market close. Mr. Case wasn't 
	available to comment. 
	For Benchmark Capital—an investor in on-demand car 
	service Uber Inc. and a big believer in upending the transportation 
	industry—the deal comes seven years after it first invested $10 million in 
	Zipcar. The next year, it invested in a $25 million financing round. Today, 
	it has a 6.4% stake worth about $31 million after distributing to its 
	limited partners in 2011 shares that would be valued at about $15 million in 
	Monday's deal. 
	Greylock Partners stayed put with its holdings, a 
	5.3% stake that amounts to about $26 million. The venture firm led the $25 
	million round in 2006. 
	These firms' exact returns aren't clear. None of 
	them could be reached for comment on Monday after the Avis deal was 
	announced.
	Continued in article
 
"My Top Twenty Favorites From 2012," by Francine McKenna, 
re:TheAuditors, January 1, 2013 --- 
http://retheauditors.com/2013/01/01/my-top-twenty-favorites-from-2012/ 
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism in auditing --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm  
Joe Hoyle's 2013 New Year Resolution --- 
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/and-now-for-something-entirely.html
 
."Study: Rules-based Accounting Shields Firms From Lawsuits," by Jr. 
Deputy Accountant Adrienne Gonzalez, Going Concern, January 15, 2013 ---
http://goingconcern.com/post/study-rules-based-accounting-shields-firms-lawsuits
	According to groundbreaking research by Richard 
	Mergenthaler, assistant professor of accounting at the University of Iowa 
	Tippie College of Business, shareholders are more likely to sue firms that 
	use principles-based accounting standards over rules-based standards.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I would have hypothesized that it would be the other way around on the basis 
that it's really hard to nail Jello to a wall.
Principles-Based standards also complicate enforcement of regulations
There are some hurdles that have to be passed before 
we’re going to be comfortable making the ultimate decision about whether to 
incorporate IFRS into the U.S. reporting regime. Sticking points include the 
independence of the International Accounting Standards Board and “the quality 
and enforceability of standards.
 Mary Shapiro, U.S. Securities and 
Exchange Commission Chairman, January 5, 2012 --- 
 http://www.businessweek.com/news/2012-01-06/sec-s-schapiro-says-she-regrets-loss-in-investor-access-battle.html
Bob Jensen's threads on rules-based versus principles-based accounting 
standards --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines 
"Oops! The Seven Worst Predictions About 2012," by Peter Coy, 
Bloomberg Business Week, December 28, 2012 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-28/oops-the-seven-worst-predictions-about-2012 
To this we might add Jensen's forecast for convergence of international 
IFRS and US GAAP
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 

"What have IASB and FASB convergence efforts achieved?" by Paul Pacter,
Journal of Accountancy, February 2012 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2013/Feb/20126984.htm 
Jensen Comment
My good friend Paul has been involved in the IASB for decades as a project 
manager and eventually as a full Board member. His term expired on December 31, 
2012. Paul recently told me he was contemplating retirement, but I cannot 
imagine him not being in harness at either the FASB or the IASB or both. I hope 
he will at least go back to being the Webmaster for the IAS Plus Blog --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en
Paul, who has never been married, probably traveled to more places on the 
globe than any other Ph.D. accountant, including extensive travel in Asia. His 
home town became Hong Kong when he joined Deloitte, but he also maintained an 
apartment in London for decades.
Paul is an avid photographer. You can seen hundreds of his excellent 
pictures from places like China and Tibet at 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2013/Feb/20126984.htm 
"Preparers tell IASB: Disclosure requirements too extensive," by Ken 
Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137252.htm  
Advanced Accounting Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting 
Weekly Review on January 18, 2013
	
	
	Flowers Foods Sets Wonder Bread Bid
	by: 
	Rachel Feintzeig
	Jan 12, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Asset Acquisition, Fair-Value Accounting Rules, Intangible 
	Assets
	
	SUMMARY: Flowers Foods Inc. will "kick off bidding for most of 
	Hostess Brands Inc.'s bread business, offering a total of up to $390 million 
	for brands and other assets including Wonder Bread and Nature's Pride. 
	Flowers...is offering up to $360 million in cash for one pool of assets, 
	which includes five major Hostess bread brands, 20 plants and 38 depots."
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions relate to whether the purchase by 
	Flowers Foods constitutes a business combination, to accounting for lump sum 
	purchases of assets, and to understanding the nature of bankruptcy 
	proceedings. INSTRUCTORS SHOULD REMOVE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BEFORE 
	DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS: Assuming the bid by Flowers as described in the 
	article is successful, it should be accounted for as a lump sum purchase of 
	assets, not a business combination. ASC section 805 Glossary defines a 
	business combination as "a transaction or other event in which an acquirer 
	obtains control of one or more businesses." The glossary further defines a 
	business as "an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of 
	being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return in the 
	form of dividends, lower costs, or other economic benefits directly to 
	investors or other owners, members, or participants. Additional guidance on 
	what a business consists of is presented in paragraphs 805-10-55-4 through 
	55-9." The purchase price of $360 million for the three types of assets 
	should be allocated on the basis of relative fair values (a lump sum 
	purchase). The fair values for the brands and plant assets as of the date of 
	purchase will be determined in accordance with the market, income, or cost 
	approaches described under ASC 820-10-35.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) Hostess Brands Inc. has filed for bankruptcy. Why 
	is Hostess doing so if its brands and other long-lived assets are valuable?
	
	2. (Advanced) Flowers Foods will bid for "five major Hostess bread 
	brands, 20 plants and 38 depots." Assuming the bid is successful, does this 
	acquisition meet the definition of a business combination? Support your 
	answer with reference to authoritative accounting literature.
	
	3. (Advanced) Explain how Flowers Foods must allocate the $360 
	million purchase price if the company is successful in acquiring the bread 
	brands, baking plants, and depots.
	
	4. (Advanced) Do you think that the assets for which Flowers Foods 
	is bidding are valued on Hostess's current balance sheet at amounts near to 
	those quoted in the article? Support your answer.
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Flowers Foods Sets Wonder Bread Bid," bRachel Feintzeig, The Wall Street 
Journal, January 12, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324581504578236283119886700.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
	Flowers Foods Inc. FLO -0.67% is set to kick off 
	bidding for most of Hostess Brands Inc.'s bread business, offering a total 
	of up to $390 million for brands and other assets including Wonder Bread and 
	Nature's Pride. 
	Flowers, the Thomasville, Ga.-based maker of 
	Tastykakes and Nature's Own breads, is offering up to $360 million in cash 
	for one pool of assets, which includes five major Hostess bread brands, 20 
	plants and 38 depots. In addition, the baking company is offering $30 
	million for Hostess's Beefsteak rye brand. 
	As the proposed stalking horse, or lead bidder, 
	Flowers will set a floor price for the assets, which other would-be buyers 
	could challenge at auction. If Flowers is bested during the contests, it 
	will receive breakup fees of 3.5%—for example, $1.05 million if it loses out 
	on Beefsteak. 
	Hostess still needs a judge's approval to move 
	forward with the bankruptcy auction process. 
	The bakery company, which shut down operations in 
	November following a crippling strike, is aiming to sell off all of its 
	assets during a sale process that is expected to take months to wrap up. Its 
	representatives have indicated they've already received substantial interest 
	in all of Hostess's 30 or so brands, which include the iconic Twinkie, as 
	well as a majority of its 36 plants, which include a kosher baking facility 
	in New Jersey. 
	It looks as if the bread business will be the first 
	asset pool to hit the auction block. 
	A person with knowledge of the matter said the 
	company will seek court approval for the rules it wants to govern the bread 
	auctions at a hearing Jan. 25, with bidding to probably follow in February. 
	The bigger pool of assets being eyed by Flowers includes the Merita, 
	Butternut and Home Pride brands, in addition to the classic Wonder Bread and 
	healthy offering Nature's Pride. Hostess is still negotiating to find a 
	buyer for a half-dozen of its smaller bread brands, according to this 
	person. 
	The company's sweeter side has been attracting 
	attention too. Private-equity firms Apollo Global Management LLC APO +2.24% 
	and C. Dean Metropoulos & Co. are in discussions about teaming up on a 
	possible bid for Hostess's cakes business. The discussions don't necessarily 
	mean Apollo and Metropoulos, the owner of the Pabst Blue Ribbon beer brand, 
	will end up bidding on the businesses. But the talks show the wide interest 
	in the brands and their appeal to consumers. 
	The company's professionals have said they expect 
	to name about four to six stalking-horse bidders in total, whose separate 
	bids should ultimately mean that all of Hostess's assets find new 
	homes—though whether they survive is another question. Hostess has brought 
	on Hilco Industrial LLC to help liquidate assets that aren't grabbed in the 
	going-concern portion of the sale process.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm 
"Transocean Settlement of Deepwater Horizon Spill and Ethical 
Responsibility," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/transocean-settlement-on-deepwater-horizon-spill-and-ethical-responsibility.html
Do they really understand how derivatives can be used efficiently and 
effectively for financial risk management as well as speculation?
"Worries on Dutch Universities' Use of Derivatives," Inside Higher Ed, 
January 4, 2013 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/01/04/worries-dutch-universities-use-derivatives
	The Dutch education ministry wants to ban 
	universities from investing in derivatives, 
	
	Times Higher Education reported. Derivatives 
	have become a popular financial strategy for many Dutch universities, but 
	the government fears that twists in the economy could leave the universities 
	in a highly vulnerable position because of the reliance on these 
	investments.
Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 
"The Stealth Tax Hike Why the new $450,000 income threshold is a political 
fiction," The Wall Street Journal, January 4, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323874204578219793593903934.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
	Anyone still need a reason to abandon "grand 
	bargains" and deals negotiated between this President and GOP Congressional 
	leaders? Here it is: The revival of two dormant provisions of the tax code 
	means the much ballyhooed $450,000 income threshold for the highest tax rate 
	is largely fake. 
	The two provisions are the infamous PEP and Pease, 
	which aficionados of stealth tax increases will recognize immediately as 
	relics of the 1990 tax increase. Those measures, which limit deductions and 
	exemptions for higher-income taxpayers, expired in 2010. The Obama tax bill 
	revived them this week. It isn't going to be pretty. 
	Under the new law, some of the steepest tax 
	increases may fall on upper-middle class earners with incomes just above 
	$250,000. Here's why:
	During the negotiations, the White House won a 
	concession from Republicans to allow phaseouts for personal exemptions and 
	limitations on itemized deductions, starting at an income of $250,000 for 
	individuals and $300,000 for joint filers. 
	The Senate Finance Committee informs us that in 
	effect the loss of the personal exemptions, currently $3,800 per family 
	member, can mean a 4.4 percentage point rise in the marginal tax rate for a 
	married couple with two kids and incomes above $250,000. A family with four 
	kids in that income range faces about a six percentage point marginal rate 
	hike. The restored limitations on itemized deductions can raise the tax rate 
	by another one percentage point. 
	High-income Americans with incomes of more than $1 
	million may lose up to 80% of their itemized deductions for home mortgage 
	payments, health care, state and local taxes—and charities. Cue the local 
	symphony's development office. 
	Add it together and families in the 33% tax bracket 
	could see their effective marginal rate paid on each additional dollar 
	earned rise to above 38%. 
	A store manager married to a dentist with a 
	combined income of, say, $350,000 may pay a higher tax rate under the new 
	law than if the tax code had simply reverted back to the Clinton-era rates 
	that Mr. Obama championed. Those earning more than $450,000 would see their 
	de facto tax rate rise to about 41% under the new law, not 39.6%. Add in the 
	new ObamaCare investment taxes and the tax rate on interest income is close 
	to 45%. 
	How did this happen? Recall that early in the 
	fiscal-cliff negotiations House Speaker John Boehner offered to cap itemized 
	deductions to raise $800 billion, in lieu of raising tax rates, if the 
	President would agree to spending cuts. The White House rejected that.
	
	Mr. Obama then insisted on reviving PEP and Pease, 
	thereby recapturing much of the income he claimed to be "compromising" away 
	by agreeing to a higher income threshold for the top bracket. But instead of 
	using phaseouts to offset higher rates as Mitt Romney proposed, Mr. Obama 
	insisted on raising tax rates too. 
	Democrats are advertising the higher 
	$400,000-$450,000 threshold as a victory for affluent taxpayers in blue 
	states. But with PEP and Pease these Democrats are hammering their own 
	constituents via the backdoor. 
	Taxpayers in blue states claim roughly twice as 
	much in itemized deductions as those in red states. Income tax rates are 
	steeper in California and New York than Texas and Utah. Chuck Schumer just 
	put a tax bull's-eye on upper-income Manhattanites, and Barbara Boxer 
	whacked Silicon Valley. Some $150 billion, about one-quarter of all the 
	money raised by this tax bill, will come from this stealth tax hike. 
	
	Mr. Obama purports this is merely "a return to the 
	Clinton-era tax rates." But capital-gains rates will be about three to five 
	percentage points higher than in the 1990s, the Medicare tax is higher, and 
	his stealth tax will raise personal rates higher than advertised. Forget the 
	golden Clinton memories. Mr. Obama is pushing the U.S. back to the Carter 
	era. 
Scholars Propose Tax Reform to Prevent a Healthcare Disaster
"The $86 Billion Fix:  A group of scholars propose a plan that could put 
a brake on health care spending," Stanford Graduate School of Business, 
January 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/research/86-billion-fix 
 
Bob 
Jensen's universal health care messaging --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
"The End of Economists' Imperialism'," by Justin Fox, Harvard 
Business Review Blog, January 4, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/fox/2013/01/the-end-of-economists-imper.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date 
	"By almost any market test, economics is the 
	premier social science," Stanford University economist Edward Lazear
	
	wrote just over a decade ago. "The field attracts 
	the most students, enjoys the attention of policy-makers and journalists, 
	and gains notice, both positive and negative, from other scientists."
	Lazear went on to describe how economists, with the 
	University of Chicago's Gary Becker 
	
	leading the way, had been running roughshod over 
	the other social sciences — using economic tools to study crime, the family, 
	accounting, corporate management, and countless other not strictly economic 
	topics. "Economic imperialism" was the name he gave to this phenomenon (and 
	to his article, which was published in the
	
	February 2000 issue of the Quarterly Journal 
	of Economics). And in his view it was a benevolent reign. "The power of 
	economics lies in its rigor," he wrote. "Economics is scientific; it follows 
	the scientific method of stating a formal refutable theory, testing theory, 
	and revising the theory based on the evidence. Economics succeeds where 
	other social scientists fail because economists are willing to abstract."
	Triumphalism like that calls for a 
	comeuppance, of course. So, as the nation's (and a lot of the 
	world's) economists gather this weekend in San Diego for their 
	annual 
	hoedown, it's worth asking: Are there any signs 
	that the imperialist era of economics might finally be coming to an end?
	Lazear acknowledged one such indicator in his 
	article — the invasion of economics by psychological teachings about 
	cognitive bias. Two years later, in 2002, the co-leader of that invasion, 
	Princeton psychology professor Daniel Kahneman,
	
	won an economics Nobel (the other co-leader, Amos 
	Tversky, had died in 1996). But while behavioral economics has since 
	solidified its status as an important part of the discipline, it hasn't come 
	close to conquering it. On the really big questions — how to run the 
	economy, for example — the mainstream view described by Lazear has continued 
	to dominate. Economists have also continued their imperialist habit of 
	delving into other fields: 2005's 
	
	Freakonomics, co-authored by Becker disciple 
	Steven Levitt, was a prime example of this — and sold millions of copies. As 
	for Lazear, he got himself appointed chairman of President George W. Bush's 
	Council of Economic Advisers in 2006.
	And then, well, things didn't go so well. The 
	financial crisis and subsequent economic downturn — which Lazear
	
	somewhat infamously downplayed while in office — 
	have put a big dent in the credibility of the macro side of the discipline. 
	The issue isn't that economists have nothing interesting to say about the 
	crisis. It's that they have so many different things to say about it. As MIT 
	financial economist Andrew Lo found after reading 11 accounts of the crisis 
	by academic economists (along with nine by journalists, plus former Treasury 
	Secretary Hank Paulson's personal account), there is massive disagreement 
	not just on why the crisis happened but on what actually happened. "Many of 
	us like to think of financial economics as a science,"
	Lo 
	wrote, "but complex events like the financial 
	crisis suggest that this conceit may be more wishful thinking than reality."
	Part of the issue is that Lazear's description of 
	the scientific way in which economics supposedly works (state a theory, test 
	it, revise) doesn't really apply in the case of a once-in-a-lifetime 
	financial crisis. I tend to think it doesn't apply for macroeconomics in 
	general. As economist Paul Samuelson
	
	is said to have said, "We have but one sample of 
	history." Meaning that you can never get truly scientific answers 
	out of GDP or unemployment numbers.
	That's why Lord Robert Skidelsky
	
	recommended a couple of years ago that while 
	microeconomists could be allowed to proceed along pretty much the same 
	statistical and mathematical path they'd been following, graduate education 
	in macroeconomics needed to be dramatically revamped and supplemented with 
	instruction in ethics, philosophy, and politics.
	I'm not aware of this actually happening in any top 
	economics PhD program (let me know if I'm wrong), despite the efforts of 
	George Soros's 
	Institute for New Economic Thinking and others. 
	What I've noticed instead, though, is an increasing confidence and boldness 
	among those who study economic issues through the lens of other academic 
	disciplines.
	A couple of years ago I spent a weekend with a 
	bunch of business historians and
	
	came away impressed mainly by how embattled most of them felt.
	Lately, though, I've found myself talking to and 
	reading a little of the work of sociologists and political scientists, and 
	coming away impressed with how adept they are in quantitative methods, how 
	knowledgeable they are about economics, and how willing they are to 
	challenge economic orthodoxy. The two main writings I'm thinking about were 
	unpublished drafts that will be coming out later in HBR and from 
	the HBR Press, so I don't have links — but I get the sense that there are a 
	lot of good examples out there, and that after years of looking mainly to 
	mainstream economics journals I should be broadening my scope. (Two 
	recommendations I've gotten from Harvard government professor
	Dan 
	Carpenter: 
	Capitalizing 
	on Crisis: The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance, by 
	Sociologist Greta Krippner, and 
	The 
	New Global Rulers: The Privatization of Regulation in the World Economy,
	by political scientists Tim Büthe and Walter Mattli.)
	Even anthropology, that most downtrodden of the 
	social sciences, has been encroaching on economists' turf. When a top 
	executive at the world's largest asset manager (Peter Fisher of BlackRock) 
	lists 
	
	Debt: The First 5,000 Years by anthropologist 
	(and Occupy Wall Streeter) 
	David 
	Graeber as
	
	one of his top reads of 2012, you know something's 
	going on.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Harvard's Justin Fox was an Plenary Speaker at the 2011 American Accounting 
Association Annual Meetings.
Those readers who have access to the AAA Commons may view his video at 
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2 
CDO --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collateralized_debt_obligation 
Countrywide Financial ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countrywide_Financial 
Those Poisoned CDOs
"Bank of America Ordered to Unseal Documents in MBIA Case," by Dan Freed,
The Street, June 4, 2013 --- 
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11804771/1/bank-of-america-ordered-to-unseal-documents-in-mbia-case.html
Jensen Comment
Arguably the worst decision in the 2008 economic bailout was Bank of America's 
decision to buy the bankrupt Countrywide Financial. BofA then CEO Ken Lewis 
claims to this day that Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson held a gun to his head 
and said buy Countrywide Financial or else. Countrywide has been nothing but a 
cash flow hemorrhage for BofA ever since. 
Merrill Lynch had a friend in Hank Paulson, but he was no friend to Bank 
of America shareholders
The ex-US Treasury Secretary has admitted telling the 
Bank of America boss he might lose his job if he walked away from a merger from 
Merrill Lynch. The former US Treasury Secretary says the merger was necessary 
Hank Paulson warned the bank's chief executive Kenneth Lewis that the Federal 
Reserve could oust him and the board if the rescue did not proceed. But Mr. 
Paulson insisted that remarks he made were "appropriate." Bank of America bought 
Merrill during the height of the financial crisis and suffered severe losses.
"Paulson admits bank merger threat," BBC News, July 15, 
2009 --- 
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/8152858.stm 
 
Jensen Comment
Paulson's claim that his threats were "appropriate" comes as little comfort to 
Bank of America shareholders who will be losing greatly because of the threats.
Bank of America is now paying a steep (fatal?) price for having purchased the 
fraudulent Countrywide and Merrill Lynch companies. The poison-laced Countrywide 
was a lousy investment decision. However, then CEO Kenneth D. Lewis contends 
that then Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson held a gun to his head and forced BofA 
to buy the deeply corrupt and poison-laced Merrill Lynch.
 
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
October 5, 2012
	
	
	BofA Takes New Crisis-Era Hit
	by: 
	Dan Fitzpatrick, Christian Berthelsen and Robin Sidel
	Sep 29, 2012
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	Click here to view the 
	video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
 
	
	TOPICS: Contingent Liabilities
	
	SUMMARY: "Bank of America Corp. agreed to pay $2.43 billion to 
	settle claims it misled investors about the acquisition of troubled 
	brokerage firm Merrill Lynch & Co...." during the financial crisis in 2008. 
	At the time it acquired Merrill Lynch in September 2008, BofA became the 
	biggest U.S. bank; the value of the bank then fell by more than half by the 
	time the acquisition of Merrill Lynch closed 3 months later. These losses 
	were not disclosed by then CEO Ken Lewis and his management team to 
	shareholders before they voted on the merger transaction with Merrill.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article addresses accounting for 
	litigation contingent liabilities. The related video clearly discusses the 
	history of the transactions.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) To whom did Bank of America Corp. (BofA) agree to 
	pay $2.43 billion dollars?
	
	2. (Introductory) For what losses did BofA agree to make this 
	payment?
	
	3. (Advanced) How could losses have occurred and a payment of $2.4 
	billion be required if "Bank of America executives now say Merrill...has 
	become a big profit contributor... [and that] it's clear that Merrill is a 
	significant positive any way you want to look at it..."?
	
	4. (Advanced) What accounting standards provide the requirements to 
	account for costs such as this $2.4 billion payment by BofA?
	
	5. (Advanced) According to the article, BofA has "set aside more 
	than $42 billion in litigation expenses, payouts and reserves...[which] 
	includes $1.6 billion taken in the third quarter [of 2012]...." According to 
	the related video, what period will be affected by $1.6 billion being 
	recorded as an expense related to this $2.43 billion settlement? Explain 
	your answer.
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
 
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	BofA-Merrill: Still A Bottom-Line Success
	by David Benoit
	Sep 28, 2012
	Online Exclusive
"BofA Takes New Crisis-Era Hit," by Dan Fitzpatrick, Christian Berthelsen and 
Robin Sidel, The Wall Street Journal, September 29, 2012 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443843904578024110468736042.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno-wsj
	Bank of America Corp. agreed to pay $2.43 billion 
	to settle claims it misled investors about the acquisition of troubled 
	brokerage firm Merrill Lynch & Co., in the latest financial-crisis 
	aftershock to rattle the banking sector.
	The payment is the largest settlement of a 
	shareholder claim by a financial-services firm since the upheaval of 2008 
	and 2009. It also ranks as the eighth-largest securities class-action 
	settlement, behind payouts like the $7.2 billion settlement with 
	shareholders of Enron Corp. and the $6.1 billion pact with WorldCom Inc. 
	investors, both in 2005.
	The deal is a sign that U.S. banks' battle to 
	contain the high cost of the crisis continues to escalate, despite a 
	four-year slog of lawsuits, losses and profit-sapping regulations. Bank of 
	America's total exposure to crisis-era litigation is "seemingly 
	never-ending," said Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. in a note Friday.
	Is the era that produced all of this legal exposure 
	"history?" the Sterne Agee & Leach analysts said. "Unlikely."
	The settlement ends a three-year fight with a group 
	of five plaintiffs, including the State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio 
	and the Teacher Retirement System of Texas. They accused the bank and its 
	officers of making false or misleading statements about the health of Bank 
	of America and Merrill Lynch and were planning to seek $20 billion if the 
	case went to trial as scheduled on Oct. 22.The size of the pact highlights 
	how hasty acquisitions engineered during the height of the financial crisis 
	by Kenneth Lewis, then the bank's chief executive, are still haunting the 
	company four years later. Decisions to buy mortgage lender Countrywide 
	Financial Corp. and Merrill have forced Bank of America, run since 2010 by 
	Chief Executive Brian Moynihan, to set aside more than $42 billion in 
	litigation expenses, payouts and reserves, according to company figures. The 
	funds are meant to absorb a litany of Merrill-related lawsuits and claims 
	from investors who say Countrywide wasn't honest about the quality of 
	mortgage-backed securities it issued before the crisis.
	That total includes $1.6 billion taken in the third 
	quarter to help pay for the Merrill settlement announced Friday and a 
	landmark $8.5 billion agreement reached last year with a group of 
	high-profile mortgage-bond investors.
	The company's shares lost more than half their 
	value between when Bank of America announced its late-2008 plan to purchase 
	Merrill Lynch and the date the deal closed 3½ months later, wiping out $70 
	billion in shareholder value. The shares have fallen further since then, and 
	investors who owned the shares won't be made whole by the settlement. 
	
	"We find it simply amazing the sheer magnitude of 
	value destruction over the years," said Sterne Agee in the note issued 
	Friday. And "the bill is surely set to increase" as the research firm 
	expects the bank to reach other legal settlements over the next 12 to 24 
	months. Bank of America is still engaged in a legal clash with bond insurer
	
	
	MBIA Inc., 
	
	
	MBI +3.91% 
	which has alleged that Countrywide wasn't honest about the quality of 
	mortgage-backed securities it issued before the financial crisis.
	The move to buy Merrill over one weekend in 
	September 2008 was initially hailed as a rare piece of good news during a 
	week when much of Wall Street appeared to be teetering on the brink. It also 
	vaulted the Charlotte, N.C., lender to the top of the U.S. banking heap, 
	capping a goal pursued over two decades by Mr. Lewis and his predecessor, 
	Hugh McColl.
	The Merrill deal, initially valued at $50 billion 
	in Bank of America stock, was the "deal of a lifetime," Mr. Lewis said on 
	the day it was announced.
	But the agreement soon became a problem as analysts 
	questioned whether Mr. Lewis paid too much and Merrill's losses spiraled out 
	of control in the weeks before the deal closed. Investor fears stemming from 
	the financial crisis sent shares of Bank of America and other financial 
	companies into free fall, and the deal was worth roughly $19 billion at its 
	completion on Jan. 1, 2009.
	Mr. Lewis and his top executives made the decision 
	not to say anything publicly about the mounting problems before shareholders 
	signed off on the merger—a decision that formed the basis of a number of 
	Merrill-related suits, including an action brought by the Securities and 
	Exchange Commission. The bank also didn't disclose that it sought $20 
	billion in U.S. aid to digest Merrill, or that the deal allowed Merrill to 
	award up to $5.8 billion in performance bonuses. When Bank of America 
	threatened to pull out of the deal because of the losses, then-Treasury 
	Secretary Henry Paulson told Mr. Lewis that current management would be 
	removed if the deal wasn't completed.
	The legal scrutiny surrounding the Merrill 
	acquisition contributed to Mr. Lewis's decision to step down at the end of 
	2009. Mr. Lewis's lawyer declined to comment.
	"Any way you slice it, $2.4 billion is a big 
	number," says Kevin LaCroix, a lawyer at RT ProExec, a firm that focuses on 
	management-liability issues.
	Bank of America executives now say Merrill, unlike 
	Countrywide, has become a big profit contributor, while the company 
	continues to work to absorb massive losses in its mortgage division. The 
	divisions inherited from Merrill produced $31.9 billion in net income 
	between 2009 and 2011 and $164.4 billion in revenue. Bank of America's total 
	net income over the period was just $5.5 billion, on $326.8 billion in 
	revenue, reflecting in part the hefty losses tied to the Countrywide deal.
	"I think it's clear that Merrill is a significant 
	positive any way you want to look at it," said spokesman Jerry Dubrowski.
	The settlement doesn't end all Merrill-related 
	headaches. The New York attorney general's office still is pursuing a 
	separate civil fraud suit relating to the Merrill takeover that began under 
	former Attorney General Andrew Cuomo. Defendants in that case include the 
	bank, Mr. Lewis and former Chief Financial Officer Joe Price. A spokesman 
	for New York State Attorney General Eric Schneiderman declined to comment.
	It isn't known how much all shareholders will 
	receive as a result of the Merrill settlement announced Friday. The amount 
	shareholders receive will ultimately depend on how long they held the shares 
	and how much they paid. Mr. Lewis, also a shareholder, won't receive a 
	payout because defendants in the suit are excluded from the class that the 
	court certified.
	But because the decline in Bank of America stock 
	was so steep—the shares fell from $32 to $14 between Sept. 12, 2008, the day 
	before the Merrill acquisition was announced, and the Jan. 1, 2009, 
	closing—no shareholders can expect to recover their full losses. 
	Before the settlement was reached, a targeted 
	recovery for at least three million shareholders who were part of the class 
	was $2.52 a share, said a spokesman for Ohio Attorney General Mike DeWine. 
	The State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio and the Ohio Public Employees 
	Retirement System, which held between 18 million and 20 million shares, now 
	expect to recover $1.19 per share, or roughly $20 million.
	Continued in article
 
Bob Jensen's threads on the bailout --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"Knowledge@Wharton Strategic Management Research Article," 
Knowledge@Wharton,  January 2, 2013 --- 
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3165 
	Download the entire report: 
	
	PDF (1 MB)
	ASIA
	
	Consumer Credit in China
	
	'An Iron Hand in a Velvet Glove': Challenges Facing 
	Chinese Female Managers
	
	The Entrepreneurship Vacuum in Japan: Why It Matters 
	and How to Address It
	
	Dating in a Digital World: Trends in 21st Century 
	China
	
	'Needs Improvement': Despite Progress, India's Primary 
	Education System Has a Ways to Go
	
	Apple's Foray into China — and the Mind of the New 
	Chinese Consumer
	EUROPE
	
	
	Water Scarcity: A Daunting Challenge with a Hopeful 
	Future
	
	Innovation and Regulation: Friend or Foe to the French 
	Entrepreneur?
	
	Retail Chains' Race for Russia
	
	Is the End of the German Beer Industry Near?
	
	The Future of French Wine: Overcoming Terroirisme
	and Stagnation
	THE MIDDLE EAST
	
	Silicon Wafers and Semiconductors: A New Black Gold 
	for Abu Dhabi?
	LATIN AMERICA
	
	Private Equity in Brazil: 'The Music Hasn't Stopped'
	
	Entrepreneurship in Colombia: 'Try Fast, Learn Fast, 
	Fail Cheap'
	
	Education in Brazil: Can the Public Sector Keep Up 
	with the Emerging Middle Class?
	
	Tourism in Colombia: Breaking the Spell of Negative 
	Publicity
	
	The Private Equity Landscape in Colombia
	
	Baby's First Birthday: Lessons from a Brazilian 
	E-commerce Start-up
	
	Education in Colombia: Is There a Role for the Private 
	Sector?
	
	Coffee in Colombia: Waking Up to an Opportunity
COSO Enterprise Risk Management: Establishing Effective Governance, Risk, 
and Compliance (GRC) Processes, 2nd Edition
by Robert R. Moeller
July 2011
ISBN: 978-1-1181-0254-1
"10 Hottest Ed-Tech Stories of 2012," by Jeffrey R. Young, 
Chronicle of Higher Education, January 2, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/10-hottest-ed-tech-stories-of-2012/41413?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
	Articles about how free online courses, or MOOCs, 
	could disrupt higher education dominated the headlines last year here at the 
	Wired Campus blog, and they were the most popular with readers as well. 
	Several articles about e-textbooks also topped our list of most-read 
	articles of 2012, highlighting what has been a time of change, and anxiety, 
	for colleges and universities.
	Coursera and Udacity appear most frequently in this 
	year’s top headlines. Both offer MOOCs, or massive open online courses, and 
	both were founded by Stanford University computer-science professors who are 
	now on leave. Together, they now claim more than two million students, 
	though some of those sign up but never complete work in the courses.
	The most popular episode of our monthly Tech 
	Therapy podcast highlights another anxiety among college leaders—how much 
	raw time all this personal technology use eats up. The podcast includes a 
	classic line by Freeman Hrabowski III, president of the University of 
	Maryland-Baltimore County, about how frequently he uses his smartphone: “I 
	am connected to this device for communication in the same way that I am 
	always connected to my mind,” he said. “I’m constantly expressing or 
	receiving.” Whatever he’s doing is working: Mr. Hrabowski was 
	
	named by Time 
	Magazine as one of the 100 most 
	influential people of 2012.
	Here are the 10 top Wired Campus stories:
	1.
	
	Stanford Professor Gives Up Teaching Position, Hopes to Reach 500,000 
	Students at Online Start-Up
	2.
	
	Could Many Universities Follow Borders Bookstores Into Oblivion?
	3.
	
	Minnesota Gives Coursera the Boot, Citing a Decades-Old Law
	4.
	
	Khan Academy Founder Proposes a New Type of College
	5.
	
	Elsevier Publishing Boycott Gathers Steam Among Academics
	6.
	
	Coursera Announces Big Expansion, Adding 17 Universities
	7.
	
	3 Major Publishers Sue Open-Education Textbook Start-Up
	8.
	
	Students Find E-Textbooks ‘Clumsy’ and Don’t Use Their Interactive Features
	9.
	
	Now E-Textbooks Can Report Back on Students’ Reading Habits
	10.
	
	Udacity Cancels Free Online Math Course, Citing Low Quality
	And here are the three most popular Tech Therapy episodes:
	1.
	
	Campus Leaders Drink Big Gulps of Technology
	2.
	
	Giving Everyone at College a ‘Domain of One’s Own’
	3.
	
	Why the Man With the Open-Source Tattoo Now Works for Blackboard
Bob Jensen's threads on education technology are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/0000start.htm 
"How Deloitte Made Learning a Game," by Jeanne C. Meister, Harvard 
Business Review Blog, January 2, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/how_deloitte_made_learning_a_g.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Bob Jensen's threads on 
Edutainment, Learning Games, and Gamification  --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment 
Democracy is Not Entirely Dead Among Shareholders of Corporations
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger Newsletter on January 30, 2013
	
	Activist investors are ramping up their fight to 
	reform the energy sector. Shareholders are getting fed up with slumping 
	share prices at companies they see as doling out excessive pay and perks, 
	writes 
	
	the WSJ’s Daniel Gilbert.
	Hess is the 
	latest flashpoint. Shareholder Elliott Management plans to nominate five 
	directors for the company’s board, including one CFO —
	Ultra Petroleum’s 
	Marshall Smith, 
	
	Reuters notes. 
	Elliott wants Hess to separate its holdings in North Dakota’s Bakken Shale 
	from its international properties and sell the business that refines oil and 
	sells gasoline. Investors cheered Elliott’s move, sending Hess shares up 9% 
	after the announcement.
	
	Meanwhile,
	Chesapeake Energy’s 
	Aubrey McClendon, who stepped down as chairman after a boardroom coup in 
	June, is giving up his job as CEO. McClendon cited “philosophical 
	differences” with a board that was installed by shareholders to put a stop 
	to his risk-taking and free-spending ways, 
	
	the WSJ notes.
	
	Investors are also challenging management at drillers 
	Nabors Industries and
	Transocean. But 
	Gilbert says the biggest battle is playing out at
	SandRidge, where 
	TPG-Axon Capital is trying to take over the board. SandRidge’s shares have 
	lost about 90% of their value since 2008 and TPG isn’t happy with 
	SandRidge’s heavy spending – or the fact that CEO Tom Ward was paid $25.2 
	million in 2011, more than four times his peers at similar companies, 
	according to ISS.
Bob Jensen's threads on corporate governance are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Governance  
 
Which countries have the highest and lowest corporate tax rates?
Which countries tax the most?
http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2013/01/02/countries-tax-mos/
From the AICPA News Letter on January 3, 2013
A new report from the World 
Bank and PricewaterhouseCoopers examines corporate tax rates worldwide. The 
typical company has an average total tax rate of 44.7% and spends 267 hours 
working to comply with taxes, according to the report. By region, the Middle 
East has had the lowest total tax rates and Africa has the highest. 
The Washington Post/Worldviews Blog 
Financial Literacy Tools 2013
The AICPA's financial literacy campaign has reached many individuals in creative 
ways, writes Melora C. Heavey, senior manager of communications at AICPA. A 
community college teacher uses the interactive
Me Save feature on the Feed the Pig website to help her students identify 
what type of spenders they are. A friend uses the
360 Retirement Planner to make sure he is on track with his savings. Other 
popular tools include the
Weekly Savings Tip and
Tweens Curriculum.
AICPA Insights
Spreading Financial Well Being ---
http://blog.aicpa.org/2013/01/spreading-financial-well-being.html#sthash.cJDIaL8x.azMXjhsc.dpbs
"Choosing the right savings 
account for your child," by Mark P. Holtzman, Accountinator, January 
3, 2013 --- 
http://accountinator.com/2013/01/03/choosing-the-right-savings-account-for-your-child/
Bob Jensen's threads on financial literacy 
--- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers 
"Accountant pleads guilty to stealing $432,000 from employer, using it to 
build lake house," by Ed Stych, Minneapolis St. Paul Business Journal, 
January 16, 2013 --- 
http://www.bizjournals.com/twincities/news/2013/01/16/accountant-guilty-stealing-lake-house.html
	An accountant pleaded guilty Wednesday to stealing 
	more than $432,000 from his employer and using the money to build a lake 
	house, the U.S. Attorney's Office said.
	
	
	Ronald Leo Schaeffer, 39, of Faribault, faces up 
	to 30 years in prison at a future sentencing hearing, the government said.
	The government said Schaeffer wrote 127 false 
	checks to himself while working as an accountant for Environmental Tillage 
	Systems Inc. from August 2008 to April 2012. The amounts on the checks 
	ranged from $400 to $12,000, the government said.
	Schaeffer allegedly forged the signatures of the 
	agricultural manufacturing company's CEO or chief financial officer on some 
	of the checks, prosecutors said.
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
How can an accountant fail to realize that detection is inevitable in these 
types of accounting fraud? You might be able to fool the IRS for a lifetime, but 
certainly your employer is going to detect check forgeries unless the employer 
is not of sound mind.
I wonder if Mr. Schaeffer reported these 127 false checks on his IRS 1040. 
Oops!
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Question
What is one of the most regressive taxes in the United States?
"The Al Bundy Tax Rule: New Hampshire Governor Pledges to Veto Beer Tax," 
by Joseph Henchman, Tax Foundation, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://taxfoundation.org/blog/al-bundy-tax-rule-new-hampshire-governor-pledges-veto-beer-tax?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%253A+TaxPolicyBlog+%2528Tax+Foundation+-+Tax+Foundation%2527s+%2522Tax+Policy+Blog%2522%2529
	New Hampshire Rep. Charles Weed (D), newly in the 
	majority, has introduced a bill to raise the state's beer tax from 30 cents 
	per gallon to 40 cents per gallon. That brought
	
	a swift veto promise from Gov. Maggie Hassan (D): 
	"I want to let the people of New Hampshire know I oppose increasing the beer 
	tax and I will veto it if it gets to my desk."
	Beer taxes are incredibly unpopular. My rule of 
	thumb is that the more a tax hits most people, the more unpopular it is, and 
	that's why beer taxes remain low and most politicians don't dare raise them. 
	The last tax that will be raised in any state is the beer tax. Call it The 
	Al Bundy Tax Rule:
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
New Hampshire has no sales tax with certain exceptions such as for restaurant 
meals, motels, and hotels. Until I read the above article I was not even aware 
of a NH beer tax. NH makes a lot of money on liquor, but that's because the 
State owns and operates all of the liquor stores. Liquor is priced much lower 
than in surrounding states, which is why some interstate exits only lead to NH 
liquor stores on I-95 and I -93. 
If you plan your trip up to New Hampshire via I-91.you might think twice 
since I-91 mostly runs through Vermont where liquor is not so cheap.
In addition to liquor, New Hampshire makes a lot of money with big ticket 
item sales to non-residents. All NH border towns have lots of tire stores, 
Wal-Mart Stores, building supply stores, computer stores (e.g., Apple), and 
malls. Hotel chains like Hampton Inns and Comfort Inns locate within walking 
distance to a Wal-Mart. Cars from Vermont generally are towing trailers to haul 
back cases of beer, air conditioners, boots, coats, HDTV sets, etc.
The biggest sigh of relief about the NH Governor's veto of an added beer tax 
probably is sounding in Canada, Maine, Massachusetts, and Vermont.
Question
For 2012, the gift tax usually doesn’t apply until the value of the gifts you 
give someone exceeds $________.
Fill in the blank.
Answer along with six other tips about gift taxes ---
Click Here 
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-the-gift-tax.aspx?et_cid=30052849&et_rid=496441372&linkid=http%3a%2f%2fmoneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com%2fwhat-is-the-gift-tax.aspx
	Q. My father gave me a large amount of cash 
	as a holiday gift this year. Do I have to report it on my tax return?
	A. The funny thing about federal gift 
	taxes is that the giver must pay them—not the person who receives the gift! 
	So you’re in the clear. But your father may owe taxes depending on how much 
	he gives you.
	Here are 6 tips to know when a gift you give is 
	taxable:
	
		- There’s an annual dollar exclusion. 
		For 2012, the gift tax usually doesn’t apply until the value of the 
		gifts you give someone exceeds $13,000.
- Married couples can give more. 
		For 2012, you and your spouse can give up to $26,000 to any third party 
		without making a taxable gift.
- Gifts to a spouse are not taxable. 
		You never owe tax on money or property worth more than the annual 
		exclusion that you give to your spouse.
- Gifts are not tax-deductible. 
		You can’t deduct the value of gifts from your taxable income unless they 
		are qualified charitable contributions (see
		IRS 
		Publication 526, Charitable Contributions
		for more information).  
- Expenses paid to an institution are 
		not taxable. If you want to pay someone’s college tuition or 
		medical expenses, sending money directly to those institutions allows 
		you to make a gift that isn’t taxable.
- Political donations are not taxable. 
		Sending money to a political organization doesn’t count as a charitable 
		contribution, but it also isn’t subject to the gift tax.
Bob Jensen's tax helpers --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
"Three substantive changes to the Clarified Auditing Standards," AICPA, 
December 31, 2012 ---
Click Here 
http://www.smartbrief.com/news/cpa/storyDetails.jsp?issueid=3F36A006-6F1A-4D40-84E8-D861A13F5496©id=AAE12D75-6B3C-492B-A884-39B6AF4C9CE9&sid=a2a2cb80-d593-4abd-a32d-06da951fad0a&brief=cpa
	Three substantive changes in the Clarified Auditing 
	Standards will affect every auditor, writes Michael Ramos, director of CPE 
	and training for the AICPA. One change requires headings and specific 
	language for each section of the auditor's report, another calls for an 
	auditor who brings on a new client to conduct substantive audit work if he 
	or she is going to rely on the opening balance, and a third change requires 
	a renewed engagement letter for each year instead of relying on a 
	pre-existing multiyear letter.
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism of audit firms --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
"Auditing: another profession ripe for disruption," by Joe McKendrick,
Smart Planet, January 9, 2013 --- 
http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/bulletin/auditing-another-profession-ripe-for-disruption/9791
Jensen Comment
There's nothing new in this article and Joe McKendrick failed to do his research 
on the horrible PCAOB audit firm inspection reports. Nevertheless the article 
illustrates how the word is spreading in the media outside the accounting and 
auditing profession.
Joe could've found a lot more dirty linen of auditing firms at the following 
two sites:
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
EU Concerns About "Serious Flaws" in IFRS --- "Dangerous Accounting Rules"
"European Commission to review 'dangerous’ accounting rules:  A group of 
leading British investors has secured a pledge from the European Commission that 
it will intervene to deal with fears that bank accounting rules are 'dangerously 
flawed'," by Louise Armitstead, The Telegraph, January 2, 2013 ---
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9774691/European-Commission-to-review-dangerous-accounting-rules.html
	A review of the controversial International 
	Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) has been sanctioned by Commissioner 
	Michel Barnier to start early this year, in what amounts to a major 
	breakthrough in a long-running campaign supported by The Daily Telegraph.
	
	Investors from 10 leading groups – including 
	Threadneedle Investments, the Co-Operative Asset Management, London Pension 
	Fund Authority and Railpen – secretly wrote to Mr Barnier in October with a 
	warning that the accounting rules were harming shareholders, and 
	destabilising banks and the economy. 
	The group also wrote to Vince Cable, the Business 
	Secretary, but, since previous warnings to the Coalition and the 
	London-based International Accounting Standards Board had gone unanswered, 
	they appealed directly for help from Brussels. 
	Replying in a letter to the investors, Olivier 
	Guersent, the head of Mr Barnier’s cabinet, wrote that he “shared the 
	concerns” of investors over IFRS. He said that warnings that the rules 
	exacerbated the financial crisis were “legitimate questions”. 
	The Commission’s action is the first intervention 
	from Europe and looks set to leap-frog sluggish reactions from British 
	regulators to a raft of similar warnings. Although IFRS was introduced 
	across Europe, critics of the rules have maintained that the way Britain 
	adopted them left its banks uniquely vulnerable.  
	IFRS has been criticised for allowing banks to hide 
	risk exposure because poor loans do not appear until they have failed. The 
	rules, which were introduced in Britain in 2005, also allow banks to spread 
	losses across several years, rather than recognise them immediately. 
	London-based accountants have been at the forefront of trying to create a 
	single international accounting system, using IFRS which, critics argue, has 
	made many reluctant to admit that the system may be flawed. 
	In his letter, seen by The Daily Telegraph, Mr 
	Guersent said: “In 2002, the EU made its landmark decision to require all 
	listed companies to use IFRS. Much has been achieved since. 
	“However, there are legitimate questions which need 
	to be addressed, in particular whether the application of IFRS in the crisis 
	resulted in overstated profits and imprudent distributions. The Commission 
	services will carry out an assessment of the IAS regulation starting early 
	in 2013... and, if necessary, to propose complementary remediating 
	measures.” 
	In 2010, Tim Bush, a director at the investor group 
	Pirc, sent a letter to the Department for Business warning that IFRS was 
	creating “mistakes [in bank accounts] of such severity that it is difficult 
	to overstate”. His warnings were criticised by both British and 
	international accounting bodies responsible for introducing them. 
	
	In October that year, the House of Lords Economic 
	Affairs Committee launched a review and, in the spring of 2011, reported 
	that they had serious concerns about IFRS. In response, Mr Cable insisted 
	there was no problem. But in June last year, Andy Haldane, head of financial 
	stability at the Bank of England, said accounting rules were so flawed that 
	getting an accurate view of a bank’s assets was like trying to “pin the tail 
	on a boisterous donkey”. 
	Continued in article
	
	 
"Accounting body signals pause after flurry of rules," by Huh Jones,
Reuters, December 18, 2012 --- 
http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/12/18/accounting-iasb-idUSL5E8NIFFT20121218
	The standard setter which writes accounting rules 
	for over 100 countries said it will pause for a while and focus on just a 
	few reforms requested by its users, and bed down rules it has already 
	approved. 
	The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 
	has worked on a string of rule changes in response to the financial crisis.
	
	In the run up to the crisis banks had been too slow 
	to make provisions for soured loans and other assets, and were also able to 
	shunt many risky assets off their balance sheets, making them appear 
	healthier. 
	IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst said a consultation 
	has showed that users of accounting rules want a period of relative calm for 
	a few years, to "let the dust settle" and allow everyone to get used to the 
	new rules. 
	The board will pay closer attention to making sure 
	that the standards it now has are properly implemented. 
	The board will take more time to write new rules by 
	conducting more research and costings first, and consult more widely with 
	national and regional accounting bodies. 
	The IASB's agenda has been dominated by joint talks 
	with its U.S. counterpart, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, for a 
	decade to "converge" their rules so that the United States would then be 
	expected to switch to IASB standards. 
	The 40-page paper published by the IASB on its 
	future agenda priorities on Tuesday made little mention of the convergence 
	project. 
	The United States decided this year to defer a 
	decision on switching to the board's rules. 
	Instead, the IASB's priorities now reflect the 
	growing use of its rules in emerging economies in Asia and Latin America, 
	such as financial reporting in high inflationary economies. 
	Accounting for emissions trading schemes will also 
	a priority, along with intangible asset rules for mining and exploration 
	companies as sought by Australia, Canada, Norway and South Africa.
	 
Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"Seidman hopeful for converged expected loss approach despite differing 
FASB, IASB proposals," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, 
December 20, 2012 --- 
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20127046.htm 
	
	FASB released Thursday an expected credit loss 
	proposal that is likely to differ from the approach to be recommended by the 
	International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 
	But FASB Chairman Leslie Seidman said she has not 
	given up on the idea of convergence in the project, which involves 
	impairment of financial instruments and would require recognition of credit 
	losses that are expected rather than previous guidance that calls for 
	recognition when losses are incurred. Seidman encouraged global stakeholders 
	to comment on FASB’s exposure draft and the one the IASB is scheduled to 
	release in the first quarter of next year.
	Seidman said that because the comment periods will 
	overlap, FASB plans to review feedback on both the FASB and IASB proposals. 
	And she said both boards have made progress by proposing approaches focused 
	on expected rather than incurred losses.
	“If you roll the clock back a couple of years ago 
	where we were really divided on this approach, the FASB model looked nothing 
	like the IASB approach,” Seidman said during a conference call with 
	reporters. “We have come a lot closer together. … I think that we are now at 
	least both looking at an expected loss approach, and I think with the 
	benefit of an additional round of commentary, we will be in a better 
	position to ultimately come to a converged approach that people around the 
	world view as an improvement.”
	IASB spokesman Mark Byatt said the IASB continues 
	to cooperate with FASB on the project and intended to publish a proposal for 
	public comment in the first quarter of 2013 based on a simplified version of 
	the expected credit loss method FASB originally had agreed to.
	The project undertaken by both boards was designed 
	to address the loan loss problems that helped lead to the recent financial 
	crisis. The objective was to improve financial reporting about expected 
	credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial 
	institutions, and other public and private organizations.
	FASB said
	
	its proposal, which is available for public 
	comment through April 30, would require more timely recognition of credit 
	losses, while providing additional transparency about credit risk.
	The Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial 
	Instruments—Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15), is the result of an 
	effort that began as a convergence project with the IASB, but has seen 
	differences emerge. Both boards are moving away from the current incurred 
	loss approach to an expected loss approach that calls for current 
	recognition of the effects of credit deterioration on collectibility 
	expectations.
	But the expected loss model FASB has proposed 
	differs from the one the IASB is developing, which is called the 
	“three-bucket” model. Although FASB initially agreed to the three-bucket 
	approach, concerns from stakeholders caused FASB to reconsider and develop 
	its Current Expected Credit Loss (CECL) model.
	The IASB’s model uses a different expected loss 
	approach than FASB’s model for assets that have not yet displayed 
	significant deterioration in credit risk. Full recognition of an allowance 
	for the expected credit loss would be deferred for financial assets whose 
	loss event is expected to occur beyond 12 months from the date of the 
	financial statement, according to a FASB news release. Seidman said 
	practitioners, investors, and other stakeholders told FASB that they were 
	confused by that approach. She said a few even said, if implemented, the 
	model would have lowered reserves and therefore would not accomplish the 
	objective of the project.
	IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst was disappointed in 
	July when he was told FASB wanted to explore a different approach. He said 
	he would find it “deeply embarrassing” if the project unraveled after the 
	boards spent three years working on it and considered at least 10 
	alternatives. 
	But FASB forged ahead and developed a new model 
	that would require an organization to always consider all available 
	information rather than limiting its estimate to losses that are expected to 
	occur during a particular period. All available information would have to be 
	considered as the organization recognizes its current estimate of cash flows 
	that it does not expect to collect.
	
The FASB may be forced by the EU to change its stand on "dangerous accounting 
rules"
"European Commission to review 'dangerous’ accounting rules:  A group of 
leading British investors has secured a pledge from the European Commission that 
it will intervene to deal with fears that bank accounting rules are 'dangerously 
flawed'," by Louise Armitstead, The Telegraph, January 2, 2013 ---
 http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9774691/European-Commission-to-review-dangerous-accounting-rules.html
 
Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013 
	
	The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) 
	has published a review of 2011 IFRS financial statements related to 
	impairment testing of goodwill. The report shows that significant impairment 
	losses of goodwill were limited to a handful of issuers. According to ESMA, 
	this raises the question as to whether the level of impairment disclosed in 
	2011 financial reports appropriately reflects the difficult economic 
	operating environment for companies. ESMA also finds that although the major 
	disclosures related to goodwill impairment testing were generally provided, 
	in many cases these were boilerplate and not entity-specific. ESMA expects 
	issuers and their auditors to consider the findings of the review when 
	preparing and auditing the 2012 IFRS financial statements. 
"IASB to amend asset impairment rules," by Richard Crump, 
AccountancyAge, January 21, 2013 --- 
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2237580/iasb-to-amend-asset-impairment-rules 
Bob Jensen's threads on impairment issues --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment 
From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013 
	
	
	Results of EFRAG field-test on the IASB's general hedge accounting review 
	--- 
	
	http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/efrag-hedge-draft 
	The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) 
	has publicly released a letter it has sent to the International Accounting 
	Standards Board (IASB) commenting on the IASB's review draft of the 
	forthcoming hedge accounting chapter of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. The 
	letter outlines the findings from a field-test of the review draft conducted 
	by EFRAG involving 44 companies across various industry sectors.
Bob Jensen's free tutorials on hedge accounting --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 
Big Business Phone Systems Battle It Out in 
Our New Guide, Compare Business Products, 
Winter 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.comparebusinessproducts.com/DownloadAsset?ac=bdb6f91e4bfb47d4a7cb1c3c243ef19e&tk=7387b0f9629d4d218e4473b224d81eb9
 
	Our research team has just completed our evaluation 
	of the top phone systems in the enterprise-class space. All the big names 
	for big business are here. We deliver all the features, pricing and 
	integration considerations in one easy-to-use Excel spreadsheet so you're 
	armed to make a better buying decision.
"France Proposes an Internet Tax," by Eric Pfanner, The New York 
Times, January 20, 2013 --- 
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/21/business/global/21iht-datatax21.html?pagewanted=all&_r=
Question
How can you get a tour package in China and elsewhere that will give U.S. 
citizenship to your new babies?
"The Ethics of ‘Birthing Tourism':  U.S. Maternity Hotels Cater to 
Pregnant Chinese Women," by Accounting Professor Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 
21, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/the-ethics-of-birthing-tourism.html 
His 63% marginal tax rate is a disincentive to carry on as a professional 
golfer
"Mickelson plans 'drastic changes' in response to tax hikes," by Mike 
Walker, Sports Illustrated, January 20, 2013 --- 
http://blogs.golf.com/presstent/2013/01/mickelson-plans-drastic-changes-in-response-to-tax-hikes-on-wealthy.html
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up
Jensen Comment
I think Phil needs to sit down for a long chat with Mitt Romney or outgoing 
Treasury Timothy Geithner --- 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timothy_Geithner
"CEOs want to raise the retirement age to 70," by Suzy Khimm, The 
Washington Post, January 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/01/18/ceos-want-to-raise-the-retirement-age-to-70/
	A lot of CEOs have gotten on the deficit-reduction 
	bandwagon, but they’ve often been loath to push for specific proposals, 
	endorsing instead an overall “framework” for fiscal consolidation that’s big 
	and bipartisan. 
	That’s now starting to change: A group of the 
	country’s leading CEOs from the Business Roundtable has put out an 
	entitlement reform plan that proposes to raise the eligibility age for both 
	Social Security and Medicare to 70.
	Leading Republicans have long rallied to raise the 
	eligibility age for Social Security to 70, but the Business Roundtable’s 
	recommendations for Medicare go significantly further than the GOP 
	consensus: During the fiscal cliff negotiations, for instance, Boehner 
	proposed raising the Medicare eligibility age from 65 to 67 years, while the 
	CEOs want to push it three years higher. 
	The group wants a slew of other changes as well: 
	higher premiums for wealthy beneficiaries, chained CPI and more private 
	competition for Medicare and private retirement programs.
	“Even though most of these modernization 
	initiatives would be phased in gradually, the immediate benefits would be 
	enormous. First, they would put Medicare and Social Security on the sound 
	financial footing needed to provide a sustainable retirement safety net. 
	This would represent a major step forward in reducing the growth of 
	government spending,” Gary Loveman, CEO of Caesars Entertainment Corp. and 
	Business Roundtable participant, wrote in the Wall Street Journal. 
	
	The Business Roundtable believes its proposals 
	would save the government $300 billion in Medicare spending and extend 
	Social Security’s solvency for 75 years. But the changes would also come 
	with costs to others as well. By eliminating Medicare coverage for those 
	between 65 and 70 years old, the plan would send more individuals into 
	Medicaid and the newly created health-insurance exchanges, as not everyone 
	would continue to work or be covered by their employers’ insurance, explains 
	Tricia Neuman, a vice president at the Kaiser Family Foundation. 
	That would drive up health-care premiums overall in 
	the exchanges, as there would be older, sicker people getting coverage, says 
	Neuman. In states that don’t elect to participate in the Medicaid expansion 
	under Obamacare, lower-income people in their mid- to late-60s could also 
	become uninsured, particularly those who are in physically demanding jobs 
	they might not be able to continue until they’re 70. Overall, raising the 
	eligibility age “would reduce federal spending but would do so in a way that 
	shifts costs to other payers and raises overall health care costs,” says 
	Neuman, who’s examined the impact of raising the age to 67. 
	On the flip side, proponents of the changes argue 
	that raising the retirement age makes sense given the rise in life 
	expectancy, and that sacrifices are necessary to ensure the solvency of 
	entitlement programs. “What has happened to Social Security over years is 
	because people are living much more longer, it’s moved more toward a 
	middle-aged retirement system,” says Eugene Steuerle, a senior fellow at the 
	Urban Institute.
	Continued in article
World Life Expectancy Map ---
http://www.worldlifeexpectancy.com/index.php 
Life Expectancy Trend for the United States ---
http://www.aging.senate.gov/crs/aging1.pdf 
	Summary 
	As a result of falling age-specific mortality, life 
	expectancy rose dramatically in the United States over the past century . 
	Final data for 2003 (the most recent available) show that life expectancy at 
	birth for the total population has reached an all-time American high level, 
	77.5 years, up from 49.2 years at the turn of the 20th century. Record-high 
	life expectancies we re found for white females (80.5 years) and black 
	females (76.1 years), as well as for white males (75.3 year s) and black 
	males (69.0 years). Life expectancy gaps between males and females and 
	between whites and blacks persisted. 
	In combination with decreasing fertility, the life 
	expectancy gains have led to a rapid aging of the American population, as 
	reflected by an increasing proportion of persons aged 65 and older. This 
	report documents the improvements in longevity that have occurred, analyzing 
	both the underlying factors that contributed to mortality reductions and the 
	continuing longevity differentials by sex and race. In addition, it 
	considers whether life expectancy will continue to increase in future years. 
	Detailed statistics on life expectancy are provided. A brief comparison with 
	other countries is also provided. 
	While this report focuses on a description of the 
	demographic context of life expectancy change in the United States, these 
	trends have implications for a wide range of social and economic programs 
	and issues that are likely to be considered by Congress.
From the University of Pennsylvania (Wharton):  The U.S. Deficit is 
Tremendously Understated
"A Proper Accounting: The Real Cost of Government Loans and Credit Guarantees,"
Knowledge@Wharton, December 5, 2012 --- 
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3126 
Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm 
"New Year's Resolutions for the Accounting Profession," by Anthony H. 
Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, December 31, 2012 --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2012/12/31/new-years-resolutions-for-the-accounting-profession 
	Well, it’s a New Year!  Ed’s and
	
	my letter to Santa last year was ignored 
	again this year, so I’m taking another angle and bypassing Mr. Claus 
	entirely.  In the hopes of restoring the glory of my beloved accounting 
	profession, I am proposing some New Year’s resolutions for the “major 
	players” and “heavy hitters” in accounting.
	The Securities and Exchange Commission 
	(SEC)
	Those of you who have been following the Grumpies 
	know how we feel about 
	
	IFRS…no 
	we are not wild about them.  However, the SEC did do a great job on its
	
	
	Final Staff Report summarizing its work 
	plan for global accounting standards.  However, it apparently missed one big 
	point.  Increasingly, accounting research from across the pond shows that 
	that IFRS has failed to deliver on its promise for one set of accounting 
	standards. Several recent studies (Kvaal and Nobes 2010 in 
	Accounting and Business Research, Vol 40. No. 2 pp. 173-187; and 
	Wehrfritz and Haller, forthcoming in the Journal of International 
	Accounting Auditing and Taxation) report that different national 
	versions of IFRS currently exist which reflect pre-IFRS country-specific 
	national GAAP.  What does that mean?  It means that in Australia, France, 
	Germany, Spain, and the UK, companies that are now using IFRS, continue to 
	use the same accounting policies they used before “adopting” IFRS which were 
	either permitted or required by their own unique national GAAP. So 
	much for the touted benefits of achieving comparability with a single set of 
	global standards.  Instead, the real possibility exists that 
	investors might be misled by the “apparent” uniformity implied by IFRS, when 
	no real comparability exists.  So, SEC…your resolution for 2013 should be 
	not to succumb to the political pressure of those IFRS proponents…those 
	promoting IFRS likely do so for their own monetary gain.  If you don’t 
	believe that, just check out the 
	
	AICPA’s IFRS website and note all the 
	training and publication opportunities promoted. Please give up on IFRS once 
	and for all.  
 
	The Public Company Accounting Oversight 
	Board (PCAOB)
	In a 
	
	December 2012 speech 
	at the AICPA National Conference, PCAOB Chairman James R. Doty made two huge 
	points with which most of us would agree.  First, “high quality, 
	independent auditing is critical to our economic success” and second, “audit 
	firm culture must support auditors’ work.”  My hope is that the PCAOB’s 
	New Year’s resolution will be to focus its 2013 efforts on three points: 
	promoting high quality audit work, monitoring “real” auditor independence, 
	and incentivizing the development of appropriate firm cultures, 
	but with a more aggressive approach.  What do I mean by aggressive? 
	 Check out the Grumpies’ prior rants in 
	
	The Auditor’s Expectations Gap where we 
	called for a clearer description of the “audit product” that the Big Four 
	firms currently deliver. Ed and I also provided some clues in 
	
	Who Really Cares About Auditor Rotation 
	where we outlined some ideas on how to detect audit quality.  Another good 
	start to the New Year would be to release all (both parts I and II) of the 
	PCAOB’s firm inspection reports.  As Chairman Doty indicated, auditors have 
	been inspected by the PCAOB for a decade now.  Time is up for big firm 
	auditors…PCAOB it’s time to play hardball.
	The Financial Accounting Standards 
	Board (FASB)
	The FASB’s resolution for the New Year should be 
	not to squander their opportunity to improve the effectiveness of financial 
	statement note disclosures via its 
	
	Disclosure Framework project.  Not 
	surprisingly, the AICPA’s Financial Reporting Executive Committee recently 
	has raised 
	
	“significant concerns”
	about the framework, a possible 
	delaying tactic to preserve the status quo for the largest accounting firms 
	and their clients.  As you may recall, the Grumpies worried about whether or 
	not the FASB could “make the ‘hard’ decisions” in 
	
	Improving Transparency in Note Disclosures.  We 
	actually proposed a few very simple ways to improve the organization and 
	understandability of note disclosures.  Yet, the “gurus” at the AICPA 
	continue to be focused on form and process, rather than substance…no wonder 
	the profession is in decline…
	The Center for Audit Quality (CAQ)
	This organization’s resolution for the New Year is 
	relatively simple and straightforward: it should dissolve itself! 
	It is no surprise that the so-called  Center for Audit Quality (CAQ) is 
	headquartered in Washington, D.C., after all it is little more than a formal 
	lobbying and/or marketing group for the largest public accounting firms and 
	the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA). Interestingly, the CAQ is 
	“affiliated with the AICPA.”  One wonders why the CAQ’s membership can’t 
	work through the AICPA, and one of its sections or committees…why is the CAQ 
	necessary?  If you think I am being too hard on the CAQ, just check out the 
	“rigor” in its publications…my personal favorite is “Deterring 
	and Detecting Financial Reporting Fraud”…long 
	on concepts, short on detail. Maybe this is why the PCAOB is finding so many 
	errors in its public company auditor inspections…
	The Big Accounting Firms
	The big accounting firms should resolve to redo 
	their budgets for 2013.  Here are a couple of recommendations:
	
		- Plow the money you save from dissolving the 
		CAQ into creating a new audit model that works.
- Don’t build brand awareness through
		
		
		professional golf tournament 
		sponsorships.  Use the monies you save to create a new audit model 
		that works…now that would build brand awareness!
- Stop contributing money to academic 
		organizations and universities and invest it in something with a real 
		payoff…the academics will continue to send you their students regardless 
		of your funding.  Use the monies you save to create a new audit 
		model that works.
- Stop wasting your limited funds on student 
		recruiting. Students will continue to seek you out for jobs because you 
		offer the best prospect for their actually paying off their outrageous 
		student loans.  Use the monies you save on recruiting to create a 
		new audit model that works.
Do you sense a common theme here?
	National and State Accounting Societies
	Yes, this is the 
	first time that one of the grumpies has actually picked on this poor group 
	of accountants which includes the AICPA, Institute of Management Accountants 
	(IMA), American Accounting Association (AAA), and a host of state CPA 
	societies.  That’s because their situation is just so dire.  These 
	organizations are finding it increasingly difficult to justify their 
	existence in the face of rising costs (and dues) and increased competition 
	for services they once exclusively offered to their members.  In short, 
	it is unclear what the value proposition of these organizations is in 
	today’s society.  Take the case of the AICPA.  The organization has 
	largely been relieved of its rule-making authority by the FASB and PCAOB. 
	 More troubling is its recent desperate attempt to poach IMA membership 
	through its introduction of the Chartered Global Management Accountant 
	designation. 
	Continued in article
 
Bob Jensen's New Year's Resolutions for Accountics Scientists --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm  
 
Let's have a contest ending December 31, 2013 to see whose resolutions are 
ignored the most. I'm pretty confident that mine will be the biggest losers. 
If you want to see accountics scientists run for cover mention the resolutions 
of the Pathways Commission for accounting research and accounting doctoral 
programs.
 
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed, 
July 31, 2012 --- 
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
	Accounting programs should promote curricular 
	flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more 
	technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and 
	more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report 
	released today by the 
	
	Pathways Commission, which studies the future of 
	higher education for accounting.
	In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's  Advisory 
	Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American 
	Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public 
	Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of 
	accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this 
	recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for 
	accounting.
	In the report, the commission acknowledges that 
	some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a 
	structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.
	The report includes seven recommendations:
	
		- Integrate accounting research, education 
		and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing 
		professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
 
 
- Promote accessibility of doctoral 
		education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral 
		programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path 
		to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs 
		and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative 
		rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be 
		part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching 
		methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students 
		with professional experience and candidates with families, according to 
		the report.
 
 
- Increase recognition and support for 
		high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure 
		processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a 
		critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to 
		the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and 
		accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and 
		programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
 
 
- Develop curriculum models, engaging learning 
		resources and mechanisms to easily share them, as well as enhancing 
		faculty development opportunities to sustain a robust curriculum that 
		addresses a new generation of students who are more at home with 
		technology and less patient with traditional teaching methods.
 
 
- Improve the ability to attract high-potential, 
		diverse entrants into the profession.
 
 
- Create mechanisms for collecting, analyzing 
		and disseminating information about the market needs by establishing a 
		national committee on information needs, projecting future supply and 
		demand for accounting professionals and faculty, and enhancing the 
		benefits of a high school accounting education.
 
- Establish an implementation process to address 
		these and future recommendations by creating structures and mechanisms 
		to support a continuous, sustainable change process.
 
According to the report, its two sponsoring 
	organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American 
	Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to 
	carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy 
	for conducting this effort.
	Hsihui Chang, a professor and head of Drexel 
	University’s accounting department, said colleges must prepare students for 
	the accounting field by encouraging three qualities: integrity, analytical 
	skills and a global viewpoint.
	“You need to look at things in a global scope,” he 
	said. “One thing we’re always thinking about is how can we attract students 
	from diverse groups?” Chang said the department’s faculty comprises members 
	from several different countries, and the university also has four student 
	organizations dedicated to accounting -- including one for Asian students 
	and one for Hispanic students.
	He said the university hosts guest speakers and 
	accounting career days to provide information to prospective accounting 
	students about career options: “They find out, ‘Hey, this seems to be quite 
	exciting.’ ”
	Jimmy Ye, a professor and chair of the accounting 
	department at Baruch College of the City University of New York, wrote in an 
	email to Inside Higher Ed that his department is already fulfilling 
	some of the report’s recommendations by inviting professionals from 
	accounting firms into classrooms and bringing in research staff from 
	accounting firms to interact with faculty members and Ph.D. students.
	Ye also said the AICPA should collect and analyze 
	supply and demand trends in the accounting profession -- but not just in the 
	short term. “Higher education does not just train students for getting their 
	first jobs,” he wrote. “I would like to see some study on the career tracks 
	of college accounting graduates.”
	Mohamed Hussein, a professor and head of the 
	accounting department at the University of Connecticut, also offered ways 
	for the commission to expand its recommendations. He said the 
	recommendations can’t be fully put into practice with the current structure 
	of accounting education.
	“There are two parts to this: one part is being 
	able to have an innovative curriculum that will include changes in 
	technology, changes in the economics of the firm, including risk, 
	international issues and regulation,” he said. “And the other part is making 
	sure that the students will take advantage of all this innovation.”
	The university offers courses on some of these 
	issues as electives, but it can’t fit all of the information in those 
	courses into the major’s required courses, he said.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Higher Education Controversies and Need for Change 
--- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm 
The sad state of accountancy doctoral programs --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms 
"More Financial Reporting Questions at H-P?" by Anthony H. Catanach 
Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, January 7, 2012 --- 
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/1/7/more-financial-reporting-questions-at-h-p
"Where were the accountants in H-P’s Autonomy deal?" by Floyd Norris,
New York Times, November 29, 2012 --- 
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/11/30/business/auditors-clash-in-hp-deal-for-autonomy.html?ref=business
	The battle over Hewlett-Packard’s claim that it was 
	bamboozled when it bought Autonomy, a British software company, has been 
	long on angry rhetoric and short on details about the accounting that was 
	supposedly wrong and led to an $8.8 billion write-down. 
	¶ But the eternal question asked whenever a fraud 
	surfaces — “Where were the auditors?” — does have an answer in this case.
	
	¶ They were everywhere. 
	¶ They were consulting. They were advising, 
	according to one account, on strategies for “optimizing” revenue. They were 
	investigating whether books were cooked, and they were signing off on audits 
	approving the books that are now alleged to have been cooked. They were 
	offering advice on executive pay. There are four major accounting firms, and 
	each has some involvement. 
	¶ Herewith a brief summary of the Autonomy dispute:
	
	¶ Hewlett-Packard, a computer maker that in recent 
	years has gone from one stumble to another, bought Autonomy last year. The 
	British company’s accounting had long been the subject of harsh criticism 
	from some short-sellers, but H.P. evidently did not care. The $11 billion 
	deal closed in October 2011. 
	¶ Last week, H.P. said Autonomy had been cooking 
	its books in a variety of ways. Mike Lynch, who founded Autonomy and was 
	fired by H.P. this year, says the company’s books were fine. If the company 
	has lost value, he says, it is because of H.P.’s mismanagement. 
	¶ Autonomy was audited by the British arm of 
	Deloitte. H.P., which is audited by Ernst & Young, hired KPMG to perform due 
	diligence in connection with the acquisition — due diligence that presumably 
	found no big problems with the books. 
	¶ That covered three of the four big firms, so it 
	should be no surprise that the final one, PricewaterhouseCoopers, was 
	brought in to conduct a forensic investigation after an unnamed 
	whistle-blower told H.P. that the books were not kosher. H.P. says the PWC 
	investigation found “serious accounting improprieties, misrepresentation and 
	disclosure failures.” 
	¶ That would seem to make the Big Four tally two 
	for Autonomy and two for H.P., or at least it would when Ernst approves 
	H.P.’s annual report including the write-down. 
	¶ But KPMG wants it known that it “was not engaged 
	by H.P. to perform any audit work on this matter. The firm’s only role was 
	to provide a limited set of non-audit-related services.” KPMG won’t say what 
	those services were, but states, “We can say with confidence that we acted 
	responsibly and with integrity.’ 
	¶ Deloitte did much more for Autonomy than audit 
	its books, perhaps taking advantage of British rules, which are more relaxed 
	about potential conflicts of interest than are American regulations enacted 
	a decade ago in the Sarbanes-Oxley law. In 2010, states the company’s annual 
	report, 44 percent of the money paid to Deloitte by Autonomy was for 
	nonaudit services. Some of the money went for “advice in relation to 
	remuneration,” which presumably means consultations on how much executives 
	should be paid. 
	¶ The consulting arms of the Big Four also have 
	relationships that can be complicated. At an auditing conference this week 
	at New York University, Francine McKenna of Forbes.com noted that Deloitte 
	was officially a platinum-level “strategic alliance technology 
	implementation partner” of H.P. and said she had learned of “at least two 
	large client engagements where Autonomy and Deloitte Consulting worked 
	together before the acquisition.” A Deloitte spokeswoman did not comment on 
	that report. 
	¶ To an outsider, making sense of this brouhaha is 
	not easy. In a normal accounting scandal, if there is such a thing, the 
	company restates its earnings and details how revenue was inflated or costs 
	hidden. That has not happened here, and it may never happen. There is not 
	even an accusation of how much Autonomy inflated its profits, but if there 
	were, it would be a very small fraction of the $8.8 billion write-off that 
	H.P. took. Autonomy never reported earning $1 billion in a year. 
	¶ That $8.8 billion represents a write-off of much 
	of the good will that H.P. booked when it made the deal, based on the 
	conclusion that Autonomy was not worth nearly as much as it had paid. It 
	says more than $5 billion of that relates to the accounting irregularities, 
	with the rest reflecting H.P.’s low stock price and “headwinds against 
	anticipated synergies and marketplace performance,” whatever that might 
	mean.
	Continued in article
Teaching Case on Autonomy from The Wall Street Journal's Accounting Weekly 
Review on November 30, 2012 
	
	
	H-P Says It Was Duped, Takes $8.8 Billion Charge
	by: 
	Ben Worthen
	Nov 28, 2012
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	
	Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
	 
	
	TOPICS: Goodwill, Intangible Assets, International Accounting, 
	Mergers and Acquisitions, Revenue Recognition, Advanced Financial 
	Accounting, Audit Quality, Financial Accounting
	
	SUMMARY: H-P disclosed another $8 Billion Charge to write down its 
	software segment which includes Autonomy, a company acquired by H-P for 
	$11.1 billion in October 2011. H-P chief Meg Whitman says there was a 
	willful effort to inflate Autonomy's revenue and profitability. Autonomy 
	founder Mike Lynch, who was fired by H-P in May 2012 for underperformance of 
	the unit after H-P's acquisition, denies these allegations. In a related 
	article it is made clear that analysts have long questioned Autonomy's 
	revenue recognition practices and questioned whether H-P overpaid for the 
	acquisition in 2011. Deloitte Touche as Autonomy's auditor is now facing 
	another situation in which the quality of its work is now being questioned.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article includes topics in revenue 
	recognition, IFRS versus U.S. GAAP, business combinations, and intangible 
	asset write downs.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) Summarize the announcement made by H-P on which 
	this article reports. What types of assets do you think were written down in 
	the total $8.8 billion charge?
	
	2. (Advanced) Access the press release on which this article is 
	based, available through its SEC filing on Form 8-K at
	
	http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/47217/000004721712000033/0000047217-12-000033-index.htm. 
	Confirm your answer to question number 1 above about the types of assets 
	included in the write down.
	
	3. (Advanced) How do classifications of revenue result in an asset 
	write down by an acquirer one year after completion of an acquisition? 
	Specifically describe how determining an asset account balance in a business 
	acquisition that may involve past or future revenue amounts.
	
	4. (Introductory) Refer to the first related article. What is the 
	role of the Chief Financial Officer in assessing the propriety of accounting 
	at a target/acquired firm, both before and after establishing a price to be 
	paid by an acquirer?
	
	5. (Advanced) Refer to the second related article. How is it 
	possible that differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS might result in 
	different timing of revenue recognition?
	
	6. (Introductory) What does analyst Dan Mahoney think are issues 
	that led to H-P's allegations against Autonomy? How do both U.S.GAAP and 
	IFRS handle these issues in timing revenue recognition?
	 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
	 
	
	RELATED ARTICLES: 
	
	At H-P, Judgment Goes by the Board
	by Rolfe Winkler
	Nov 27, 2012
	Page: C10
	
	
	Long Before H-P Deal, Autonomy's Red Flag's
	by Ben Worthen, Paul Sonne and Justin Scheck
	Nov 27, 2012
	Online Exclusive
	 
"H-P Says It Was Duped, Takes $8.8 Billion Charge," by: Ben Worthen, The 
Wall Street Journal, November 28, 2012 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324352004578130712448913412.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno-wsj
	Hewlett-Packard Co. HPQ -0.50% said on Tuesday it 
	had been duped into overpaying for one of its largest acquisitions, 
	contributing to an $8.8 billion write-down and a huge quarterly loss.
	The technology giant said that an internal 
	investigation had revealed "serious accounting improprieties" and "outright 
	misrepresentations" in connection with U.K. software maker Autonomy, which 
	H-P acquired for $11.1 billion in October 2011. 
	"There appears to have been a willful sustained 
	effort" to inflate Autonomy's revenue and profitability, said Chief 
	Executive Meg Whitman. "This was designed to be hidden." 
	Michael Lynch, Autonomy's founder and former CEO, 
	fired back hours later, denying improper accounting and accusing H-P of 
	trying to hide its mismanagement. "We completely reject the allegations," 
	said Mr. Lynch, who left H-P earlier this year. "As soon as there is some 
	flesh put on the bones we will show they are not true." 
	H-P said Tuesday it alerted the U.S. Securities and 
	Exchange Commission and the U.K. Serious Fraud Office and requested that 
	they open investigations. The SEC and Federal Bureau of Investigation are 
	launching inquiries, according to people familiar with the probes. Timeline: 
	A History of Hewlett-Packard 
	View Interactive Bios: On H-P's Board for the 
	Troubled Purchase 
	View Interactive 
	The accounting-fraud claim adds to a string of 
	recent setbacks and controversies for Palo Alto, Calif.-based H-P, whose 
	board faced criticism over its handling of the departures of its last two 
	chief executives. Mark Hurd resigned in 2010 after he acknowledged having a 
	personal relationship with a company contractor. His successor, Leo 
	Apotheker, who spearheaded the Autonomy purchase, was forced out in 2011 and 
	replaced by Ms. Whitman. 
	H-P General Counsel John Schultz said the internal 
	investigation into the Autonomy deal began in May when he told Ms. Whitman 
	he had just spoken with a senior executive in the Autonomy software 
	business, who had alleged that executives at Autonomy had been cooking the 
	books before the acquisition. The identity of that senior executive couldn't 
	be determined. 
	A spokesman for Autonomy's accounting firm, 
	Deloitte LLP, said Tuesday: "Deloitte UK categorically denies that it had 
	any knowledge of any accounting improprieties or any misrepresentations in 
	Autonomy's financial statements, or that it was complicit in any accounting 
	improprieties or misrepresentations." [image] 
	Mr. Lynch, the former Autonomy CEO, said H-P is 
	"completely and utterly wrong." He said of Autonomy: "It is a business we 
	spent 10 years building. It was a world leader. It was destroyed in less 
	than a year by the petty infighting at H-P." 
	The accounting-fraud allegations punctuated another 
	grim set of financial results for H-P, one of the world's largest sellers of 
	personal computers, printers and other technology products and services. In 
	recent years, it has been hurt by executive turnover, cost cuts, mounting 
	debt and slowing demand for some products. 
	H-P said Tuesday it swung to a $6.9 billion loss 
	for its fiscal fourth quarter ended Oct. 31, while revenue fell 7% from a 
	year earlier. The charge for writing down Autonomy totaled $8.8 billion, of 
	which more than $5 billion is related to the accounting issues, with the 
	balance related partly to the unit's performance. Revenue fell across H-P's 
	PC, printer, services, and server and networking divisions. 
	Hewlett-Packard has claimed that the leadership at 
	Autonomy, the software firm it acquired last year, misrepresented its 
	performance as the deal was being negotiated. WSJ's Ben Rooney profiles the 
	company and its founder, Mike Lynch. Photo: Bloomberg Related Coverage
	
	Autonomy Founder: We Were Ambushed Deloitte in an 
	Unwanted Spotlight Ex CEO Leo Apotheker: Due Diligence of Autonomy Was 
	Meticulous Meg Whitman: Those Responsible for Autonomy Deal Are Gone CIO 
	Report: CIOs to 'Keep an Eye' on H-P Amid Autonomy Write-Down Heard on the 
	Street: Another Fine Mess Heard on the Street: Fresh Blow for London Law 
	Blog: Should Lawyers Shoulder Any Blame? Corporate Intelligence: The Warning 
	Signs at Autonomy Deal Journal: The Advisers on the Deal Digits: Players 
	Behind the Buy Tech Europe: Mike Lynch Profile Deal Journal: Hewlett-Packard 
	Takes Second $8 Billion Deal Charge This Year Deal Journal: Remember 
	Oracle's Accusations Too Corporate Intelligence: Write Down Avoidable, With 
	Autonomy Software Transcript of H-P's Earnings Call 
	Previously 
	Autonomy CEO Fires Back at Larry Ellison (9/27/11) 
	Deal Profile: H-P Bids for Autonomy (8/18/11) Autonomy Shares Soar on H-P 
	Offer (8/19/11) Search Is Over for Autonomy (8/19/11) Tech Europe: H-P and 
	Autonomy: A Clash of Cultures (5/24/2012) Buyers Beware: The Goodwill Games 
	(8/14/12) Tech Europe: Autonomy's Lynch Says H-P Deal Marks IT Shift 
	(8/30/11) Europe Mixed Over Deal (8/19/11) 
	It was the technology giant's fifth straight 
	quarter of big declines, a trend Ms. Whitman said is likely to continue.
	
	H-P's stock, which was already trading near a 
	10-year low, ended 4 p.m. trading at $11.71, down $1.59, or 12%, on the New 
	York Stock Exchange. 
	When the deal was announced in August 2011, 
	Autonomy was Britain's biggest software company and second-largest in 
	Europe, after Germany's SAP SAP.XE +0.38% AG. Its customers include 
	intelligence agencies, big corporations, banks and law firms. H-P said then 
	that Autonomy was key to its transformation into a higher-margin seller of 
	software. 
	H-P said Tuesday that Autonomy, before it was 
	acquired, had mischaracterized some sales of low-margin hardware as software 
	and had recognized some deals with partners as revenue, even when a customer 
	never bought the product. 
	At least one year before the H-P acquisition, an 
	Autonomy executive brought concerns about the company's accounting practices 
	to U.S. regulators including the SEC, according to people familiar with the 
	matter. Autonomy didn't trade on U.S. exchanges prior to the H-P deal, so it 
	is unclear whether U.S. agencies had jurisdiction. 
	H-P's internal team was aware of talk about 
	accounting irregularities at the time the deal was struck, people familiar 
	with the matter have said. At the time, one of these people said, H-P was 
	looking for a way to unwind the deal before it closed, but couldn't find any 
	material accounting issues. 
	Mr. Lynch, in an interview at the time, denied any 
	accounting irregularities. On Tuesday, he blamed any problems at Autonomy on 
	poor management by H-P and executive turnover. 
	Ms. Whitman said Tuesday the company relied on 
	Autonomy's regular auditor Deloitte and had hired KPMG for an additional 
	review before the deal closed. Neither firm found any irregularities then, 
	she said. KPMG declined comment. 
	Mr. Schultz, H-P's general counsel, said H-P was 
	shown "significant documentation from former Autonomy executives refuting 
	the allegations" of any accounting issues. In hindsight, "it's fair to say 
	those refutations were questionable," he said. 
	After H-P completed the deal, Autonomy's sales 
	suffered. On several occasions, H-P said the unit didn't meet expectations.
	
	In May 2012, Mr. Lynch left H-P. Shortly after, the 
	unidentified Autonomy senior executive approached Mr. Schultz. Mr. Schultz 
	said that during a phone call to discuss other matters, the Autonomy 
	executive asked to speak with him in person. 
	The pair met in a conference room at H-P's Palo 
	Alto headquarters, where the executive provided an outline of the alleged 
	accounting fraud, Mr. Schultz said. The executive later provided some emails 
	and financial information that Mr. Schultz said substantiated the claim.
	
	Working with auditing firm PricewaterhouseCoopers 
	LLP, an H-P team re-created Autonomy's books. People familiar with the 
	investigation said that the team found that for at least two years, Autonomy 
	booked sales of low-margin hardware products as software and would label the 
	cost of that hardware as marketing or other expenses, which made products 
	appear faster growing and more profitable than they really were. 
	Continued in article
"Who Will Be the Next Hewlett-Packard?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, 
November 29, 2012 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-11-29/who-will-be-the-next-hewlett-packard-.html 
Teaching case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
January 25, 2013
	
	
	Google Has Prescription for Mobile
	by: Rolfe Winkler
	Jan 23, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
	
	Click here to view the video on WSJ.com
	
	TOPICS: Earning Announcements, Financial Reporting, Financial Statement 
	Analysis, Income Statement
	
	SUMMARY: While other Internet businesses have faced challenges in the 
	transition from PCs to mobile devices, Google shows signs of stabilizing its 
	business across these different platforms. Problems developing business on 
	mobile platforms have arisen "...because advertisers still learning about 
	the new medium aren't paying as much to use it." Questions ask students to 
	understand the business model behind search engine technology, the 
	challenges facing the industry as it moves to mobile technology, and the 
	related performance metrics disclosed by Google in its Form 8-K filing of 
	the fourth quarter earnings release on which the article is based.
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any financial reporting or 
	financial statement analysis class to introduce students to the use of 
	financial information and an earnings release.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Advanced) How does Google earn revenues and profits from its search 
	engine on desktop and laptop computers?
	
	2. (Introductory) What challenges face Google and other internet businesses 
	as users move to mobile technology?
	
	3. (Introductory) Access the related online video. How did Google perform in 
	the 4th quarter of 2012 on these challenging aspects of its business?
	
	4. (Advanced) Access the Google filing on Form 8-K at the SEC web site, 
	available at
	
	http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1288776/000128877613000006/goog20121231exhibit991.htm  
	What metrics are highlighted on the announcement of its fourth quarter and 
	2012 results? Which of these metrics are shown on the company's income 
	statement (located further in the release)?
	
	5. (Advanced) Choose one metric highlighted in the release that is based on 
	an income statement item. Explain how the description in the release allows 
	for the item to be compared from time period to time period.
	
	6. (Advanced) Choose another metric highlighted in the release; explain how 
	it helps to support the discussion of Google's performance given in the 
	related video.
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Google Has Prescription for Mobile," by Rolfe Winkler. The Wall Street 
Journal, January 23, 2013 --- 
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323301104578258323326457316.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
	Perhaps the best sign of the strength of Google's 
	business is what hasn't happened to it. 
	Other Internet businesses have come down with a bad 
	case of the mobile flu as computing has transitioned from PCs to mobile 
	devices. That is because advertisers still learning about the new medium 
	aren't paying as much to use it. Facebook seems to be getting over it, while 
	others like online radio provider Pandora Media P +0.87%are still sick.
	
	Analyst Mark Mahaney of RBC Capital Markets points 
	to two items in the results that undercut the idea that mobile threatens 
	Google's business. The company's cost of distributing its search results on 
	other platforms, including Apple Phones and iPads, began to stabilize. Also, 
	the decline in the price per click Google receives on its ads was just 4% 
	adjusted for currency fluctuations, compared with the prior year. In the 
	third quarter, the decline was 8%. 
	Google shares rose after the search giant reported 
	a higher fourth-quarter profit on strong online advertising sales. WSJ's 
	Amir Efrati reports. Indeed, in the long run, mobile seems more of an 
	opportunity than a challenge. After all, the rapid adoption of smartphones 
	will bring Web access to far more people world-wide than PCs ever could.
	
	Google is as well positioned as anyone to 
	capitalize on this. Its Android mobile operating system dominates, with 63% 
	market share in the year through September, according to Strategy Analytics.
	Continued in article
Texas:  Bar Exam Passage Rates by University --- 
http://www.ble.state.tx.us/stats/stats_0212.htm 
"Too Many Attorneys," Dennis Elam's Blog, January 3, 2013 ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2013/01/too-many-attorneys.html
Bob Jensen's threads on Turkey Times for Overstuffed Law Schools --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools
Audit committees might find it 
helpful to review the PCAOB's report on deficiencies in audits of internal 
control over financial reporting that it identified in 2010 inspections and 
discuss it with their audit firm.
"The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit 
deficiencies," Ernst & Young, January 10, 2013 ---
Click Here 
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_EE0916_ICFR_10January2013/$FILE/TothePoint_EE0916_ICFR_10January2013.pdf
	
	What you need to 
	know 
	
	• The PCAOB has issued a report on its 2010 
	inspections that provides its views about the number and significance of 
	deficiencies in audits of internal control over financial reporting (ICFR) 
	for the eight domestic registered firms that it inspects annually. 
	
	• The PCAOB found that 15% of integrated audits 
	failed to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the audit 
	opinion on the effectiveness of ICFR. The rate is expected to increase to 
	22% for 2011 inspections. 
	• report helpful in discussions with auditors about 
	their audit procedures over ICFR. 
	Overview 
	The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
	(PCAOB or Board) identified concerns about audits of ICFR in its report,
	Observations from 2010 inspections of 
	domestic annually inspected firms regarding deficiencies in audits of 
	internal control over financial reporting. 
	
	The deficiencies identified during the inspections, 
	which generally involved 2009 audits, have raised questions about whether 
	auditors have completed sufficient procedures to support their audit 
	opinions on the effectiveness of ICFR and, as a result, their audit opinions 
	on the financial statements. The PCAOB also described what it believes are 
	the root causes contributing to the findings in this area. 
	No. 2013-02 
	10 January 2013 
	To the Point 
	
	PCAOB report 
	
	The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit 
	deficiencies 
	The PCAOB says a sharper focus is needed by audit 
	firms across the profession to improve the quality of auditing internal 
	control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young AccountingLink www.ey.com/us/accountinglink
	
	2 10 January 2013 To the Point The PCAOB’s views on 
	internal control audit deficiencies 
	Background 
	PCAOB auditing standards lay out a risk-based 
	approach to auditing ICFR. The PCAOB’s inspections have challenged whether 
	auditors are appropriately applying the requirements of the standards in 
	their audits of ICFR, and identifies specific areas where the PCAOB believes 
	auditors are not meeting the requirements in all cases. 
	In its 2010 inspections, the PCAOB inspected 309 
	integrated audits performed by the eight firms. It noted that in 46 (15%) of 
	those audits, the firm failed to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence to 
	support its audit opinion on the effectiveness of ICFR. The PCAOB has said 
	this percentage will likely increase to 22% for its 2011 inspections, though 
	that number isn’t yet final. 
	The PCAOB noted that deficiencies in testing 
	internal controls can result in the failure to perform sufficient 
	substantive audit procedures because conclusions on the effectiveness of 
	ICFR usually support the extent of substantive testing performed as part of 
	the financial statement audit. Therefore, for a number of the audits with 
	deficiencies in testing ICFR, the inspections staff concluded that such work 
	also resulted in a failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence 
	to support the opinions on the financial statements. However, the PCAOB said 
	that in many cases, the inspections staff did not identify significant 
	issues in the audits of ICFR, which they said is encouraging and reflects 
	well on the firms’ ability to implement the auditing standards appropriately 
	when audit teams approach the issues properly. 
	How we see it 
	Sharper focus is needed by audit firms across the 
	profession to improve the quality of auditing ICFR. Ernst & Young has put 
	significant focus in the areas highlighted in the report and has taken 
	significant steps to help our audit teams focus on the matters necessary to 
	improve the execution of our audits of ICFR. 
	Key considerations 
	The report highlights six areas where PCAOB 
	inspectors identified deficiencies in the audits of ICFR, including the 
	failure to: 
	• Identify and sufficiently test controls that 
	are intended to address the risk of material misstatements — This often 
	results from an auditor’s insufficient understanding of how a process works 
	and what the likely sources of misstatement are in that process, and 
	consequently, an inability to appropriately evaluate whether management has 
	designed effective internal controls to address the risks of material 
	misstatement. 
	• Sufficiently test the design and operating 
	effectiveness of management review controls used to monitor the results of 
	operations (e.g., quarterly balance sheet reviews) — The PCAOB 
	challenged whether auditors performed sufficient testing to evaluate whether 
	management review controls were sensitive or precise enough to prevent or 
	detect errors or fraud that could result in a material misstatement to the 
	financial statements. 
	• Obtain sufficient evidence to update the 
	results of testing of controls from an interim date to year-end — 
	Inspection results indicate an overreliance on inquiry to update the results 
	on interim internal control testing through year-end, rather than an 
	appropriate mix of inquiry, observation, inspection and reperformance 
	procedures. 
	Ernst & Young AccountingLink www.ey.com/us/accountinglink
	
	3 10 January 2013 To the Point The PCAOB’s views on 
	internal control audit deficiencies 
	
	 
	
	• Sufficiently test the system-generated data 
	and reports that support important controls — When management uses 
	system-generated data in its controls (for example, a review of an accounts 
	receivable aging report), auditors are not always testing whether the 
	underlying data used in the control are accurate and complete. 
	• Sufficiently perform procedures for using the 
	work of others (e.g., internal auditors) — Inspectors believe that 
	auditors are, in certain cases, relying too heavily on the work of internal 
	auditors in areas with higher risk of material misstatement or higher 
	subjectivity (e.g., judgments and estimates) or relying on such work without 
	performing the necessary procedures to evaluate the design of the internal 
	auditor’s testing procedures. 
	• Sufficiently evaluate identified control 
	deficiencies and consider their effect on both the financial statement audit 
	and the audit of ICFR — Inspections indicated that auditors did not 
	always adequately document their consideration of whether control 
	deficiencies were a material weakness or significant deficiency 
	(individually or in the aggregate). Some auditors failed to consider and 
	document the effect that control deficiencies had on their strategy to 
	substantively test account balances to support their opinion on the 
	financial statements. 
	How we see it 
	Management and audit committees have likely noticed 
	more attention by their auditors in these areas. This focus will continue as 
	auditors continue their efforts to improve audits of ICFR. 
	As companies evaluate their own ICFR assessment 
	process, they should consider the areas highlighted by the PCAOB. Management 
	may find room for improvement in the design of the company’s controls, or in 
	the documentation and testing of controls. 
	The PCAOB identified the following root causes that 
	it believes may have contributed to the findings: 
	• Improper application of the top-down approach 
	detailed in the auditing standards, including overreliance on entity-level 
	controls (e.g., management review controls), not testing controls over all 
	significant accounts and disclosures, and not understanding the likely 
	sources of potential misstatements in an entity’s significant classes of 
	transactions to identify the appropriate controls to test 
	• Decreases in audit firm staffing through 
	attrition or other reductions, and related workload pressures 
	• Insufficient firm training and guidance, 
	including more focus on the areas highlighted in the report 
	• Ineffective communication with firms’ information 
	systems specialists on the engagement team 
	The report notes that firms should also perform 
	their own root cause analyses of the deficiencies identified, take 
	appropriate corrective actions and monitor whether such actions were 
	successful in remediating deficiencies. 
	PCAOB inspections have identified several specific 
	areas with deficiencies in the auditing of internal controls over financial 
	reporting. 
	Next steps 
	• We expect the PCAOB inspections staff to continue 
	its focus on the quality of audit procedures over ICFR. 
	• Audit committees and management are encouraged to 
	read and evaluate the report and discuss with their auditor how the auditor 
	is addressing issues identified by the PCAOB. 
	• Audit committees should consider engaging in 
	conversations with management about the issues identified by the PCAOB, and 
	consider whether improvements may be needed in the company’s ICFR assessment 
	process.
	
	
	Continued in article
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 --- 
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf 
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database --- 
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx 
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
 
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on 
January 18, 2013
	
	
	Two Auditors Charged Over Bank Failure
	by: 
	Michael Rapoport
	Jan 10, 2013
	
	Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 
	
	TOPICS: Audit Quality, Auditing, Banking, Loan Loss Allowance
	
	SUMMARY: "The Securities and Exchange Commission charged two KPMG 
	LLP employees[-John A. Aesoph and Darren M. Bennett-]with failing to uncover 
	problems at a Nebraska bank that later failed....[The SEC said that the two 
	auditors] didn't do enough to scrutinize bad loan reserves...."
	
	CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any class to 
	introduce the role of auditors versus accountants using questions 1 through 
	3. It may be used in an auditing class discussing validation procedures over 
	judgment based accounts and auditor responsibilities using all questions in 
	the review. NOTE: INSTRUCTORS WILL WANT TO ELIMINATE THE REMAINING 
	STATEMENTS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS. The review should bring students 
	to discuss the statement in the article that the bank had begun making 
	riskier loans. Doing so would lead auditors to consider expanding loan loss 
	review procedures. On the other hand, hindsight in 2013 about the riskiness 
	of the loans made during the height of the mortgage boom in 2008 might be 
	different than was the view at the time of the loan originations.
	
	QUESTIONS: 
	1. (Introductory) Explain the role of auditors, internal 
	accountants, and executive management at a bank or any business.
	
	2. (Introductory) Based on the description in the article, with 
	what wrongful acts does the SEC charge the two auditors? Compare these 
	actions to the wrongful acts the SEC alleges of the bank's managers.
	
	3. (Advanced) How do these alleged wrongful acts in 2008 lead to 
	culpability for the bank failure in 2010? In your answer, explain the 
	accounting for loan loss reserves (allowances) and specifically highlight 
	the role of accounting in the bank's steps towards failure.
	
	4. (Advanced) What are the audit objectives related to loans 
	receivable and the allowance for uncollectible accounts (or loan loss 
	reserve)? How are appraisals of loan collateral related to that process?
	
	5. (Advanced) Consider the difficulty of deciding on audit 
	procedures for bank loan loss reserve accounts. What factors must be 
	considered in deciding on the procedures to undertake? What factors will 
	likely limit the planning of procedures? In your answer, discuss the role of 
	"red flags" (as described in the article) that the SEC alleges were present 
	in this case.
	
	6. (Introductory) How do you think that "20/20 hindsight" might 
	influence the assessment of the audit work performed at TierOne Bank? In 
	your answer, comment on KPMG's statement about looking forward to 
	"presenting the facts in support of the work that was performed under the 
	circumstances at TierOne.'"
 
	
	Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Two (KPMG) Auditors Charged Over Bank Failure," by Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, January 9, 2013 --- 
Click Here 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324442304578231963265786232.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_1&mg=reno64-wsj
	The Securities and Exchange Commission charged two 
	KPMG LLP employees with failing to uncover problems at a Nebraska bank that 
	later failed, marking the first time the agency has taken action against 
	auditors related to the financial crisis. 
	The two KPMG auditors, John J. Aesoph and Darren M. 
	Bennett, didn't do enough to scrutinize bad-loan reserves at TierOne Bank of 
	Lincoln, Neb., the SEC said in an administrative proceeding filed Wednesday. 
	The action could result in the two auditors losing their right to audit 
	public companies. 
	TierOne hid millions of dollars in losses on 
	troubled loans made during the height of the financial crisis before the 
	bank eventually failed in 2010, according to the commission, which filed 
	suit against three TierOne executives last year. 
	The SEC case against the auditors, more than four 
	years after the crisis, revives lingering questions about whether auditors 
	did enough to prevent questionable practices and whether authorities have 
	done enough to hold them to account.
	While auditors weren't involved in financial 
	institutions' bad lending and risk-management decisions that helped prompt 
	the crisis, all of the Big Four accounting firms had major clients which 
	collapsed or required huge government bailouts, without any warning from the 
	auditors. 
	"I think it is about time [the SEC] took action 
	against the gatekeepers," said John Coffee, a Columbia University 
	securities-law professor. The SEC has been "somewhat egregious and far less 
	than aggressive" in taking action against auditors, attorneys and other 
	outside professionals who may have abetted the conduct that led to the 
	crisis, he said. 
	"This is an area where there ought to be a lot more 
	cases," added Barbara Roper, director of investor protection for the 
	Consumer Federation of America. "It does suggest a pretty significant 
	problem with the auditors, and with audits of financial institutions a lot 
	bigger and more central to the financial system than this bank in Nebraska."
	
	An SEC spokesman, said "the criticisms are 
	misinformed and belied by our unmatched record of achievement in financial 
	crisis cases." KPMG, which wasn't charged in the TierOne case, said in a 
	statement that its auditors "look forward to presenting the facts in support 
	of the work that was performed under the circumstances at TierOne." 
	Attorneys for Mr. Aesoph and Mr. Bennett couldn't be reached for comment.
	
	Other authorities have filed only a handful of 
	crisis-related cases against auditors. The New York attorney's general 
	office has sued Ernst & Young LLP, alleging the firm turned a blind eye to 
	accounting fraud at its client Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. before Lehman 
	collapsed. Last fall, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. sued 
	PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Crowe Horwath LLP, alleging they failed to 
	prevent a fraud scheme that led to the failure of Alabama's Colonial Bank. 
	The accounting firms have denied any wrongdoing in those cases. 
	In the TierOne case, the SEC alleges that Mr. 
	Aesoph, a KPMG partner, and Mr. Bennett, a senior manager, ignored red flags 
	and relied on outdated appraisals of the collateral backing TierOne's loans 
	when their 2008 audit gave the bank a clean bill of health. In fact, 
	according to the SEC, the bank had expanded into riskier types of lending in 
	Las Vegas, Arizona and Florida, and its top executives misled investors and 
	regulators about the losses TierOne was experiencing.
	Continued in article
"Finally, the SEC Goes After a Failed Bank’s Auditors," by Jonathan 
Weil, Bloomberg, January 9, 2013 --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-09/finally-the-sec-goes-after-a-failed-bank-s-auditors.html
	The Securities and Exchange Commission is finally 
	doing something that desperately needed to be done: Suing the auditors of a 
	failed bank that got caught cooking its books. 
	Today the SEC’s enforcement division
	
	accused two accountants at KPMG LLP of engaging in 
	unprofessional conduct during their 2008 audit of TierOne Corp., a Lincoln, 
	Nebraska- based lender that had about $3 billion in assets when it collapsed 
	in 2010. The agency hasn’t reached settlements with either of the men, John 
	Aesoph, 40, and Darren Bennett, 35, and their lawyers didn’t immediately 
	return phone calls. 
	The SEC’s administrative order accuses the pair of 
	“failing to subject TierOne’s loan loss estimates -- one of the highest risk 
	areas of the audit -- to appropriate scrutiny.” It also said they “violated 
	numerous PCAOB audit standards, failed to obtain sufficient competent 
	evidential matter to support their audit conclusions, and failed to exercise 
	due professional care and appropriate professional skepticism.” (PCAOB 
	stands for Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.) 
	The SEC already had filed accounting-fraud claims 
	against three former TierOne executives, two of whom reached settlements and 
	paid fines last September. As I asked at the time: When will the SEC finally 
	go after the auditors? At least in these particular auditors’ instance, the 
	answer is today. 
	It was TierOne’s regulator, the U.S. Office of 
	Thrift Supervision, that caught the bank’s accounting manipulations -- not 
	KPMG, which continually blessed TierOne’s financial statements and resigned 
	as auditor only weeks before the bank failed in 2010. Last year TierOne’s 
	Chapter 7 bankruptcy trustee sued KPMG, accusing it of negligence and 
	breaches of fiduciary duty. The SEC didn’t file claims against KPMG itself 
	today. 
	It has been frustrating to look at the SEC’s own 
	highlights of the lawsuits it has filed in connection with the financial 
	crisis -- and to see that none of them had been against an auditor. Now the 
	SEC will have one case to cite, albeit against a couple of small fries. It 
	also should be stressed that the agency hasn’t proved any of its allegations 
	against these two accountants. Surely the SEC can find some bigger targets 
	out there in the auditing world if it wants to. 
 
Bob Jensen's threads on KPMG litigations --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
Consistency in Financial Reporting
IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst gave a speech at the Cass Business School in 
London, on the search for consistency in financial reporting standards. In his 
speech, he outlines five ways that the IASB is helping to promote a more 
consistent application of IFRS.
IAS Plus, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/hans-hoogervorst-addresses-consistency-in-financial-reporting
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting 
"The Best Undergraduate Accounting Programs According to Tax Hiring 
Authorities," Jobs in Tax, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://www.taxtalent.com/mstsurvey/2013_JobsInTax_Undergraduate_Accounting_Survey.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on ranking controversies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
From Paul Caron's Tax Prof Blog on January 25, 2013
	NY Times Debate: What Should Tax Reform Do?
	New York Times,
	
	Room for Debate:  What Should Tax Reform Do?:
	
		Raising taxes on wealthy Americans, as 
		was
		
		agreed upon by Congress earlier this month, won’t be enough to deal 
		with the nation’s budget deficit. Some would argue that we also need to
		
		raise taxes on everyone. At the very least, a broader conversation 
		about this country’s tax policy is necessary, and that means asking a 
		simple question: What should tax reform do?
	
	
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws --- 
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
U.K. Refuses to Extend Legal Privilege to Accountants --- 
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-23/prudential-loses-u-k-top-court-case-over-tax-advice.html
Vermont Law School to Offer Buy-Outs to (ten) Faculty Next Month Due to 
Declining Enrollment --- 
http://www.vnews.com/news/3896880-95/buyouts-laid-law-members 
Note that you only get one freebie from Valley News
Bob Jensen's threads on overstuffed law schools --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools
You know you're getting old when your monthly 
planner only has entries for doctor, dentist, and medical lab appointments.
Bob Jensen
"Sandwich Generation: What are our Ethical Obligations to Care for our 
Aged-Parents and Children?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics 
Sage, January 25, 2013 --- 
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/sandwich-generation.html 
 
Review of The Pirate Organization: Lessons From the Fringes of Capitalism
"In Praise of Piracy," by David Wescott, Chronicle of Higher 
Education," January 21, 2013 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/Innovation-Matey-/136685/ 
	From 1719 to 1722, Captain Bartholomew Roberts 
	(also known as Black Bart) attacked and captured hundreds of ships off the 
	coasts of Africa, North America, and Brazil. In 1963 DJs commandeered a 
	platform in international waters in the North Sea. Their Radio Noordzee 
	broadcasts circumvented Dutch state regulations and angered the government, 
	which sent the Royal Marines to quickly end the experiment. In 2001, after a 
	collision between an American intelligence aircraft and a Chinese fighter 
	jet, the Honker Union of China, a hacker group, launched a cyber-assault on 
	hundreds of Western Web sites. The Chinese government denounced the attacks.
	
	These are among the examples of piracy brought 
	together in The Pirate Organization: Lessons From the Fringes of Capitalism, 
	out recently in English translation from Harvard Business Review Press (the 
	original French work was published in 2010). The authors—Rodolphe Durand and 
	Jean-Philippe Vergne, specialists in strategy at the business schools of HEC 
	Paris and the University of Western Ontario, respectively—believe it is no 
	coincidence that the golden ages of capitalism and piracy have overlapped. 
	They go further: Businesses and management culture can learn from 
	well-organized, efficient pirate organizations. 
	Durand and Vergne argue that professional piracy is 
	not driven by maliciousness or chaos; piracy is instead the rational, 
	opportunistic, and often capitalistic drive to operate outside the laws of 
	nation states. "Piracy is not random," the authors write. "It is 
	predictable." To make this definition stick, some distinctions concerning 
	piracy must be made. Durand and Vergne suggest that pirates operate outside 
	state jurisdiction, and develop discordant or alternative rules that 
	directly challenge "the very ideas of sovereignty and territory." "High-seas 
	banditry," for instance, is not tantamount to organized piratical 
	behavior—it takes more than Kalashnikovs and fishing boats to convince the 
	authors. Offshore DJs, Internet groups like Anonymous, and DNA hackers are 
	what they have in mind. 
	According to Durand and Vergne, pirate 
	organizations are uniquely suited to making innovations, especially in areas 
	that companies or governments are hesitant to explore. "Advances that took 
	modern governments several centuries to institutionalize were established by 
	the pirates of the Caribbean and Madagascar: democratic elections of 
	leaders, separation of powers, equality between members, and an early form 
	of social insurance," write the authors. 
	Vergne conceived of the book when he took a break 
	from researching the economics of cyber-piracy to tour Amsterdam's Maritime 
	Museum; he was interested in the way piracy "fits into a role played by 
	socially contested organizations," like the Mafia, he says in a phone 
	interview. "It's the dark side of capitalism." Still, publishing an 
	ostensibly pro-piracy text poses certain challenges (and opportunities) not 
	seen in more copyright-friendly publishing. The authors see the book as an 
	open-ended attempt to disseminate their ideas: "The Pirate Organization is 
	not just a book but a broad interdisciplinary project aimed at connecting 
	the social sciences, contemporary artistic creation, and civil society."
	
	In 2010, for the initial book release, Durand and 
	Vergne used their royalties to commission an experimental rock song, 
	"L'Organisation Pirate," by the band Chevreuil. The song was released under 
	a creative-commons license, and individual instrument tracks were available 
	for download and remixing. (The "Wikileax" and "Plukx" remixes are currently 
	featured on the book's Web site, pirateorganization.com. The former is an 
	ominous, synth-and-piano construction; the latter sounds a lot like white 
	noise.) "We were trying to find a way to diffuse the ideas," Vergne 
	explains. Resigned to the reality of digital piracy ("It's how things are," 
	says Vergne), the authors uploaded their own book to a file-sharing site. 
	During a French radio appearance they encouraged listeners to download their 
	book free of charge. 
	For the English publication, Durand and Vergne had 
	a video called "What Is the Pirate Organization?" created and uploaded to 
	YouTube. The video features music from the original and remixed tracks, and 
	briefly covers the core contents of the book. It has had over 4,500 views. 
	And while the authors have refrained from releasing the entire English 
	edition of the book free online, a chapter is available to download from 
	their Web site. 
	For a book first published more than two years ago, 
	The Pirate Organization has had a surprisingly long afterlife. "We created a 
	course based on the book that's still being taught at HEC," says Vergne. 
	Additionally, the authors have been invited by at least one multinational 
	company to create a "Pirate Space"—a place, as Vergne explains, "to go 
	during work time when you can work on whatever you want in a more 
	nonhierarchical, organic way." 
	So are business schools, generally speaking, 
	learning from or resisting the lessons of piracy? 
	Vergne believes business education is slowly 
	adapting to lessons "from the fringes of capitalism." On the one hand, "they 
	encourage the diffusion of knowledge," especially through collaborative 
	research with the social sciences. Vergne concedes that they sometimes fail 
	to encourage students to work in new, unregulated fields, but stresses his 
	optimism: "Business schools are not merely reproducing existing patterns. 
	It's a very exciting place to be."
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Obviously these guys have never sailed on a real pirate ship, including one from 
Somalia.. 
 
"Labor group asks Hewlett-Packard to replace auditor E&Y,"by Dena 
Aubin Reuters, January 18, 2013 --- 
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/01/18/us-usa-audit-hewlett-ernst-idUSBRE90H19N20130118
	A U.S. investor activist group affiliated with 
	large labor unions is asking Hewlett-Packard Co to replace its auditor, 
	Ernst & Young, over the technology giant's troubled acquisition of UK 
	software company Autonomy. 
	Change to Win Investment Group (CtW), based in 
	Washington, D.C., also is seeking a revamp of HP's audit committee, which is 
	responsible for overseeing Ernst & Young's long-standing relationship as the 
	auditor that reviews HP's books. 
	Spokesmen for HP and Ernst & Young declined to 
	comment. 
	Labor union pension funds own large stakes in many 
	U.S. companies and often use them as platforms to push for changes in how 
	those corporations are managed. Union pension funds tied to CtW invest more 
	than $200 billion in stocks, including shares in HP, said CtW in a letter to 
	an HP board member on Thursday. 
	CtW questioned why Ernst & Young did not spot 
	problems at Autonomy. "HP is clearly a company facing serious challenges," 
	CtW said in its letter. "Unfortunately, the highly conflicted, decade-long 
	relationship between Ernst & Young and HP cannot provide shareholders with 
	the reassurance they need." 
	Auditors are outside accounting firms retained by 
	corporations to vet their books regularly and offer an opinion on the 
	validity of financial results. The four firms that dominate auditing 
	worldwide - Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte and PricewaterhouseCoopers - are 
	faced with ever-rising scrutiny of their role in investor losses and 
	accounting lapses. 
	The CtW letter was addressed to Rajiv Gupta, 
	chairman of the corporate governance committee of HP's board. It was signed 
	by William Patterson, executive director of CtW Investment Group. 
	
	Gupta could not be reached for comment. 
	HP, AUTONOMY CLASH 
	HP said in November that it overpaid for Autonomy 
	in 2011. HP accused Autonomy of serious accounting improprieties. Autonomy 
	has rejected the allegations and said HP was looking for "scapegoats."
	
	CtW urged HP to name an independent special master 
	to investigate and report to shareholders on the Autonomy deal, as well as 
	on an earlier acquisition of Electronic Data Systems Corp (EDS), which CtW 
	said was "equally disastrous." 
	HP has said it is deferring to U.S. and UK 
	regulators to investigate the allegations it has made against Autonomy.
	
	HP in August swung to an $8.9 billion quarterly 
	loss as it swallowed a write-down linked to its $13.9 billion purchase of 
	EDS. That was followed in November by an $8.8 billion writedown on 
	Autonomy's value, which HP blamed largely on improper accounting at the 
	software company. 
	Ernst & Young was not Autonomy's auditor. But 
	according to CtW, the accounting firm had an opportunity to spot Autonomy's 
	problems when it reviewed the goodwill, or intangible value, that HP 
	recorded for its acquisition of Autonomy. 
	However, one risk expert said CtW was putting the 
	blame in the wrong place. A separate due diligence team, not the auditor, 
	was responsible for determining the value of Autonomy, said Peter Bible, 
	chief risk officer at EisnerAmper, an accounting and consulting firm. 
	
	"The auditors didn't buy the company, HP did. And 
	the people inside HP ought to be the ones held accountable for the purchase 
	price that was paid," Bible said. 
	CtW questioned whether Ernst & Young was 
	independent enough to audit HP because of the large amount of non-audit 
	services Ernst provided to HP, including tax consulting and lobbying. 
	
	Washington Council, a tax lobbying firm acquired by 
	Ernst in 2000, lobbied for HP from 2000 to 2004, CtW said. 
	AUDITING, LOBBYING EYED 
	Government lobbying records and U.S. Securities and 
	Exchange Commission filings show that Ernst & Young was HP's auditor while 
	Washington Council was registered as a lobbyist for HP. 
	Reuters reported last week that the SEC was 
	investigating whether Ernst violated auditor rules by letting its lobbying 
	unit perform work for some major audit clients. 
	Ernst has said all of its services for audit 
	clients undergo considerable scrutiny to be sure they are within the rules.
	
	U.S. independence rules bar auditors from serving 
	in an "advocacy role" for audit clients. The goal of this rule is to ensure 
	that auditors are objective regarding companies they audit so that they can 
	serve as watchdogs for investors. 
	It is not clear what type of lobbying activities 
	would be barred under the prohibition against advocacy. 
	The 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act restricted the type of 
	non-audit services that audit firms can provide, but broad exceptions were 
	granted for tax consulting services. 
	CtW said that HP was out of step with its peers in 
	using Ernst for significant services other than audit work. The other fees 
	paid to Ernst are much higher than those paid by Dell Inc and Apple Inc to 
	their audit firms, CtW said.
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
"Nonprofit Compensation Report: The Most Comprehensive Analysis Available," 
GuideStar, 2012 ---
Click Here 
http://www.guidestar.org/rxg/products/nonprofit-compensation-solutions/guidestar-nonprofit-compensation-report.aspx?hq_e=el&hq_m=1921568&hq_l=3&hq_v=431909e8ea 
"Exclusive: SEC probes Ernst & Young over audit client lobbying," by 
Sarah N. Lynch and Dena Aubin, Chicago Tribune, January 7, 2013 --- 
http://www.chicagotribune.com/business/sns-rt-us-usa-accounting-ernst-secbre9060vx-20130107,0,5471559.story
	The Securities and Exchange Commission is 
	investigating whether auditing company Ernst & Young violated auditor rules 
	by letting its lobbying unit perform work for several major audit clients, 
	people familiar with the matter told Reuters. 
	The SEC inquiry began shortly after Reuters 
	reported in March 2012 that Washington Council Ernst & Young, the E&Y unit, 
	was registered as a lobbyist for several corporate audit clients including 
	Amgen Inc, CVS Caremark Corp and Verizon Communications Inc [ID:nL2E8DL649], 
	according to one of the sources. 
	The SEC's enforcement division and its Office of 
	the Chief Accountant are looking in to the issue, according to the two 
	sources, who spoke in recent days and who could not be named because the 
	investigation is not public. 
	It is unclear how far along the probe is, or 
	whether it could result in the SEC filing civil charges against Ernst & 
	Young, one of the world's largest audit and accounting firms. 
	An SEC spokesman declined to comment. 
	Ernst & Young spokeswoman Amy Call Well declined to 
	comment on whether the company was being investigated. "All of our services 
	for audit clients undergo considerable scrutiny to confirm they are 
	consistent with applicable rules," she said. 
	U.S. independence rules bar auditors from serving 
	in an "advocacy role" for audit clients. The goal is to allow auditors to 
	maintain some degree of objectivity regarding the companies they audit, 
	based on the idea that auditors are watchdogs for investors and should not 
	be promoting management's interests. 
	The SEC's rule does not definitively say whether 
	lobbying could compromise an auditor's independence. It is more focused on 
	barring legal advocacy, such as expert witness testimony. 
	In interviews last year, former SEC Chief 
	Accountant Jim Kroeker told Reuters that certain lobbying activities could 
	potentially be covered under the general prohibition on advocacy. Kroeker is 
	now an executive at Deloitte, a rival of Ernst & Young. 
	'ABUNDANTLY CLEAR' LINE 
	Harvard Business School Professor Max Bazerman said 
	on Monday that it was "abundantly clear" that a firm that is lobbying for a 
	company is no longer capable of independently auditing that company. 
	
	Ernst & Young has previously said it complied with 
	independence rules. It also said that it did not act in an advocacy role and 
	that the work performed by its lobbying unit was limited to tax issues.
	
	Tax consulting is a permissible activity under 
	auditor independence rules if it does not involve public advocacy. 
	
	About two months after publication of the Reuters 
	story, federal records showed Washington Council Ernst & Young was no longer 
	registered as a lobbyist for Amgen, CVS Caremark or Verizon Communications.
	
	A spokesman for Amgen did not immediately respond 
	to calls seeking comment. Verizon and CVS spokesmen declined to comment.
	
	Ernst & Young also terminated a lobbying 
	relationship with a fourth company, Nomura Holdings Inc, which also used an 
	E&Y affiliate for auditing services. 
	Obtaining an independent view on the books is the 
	main reason companies are required to hire outside auditors, said Richard 
	Kaplan, law professor at the University of Illinois.
	Continued in article
"Ernst & Young 
		'covered up judge bribe case’," by Jonathan 
		Russell, London Telegraph, June 30, 2012 --- 
		
		
		
		http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financial-crime/9367075/Ernst-and-Young-covered-up-judge-bribe-case.html
		
		
			A senior 
			partner closed an investigation into a £100,000 “bribe” despite 
			colleagues suspecting the money had been paid to a judge overseeing 
			a multi-million-pound tax case the company was fighting. 
			The 
			allegations were disclosed by former E&Y partner and whistle-blower 
			Cathal Lyons, who is suing the accountant for $6m for breach of 
			contract. 
			He claims 
			medical insurance he was relying on to treat injuries sustained in a 
			car accident was withdrawn after he raised the issue of the alleged 
			bribe with the accountant’s global head office in London. 
			
			Mr Lyons 
			was a partner with E&Y’s Russian practice when the alleged 
			wrongdoing came to light. It was originally investigated by James 
			Mandel, E&Y’s general counsel in Moscow. In a witness statement 
			supplied in support of Mr Lyons’s case, Mr Mandel said he suspected 
			the payment may have been corrupt and wrote a report to that effect.
			
			“I had the 
			suspicion that this payment was not a proper payment for legal fees, 
			but was an illegal payment possibly made to facilitate a positive 
			outcome of a tax case,” he claimed in his witness statement. 
			
			He 
			suspected that the €120,000 payment via a Russian law firm was made 
			to influence a 390m rouble (£8.4m) court case brought by Russian tax 
			authorities investigating a tax avoidance scheme E&Y was using to 
			pay its Russian partners. E&Y was later cleared of liability in the 
			case. 
			The 
			accountant has admitted there was an investigation into allegations 
			of bribery, but said the case was closed by Herve Labaude, a senior 
			partner, in January 2010. 
			Mr Lyons 
			claims that after he reported his concerns about the case to E&Y’s 
			global head office, his medical insurance was withdrawn and he was 
			dismissed. 
			In his writ 
			he says the dismissal flowed from “personal animosity against him 
			rising from a discussion in late 2010 between the claimant and Maz 
			Krupski [E&Y’s director of global tax and statutory] regarding 
			alleged corruption by the practice.” 
			
			Mr Lyons relied on his medical insurance to cover the 
			cost of treatment flowing from a serious car accident he suffered in 
			2006. The accident left him with permanent disabilities and partial 
			amputation. It is estimated medical cover in his current condition 
			would cost $300,000 per year. He is suing for 20 years’ cover, or 
			$6m. 
			Continued in article
		
		 
		"Ernst & Young 
		dismissed from IndyMac shareholder case," by Amanda Bronstad, 
		Law.com, June 8, 2012 --- 
		
		
		
		http://www.law.com/jsp/nlj/PubArticleNLJ.jsp?id=1202558691320&Ernst__Young_dismissed_from_IndyMac_shareholder_case&slreturn=1
		
		Jensen Comments
		The courts have been very kind to large auditing firms that allowed 
		clients to grossly underestimate bad debt reserves and failed to detect 
		(or at least report) insider frauds and going concern questions for 
		nearly 2,000 clients that went bankrupt after 2007. This particular 
		IndyMac case judge was also not a bit sympathetic with the SEC's case in 
		general. 
		
		"An (Almost) Unnoticed $497 
		Million Accounting Error," by Jonathon Weil, Bloomberg, May 
		2, 2012 --- 
		
		http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-05-02/an-almost-unnoticed-497-million-accounting-error.html
		
		
			One 
			telltale sign of a 
			
			bull market 
			is that investors don't care as much about dodgy corporate 
			accounting practices. A case in point: the public reaction -- or 
			lack thereof -- to a financial restatement disclosed late yesterday 
			afternoon by Williams Cos., the natural-gas producer.
			
			Williams 
			
			didn't issue a press release about the 
			restatement. As far as I can tell, there have been no news reports 
			about the company's accounting errors, which Williams divulged in a
			
			filing with the Securities and Exchange 
			Commission. They aren't a small matter, though.
			As a result 
			of the restatement, Williams said its shareholder equity fell $497 
			million, or 28 percent, to $1.3 billion as of Dec. 31. Additionally, 
			the company said it had "identified a material weakness in internal 
			control over financial reporting," which is never a good sign. Net 
			income wasn't affected.
			Shares of 
			Williams were trading for $33.65 this afternoon, down 73 cents, 
			after setting a 52-week high yesterday. The stock is up 88 percent 
			since Oct. 4.
			Williams, 
			which is audited by Ernst & Young, said the restatement was 
			necessary to correct errors in deferred tax liabilities related to 
			its investment in Williams Partners LP, a publicly traded master 
			limited partnership in which it owns a 68 percent stake. A Williams 
			spokesman, Jeff Pounds, declined to comment when asked why the 
			company didn't issue a press release flagging the restatement.
			The answer 
			seems obvious, though: The company didn't want anyone to write about 
			it. Oh well.
		
		 
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm 
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and independence are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm 
"For Newly Minted M.B.A.s, a Smaller Paycheck Awaits," by Ruth Simon, 
The Wall Street Journal, January 6, 2013 --- 
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324296604578175764143141622.html?mg=reno64-wsj
	Like many students, Steve Vonderweidt hoped that a 
	master's degree in business administration would open doors to a new job 
	with a higher paycheck. 
	But now, about eight months after receiving his 
	M.B.A. from the University of Louisville, Mr. Vonderweidt, 36 years old, 
	hasn't been able to find a job in the private sector, and continues to work 
	as an administrator at a social-service agency that helps Louisville 
	residents obtain food stamps, health care and other assistance. He is 
	saddled with about $75,000 in student-loan debt—much of it from graduate 
	school.
	"It was a really great program," says Mr. 
	Vonderweidt. "But the job part has been atrocious." 
	Soaring tuition costs, a weak labor market and a 
	glut of recent graduates such as Mr. Vonderweidt are upending the notion 
	that professional degrees like M.B.A.s are a sure ticket to financial 
	success. 
	The M.B.A.'s lot is partly reflected in starting 
	pay. While available figures vary by schools and employers, recruiters' 
	expected median salary for newly hired M.B.A.s was essentially flat between 
	2008 and 2011, not adjusting for inflation, according to a survey by the 
	Graduate Management Admission Council. 
	For graduates with minimal experience—three years 
	or less—median pay was $53,900 in 2012, down 4.6% from 2007-08, according to 
	an analysis conducted for The Wall Street Journal by PayScale.com. Pay fell 
	at 62% of the 186 schools examined. 
	Even for more seasoned grads the trend is similar, 
	says Katie Bardaro, lead economist for PayScale.com. "In general, it seems 
	that M.B.A. pay is either stagnant or falling," she says. 
	The pressures are greatest for those attending less 
	prestigious schools, says Stanford Business School professor Paul Oyer, who 
	studies personnel trends. But even at top programs, some graduates are 
	likely to struggle in today's environment, he says. 
	Another burdensome issue: a high debt load. Nearly 
	60% of graduating M.B.A.s said they expected to repay some loans after 
	graduation, according to a 2012 GMAC survey. Among households headed by 
	people with student debt who attended graduate school and are under 35, 
	average student loan debt climbed to $81,758 in 2010 according a Wall Street 
	Journal analysis of Federal Reserve data. That figure is up from $55,594 in 
	2007. 
	It is all a far cry from the late 1980s and early 
	1990s heyday for M.B.A.s, when some companies would hire 100 or more M.B.A.s. 
	It wasn't uncommon to recruit first, and fill actual jobs later.
	"Some of those companies would hire today barely in 
	the single-digits," says Mark Peterson, president of the M.B.A. Career 
	Services Council. 
	A weak economic climate is only partly to blame for 
	the M.B.A.'s plight. The changing nature of B-school programs, evolving 
	corporate needs—as well as the perceived value of the degree—have all helped 
	dilute the M.B.A.'s allure. 
	Formerly, the traditional M.B.A. was mainly the 
	product of a full-time, two-year program. But beginning in the early 1990s, 
	many schools created part-time and executive M.B.A. programs, with 
	lower-ranked schools often following in the footsteps of academic leaders. 
	Online degrees also gained in popularity. 
	As a result, the number of M.B.A. degrees granted 
	has grown faster than the population, says Brooks Holtom, a management 
	professor at Georgetown University's McDonough School of Business. 
	
	"An M.B.A. is a club that is now not exclusive," he 
	says. "You should not assume that this less exclusive club is going to 
	confer the same benefits." 
	Today's global corporate culture amplifies the 
	competition. "We are trying to internationalize our business like everyone 
	else," says Lee Ashton, director of international human resources at spirits 
	maker Brown-Forman Corp. BF.B +0.37% With 58% of its business outside the 
	U.S., the Louisville company has stepped up recruiting of M.B.A.s from 
	abroad. 
	U.S. schools granted a record 126,214 masters 
	degrees in business and administration in the 2010-2011 academic year, a 74% 
	jump from 2000-2001, according to the Department of Education. The M.B.A. 
	march is part of an overall boom in advanced degrees that took on added 
	steam as some recent college graduates and others sought refuge from the 
	recession by pursuing advanced degrees. Tuition and fees for full-time 
	M.B.A. programs has risen 24% over the past three years, according to the 
	main body that accredits U.S. business schools. 
	It is unclear how many M.B.A.s the market really 
	needs. Recently, more companies have indicated that "they are moving away 
	from an emphasis on M.B.A.s" and are instead hiring more undergraduates at 
	lower salaries that they can then train in-house, says Camille Kelly, vice 
	president of employer branding at Universum, a firm that advises companies 
	on how to attract and retain the best employees. Companies, she says, "still 
	will do M.B.A. hiring, but it won't be to the same extent they have in the 
	past." 
	Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers 
Those Deceptive For-Profit University Promotional Websites
Almost daily I get requests to link to commercial sites disguised to be 
academic helper sites. Over half these requests are on behalf of for-profit 
universities, although the sites themselves are getting more and more clever 
about hiding the fact that they are promotional sites for for-profit 
universities. At the same time, I'm getting smarter about detecting these sites 
and no longer link to them on my Website or on the AECM.
I think that for-profit universities pay people to promote their sites on 
some basis such as pay-per-click. 
To get more eyeballs, these for-profit university promotion sites are adding 
so called helpers that I've discovered in some cases have simply plagiarized 
material from other sites such as the History of Pacioli. In some instances the 
efforts to provide helpers are more legitimate. Nevertheless it galls me to link 
to these deceptive for-profit university sites. By "deceptive" I mean such 
thinks as providing links to distance education programs in selected fields like 
accounting, nursing, pharmacy, etc. Even though there are better and nearly 
always cheaper distance education degree programs from state-supported 
universities, those universities are excluded from the for-profit distance 
education promotional sites. For example, the only distance education degree 
programs in accounting will those degree programs available from for-profit 
universities.
Having said this there are some useful for-profit university promotion sites. 
For example, the "40 Essential Links for CPA Exam Prep & Practice" is a 
rather helpful site at AccountingDegree.com --- 
http://www.accountingdegree.com/blog/2012/40-essential-links-for-cpa-exam-prep-practice/
At the same time, there is much misleading information at this 
AccountingDegree.com site. For example, consider the various rankings of online 
universities at 
http://oedb.org/rankings 
In most cases the various better and cheaper non-profit colleges and 
universities are not even mentioned by AccountingDegree.com.
Hence I am torn about posting links to for-profit university Websites. It's 
helpful to have the "40 Essential Links for CPA Exam Prep & Practice" is 
a rather helpful site at AccountingDegree.com --- 
http://www.accountingdegree.com/blog/2012/40-essential-links-for-cpa-exam-prep-practice/
But it's deceptive when those sites never mention that there are cheaper and 
better distance education degree programs from nonprofit state universities. 
Some of the better and cheaper non-profit distance education programs have been 
highlighted by US News are listed below. You will never find these 
programs mentioned by AccountingDebree.com or most any for-profit university 
promotional Website.
"'U.S. News' Sizes Up Online-Degree Programs, Without Specifying Which Is 
No. 1," by Nick DeSantis, Chronicle of Higher Education, January 10, 
2012 --- 
http://chronicle.com/article/US-News-Sizes-Up/130274/?sid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
	U.S. News & World Report has published its 
	first-ever guide to online degree programs—but distance-education leaders 
	looking to trumpet their high rankings may find it more difficult to brag 
	about how they placed than do their colleagues at residential institutions.
	Unlike the magazine's annual rankings of 
	residential colleges, which cause consternation among many administrators 
	for reducing the value of each program into a single headline-friendly 
	number, the new guide does not provide lists based on overall program 
	quality; no university can claim it hosts the top online bachelor's or 
	online master's program. Instead, U.S. News produced "honor rolls" 
	highlighting colleges that consistently performed well across the ranking 
	criteria.
	Eric Brooks, a U.S. News data research 
	analyst, said the breakdown of the rankings into several categories was 
	intentional; his team chose its categories based on areas with enough 
	responses to make fair comparisons.
	"We're only ranking things that we felt the 
	response rates justified ranking this year," he said.
	The rankings, which will be published today, 
	represent a new chapter in the 28-year history of the U.S. News 
	guide. The expansion was brought on by the rapid growth of online learning. 
	More than six million students are now taking at least one course online, 
	according to a recent survey of more than 2,500 academic leaders by the 
	Babson Survey Research Group and the College Board.
	U.S. News ranked colleges with bachelor's 
	programs according to their performance in three categories: student 
	services, student engagement, and faculty credentials. For programs at the 
	master's level, U.S. News added a fourth category, admissions 
	selectivity, to produce rankings of five different disciplines: business, 
	nursing, education, engineering, and computer information technology.
	To ensure that the inaugural rankings were 
	reliable, Mr. Brooks said, U.S. News developed its ranking 
	methodology after the survey data was collected. Doing so, he said, allowed 
	researchers to be fair to institutions that interpreted questions 
	differently.
	Some distance-learning experts criticized that 
	technique, however, arguing that the methodology should have been 
	established before surveys were distributed.
	Russell Poulin, deputy director of research and 
	analysis for the WICHE Cooperative for Educational Technologies, which 
	promotes online education as part of the Western Interstate Commission for 
	Higher Education, said that approach allowed U.S. News to ask the 
	wrong questions, resulting in an incomplete picture of distance-learning 
	programs.
	"It sort of makes me feel like I don't know who won 
	the baseball game, but I'll give you the batting average and the number of 
	steals and I'll tell you who won," he said. Mr. Poulin and other critics 
	said any useful rankings of online programs should include information on 
	outcomes like retention rates, employment prospects, and debt 
	load—statistics, Mr. Brooks said, that few universities provided for this 
	first edition of the U.S. News rankings. He noted that the surveys 
	will evolve in future years as U.S. News learns to better tailor 
	its questions to the unique characteristics of online programs.
	W. Andrew McCollough, associate provost for 
	information technology, e-learning, and distance education at the University 
	of Florida, said he was "delighted" to discover that his institution's 
	bachelor's program was among the four chosen for honor-roll inclusion. He 
	noted that U.S. News would have to customize its questions in the 
	future, since he found some of them didn't apply to online programs. He 
	attributed that mismatch to the wide age distribution and other diverse 
	demographic characteristics of the online student body.
	The homogeneity that exists in many residential 
	programs "just doesn't exist in the distance-learning environment," he said. 
	Despite the survey's flaws, Mr. McCollough said, the effort to add to the 
	body of information about online programs is helpful for prospective 
	students.
	Turnout for the surveys varied, from a 50 percent 
	response rate among nursing programs to a 75 percent response rate among 
	engineering programs. At for-profit institutions—which sometimes have a 
	reputation for guarding their data closely—cooperation was mixed, said Mr. 
	Brooks. Some, like the American Public University System, chose to 
	participate. But Kaplan University, one of the largest providers of online 
	education, decided to wait until the first rankings were published before 
	deciding whether to join in, a spokesperson for the institution said.
	Though this year's rankings do not make definitive 
	statements about program quality, Mr. Brooks said the research team was 
	cautious for a reason and hopes the new guide can help students make 
	informed decisions about the quality of online degrees.
	"We'd rather not produce something in its first 
	year that's headline-grabbing for the wrong reasons," he said.
	
	'Honor Roll' From 'U.S. News' of Online Graduate Programs 
	in Business
	
		
			
				
					| Institution | Teaching 
					Practices and Student Engagement | Student 
					Services and Technology | Faculty 
					Credentials and Training | Admissions 
					Selectivity | 
			
			
				| Arizona State U., W.P. Carey School of Business | 24 | 32 | 37 | 11 | 
			
				| Arkansas State U. | 9 | 21 | 1 | 36 | 
			
				| Brandman U. (Part of the Chapman U. system) | 40 | 24 | 29 | n/a | 
			
				| Central Michigan U. | 11 | 3 | 56 | 9 | 
			
				| Clarkson U. | 4 | 24 | 2 | 23 | 
			
				| Florida Institute of Technology | 43 | 16 | 23 | n/a | 
			
				| Gardner-Webb U. | 27 | 1 | 15 | n/a | 
			
				| George Washington U. | 20 | 9 | 7 | n/a | 
			
				| Indiana U. at Bloomington, Kelley School of Business | 29 | 19 | 40 | 3 | 
			
				| Marist College | 67 | 23 | 6 | 5 | 
			
				| Quinnipiac U. | 6 | 4 | 13 | 16 | 
			
				| Temple U., Fox School of Business | 39 | 8 | 17 | 34 | 
			
				| U. 
				of Houston-Clear Lake | 8 | 21 | 18 | n/a | 
			
				| U. 
				of Mississippi | 37 | 44 | 20 | n/a | 
		
		Source: U.S. News & World 
		Report
 
US News Comparisons of Top Online Graduate MBA (Business) Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/mba 
	Institution name Ranks
	
	Arizona State University Tempe, AZ#11
	in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#37 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#24 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#32 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	
	Arkansas State University--Jonesboro Jonesboro, AR
	#36 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#1 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#9 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#21 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Brandman University Irvine, CA
	NR* in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#29 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#40 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#24 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Central Michigan University Mount Pleasant, MI
	#9 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#56 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#11 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#3 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Clarkson University Potsdam, NY
	#23 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#2 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#4 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#24 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Florida Institute of Technology Melbourne, FL
	NR in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#23 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#43 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#16 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Gardner-Webb University Boiling Springs, NC
	NR in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#15 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#27 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#1 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	George Washington University Washington, DC
	NR in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#7 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#20 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#9 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Indiana University--Bloomington Bloomington, IN
	#3 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#40 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#29 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#19 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Marist College Poughkeepsie, NY
	#5 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#6 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#67 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#23 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Quinnipiac University Hamden, CT
	#16 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#13 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#6 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#4 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	Temple University Philadelphia, PA
	#34 in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#17 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#39 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#8 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	University of Houston--Clear Lake Houston, TX
	NR in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#18 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#8 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#21 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
	
	University of Mississippi University, MS
	NR in
	
	Admissions Selectivity 
	#20 in
	
	Faculty Credentials and Training 
	#37 in
	
	Student Engagement and Accreditation 
	#44 in
	
	Student Services and Technology 
	 
Bob Jensen's threads on online education and training alternatives --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm 
Business School Rankings
	Hi Wes,
	
	Thank you for this since it was a ranking I had not seen --- 
	
	http://www.businessinsider.com/the-worlds-best-business-schools-2012-6#
	
	
	I do track rankings of other media outlets like US News, Bloomberg 
	Business Week, the WSJ, Forbes, and The Economist --- 
	
	http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings 
	
	
	This has to be the best one since Stanford comes out on top. 
	Just kidding of course. 
	
	It 'sa helpful site in the sense that for each of the 50 ranked programs it 
	shows the ranks that were also given by US News, Bloomberg Business Week, 
	Forbes, and The Economist.
	
	Feel free to send me some new pictures. I maintain a file on your 
	professional photographs.
	
	Thanks,
	Bob
		Bob Jensen's threads about ranking controversies --- 
		
		http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
 
Update Technology for Proctoring Distance Examinations
	HI Bob,
		
 
	
		Thanks for getting back to 
		me that link was very useful. Perhaps I can provide you another tool to 
		prevent that issue from occurring. I would like to introduce you to 
		ProctorU. ProctorU 
		is an online proctoring service that allows test-takers to take 
		their examinations from home while maintaining the academic integrity of 
		the institution. To address your concern on student verification we are 
		able to authenticate 
		the test taker's identity using a data-driven process that asks 
		questions about previous address history, phone numbers, and other 
		information pulled from our data partner. If you have some free time 
		tomorrow or next week I would be happy to discuss this further with you. 
		I look forward to hearing from you. 
	
		
			
			
			Patrick Ochoa
				Partnership 
				Coordinator
			
				ProctorU, Inc
			
			
			
			
				
 
			
		 
	 
	 
Bob Jensen's threads on various ploys used to "proctor" distance education 
examinations --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#OnlineOffCampus  
Free online courses (some for credit) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI 
Other online course and degree alternatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm 
 
"Should Repurchase Transactions be Accounted for as Sales or Loans?" 
by  Justin Chircop , Paraskevi Vicky Kiosse , and Ken Peasnell, 
Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 657-679 --- 
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50176  
	Abstract
	In this paper, we discuss the accounting for repurchase transactions, 
	drawing on how repurchase agreements are characterized under U.S. bankruptcy 
	law, and in light of the recent developments in the U.S. repo market. We 
	conclude that the current accounting rules, which require the recording of 
	most such transactions as collateralized loans, can give rise to opaqueness 
	in a firm's financial statements because they incorrectly characterize the 
	economic substance of repurchase agreements. Accounting for repurchase 
	transactions as sales and the concurrent recognition of a forward, as “Repo 
	105” transactions were accounted for by Lehman Brothers, has furthermore 
	overlooked merits. In particular, such a method provides a more 
	comprehensive and transparent picture of the economic substance of such 
	transactions.
Bob Jensen's threads on repurchase transactions are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo 
"Revenue recognition when product return and pricing adjustment 
uncertainties exist," by Stephanie Rasmussen, FASRI, October 31, 2012 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2012/10/revenue-recognition-when-product-return-and-pricing-adjustment-uncertainties-exist/
	My forthcoming paper in Accounting Horizons 
	(Rasmussen 2013; “Revenue Recognition, Earnings Management, and Earnings 
	Informativeness in the Semiconductor Industry”) examines the implications of 
	revenue recognition for companies with product return and pricing adjustment 
	uncertainties. Although these uncertainties are typically minimal for sales 
	to end customers, they can pose large risks for sales to distributors. The 
	reason being is that distributors’ product return and pricing adjustment 
	rights often do not lapse until the distributor resells the product to an 
	end customer. In the midst of these risks, companies recognize revenue upon 
	delivery of product to distributors (sell-in), when the distributor resells 
	the product to end customers (sell-through), or under some combination 
	(sell-in for some distributors and sell-through for others). 
	I examine two implications of revenue recognition 
	for companies with product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties. 
	First, I examine whether the incidence of earnings management is higher for 
	companies that recognize revenue before their product return and pricing 
	adjustment uncertainties are resolved. This expectation is motivated by the 
	fact that more opportunities exist to manage earnings when revenue is 
	immediately recognized under the sell-in method compared to when at least 
	some revenue recognition is deferred under the sell-through and combination 
	methods. Specifically, managers using the sell-in method (1) maintain (and 
	have opportunities to manipulate) product return and pricing adjustment 
	accruals, and (2) can boost earnings through channel stuffing activities.
	
	Second, I examine whether earnings informativeness 
	(proxied for with the earnings response coefficient) differs among the 
	revenue recognition methods used by companies with product return and 
	pricing adjustment uncertainties. On one hand, immediate revenue recognition 
	more quickly incorporates new accounting information into the financial 
	statements. If this new information is useful to the market, earnings should 
	be more informative under the sell-in method compared to the other revenue 
	recognition methods. On the other hand, more opportunities exist for both 
	intentional performance manipulations and unintentional estimation errors 
	when revenue is immediately recognized. Thus, if earnings are (or are 
	perceived to be) more inaccurate under the sell-in method, earnings 
	informativeness should be higher when revenue recognition is deferred until 
	distributors have resold products to end customers. 
	In order to study these research questions, I limit 
	my sample to semiconductor companies because they sell to distributors and 
	naturally face product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties due to 
	rapid product obsolescence and declining prices over product life cycles. I 
	find that sell-in companies are more likely to meet or beat analysts’ 
	consensus earnings forecast compared to sell-through and combination 
	companies, suggesting that earnings management is more likely when companies 
	immediately recognize revenue for sales to distributors. I also find that 
	the earnings response coefficient is significantly larger (meaning the 
	returns-earnings relationship is stronger) for sell-through companies 
	compared to sell-in and combination companies. This finding suggests that 
	earnings are more informative when revenue recognition is deferred until the 
	distributor has resold the product to end customers. Collectively, these 
	results suggest that revenue recognition should be deferred until all 
	product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties are resolved. 
	
	This study should be of interest to the FASB and 
	IASB as they finalize a joint revenue recognition standard. The current 
	exposure draft of the new standard states that revenue recognition should 
	occur when the customer obtains control of the product or service. Control, 
	as described in the exposure draft, is likely to be transferred when a 
	manufacturer delivers product to a distributor except for cases where a 
	consignment agreement exists. At the time control is transferred, the 
	standard directs the manufacturer to estimate variable consideration (e.g., 
	product returns and pricing adjustments), determine the transaction price, 
	and recognize revenue so long as receipt of the estimated transaction price 
	is reasonably assured. Recent technical briefs from the Big 4 accounting 
	firms suggest that the new standard’s provisions regarding variable 
	consideration may require many manufacturers that have historically used the 
	sell-through method to change to the sell-in method. Such a shift is 
	concerning as my findings suggest that earnings management is more likely 
	and earnings informativeness is lower when revenue is recognized at sell-in.
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue recognition issues --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm 
Almost sounds like a deceptive tax on the older generation who saved for 
their retirements
"Interest Rates Near Zero Put Savers in a Bind," by Peter Coy, 
Bloomberg Business Week, December 20, 2012 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-20/interest-rates-near-zero-put-savers-in-a-bind 
	Paul Hernandez describes himself as “one of those 
	people who believe in standing on your own two feet.” At age 48 he lost a 
	job as a contract programmer for Princess Cruise Lines, and he hasn’t been 
	employed since. For a long time that was fine. His wife was earning a good 
	salary; they lived frugally, childless and debt-free; and they earned a 
	steady investment income from conservative assets such as bank certificates 
	of deposit. Now things are getting tighter. As expected, his wife retired. 
	Unexpectedly, their income from investments has plummeted because of falling 
	interest rates. Hernandez, now 60, blames the Federal Reserve for hurting 
	savers like himself by lowering rates in an effort to spur economic growth.
	
	“I’ve sent e-mails to [Fed Chairman Ben] Bernanke. 
	I know he doesn’t read them,” says Hernandez. “We were always believers in 
	base hits, accumulating your money slowly. That’s all being ripped out from 
	under us. In this bizarro world, the people who didn’t carry a lot of debt 
	are paying for it all. And it seems like nobody cares.”
	Hernandez has a point. Interest rates haven’t been 
	this low in the U.S. in at least a century. A 10-year Treasury note yields 
	just 1.7 percent a year, and a one-month Treasury bill has an annualized 
	return averaging just 0.05 percent over the past year. That’s great for the 
	world’s biggest borrower, the U.S. government, but it’s hell on savers. At 
	that rate, an investor in one-month T-bills could double his or her money 
	in—wait for it—1,387 years. Since inflation is running at close to 2 
	percent, you’re actually losing wealth by putting your money into Treasury 
	securities.
	Moving your money abroad may not help, either. 
	Fourteen countries, with a combined equity and debt market capitalization of 
	$65 trillion, have near-zero short-term interest rates, says Bank of America 
	Merrill Lynch (BAC) Chief Investment Strategist Michael Hartnett. 
	
	Senior citizens suffer the most from low rates. 
	People 75 and older get 8 percent of their income from interest, dividends, 
	and rents, according to an analysis of government data by Diana Furchtgott-Roth, 
	a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute. People younger than 44 get less 
	than 1 percent of their income from those sources. 
	What can savers do about this Fed-induced 
	predicament besides complain? Hernandez’s choice is to stick with the 
	safest, shortest-term securities—low yields be damned. That strategy may 
	make sense if you’re going to take money out soon, or if you’re so 
	risk-averse you sell in a panic whenever the market hiccups. Hernandez, who 
	lives in Henderson, Nev., shies away from riskier assets because he thinks 
	the Fed is manipulating markets. “I believe we’re sitting on a house of 
	cards,” he says. “Every bit of our money is going into CDs and money markets 
	now.” 
	For most people, though, being ultra-cautious won’t 
	produce the growth needed to pay for the children’s college or a golden 
	retirement. The Federal Reserve, by pinning short-term rates to the floor, 
	is effectively pushing you to take some chances with your money. “Don’t 
	fight the Fed,” says Larry Elkin, a certified financial planner and 
	president of Palisades Hudson Financial Group in Scarsdale, N.Y. “You’re 
	bringing a rock to a gunfight.” 
	If your goal is income, alternatives include 
	dividend-paying stocks—the average yield for stocks in the Standard & Poor’s 
	500-stock index was 2.2 percent as of Dec. 12—or real estate investment 
	trusts, which invest in properties such as office buildings and also boast 
	dividends. A Bloomberg REIT index had a 3.5 percent dividend yield as of 
	Dec. 12. Mortgage-backed securities, emerging-market debt, and high-yield 
	bonds have seen the biggest percentage gains in assets lately. Remember, 
	spreading the money among asset classes will reduce the fluctuations in your 
	portfolio. 
	In the fixed-income world, corporate and municipal 
	bonds offer better yields than Treasuries. The FINRA-Bloomberg Active 
	Investment Grade U.S. Corporate Bond Index yielded 3.4 percent on Dec. 12, 
	2.7 percentage points above the benchmark five-year Treasury note. You can 
	also get some juice from munis, although not as much as usual: Their yields 
	are at 47-year lows—3.3 percent as of Dec. 12, according to the Bond Buyer’s 
	average for 20-year Aa2-rated general obligation bonds. If you do buy bonds, 
	consider shorter maturities. They’ll lose less value if interest rates rise. 
	Plus, as they mature you’ll have cash to pour into higher-yielding 
	securities. Like it or not, this is not the time to make a living from 
	clipping coupons. 
	The Fed has not suppressed interest rates this much 
	for this long since 1942 to 1951. Under the control of the U.S. Department 
	of the Treasury during that period, the Fed was ordered to make it easy for 
	the government to borrow cheaply to pay off debt incurred in the war effort. 
	Back then it kept long-term Treasury bonds at no more than 2.5 percent and 
	short-term Treasury bills at no more than 0.375 percent, according to George 
	Mason University economist Lawrence White. 
	Continued in article
Jensen Comment
It's sad that about the only way older folks can get the retirement incomes they 
counted on from savings is to take on more and more risk of losing their savings 
themselves.
One alternative is to swing over to Wal-Mart and see if there are any 
openings for greeters.
Bob Jensen's threads on personal finance --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers 
Jensen Comment
When I first reported this theft I envisioned ten tractor trailers loaded by 
hooded thieves in the dead of night.
It turns out that things may not be what they seem when you deal with a cartel 
monopolist wannabe.
Warning --- this is a four page article that should have been reduced to the 
editor to a single page..
Being a quality control sampler in this industry is almost as sweet as being 
a quality control sampler on the Mustang Ranch.
This smells like a trap by the cartel to frame those 
who oppose it. 
Adi Wijaya, 01/03/2013 01:02 AM
"The Great Canadian Maple Syrup Heist," by Brendan Borrell, 
Bloomberg Business Week, January 2, 2013 --- 
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-02/the-great-canadian-maple-syrup-heist#p4
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm 
"A Reform Boilermaker Mitch Daniels makes his own pay at Purdue University 
subject to performance," The Wall Street Journal, January 8, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323320404578211642167171594.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t 
	Being a college president is one of the easier jobs 
	in America, at least as long as all you aspire to do is give speeches, 
	gladhand donors and put up some new buildings. So a round of applause for
	
	Mitch Daniels, the incoming Purdue University 
	president who seems to have more reform ambition.
	The departing Indiana Governor is headed to West 
	Lafayette later this month, and he insisted on an unusual and innovative 
	compensation package that could be a model amid the larger U.S. debate about 
	value in higher education. Mr. Daniels is taking a substantial salary cut 
	and linking his pay to his performance. Imagine that.
	Under the terms of the contract, Mr. Daniels will 
	earn base pay of $420,000. That's near the $421,000 average for presidents 
	of public universities, according to a Chronicle of Higher Education 
	analysis, and down from the $555,000 earned by Purdue's previous president. 
	Mr. Daniels could then make up to 30% in bonuses tied to hard outcome 
	metrics like graduation rates, student affordability, faculty hiring and 
	achievement, and philanthropic support. Even if Mr. Daniels met 100% of his 
	targets, he'd still rank 10th in compensation among the Big Ten presidents.
	Performance pay is typical in the private economy 
	but not in the generally accountability-free world of academia. Mr. 
	Daniels's example is a sign that he sees himself as a steward of the dollars 
	of state taxpayers—and it is also an implicit rebuke to the growing class of 
	professional academic administrators who nominally run the joints. 
	
	As tuition and student loan debt continue to rise, 
	families and even a few faculty members are starting to question how many 
	costly assistant vice provosts for inclusion, associate sustainability 
	deans, and the like colleges and universities really need, or they can 
	afford. Nationwide, the number of bureaucrats has increased 10 times faster 
	over the last decade than people hired to do actual teaching and research, 
	U.S. Department of Education data show.
	Purdue became one epicenter for this new scrutiny 
	after a $67.4 million budget deficit in 2010 forced cutbacks. J. Paul 
	Robinson, a cytomics professor and chairman of the faculty senate, 
	calculates that over the last 11 years the number of Purdue administrators 
	has jumped by 62% while professors increased by merely 8%. If his contract 
	is any indication, Mr. Daniels will expect more, and measurable results, 
	from the paper pushers.
	Mr. Daniels's frugal bona fides and lack of 
	pretense as Governor will be useful tools if he does plan on disrupting the 
	higher-ed status quo, though as a Republican who didn't climb the greasy 
	academic pole his job will be doubly difficult. Faculty and political 
	hostility is likely to be extreme, but he is off to the right start by 
	setting an example with his own pay. Purdue will be fun to watch.
Jensen Comment
This may be a good idea for the public sector, but in the private sector pay for 
performance can be a disaster if "performance" is defined in terms of short term 
criteria rather than long-term criteria. In countless cases this as lead to 
"earnings management" accounting frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation 
"Ball and Brown and the Usefulness of EPS." by Robert Lipe, FASRI, 
August 9, 2012 --- 
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2012/08/ball-and-brown-and-the-usefulness-of-eps/
	At the AAA meeting in DC, I attended a presidential 
	address by Ray Ball and Phil Brown regarding their seminal research paper 
	(JAR 1968). They described the motivation for their study as a test of 
	existing scholarly research that painted a dim picture of reported earnings. 
	The earlier writers noted that earnings were based on old information 
	(historical cost) or, worse yet, a mix of old and new information (mixed 
	attributes). The early articles concluded that earnings could not be 
	informative, and therefore major changes to accounting practice where 
	necessary to correct the problem. 
	Ball and Brown viewed this literature as providing 
	a testable hypothesis – market participants should not be able to use 
	earnings in a profitable manner. Stated another way, knowing the amount of 
	earnings that would be reported at the end of the year with certainty could 
	not be used to profitably trade common stocks at the beginning of the year. 
	Evidence to the contrary would suggest the null that earnings are 
	non-informative does not hold. 
	While the methods part of the paper is probably 
	difficult for recent accounting archivalists to follow, Ball and Brown 
	produce perhaps the single most famous graph in the accounting literature. 
	It shows stock returns trending up over the year for companies that 
	ultimately report increases in earnings and trending down for companies that 
	report decreases in earnings. Thus they show that accounting numbers can be 
	informative even if the aggregate number is not computed using a single 
	unified measurement approach across transactions/events. Subsequent research 
	would show that numbers from the income statement have predictive ability 
	for future earnings and cash flows. 
	As I sat listening to these two research icons, I 
	could not help but think about some comments I have heard recently from a 
	few standard setters and practitioners. Those individuals express contempt 
	for EPS in a mixed attribute world. They appear to wish they could jump in a 
	time machine and eliminate per share computations related to income. I 
	readily admit that EPS does not explain much of the variance in returns over 
	periods of one year or less ( e.g., Lev, JAR 1989). However the link is 
	clearly significant, and over longer periods, the R2’s are quite high 
	(Easton, Harris, and Ohlson, JAE 1992). Can the standard setters make 
	incremental improvements to increase usefulness of EPS? I sure hope so, and 
	maybe the recent paper posted by Alex Milburn will help. But dismissing a 
	reported number because it is not derived from a single consistent 
	measurement attribute – be it fair value or historical cost – seems to 
	revert back to pre-Ball and Brown views that are rejected by years of 
	research.
Jensen Comment
Given the balance sheet focus of the FASB and the IASB at the expense of the 
income statement I don't see how net income or eps could be anything but 
misleading to investors and financial analysts. The biggest hit, in my opinion, 
is the way the FASB and IASB create earnings volatility not only unrealized fair 
value changes but the utter fiction created by posting fair value changes that 
will never ever be realized for held-to-maturity investments and debt. This was 
not the case at the time of the seminal Ball and Brown article. Those were olden 
days before accounting standards injected huge doses of fair value fiction in 
eps numbers so beloved by investors and analysts.
Sydney Finkelstein, the Steven Roth professor of management at the Tuck School 
of Business at Dartmouth College, also pointed out that Bank of America booked a 
$2.2 billion gain by increasing the value of Merrill Lynch’s assets it acquired 
last quarter to prices that were higher than Merrill kept them. “Although 
perfectly legal, this move is also perfectly delusional, because some day soon 
these assets will be written down to their fair value, and it won’t be pretty,” 
he said
"Bank Profits Appear Out of Thin Air ," by Andrew Ross Sorkin, The New 
York Times, April 20, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/21/business/21sorkin.html?_r=1&dbk
	
	
	This is starting to feel like amateur hour for aspiring magicians. 
	
	
	
	Another day, another attempt by a Wall Street bank to pull a bunny out of 
	the hat, showing off an earnings report that it hopes will elicit oohs and 
	aahs from the market. Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup and, on 
	Monday, Bank of America all tried to wow their audiences with what appeared 
	to be — presto! — better-than-expected numbers. 
	
	
	But in each case, investors spotted the attempts at sleight of hand, and 
	didn’t buy it for a second. 
	
	
	With Goldman Sachs, the disappearing month of December didn’t quite 
	disappear (it changed its reporting calendar, effectively erasing the impact 
	of a $1.5 billion loss that month); JPMorgan Chase reported a dazzling 
	profit partly because the price of its bonds dropped (theoretically, they 
	could retire them and buy them back at a cheaper price; that’s sort of like 
	saying you’re richer because the value of your home has dropped); Citigroup 
	pulled the same trick. 
	
	
	Bank of America sold its shares in China Construction Bank to book a big 
	one-time profit, but Ken Lewis heralded the results as “a testament to the 
	value and breadth of the franchise.” 
	
	
	Sydney Finkelstein, the Steven Roth professor of management at the Tuck 
	School of Business at Dartmouth College, also pointed out that Bank of 
	America booked a $2.2 billion gain by increasing the value of Merrill 
	Lynch’s assets it acquired last quarter to prices that were higher than 
	Merrill kept them. 
	
	
	“Although perfectly legal, this move is also perfectly delusional, because 
	some day soon these assets will be written down to their fair value, and it 
	won’t be pretty,” he said. 
	
	
	Investors reacted by throwing tomatoes. Bank of America’s stock plunged 24 
	percent, as did other bank stocks. They’ve had enough. 
	
	
	Why can’t anybody read the room here? After all the financial wizardry that 
	got the country — actually, the world — into trouble, why don’t these 
	bankers give their audience what it seems to crave? Perhaps a bit of simple 
	math that could fit on the back of an envelope, with no asterisks and no 
	fine print, might win cheers instead of jeers from the market. 
	
	
	What’s particularly puzzling is why the banks don’t just try to make some 
	money the old-fashioned way. After all, earning it, if you could call it 
	that, has never been easier with a business model sponsored by the federal 
	government. That’s the one in which Uncle Sam and we taxpayers are offering 
	the banks dirt-cheap money, which they can turn around and lend at much 
	higher rates. 
	
	
	“If the federal government let me borrow money at zero percent interest, and 
	then lend it out at 4 to 12 percent interest, even I could make a profit,” 
	said Professor Finkelstein of the Tuck School. “And if a college professor 
	can make money in banking in 2009, what should we expect from the highly 
	paid C.E.O.’s that populate corner offices?” 
	
	
	But maybe now the banks are simply following the lead of Washington, which 
	keeps trotting out the latest idea for shoring up the financial system.
	
	
	
	The latest big idea is the so-called 
	
	stress test 
	
	that is being applied to the banks, with results expected at the end of this 
	month. 
	
	
	This is playing to a tough crowd that long ago decided to stop suspending 
	disbelief. If the stress test is done honestly, it is impossible to believe 
	that some banks won’t fail. If no bank fails, then what’s the value of the 
	stress test? To tell us everything is fine, when people know it’s not?
	
	
	
	“I can’t think of a single, positive thing to say about the stress test 
	concept — the process by which it will be carried out, or outcome it will 
	produce, no matter what the outcome is,” Thomas K. Brown, an analyst at 
	Bankstocks.com, wrote. “Nothing good can come of this and, under certain, 
	non-far-fetched scenarios, it might end up making the banking system’s 
	problems worse.” 
	
	
	The results of the stress test could lead to calls for capital for some of 
	the banks. Citi is mentioned most often as a candidate for more help, but 
	there could be others. 
	
	
	The expectation, before Monday at least, was that the government would pump 
	new money into the banks that needed it most. 
	
	
	But that was before the government reached into its bag of tricks again. Now 
	Treasury, instead of putting up new money, is considering swapping its 
	preferred shares in these banks for common shares. 
	
	
	The benefit to the bank is that it will have more capital to meet its ratio 
	requirements, and therefore won’t have to pay a 5 percent dividend to the 
	government. In the case of Citi, that would save the bank hundreds of 
	millions of dollars a year. 
	
	
	And — ta da! — it will miraculously stretch taxpayer dollars without 
	spending a penny more. 
January 2, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
	Hi Pat,
	You wrote the following:
	
		To the best of my knowledge, credit sales are 
		not "realized". The are considered "realizable" because companies claim 
		to be able to estimate uncollectible accounts. 
		You may wish to claim that unrealized changes 
		in fair values of held financial assets are one step further away from 
		being realizable, but it is the choice if the reporting entity not to 
		realize those values rather than the choice if the customer to pay.
		
	
	Jensen Reply
	
		Yes I agree that the credit sales are a step further from unrealized 
		fair value changes, although that step is a huge one because defaults 
		on credit sales are enforceable by the the courts. Ups and downs of 
		an investment in 10,000 shares of Apple stock or call options on Apple 
		shares are only thin air gains and losses until sales transpire. Yes the 
		step is a huge one! Might I use the word "cliff?"
		Example
		When I was on the faculty at the University of Maine in the 1970s I 
		owned an ocean summer cottage on 11 acres of woods across the bay from 
		Acadia National Park. In those days, when there were no fears of rising 
		ocean levels, having a cottage 20 feet from the beach at high tide was 
		sort of neat. All such shoreline cottages either had to be purchased 
		entirely for cash or be partly seller financed. No commercial 
		lenders like banks and savings and loans associations would finance 
		shore property in the country, at least not in the 1970s.
		When I moved to Florida State University in 1978 I sold my Maine 
		summer cottage on the basis of receiving 50% of the selling price in 
		cash and a first mortgage on the remainder due. There was no market for 
		my note investment on this property and default risk was virtually zero 
		due to the huge cash down payment. As far as I was concerned this was a 
		hold-to-maturity investment of a note that really had no trading market. 
		If the new owner wanted to settle before the 20-year maturity date he 
		had to pay me the amortized book value of the 12% note. 
		It might have been possible for me to enter into a customized vanilla 
		interest rate swap so that I could get a variable interest return on the 
		swap contract. But interim changes in that derivative swap contract does 
		not affect the notional. The changes value of the swap contract would be 
		a speculation value change to be reported as earnings as FAS 133. But my 
		mortgage note would still be held-to-maturity contract best valued at 
		historical cost amortized value.
		More importantly, if the buyer of my cottage defaulted on the 
		original note it would not matter to either party on the swap contract
		because the banks that negotiate such customized swaps guarantee the 
		net swap payments but not the underlying notionals. If the buyer of 
		my cottage defaulted on the original note, I would've commenced 
		foreclosure proceedings. The last thing the buyer or his heirs would 
		want is to lose over 50% of the equity in that shore property. The risk 
		of default was virtually zero.
		Interestingly, I could use a Bloomberg terminal to estimate the 
		interim changes in value of a swap contract --- 
		
		http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
		
		But the value of the mortgage note was its amortized cost that did 
		not vary since there was no market for such paper. If the buyer of the 
		cottage wanted to refinance due to lower interest rates he had to first 
		pay off the entire book value of his debt to me. That payoff value, 
		unlike the swap contract, was not subject to market fluctuations. 
		Reporting changes in the note's value due to changing interest rates 
		would be pure fiction.
		The buyer actually did pay off the note at book value about twelve 
		years later. Since interest rates had fallen so much I was surprised he 
		waited that long. His problem was that commercial lenders would still 
		not make loans on rural shore property.
		Respectfully,
		Bob Jensen
	
The Latest from the AECM's Denny Beresford: 
Are interim fair value adjustments “accounting 
fictions” HTM investments?
"Money market fund investments are often held to maturity and any discount or 
premium in the purchase price is realized by the fund."
"Ex-FASB Chair: Accounting Rules Support Money Funds’ Stable Value," 
by Emily Chason, CFO Journal, November 1, 2012
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2012/11/01/ex-fasb-chair-accounting-rules-support-money-funds-stable-value/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
	While U.S. regulators are debating forcing money 
	market funds to let their share values float, former Financial Accounting 
	Standards Board Chairman Dennis Beresford defended the use of accounting 
	standards that allow money funds to maintain their stable $1-per-share 
	value. 
	In a paper released Thursday by the U.S. Chamber of 
	Commerce’s Center for Capital Markets, Beresford said the amortized cost 
	accounting used for money market funds is not a gimmick that gives a false 
	sense of security for the funds, but rather an efficient way to minimize 
	differences between the carrying value and fair value of their investments.
"Amortized Cost Accounting is “Fair” for Money Market Funds," U.S. 
Chamber of Commerce Center for Capital Markets Competitiveness, Fall 2012
http://www.centerforcapitalmarkets.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Money-Market-Funds_FINAL.layout.pdf
	
	Summary
	
	Recent events have caused the U.S. 
	Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to rethink the long-standing use of 
	amortized cost by money market mutual funds in valuing their investments in 
	securities. This practice supports the use of the stable net asset value (a 
	“buck” a share) in trading shares in such funds. Some critics have 
	challenged this accounting practice, arguing that it somehow misleads 
	investors by obfuscating changes in value or implicitly guaranteeing a 
	stable share price.
	This paper shows that the use of 
	amortized cost by money market mutual funds is supported by more than 30 
	years of regulatory and accounting standard-setting consideration. In 
	addition, its use has been significantly constrained through recent SEC 
	actions that further ensure its appropriate use. Accounting standard setters 
	have accepted this treatment as being in compliance with generally accepted 
	accounting principles (GAAP). Finally, available data indicate that 
	amortized cost does not differ materially from market value for investments 
	industry wide. In short, amortized cost is “fair” for money market funds.
	
	Background
	
	Money market mutual funds have been in 
	the news a great deal recently as the SEC first scheduled and then postponed 
	a much-anticipated late August vote to consider further tightening 
	regulations on the industry.
1
	Earlier, Chairman 
	Mary Schapiro had testified to Congress about her intention to strengthen 
	the SEC regulation of such funds, in light of issues arising during the 
	financial crisis of 2008 when one prominent fund “broke the buck,” resulting 
	in modest losses to its investors. Sponsors of some other funds have 
	sometimes provided financial support to maintain stable net asset values. 
	And certain funds recently experienced heavy redemptions due to the 
	downgrade of the U.S. Treasury’s credit rating and the European banking 
	crisis.
	Money market funds historically have 
	priced their shares at $1, a practice that facilitates their widespread use 
	by corporate treasurers, municipalities, individuals, and many others who 
	seek the convenience of low-risk, highly liquid investments. This $1 per 
	share pricing convention also conforms to the funds’ accounting for their 
	investments in short-term debt securities using amortized cost. This method 
	means that, in the absence of an event jeopardizing the fund’s repayment 
	expectation with respect to any investment, the value at which these funds 
	carry their investments is the amount paid (cost) for the investments, which 
	may include a discount or premium to the face amount of the security. Any 
	discount or premium is recorded (amortized) as an adjustment of yield over 
	the life of the security, such that amortized cost equals the principal 
	value at maturity.
	Some commentators have criticized the 
	use of this amortized cost methodology and argued for its elimination. In a 
	telling example of the passionate but inaccurate attention being devoted to 
	this issue, an editorial in the June 10, 2012, Wall Street Journal 
	described this longstanding financial practice in a heavily regulated 
	industry as an “accounting fiction” and an “accounting gimmick.”
	. . . 
	
	
	Reasoning for Use of Amortized Cost
	
	The FASB has been considering various 
	aspects of the accounting for financial instruments for approximately 25 
	years. During that time it has issued standards on topics such as accounting 
	for marketable securities, accounting for derivative instruments and 
	hedging, impairment, disclosure, and others. Also, the FASB has issued 
	standards or endorsed standards issued by the AICPA of a specialized nature 
	applying to certain industry groups such as investment companies, insurance 
	companies, broker/dealers, and banks. Further, the FASB is presently 
	involved in a major project that has encompassed approximately the past 10 
	years, whereby it is endeavoring to conform its standards on financial 
	instruments to the related standards issued by the International Accounting 
	Standards Board. Aspects of that project have stalled recently, and the two 
	boards have reached different conclusions on certain key issues. Other 
	aspects of that project are moving forward.
	Over this 25-year period, probably the 
	most controversial aspect of the financial instruments project has been to 
	what extent those instruments should be carried at market or fair value in 
	financial statements rather than historical cost. On several occasions the 
	FASB has indicated a strong preference for fair value as a general 
	objective. But there has been a great deal of opposition from many quarters, 
	and the FASB has tended to determine the appropriate measurement attribute 
	for particular instruments (fair value, amortized cost, etc.) in different 
	projects based on the facts and circumstances in each case.
	. . . (very long passages 
	from this 21-page article are not quoted here)
	
	Conclusion
	
	Accounting for investment securities 
	by money market mutual funds appropriately remains based on amortized cost. 
	The amortized cost method of accounting is supported by the very short-term 
	duration, high quality, and hold-to-maturity nature of most of the 
	investments held. The SEC’s 2010 rule changes have considerably strengthened 
	the conditions under which these policies are being applied. As a result of 
	the 2010 SEC rule changes, funds now report the market value of each 
	investment in a monthly schedule submitted to the SEC that is then made 
	publicly available after 60 days. That provides additional information for 
	investors. And the FASB’s current thinking articulates this accounting 
	treatment as GAAP.
	 
	
Jensen Comment
My main objection to booking fair values of HTM investments is that the interim 
adjustments for fair values that will never be realized destroys the income 
statement. Of course, the FASB and IASB have systematically destroyed the 
concept of net earnings in many other standards to a point where these standard 
setters can no longer even define net earnings.
Research Studies from the Chamber's Center for Capital Markets --- 
http://www.centerforcapitalmarkets.com/resources/publications/ 
 
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm 
 
 
Humor January 1- 31, 2013
You know you're getting old when your monthly planner only has entries for 
doctor, dentist, and medical lab appointments.
	
		Michael Davis Ford's Theater part 2 --- 
		
		http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6mbW-jMtrY&feature=player_detailpage 
		Archie's Jewish Friend --- 
http://www.aish.com/j/jt/Jtube-All-in-the-Family-Archies-Jewish-Friend.html#.ULuiHFWmmhc.mailto
		A Beautiful Coat --- 
		
		http://elrellano.com/videos_online/4624/circo-roncalli.html 
		Senior Moments ---
		
		http://www.youtube.com/embed/Xv1tMioGgXI?rel=0 
Save these acronyms in case you receive a text message from a senior citizen
* ATD- At the Doctor's
* BFF - Best Friends Funeral
* BTW- Bring the Wheelchair
* BYOT - Bring Your Own Teeth
* CBM- Covered by Medicare
* CUATSC- See You at the Senior Center
* DWI- Driving While Incontinent
* FWIW - Forgot Where I Was
* GGPBL- Gotta Go, Pacemaker Battery Low
* GHA - Got Heartburn Again
* HGBM - Had Good Bowel Movement
* LMDO- Laughing My Dentures Out
* LOL- Living on Lipitor
* OMSG - Oh My! Sorry, Gas
* TOT- Texting on Toilet
* WAITT - Who Am I Talking To?
Hope these help. GGLKI (Gotta Go, Laxative Kicking in!)
David Albrecht added:
GGLWIO (Gotta Go, Lawrence Welk Is On).
 
Forwarded by Paula
I met a fairy who said she would grant me one wish. Immediately I said, "I 
want to live forever." 
"Sorry," said the fairy, "I'm not allowed to grant eternal life." 
"OK," I said, "Then, I want to die after Congress balances the Federal 
budget." 
"You crafty bastard," said the fairy.
Forwarded by Jim Kirk
BEST EVER SENIOR CITIZEN JOKE 
A little silver-haired lady calls her neighbor and says, "Please come over > 
here and help me. I have a killer jigsaw puzzle, and I can't figure out how to 
get started."
Her neighbor asks, "What is it supposed to be when it's finished?"
The little silver haired lady says, "According to the picture on the box, 
it's a rooster." 
Her neighbor decides to go over and help with the puzzle. 
She lets him in and shows him where she has the puzzle spread all over the 
table. 
He studies the pieces for a moment, then looks at the box, then turns to her 
and says,  "First of all, no matter what we do, we're not going to be able 
to assemble these pieces into anything resembling a rooster." 
He takes her hand and says, "Secondly, I want you to relax. Let's have a nice 
cup of tea, and then," he said with a deep sigh "Let's put all the Corn Flakes 
back in the box." 
Forwarded by Jim Kirk
An older couple sitting in a diner enjoying their meal when the husband leans 
over and asks his wife, 
"Do you remember the first time we had sex over fifty years ago? We went 
behind the village tavern where you leaned against the back fence and I made 
love to you.' 
"Yes," she says, "I remember it well." 
"OK," he says, "How about taking a stroll around there again and do it again 
for old times' sake?" 
"Oh, Jim, you old devil, that sounds like a crazy, but, a good idea!" 
A police officer sitting in the next booth, heard their conversation and, 
having a chuckle to himself, he thinks to himself, I've got to see these two 
old-timers having sex against a fence. I'll just keep an eye on them so there's 
no trouble. So he follows them. 
The elderly couple walk haltingly along, leaning on each other for support 
aided by walking sticks. Finally, they get to the back of the tavern and make 
their way to the fence. 
The old lady lifts her skirt and the old man drops his trousers. As she leans 
against the fence, the old man moves in. 
Then, suddenly, they erupt into the most 'furious sex' that the policeman has 
ever seen. This goes on for about ten minutes while both are making loud noises, 
including some barking, yelping, moaning and screaming. Finally, they both 
collapse, panting on the ground. 
The policeman is amazed. He thinks he has learned something about life and 
old age that he didn't know. 
After about half an hour of lying on the ground recovering, the old couple 
struggles to their feet and put their clothes back on. The policeman is still 
watching and thinks to himself, this is truly amazing, I've got to ask them what 
their secret is! 
So, as the couple passes by, he says to them, "Excuse me, but, that was 
something else. You must have had a fantastic sex life together. Is there some 
sort of secret to this?" 
Shaking, the old man is barely able to reply, 
"50 years ago, that wasn't an electric fence!" 
	
		Technical Correctness forwarded by 
		Maureen
A wife asks her husband, "Could you please go 
shopping for me and buy one carton of milk and if they have avocados, get 6.
"A short time later the husband comes back with 
6 cartons of milk. 
The wife asks him, "Why did you buy 6 cartons of 
milk?" 
He replied, "They had avocados." 
If you're a woman, I'm sure you're going back to 
read it again! Men will get it the first time. My work is done here.
Forwarded by Dr. Wolff
Christian 
One Liners 
 
Don't let 
your worries get the best of you; Remember, Moses started out as a basket case.
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Some people 
are kind, polite, and sweet-spirited 
Until you 
try to sit in their pews. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Many folks 
want to serve God, 
But only as 
advisers. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
It is 
easier to preach ten sermons 
Than it is 
to live one. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
The good 
Lord didn't create anything without a purpose, 
But 
mosquitoes come close. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
When you 
get to your wit's end, 
You'll find 
God lives there. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
People are 
funny; they want the front of the bus, 
Middle of 
the road, 
And back of 
the church. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Opportunity 
may knock once, 
But 
temptation bangs on the front door forever. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Quit 
griping about your church; 
If it was 
perfect, you couldn't belong. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
If a church 
wants a better pastor, 
It only 
needs to pray for the one it has. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
We're 
called to be witnesses, not lawyers or judges. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
God Himself 
doesn't propose to judge a man until 
he is dead. 
So why should you? 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Some minds 
are  like concrete 
Thoroughly 
mixed up and permanently set. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Peace 
starts with a smile. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
I don't 
know why some people change churches; 
What 
difference does it make which one you stay home from? 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Be ye 
fishers of men. You catch 'em - He'll clean 'em. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Stop, Drop, 
and Roll won't work in Hell. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
 
Coincidence 
is when God chooses to remain anonymous. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Don't put a 
question mark where God put a period. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Don't wait 
for 6 strong men to take you to church. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Forbidden 
fruits create many  jams. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
God doesn't 
call the qualified, He qualifies the called. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
God grades 
on the cross, not the curve. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
God loves 
everyone, 
But 
probably prefers 'fruits of the spirit' over 'religious nuts!' 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
God 
promises a safe landing, not a calm passage. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
He who 
angers you, controls you! 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
If God is 
your Co-pilot, swap seats! 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
Prayer:
Don't give 
God instructions, just report for duty! 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
The task 
ahead of us is never as 
great as 
the Power behind us. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
The Will of 
God never takes you to where the 
Grace of 
God will not protect you. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
We don't 
change the message, 
The message 
changes us. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
You can 
tell how big a person is 
By what it 
takes to discourage him/her. 
 
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+* 
The best 
mathematical equation I have ever seen: 
1 cross + 3 
nails = 4 given. 
 
Forwarded by Paula
She walked up and tied her old mule to the hitching rail. As she stood there, 
brushing some of the dust from her face and clothes, a young gunslinger stepped 
out of the saloon with a gun in one hand and a bottle of whiskey in the other.
The young gunslinger looked at the old woman and laughed, saying, "Hey, old 
woman! Have you ever danced?" 
The old woman looked up at the gunslinger and said, "No, I never did dance. . 
. never really wanted to." 
A crowd had gathered as the gunslinger grinned and said, "Well, you old bag, 
you're gonna dance now," and started shooting at the old woman's feet. 
The old woman prospector, not wanting to get her toes blown off, started 
hopping around. Everybody was laughing. 
When his last bullet had been fired, the young gunslinger, still laughing, 
holstered his gun and turned around to go back into the saloon. 
The old woman turned to her pack mule, pulled out a double-barreled shotgun, 
and cocked both hammers. 
The loud clicks carried clearly through the desert air. The crowd stopped 
laughing immediately. 
The young gunslinger heard the sounds too, and he turned around very slowly. 
The silence was almost deafening. 
The crowd watched as the young gunman stared at the old woman and the large 
gaping holes of those twin barrels. 
The barrels of the shotgun never wavered in the old woman's hands, as she 
quietly said, "Son, have you ever kissed a mule's ass?" 
The gunslinger swallowed hard and said, "No, ma'am . . . but . . . I've 
always wanted to." 
There are a few lessons for all of us here. 
1 - Never be arrogant.. 
2 - Don't waste ammunition. 
3 - Whiskey makes you think you're smarter than you are. 
4 - Always, always make sure you know who has the power. 
5 - Don't mess with old women; they didn't get old by being stupid.
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- 
 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
 
 
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012  
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112   
 
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912   
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
And that's 
the way it was on January 31, 2013 with a little help from my friends.
Bob 
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations    
Free 
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks 
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment 
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob 
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
 
Bob 
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ 
	
	
	
 
	
		| 
		
		
		For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually 
		for free) go to   http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm | 
	
		| 
		
		
		AECM (Accounting Educators)  
		
		http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOMEThe AECM is an email Listserv list which 
		started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has 
		mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education 
		topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment, 
		cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides 
		a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful 
		in any way for accounting education at the college/university level. 
		Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes 
		spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation 
		packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications, 
		etc
 
		
		Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
		
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/ (closed down)
 CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions 
		of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated 
		environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to 
		accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an 
		active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring 
		the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or 
		a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry, 
		government or education. Others will be denied access. | 
	
		| 
		
		
		Yahoo (Practitioners) 
		
		http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalkThis forum is for CPAs to discuss the 
		activities of the AICPA. This can be anything  from the CPA2BIZ portal 
		to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA.
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		AccountantsWorld  
		
		
		
		http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1 This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting 
		software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human 
		resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation.
 | 
	
		| 
		
		
		Business Valuation Group
		
		BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
		
		[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM]
 | 
 
	
	
 
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
	
		
			| 
			
			I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the 
			profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that 
			practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
			Accounting academe is threatened by the 
			twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: 
			tedium, high tech, and radical chic)From
			
			
			http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
 
			
			“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal 
			dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of 
			shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to 
			say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service 
			professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But 
			their contributions to society began to flow from their own 
			self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with 
			general public discourse.” 
			  
			
			Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as 
			there always tends to be in accounts 
			
			of the
			shift from Gemeinschaft to 
			Gesellschaft. Yet it is also 
			clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary 
			professionalism was necessary. 
			
			  
			
			“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and 
			procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly 
			confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of 
			competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual 
			authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.” 
			
			But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life, 
			Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far. 
			
			“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is 
			threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism 
			(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic). 
			
			The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be 
			the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional 
			communities that have come to share too much and that have become 
			too self-referential.” 
			  
			
			
			What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
			How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
 | 
	
 
 
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites 
 --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting 
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool 
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines 
Free 
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA 
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
 
	
	
	
Bob Jensen's 
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
 
Bob 
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
 
 
 
 
 

 

Bob 
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called 
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations    
Free 
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks 
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment 
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Peter, Paul, and Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private 
Companies --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Health 
Care News --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Bob 
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
574 Shields 
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm 
 
 
Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/ 
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/